Spirax Sarco - PRODUCT HANDBOOK AUGUST 2017 PDF

PRODUCT HANDBOOK
AUGUST 2017
Click here for the contents

1
Contents
How to use the 2017 digital product handbook

1
Introduction and approvals
Worldwide contacts
Product overview sales brochure
Product areas
Product highlight videos
Our capability videos

How to use the 2017
digital product handbook
1.1 1
Table of contents
These should be left on before
continuing into the Product Handbook
2 3 4 5
There are various options to look through the handbook:

- Left click the arrow on the right or left hand side of the pages.
- Left click and drag the bottom right of the right page to turn the page, or the bottom left of the left page
(This option is not available on the cover page). The cursor will change to a hand to indicate when this is possible.
- Use the buttons below
To search for an item use the text eld at the top right of the screen and enter a Spirax Sarco
product name or a Masterle number.
You will often get more than one result, this is because all the instances are listed.
1 Search function
By selecting any entries in the list, you will jump directly to that document, with the word you searched
for highlighted.
(Note: please do not use spaces between nomenclature .i.e. type PN1000 rather than PN 1000 and
when typing a masterle reference number please use hyphens i.e. P612-14).
2 Table of contents These should be left on before continuing into the Product Handbook.
3 Print This option allows you to print either single or multiple pages.
4 Download This option allows you to download single pages
5 Magnier This enables you to zoom in and out of the page for closer detail. There is a zoom bar at the bottom.
spiraxsarco.com
Introduction
The Spirax Sarco Product Handbook contains the technical information for our most popular range of products for
steam and other industrial uids.
As well as the products within this handbook, many Spirax Sarco companies can supply further products or services
on request. These may include steam trap surveys and complete packaged solutions which can provide you with plant
automation. If the product or service you need is not listed in this handbook, contact your local Spirax Sarco sales
1.2
company representative.
The documents shown in this book are for initial speci cation purposes only. Safety information together with
installation and maintenance instructions are provided with every product supplied. Consult your local Spirax Sarco
o ce if you require help in correctly selecting your product.
The latest technical information is available for our full product range on spiraxsarco.com. The website also oers
other practical information, such as the Steam Engineering Tutorials, which provides useful advice on the design and
maintenance of steam and condensate systems, and other resources such as a Unit Conversion Calculator and Steam
Tables, to help you with day-to-day engineering calculations.
Please note that this is an international publication and not all products are available in all countries.
Approvals
Spirax-Sarco Limited has a certi ed management system approved against BS EN ISO 9001, OHSAS 18001 and
BS EN ISO 14001 standards. The current certi cation body used is Lloyds Register Quality Assurance (LRQA).
All products sold into the European Union must comply with all applicable European Directives.
The European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 2014 / 68 / EU applies to many Spirax Sarco products, and the
company has approvals against the requirements of PED Modules B, D and H.
Please contact your local Spirax Sarco sales company representative for further information on marking and
PED categories.
Spirax-Sarco Limited, Charlton House, Cheltenham,

Gloucestershire, GL53 8ER, UK
T +44 (0)1242 521361
F +44 (0)1242 573342
E enquiries@uk.spiraxsarco.com
Copyright 2017 Spirax Sarco is a registered trademark of Spirax-Sarco Limited
Return to contents
Spirax Sarco
worldwide contacts
Operating Companies
EMEA Americas
Belgium Argentina
1.3 Zwijnaarde +32 9 244 6710 Buenos Aires +54 11 4589 1300
Czech Republic Brazil
Prague +420 274 001 351 So Paulo +55 11 4615 9000
Denmark Canada
Birkerd +45 38 10 4288 Toronto +1 905 660 5510
Egypt Chile
Cairo +20 2 24 17 44 91 Santiago +56 2 2616 2550
Finland Columbia
Helsinki +358 9 4136 1611 Cali +57 2 372 5232
France Mexico
Trappes +33 1 3066 4343 Santa Catarina +81 8220 3600 10
Germany Peru
Konstanz +49 7531 5806 0 Cercado de Lima +51 1 3394-005
Italy USA
Milan +39 0362 49171 Blythewood, SC +1 800 575 0394
Middle East (UAE)
Sharjah +971 6 5575226 Asia Pacic
Netherlands Australia
Rotterdam +31 10 892 03 86 Sydney +61 2 9852 3100
Norway China
Skedsmokorset +47 67 06 7680 Shanghai +86 21 2416 3666
Poland India
Warsaw +48 22 843 76 97 Pune +91 20 27145595
Portugal Indonesia
Carnaxide +351 21 417 5093 Jakarta +62 21 8379 7233
Russia Japan
St Petersburg +7 812 640 90 44 Chiba +81 43 274 4811
South Africa Malaysia
Gauteng +27 11 230 1300 Petaling Jaya +60 3 5635 3323
Spain New Zealand
Barcelona +34 9 3 685 79 29 Auckland +64 9 263 4205
Sweden Philippines
Stockholm +46 8 556 322 30 Makati City +63 2812 8654
Switzerland Singapore
Zollikon +41 44 396 80 00 Singapore +65 6 349 0480
Turkey South Korea
Istanbul +90 216 600 08 00 Seoul +82 2 3489 3489
UK and Ireland Taiwan
Cheltenham +44 1242 521361 Taipei +886 2 2662 6689
Thailand
Bangkok +66 2 374 0344
Vietnam
Ho Chi Minh City +84 8 9974324
spiraxsarco.com
Some of the products in this Handbook may not be available in certain markets.
Local regulations may restrict the use of the products shown to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specication without notice.
Sales Oces
EMEA Americas
Austria Costa Rica
Vienna +43 1 699 6411 Panama 1.4
Hungary Ecuador
Budapest +36 1 222 3708 Jamund-Valle +57 2 5142626
Jordan
Amman +962 7766 02727 Asia Pacic
Kazakhstan Hong Kong
Almaty +7 812 640 90 44 Kowloon +852 2754 9828
Kenya
Nairobi +254 20 4443340
Romania
Cluj +40 364 404752
Slovak Republic
Trnava +421 918 994 973
Ukraine
Kiev +380 44 585 3495
Return to contents
1.5
1.6
Spirax Sarco
the products
for steam and related
industrial uids
P r o d u c t o v e r v i e w
1.7
At Spirax Sarco, we aim to be the rst choice

provider of ecient solutions in the use of
steam and related industrial uids.
spiraxsarco.com
We aim to be the rst choice provider through use of our

collective expertise
With over 100 years experience in steam, condensate and related uid systems, we are able to help our customers eectively
solve their problems and improve the eectiveness of their plant. 1.8
We have over 5,000 employees across 38 operating companies worldwide. Our philosophy is to use our knowledge and
experience to help our customers reduce costs by improving process eciency and saving energy.
We aim to be the rst choice provider by having a comprehensive

product oering
From the most sophisticated packaged system to the smallest pressure gauge, Spirax Sarco is able to provide the largest
product choice, within its area of expertise, to the widest geographic area. This extensive range of products isnt just limited
to the steam and condensate loop but covers applications in most related industrial uids. Our product oering enables us to
provide total solutions for our customers.
We aim to be the rst choice provider by oering the right solution

for our customers business
We fully appreciate todays demands on our customers. Our aim is to solve their plant problems and provide fully
integrated solutions tailored to their business everything from a simple product replacement right through to a major
turnkey project. In providing this comprehensive support we allow our customers to focus on their core business.
It is the combination of expertise, comprehensive product oering and

our worldwide capability as a solutions provider, that makes
Spirax Sarco an unequalled business partner for our customers.
Return to sales brochure contents page Return to product handbook contents page
3
Contents
Complete integrated solutions 06
Packaged heat exchangers, product assemblies, system audits, design, installation, maintenance and
project management.
1.9
Boiler controls and systems 10
Feedtanks, level controls and alarms, feedpump check valves, boiler blowdown valves, TDS control
systems, steam injection systems, sample coolers, heat recovery systems, conductivity meters, condensate
contamination detectors, blowdown vessels and vent heads.
Flowmeters 12
Variable area owmeters, orice plates, ow computers and display units.
Control systems 13
Pneumatically/electrically actuated two-port and three-port valves, positioners, programmable electronic
controllers, pneumatic transmitter controllers, pressure reducing valves, surplussing valves, safety valves,
self-acting temperature control valves and high limit temperature cut-outs.
Steam traps 16
Thermodynamic, ball oat, balanced pressure, inverted bucket and bimetallic steam traps, sealed and
quickt steam traps, Spiratec steam trap performance monitors and steam trapping stations.
Condensate pumps and energy recovery 18
Automatic steam (or gas) powered uid pumps, pump-trap combinations, electric powered condensate
recovery units and ash steam recovery vessels.
Humidiers 19
Direct steam injection humidiers and Hygromatic self-generative humidiers.
spiraxsarco.com
High purity products 20

Steam generators, stills, temperature controls, pressure controls instrumentation, steam traps, sample coolers,
ball valves, separators and lters.
1.10
Pipeline ancillaries 21
Manifolds, separators, bellows sealed stop valves, check valves, diusers, piston actuated isolation valves,
strainers, sight glasses, pressure gauges, air vents, vacuum breakers, hosedown stations, ball valves and
compressed air lters / regulators / lubricators.
10exchange 12
packages
06 13 16
18 19exchange 20exchange 21
packages packages
Return to product handbook contents page
5
1.11
Customer focused solutions Ready assembled control System audits Steam condition monitoring
partner systems
spiraxsarco.com
Complete integrated solutions

Businesses today are increasingly relying on outside expertise for management of their energy sources. This allows them
to concentrate more on their core business activities.
Spirax Sarco has the expertise and products our customers require regarding the use of steam and other related
industrial uids. Our oering makes us the perfect partner as a solutions provider. These solutions can range from simple
product assemblies to major turnkey projects such as boiler house upgrades.
1.12
System services
At Spirax Sarco we oer a complete range of services to ensure the eective and safe management of steam, condensate
and other industrial utility uid systems.
These services include:

Tailored audits to identify areas for improving Provision of commissioning and routine
system eciency, and ensure compliance with servicing, in addition to advice on Planned
Health, Safety and Environmental legislation Preventative Maintenance programs, to fully
optimise process performance and uptime
Steam System Conditioning and Quality
Project management to ensure seamless
Testing programs that deliver reduced cost
on-time, on-budget completion of large
of ownership and optimised heat transfer
turnkey contracts
throughout the system
Equipment recalibration and repair facility
Design of customer-specic energy saving
to help maintain system safety and process
schemes and strategies
availability.
Design of process improvement schemes to
increase product quality and / or yield
Installation of new and replacement products

to improve energy utilisation, system reliability
and reduce water and chemical usage
7
Heat transfer solutions Packaged products
High purity generators Assemblies of products all selected and sized to provide an
A range of generators which produce clean steam, integrated solution. Some examples of packaged
1.13 pure steam or WFI (water for injection) conforming to

recognised standards using plant steam as the primary
solutions are:
heat source. Condensate pump / steam trap assemblies

Condensate pumps with steam trap and / or receiver
Heat transfer solutions for the eective removal and return of condensate.
Packaged heat exchange solutions can be provided
to meet your exact requirements, oering a highly Control valve / owmeter stations
ecient solution to heating with steam. Compact units, Pre-assembled stations including matched products to
which include the unique EasiHeat and QuickHeat condition the uid prior to controlling its temperature,
systems, are pre-assembled to oer quick, simple pressure etc., or measuring its owrate. Includes all
installation, and speedy commissioning. To provide necessary downstream products.
complete exibility we will also design and provide
unassembled heat exchange solutions to meet your
individual requirements.
Bespoke heat transfer solutions

Specically and individually designed to suit your
application requirements.
Pressure reducing valve system
Compact standard heat Clean and pure steam Specially designed heat Bespoke engineered systems
transfer packages generators transfer solutions
spiraxsarco.com
1.14
9
Boiler control and systems

An extensive range of boiler controls and systems are available. Whether its a completely new boiler house plant or a
simple blowdown valve replacement, Spirax Sarco will have the answer.
1. Feedtanks 4. Steam injection systems
1.15 constructed in stainless steel - no rusting, no linings, coatings

The Spirax Sarco feedtank is an atmospheric deaerator fully Steam injection systems can be used to inject steam into
feedtanks to drive off the dissolved oxygen. This reduces
or joints to leak. It is fitted with a flash condensing deaerator the amount of oxygen scavenging chemicals required,
head which combines: cold make-up, condensate return and and maintains a high and steady feedwater temperature
flash recovery. Flash steam is condensed whilst heating and to the boiler.
deaerating the cold make-up.
5. Level controls and alarms
The deaerator head is also available for fitting into existing Significant developments have taken place in recent
feedtanks. years considerably improving the standards of safety and
reliability of boiler level controls.
2. Boiler blowdown systems
As steam forms it leaves behind impurities in the boiler water Probes without moving parts and modern electronic
that will concentrate unless removed. The TDS (Total Dissolved controllers are so reliable that major boiler accidents
Solids) in the boiler must be accurately controlled. High TDS should be a thing of the past.
can result in carryover of boiler water and impurities causing
problems with production and plant. Low TDS due to too much The range offered has been approved as complying
blowdown increases fuel and water treatment chemical costs. with the relevant Codes of Practice and European
Systems are available for all sizes and types of boiler. regulations.
3. Sample coolers 6. Feedpump check valves

To be sure that a boiler is operating at the desired Feedpump check valves are fitted with heavy-duty
concentration of TDS it is necessary to take a sample of the springs and soft seats to prevent a shutdown boiler
water and test it. The stainless steel sample cooler lets the from flooding with feedwater.
operator do this safely and accurately.
1 2 3 4
spiraxsarco.com
7. Heat recovery systems 10. Blowdown vessels

Flash steam recovery from blowdown has two advantages. In
addition to the heat recovered the flash steam is condensed
Blowdown vessels are now manufactured to ASME VIII
to allow operation to an ambient temperature of -10C. 1.16
to pure water, reducing the amount of make-up water and
chemical treatment required. 11. Conductivity meters
The temperature compensated conductivity meter is
For certain conditions it may be more economical to pass the an essential instrument to have in the boiler house for
blowdown directly to a heat exchanger without using a flash checking boiler water and feedwater TDS levels, and
vessel. Spirax Sarco can provide a range of alternative heat calibrating control instrumentation.
recovery solutions.
12. Condensate contamination detection systems
8. Bottom blowdown valves Even low levels of contamination can cause foaming,
For the precise and regular control of precipitated solids in scaling and corrosion in the boiler.
steam boilers. A choice of manual key operated or
fully, automated valves are available. The contamination detection system monitors the
conductivity of the condensate and will raise an alarm
9. Vent heads and divert it to drain if a pre-set limit is passed.
The vent head separates condensate from flash steam and
vents it safely without spray. Vent heads are manufactured in
stainless steel for a corrosion resistant long life.
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
11
Flowmeters
Whatever your process or system requirements, there is a flowmeter to suit your needs from the Spirax Sarco range. Our
flowmeters have an unrivalled reputation for accuracy, turndown and reliability. They are versatile, being suitable for steam
as well as most liquids and gases. A comprehensive selection of flow computers and display units, all of which can be
linked to plant and building management systems, complement the range.
1.17 1.TheGilflo ILVA Flowmeters

Gilflo ILVA range of flowmeters offers an unrivalled
4.TVA Flowmeters
The innovative Spirax Sarco TVA Flowmeter range has
turndown ratio of up to 100:1 and can be used to meter been designed to meet the challenge of measuring both
most industrial fluids including steam and gases. minimum and maximum flowrates to deliver pinpoint
Available in pipeline sizes from DN50 to DN300. steam metering accuracy combined with quick and easy
installation.
2. Orifice Plate Flowmeters
Accurate and repeatable measurement over a wide flow
Spirax Sarco orifice plate flowmeters are especially suited for
range of turndown of 50:1.
installations in pipelines where the need for high accuracy
and turndown is not critical. Available in pipeline sizes from DN50 to DN100.
They can be interfaced with flow computers to give

5.TFA Flowmeters
up-to-the-minute data at the touch of a button.
The TFA Flowmeter is a high performance meter,
Available in pipeline sizes from DN25 upwards. designed to meet the challenges of economically
monitoring steam flow in small line sizes, allowing
3. Flow computers accurate assessment of energy consumption at the point
A range of flow computers is available to give automatic of use. One of the smallest installation requirements on
density compensation plus analogue, pulse and the market means the TFA Flowmeter can be installed
RS 485 Modbus outputs. The units also have within previously unsuitable pipework, removing the
built-in timers and event loggers enabling peak flows, need for expensive line changes. Combining this with a
temperatures, pressures and totals to be recorded. Units for highly reliable no moving parts design makes this a cost
heat metering applications are also available. effective point of use metering solution.
2 3 4 5
spiraxsarco.com
Control systems
To enable you to make the right choice for your application Spirax Sarco has developed a range of control systems ranging
from simple self-acting controls to systems that will fit into highly sophisticated control loops.
1. Electrically actuated control valves 3. Positioners

Two-port or three-port valves manufactured in a wide choice of To complement the range of pneumatically actuated
materials for pressures up to 40 bar and having connections in
sizes up to DN200.
control valves, pneumatic and electropneumatic
positioners will allow small actuators to close against
1.18
higher differential pressures, eliminate hysteresis and
The actuators are suitable for HVAC or industrial process improve accuracy and positioning time.
applications and are available with VMD, mV or mA input
signals. Variants are available with automatic commissioning,
smart control, programmable functions and digital
Options include: spring reserve and, where more accurate communications.
control is required, a valve positioning card.
4. Programmable electronic controllers
2. Pneumatically actuated control valves Panel mounted single loop controllers suitable for single
Two-port or three-port control valves manufactured in a wide or multi-setpoint control. They incorporate PID, auto
choice of materials for pressures up to 40 bar and having TUNE and ADAPTIVE algorithms. Multi-input options are
connections in sizes up to DN200. available.
Pneumatic actuators are low profile to NAMUR standard, 5. Pneumatic controllers

spring-to-open or spring-to-close, and incorporate a fully rolling For the control of pressure or temperature. Pneumatic
diaphragm. A handwheel option is available. controllers are available with simple proportional control
action, or with the addition of integral and derivative
action. Temperature sensing is via a nitrogen filled
direct expansion system and pressure sensing by
interconnecting pipework to an internal bourdon tube.
1 2
3 4 5
13
6. High specification control valves 9. Safety valves

A range of high specification control valves manufactured Vital for the protection of people and plant. A
in a wide choice of materials and internal trims making them comprehensive range of safety valves is available in
suitable for the more arduous application. bronze, iron and carbon steel body materials. These
valves conform to ASME and EN standards with a range
Internal trims include: multi-stage, balanced, unbalanced, of pipe end connections and sizes up to DN150. Options
low noise and anti-cavitation. include: soft seal, open or closed bonnet, with or
without easing lever.
1.19 These valves are used in conjunction with high power,
pneumatically operated actuators. 10. High limit temperature cut-out
Designed to protect personnel and product, the high
7. Direct acting pressure reducing and surplussing valves limit temperature cut-out is a self-powered, independent
These are self-powered valves designed to control the pressure overheat safeguard for use with two-port and three-port
of water, steam and gases up to 40 bar. They are available in valves.
a wide range of materials, and have pipeline connections up to
DN100. It is inherently fail-safe, and can provide remote
indication of operation.
8. Pilot operated pressure reducing and surplussing valves
Like direct acting pressure reducing valves, these valves are 11. Self-acting temperature controls
self-powered. Pilot operation provides accurate control under Self-acting temperature control systems are ideal for
large load change conditions. applications demanding rugged reliability and low
maintenance. They are particularly suited to harsh or
Available in SG iron, cast steel and stainless steel in sizes up hazardous environments.
to DN80.
They are used in conjunction with two-port or three-port
Options include: soft seats for gas applications with solenoid control valves to form a flexible control system in terms
valve or pneumatic actuator for remote operation. of capillary length and temperature range.
6 7 8 10 11
spiraxsarco.com
1.20
15
Steam traps
It is essential, without loss of live steam, to remove condensate and often air and other incondensable gases from steam
systems. The Spirax Sarco range of steam traps allows the best choice to be made for all applications. A steam trap
performance monitoring system complements the range.
1. Thermodynamic steam traps 3. Balanced pressure thermostatic steam traps

1.21 Thermodynamic steam traps combine reliability, simplicity and Balanced pressure thermostatic steam traps adjust
efficiency of operation; with just one moving part (a hardened automatically to varying steam pressures and have
stainless steel disc) they give a blast discharge with clean, tight excellent air venting characteristics during plant start-up
shut-off. They are able to withstand: superheat, waterhammer, and during normal operation. They have large discharge
corrosive condensate, freezing and vibration. The TD trap is the capacities for their size and the robust design of the
first choice for removal of condensate from steam internals gives a good life expectancy.
distribution systems.
Sizes up to DN25.
Sizes up to DN25. For pressures up to 32 bar.
For pressures up to 250 bar. Body material: brass, cast steel or stainless steel.
Body material: carbon steel, stainless steel or alloy steel.
4. Sealed steam traps
2. Ball float steam traps Sealed maintenance free steam traps.
Ball float steam traps are extremely versatile and work efficiently
on both light and heavy condensate loads. Although compact in Range: balanced pressure, inverted bucket and
size, their discharge capacity is high and continuous, ensuring bimetallic versions.
maximum heat transfer. These traps are the best choice for
draining plant with automatic temperature control. Sizes up to DN25.
For pressures up to 45 bar.
An integral air vent is fitted as standard and an adjustable Body material: stainless steel.
needle valve is available as an option to prevent steam locking.
Sizes up to DN100.
Body material: cast iron, SG iron, cast steel or stainless steel.
1 2 3 4
spiraxsarco.com
5. Inverted bucket steam traps It will detect if traps are passing live steam or if they are
Inverted bucket traps are the most robust type of the waterlogged. 1.22
mechanical traps and will resist waterhammer. When the check
valve option has been fitted in the inlet, they can be used with The system either uses sensor chambers mounted
superheated steam. They are available with a wide selection of upstream of conventional steam traps, or integral
valve orifices for precise pressure and load matching. sensors in pipeline connectors or steam traps, giving a
signal to an external test point.
Sizes up to DN80.
For pressures up to 190 bar. Sizes up to DN50.
Body material: cast iron, cast steel, alloy steel or For pressures up to 32 bar.
stainless steel. Body material: carbon steel, SG iron or stainless steel.
6. Bimetallic thermostatic steam traps 8. Quickfit steam traps

Bimetallic steam traps can conserve energy by discharging The comprehensive range of pipeline connectors
sub-cooled condensate in those applications which can utilise coupled with world leading steam trap technology
sensible heat. They are the most robust of all the thermostatic reduces plant downtime, maintenance costs and ensures
steam traps, being able to withstand waterhammer and zero emissions, whilst maintaining system efficiency.
corrosive condensate.
Range: Suitable for use with balanced pressure,
Sizes up to DN100. thermodynamic, inverted bucket, float and bimetallic
For pressures up to 210 bar. steam traps.
Body material: cast steel, alloy steel or stainless steel.
Sizes up to DN25.
7. Spiratec steam trap monitors For pressures up to 46 bar.
Every steam trap that fails to operate properly can cause Body material: generally stainless steel.
problems elsewhere in the steam system. Spiratec can
continuously monitor your steam traps to show their operation
and warn of malfunctions.
5 6 7 8
17
Condensate pumps and energy recovery

To maximise energy efficiency it is essential to return clean condensate to the boiler house. Spirax Sarcos range of
condensate handling equipment allows you to achieve this effectively and economically.
1. Automatic steam (or gas) powered condensate pumps 3. Electric powered condensate recovery units
1.23 This range of self-contained pumps uses steam or other A range of electrically powered condensate return pumps
pressurised gas as motive power and is designed to remove specially designed with low NPSH (Net Positive Suction
and recover condensate (or other fluids) under all operating Head) requirements to handle hot condensate in a
conditions. compact size.
They are ideal for use in hazardous areas where electrical

pumps would not be suitable, and for the efficient drainage of 4. Flash steam recovery vessels
heat exchangers. Flash steam is allowed to separate from the condensate
in the vessel. The flash steam may then be used in a low
pressure steam system and the separated condensate
2. Automatic steam powered condensate pump traps returned to the boiler house.
APTs (Automatic Pump Traps) offer the benefit of both
pump and steam trap as one item. This ensures complete
condensate removal from plant, even under vacuum, thus
maximising thermal efficiency at all times as well as recovering
valuable condensate for re-use.
1 2 3 4
spiraxsarco.com
Humidifiers
Control of relative humidity is growing in importance as new technologies and health requirements in the workplace demand
tighter environmental management. With both direct steam injection and self-generative humidifiers, Spirax Sarco can provide
the correct solution for your specific humidification needs.
1. Direct steam injection humidifiers 2. Hygromatik self-generative humidifiers

When plant steam is available the direct steam injection A comprehensive range of self-generative humidifiers 1.24
humidifier will provide optimum control and efficiency. is available complete with all the necessary control
equipment.
Models are available for use with mains or fully

demineralised water.
1 2
19
High purity products

Avoidance of the risk of contamination across many industries has resulted in a growing need for clean steam, pure steam and
water of WFI (Water For Injection) quality. Products suitable for these high purity systems must be designed and manufactured
to a high standard to ensure compliance with the exacting rules and regulations set for example by the biopharmaceutical and
healthcare industries. Spirax Sarcos extensive range of high purity products extends from generation through distribution to usage.
1.25 1. Generation 3. Pure and clean steam trapping

A comprehensive range of clean and pure steam generators A comprehensive range of thermodynamic and
and WFI distillation units designed and manufactured to cGMP, thermostatic steam traps developed specifically for clean
ISPE, ASME BPE and FDA guidelines to produce steam and and pure steam applications. This range includes traps
water in compliance with International Pharmacopia and that minimise condensate back-up for critical
HTM 2031/EN 285 standards. steam-in-place applications.
2. Sanitary control and instrumentation 4. Sanitary ancillary products

Accurate control is essential for the successful operation of To complete your high purity system, Spirax Sarco offers
your process. Spirax Sarco offers a wide range of electrically a broad range of products including: steam traps, check
and pneumatically actuated control valves as well as direct valves and sample coolers, sanitary ball valves and
acting pressure regulators. steam separators.
A variety of sanitary instrumentation is also available to Custom sanitary systems are also available including:
complete your control loop as well as sanitary safety valve to pure steam humidifiers, sanitary heat exchangers, pure
protect your system. steam and steam generators
1 1 2 2
3 3 4 4 4
spiraxsarco.com
Pipeline ancillaries
To achieve long and reliable service from steam plant equipment it is necessary that the steam is clean, dry and that
maintenance can easily be carried out.
Spirax Sarco provides the complete range of products to ensure the condition of the steam and the steam system itself is
properly maintained.
1. Manifolds 3. Check valves

1.26
A compact range of forged steel manifolds designed for steam This range of valves offers an effective, low maintenance
tracing applications. The manifolds have 4, 8 or 12 tracer line solution for the prevention of reverse flow in pipelines.
connections and are supplied with integral piston type isolation
valves. Pipeline sizes up to DN300.
Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged connections. Body material: bronze or stainless steel.
Connections: wafer pattern or screwed.
2. Bellows sealed stop valves
Bellows sealed stop valves are ideal for any application where 4. Separators
minimal maintenance and zero emissions are required. Separators remove moisture from steam or gas
pipelines. They provide a drain point for condensate
Pipeline sizes up to DN250. droplets moving along the pipe wall and deflect entrained
For pressures up to 40 bar. droplets out of the main flow. Separators therefore
Body material: cast iron, SG iron, carbon steel or ensure that steam or gas is delivered to its point of
stainless steel. use dry - particularly important with highly rated plant
or equipment like sterilisers, where steam comes into
contact with the product.
Pipeline sizes up to DN350.

Body material: cast iron, SG iron, carbon steel or
stainless steel.
1 2
3 4
21
5. Diffusers 10. Air vents and vacuum breakers

When fitted to the outlet of a steam/air trap that is discharging Air vents and vacuum breakers, for use on steam
to atmosphere, the diffuser will greatly reduce the noise level and water systems, are designed to protect plant and
and will offer protection from high velocity discharge. process equipment.
6. Strainers Pipeline sizes up to DN25.

Strainers protect expensive downstream equipment such as For pressures up to 50 bar.
control or flowmetering devices from damage. Body material: brass, carbon steel or stainless steel.
1.27
Pipeline sizes up to DN250. 11. Ball valves
For pressures up to 100 bar. Spirax Sarco has a broad range of ball valves to suit
Body material: bronze, cast iron, every application requirement.
SG iron, cast steel or stainless steel.
These ball valves are available as a manual valve or can
7. Piston actuated valves be supplied with a pneumatic actuator.
Robust and compact bronze or stainless steel pneumatically
actuated valves with PTFE soft seat providing a tight shut-off Pipeline sizes up to DN200.
making them suitable for a wide range of media, up to 180C. For pressures up to 140 bar.
Body material: cast steel or stainless steel.
Pipeline sizes up to 2.
For pressures up to 20 bar. 12. Compressed air products
Body material: bronze or stainless steel. The condition of compressed air is critical to plant
efficiency. Poor quality air can lead to shortened air tool
Connections: screwed, flanged, sanitary clamp, butt weld or life, increased manufacturing times and even health
socket weld. risks. The Spirax-Monnier range of compressed air
products; filters, regulators and lubricators, guarantees
8. Sight glasses, sight checks and pressure gauges high quality air at the point of use.
A wide range of sight glasses, sight check valves and pressure
gauges are readily available. The compressed air product range is complemented
by: soft seated pressure reducing valves, safety valves,
9. Hosedown stations separators, strainers, ball valves and drain traps.
For general cleaning and washdown applications the
hosedown station is the perfect tool. Hot water is economically
provided by safely mixing steam and cold water.
spiraxsarco.com
1.28
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
Did you know...

Our website has more detailed information about all our products.
For more information, please visit our website at www.spiraxsarco.com
23
1.29
spiraxsarco.com
Product areas
Section 2 Boiler house 1.30

Section 3 Flowmetering
Section 4 Control valves
Section 5 Steam traps
Section 6 Condensate pumps
Section 7 Pipeline ancillaries
Section 8 Humidication products
Section 9 Compressed air products
Section 10 Heat transfer solutions
Section 11 General information
Return to contents
Product highlights
1.31
TFA Flowmeter - point of use metering Spirax Sarco STAPS Wireless Steam Trap Monitoring Solution
STAPS ISA100 wireless steam trap monitoring solution FT23 Geothermal Float Trap
Spirax Sarco Heat Pipe Heat Exchange solution SP400/500 electropneumatic valve positioners
When viewing the videos for the rst time, the main YouTube page may open. If this happens, close the new window and select
the video again.
To view these videos, an internet connection is required

1.32
Spirax Steam Trapping Solutions Spirax EasiHeat
SpiraTrol Control Valve Inline Maintenance Video EP500 Electro-pneumatic Positioner Installation
BBV Bottom Blowdown Valve Maintenance Video
Return to contents
Our capabilities
1.33
Spirax Sarco - The company First for steam solutions
Manufacturing capability Spira-trol production in Chatellerault, France
2015 sustainability highlights Energy Saving Insights: Shanghai Eastern Hospital
When viewing the videos for the rst time, the main YouTube page may open. If this happens, close the new window and select
the video again.
To view these videos, an internet connection is required

1.34
Return to contents
1.35
Boiler house
Bottom blowdown systems
Section 2
2.1 Feedtank ancillaries
2.2 Steam injectors

2
2.3 Level controls
2.4 TDS blowdown controls
2.5 Conductivity sensors
2.6 Sample coolers
2.7 Conductivity meters
2.8 Heat recovery systems
2.9 Blowdown vessels
2.10 Vent heads
2.11 Bottom blowdown systems
2.12 Energy monitor

Boiler house
Feedtank ancillaries
TI-P401-25
AB Issue 3
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008

ISO 9001
DH Type
Flash Condensing Deaerator Heads
A simple low cost solution for deaerating boiler feedwater at atmospheric pressure
Mixes hot and cold incoming flows

2.1.1 Liberates oxygen and other gases
Stainless steel for long maintenance free life
Easy to install
Description
Spirax Sarco flash condensing deaerator head is designed to mix
incoming flows of cold make-up, condensate return and flash
steam to the boiler feedtank. This mixing action is achieved by
directing the downward flow through a baffle arrangement within
the unit. This liberates dissolved gases from the cold make-up,
which are vented to atmosphere. The cold make-up inlet is fitted
with a spray screen which diffuses the flow, increasing its surface
area to promote thorough mixing with the condensate and
flash steam.
A Spirax Sarco flash condensing deaerator head consists of three 1
parts:
- A mixing unit, which is bolted to the top of the tank and is
supplied with connections to customer specification for cold 3
make-up, condensate return, flash steam from blowdown etc.
- An immersion tube, which distributes the mixed fluids into the 2
tank and has an integral plate flange which is sandwiched
between the tank and mixing unit flanges.
Immersion tubes are fully described in separate literature. 3
- Gaskets. Two gaskets are required, one fitted each side on
the immersion tube flange. They are ordered separately.
Available types
The mixing unit is available in five nominal diameters (DN150,
DN200, DN250, DN300 and DN400) flanged to BS 4504 PN16 or
BS 1560 Class 150.
Immersion tubes are available in diameters to suit the deaerator
heads and lengths of 950, 1200, 1600 and 2100 mm to suit TM
metric feedtanks. Since each deaerator head is built to suit specific
plant requirements we recommend that your local Spirax Sarco
Engineer is contacted for a connection layout sheet and to discuss
your requirements.
Selection table
Total steam Mixing Tank depth
generation unit 1250 1500 2000 2500
rate (kg / h) Mixing unit / immersion tube selection
Head comprises
MU150 MU150 MU150 MU150
5 000 DN150 Item Quantity Description Material
IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100
1 1 Mixing unit Austenitic
MU200 MU200 MU200 MU200 stainless steel
10 000 DN200 IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100 2 1 Immersion tube Austenitic
MU250 MU250 MU250 MU250 stainless steel
20 000 DN250 IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100 3 2 Gasket Silicone rubber
MU300 MU300 MU300 MU300
30 000 DN300 IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100 Application
MU400 MU400 MU400 MU400 Spirax Sarco flash condensing deaerator heads are ideal for boiler
50 000 DN400 feedtank applications. They are suitable for both new and retrofit
IT-950 IT-1200 IT-1600 IT-2100 applications. Each head is fitted with a connection for air vent and
recirculating feedwater spray nozzle. The air vent is for the
Limiting conditions immediate venting of liberated gases (the connection should also
PN2.5 rating. Suitable for saturated steam 1 bar g, 120C. include a vacuum breaker). For further details on the RFS
The mixing unit only is hydraulically tested to 2 bar g. recirculating feedwater spray systems see separate literature.
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. Copyright 2004
Boiler house
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Mixing unit
Type A B Weight
MU150_ 175 484 30
MU200_ 200 522 50
MU250_ 220 557 65
MU300_ 250 617 90
MU400_ 290 680 125
For details of immersion tube and gaskets see separate literature.
65 mm
Connection for recirculating
Connection for air vent/ feedwater spray nozzle
vacuum breaker
100 mm 2.1.2
20 mm
Centre line of B
connections for
cold make-up,
condensate return,
blowdown flash steam, etc.
A
Flange for mounting on feedtank
How to specify
Atmosperic deaerator head in austentic stainless steel consisting of
mixing unit, immersion tube, and two gaskets. DN150, DN200,
DN250, DN300 and DN400. Flanged BS 4504 PN16 / BS 1560
Class 300.
How to order
To specify a 150 mm flash condensing deaerator head flanged
BS 4504 PN16 (mixing unit plus immersion tube and gaskets to suit
a 1250 mm deep feedtank):-
MU150 - PN16
IT150 - 950 PN16
2 off gaskets to suit IT150 - 1200 PN16
Connection details also need to be specified.
DH Type Flash Condensing Deaerator Heads TI-P401-25 AB Issue 3

Boiler house
TI-P401-08
AB Issue 3

ISO 9001
RFS1 and RFS2
Recirculating Feedwater Spray Systems
Increases flash steam condensing capability
Improves thermal efficiency of the feedtank
2.1.3 Improves deaeration within the feedtank
Energy saving three speed pump
Description 4
The Spirax Sarco RFS1 and RFS2 recirculating feedwater spray
systems are designed to provide additional flash steam condensing
capacity on boiler feedtank applications. When the condensate return
flowrate is high and the cold make-up flowrate is intermittent it is
likely that valuable flash steam will be lost through the vent. To
ensure that this flash steam is condensed it is often worthwhile to
take feedwater from a relatively cool part of the feedtank and pump it
to a spray nozzle. Approximately 20% of the feedtank content can
be circulated per hour to provide this additional flash condensing
capacity. By using a low energy pump the thermal efficiency of the
feedtank can be improved.
Application
The RFS1 and RFS2 systems are specifically designed for use with
Spirax Sarco flash condensing deaerator heads. The mixing unit of
each head is fitted with a connection for the spray nozzle.
System components
System Isolating Y-Type Spray
type valve strainer Pump nozzle
RP1
M10 Fig 12 1" BSP 1" BSP male
RFS1 1" BSP 1" BSP 240 V taper
50 Hz
RP2
M10 Fig 12 1" BSP 1" BSP male
RFS2 1" BSP 1" BSP 240 V taper
50 Hz
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Isolating valve Carbon steel with stainless steel internals
2 Y-type strainer SG iron with stainless steel screen
3 Electric pump Cast iron with stainless steel internals
4 Spray nozzle Stainless steel
Limiting conditions
The system is designed for pumping water up to 100C from an
atmospherically vented tank. Maximum ambient temperature 80C.
Selection
A system is selected based on circulating approximately 20% of the
feedtank contents.
1
Gross feedtank Recirculating feedwater
contents spray systems 2
litre (kg) Designation Speed setting
3 000 RFS1 1
3 000 to 6 000 RFS1 2 3
1
6 000 to 8 000 RFS1 3
8 000 to 10 000 RFS2 2
10 000 to 30 000 RFS2 3
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco RFS1 recirculating feedwater spray
system.
Boiler house
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Installation

For new applications
M10 For new applications a specific connection should be incorporated
For details of the M10 isolating valve refer to separate literature. into the feedtank design. This connection should be the same nominal
Fig 12 size as the pump and should be positioned as near as possible to
For details of Fig 12 Y-type strainer refer to separate literature. the bottom of the tank. The suction side isolating valve, strainer and
pump should be positioned as near to the tank as possible whilst
allowing access for operating the ball valve and removing the strainer
Spray nozzle screen. The discharge side pipework should be as short in length as
A specially designed stainless steel nozzle for distributing the possible. On RFS2 systems the discharge pipework should be
recirculated feedwater within the flash condensing deaerator head. reduced to 1" at the spray nozzle.
Screwed 1" BSP taper male. Kv = 6.65. The pump must be wired in accordance with The Electricity at Work
140 Regulations, that is, using a direct on-line (DOL) starter fitted with a
thermal overload plus local isolator.
For retrofit applications

Where no suitable spare connection is available it is recommended
that the drain connection be utilised by fitting a 'T' piece as follows.
28 It should be noted that the tank does not need to be drained to fit
these pieces.
RP type pump Existing

2.1.4
Three speed induction rotor. drain valve
BSP union suction and discharge connections.
Single phase 240 V, 50 Hz.
System Input
pump Connection power Weight New
type watts kg drain valve
RP1 1" BSP Union 40 to 100 2.5 To recirculating
RP2 1" BSP Union 85 to 100 2.5 pump suction
RP1 type pump

133
Caution
75 55 For all applications the pump shaft must be horizontal, or slightly
higher at the vent plug end to prevent premature wearing of the top
bearing and shaft.
Operation
The pump should run continuously when the boiler(s) is on load.
Water should flow through the pump at all times while the pump is
186
130
running.
Maintenance
At convenient regular intervals it is recommended that the strainer
screen is inspected and any debris removed.
RP2 type pump 32

130
82 52
180
271
RFS1 and RFS2 Recirculating Feedwater Spray Systems TI-P401-08 AB Issue 3

Boiler house
TI-P401-07
AB Issue 5

ISO 9001
IT
Immersion Tubes
Description
Spirax Sarco immersion tubes may be:
- Connected directly to the pipeline, to distribute condensate into
feedtanks.
- Used with a mixing unit to form a ash condensing de-aerator 2
2.1.5 head (not applicable to the IT100 unit).

Note: A ash condensing de-aerator head can be used to mix
ash steam (from a TDS control system), cold make-up water,
and condensate, and sparge it into a feedtank. It is described in 1
separate literature.
Immersion tubes offer a much neater solution than traditional
sparge pipes, and can reduce many of the problems associated
with them, for example vibration, rusting, and waterhammer. 2
Immersion tubes are suitable for both new and retrot applications
where the feedtank is adequately constructed and braced.
Available types
Available as types IT100_, IT150_, IT200_, IT250_, IT300_, and
IT400_ with an integral inside bolt circle sandwich ange to suit
ANSI 150 or EN 1092 PN16. They are available in lengths to suit
TM metric feedtanks. Other lengths can be made to special order.
Immersion tubes are designated by IT followed by DN followed
by length of immersion tube in mm. e.g. IT250-1600 is DN250 and
is 1 600 mm long from the underside of the ange. It is suitable for
a 2 000 mm deep tank.
Capacity - when used without a Mixing Unit (MU)

* Gravity
condensate Pumped
(with 5% Flash) condensate
IT type DN kg / h kg/h
IT100_ 100 1 015 2 500
IT150_ 150 2 285 5 000
IT200_ 200 4 065 10 000
IT250_ 250 6 350 20 000
IT300_ 300 9 145 30 000
IT400_ 400 16 255 50 000
* For other quantities of ash steam the capacity may be determined

pro rata i.e. for 10% ash capacity is half that shown.
As a general rule the size of an immersion tube should be at least

one DN larger than the condensate return main.
Important note:
The above table is only valid for condensate, where the ash steam
content has to be considered.
When sizing an immersion tube for use with a de-aerator head,
use the guidelines in the ash condensing de-aerator head TI.
The DH / IT has a higher overall capacity as it is able to condense
the flash steam content of the fluid before it enters the tank. We
do not make a mixing unit to suit the IT100.
Limiting conditions
PN2.5 rating. Suitable for condensate at up to 1 bar g, 120C.
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Immersion tube Austenitic stainless steel
2 Gaskets Silicone rubber (colour may vary)
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specication without notice. Copyright 2006
Boiler house
Dimensions /weights (appoximate) in mm and kg Installation

B B We recommend the immersion tube is positioned in the middle of
Model A PN16 ANSI 150 C Weight the top of the tank.
The immersion tube can be tted to a boiler feedtank by the following
IT100 - 950 100 162 157 950 7 methods:
IT100 - 1200 100 162 157 1 200 9
IT100 - 1600 100 162 157 1 600 11 1. Using an existing ange.
IT150 - 950 150 212 216 950 10 The immersion tube is designed so that it can pass through an
IT150 - 1200 150 212 216 1 200 12 apperture with dimensions according to BS 1600 Schedule 40.
IT150 - 1600 150 212 216 1 600 16 The sandwich ange of the immersion tube is equal to the raised
IT200 - 950 200 268 270 950 13 face diameter of the ange for which it is suitable. Gaskets are
IT200 - 1200 200 268 270 1 200 16 to be placed above and below the sandwich ange.
IT200 - 1600 200 268 270 1 600 21 2. On new installations a specic connection should be incorporated,
IT200 - 2100 200 268 270 2 100 28 as described in separate literature.
IT250 - 1200 250 320 324 1 200 20 It is essential that a vacuum breaker is tted to the condensate
IT250 - 1600 250 320 324 1 600 27 return main near to the immersion tube. Consider the use of a
IT250 - 2100 250 320 324 2 100 35 Spirax Sarco VB14 vacuum breaker.
IT300 - 1200 300 378 381 1 200 24
IT300 - 1600 300 378 381 1 600 32 How to order example:
IT300 - 2100 300 378 381 2 100 42 1. Immersion tube IT150-950 in austentic stainless steel to suit
2.1.6
IT400 - 1200 375 490 470 1 200 29 DN150, PN16 anges complete with:
IT400 - 1600 375 490 470 1 600 39 2. Silicone rubber gaskets to suit DN150, PN16.
IT400 - 2100 375 490 470 2 100 51
Alternatively, t a vacuum breaker here, as near to

Ideally t a vacuum breaker here the elbow as possible.
Use a blind ange of same DN as tank connection and drill

a hole to suit DN of condensate return main.
Gasket 3 mm
Immersion tube 6 to 10 mm
Gasket (to be installed prior to passing
the immersion tube through the nozzle)
Pipe to BS 1600
Schedule 5, 10 or 40
Top of Tank
Each immersion tube has a number of holes in a particular

pattern to suit the stated capacity.
IT Immersion Tubes TI-P401-07 AB Issue 5

Boiler house
TI-P409-04
AB Issue 3

ISO 9001
WG2
Water Level Gauge
Simple gauge glass for low pressure duties
Recommended for boiler feedtank applications
2.1.7 Available in lengths up to 2 200 mm
Supplied in modular form for maximum versatility
Description
The Spirax Sarco WG2 level gauge enables an instant visual check
to be made of liquid level in tanks and process vessels.
It consists of a glass tube (plastic also available) mounted in top
and bottom support arms, with packing seals and washers to prevent
leakage and accommodate expansion. The bottom arm incorporates
a three port plug cock to allow isolation and checking of gauge
operation.
An intermediate arm provides additional support and sealing for
gauges with centres longer than 1100 mm, and enables two unequal
length tubes to be used together to give a wide choice of overall
lengths.
Two protector rods mounted either side of the tube reduce the risk
of accidental damage. For greater protection 'C' section protectors
are also available (used with rods).
Limiting conditions Glass Plastic tube

Maximum working pressure (Pmax) 6.9 bar g 2.0 bar g
Maximum working temperature (Tmax) 152C 134C
Maximum saturated steam conditions 4.1 bar g 2.0 bar g
Cold hydraulic test pressure 13.8 bar g 3.0 bar g
Available lengths (approximate) in millimetres

WG 2 level gauge glasses are designated WG2 followed by /
(centres dimension). Protector rods (in sets of two) and 'C' section
protectors are available in 700, 800, 1000 and 1100 mm lengths.
Two sets are required for gauges with intermediate arms. The
glasses themselves are available in four lengths which may be
paired in the following combinations to give the gauge centre
dimensions below:-
Glass 1 Glass 2 Intermediate Gauge Designation

length length arm centres
686 - No 700 WG2/700
786 - No 800 WG2/800
986 - No 1000 WG2/1000
1086 - No 1100 WG2/1100
686 686 Yes 1400 WG2/1400
686 786 Yes 1500 WG2/1500
786 786 Yes 1600 WG2/1600
686 986 Yes 1700 WG2/1700
786 986 Yes 1800 WG2/1800
786 1086 Yes 1900 WG2/1900
986 986 Yes 2000 WG2/2000
986 1086 Yes 2100 WG2/2100
1086 1086 Yes 2200 WG2/2200
Plastic tubes (complete with 2 off tube supports) are supplied in

1100 mm nominal lengths which can be cut to length with a knife.
Boiler house
Materials Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres

No. Description Material Weights
Top arm 0.65 kg
1 Arm body Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2 Intermediate arm 0.62 kg
2 Protector rods Brass BS 2874 CZ121 Bottom arm 0.69 kg
Glass 0.145 kg / 100 mm length
3 Glass tube Glass Borosilicate Protector rod 0.015 kg / 100 mm length
4 Gland nut Brass BS 2874 CZ121 'C' section protector 0.12 kg / 100 mm length
Plastic tube (1100 mm) 0.4 kg
5 Top plug Brass BS 2874 CZ121
6 Plug cock Gunmetal BS 1400 LG 2
7 Packing sleeve Rubber Nitrile
Top plug
8 Packing washer Permanite AF 2000
9 Top plug gasket Red fibre BS 216 Grade B Gasket
10 'C' section protector Stainless steel Type 304/304L
11 Plastic tube FEP Top arm
12 Tube supports Brass BS 2874 CZ132 85
(used with item 11) (Dezincification resistant)
Washer
Seal
Installation
WARNING
Your attention is drawn to Safety information leaflet IM-GCM-
Washer
2.1.8
10. Tanks or vessels must be drained, vented to atmosphere,
and inlets isolated before work is commenced.
In particular, make sure that any connections which could
carry hot fluids, for example condensate return or flash steam Glass
from blowdown, are isolated. 12.7
Top, intermediate, and bottom arms have a " BSP taper male
thread (R) for connection to the tank.
- The tank should have "BSP Pl (Rp ) screwed sockets to take
the top and bottom arms, and intermediate arm if fitted.
Notes:-For certain lengths, the intermediate arm is not equidistant
between the top and bottoms arms. The socket for the intermediate
arm does not need to pierce the tank.
- Fit arms to tank using PTFE tape or a suitable jointing compound. 82 Intermediate arm
- Align arms vertically.
- Slacken all gland nuts and remove the 3/8" BSP top arm plug and
gasket. Gland nut
- Trim plastic tube to the required length (686, 786, 986, or 1086 mm).
Each end of the tube requires an internal brass support, (supplied
with the tube).
- Sligthly flatten the ends of the tube with thumb and forefinger Protector rod 4.8
before fitting the supports, to stop them moving during positioning.
- Pass glass/plastic tube through 3/8" BSP thread in top arm and
lower into position.
When an intermediate arm is fitted, the ends of the two
glasses/tubes should touch and the joint should sit between the 'C' section
intermediate arm glands. protector
- Gently tighten gland nuts and refit top arm plug and gasket.
- Fit the 'C' section protector (if used) to the front of the unit, then rotate
it so that its hooked edges line up with the protection rod drillings.
- Fit the protector rod(s) through the drillings in the top and Bottom arm
intermediate arms and locate in the blind drillings in the bottom
arm. " BSP Tr (R) 70
- Use the cutouts in the side of the protector to ensure the rods are
correctly positioned.
- The drain connection must not be plugged. It can either be left open
to a tundish, or may be piped to drain.
Operation 52.5
" BSP Pl
(Rp)
The plug cock has three positions:-
Up Purge water connection.
Horizontal Normal operation.
Down Drain glass. This position also isolates the water
connection in case of a broken glass. Available spares
Glass 686 mm
Glass 786 mm
Glass 986 mm
Normal Drain glass Glass 1086 mm
Plastic tube (1100 mm) with 2 internal supports
Spare packing seal set consisting of:-
Purge water 4 off Packing sleeves
8 off Washers (1 fitted each side of the sleeve)
2 off Top plug gaskets
The set is suitable for two re-packings of a gauge with no intermediate
An indication of the plug position is marked on the lever. We arm or one re-packing of a gauge with an intermediate arm.
recommend that the water connection is purged and the glass Order:- 1 spares pack for Water Level Gauge WG 2.
drained periodically. It is important to check that water flows to drain
and that the level is rapidly re-established in the glass. A slowly
rising level could indicate a partial blockage. How to specify
Non-ferrous water level gauge with 3 port plug cock and protector
Maintenance rods (and 'C' section protector), glass tubes / plastic tubes.
No specific maintenance is required. We recommend that the arms
are checked for leakage periodically and the packing sleeves and How to order
washers renewed if necessary. Always fit new packing sleeves and Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco WG 2 / 1000 water level gauge with 'C'
washers if the tube has to be replaced. section protector and rods.
4090050/3
WG2 Water Level Gauge TI-P409-04 AB Issue 3

Boiler house
TI-P409-03
AB Issue 4

ISO 9001
Dial Thermometers
2.1.9 Dial thermometer -

Aluminium body
(supplied with pocket)
Description
Spirax Sarco dial thermometers are reliable and robust instruments
which operate on the bimetallic coil principle.
Applications
Spirax Sarco dial thermometers are ideal for boiler feedtanks,
condensate pumping and many other industrial processes. Where a
pocket is installed it is possible to remove the thermometer without
draining the vessel contents.
Available types
Austenitic stainless steel body, horizontal mounting, with a glass
window.
Optional pocket, with a 150 mm extension to facilitate lagging of
the tank / vessel.
Dial thermometer -
Aluminium body, vertical mounting, with a glass window. Supplied
complete with brass slip-on pocket. Austenitic stainless steel body
Optional version with acrylic window and stainless steel pocket.
Optional extra
Surface finish 0.4 m
Process condition 1" sanitary clamp
Sanitary
pocket Horizontal stainless steel 274 mm
temperature dial
Insertion length
Vertical aluminium 174 mm
temperature dial
Note: Surface finish certification is available if stated at the time
of order placement.
Limiting conditions
Stainless body protection rating IP54 Materials
Pressure maximum 25 bar g Body Stainless steel
With or without pocket
Temperature maximum 120C Bezel Stainless steel
Aluminium body Window Glass
Maximum pressure Pressure maximum 6 bar g Stem Stainless steel
rating of pocket Temperature maximum 20 / 160C Standard pocket Stainless steel
Optional sanitary pocket Stainless steel
Range
Stainless body 0-120C Body Aluminium
Aluminium body 0-120C and 0-160C Bezel Stainless steel
Window Glass (acrylic optional)
Accuracy
Stem Brass
Stainless body Complies with DIN 16203 Class 1
Standard pocket Brass (stainless optional)
Complies with DIN 16203 Class 2
Aluminium body Zero adjustment at pointer. Optional sanitary pocket Stainless steel
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification without notice. Copyright 2005
Boiler house
Safety information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.
Installation note:
Screw the pocket into a " BSP connection on the vessel, using PTFE tape as a thread sealant. The austenitic stainless steel dial thermometer
can be screwed directly into the vessel if required.
Position the thermometer so that it will measure a representative temperature in the vessel. Vertical mounting thermometers have a minimum
insertion depth - see dimension 'H'. Heat conducting paste is not normally necessary, but may be used if desired.
Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg

Austenitic stainless steel body
Weight
A B C D E F G H I
Thermometer Pocket
100 274 35 8 13 150 18 113 28 0.25 1.0
Aluminium body
Weight
A B C D E F G H min
including pocket
100 48 16 174 35 160 13 65 0.4
2.1.10
Thermometer (Austenitic stainless steel body) Thermometer (Aluminium body) with pocket
A B
" BSP Tr
D (R)
B C
C
E
" BSP Tr
(GA)
Optional pocket (Stainless steel)
D
E " BSP Tr (R) I F
H min
H F G
G " BSP Pl
(G)
How to specify
1 - Horizontal mounting dial thermometer with stainless steel wetted / exposed parts, IP54 rating.
1 - Pocket with " BSPT thread (R)
1 - Vertical mounting dial thermometer with slip-on pocket 0-120C range.
How to order example:

1 - Spirax Sarco dial thermometer, having an austenitic stainless steel body for horizontal mounting, 0-120C.
1 - Pocket with 150 mm extension for the above.
1 - Spirax Sarco dial thermometer having an aluminium body and c/w brass pocket. 0-120C range.
Dial Thermometers TI-P409-03 AB Issue 4

Boiler house
Steam
Local regulations may restrict the use ofinjectors
this product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-P401-05
AB Issue 11
IN15, IN25M and IN40M

Steam Injectors
Description Available types
Spirax Sarco steam injectors use steam to raise the temperature The IN15 is supplied with a " female and 1" male thread, available
of water or other liquids. They work by using a jet of steam to draw in BSPT or NPT.
in the liquid through radial ports, mix it, and distribute the heated Options for the larger injectors are shown below:
liquid throughout the tank or vessel. The circulation induced by the
injector ensures thorough mixing and avoids temperature IN25M IN40M
2.2.1 stratification. Three sizes of injector are available to suit a wide
range of flowrates.
BSPT male 1" 1"
The smallest, the IN15, has a male and female thread for direct NPT male 1" 1"
mounting to a tank wall from the outside, or to pipework within the Butt-weld 1" Schedule 80 1" Schedule 80
tank.
The IN25M and IN40M are available with either male thread or
butt-weld connection and are fitted to pipework in the tank, or to a
tank wall connection. IN40M
For higher capacities, two or more injectors may be mounted in (available screwed
parallel. or butt-weld)
Principal features:
- All stainless steel.
- Ideal for boiler feedtank heating and de-aeration.
- For efficient steam heating of water and other fluids.
- Heats, mixes and circulates - no moving parts.
- Compact design - minimises noise and vibration.
Pressure /temperature limits
Body design rating PN25
Minimum operating pressure 0.5 bar g
Maximum saturated steam condition 17 bar g @ 207C
Maximum heated liquid temperature
(tank /vessel vented to atmosphere) 90C
Materials
Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A351 CF3M.
Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Type A B C Weight
IN15 " 205 28 0.4 IN25M
(available screwed
IN25M 1" 84 71 0.8 or butt-weld)
IN40M 1" 115 88 1.6
1" BSP taper or NPT male
IN15 A C
BSP taper or B
NPT female
IN15
IN25
IN40M A C
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco IN25M steam injector having a 1" BSPT
screwed connection.
Boiler house
Steam injectors
Safety information, installation and maintenance Capacity - selecting a steam injector

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the The choice of steam injector depends on the flowrate of steam
product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions required to heat the liquid. The table below shows steam injector
supplied with the product. capacities in kg /h of injected steam when heating tanks are vented
to atmosphere, and are up to 3 metres deep. The choice of control
Important: valve can affect the steam capacity.
Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10.
For higher capacities use two or more injectors in parallel.
Installation note:
The injectors are installed at a low level in a tank, ideally along the Injector type IN15 IN25M IN40M
centre line, and discharging horizontally along the length. Pipework
may be routed inside or outside the tank. In all cases, steam supply System pressure Saturated steam
pipework must be firmly anchored to prevent vibration and stress bar g capacity kg /h
in the tank wall. We recommend the use of a suitable thread locking
compound on all threaded connections. 0.5 11 75 222
Use the same size pipe as the injector, i.e. 25 mm pipe for IN25M. 1 20 135 400
Pipe sizes for multiple injector installations are as follows:- 2 48 175 580
No. of Type Minimum 3 66 280 805
injectors pipe size
4 84 350 970
2 IN15 20 mm
5 102 410 1 125
2 IN40M 65 mm
6 120 500 1295
3 IN40M 80 mm
Allow a minimum of 150 mm between the injector(s) and the sides

7 138 580 1445 2.2.2
and bottom of the tank, and as much as possible between the injector 8 156 640 1620
outlet and the end of the tank. See the IMI for the minimum limits. 9 174 700 1820
Space multiple injectors equally across the tank width.
10 192 765 1950
System examples 11 210 830 2250
The tables below give steam capacities for some typical injector /
valve/controller combinations for tanks vented to atmospheric 12 228 900 2370
pressure. Intermediate values may be obtained by linear interpolation. 13 246 975 2595
For alternatives or special applications refer to specific Spirax Sarco
literature or contact our sales engineers. 14 264 1045 2710
The tables below are examples only, and the valve /controller 15 282 1095 2815
combinations shown may not be available in all markets.
Note: Steam pressure at the injector will be much reduced and 16 300 1170 3065
proper injection and mixing may not occur if a smaller valve (or 17 318 1 225 3200
larger injector) is fitted.
Self-acting control system examples

Injector type IN15 IN25M IN40M
Number off 1 2 1 1 2 3
Valve type /size BX6 DN15 SB DN15 SB DN20 KB51 DN25 KC51 DN40 KC51 DN50
Valve Kv 1.65 2.58 3.81 9.8 16.48 34.0
Controller Self-acting control with 2 m capillary Self-acting control with 2 m capillary
type Range 1. -20C to 110C Range 2. 40C to 105C
Steam supply System saturated steam capacity
pressure bar g kg /h
2 47 82 110 350 580 1 150
4 78 140 200 550 1 000 1750
6 109 195 280 750 1 400 2525
8 142 236 360 1 000 1 750 3200
10 171 310 450 1 200 2 075 3800
12 201 365 - - 2 500 4500
13 218 393 - - 2 675 5000
Electric or pneumatic control system examples

Injector type IN15 IN25 IN40M
Number off 1 2 1 1 2 3
Valve type / KE71/KE73 KE71/KE73 KE71/KE73 KE71/KE73 KE71/KE73 KE71/KE73
size DN15 DN15 DN15 DN25 DN32 DN50
Valve Kv 1.6 4 4 10 16 36
Steam supply System saturated steam capacity
pressure bar g kg /h
2 47 96 110 350 580 1 150
4 78 168 200 550 1 100 1750
6 109 240 280 750 1 400 2525
8 142 312 360 1 000 1750 *
10 171 384 450 1 200 2075 *
12 201 456 650 1 650 * *
13 218 492 750 1 750 * *
The information given in the tables is empirical and must not be used for critical applications. Use PN5123 or EL5601 actuator,
EP5 positioner (PN), SX65 controller (available with mA output for PN actuator, or VMD output for EL actuator), EL2270 sensor or pocket, and
MP2 regulator.
* Consult your local Spirax Sarco sales engineer for information.
TI-P401-05 AB Issue 11 IN15, IN25M and IN40M Steam Injectors

Boiler house
Steam
TI-P401-04
AB Issue 3
INS6 and INS10

Direct Steam Injection Heating Systems
A complete system for boiler feedtank, hot water storage
and other industrial process heating requirements.
5
1
2.2.3
Stop valve
Y-type strainer
Dial
thermometer
Principal features: 2
Stainless steel injector for long life

4
Simple installation
Self-acting system requiring no external power supply
Efficient and economic heating
Single seated valve giving tight shut-off
General description System components

Spirax Sarco INS direct steam injection heating systems are
No. Part Material
designed to inject steam into tanks of water or process liquor to
ensure quiet and efficient heating of the tank contents. The injector 1 Control valve Bronze/ gunmetal
draws in cold liquid, mixes it with steam within the injector nozzle 2 Controller and sensor Brass
and distributes the hot liquid throughout the tank. In many
applications the circulation induced by the injector is an advantage 3 Sensor pocket Stainless steel
ensuring thorough mixing and avoiding temperature stratification. 4 Injector Stainless steel
Available system types 5 Vacuum breaker Brass
INS6 and INS10, screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.
The injectors are for horizontal installation.
The selection of a system depends on the flowrate of steam required
to heat the tank contents and the steam supply pressure to the
correct valve.
Boiler feedtank applications

Oxygen must be removed from boiler water if corrosion is to be
prevented. Oxygen can be removed in two ways, either by the use
of oxygen scavenging chemicals or by thermal deaeration.
The dissolved oxygen content of water:
- At 20C is 9 ppm
- At 60C is 5 ppm
- At 90C is just under 2 ppm.
By heating the boiler feedwater typically to 85 - 90C to remove most
of the oxygen, and using oxygen scavenging chemicals, the use of
chemicals can be reduced by up to 75%. Additionally, boiler efficiency
may be increased since blowdown requirements may be lowered.
The fitting of a dial thermometer on the tank is recommended and is
available from Spirax Sarco.
Boiler house
Steam injectors
Capacities
System capacities in kg /h of injected steam when heating tanks vented to atmospheric pressure.
System type INS6 INS10

Control valve size " BSP with 6 mm orifice " BSP
Steam supply pressure
Capacities in kg/h of saturated steam
bar g psi g
2 29 47 82
3 44 63 110
4 58 78 140
5 73 94 168
6 87 109 195
7 102 125 223
8 116 142 236

2.2.4
9 131 155 282
10 145 171 310
11 160 186 338
12 174 201 365
13 189 218 393
Where steam supply pressures are higher consider the use of a pressure reducing valve or alternatively, the use of a combined pressure
reducing and temperature control valve. Please consult Spirax Sarco for a suitable type.
Equipment details
Note: All equipment is available screwed BSP or NPT.
System type Control valve* Controller type Range Sensor pocket Steam injector Vacuum breaker
INS6 BX6 " SA128 with 2 m capillary Range 1 Stainless steel - 1" 1 x IN15 VB14 - "
-20 to 110C to suit SA128 " female x 1" male
INS10 SB " SA128 with 2 m capillary Range 1 Stainless steel - 1" 2 x IN15 VB14 - "
-20 to 110C to suit SA128 " female x 1" male
* BX6 and SB control valves are bronze, single seat, normally open, direct acting.
A Y-type stainer is recommended upstream of the control valve. The Y-type strainer should normally be the same size as the steam
supply pipeline. Consider a Spirax Sarco brass / bronze Fig 12 strainer.
An isolating valve is recommended upstream of the Y-type strainer.
Consider the use of an M10 Spirax Sarco carbon steel ball valve or a HV3 bronze stop valve.

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. See the relevant Installation and Maintenance Instructions
supplied with system components.
Safety note:
Installation note:
Spirax Sarco direct steam injection heating systems are designed to operate with the minimum of noise provided the installation is correct.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco INS6, " screwed BSP, direct steam injection heating system.
TI-P401-04 AB Issue 3 INS6 and INS10 Direct Steam Injection Heating System
Boiler house
Steam
TI-P401-03
AB Issue 5
INS
Direct Steam Injection Heating Systems
A complete system for boiler feedtank, hot water storage
and other industrial process heating requirements.
5
1
2.2.5
Stop valve
Y-type strainer
Dial
thermometer
Principal features: 2
Stainless steel injector for long life 4
No moving parts - maintenance free

Self-acting system requiring no external power supply
Efficient and economic heating
General description System components

Spirax Sarco INS direct steam injection heating systems are
No. Part Material
designed to inject steam into tanks of water or process liquor to
ensure quiet and efficient heating of the tank contents. The injector 1 Control valve Bronze/ gunmetal
draws in cold liquid, mixes it with the steam within the injector nozzle 2 Controller and sensor Brass
and distributes the hot liquid throughout the tank. In many
applications the circulation induced by the injector is an advantage 3 Sensor pocket Stainless steel
ensuring thorough mixing and avoiding temperature stratification. 4 Horizontal injector Stainless steel
Available system types 5 Vacuum breaker Brass
INS15, INS20, INS25, INS40, INS50, INS65 and INS80, screwed
BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.
The injectors are for horizontal installation.
The selection of a system depends on the flowrate of steam required
to heat the tank contents and the steam supply pressure to the
control valve.
Boiler feedtank applications
Oxygen must be removed from boiler water if corrosion is to be
prevented. Oxygen can be removed in two ways, either by the use
of oxygen scavenging chemicals or by thermal de-aeration.
The dissolved oxygen content of water:
- At 20C is 9 ppm
- At 60C is 5 ppm
- At 90C is just under 2 ppm.
By heating the boiler feedwater typically to 85 - 90C to remove most
of the oxygen, and using oxygen scavenging chemicals in the
feedline after the tank, the use of chemicals can be reduced by up
to 75%. Additionally, boiler efficiency may be increased since
blowdown requirements may be lowered. The fitting of a dial
thermometer on the tank is recommended and is available from
Spirax Sarco.
Boiler house
Steam injectors
Capacities
System capacities in kg/ h of injected steam when heating tanks vented to atmospheric pressure.
System type INS15 INS20 INS25 INS40 INS50 INS65 INS80

Control valve Size " BSP " BSP 1" BSP 1" BSP 2" BSP 2" BSP 3" BSP
Steam supply pressure
Capacities in kg /h of saturated steam
bar g psi g
2 29 87 110 350 580 1 150 2 500 3 700
3 44 120 160 425 750 1 400 3 350 4 900
4 58 150 200 550 1 000 1 750 4 200 6 000
5 73 180 240 650 1 150 2 100 5 000 7 200
6 87 215 280 750 1 400 2 525 5 800 8 400
6.9 100 237 316 840 1 535 2 800 6 500 9 450
7 102 240 320 850 1 550 2 950 6 600 9 550
8 116 275 360 1 000 1 750 3 200 7 400 10 700
8.2 118 278 370 1 020 1 780 3 280 7 550 10 950 2.2.6
9 131 290 410 1 100 1 900 3 600 8 200 11 850
10 145 315 450 1 200 2 075 3 800 9 000 13 000
10.3 150 325 460 1 230 2 135 3 920 - -
11 160 350 - - 2 275 4 200 - -
12 174 375 - - 2 500 4 500 - -
13 189 400 - - 2 675 5 000 - -
Where steam supply pressures are higher consider the use of a pressure reducing valve or alternatively, the use of a combined pressure
reducing and temperature control valve. Please consult Spirax Sarco for a suitable type.
Equipment details
Note: All equipment is available screwed BSP. For options of NPT or API connections refer to relevant literature.
System type Control valve* Controller type Range Sensor pocket Steam injector Vacuum breaker
Range 1 Stainless steel - 1"
INS15 SB " SA128 with 2 m capillary 1 x IN25M - 1" VB14 - "
-20 to 110C to suit SA128
INS20 SB " SA128 with 2 m capillary 1 x IN25M - 1" VB14 - "
INS25 KB51 1" SA128 with 2 m capillary 1 x IN40M - 1" VB14 - "
INS40 KC51 1" SA121 with 2 m capillary 2 x IN40M - 1" VB14 - "
40 to 105C to suit SA121
INS50 KC51 2" SA121 with 2 m capillary 3 x IN40M - 1" VB14 - "
INS65 NS 2" SA121 with 2 m capillary 5 x IN40M - 1" VB14 - "
INS80 NS 3" SA121 with 2 m capillary 7 x IN40M - 1" VB14 - "
* SB control valve is bronze, single seat, normally open, direct acting.

KB51 and KC51 control valves are bronze, single seat, normally open, bellows balanced, direct acting.
NS control valve is gunmetal, double seat, normally open, stainless steel trim, direct acting.
A Y-type strainer is recommended upstream of the control valve. The Y-type strainer should normally be the same size as the steam
supply pipeline. Consider a Spirax Sarco brass / bronze Fig 12 strainer.
An isolating valve is recommended upstream of the Y-type strainer.
Consider the use of an M10 Spirax Sarco carbon steel ball valve or a HV3 bronze stop valve.

This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. See the relevant Installation and Maintenance Instructions
supplied with the system components.
Safety note:
Installation note:
Spirax Sarco direct steam injection heating systems are designed to operate with the minimum of noise provided the installation is correct.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco INS15, " screwed BSP, direct steam injection heating system.
TI-P401-03 AB Issue 5 INS Direct Steam Injection Heating Systems

Boiler house
Steam injectors
2.2.7
Boiler house
Steam
TI-P401-06
AB Issue 5
SD
Steam Distributor
Description Available types
Spirax Sarco steam distributors distribute low pressure flash steam SD40S, SD50S and SD80S screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.
into atmospheric water tanks. They ensure rapid condensation of the SD80, SD100 and SD150 flanged to suit EN 1092 PN16 or
steam and efficient heating of the water. The hole configuration ASME Class 150.
provides a self-regulating control feature ensuring that holes
progressively come into use as the steam flowrate increases. An
internal stainless steel mesh ensures quiet operation. 2.2.8
Principal features:
- Simple installation - no special supports required. Screwed SD
- Compact, lightweight and strong. type steam
- Stainless steel for long life. distributor
- Eliminates waterhammer. shown.
Note:
- Quiet operation. flanged
Application - Boiler blowdown heat recovery connections
Steam distributors are ideal for supplementing the heating of boiler are
feedwater tanks using flash steam. When used in conjunction with available.
a flash vessel, as part of a boiler blowdown heat recovery system,
flash steam recovery is simple, of low capital cost and is maintenance
free. Additionally, the flash steam is condensed to pure water reducing
the amount of make-up water and chemical treatment required.
Generally for sizing purposes use a differential pressure of 0.4 bar.
Steam distributors are not recommended for condensate recovery
or live steam injection duties, as they may be damaged by Limiting conditions
Not suitable for live steam applications.
waterhammer.
Maximum saturated steam conditions 1 bar g @ 130C
Recommended maximum flash vessel operating pressure is 0.4 bar.
Materials
Austenitic stainless steel 304. Capacities
Each distributor has a number of holes. The flow of steam through
Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres the holes depends on the differential pressure available. The table
Steam distributor Connection D L below shows capacities in kg / h of distributed steam when heating
tanks which are vented to atmospheric pressure.
Screwed
SD40S 1" BSP or NPT Female 100 70 Steam supply Steam distributor
pressure bar g SD40S SD50S SD80S & 80 SD100 SD150
Screwed
SD50S 2" BSP or NPT Female 150 85 0.2 99 176 396 643 935
0.4 135 240 540 877 1275
Screwed
SD80S 3" BSP or NPT Female 215 110 0.6 171 304 684 1111 1615
0.8 198 352 792 1287 1870
Flanged
SD80 DN80 PN16 or Class 150 215 180 Intermediate values may be obtained by linear interpolation.
For higher capacities use 2 or more distributors in parallel.
Flanged
SD100 DN100 PN16 or Class 150 235 210
Safety and installation information
Flanged Steam distributors operate at temperatures which could cause
SD150 DN150 PN16 or Class 150 305 220 severe scalding, and produce strong currents of very hot
steam / water. Do not touch or lean over open tanks which are being
heated, even if the water still appears to be cold. Ensure closed
tanks are adequately vented and that the vent is unobstructed.
Steam supply pipework must be firmly anchored to prevent vibration
and stress in the tank wall. Tanks must be adequately constructed
and braced / stayed as necessary to avoid vibration. Consult your
local Spirax Sarco engineer if in any doubt.
Installation note:
Fit the end of a vertical downpipe in the tank so that the bottom of
the distributor is at about 1/3 off the working depth of tank. The piping
L between the steam source and distributor should be the same
nominal size as the connection on the distributor. It is recommended
that the piping is less than 10 m in length in order to minimise the
pressure drop.
Disposal:
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated
with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" SD40S steam distributor having
D a screwed BSP connection.
Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict the use ofcontrols
AI-P402-15
AB Issue 7
Tank Level Control (On /Off)

Description
Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions supplied with the products for full details.
The Spirax Sarco (on /off) tank level control system is suitable for most qualities of industrial waters down to a nominal 1 S/cm or 1 ppm at
25C minimum. The controllers must be mounted in an enclosure or panel to provide environmental protection. They may be mounted on a
2.3.1 'top-hat' DIN rail using the mounting clip provided or the controller base may be screwed directly to a chassis plate.
Applications
On /off tank level control can be achieved using the
LC1350
Spirax Sarco LC1350 controller in conjunction with
LP10-4 level probes. The LC1350 controller is able to
provide the following functions:-
LC1350 controller a) Pump-in control with low or high alarm or
AL
b) Pump-out control with low or high alarm or
OK c) High or low alarm plus extra low alarm.
Typical arrangements
We recommend the probe is in a protection tube. The
metal tank generally forms the earth return. However,
where the tank is of a non-conductive material one of
the probe electrodes should be used to provide the
LP10-4 probe earth return.
Pump
Pump t High level alarm
contactor
t Pump off
t Pump on
t Low level alarm
LC1350
Fig .1 Pump fill with low level alarm

LC1350 controller
AL
OK
LP10-4 probe
Solenoid
valve t High level alarm
t Valve closed
t Valve open
t Low level alarm
Fig. 2 Valve control fill with low level alarm

Boiler house
Level controls
Fig. 3 Tank alarms on glass lined vessel
LC1350
AL
OK
LC1350 controller
Pump contactor LP10-4 probe
2.3.2
t High level
Alarm
t Low level
t Earth return
Glass lining
Fig. 4 Pump fill with high level alarm (with polypropylene tank)
LC1350
AL
OK
LC1350 controller
Pump contactor LP10-4 probe
Pump t High level

t Pump off
t Pump on
Earth return
Flow to process
AI-P402-15 AB Issue 7 Tank Level Control (On /Off)

Boiler house
Level
AI-P402-16
AB Issue 6
Tank Level Control

(On /Off or Modulating)
using Capacitance Probes
Description
The system comprises a Spirax Sarco LP20 level probe and PA20 preamplifier together with either an LC2250 controller, and associated
valves and fittings, depending on the application.
Separate literature is available which explains the individual equipment in detail.
2.3.3 Applications
Spirax Sarco capacitance probe based systems can be used to monitor and control the level of a wide range of conductive liquids.
The controllers may be used in a variety of configurations for many different filling or emptying applications.
For modulating level control, Spirax Sarco supply a control valve with an electric actuator and 1000 ohm feedback potentiometer.
The LC2250 level controller should be mounted in a metal or plastic enclosure to provide environmental protection. Spirax Sarco are able
to supply suitable enclosures.
Controllers may be mounted on a 'top hat' DIN rail using the mounting clip provided or the controller base may be screwed directly to a
chassis plate.
If the tank or vessel contents are turbulent the probe should be mounted in a protection tube.
Typical arrangements
The system provides the following options:-
Modulating fill control with high alarm

Modulating fill control with low alarm
Using the LC2250 controller
Modulating empty control with high alarm
Modulating empty control with low alarm
On/off fill control with high alarm
On/off fill control with low alarm
Using the LC2250 controller On/off empty control with high alarm
(with pump contactor)
On/off empty control with low alarm
(with pump contactor)
Examples of the many level control duties possible

LC2250 LC2250
LC2250 controller LC2250 controller

Control valve OK
AL
OK
AL
LP20 probe / LP20 probe /

PA20 preamplifier PA20 preamplifier
Make-up water
High level alarm
Valve modulates to Pump on

maintain water level
within this band. Pump
contactor
t Low level alarm Pump off
Condensate return
to boiler house
Pump
Fig. 1 Boiler feedtank make-up with modulating control Fig. 2 Condensate return tank on /off emptying control
and low level alarm. with high level alarm
Boiler house
Level controls
Control valve
LC2250
LC2250 controller
LP20 probe /
PA20 preamplifier OK
AL
Make-up water
High level alarm
2.3.4
Valve modulates to
within this band
Flow to process
Fig. 3 Process water tank with modulating fill control, and high level alarm
LC2250
LC2250 controller
AL
LP20 probe / OK
PA20 preamplifier
High level alarm

Control valve
Valve modulates to
within this band
To drain
Fig. 4 Drainage control of a large process pressure vessel; modulating control with high level alarm.
AI-P402-16 AB Issue 6 Tank Level Control (On / Off or Modulating) using Capacitance Probes
Boiler house
Level
AI-P402-08
AB Issue 7
LCS1000
Level Control Systems - Chamber Mounted
Installation and testing
of on / off boiler water level controls in external chambers
Typical installation
2.3.5
This document does not contain sufficient information to install the
system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
supplied with the products for full details.
LCS1000 boiler level control systems are suitable for LC1350 LC1350
automatically controlled steam boilers and provide the control and
alarm functions specified by British Standards in BS 2790, by the
Health and Safety Executive in PM5 and by SAFed (PSG2).
The LCS1000 systems require daily manual testing as specified
in PM5 and a trained boiler attendant should be on site at all times AL AL
the boiler is in operation. OK OK
The level controls and level alarms are probably the most important
controls on the boiler for ensuring safety and should only be installed
and maintained by suitably trained personnel. Spirax Sarco can
install, commission and provide a regular maintenance service. LC1350 LC1350
Warning: Minimum conductivity is 1 S / cm or 1 ppm.
LP10-4 LP10-4
probe probe
Boiler
Chamber
Not used Not used

High alarm
Pump off
Pump on
1st low
2nd low
Sequencing purge valves
To drain tundish or
blowdown vessel
Boiler house
Level controls
Daily test (or once per shift)

1. With the burner firing, operate the sequencing purge valve on the 1st low alarm chamber to purge through the water connection to the
chamber and to empty the chamber to drain. Check that the burner shuts down and that the 1st low alarm lamp and bell operates.
2. Return the sequencing purge valve to 'normal'. The alarm should cancel and the burner refire.
3. With the burner firing repeat the test on the 2nd low alarm chamber. The alarm should 'lockout' and should require manual resetting
before the burner will refire.
4. On completion of the test, check that all valves and controls are in their normal operating position and that the water level is correct in
the level gauge glass. The boiler should not be left until the person carrying out the test is satisfied it is operating normally.
Weekly test
The weekly test should be carried out or witnessed by a responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has been suitably
trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its controls. At no time during the test should the water be lowered to the extent that it
disappears from the gauge glass.
1. With the feedpump switched off, allow the water level to fall by evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm.
2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the burner controls go to lockout. 2.3.6
3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout, then continue to raise the water level to the high alarm level. Check that the high
alarm sounds.
4. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler until satisfied that it is operating normally.
Quarterly inspection
The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience that the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly intervals.
Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a well run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that only an annual inspection
of the probes etc. is required. This is a matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with his insurance company inspector in order to
determine a sensible inspection programme to suit the individual boiler plant. We recommend a regular inspection as follows:
1. Inspect the probe plugs for moisture.
2. Unscrew the probes and wipe away any dirt from the probe tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of more serious
scale formation elsewhere in the boiler. Investigate water treatment.
3. Remove the covers from the sequencing purge valves and inspect the water connections to the boiler. Clean as necessary.
4. Inspect the wiring and controllers for damage.
5. Reassemble, refill the boiler and carry out a full functional check.
AI-P402-08 AB Issue 7 LCS1000 Level Control Systems - Chamber Mounted

Boiler house
Level controls
2.3.7
Boiler house
Level
AI-P402-09
AB Issue 7
LCS1100
Level Control Systems
of on /off boiler water level controls direct mounted in the boiler
2.3.8
Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information
to install the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions supplied with the individual products for full details. LC1350 LC1350
The Spirax Sarco LCS1100 boiler water level control systems are
suitable for automatically controlled steam boilers and provide the
control and alarm functions specified by British Standards in
BS 2790, by the Health and Safety Executive in PM5, and by
SAFed (PSG2). AL AL
The LCS1100 series systems require daily manual testing as OK OK
specified in PM5 and a trained boiler attendant should be on site

at all times the boiler is in operation.
The level controls and level alarms are probably the most important LC1350 LC1350
controls on the boiler for ensuring safety and should only be controller controller
installed and maintained by suitably trained personnel. Spirax Sarco
can install, commission and provide a regular maintenance service.
Minimum conductivity Nominal 1 S/cm @ 25C minimum.
Daily test
The test should be carried out or witnessed by a responsible person
who appreciates the hazards involved and has been suitably trained
in the safe operation of the boiler and its controls.
At no time during the test should the water be lowered to the extent
that it disappears from the gauge glass.
1. With the feedpump switched off, allow the water level to fall by
evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm. LP10-4 LP10-4
2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the probe probe
burner controls go to lockout.
3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout and allow the
burner to refire.
4. Under hand control raise the water level to the high alarm level.
Check that the high alarm sounds. Boiler
5. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler
until satisfied that it is operating normally.
Not
Quarterly inspection Not Protection tubes used
The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience used
that the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly
intervals. Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a well
run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that only High alarm
an annual inspection of the probes etc. is required. This is a
matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with his insurance Pump off
company inspector in order to determine a sensible inspection
programme to suit the individual boiler plant.
Pump on
We recommend a regular inspection as follows:
1st Low
2. Unscrew the probes and wipe away any dirt from the probe
tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of 2nd Low
more serious scale formation elsewhere in the boiler.
Investigate water treatment.
4. Reassemble and carry out a full functional check.
Boiler house
Level
AI-P402-10
AB Issue 7
LCS2000
Level Control Systems - Chamber Mounted
of modulating boiler water level controls in external chambers
Typical installation LC2250
Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install controller
2.3.9 the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
supplied with the individual products for full details.
LC2250
The Spirax Sarco LCS2000 boiler water level control systems are suitable for
automatically controlled steam boilers and provide the control and alarm functions
specified by British Standards in BS 2790, by the Health and Safety Executive
AL
OK
in PM5 and by SAFed (PSG2). Feedwater

The LCS2000 series systems require daily manual testing as specified in PM5 control valve
and a trained boiler attendant should be on site at all times the boiler is in
operation.
The level controls and level alarms are probably the most important controls on
the boiler for ensuring safety and should only be installed and maintained by
suitably trained personnel. Spirax Sarco can install, commission and provide a
regular maintenance service.
LP20 and LC2250 5 S/cm or 5 ppm but conductivity
must not vary by more than 2:1
Minimum conductivity (consult Spirax Sarco if conductivity
variation is greater).
LC1350 Nominal 1 S/cm @ 25C minimum.
LP20 probe /
PA20 preamplifier
LC1350
LC1350 controller
AL
OK
LP10-4
probe
Adaptor
1" to " BSP
Boiler
Chamber
Not used
High alarm
Modulating
control band
1st Low
2nd Low
Sequencing purge valves
To drain tundish or blowdown vessel

Boiler house
Level controls
Daily test (or once per shift)

1. With the burner firing, operate the sequencing purge valve on the 1st low alarm chamber to purge through the water connection to the
chamber and to empty the chamber to drain. Check that burner shuts down and that the 1st low alarm lamp and bell operates.
2. Return the sequencing purge valve to normal. The alarm should cancel and the burner refire.
3. With the burner firing repeat the test on the 2nd low alarm chamber. The alarm should 'lockout' and should require manual resetting
before the burner will refire.
4. On completion of the test check that all valves and controls are in their normal operating position and that the water level is correct in
the level gauge glasses. The boiler should not be left until the person carrying out the test is satisfied it is operating normally.
Weekly test
The weekly test should be carried out or witnessed by a responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has been suitably
trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its controls. At no time during the test should the water be lowered to the extent that it
disappears from the gauge glass.
1. With the feedwater isolated, allow the water level to fall by evaporation until the burner shuts down at the 1st low alarm.
2. Blowdown the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the burner controls go to lockout.
2.3.10
3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout, then continue to raise the water level to the high alarm level. Check that the high
alarm sounds.
4. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler until satisfied that it is operating normally.
The Health and Safety Executive recommend that boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly intervals. Where the regular tests
are carried out properly in a well run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that only an annual inspection of the probes etc.
is required. This is a matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with their insurance company inspector in order to determine a
sensible inspection programme to suit the individual boiler plant. We recommend a regular inspection as follows:
2. Unscrew the probes and wipe away any dirt from the probe tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of more serious
scale formation elsewhere in the boiler. Investigate water treatment.
3. Remove the covers from the sequencing purge valves and inspect the water connections to the boiler. Clean as necessary.
5. Remove the actuator cover from the feedwater control valve, inspect actuator linkages etc. For tightness and correct operation, and
inspect the wiring. Test the feedwater control valve for correct operation over its full stroke, for gland leakage and for tight shut-off.
6. Reassemble, refill the boiler and carry out a full functional check.
AI-P402-10 AB Issue 7 LCS2000 Level Control Systems - Chamber Mounted

Boiler house
Level
AI-P402-12
AB Issue 8
LCS3000
of self-monitoring low level alarms on /off level controls
2.3.11 Warning: This document does not contain sufficient
information to install the system safely. See the Installation
and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the products LC3050 LC1350 LC3050
for full details.

ALARM ALARM
OK OK
The Spirax Sarco LCS3000 boiler water level control systems

are suitable for automatically controlled steam boilers and provide AL
AL
AL
the control and alarm functions specified by British Standards in

OK
BS 12953 and by the SAFed and CEA, in consultation with the

Health & Safety Executive, in BG01. LC3050 LC1350 LC3050
The LCS3000 low level alarms are of the high integrity type and controller controller controller
whilst a trained boiler attendant should check the boiler plant on
weekdays, they need not be on site at all times. There should,
however, always be someone available on site who is suitably
trained to respond to alarms and take appropriate action.
The level controls and level alarms are probably the most important
controls on the boiler for ensuring safety and should only be
installed and maintained by suitably trained personnel. Spirax Sarco
can install, commission and provide a regular maintenance service.
LC3050 30 S/cm or 30 ppm
Minimum conductivity
LC1350 Nominal 1 S/cm @ 25C minimum
Weekly test LP30 LP30

probe probe
High integrity self-monitoring level controls do not require daily
testing but the weekly test should be carried out or witnessed
by a responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved
and has been suitably trained in the safe operation of the boiler LP10-4
and its controls. probe
1. With the feedpump switched off, allow the water level to fall by
evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm.
2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and Boiler
the burner controls go to lockout.
3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout and allow
the burner to refire then press the test button (or the externally
wired button if fitted) on the LC3000 for 2nd low to ensure
that the burner shuts down at 2nd low level alarm.
4. Under hand control raise the water level to the high alarm
level. Check that the high alarm sounds.
High alarm
5. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the
boiler until satisfied that it is operating normally.
Pump off
Quarterly inspection Not used Pump on
The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience 1st
that the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly 2nd low low
intervals. Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a
well run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that
only an annual inspection of the probes etc. is required. This is
a matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with his Protection tubes
insurance company inspector in order to determine a sensible
inspection programme to suit the individual boiler plant.
tips. If any hard scale is present it may be an indication of
Boiler house
Level
AI-P402-13
AB Issue 8
LCS4000
of self-monitoring low level alarms and boiler feedwater control / high alarm
This document does not contain sufficient information to install LC3050 LC3050
the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions supplied with the products for full details.
controller controller 2.3.12
The Spirax Sarco LCS4000 boiler water level control and alarm LC3050 LC3050
system is suitable for automatically controlled steam boilers and

ALARM ALARM
OK OK
provides the control and alarm functions specified by British AL AL
Standards in BS 12953 and by the SAFed and CEA, in consultation

with the Health & Safety Executive, in BG01.
The low level alarms are of the high integrity type and whilst a trained
boiler attendant should check the plant daily, he need not be on site
at all times. There should, however, always be someone available
on site such as a watchman or porter who is suitably trained to
respond to alarms and take appropriate action.
The level controls and level alarms are probably the most important LP20 probe /
controls on the boiler for ensuring safety and should only be installed PA20 preamplifier
and maintained by suitable trained personnel. Spirax Sarco can
install, commission and provide a regular maintenance service.
LC3050 30 S / cm or 30 ppm LP30 LP30
Minimum conductivity: probe probe
LC2650 and LC2250 5 S / cm or 5 ppm
Note: Consult Spirax Sarco if conductivity
is less than 100 S / cm and is likely to
vary by more than 2:1.
Weekly test
High integrity self-monitoring level alarms do not require daily testing
but the weekly test should be carried out or witnessed by a Boiler
responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has
been suitably trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its
controls. At no time during the test should the water be lowered to
the extent that it disappears from the gauge glass.
1. With the feedwater isolated, allow the water level to fall by High alarm
evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm.
2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the
burner controls go to lockout. Modulating
3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout and allow the control
burner to refire. Press the test button (or the externally wired 1st low band
button if fitted) on the LC3000 for 2nd low to ensure that the
burner shuts down at the 2nd low level alarm. 2nd low
4. Under hand control raise the water level to the high alarm level.
Check that the high alarm sounds.
5. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the boiler
until satisfied that it is operating normally. Protection tubes
The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience that
the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly intervals.
Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a well run boiler LC2250
house with good water treatment, it may be that only an annual controller
inspection of the probes etc. is required. This is a matter, however, LC2650
for the user to decide in liaison with his insurance company inspector controller
LC2650
or
LC2250
in order to determine a sensible inspection programme to suit the

100
50
individual boiler plant.

0
%
SP PV AL
AL
OK OK

3. Remove the actuator cover from the feedwater control valve
and inspect the actuator linkages etc. for tightness and correct Feedwater control valve
operation, and inspect wiring. Test the feedwater control valve
for correct operation over its full stroke, for gland leakage and
for tight shut-off.
Boiler house
Level
AI-P402-14
AB Issue 7
LCS5000
of self-monitoring low level alarms and on /off boiler water level controls
2.3.13 The Spirax Sarco LCS5000 series boiler water level control LC3050 LC2250 LC3050
systems are suitable for automatically controlled steam boilers and controller controller controller
provide the control and alarm functions specified by British
Standards in BS 12953 and by the SAFed and CEA, in consultation
LC3050 LC2250 LC3050
ALARM ALARM
with the Health & Safety Executive, in BG01.

OK OK
The LCS5000 series low level alarms are of the high integrity type AL
OK
AL AL
and whilst a trained boiler attendant should check the boiler plant
on weekdays, he need not be on site at all times. There should,
however, always be someone available on site such as a
watchman or porter who is suitably trained to respond to alarms
and take appropriate action.
The level controls and level alarms are probably the most
important controls on the boiler for ensuring safety and should
only be installed and maintained by suitably trained personnel.
Spirax Sarco can install, commission and provide a regular
maintenance service.
For details of installation, wiring and maintenance see the
Installation and Maintenance Instructions of the individual
components of the system. LP20 probe /
PA20 preamplifier
Weekly test
High integrity self-monitoring level controls do not require daily
testing but the weekly test should be carried out or witnessed by a LP30 LP30
probe probe
responsible person who appreciates the hazards involved and has
been suitably trained in the safe operation of the boiler and its
controls.
1. With the feedpump switched off, allow the water level to fall
by evaporation until the burner shuts down at 1st low alarm.
2. Blow down the boiler until the 2nd low alarm sounds and the
burner controls go to lockout. Boiler
3. Raise the water level to normal, reset the lockout and allow
the burner to refire then press the test button (or the externally
wired button if fitted) on the LC3000 for 2nd low to ensure
that the burner shuts down at 2nd low level alarm.
4. Under hand control raise the water level to the high alarm High alarm
level. Check that the high alarm sounds.
5. Return all valves and controls to normal and monitor the Pump off
boiler until satisfied that it is operating normally.
Pump on
1st
The Health and Safety Executive recommend from experience 2nd low low
that the boiler controls should be serviced at least at quarterly
intervals. Where the regular tests are carried out properly in a
well run boiler house with good water treatment, it may be that
only an annual inspection of the probes etc. is required. This is Protection tubes
a matter, however, for the user to decide in liaison with his
insurance company inspector in order to determine a sensible
inspection programme to suit the individual boiler plant.
Boiler house
Level
TI-P402-29
AB Issue 7
Electrical Enclosures
- General Purpose
- Plastic
Description
Spirax Sarco general purpose plastic electrical enclosures are
supplied with a tinted transparent cover and DIN mounting rail as
standard. They are suitable for housing either one or two Spirax Sarco
controllers. The enclosure rating is to IP67. The maximum ambient
temperature is 40C.
2.3.14
Installation
The enclosure can be screwed directly to a vertical surface, using
the holes located outside the gasketed area. There are pre-pressed
knockouts in the base for Pg 13.5 to Pg 16 or Pg 21 cable glands.
Materials
Grey glass-filled polycarbonate base with tinted transparent
polycarbonate cover.
How to order example

1 off Spirax Sarco single plastic electrical enclosure.
Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres

A B C D E F G H
Single enclosure 175 125 100 50 167 117 157 107
Double enclosure 255 180 100 50 245 170 237 163
136.8 mm F
39 mm
4.5 mm
3.2 mm
E G A
41 mm
23 mm Pg 13.5 - Pg 16
29 mm Pg 21
24 mm H
D B
Supplied complete with symmetrical rail to DIN 46277-3
Fastening of enclosure
to wall with screws
D
Boiler house
Level
TI-P402-91
AB Issue 13
LP10-4
Level Probe
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP10-4 level probe is used with the Spirax Sarco
LC1350 level controller to provide on / off level control and alarm 5
functions in steam boilers, tanks or other vessels.
The four tip probe is particularly suitable where 3-lamp 'electric gauge
2.3.15 glass' alarm / level indicators are fitted. The probe body is earthed
through its screwed connection and the boiler or tank normally
forms the earth return path. The probe may also be
used in concrete or plastic tanks by using one of the tips as an
earth return, or by providing a separate earth rod or plate. The
LP10-4 probe has four detachable level sensing tips which 6
are cut to length on installation to give the required switching levels.
Note: Tips are ordered separately. When a tip is immersed in
conductive liquid it completes an electrical circuit to earth.
When the level drops below the tip, the resistance to earth
becomes high, indicating to the controller that the tip is out
of the liquid.
Approvals: 1 7
The LP10-4 is also available with a 1" NPT screwed connection,
approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be 4
marked and is not suitable for Europe.
Caution:
The probe is not suitable for outside installation without
additional environmental protection.
Available tip lengths mm (inches)

Tips are 1 000 mm (39.4") long. Two sets of tips may be connected
for a maximum probe length of 2 095 mm (82.5")
Pressure / temperature limits 3

Nominal pressure rating PN40
Standard 32 bar g (464 psi g)
Maximum pressure
UL certified 30 bar g (435 psi g)
Standard 239C ( 462F )
Maximum temperature
UL certified 235C ( 455F )
Maximum ambient temperature 70C (158F )
Minimum ambient temperature -20C ( -4F )
Technical data
Maximum cable length 2
30 m ( 98 ft )
(probe to controller)
Maximum sensing depth 2 095 mm ( 82.5" )
Minimum sensing depth 75 mm ( 3")
Minimum conductivity (when used with an LC1350 level controller )
1 S / cm @ 25C ( 77F ).
8
Materials
No. Description Material
Austenitic BS EN 10088-3
1 Probe body
stainless steel (1.4306)
2 Probe tips Austenitic Type 316 / 316L
stainless steel
Tip insulation
3 PFA (Per Fluor Alkoxy)
sleeving
4 Lower housing PPS (Polyphenyline sulphide)
5 Upper housing PPS (Polyphenyline sulphide)
6 Gland support pad Thermoplastic elastomer
7 Cable gland PA (Polyamide)
8 Tip steady PEEK (Polyaryletherketone) Grade 450G
Boiler house
Level controls
Safety information, installation and maintenance Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm (in) and kg (lb)
A B C D Weight
product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
supplied with the unit for full details. 60 25 75 50 1.15
(2.4) (1.0) (3.0) (2.0) (2.5)
Warning: This product contains materials including plastics which
can give off toxic fumes if exposed to excessive heat.
Installation note:
The LP10-4 is designed for installation in a BSP Rp1 (1" BSP
tapered) or 1" NPT threaded flange or cover. Note: Always
specify one of these threads for new installations.
A
A minimum 80 mm (3") nominal bore protection tube is
recommended if installing the probe in a boiler, or in a tank which
is subject to very turbulent conditions.
Additional environmental protection is needed for installation
outdoors.
Wiring note:
2.3.16
Wiring is straightforward on the LP10-4, as crimp connectors are
used. Extra connectors are available as a spares kit. Terminal posts
are colour coded for easy identification. D
The wiring loom may be disconnected and removed without disturbing
the cable gland by lifting the gland carrier out of the lower housing. B
Maintenance note:
No special maintenance is required, though boiler water level controls
do require periodic testing and inspection which is described in
separate literature.
1" BSP taper (Rp1) connection
C The LP10-4 is also available with
a 1" NPT screwed connection,
approved to UL61010.
Please note that this version
will not be marked and is
not suitable for Europe.
How to specify
Conductivity probe with austenitic stainless steel body and
probe tips, PFA tip insulation, suitable for steam boiler operation
up to 32 bar g @ 239C.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LP10-4 probe (BSP) with 1 000 mm
tip assembly.
Available spares
LP10-4 connector set (electrical)
Comprising: 6 flat crimp connectors and 2 ring crimps.
LP10-4 tip mounting kit
Comprising: 1 set of 4 tip connectors, 8 lock-nuts and 2 tip supports.
TI-P402-91 AB Issue 13 LP10-4 Level Probe

Boiler house
Level
TI-P402-39
AB Issue 9
LP20
Capacitance Level Probe
Description PA20
The Spirax Sarco LP20 is a capacitance probe designed for Preamplifier 5
modulating level control in conductive liquids, in conjunction with a connector
PA20 preamplifier, which is supplied separately. It can also be used
for adjustable on / off control.
2.3.17 The LP20 may be used with one or more controllers or transmitters
to provide level control, level alarms, and / or outputs to a building
management system.
The probe is normally installed in a steam boiler or metal tank where
it is earthed through the " BSP screwed connection, the boiler or
tank forming the earth return path. 6
It may be used in a non-conductive tank (e.g. plastic or concrete) if
an earth rod is provided.
The PA20 preamplifier (described in separate literature), is screwed
to the top of the probe and hand tightened, enabling easy removal 2
without the need to disturb the probe.
Approvals:
The LP20 is also available with a " NPT screwed connection,
approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be
Caution: 1
Available probe lengths (approximate) in mm

370, 470, 550, 600, 650, 750, 800, 900, 950, 1 050, 1 200, 1 350
or 1 500.
Note: Probe length includes the 25 mm 'dead' length at its tip.
The probe must not be cut to length.
3
Pressure / temperature limits

Maximum pressure 32 bar g
Maximum temperature 239C
4
Maximum 70C
Ambient temperature
Minimum 5C
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g
Technical data
Sensing depth Probe length minus 25 mm
Minimum conductivity 5 S / cm or 5 ppm
Materials
1 Probe body stainless steel (1.4306)
Austenitic
2 Cover assembly Type 316L
stainless steel
Stainless steel
3 Probe (sheathed) ASTM A269 Gr. 316L
tube
4 Probe sheathing PTFE BS 6564 Grade UA Type 1
5 'O' ring Nitrile rubber
6 Name-plate Polycarbonate
Boiler house
Level controls

L - Probe length 370 470 550 600 650 750 800 900 950 1 050 1 200 1 350 1 500
M 22 x 1.5 Safety information, installation and maintenance

This document does not contain sufficient information to
install the system safely. See the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions supplied with the probe for full details.
Installation note:
Do not install the probe outdoors without additional weather
protection.
The probe is installed in a " BSP female connection. If the probe
is to be installed in a boiler shell or a turbulent tank, fit a protection
tube. This should be as long as possible, and at least long enough
to cope with expansion of the probe at higher operating
temperatures. The Table below shows the maximum probe
expansion possible 0 - 239C.
162 Probe length Maximum expansion in mm

2.3.18
in mm (inc. 'dead' length)
370 10
470 13
550 15
600 16
650 17
750 20
27 A / F 800 21
900 23
" BSP taper connection 950 25
The LP20 is also available 1 050 27
with a " NPT screwed 1 200 30
connection, approved to
UL61010. Please note 1 350 34
that this version will not 1 500 38
be marked and is not
suitable for Europe. Do not cover the vent and drain holes on the body.
Maintenance note:
No special maintenance is required. Boiler water level controls
and alarms do, however require periodic testing and inspection,
which is described in separate literature.
How to specify
Capacitance level probes shall be Spirax Sarco type LP20 with
stainless steel body, cover assembly and probe, and PTFE probe
insulation. They shall be suitable for modulating and on / off level
(L) control and be fitted with a screwed connection for attaching a Spirax
Probe Sarco PA20 preamplifier.
length
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LP20 capacitance level probe with
BSP connection. Probe length 470 mm.
25 mm 'dead' length
Weights (approximate) in kg including immediate packaging

Probe length 370 470 550 600 650 750 800 900 950 1 050 1 200 1 350 1 500
Weight 0.82 0.84 0.91 0.98 1.03 1.08 1.17 1.26 1.34 1.42 1.50 1.64 1.68
TI-P402-39 AB Issue 9 LP20 Capacitance Level Probe

Boiler house
Level
TI-P402-66
AB Issue 5
PA20
Preamplifier
Description Dimensions (approximate) in mm
The PA20 preamplifier is used with a Spirax Sarco capacitance
probe to amplify the capacitance measured and convert it to a
voltage output proportional to the liquid level. It is compatible with Pg 11 cable gland
39 mm
all Spirax Sarco voltage input controllers / transmitters. Withdrawal distance
2.3.19 The preamplifier consists of a tubular austenitic stainless steel
body which screws onto the top of the probe, and has a DIN 43650
for cable socket 15 mm
connector with Pg 11 cable gland. The PA20 has three sensitivity 2

settings, selected to suit different probe lengths by wiring
variations. These are fully described in the Installation and
Maintenance Instructions supplied with the unit. 3
Principal features:
- Compact, rigididly mounted.
- Can be removed / replaced without disturbing the probe.
- No maintenance needed. 105 mm
- Suitable for all probe lengths. 1
Approvals:
The PA20 is also available with a " NPT screwed connection,
4
approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not
be marked and is not suitable for Europe.
Caution: The probe is not suitable for outside installation
without additional environmental protection. " BSP
Limiting conditions 5 mm Weight

approximately 0.25 kg
Maximum ambient temperature 70C 26
mm including packaging.
Maximum cable length 100 m
Materials
Technical data No Part Material
Supply voltage 15 - 36 Vdc 1 Body Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A582 303
Maximum power requirement 10 mA 2 Cable connector Polyamide (Glass filled)
Output volts range 1 - 6 Vdc 3 Connector gasket Silicone rubber
Output impedance 100 W 4 'O' ring Nitrile rubber
Voltage check graph Safety information, installation and maintenance

Voltage output characteristics / probe immersed lengths. This document does not contain sufficient information to install
the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions provided with each unit.
Installation note:
The PA20 is screwed into the top of the capacitance probe and
hand tightened. An 'O' ring is supplied to provide a seal. An
'O' ring is also supplied with the probe. Use only one 'O' ring.
Note: Do not install the probe outdoors without additional
weather protection.
Output voltage (V)

Maintenance note:
No special maintenance is required.
Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing
and inspection, which is described in separate literature.
Spare parts
There are no available spare parts for this unit.
How to specify
Preamplifiers shall be Spirax Sarco type PA20 for use with
Spirax Sarco capacitance probes. Preamplifiers shall have
austenitic stainless steel bodies and a screwed connection, with
a DIN 43650 connector and Pg 11 cable gland.

How to order
Probe immersed lengths mm (inches) Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PA20 preamplifier.
Boiler house
Level
TI-P402-138
AB Issue 2
PA420
Preamplifier
Description Dimensions (approximate) in mm
The PA420 preamplifier, used with a Spirax Sarco capacitance
probe, is a loop powered two wire 4 - 20 mA level transmitter.
It amplifies the capacitance measured and converts it to a Pg 11 cable gland
39 mm
4 - 20 mA output proportional to the liquid level. It is compatible Withdrawal distance
with all Spirax Sarco current input controllers / transmitters.
The preamplifier consists of a tubular austenitic stainless steel
for cable socket 15 mm
2.3.20
body which screws onto the top of the probe, and has a 2
Type A EN 175301-803 (DIN 43650) / ISO 4400 connector with
Pg 11 cable gland.
The PA420 has two buttons and a dual coloured light (red and 3
green) for use during commissioning.
Principal features:
-Compact, rigidly mounted. 105 mm
-Can be removed / replaced without disturbing the probe. 1
-No maintenance needed.
-Suitable for all probe lengths (370 - 1 500 mm).
4
Approvals:
- TV, VdTV-Merkblatt, Wasserstand 100 - 2010.
- Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004 / 08 / EG. " BSP
Caution: 5 mm Weight
The probe is not suitable for outside installation without approximately 0.25 kg
28 including packaging.
additional environmental protection. mm
Limiting conditions Materials

Ambient temperature range 0 - 70C No Part Material
Pollution degree 3 1 Body Austenitic stainless steel 300 series
Water conductivity 5 S / cm or 5 ppm 2 Cable connector Polyamide (Glass filled)
Maximum cable length 100 m (screened) 3 Connector gasket Silicone rubber
Technical data
Voltage drop (across the device) 9 - 26.4 Vdc Safety information, installation and maintenance
This document does not contain sufficient information to install
Loop current 4 - 20 mA
the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance
Maximum load 500 W Instructions provided with each unit.
Linearity 2% FSD Installation note:
Isolation 100 Vdc (capacitive) The PA420 is screwed into the top of the capacitance probe and
hand tightened. An 'O' ring is supplied to provide a seal. An
'O' ring is also supplied with the probe. Use only one 'O' ring.
Caution: Do not install the probe outdoors without additional
weather protection.
Maintenance note:
Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing
Spare parts
There are no available spare parts for this unit.
How to specify
Preamplifiers shall be Spirax Sarco type PA420 for use with
Spirax Sarco capacitance probes. Preamplifiers shall have
austenitic stainless steel bodies and a screwed connection, with
a DIN 43650 connector and Pg 11 cable gland.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PA420 preamplifier.
Boiler house
Level
TI-P402-43
AB Issue 10
LP30
High Integrity, Self-monitoring
Low Level Alarm Probe
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP30 level probe is used with a Spirax Sarco 4
LC3050 level controller to provide a high integrity, self-monitoring low
level alarm signal, usually in a steam boiler. It consists of a
probe body with a removable cable socket, and a separate Pg 11
screw-on probe tip which is retained by a lock-nut and pin.
2.3.21 The probe has a level sensing tip (probe tip), and a comparator tip.
The earth return path is via the body connection.
5 Cable gland
Under normal operating conditions the probe tip is partially immersed,

and the resistance to earth is low. When the water level drops below
the probe tip the resistance to earth becomes high, causing the 2
controller to give a low level alarm signal.
The comparator tip compensates for any leakage to earth caused by
scale, dirt, or internal moisture, ensuring a low water alarm signal
even under adverse conditions. 3
Principal features:
- High integrity, self-monitoring low level alarm probe.
- Suitable for pressures up to 32 bar g at 239C.
- No maintenance required.
- Positively retained probe tip.
Approvals:
approved to UL61010. Please note that this version will not be 1
Caution:
Available tip lengths mm (inches) 7

500 (19.7), 1 000 (39.4) and 1 500 (59). 6
Pressure / temperature limits 10

Nominal pressure rating PN40 8
Maximum boiler pressure 32 bar g (464 psi g)
Maximum temperature 239C (462F)
Maximum ambient temperature 70C (158F)
Designed for a maximum 60 bar g (870 psi g)
cold hydraulic pressure test of:
Technical data
Maximum probe cable length 50 metres (164 ft)
Materials
1 Probe body stainless steel (1.4306)
Austenitic Type 316L
2 Cover assembly stainless steel
Cable socket and
4 probe connector Polyamide, glass filled
5 Connector gasket Silicone elastomer
6 Comparator tip stainless steel 9
Primary insulator and BS 6564 Grade
7 secondary insulator PTFE UA Type 1
Austenitic Type 302 / 304
8 Retaining pin stainless steel
9 Probe tip stainless steel
Austenitic BS 6105 A4 80
10 Lock-nut stainless steel
Boiler house
Level controls
Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres (inches) Safety information, installation and maintenance

Withdrawal distance provided with each unit.
for cable socket 15 (0.6)
Installation note:
The probe is designed to work with a Spirax Sarco LC3050
controller. Two probes and controllers are normally fitted in steam
boilers, giving first and second low alarms.
A protection tube is required for boiler shell or turbulent tank
fitting.
Install the probe in a " BSP (" NPT) female connection.
weather protection.
Warning: It is essential that the probe tip of the LP30 low
level alarm probe does not touch any part of the boiler.
Standards require that the tip is at least 14 mm from the
200 (7.88) 285 (11.22) protection tube, and this must be checked when the probe is
installed.
The LP30 is also
available with a
" NPT screwed
The product is supplied with a spring clearance checking set.
Refer to separate literature for details. Spare sets are available - 2.3.22
connection, see Spare Parts.
approved to Maintenance note:
UL61010. No special maintenance is required.
Please note Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing
that this version
will not be
marked and is
27 A/F not suitable for How to specify
Europe. High integrity self-monitoring low level alarm probes shall be
Spirax Sarco type LP30 with austenitic stainless steel bodies and
" BSP taper (R)
probe tips, PTFE probe sleeving, and cable socket with Pg 11 cable
connection
gland. They must have a comparator tip to compensate for scaling,
55 (2.2) and a positively located probe tip. They must be used with an
appropriate Spirax Sarco controller.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LP30 high integrity, self-monitoring,
low level alarm probe with 1 000 mm (39.4") tip.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are
Probe length
supplied as spares.
minus
the additional Available spares
tip length LP30 tip retaining pins Stock No. 4024780 Pack of 10
Spring clearance
checking set Stock No. 4024781 1 set (2 springs)
Tip length
How to order spares
500 (19.7), 1000 (39.4)
or 1500 (59) Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state which product they are for.
Example: 1 off Spring clearance checking set for a Spirax Sarco
LP30 high integrity, self-monitoring low level alarm probe.
10 (0.4)
Weight (approximate) in kg (lb) including immediate packaging

500 mm 1 000 mm 1 500 mm
Tip length Probe (19.7") (39.4") (59")
0.51 0.32 0.63 0.92
Weight (1.10) (0.70) (1.40) (2.00)
TI-P402-43 AB Issue 10 LP30 High Integrity, Self-monitoring Low Level Alarm Probe
Boiler house
Level
TI-P402-81
AB Issue 6
LP31
High Integrity, Self-monitoring
High Water Level Alarm Probe
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP31 is used in conjunction with an LC3050
controller to provide a high integrity, self-monitoring alarm for Cable socket
detection of high water levels in steam boilers and other vessels. 1
The probe is normally installed direct in the boiler shell in a
2.3.23 protection tube, but can be mounted in an external chamber if
regulations permit.
2
3
Pg 11
Cable gland
The LP31 is supplied in three nominal tip lengths, and is cut to the
exact length required prior to installation.
In normal operation, the tip is above the water level, and has a high
resistance path to earth. If the water level rises to touch the probe
4
tip, the resistance to earth drops, causing the alarm relays in the
controller to be de-energised and the alarm to sound.
The LP31 is designed so that its tip and wiring connection integrity
is monitored by the controller, causing an alarm signal in the event
of a fault occurring.
The LP31 can also be used as a simple (non self-monitoring) high 5
or low level probe with an LC1350 level controller.
A DIN 43650 cable socket with Pg 11 cable gland is supplied with
the unit.
Approvals:
Caution:
additional environmental protection. 6 Probe body

500 (19.7"), 1 000 (39.4") and 1 500 (59").
Limiting conditions
7
Maximum temperature 239C (462F)
Technical data
Maximum probe cable length 50 metres (164 ft)
LC1350 1 S / cm or 1 ppm
Minimum conductivity
LC3050 30 S / cm or 30 ppm
Materials
8
1 Cable socket Polyamide, glass filled
2 Flat gasket Silicone rubber Probe tip
3 Probe connector Polyamide, glass filled
4 Cover assembly Austenitic stainless steel
Austenitic
6 Body BS EN 10088-3 (1.4306)
stainless steel
7 Probe tip sleeving PTFE
Austenitic
8 Probe tip stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Boiler house
Level controls

Withdrawal distance provided with each unit.
for cable socket 15 (0.6")
Installation note:
The LP31 tip is cut to length and de-burred prior to installation. The
LP31 has been designed to work with a Spirax Sarco LC3050
controller.
39 (1.5") A protection tube is required for boiler shell or turbulent tank fitting.
Install the probe in a " BSP parallel (" NPT) female connection
using PTFE tape.
weather protection.
Maintenance note:
Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing and
inspection, which is described in separate literature.
183 (7.2")
Spare parts
There are no available spare parts for this unit. 2.3.24
How to specify
High integrity high level alarm probes shall be Spirax Sarco
self-monitoring type LP31 with an austenitic stainless steel body
and probe tip, PTFE probe sleeving, and DIN 43650 cable socket
28 (1.1")
with Pg 11 cable gland. They shall be cut to length on installation
and be used with an appropriate Spirax Sarco controller.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LP31 high integrity, self-monitoring,
27 A /F high water level alarm probe with 1 000 mm (39.4") tip.
" BSP taper

(R) connection
The LP31 is also

available with a
" NPT screwed
connection,
approved to
UL61010.
Please note that
this version will
not be marked
and is not suitable
for Europe.
6 (0.24")
Tip length
500 (19.7"), 1 000 (39.4")
or 1500 (59")
5 (0.2")
Weights (approximate) in kg (lb)

Tip length 500 mm 1 000 mm 1 500 mm
Weight 0.51 (1.1) 0.59 (1.3) 0.67 (1.5)
TI-P402-81 AB Issue 6 LP31 High Integrity, Self-monitoring, High Water Level Alarm Probe
Boiler house
Level
TI-P402-68
AB Issue 3
APS1
Probe Simulator
Description
The APS1 probe simulator is used in place of a level or conductivity probe to verify the correct operation of Spirax Sarco controllers. It can also
be used to diagnose wiring / probe faults. It is connected to the level probe or conductivity probe wiring, avoiding the need to fire the boiler or
alter water levels, and is quick and easy to use.
The APS1 has switch settings covering all Spirax Sarco probe types and ranges.
2.3.25 A potentiometer provides the variable input to a capacitance controller, and 4 mm test sockets are provided for connection of a multimeter, which
is used to check the voltage when simulating capacitance probes.
Switches simulate wet or dry (high or low resistance) conductivity level probe conditions, and resistors are built in to represent various conductivity
probe ranges.
The APS1 is powered by the controller under test, so needs no batteries or external power supply.
The unit is fitted with two inputs, connected in parallel. One is for connection of a PT2 or PT3 plug tail, and the other is a DIN 43650 connector as
used on conductivity and capacitance probes.
Full operating instructions are supplied with each unit.
Principal features:
- A valuable diagnostic aid for Spirax Sarco boiler control installations.
- Compatible with all TDS / level probes and controllers.
- No need to fire boiler or alter water levels.
CP10

- No battery or power supply needed.
connector

Test
sockets
- Easy to operate.

Limiting conditions
Toggle
switches
Maximum ambient temperature 55C
Protection rating IP40

Potentio-
meter
Technical data
22 , 68 , 220 , 680
Conductivity probe settings

2.2 k, 6.8 k, 22 k Selector
switch
LP30 6.8 k / 15 k

Level probe LP31 6.8 k / 15 k
DIN 43650
settings (High sensitivity) 68 k / 150 k connector

LP10-4
(Low sensitivity) 6.8 k / 15 k
Capacitance probe range 0 - 10 volts output
Materials How to order

Case Die-cast aluminium Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco APS1 probe simulator.
Coating Nylon (grey)
Dimensions 138 86
(approximate) 85
in mm
Weight 450 g
110
132
Note: This is to illustrate the connection of an

LP20 / LP30, which must be ordered seperately
as it is not supplied with the APS1 as standard.
Boiler house
Level
TI-P402-41
AB Issue 5
C2
Probe Chamber
Description
The Spirax Sarco C2 probe chamber enables level control or alarm
probes to be fitted in situations where direct boiler shell mounting
is not desired or is not possible.
The C2 probe chamber is of all welded carbon steel construction,
with DN25 steam and water connections flanged to EN 1092 PN40.
A 1" BSP x " BSP reducing bush to BS 1740 will be required if
2.3.26
fitting a " BSP probe.
A Spirax Sarco sequencing purge valve is normally fitted to the C2
base of the chamber. probe chamber
The sequencing valve allows the daily (or once per shift) test of the
low level alarm system, and blow through of the probe chamber
water and steam connections in accordance with the Health and
Safety Executive Guidance Notes BG01 and INDG436.
Principal features:
- Purpose designed level probe chamber.
- Suitable for pressures of up to 32 bar.
- All welded carbon steel construction.
- Designed for use with Spirax Sarco level probes and sequencing
valves.

Design pressure 32 bar g
Design temperature 239C
Hydraulic test pressure 60 bar g
Material
Chamber Carbon steel ASTM A106 Gr. B or Gr.WPB

A B C D E F G Weight
457 65 73 83 65 310 147 7.5
DN25 flanged EN 1092 PN40.

D 1" BSP
C
B E Highest
permissible
alarm level
F
A
Lowest
permissible
alarm level
G How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco C2 probe chamber.
Boiler house
Level controls
TI-P402-42
AB Issue 4
SPV1 and SPV3

Sequencing Purge Valves
Description
The Spirax Sarco sequencing purge valve is normally fitted to
a Spirax Sarco C2 probe chamber.
It allows the daily (or once per shift) test of the low level alarm
system, and blow through of the probe chamber water and steam
2.3.27 connections in accordance with UK Health and Safety Executive
Guidance Note BG01 and INDG436.
The valve opens the connections to drain separately and in
sequence to blow them through and prevent the accumulation
of deposits.
When the steam connection is opened to drain, the chamber is
emptied of water, which simulates a low water level alarm.
Its design ensures that it is impossible to leave the valve in the
wrong position since the drain connection is always open when
either the steam or water connection is shut-off.
An index plate behind the handwheel indicates the valve position.
Two versions of the valve are available;
SPV1 having a Cast iron body or SPV3 having a bronze body.
Principal features:
- Special valve seat provides tight shut-off.
- Index plate indicates valve position.
- Replaces individual isolating valves - increased safety.
Sizes and pipe connections

SPV1 DN25 Flanged to EN 1092 PN16
SPV3 DN25 Flanged to EN 1092 PN40 or BS 10 Table H
Limiting conditions
SPV1 SPV3 SPV3
PN16 PN40 Table 'H'
Maximum boiler pressure 13 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
Designed for a maximum 24 bar g 60 bar g 51 bar g
cold hydraulic test pressure of:
Standards
The SPV3 fully meets BS 759: Part 1: 1984.
Materials
Part Material
SPV1 Body and cover Cast iron BS 1452 Gr. 220 (min)
SPV3 Body and cover Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K

83 204
83
Weights (approximate) in kg
Model SPV1 SPV3
" BSP drain Weight 9 10
139
Boiler house
Level controls
Face view of index plate

Illustrating blow-through sequence
Position 2
Blow-through water
Position 3
Blow-through chamber
Water shut-off 2.3.28

Position 1
Normal working
Operation of sequencing valve Valve sequence
With the handwheel turned fully anticlockwise the valve is in the
NORMAL WORKING position and the back seating shuts off the
drain connection. Position 1.
Slowly turn the handwheel clockwise until the indicating pointer is at
the first PAUSE position.
The chamber connection is closed, the drain connection is open,
and the water connection is blown through.
Pause for 5 to 8 seconds.
Slowly move the handwheel further clockwise to full travel.
The water connection is closed, the drain valve remains open, and
the chamber and steam connections are blown through.
Pause for 5 to 8 seconds. The low level alarm should sound.
Slowly turn the handwheel fully clockwise to shut-off against the
back seating in the NORMAL WORKING position.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 SPV3 sequencing purge valve
with flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40.
Position 2.
Position 3.
SPV1 and SPV3 Sequencing Purge Valves TI-P402-42 AB Issue 4

Boiler house
Level
Local regulations may restrict controls
the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-P402-07
AB Issue 5
Probe Flanges
for External Level Control Chambers
Description
These flanges are designed to allow the fitting of Spirax Sarco level control / alarm probes to existing float-type boiler side chambers.
Available types Square flange
2.3.29
Square flanges 114 mm or 133 mm.
Round flanges 178 mm, 222 mm or 275 mm.
All flanges centrally tapped " or 1" BSP.
Limiting conditions
The maximum working pressure and temperature is dependent on
the chamber to which the flange is fitted, up to a maximum pressure
of 32 bar g at 239C.
Material
Carbon steel BS 4360 Gr. 43A.
Painted finish.

Round flanges Square flanges
Outside Mounting hole Mounting hole Mounting holes Overall Mounting hole Mounting hole Mounting holes
diameter PCD diameter No. dimensions centres diameter No.
178 146 15 8 114 86 15 4
222 191 19 6 133 100 15 4
275 235 22 8

1 off Spirax Sarco 114 mm square probe flange tapped " BSP.
Round flange
Boiler house
Level controls
TI-P402-06
AB Issue 3

ISO 9001
Probe Flanges
for Protection Tubes
2.3.30
Flange for single probe Flange for double probes
Description Double probe type:

Probe flanges enable Spirax Sarco level / alarm probes to be fitted DN100
to protection tubes mounted in the boiler shell. BS 4504 PN16 or PN40 (PN40 also suits BS 10 Table F and H.)
Flanges are tapped and spot-faced to take either one or two probes. Probe tappings available:
" + " BSP
Limiting conditions " + 1" BSP
For maximum working pressures and temperatures please refer to Tapping centres are offset 25 mm from the centre of the flange.
the relevant flange standard.
Probe connection " + " BSP
Available types Flange standard BS 4504 BS 10
Single probe type:
DN15 to DN100 Flange type PN16 PN40 Table F Table H
BS 4504 PN40 or PN16 and BS 10 Table F and H. Flange size Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Probe tappings available:
" BSP (All flanges) DN100 (4") 4026693 4026695 4026695 4026695
1" BSP (DN25 to DN100)
Probe connection " BSP Probe connection " + 1" BSP

Flange standard BS 4504 BS 10 Flange standard BS 4504 BS 10
Flange type PN16 PN40 Table F Table H Flange type PN16 PN40 Table F Table H
Flange size Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Flange size Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
DN15 (") 4026760 4026760 4026760 4026791 DN100 (4") 4026694 4026696 4026696 4026696
DN20 (") 4026761 4026761 4026761 4026791
DN25 (1") 4026762 4026762 4026792 4026792 Material
Flanges to BS 4504:
DN32 (1") 4026763 4026763 4026793 4026793 Carbon steel BS 1501 Pt 1-161 Gr. 360 or
DN40 (1") 4026764 4026764 4026794 4026794 Carbon steel BS 1501 Pt 1-151 Gr. 430A or
DN50 (2") 4026765 4026765 4026765 4026765 Carbon steel ASTM A515 Gr. 55
DN80 (3") 4026767 4026767 4026797 4026797
Flanges to BS 10 Table F and H:
DN100 (4") 4026769 4026768 4026768 4026768 Carbon steel BS 1501-151 Gr. 360 or
Carbon steel BS 1503-161 Gr. A.
or equivalent.
Probe connection 1" BSP
Flange standard BS 4504 BS 10 How to order example:
1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 probe flange to the following standard:
Flange type PN16 PN40 Table F Table H BS 4504 PN16 with 1 x " BSP probe connection. Part No.
Flange size Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. 4026769.
DN15 (") - - - -
DN20 (") - - - -
DN25 (1") 4026862 4026862 4026892 4026892
DN32 (1") 4026863 4026863 4026893 4026893
DN40 (1") 4026864 4026864 4026894 4026894
DN50 (2") 4026865 4026865 4026865 4026865
DN80 (3") 4026867 4026867 4026897 4026897
DN100 (4") 4026869 4026868 4026868 4026868
Boiler house
Level controls
2.3.31
Boiler house
Level controls
TI-P402-03
EMM Issue 9
WV1
Water Valve - Pilot Operated
Description
The WV1 is a pilot operated diaphragm valve for use with water at up to 80 C. The valve has a brass body and corrosion resistant
internals. The solenoid is encapsulated, and is supplied with a removable cable socket to IP65 suitable for 3 core cable maximum
7 mm diameter and terminal maximum 1.5 mm.
" valves have the solenoid mounted centrally over the valve. The solenoid is mounted towards the outlet connection on larger sizes.
Principal features:
2.3.32
- For use with water up to 80 C.
- Full bore, except for 1" which has a reduced bore of 25 mm, normally closed operation.
- Wide, non-critical voltage ranges.
- Ideal for boiler feedtank supply.

", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2" screwed BSP

Maximum design pressure 16 bar g
Maximum design temperature 80 C
Minimum design temperature 10 C
Maximum operating temperature 80 C " WV1

Maximum ambient temperature 55 C
Minimum operating temperature 10 C
Maximum differential pressure 16 bar
Minimum differential pressure 0.2 bar
Electrical data
Version Voltage range Frequency range
Power 110 V 99 V to 121 V 50 to 60 Hz
Supply 230 V 207 V to 253 V 50 to 60 Hz
24 VA (inrush) " to 2" WV1 valve

Power consumption
14 VA/8 W (hold)
Protection rating IP65 *
*With cable plug correctly fitted and secured
Materials
Part Material
Body Brass
Seals Nitrile rubber
Coil housing Polyamide
Cable socket Polyamide
Page 1 of 3
Boiler house
Level controls
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg
Size A B A/F Weight*
" 65 91.1 27 0.54
" 80 99.6 32 0.89
1" 95 106.6 41 1.30
1" 95 111.6 50 1.50
1" 126 125.6 60 3.00
2" 164 119.9 70 4.50
* Note: The weight is approximate and includes immediate packaging.
2.3.33
" A/F B " to 2" A/F B
A A
Capacities
WV1 Size " " 1" 1" 1" 2"
Kvs (m/h) 3.8 8.5 12 12 30 40
200
40
100 Kvs
80
30
60 Kvs
40 12
Kvs
Flow m/h
8.5
Kvs
20
3.8
10 Kvs
8
6
4
2
0.5 1 2 3 4 5 10 16
Pressure drop bar
Page 2 of 3 TI-P402-03 EMM Issue 9
W V1 Water Valve - Pilot Operated

Boiler house
Level controls
WARNING: Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10 and in the UK, to IEE Regulations (BS 7671), as
well as to any National or Regional regulations.
This product is designed and constructed to withstand the forces encountered during normal use.
Use of the product for any purpose other than as a pilot operated diaphragm valve for water could cause damage to the
product and may cause injury or fatality to personnel.
Installation notes:
- We recommend that a strainer is fitted upstream of the valve to IEE Regulations (BS 7671).
- Fit the valve with the flow in the direction of the cast arrow.
- The valve may be mounted in any position, but preferably with the solenoid uppermost.
- PTFE tape may be used on the pipe connections.
Caution - Do not overtighten screws, nuts, or pipework as this could distort the valve body.
Wiring note:
2.3.34
The rated voltage is printed on the name-plate. Note that the flat terminal is the earth connection. For ease of installation the solenoid
unit can be moved through 360 by slackening the solenoid nut. Indentations at 90 intervals in the base of the solenoid allow it to be
positively retained, though it may be positioned at any other angle if required. The cable socket may be connected horizontally or
vertically by removing the central plastic screw and turning the connector through 90. Ensure the cable socket gasket is slightly
compressed on refitting.
Maintenance note:
As the valve does not contain any lifed items, no spares are required or available. If it becomes necessary to dismantle the valve,
proceed as follows:
1. Disconnect the mains supply.
2. Remove the solenoid retaining nut and withdraw the solenoid coil.
3. Check the condition of the 'O' ring at the base of the solenoid coil.
4. Note the position of the valve bonnet in relation to the valve body. (Aligned arrows on both components indicate correct position).
5. Remove the four bonnet retaining screws.
6. Note the positioning of the spring and diaphragm.
7. Remove the spring and diaphragm, and clean and inspect all valve components.
8. Check the condition of the 'O' rings.
9. Reassemble the valve in the reverse order of dismantling.
How to specify
Pilot operated solenoid valves shall be Spirax Sarco type WV1 normally closed valve with brass body and screwed connections,
complete with corrosion resistant internals and nitrile rubber soft seat for use with water up to 80 C.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco WV1 pilot operated water valve, having a 1" BSP connection supplied and ready for a 230V power supply.
4023150 / 9
TI-P402-03 EMM Issue 9 Page 3 of 3
W V1 Water Valve - Pilot Operated

Boiler house
Level
TI-S75-11
AB Issue 4
Selection of
Modulating Feedwater Valves
Electrically Actuated
Safety Valve Kv selection graph
Your attention is drawn to
Pressure drop across the fully open valve psi
Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10
1.45 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 145
100 000
1. Selection of the valve body size
2.3.35 The standard valve for modulating boiler water level control is
DN40 (1") nominal pipe size (40 mm). A range of seat sizes
90 000
80 000
200 000
to suit this body is available to suit most sizes of boilers. 70 000

However, for smaller or larger boilers, alternative sized valves
can be selected from the Spirax Sarco range - See overleaf. 60 000
Valve stem seals are available in normal (PTFE) or high 50 000
temperature (graphite) material. We recommend the use of the 100 000
high temperature seal to decrease the possibility of leakage 90 000
over long term use. Valves with high temperature stem seals 40 000
are suffixed 'H'. 80 000
5
70 000
v2
2. Selection of the valve body material 30 000
K
60 000
and pressure rating
Boiler feedwater lb / h (1 imperial gallon = 10 lb)

The valve body must be suitable for the maximum pressure and 50 000
temperature in the feedwater line.
6
20 000
v1
Standard valve types are as follows: 40 000
K
Boiler feedwater flowrate kg / h
KE71 Screwed PN25 rating

SG iron body 15 000
KE73 Flanged (Pmax 25 bar g at 120C) 30 000
0
Cast steel body KE43 Flanged PN40 rating
v1
(Pmax 40 bar g at 120C)
K
10 000
3. Selection of the valve Kv 9 000
.3
20 000
The DN40 valve body size is available with various seat sizes 8 000
v6
giving a choice of Kv values.

K
Use the graph to select a suitable Kv as follows: 7 000

a) The feedwater flowrate is the actual maximum steam 6 000
generation rate of the boiler plus any blowdown rate where
this is significant. In practice the use of the 'from and at' 5 000
boiler rating will give a small safety margin. In the example 10 000
this is 15 000 kg/h. 9 000
4 000
b) The pressure drop across the valve is the feedpump 8 000
pressure at the maximum flowrate, minus the boiler
pressure, minus any valve and pipework losses. In the 7 000
3 000
example the available pressure drop is 1.5 bar. 6 000
c) Select the larger Kv value, 16 in this example. If right on the
line, or if in doubt, select a larger Kv. 5 000
2 000
4. Selection of the actuator + valve adaptor 4 000
The actuator has to be capable of shutting off against the
maximum feedpump pressure when the boiler is not under
pressure.
3 000
Select the actuator + valve adaptor from the table below:
220 / 240 Vac AEL52211JXA AEL53211JXA AEL54211JXA
1 000
Actuator 110 Vac AEL52212GXA AEL53212GXA AEL54212GXA
type 24 Vac AEL52213FXA AEL53213FXA AEL54213FXA 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 10
24 Vdc AEL52214FXA AEL53214FXA AEL54214FXA Pressure drop across the fully open valve bar
Size Kv value Maximum feedpump pressure bar g
Standard 25.0 12.0 (8.5) 28.5 (25) 40.0 (40)
valve size 19.8 (14.3) 40.0 (40) - -
16.0
DN40 38.3 (27.7) 40.0 (40) - -
10.0
6.3 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
Valve adaptor AEL6911 AEL6911 AEL6911
Mounting flange EL5970 EL5970 EL5970
Figures in brackets denotes the differential pressures for
valves fitted with high temperature graphite stem sealing.
These valves have a suffix 'H'.
Valve stroke is 20 mm. Actuator speed is 0.5 mm/s
Boiler house
Level controls
For alternative sizes Valve Kv selection graph

to the standard DN40 (1") Pressure drop across the fully open valve psi
1.45 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 145
100 000
2. Selection of the valve body material 90 000 200 000
and pressure rating 80 000
KE71 Screwed PN25 rating 50 000
6
SG iron body 100 000
v3
KE73 Flanged (Pmax 25 bar g at 120C)
90 000
K
40 000
PN40 rating 80 000
Cast steel body KE43 Flanged (Pmax 40 bar g at 120C)
30 000 70 000
Valve stem seals are available in normal (PTFE) or high temperature 60 000
(graphite) material. We recommend the use of the high temperature

seal to decrease the possibility of leakage over long term use. Valves 50 000
with high temperature stem seals are suffixed 'H'.
2.3.36
6
20 000
v1
40 000
K
3. Selection of the valve Kv

0
v1
this is significant. In practice the use of the 'from and at'
K
this is 15 000 kg / h. 9 000 20 000
b) The pressure drop across the valve is the feedpump
3
8 000
.
v6
K
v4
10 000
K
4. Selection of the actuator + valve adaptor 4 000 9 000
The actuator has to be capable of shutting off against the 8 000
maximum feedpump pressure when the boiler is not under
pressure. 7 000
3 000
Select the actuator + valve adaptor from the table below: 6 000
220 / 240 Vac AEL52211JXA AEL53211JXA AEL54211JXA 5 000
6
2 000
.
Actuator 110 Vac AEL52212GXA AEL53212GXA AEL54212GXA
v1
type 4 000
K
24 Vac AEL52213FXA AEL53213FXA AEL54213FXA

24 Vdc AEL52214FXA AEL53214FXA AEL54214FXA 3 000
Size Kv value Maximum feedpump pressure bar g
v1
K
Valve size 36.0 6.7 (4.7) 16.3 (14.3) 29.7 (27.2) 1 000
25.0 12.0 (8.5) 28.5 (25.0) 40.0 (40.0)
DN50 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 10
16.0 19.8 (14.3) 40.0 (40.0) - - Pressure drop across the fully open valve bar
10.0 38.3 (27.7) 40.0 (40.0) - -
Valve size 16.0 19.8 (14.3) 40.0 (40.0) - -
10.0 38.3 (27.7) 40.0 (40.0) - -
DN32
6.3 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
4.0 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
Valve size 10.0 38.3 (27.7) 40.0 (40.0) - -
6.3 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
DN25
4.0 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
Valve size 6.3 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
4.0 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
DN20
1.6 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
1.0 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
Valve size 4.0 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
1.6 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
DN15
1.0 40.0 (40.0) - - - -
Valve adaptor AEL6911 AEL6911 AEL6911
Mounting flange EL5970 EL5970 EL5970
Figures in brackets denotes the differential pressures for valves

fitted with high temperature graphite stem sealing. These valves
have a suffix 'H'.
Valve stroke is 20 mm. Actuator speed is 0.5 mm/s
TI-S75-11 AB Issue 4 Selection of Modulating Feedwater Valves Electrically Actuated

Boiler house
Level
TI-S75-12
AB Issue 4
Selection of
Modulating Feedwater Valves
Pneumatically Actuated
Safety Valve Kv selection graph
Your attention is drawn to
Pressure drop across the fully open valve psi
Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10
1.45 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 145
100 000
1. Selection of the valve body size
2.3.37 The standard valve for modulating boiler water level control is
DN40 (1") nominal pipe size (40 mm). A range of seat sizes
90 000
80 000
200 000
to suit this body is available to suit most sizes of boilers. 70 000

However, for smaller or larger boilers, alternative sized valves
60 000
can be selected from the Spirax Sarco range - See overleaf.
Valve stem seals are available in normal (PTFE) or high 50 000
temperature (graphite) material. We recommend the use of the 100 000
high temperature seal to decrease the possibility of leakage 90 000
40 000
over long term use. Valves with high temperature stem seals
80 000
are suffixed 'H'.
5
70 000
v2
30 000
2. Selection of the valve body material
K
60 000
and pressure rating

50 000
The valve body must be suitable for the maximum pressure and
6
temperature in the feedwater line. 20 000
v1
K

SG iron body 30 000
(Pmax 25 bar g at 120C)
0
KE73 Flanged
v1
Cast steel body KE43 Flanged PN40 rating K
(Pmax 40 bar g at 120C) 10 000
9 000 20 000
.3
3. Selection of the valve Kv 8 000

v6
K
The DN40 valve body size is available with various seat sizes 7 000
giving a choice of Kv values.
a) The feedwater flowrate is the actual maximum steam
generation rate of the boiler plus any blowdown rate where 5 000
this is significant. In practice the use of the 'from and at' 10 000
4 000 9 000
boiler rating will give a small safety margin. In the example
this is 15 000 kg/h. 8 000
b) The pressure drop across the valve is the feedpump 7 000
pressure at the maximum flowrate, minus the boiler 3 000
6 000
pressure, minus any valve and pipework losses. In the
4 000
4. Selection of the actuator + valve adaptor
The actuator has to be capable of shutting off against the
3 000
maximum feedpump pressure to Class IV when the boiler is
not under pressure.
Select the actuator + valve adaptor from the table below:
1 000
Actuator type PN9123E PN9223E
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 10
Valve Kv Maximum feedpump
size value pressure bar g Pressure drop across the fully open valve bar
25.0 11.0 (8) 40 (40)
16.0 11.0 (8) 40 (40)
DN40
10.0 11.0 (8) 40 (40)
6.3 11.0 (8) 40 (40)
Figures in brackets denotes the differential pressures for
valves fitted with high temperature graphite stem sealing.
These valves have a suffix 'H'.
Valve stroke is 20 mm.
5. Electropneumatic positioner
Specify EP5 positioner (4 - 20 mA input).
Boiler house
Level controls
For alternative sizes Valve Kv selection graph

to the standard DN40 (1") Pressure drop across the fully open valve psi
1.45 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 145
100 000
2. Selection of the valve body material 90 000 200 000
and pressure rating 80 000
6
SG iron body 100 000
v3
KE73 Flanged (Pmax 25 bar g at 120C)
90 000
K
40 000
PN40 rating 80 000
Cast steel body KE43 Flanged (Pmax 40 bar g at 120C)
30 000 70 000
Valve stem seals are available in normal (PTFE) or high temperature 60 000
(graphite) material. We recommend the use of the high temperature

seal to decrease the possibility of leakage over long term use. Valves 50 000
with high temperature stem seals are suffixed 'H'.
2.3.38
6
20 000
v1
40 000
K
3. Selection of the valve Kv

0
v1
this is significant. In practice the use of the 'from and at'
K
this is 15 000 kg / h. 9 000 20 000
b) The pressure drop across the valve is the feedpump
3
8 000
.
v6
K
v4
10 000
K
4. Selection of the actuator + valve adaptor 4 000 9 000
The actuator has to be capable of shutting off against the 8 000
maximum feedpump pressure to Class IV when the boiler is not
under pressure. 7 000
3 000
Select the actuator + valve adaptor from the table below: 6 000
Actuator type PN9123E PN9223E 5 000
Valve Kv Maximum feedpump 2 000
6.
v1
size value pressure bar g
4 000
K
36.0 7 (5) 38 (36)

25.0 7 (5) 38 (36)
DN50 3 000
16.0 7 (5) 38 (36)
v1
10.0 7 (5) 38 (36)

K
16.0 29 (23) 40 (40) 1 000

10.0 29 (23) 40 (40) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 10
DN32
6.3 29 (23) 40 (40) Pressure drop across the fully open valve bar
4.0 29 (23) 40 (40)
10.0 37 (29) 40 (40)
6.3 37 (29) 40 (40)
DN25
4.0 37 (29) 40 (40)
1.6 37 (29) 40 (40)
6.3 40 (40) - -
4.0 40 (40) - -
DN20
1.6 40 (40) - -
1.0 40 (40) - -
4.0 40 (40) - -
DN15 1.6 40 (40) - -
1.0 40 (40) - -
Figures in brackets denotes the differential pressures for valves
fitted with high temperature graphite stem sealing. These valves
have a suffix 'H'.
Valve stroke is 20 mm.
5. Electropneumatic positioner
Specify EP5 positioner (4 - 20 mA input).
TI-S75-12 AB Issue 4 Selection of Modulating Feedwater Valves Pneumatically Actuated

Boiler house
Level controls
2.3.39
Boiler house
Level
TI-S75-06
AB Issue 3
Remote Alarm and Shutdown Panels

for Boilers
The requirements of PM5
The Health and Safety Executive Guidance Note PM5 'Automatically controlled steam and hot water boilers' specifies some requirements
for remote alarms and the remote shutdown of boilers.
Some of the relevant sections are:
Paragraph 50 ......... when a boiler is not continually supervised it is not enough to have an alarm on the boiler. Alarms should be provided
at points where they can be heard by persons who are competent to take appropriate action 2.3.40
Paragraph 51 ........ When a boiler is subject to partial supervision it is recommended that an emergency device which will shut off the
burners should be located remote from the boiler house and should be clearly marked. (See paragraph 13).
Paragraph 13 ......... there should always be someone available on site who is competent to respond to alarms, and to take appropriate
action which at a minimum, may be to shut the boiler down safely before calling for the assistance of a trained boiler attendant.
Remote alarm panel

These requirements can be met by the installation of a 'hard wired' remote alarm panel installed at a continuously manned location such
as a telephone exchange or security point. Suitable procedures should then be established and training given on the action to take in the
case of an alarm. A typical installation is shown below.
Equipment required
1. To be fitted in each boiler panel: Boiler house
1 off Transformer 240 V (or 110 V) to 48 V. Provides low
voltage power supply to panel.
1 off Boiler shutdown relay 48 V coil. Shuts down burner
when de-energised.
3 off Boiler alarm relays 240 V (or 110 V) coils. For
signalling 1st low, 2nd low and high level alarms. Multi-core cable, 4 cores per boiler
Any number of additional alarms may easily be Typically 1000 m long using standard cable
signalled.
1 off Key operated local /remote switch. Can be used to
prevent remote alarms during manual tests and
maintenance of the boiler. Alarm and shutdown panel in remote location
2. To be fitted at the remote location:

1 off Alarm and shutdown panel for one or more boilers. Incorporates for each boiler an alarm lamp, alarm buzzer, mute button with
relay and a mushroom headed stop button which latches in the stop position and can only be reset by a key. 4 terminals per boiler.
Three boiler alarm and shutdown panel shown.
Panel dimensions:
For 1 or 2 boilers 300 x 300 x 140 mm deep
For 3 or 4 boilers 500 x 400 x 140 mm deep
3. Cable
4 cores per boiler. PVC insulated, PVC sheathed, unscreened multi-core cable can be used. Cable lengths up to 1000 m are possible
using cable size 0.5 mm per core. Longer lengths would require large cable. A suitable cable can be obtained from ESD Electronic
Services of Harlow in lengths up to 500 m, their type numbers are:
4 core 16-2-4 A 8 core 18-2-8 A 12 core 16-2-12 A 18 core 16-2-18 A
System operation
During normal operation the local /remote switches must be in 'remote'. The boiler alarm relays in each boiler panel are normally energised
which in turn keep the alarm relays in the remote panel energised and no lights show. In the case of a boiler alarm, the relays are
de-energised, the boiler alarm lamp in the remote panel lights and the buzzer sounds. The operator should then press the stop button
and may mute the buzzer. The alarm lamp continues to show whilst there is an alarm.
When the boiler attendant goes to the boiler house he should switch to 'local', rectify any faults on the boiler and set it running. The remote
stop button must then be reset with a key, and the switch in the boiler house returned to 'remote'.
If a boiler panel is switched off all power is removed from that section of the remote alarm panel so no boiler alarm is signalled. Similarly
when a boiler is switched to 'local' the alarm lamp and buzzer in the remote panel will not operate. In the case of a break in the cable the
boilers will be shut down immediately but could be restarted by switching to 'local' in the boiler house.
Testing
Any alarm system should be tested regularly. In the case of high integrity self-monitoring low level alarms, the remote panel can be tested
during the regular weekly test of the low level alarms.
Boiler house
Level
TI-P402-121
AB Issue 5
DCV3/B
Boiler Feed Check Valve
Description
The Spirax Sarco DCV3/B boiler feed check valve is designed
specifically for use on boiler feedwater systems. It is a stainless
steel disc check valve with a soft EPDM seat to ensure tight
shut-off against boiler pressure, even under poor water
2.3.41 conditions. The DCV3/B is normally installed between flanges in
the boiler feed water line. Cast-in lugs on the valve body allow
the valve to be centralised easily. Face-to-face dimensions
conform to EN 558 part 1, series 49.
Note: The Spirax Sarco DCV3HE is similar in specification and
appearance, but has a slightly different seat design. We only
recommend the DCV3/B for boiler feedwater applications.
Standards
Designed and manufactured in accordance with BS 7438.
Standard shut-off
Shut-off standard meets EN 12266-1 rate A, providing a
differential pressure exists.
Certification
These products are available with a Typical Test Report. 5 3 4 2 1
The products are also available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
the time of order placement.
WARNING:
The DCV3/ B must not be used on any fluids categorised as
Group 1 according to the E.C. directive on the classification of
dangerous substances, e.g. explosive, flammable, toxic and
oxidising substances.

DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50. Materials
The valves are selected to suit the feedwater line size and are suitable
for installation between the following flanges:- No. Part Material
EN 1092 PN6, 10, 16, 25, 40 and BS 10 Table D, E, F, and H. 1 Body Austenitic stainless steel WS 1.4581
2 Disc Austenitic stainless steel BS 1449 316 S11
Pressure /temperature limits 3 Spring retainer Austenitic stainless steel BS 1449 316 S11
Body design conditions PN40 4 Spring Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42
Maximum body design temperature 400C 5 Seat EPDM
Minimum allowable temperature -10C
Maximum boiler pressure 32 bar g Operation
Maximum feedpump pressure 40 bar g The DCV3/B is opened by the boiler feedwater pressure and is closed
Maximum feedwater temperature 120C by its spring as soon as the flow ceases, preventing reverse flow.
The strong spring supports the head of water in an elevated feedtank
Maximum feedwater head 6m
when there is no pressure in the boiler, preventing the boiler flooding.
Approximate opening pressure 0.8 bar g A vacuum breaker is recommended on the boiler to prevent the valve
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g being drawn off its seat as the boiler cools.
Open Closed
Boiler house
Level controls
Kv values Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Size DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 Size A B C D Weight
Kv 6.8 10.8 17 26 43 DN20 69.5 53 45 19.0 0.19
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 DN25 80.5 63 55 22.0 0.32
DN32 90.5 75 68 28.0 0.55
Pressure drop (approximate) through the DCV3/B DN40 101.0 85 79 31.5 0.74
DN50 115.0 95 93 40.0 1.25
Locating lugs

2.3.42

Water flowrate in m3 /h

A
B

D
C

Pressure drop in bar

Warning
This document does not contain enough information to install
the DCV3/ B safely.
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
supplied with the product.
Note: Flanges, bolts (or studs), nuts and joint gaskets are to be
provided by the installer. Disc check valves are non-maintainable
(no spares are available). Disc check valves are not suitable for use
where heavily pulsating flow exists.
Installation note:
The DCV3/B is installed in the feedwater line with the flow in the
direction of the arrow on the valve body. It may be installed in any
plane, and is sandwiched between flanges using suitable gaskets.
The valve is centralised by rotating it until the lugs on the body contact
the flange joint bolts. The valve must be installed at least 1 metre
from the feedpump.
It is essential that there is water on both sides of the valve at all
times steam temperatures above 120C will cause damage to the
EPDM seal.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DCV3/B boiler feed check valve.
DCV3/B Boiler Feed Check Valve TI-P402-121 AB Issue 5

Boiler house
Level controls
2.3.43
Boiler house
Level controls
TI-P402-132
AB Issue 5
LC1350
Level Controller
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC1350 has two alarm channels that can be independently configured high or low to control the water level of a boiler,
tank or vessel by operating a pump, valve or solenoid. It has been designed as an on/off level controller for use with the LP10-4 four-tip
conductivity probe operating on supply voltages from 110 to 240 Vac.
The controller is suitable for use with virtually all qualities of conductive liquids from salt solutions or boiler water to condensate having
an electrical conductivity as low as 1 S /cm at 25 C. 2.3.44
The LC1350 gives accurate and reliable control under the very different conditions found in vessels, tanks or high output boilers operating
up to 32 bar @ 239 C.
The front panel has a 3-digit LCD screen and moving segments that display the liquid level rising or falling along with a five-button
keypad.
The unit can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted.
Principal features: Clamping screw

- Level controller with two configurable alarms.
- Universal power supply 110 Vac to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz.
- UL and TV approved.
- LCD shows level change direction.
- Interactive safety feature.
- Infrared comms. LC1350

Approvals
This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility
Directive 2014/30/EU and all its requirements.
The LC1350 is suitable for Class A Environments (e.g. industrial).
A fully detailed EMC assessment has been made and has the
reference number UK Supply BH LC1350 2008. LCD
The LC1350 complies with the Low Voltage Directive by meeting display
the standards of:
- EN 61010-1:2010 safety requirements for electrical equipment

for measurement, control, and laboratory use.
The LC1350 has been type-tested as a level control by meeting

the standard:
- Vd TV requirements for water level control and limiting

devices, Water Level 100 (07.2010).
- UL listed (open).
AL
5 button
display
OK
Clamping screw
Page 1 of 4
Boiler house
Level controls
Clamping screw
LC1350
LCD display
2.3.45
AL
5 button display
OK
Clamping screw
Application
Typical application example on / off control of a feedtank:
- Pump on
- Pump off
Note: probes can be mounted in external chambers if boiler mounting is not possible.
- High alarm
- Low alarm
Function
Inputs
The LC1350 input options are:
- High alarm or low alarm from a conductivity probe.
- Pump on/off control from two conductivity probes.
Function / outputs
The controller reacts to a change in probe conductivity (open /closed circuit) and energises / de-energises a relay. This action switches
a pump or sounds an alarm.
Other features:
- Additional filters can be selected to increase the damping effect for turbulent conditions.
- To prevent unwanted or inadvertent changes being made, all commissioning parameters are protected with a fixed pass code.
- The product can communicate via an infrared link between adjacent boiler house controllers. It is designated as a slave unit.
- A panel mounted external test switch may be fitted if required.
Page 2 of 4 TI-P402-132 AB Issue 5
LC1350 Level Controller

Boiler house
Level controls
Technical data LC1350
Mains voltage range 110 Vac to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz

Power supply
Power consumption 7.5 W (maximum)
General Indoor use only
Maximum altitude 2 000 m (6 562 ft) above sea level
Ambient temperature limits 0 - 55 C
Maximum relative humidity 80% up to 31 C decreasing linearly to 50% at 40 C
Overvoltage category
2 (as supplied)
3 (when installed in an enclosure) - Minimum of IP54 or UL50 /

Pollution degree
NEMA Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.
Environmental Enclosure rating (front panel only)

NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and IP65 (verified by
TRAC Global)
Electrical Safety EN 61010-1 2.3.46

LVD (safety) UL61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05
EMC Immunity / Emissions Suitable for heavy industrial locations
Enclosure Material Polycarbonate
Front panel Material Silicone rubber, 60 shore.
Solder Tin / lead (60 / 40%)
Rising clamp plug-in terminal blocks with screw connectors.

Termination Caution: Use only the connectors supplied by Spirax Sarco Ltd.
Mains and signal Safety and Approvals may be compromised otherwise.
connector Cable size 0.2 mm (24 AWG) to 2.5 mm (12 AWG).
Stripping length 5 - 6 mm
Type High temperature
Shield type Screened

Level probe
Number of cores 5
cable / wire
Gauge 1 1.5 mm (18 - 16 AWG)
Maximum length 100 m (328 ft)
Minimum conductivity 1 S / cm @ 25 C (K = 0.22 (220 K) ) when

Input - Level probe Switching conductivity
used with a Spirax Sarco LP10-4 probe.
(conductivity)
Drive ac pulsed
Contacts 2 x single pole changeover relays (SPCO)
Voltage ratings (maximum) 250 Vac
Resistive load 3 amp @ 250 Vac
Inductive load 1 amp @ 250 Vac
Output relays HP (2.9 amp) @ 250 Vac

ac motor load
1
/10 HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac
Pilot duty load C300 (2.5 amp) - control circuit / coils
Electrical life (operations) 3 x 10 5 or greater depending on load
Mechanical life (operations) 30 x 10 6
Physical layer IrDA
Baud 38 400
Range 10 cm
Output infrared
Working angle 15
Exempt from EN 60825-12: 2007 Safety of laser products - does not

Eye safety information
exceed the accessible emission limits (AEL) of Class 1
TI-P402-132 AB Issue 5 Page 3 of 4

Boiler house
Level controls
Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the unit safely. The unit operates at a potentially
fatal mains voltage. Before attempting to install the unit read the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with it.
In most countries, steam boilers operating with limited supervision require two self-monitoring level probes and controllers to
provide two independent low level alarms. A high level alarm is also advised, and is compulsory in some countries. The LC1350
is not self-monitoring.
The product must be installed in a suitable industrial control panel or fireproof enclosure to provide impact and environmental protection.
A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250) is required. Spirax Sarco can provide suitable
plastic or metal enclosures.
Do not install the product outdoors without additional weather protection.
Do not attempt to open the product - it is sealed and has no replaceable parts or internal switches.
Do not cover or obstruct the infrared beam between products.
Your attention is drawn to IEE Regulations (BS 7671, EN 12953, EN 12952 and EN 50156). Elsewhere, other regulations will normally
apply.
2.3.47 All wiring materials and methods shall comply with relevant EN and IEC standards where applicable.
No special servicing, preventative maintenance or inspection of the product is required.
Boiler water level controls and level alarms do, however, require testing and inspection. General guidance is given in Health and Safety
Executive Guidance Notes BG01 and INDG436.
Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and g.

Weight 430 g.
52 mm 120 mm
8 mm 112 mm
LC1350
140 mm 120 mm
AL
OK
How to specify
Conductivity level controller to provide on / off control of a pump plus two configurable alarms, and to have infrared communications.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LC1350 level controller.

Boiler house
Level controls
TI-P402-133
EMM Issue 5
LC2250
Level Controller
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC2250 is a level controller for on / off or modulating control of conductive liquid levels.
The LC2250 has two alarm outputs that can be configured high or low.
The controller is suitable for use with liquids having an electrical conductivity of 5 S / cm or 5 ppm, when used with an LP20, PA20 or
PA420 capacitance probe.
2.3.48
The LC2250 may be used on boilers, tanks, or vessels operating at up to 32 bar g at 239 C.
The front panel has a 3 digit LCD display and a five-button keypad.
The unit can be be panel, DIN rail, or chassis mounted.
- Level controller for modulating or on/off control of boilers.
- Universal power supply 110 Vac to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz.
- Alarms high or low. LC2250

- Input filter for turbulent conditions.
- 0/4-20 mA retransmit.
Graphic
- Infrared communications.
display
%
Approvals
The LC2250 is suitable for Class A Environments (e.g. industrial).
reference number UK Supply BH LC2250 2008.
The LC2250 complies with the Low Voltage Directive by meeting AL
the standards of:
5 button
- EN 61010-1:2010 safety requirements for electrical equipment OK display

the standard:

devices, Water Level 100 (07.2010).
Clamping screw
- UL listed (open).
Typical applications
On/off control: Modulating control:
Modulating valve control using valve motor drive or 4 - 20 mA
- Pump control. control signals.
- Two alarm outputs. - Two alarm outputs.
- 4 - 20 mA level output. - 4 - 20 mA level output.
Note: A solenoid valve may be used instead of a pump. Note: The 4 - 20 mA level output is only available when the
product is configured for valve motor drive systems.
Page 1 of 5
Boiler house
Level controls
Clamping screw
LC2250
Graphic
display
%
2.3.49 AL
5 button
OK display
Clamping screw
Function
The product compares the input signals with the Set Point selected by the user. It then changes its output signal to control the water
level in the boiler or tank.
Inputs
The product has two inputs to accept the following signals:
- Level probe or transmitter 1 - 6 V or 4 - 20 mA.
- A 1 K potentiometer input ~ for Valve Motor Drive (VMD).
Outputs
The output control signal can be configured / wired to work with a pump or a modulating control valve. It also provides two relay outputs
for high or low level alarms and can provide an isolated 4 - 20 mA retransmission output.
Other features:
- An additional filter can be selected to increase the damping effect for turbulent conditions.
- Commissioning parameters are protected with a pass code.
- The LC2250 can communicate via an infrared link between adjacent controllers. It enables the parameters to be passed to a product
fitted with RS485 (User). The LC2250 is designated as a slave unit no set-up or adjustment is needed.
Important: Do not cover or obstruct the infrared beam between products.

Boiler house
Level controls

Power supply
2 (as supplied)

Pollution degree
NEMA Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.
Environmental Enclosure rating NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and IP65 (verified
(front panel only) by TRAC Global)
2.3.50
Electrical Safety EN 61010-1
Immunity /
EMC Suitable for heavy industrial locations
Emissions

Mains and Safety and Approvals may be compromised otherwise.
signal

Cable / wire Level probe
and Number of cores 3 LP20 / PA20, 2 (LP20 / PA420 4-20 mA Transducer)
cable / wire
connector Gauge 1 1.5 mm (18 - 16 AWG)
data
Type Twisted pair

4 - 20 mA
output cable / Number of pairs 1
wires
Gauge 0.23 - 1 mm (24 - 18 AWG)

Boiler house
Level controls
Technical data LC2250 (continued)
Minimum voltage 0 Vdc or 1 V (with OUTRANGE function selected)
Maximum voltage 6 Vdc (absolute maximum = 7 Vdc)
Input impedance 28 K
Level voltage Accuracy 5% FSD over operating range
Repeatability 2.5% FSD over operating range
Resolution 14 bit (0.15 mV approximately)

Input Sample time 260 Hz
technical
data Minimum current 0 mA
Maximum current 22 mA
Input impedance 11 K
2.3.51 4 - 20 mA Accuracy 5% FSD over operating range
Resolution 14 bit (1 A - approximately)
Sample time 260 Hz
Maximum voltage 32 Vdc (no load, open circuit)
24 Vdc supply Maximum current 25 mA
Ripple voltage 10 mV @ 264 V, full load
Minimum current 0 mA
Open circuit voltage (maximum) 19 Vdc
4 - 20 mA Resolution 0.1% FSD
Maximum output load 500 ohm
Isolation 100 V
Output rate 10 / second
Output Voltage ratings (maximum) 250 Vac

technical Resistive load 3 amp @ 250 Vac
data
Relays HP (2.9 amp) @ 250 Vac

ac motor load
1
/10 HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac
Physical layer IrDA
Baud 38 400
Range 10 cm
Infrared
Working angle 15
Exempt from EN 60825-12: 2007 Safety of laser products - does

not exceed the accessible emission limits (AEL) of Class 1

Boiler house
Level controls
This document does not contain sufficient information to install the unit safely. The unit operates at a potentially fatal mains voltage.
Before attempting to install the unit read the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with it.
A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250) is required.
The product may be installed on a DIN rail, a chassis plate, or in a panel cut-out. A bezel is supplied.
Install the product in an environment that minimises the effects of heat, vibration, shock and electrical interference.
apply.
All wiring materials and methods shall comply with relevant EN and IEC standards where applicable.

2.3.52

Weight 430 g.
52 mm 120 mm
8 mm 112 mm
LC2250
%
140 mm 120 mm
AL
OK
How to specify
Level controller with auto voltage sensing, alarms that can be configured high or low, and infrared communications.
How to order

Boiler house
Level controls
2.3.53
Boiler house
Level controls
TI-P402-134
EMM Issue 6
LC2650
Level controller
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC2650 is a level controller for conductive liquids.
It provides on/off or modulating control of liquid levels in boilers, tanks, and vessels operating up to 32 bar at 239 C.
It has two alarm channels that can be independently configured either high or low.
The controller is suitable for use with liquids having an electrical conductivity as low as 5 S/cm or 5 ppm (when used with an LP20, 2.3.54
PA20 or PA420 capacitance probe).
The front panel has an LCD screen and a five-button keypad. The LCD display screen can show either operating information (in run
mode), or a trend graph that displays a record of the variation in level over a set time.
In run mode the general data is shown on several consecutive screen displays.
A test function provides the operator with a diagnostic feature.
Inputs can be measured and outputs can be set from the front panel.
To prevent unwanted or inadvertent changes being made, all commissioning parameters are protected with a pass code.
The LC2650 can communicate via an infrared link between adjacent controllers.
It can be designated as either a master unit or a slave unit.
The LC2650 can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted.

- Modulating or on/off control of boiler water level using a
capacitance probe.
- Switchable integral action.
- Single, two or three-element control.
- LCD graphics display and five-button keypad. LC2650

- Graphic display of status, PV percentage, and alarm, plus a
trend graph.
100
- Infrared communication. Graphic
display
- EIA 485 / Modbus communications.
- UL and TV approved. 50
Approvals
This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility 0
Directive 2014/30/EU and all its requirements. %
The LC2650 is suitable for Heavy Industrial environments. A fully SP PV AL

detailed EMC assessment has been made and has the reference
number UK Supply BH LC2650 2008.
The LC2650 complies with the Low Voltage Directive by meeting 5 button
the standards of: display
OK

the standard:

devices, Water Level 100 (07.2010). Clamping screw
- UL listed (open)
Page 1 of 6
Boiler house
Level controls
Clamping
screw
LC2650
100
Graphic
display
50
0
%
SP PV AL
2.3.55 5 button
display
OK
Clamping
screw
Applications
The product can be configured to control the level of a boiler, tank or vessel, by operating a pump, valve or solenoid. Typical applications:
On / off control:
- Pump control.
- Two alarm outputs.
- 4 - 20 mA level output (isolated).
Note: A solenoid valve may be used instead of a pump.

Modulating control:
Modulating valve control using valve motor drive or 4 - 20 mA control signals.
Two or three element modulating control:

Modulating valve control using a valve motor drive or 4 - 20 mA control signal.
- Feedback from steam flowmeter.
- Feed forward from water flowmeter.
Inputs / Function
The product compares the input signals with the set point selected by the user. It then changes its output signal to control the water
level in the boiler or tank.
Outputs
The product control signal can be configured / wired to work with a pump or a modulating control valve. It also provides relay outputs
for high and low level alarms and can provide an isolated
0 - 20 mA or 4 - 20 mA retransmission output.
Parameters can be remotely accessed via the RS485 / MODBUS communications.
Other features
An additional filter can be selected to increase the damping effect for turbulent conditions.
LC2650 Level controller

Boiler house
Level controls

Power supply
Overvoltage category III
2 (as supplied)
Pollution degree 3 (when installed in an enclosure) - Minimum of IP54 or UL50 /
NEMA Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.
Enclosure rating (front panel NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and IP65 (verified
Environmental only) by TRAC Global)

2.3.56
Immunity /
EMC Suitable for heavy industrial locations
Emissions
Colour Pantone 294 (blue)

Front panel
Material Silicone rubber, 60 shore.

Mains and signal Safety and Approvals may be compromised otherwise.
Number of cores 3 (LP20 / PA20), 2 (LP20 / PA420 4-20 mA Transducer

Level probe,
feedback,steam meter Gauge 1 1.5 mm (18 - 16 AWG)
and water cable / wire
Prysmian (Pirelli) FP200,

Recommended type
Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS
Type Twisted pair

0/4-20 mA output(s)
Number of pairs 1
cable/wire
Gauge 0.23 - 1 mm (24 - 18 AWG)
Type EIA RS485 twisted pair
RS485 communication Number of pairs 2 or 3

cable / wire Gauge 0.23 mm (24 AWG)
Maximum length 1 200 m (4 000 ft)
Recommended type Alpha Wire 6413 or 6414
LAN Cat 5 or Cat 5E ScTP (screened), FTP (foil) or STP (shielded) cable can be used, but limited to 600 m.

Boiler house
Level controls
Minimum voltage 0 Vdc or 1 V (with OUTRANGE function selected)
Maximum voltage 6 Vdc (absolute maximum = 7 Vdc)
Input impedance 28 k
Level
Accuracy 5% FSD over operating range
voltage
Resolution 14 bit (0.15 mV approx)
Sample time 260 Hz
Input impedance 110

2.3.57 Input 4 - 20 mA Accuracy 5% FSD over operating range
technical
data Repeatability 2.5% FSD over operating range
Resolution 14 bit (1 A approximately)
Sample time 260 Hz
Minimum alarm level < 0.2 Vdc

Level 'out
Minimum recovery level > 1 Vdc
of range'
alarm- Maximum alarm level > 6.5 Vdc
voltage
Maximum recovery level < 6 Vdc
Minimum alarm level < 2.5 mA

Level 'out
Minimum recovery level > 4 mA
of range'
alarm- Maximum alarm level > 21 mA
current
Maximum recovery level < 20 mA

Boiler house
Level controls
Maximum voltage 24 Vdc (nominal)

24 Vdc
supply
Ripple voltage 10 mV, full load
Open circuit voltage

19 Vdc
(maximum)
4 - 20 mA Resolution 1% FSD
Isolation 100 V
Output rate 10 / second 2.3.58


Output
technical Relays HP (2.9 amp) @ 250 Vac
data ac motor load
1
/10 HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac
Physical layer RS485 4-wire full or 2-wire half duplex
Protocol Modbus RTU format
Isolation 60 Vac / dc
RS485
Receiver unit load (256 devices - maximum)
Output rate Up to 10 frames / second
Physical layer IrDA
Baud 38 400
Range 10 cm
Infrared
Working angle 15
Exempt from EN 60825-12: 2007 Safety of laser products - does

not exceed the accessible emission limits (AEL) of Class 1

Boiler house
Level controls
Caution: before installing and connecting the power ensure there is no condensation within the unit. The product may be installed on
a DIN rail, on a chassis plate, or in a panel cutout. A bezel is supplied.
plastic or metal enclosures
apply.
2.3.59 All wiring materials and methods shall comply with relevant EN and IEC standards where applicable.

Weight 550 g.
52 mm 120 mm
8 mm 112 mm
LC2650
100
50
140 mm 120 mm
0
%
SP PV AL
OK
How to specify
Multi-voltage level controller having two alarms, configurable high or low, infrared communication as a master or slave unit.
How to order

Boiler house
Level
TI-P402-135
AB Issue 6
LC3050
Level Controller
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC3050 is a level limiting alarm for use in Clamping
conductive liquids as a high or a low alarm, and is defined as a screw
'special design water level limiter' in the context of EN 12952-11. It
is suitable for use with steam or hot water boilers operating up to
32 bar at 239C.
The LC3050 is a dual voltage unit, 230 Vac or 115 Vac for use with LC3050 2.3.60
Spirax Sarco high or low level, self-monitoring high integrity probes.
The LC3050 has two LEDs, indicating normal and alarm conditions,
and a test button (AL). The other buttons on the keypad are non-
functional. ALARM
An automatic cyclic test of the probe, probe cable and controller is
carried out every few seconds by internally simulating a fault in the OK
probe.
A test button is fitted so that a full test of the probe, controller, and
associated circuits can be carried out. Provision is made for the
wiring of a remote test button if required.
WARNING; In most countries, steam boilers operating with

limited supervision require two self-monitoring level probes
and controllers to provide two independent low level alarms.
AL Alarm test
A high level alarm is also advised, and is compulsory in some
countries. button
Principal features:
- SIL certification for the LC3050 / LP30 system.
- High integrity, self-monitoring low or high level alarm.
- Dual mains supply, 230 / 115 Vac.
Clamping
- UL and TV approved. screw
- LED indication of status.
- Infrared communications. Function / Inputs / Outputs
Approvals Function
An assessment upon the LP3050 / LP30 Low Level Alarm System The LC3050 is normally configured to warn of a change in level
concluded it meets the requirements of IEC 61508-2:2010, to Saftey outside normal limits for steam or hot water boilers, tanks or vessels,
Intergrity Level of SIL2 when used in a 1001 architecture and SIL3 by de-energising an alarm relay. Spirax Sarco high-integrity, self-
when used in 1002 architecture. monitoring probes can indicate internal faults or water ingress.
This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility The LC3050 compares the resistance to earth from the probe,
Directive 2004 / 108 / EC and all its requirements. through the water, to the boiler or vessel shell. If a change in water
level causes this resistance to change beyond a set limit, a timer
This product meets all the Requirements of the Directive and is
is engaged which alters the state of internal relays after a pre-set
suitable for Class A Environments (eg Industrial). The LC3050 meets
delay. This signal is normally used to trigger an alarm, and cut the
the requirements of the Directive by meeting the Controlling
supply to the burner.
standard:
- EN 61326-1: 2006 - Electrical equipment for measurement control Input / output
and laboratory use - EMC requirements Part 1: General The product accepts inputs from the LP30 low level probe or the
requirements. LP31 high level probe.
In addition the LC3050 meets the EMC requirements of the following With the water level normal the green LED will be lit, and the boiler
standards: panel will indicate a normal water level. The green LED briefly
- EN 12953-9: 2007 - Shell boilers Part 9: Requirements for limiting extinguishes every few seconds showing that the automatic cyclic
devices of the boiler and accessories. test is being carried out.
- EN 12952-11: 2007 - Water-tube boilers and auxiliary installations A compensation tip on the probe signals an alarm if the probe
Part 11: Requirements for limiting devices of the boiler and should become faulty through water ingress or an internal wiring
accessories. fault.
The product complies with Low Voltage Directive (2006 / 95 / EC) Outputs can be remotely accessed via the RS485 / MODBUS
by meeting the standards of: communications.
- EN 61010-1:2010 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for
measurement, control and laboratory use. Other features
The LC3050 has been type-tested as a Special Design Water Level The LC3050 can communicate via an infrared link between
Limiter by meeting the Standard: adjacent controllers. It enables the alarm status of the LC3050 to
- Vd TV requirements for water level control and limiting devices, be passed to a product fitted with RS485 (user). User products are
Water Level 100 (07.2010). those fitted with a graphics display. The LC3050 is defined as a
- UL listed (open) slave unit. No set-up or adjustment is needed.
Page 1 of 3
Boiler house
Level controls
220 / 240 Vac setting (198 V to 264 V)

Mains voltage range
110 / 120 Vac setting (99 V to 132 V)
Power supply Frequency 50 - 60 Hz
Power consumption 230 V / 30 mA or 115 V / 60 mA
Ambient temperature limits 0 - 55C
Maximum relative humidity 80% up to 31C decreasing linearly to 50% at 40C
2 (as supplied)
Pollution degree
NEMA Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.
2.3.61 Environmental Enclosure rating

(front panel only)
NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and
IP65 (verified by TRAC Global)
LVD (safety) Electrical Safety EN 61010-1
UL61010-1, 3rd Edition, 2012-05
EMC Immunity / Emissions Suitable for heavy industrial locations
Termination Caution: Use only the connectors supplied by Spirax Sarco Ltd. -
Mains
Safety and Approvals may be compromised otherwise.
and signal
Cable size 0.2 mm (24 AWG) to 2.5 mm (12 AWG).
connector
Cable / wire Stripping length 5 - 6 mm
and Type High temperature
connector Shield type Screened
data Level probe Number of cores 4
cable / wire Gauge 1 1.5 mm (18 - 16 AWG)
Recommended type Prysmian (Pirelli) FP200, Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS
Input technical data Minimum conductivity 30 S /cm or 30 ppm at 25C

ac motor load
1
10 HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac
Output Pilot duty load C300 (2.5 amp) - control circuit / coils
technical Electrical life (operations) 3 x 10 5 or greater depending on load
data Mechanical life (operations) 30 x 10 6
Physical layer IrDA
Baud 38 400
Infrared Range 10 cm
Working angle 15
Exempt from EN 60825-12: 2007 Safety of laser products -
does not exceed the accessible emission limits (AEL) of Class 1
TI-P402-135 AB Issue 6 LC3050 Level Controller Page 2 of 3

Boiler house
Level controls

Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the unit safely. The unit operates at a potentially fatal
mains voltage. Before attempting to install the unit read the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with it.
Caution: before installing and connecting the power ensure there is no condensation within the unit. The product may be installed on a
DIN rail, on a chassis plate, or in a panel cutout. A bezel is supplied.
apply.
2.3.62

Weight 430 g.
52 mm 120 mm
LC3050
ALARM
OK
140 mm 120 mm
AL
How to specify
High-integrity self-monitoring level controller with fail-safe operation and self-testing facilities. LED indication of alarm and safe status.
Infrared communications facility. A test button facility shall be provided on the front panel.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco LC3050 level high-integrity, self-monitoring level controller.
TI-P402-135 AB Issue 6 LC3050 Level Controller Page 3 of 3

Boiler house
TDS
Local regulations blowdown
may restrict controls
TI-P403-57
AB Issue 4
BCS1
Pipeline Set
Blowdown Please note:
from The inter connecting pipework is to be supplied by the customer.
boiler
2.4.1 M10 ball valve
" BSP plug

BCV1 blowdown valve
Fig 12 strainer
PT2 plug tail

LCV1 check valve
CP10 sensor
S10 sensor chamber
Description
The BCS1 pipeline set is a kit of components selected to enable
straightforward installation of a TDS control system where the probe
assembly is to be mounted in the pipeline, rather than directly in M10 ball valve
the boiler shell.
The BCS1 pipeline set consists of the following items:-
1 x S10 sensor chamber " BSP. Blowdown
1 x CP10 sensor and gasket. to heat recovery system
1 x PT2 plug tail.
1 x Sensor chamber plug " BSP.
1 x BCV1 solenoid valve " BSP, 230 V. Pressure / temperature limits
1 x LCV1 check valve " BSP. Maximum boiler pressure 14 bar g.
1 x Fig 12 SG iron strainer " BSP. Capacities
2 x M10 ball valves " BSP. The capacity of the system is limited by the blowdown valve capacity
Alternative products are available, but not as part of a kit. at various boiler pressures.
A controller is also required, and should be selected from the Spirax
Sarco range. Boiler Low to medium Medium to high
The BC3150 and BC3250 are both suitable, and offer a choice of pressure flowrates flowrates
features. Full details are available in separate literature. (bar g) (Standard setting*) (High setting*)
1 60 175
Principal features:
2 85 250
- For TDS systems with probe in pipeline.
- Complete pipeline kit - choice of controller. 4 115 350
- Suitable for boiler pressures of 14 bar g. 6 130 385
- For blowdown rates up to 590 kg / h.
8 150 445
Weight 10 165 495
Boxed kit approximately 3.7 kg.
14 200 590
Materials * At 'Standard setting' the controller is set to open the valve for
S10 sensor chamber Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31 10 seconds every 30 seconds.
When blowing down at 'High setting' the controller opens the valve
CP10 sensor body and pin Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31 continuously.
PT2 plug tail Brass body
Sensor chamber plug Carbon steel Electrical data
BCV1 solenoid (blowdown) valve
Brass body, stainless steel seat,
BCV1 solenoid valve Voltage range 209 V to 264 V
PTFE seal.
LCV1 check valve Bronze Frequency range 50 to 60 Hz
Fig 12 strainer SG iron 40 VA (inrush)
Power consumption
M10 ball valve Zinc plated forged carbon steel 16 VA /10 W (hold)
See individual product literature for further information. Protection rating IP65
Boiler house
TDS blowdown controls

For full details see the installation and maintenance instructions supplied with the product.
Warning:
The BCV1 valve and CP10 sensor contain PTFE which can give off toxic fumes if exposed to excessive heat.
Installation note:
The products contained in the BCS1 pipeline set are designed and constructed to withstand the forces encountered during normal use.
Use of the BCS1 pipeline set other than for the control of TDS could cause damage to the products and may cause injury or fatality to personnel.
Spare parts
Armature and spring set for the BCV1 blowdown valve (kit) Stock No. 4034080
How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BCS1 pipeline set.
2.4.2
TI-P403-57 AB Issue 4 BCS1 Pipeline Set

Boiler house

TI-P403-60
AB Issue 5
BCV1 and BCV20

Blowdown Valves
Description
The BCV1 and BCV20 valves are small bore, normally closed
valves with a brass body and corrosion resistant internal
components. They are primarily intended for low and medium
pressure boiler blowdown applications.
2.4.3 BCV1 and BCV20 valves are identical apart from the orifice size,
the BCV1 having a 3 mm ( ") orifice and the BCV20 a 6 mm (")
orifice. Valves are supplied complete with a mains connector,
which is protected to IP65 and is suitable for 3 x 1 mm (18 AWG)
cable.
Available sizes and pipe connections

" screwed BSP - 230 V version
" screwed BSP - 110 V version
" screwed NPT - 120 V version
" screwed NPT - 120 V version (UL/CSA Listed)
Electrical data
230 V version 207 V to 253 V
Frequency 50 - 60 Hz
40 VA (inrush)
Maximum power consumption
16 VA/12 W (hold)
Protection rating IP65 (Nema 4)
Materials
Body Brass
Soft seal PTFE
Internal components Stainless steel
Limiting conditions
Blowdown valves BCV1 BCV1 BCV20
(UL/CSA)
Maximum boiler or steam
14 bar g 203 psi g 9 bar g 130 psi g 4 bar g 58 psi g
pressure - Intermittent operation
Medium temperature range - 40 to +200 C - 40 to +392 F - 40 to +180 C - 40 to +356 F - 40 to +180 C - 40 to +356 F
Maximum ambient temperature 55 C 130 F 55 C 130 F 55 C 130 F
Medium Water and steam Water and steam Water and steam
Boiler house
Dimensions/weight (approximate) in mm (ins) and kg (Ibs) Spare parts
A B C D E Weight
supplied as spares.
40 110 74.5 94.5 73 0.75
(1.57) (4.33) (2.93) (3.72) (2.87) (1.65) Available spares
Armature and spring set (kit). Stock No. 4034080
E Solenoid coil 230 V Stock No. 4034081
A Solenoid coil 110/120 V Stock No. 4034082
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state the valve type.
Example: 1 off Armature and spring set (Stock No. 4034080) for
D a Spirax Spirax BCV20 blowdown valve.
B
" BSP/NPT " BSP/NPT
2.4.4
C
Capacities
Solenoid coil
Model BCV1 BCV20
Orifice size 3 mm ( ") 6 mm (")
Spring
Kv value 0.25 0.8
For conversion: Armature with
C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 PTFE valve seat
C v (US) = Kv x 1.156
When used for boiler blowdown purposes, the valve will be
controlling a mixture of water and flash steam, so the following
capacity table applies:
Boiler pressure Capacities
BCV1 BCV20
bar g psi g kg / h lb / h kg / h lb / h
1 14.5 175 385 560 1 232
2 29 250 550 790 1 738
4 58 350 770 1 120 2 464
6 87 385 847
8 116 445 979
10 145 495 1 089
14 203 590 1 298
When the BCV20 valve is used as part of the BCS2 blowdown

control system, downstream of a steam trap, the following capacity
table applies:
Head Capacities
across valve Cold water Hot water
with flash steam
m ft kg / h lb / h kg / h lb / h
1 3 253 557 63 138
2 6 358 787 90 198
3 9 438 963 110 242
5 15 566 1 245 142 312
10 30 800 1 760 200 440
How to specify
BCV1
Solenoid valves shall be Spirax Sarco normally closed blowdown
valve type BCV1 or BCV1 (UL / CSA) with brass bodies and How to order
stainless steel valve seat with a PTFE seal. Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BCV1 or BCV20 blowdown
BCV20 valve having screwed BSP connections, 230 V 50-60 Hz.
Solenoid valves shall be Spirax Sarco normally closed, low
pressure blowdown valve type BCV20 with brass bodies and
stainless steel valve seat with a PTFE seal.
TI-P403-60 AB Issue 5
BCV1 and BCV20 Blowdown Valves

Boiler house
2.4.5
Boiler house

TI-P403-102
TI-P402-135
AB Issue 4
AB Issue 6
BCV
Blowdown LC3050
Control Valves
Level
DN15 Controller
to DN50 (" to 2")
Description Size and pipe connections
The
SpiraxSpirax
Sarco's Sarco
BCV LC3050
blowdown is control
a levelvalves
limiting
are alarm for use using
manufactured in the ", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2" Screwed BSP or NPT, Socket
Clamping
conductive
market proven liquids as a high
Spira-trol TM or a low
body. alarm,
These andhave
valves is defined as a
been specifically weld and Butt weld. screw
'special design
designed for the water level limiter'
blowdown in the
of steam context
boilers orofforEN 12952-11.
other It
high pressure
is suitable
drop, for use
low flow with steam and
applications, or hot
arewater boilersused
generally operating
with aupblowdown
to DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 Flanged:
32 bar at 239C.
controller
The LC3050
The
as part of an automatic BCV control system.
flowrate isis aadjusted
dual voltage unit, 230
by setting the Vac or 115
stroke Vac
of the for use
valve with
spindle.
EN 1092 PN25, PN40,LC3050
PN63 and PN100
ASME class 125, 150, 250, 300 and 600
2.4.6
Spirax Sarco high or low level, self-monitoring high integrity probes.
These valves have been specially designed to minimize seat erosion and JIS / KS 10K, 20K, 30K and 40K
The LC3050 has two LEDs, indicating normal and alarm conditions,
ensure consistent tight shut-off.
and a test button (AL). The other buttons on the keypad are non-
A " BSP plug at the base of the valve may be removed to allow a sample
functional. ALARM
cooler
The unittocan
be fitted.
be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted.
An automatic
Two versionscyclic test of the probe, probe cable and controller is
are available:
carried out every few seconds by internally simulating a fault in the OK
-probe.
Electrohydraulically actuated BCV blowdown control valve.
A test button is fitted so that a full test of the probe, controller, and
- Pneumatically actuated BCV blowdown control valve.
associated circuits can be carried out. Provision is made for the
wiring of a models:
Available remote test button if required.
WARNING; Connections
Material In most countries, steam boilers operating with
Screwed
limited supervision Socket
require two weld Flanged
self-monitoring Butt weld
level probes
and controllers
Carbon steel to BCV41
provide two independent
BCV42 low level alarms.
BCV43 BCV44 AL Alarm test
A high level alarm is also advised, and is compulsory in some
Stainless steel
countries. BCV61 BCV62 BCV63 BCV64 button
SG iron features:BCV71
Principal BCV73
Electrohydraulically actuated
-Alloy steel
SIL certification for the LC3050 BCV82
/ LP30 system.BCV83 BCV84
- High integrity, self-monitoring low or high level alarm.
-Spira-trol
Dual mainsvalve
TM
body
supply, 230options
/ 115 Vac.
Clamping
-Stem
UL andsealing Graphite packing High temperature applications
TV approved. screw
- LED indication of status. 316L stainless steel with
-Seating Hard facing
Infrared communications. Stellite 6 facing Function / Inputs / Outputs
Approvals Function
BCV blowdown control valves are compatible with the following
An assessment upon the LP3050 / LP30 Low Level Alarm System The LC3050 is normally configured to warn of a change in level
actuators itand
concluded positioners:
meets the requirements of IEC 61508-2:2010, to Saftey outside normal limits for steam or hot water boilers, tanks or vessels,
Intergrity
Version Level ofActuator
SIL2 when used in a 1001 Positioners
architecture and SIL3 by de-energising an alarm relay. Spirax Sarco high-integrity, self-
when used in 1002 architecture. monitoring probes can indicate internal faults or water ingress.
Electric AHL1 series
This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility The LC3050 compares the resistance to earth from the probe,
Directive 2004 / 108 / EC andPP5 (pneumatic)
all its requirements. through the water, to the boiler or vessel shell. If a change in water
EP5 (electropneumatic) level causes this resistance to change beyond a set limit, a timer
This product meets all the Requirements of the Directive and is
PN9_ __ ISP5(eg (intrinsically safeLC3050
electropneumatic) is engaged which alters the state of internal relays after a pre-set
suitable for
Pneumatic Class A Environments Industrial). The meets
series delay. This signal is normally used to trigger an alarm, and cut the
the requirements of the Directive
SP200is, bySP400
meetingandthe
SP500Controlling Pneumatically
supply to the burner.
standard: (microprocessor based electropneumatic) actuated
- EN 61326-1: 2006 - Electrical equipment for measurement
SP300 (digital communications) control Input / output
and laboratory use - EMC requirements Part 1: General The product accepts inputs from the LP30 low level probe or the
requirements.
Standards LP31 high level probe.
These products
In addition fully meets
the LC3050 complythewith
EMCthe requirements
requirements offollowing
of the the EuropeanWith the water level normal the green LED will be lit, and the boiler
standards:Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
Pressure panel will indicate a normal water level. The green LED briefly
- EN 12953-9: 2007 - Shell boilers Part 9: Requirements for limiting
Certification extinguishes every few seconds showing that the automatic cyclic
devices of the boiler and accessories. test is being carried out.
These products are available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1.
-Note:
EN 12952-11: 2007 - Water-tube boilers and auxiliary installations
All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at theA compensation tip on the probe signals an alarm if the probe
Part 11: Requirements for limiting devices of the boiler and should become faulty through water ingress or an internal wiring
time of order placement.
accessories. fault.
The product complies with Low Voltage Directive (2006 / 95 / EC)
Operation
by meeting the standards of:
Outputs can be remotely accessed via the RS485 / MODBUS
BCV blowdown control valves communications.
- EN 61010-1:2010 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for
are supplied loaded to the closed
position.
measurement, control and laboratory use. Other features
Electrical
The LC3050 version:
has been When the power
type-tested is connected
as a Special DesigntoWater
the actuator
Level theThe LC3050 can communicate via an infrared link between
valve opens
Limiter to the the
by meeting position set by the internal limit switch.
Standard: adjacent controllers. It enables the alarm status of the LC3050 to
-Pneumatic version: When
Vd TV requirements the solenoid
for water valve
level control opens,
and airdevices,
limiting is admitted tobe passed to a product fitted with RS485 (user). User products are
theWater
actuator
Levelactivating the valve to open to the selected stroke.
100 (07.2010). those fitted with a graphics display. The LC3050 is defined as a
- UL listed (open) slave unit. No set-up or adjustment is needed.
Page
Page1 1ofof14
3
Boiler house
Materials
Please note that the spare parts available for the blowdown control valve are the same for both the electrically and pneumatically actuated
versions.
No. Part Material
Carbon steel 1.0619+N / WCB
Stainless steel 1.4408 / CF8M
1. Body
SG iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT / A395

2.4.7
Alloy steel 1.7357 / WC6
Forged steel 1.0460 / A105N or 1.0619 / WCB
Stainless steel 1.4408 / CF8M
2. Bonnet
SG iron EN-GJS-400-18-LT / A395
Alloy steel 1.7357 / WC6
3. Seat retainer Stainless steel 316L
Please note that the

spare parts available
4. Seat Stainless steel 316L with Stellite
for the blowdown
control valve are the
same for both the:
5. Plug Stainless steel 316L with Stellite - electrically and
- pneumatically
actuated versions.
1
5
BCV Blowdown Control Valves DN15 to DN50 (" to 2")

Boiler house
Electrical data
Actuator AHL1 series
Supply voltage Standard 24 Vac, Optional card 230 Vac and 110 Vac
Supply frequency 50 to 60 Hz
Power consumption 10 to 18
2.4.8
Actuator speed 2 mm / s, 4 mm / s or 6 mm / s
Actuators thrust maximum 2 kN
Maximum shut-off value 42 bar g
Size Actuator Maximum shut-off value
DN15 to DN25 " to 1" AHL1 series / PN9123E
42 bar g
DN32 to DN50 1" to 2" AHL1 series / PN9223E

Boiler house
Pressure / temperature limits BCV4_
PN40, PN63 or PN100 ASME class 150, class 300

Body design conditions:
JIS / KS 20K, 30K or 40K or ASME class 600
PN40 40 bar g @ 50 C
EN PN63 63 bar g @ 50 C
PN100 100 bar g @ 50 C
ASME 150 19.6 bar g @ 38 C 284 psi g @ 100 F
PMA Maximum allowable pressure ASME ASME 300 51.1 bar g @ 38 C 741 psi g @ 100 F
ASME 600 102.1 bar g @ 38 C 1 480 psi g @ 100 F
JIS / KS 20K 34 bar g @ 120 C
JIS / KS JIS / KS 30K 51 bar g @ 120 C
JIS / KS 40K 68 bar g @ 120 C
PN40 300 C @ 27.6 bar g
EN PN63 400 C @ 37.5 bar g
2.4.9
PN100 400 C @ 59.5 bar g
ASME 150 425 C @ 5.5 bar g 797 F @ 80 psi g
TMA Maximum allowable temperature ASME ASME 300 425 C @ 28.8 bar g 797 F @ 418 psi g
ASME 600 425 C @ 57.5 bar g 797 F @ 834 psi g
JIS / KS 20K 300 C @ 20 bar g
JIS / KS JIS / KS 30K 425 C @ 30 bar g
JIS / KS 40K 425 C @ 40 bar g
PN40 -10 C
EN PN63 -29 C
PN100 -29 C
ASME 150 -29 C -20 F
Minimum allowable temperature ASME ASME 300 -29 C -20 F
ASME 600 -29 C -20 F
JIS / KS 20K -10 C
JIS / KS JIS / KS 30K -29 C
JIS / KS 40K -29 C
PN40 31.1 bar g @ 237 C
EN PN63 47.0 bar g @ 261 C
PN100 70.8 bar g @ 287 C
ASME 150 13.9 bar g @ 197 C 201 psi g @ 386 F
Maximum operating pressure for
PMO
saturated steam service ASME ASME 300 41.7 bar g @ 254 C 605 psi g @ 489 F
ASME 600 80.0 bar g @ 295 C 1 160 psi g @ 563 F
JIS / KS 20K 30.6 bar g @ 236 C
JIS / KS JIS / KS 30K 44.6 bar g @ 258 C
JIS / KS 40K 58.5 bar g @ 276 C
PN40 300 C @ 27.6 bar g
EN PN63 400 C @ 37.5 bar g
PN100 400 C @ 59.5 bar g
ASME 150 425 C @ 5.5 bar g 797 F @ 80 psi g
TMO Maximum operating temperature ASME ASME 300 425 C @ 28.8 bar g 797 F @ 418 psi g
ASME 600 425 C @ 57.5 bar g 797 F @ 834 psi g
JIS / KS 20K 300 C @ 20 bar g
JIS / KS 40K 425 C @ 40 bar g
PN40 -10 C
EN PN63 -29 C
PN100 -29 C
ASME 150 -29 C -20 F
Minimum operating temperature ASME ASME 300 -29 C -20 F
ASME 600 -29 C -20 F
JIS / KS 20K -10 C
JIS / KS 40K -29 C
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 1.5 x PMA of the relative end connection of choice

Boiler house

B C D
Temperature C

A
BCV41 Screwed BSP
Steam
BCV43 Flanged EN 1092 saturation
curve
A A

C D

Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region.
A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and Screwed BSP
B - C Flanged EN 1092 PN63 2.4.10

B - D Flanged EN 1092 PN100
Pressure psi g

E G H
Temperature F
Temperature C
BCV41 Screwed NPT

BCV42 Socket weld
Steam
BCV43 Flanged ASME saturation

BCV44 Butt weld curve
F G H

Pressure bar g

E-F Flanged ASME class 150
E - G Flanged ASME class 300, Screwed NPT and Socket weld class 3000 (B 16.11)
E - H Flanged ASME class 600, Socket weld class 6000 (B 16.11) and Butt weld

K L M
Temperature C

J
BCV43 Flanged JIS / KS
Steam
saturation
curve
J J
L M

Pressure bar g

J-J Flanged JIS / KS 20K
K - K Flanged JIS / KS 30K
L-L Flanged JIS / KS 40K

Boiler house
PN40, PN63 or PN100 ASME class 150, class 300

JIS / KS 20K, 30K or 40K or ASME class 600
PN40 40 bar g @ 100 C
EN PN63 63 bar g @ 100 C
PN100 100 bar g @ 100 C
ASME 150 19.0 bar g @ 38 C 275 psi g @ 100 F
PMA Maximum allowable pressure ASME ASME 300 49.6 bar g @ 38 C 719 psi g @ 100 F
ASME 600 99.3 bar g @ 38 C 1 440 psi g @ 100 F
JIS / KS 20K 34 bar g @ 120 C
JIS / KS JIS / KS 30K 51 bar g @ 120 C
JIS / KS 40K 68 bar g @ 120 C
PN40 400 C @ 27.4 bar g
EN PN63 580 C @ 39.5 bar g
2.4.11
PN100 580 C @ 62.7 bar g
ASME 150 538 C @ 1.4 bar g 1 000 F @ 20 psi g
TMA Maximum allowable temperature ASME ASME 300 538 C @ 25.2 bar g 1 000 F @ 365 psi g
ASME 600 538 C @ 50.0 bar g 1 000 F @ 725 psi g
JIS / KS 20K 425 C @ 20 bar g
JIS / KS 40K 490 C @ 40 bar g
PN40 -10 C
EN PN63 -29 C
PN100 -29 C
ASME 150 -29 C -20 F
ASME 600 -29 C -20 F
JIS / KS 20K -10 C
JIS / KS 40K -29 C
PN40 32.2 bar g @ 240 C
EN PN63 49.2 bar g @ 264 C
PN100 75.1 bar g @ 291 C
ASME 150 13.8 bar g @ 197 C 200 psi g @ 386 F
PMO
saturated steam service ASME ASME 300 33.8 bar g @ 242 C 490 psi g @ 467 F
ASME 600 64.6 bar g @ 281 C 937 psi g @ 538 F
JIS / KS 20K 30.6 bar g @ 236 C
JIS / KS 40K 58.5 bar g @ 276 C
PN40 400 C @ 27.4 bar g
EN PN63 580 C @ 39.5 bar g
PN100 580 C @ 62.7 bar g
ASME 150 538 C @ 1.4 bar g 1 000 F @ 20 psi g
TMO Maximum operating temperature ASME ASME 300 538 C @ 25.2 bar g 1 000 F @ 365 psi g
ASME 600 538 C @ 50.0 bar g 1 000 F @ 725 psi g
JIS / KS 20K 425 C @ 20 bar g
JIS / KS 40K 490 C @ 40 bar g
PN40 -10 C
EN PN63 -29 C
PN100 -29 C
ASME 150 -29 C -20 F
ASME 600 -29 C -20 F
JIS / KS 20K -10 C
JIS / KS 40K -29 C

Boiler house

B C D
Temperature C

A
BCV61 Screwed BSP
BCV63 Flanged EN 1092
Steam

saturation
A A
curve
C D

Pressure bar g

B - C Flanged EN 1092 PN63 2.4.12

B - D Flanged EN 1092 PN100
Pressure psi g
E

Temperature F
Temperature C

BCV61 Screwed NPT F G H

BCV62 Socket weld

BCV63 Flanged ASME Steam
saturation
BCV64 Butt weld curve

F G H

Pressure bar g

E-F Flanged ASME class 150
E - G Flanged ASME class 300, Screwed NPT and Socket weld class 3000 (B 16.11)
E - H Flanged ASME class 600, Socket weld and Butt weld class 6000 (B 16.11)
K L M

Temperature C
J

BCV63 Flanged JIS / KS
Steam
saturation
J curve
J
L M

Pressure bar g

J-J Flanged JIS / KS 20K
K-L Flanged JIS / KS 30K
K - M Flanged JIS / KS 40K

Boiler house
PN25 ASME class 125 or

JIS / KS 10K ASME class 250
EN PN25 25.0 bar g @ 120 C
ASME 125 11.5 bar g @ 140 C 166 psi g @ 284 F

PMA Maximum allowable pressure ASME
ASME 250 26.7 bar g @ 140 C 387 psi g @ 284 F
EN PN25 300 C @ 20 bar g
ASME 125 232 C @ 8.6 bar g 449 F @ 125 psi g

TMA Maximum allowable temperature ASME
ASME 250 232 C @ 17.2 bar g 449 F @ 249 psi g
2.4.13 JIS / KS JIS / KS 10K 300 C @ 9.8 bar g
EN PN25 -10 C
ASME 125 -29 C -20 F

Minimum allowable temperature ASME
ASME 250 -29 C -20 F
EN PN25 22.5 bar g @ 220 C
Maximum operating pressure for ASME 125 10.0 bar g @ 184 C 145 psi g @ 363 F
PMO
saturated steam service ASME
ASME 250 18.0 bar g @ 209 C 261 psi g @ 408 F
EN PN25 300 C @ 20.0 bar g
ASME 125 232 C @ 8.6 bar g 449 F @ 125 psi g

TMO Maximum operating temperature ASME
ASME 250 232 C @ 17.2 bar g 449 F @ 249 psi g
JIS / KS JIS / KS 10K 300 C @ 9.8 bar g
EN PN25 -10 C
ASME 125 -29 C -20 F

Minimum operating temperature ASME
ASME 250 -29 C -20 F

Boiler house

A B
Temperature C

BCV71 Screwed BSP Steam
BCV73 Flanged EN 1092 saturation
curve

B

Pressure bar g

2.4.14
Pressure psi g
E

C D
Temperature F
Temperature C

BCV71 Screwed NPT Steam
saturation
BCV73 Flanged ASME curve

D E

Pressure bar g

C - D Flanged ASME class 125
C - E Flanged ASME class 250 and Screwed NPT

F G
Temperature C

BCV73 Flanged JIS / KS Steam
saturation
curve
G

Pressure bar g

F - G Flanged JIS / KS 10K

Boiler house
PN63 or PN100
Body design conditions: ASME class 600
JIS / KS 30K or 40K
PN63 63 bar g @ 300 C

EN
PN100 100 bar g @ 300 C
PMA Maximum allowable pressure ASME ASME 600 103.4 bar g @ 50 C 1 500 psi g @ 122 F
JIS / KS 30K 51 bar g @ 120 C

JIS / KS
JIS / KS 40K 68 bar g @ 120 C
PN63 490 C @ 42.8 bar g

EN
PN100 490 C @ 68.0 bar g
ASME
2.4.15
TMA Maximum allowable temperature ASME 600 538 C @ 29.8 bar g 1 000 F @ 432 psi g
JIS / KS 30K 490 C @ 30.0 bar g

JIS / KS
JIS / KS 40K 510 C @ 40.0 bar g
PN63 -29 C
EN
PN100 -29 C
JIS / KS 30K -29 C

JIS / KS
JIS / KS 40K -29 C
PN63 63.0 bar g @ 280 C

EN
PN100 99.0 bar g @ 310 C
PMO
saturated steam service ASME ASME 600 85.7 bar g @ 300 C 1 243 psi g @ 572 F
JIS / KS 30K 44.6 bar g @ 257 C

JIS / KS
JIS / KS 40K 58.6 bar g @ 274 C
PN63 490 C @ 42.8 bar g

EN
PN100 490 C @ 68.0 bar g
TMO Maximum operating temperature ASME ASME 600 538 C @ 29.8 bar g 1 000 F @ 432 psi g
JIS / KS 30K 490 C @ 30.0 bar g

JIS / KS
JIS / KS 40K 510 C @ 40.0 bar g
PN63 -29 C
EN
PN100 -29 C
JIS / KS 30K -29 C

JIS / KS
JIS / KS 40K -29 C

Boiler house

A B C
Temperature C

BCV83 Flanged EN 1092
Steam
saturation
curve
B C

Pressure bar g

A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN63
A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN100
2.4.16
Pressure psi g

D E
Temperature F
Temperature C

BCV82 Socket weld
BCV83 Flanged ASME Steam
BCV84 Butt weld saturation
curve
E

Pressure bar g

D - E Flanged ASME class 600, socket weld and butt weld
G H

F
Temperature C

BCV83 Flanged JIS / KS Steam
saturation
curve
F H

Pressure bar g

F-F Flanged JIS / KS 20K
G - H Flanged JIS / KS 30K
Kvs values
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
Kvs value 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.6 1.6 1.6
For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

Boiler house
DN DN DN DN DN DN C1
Size ASME PN
15 20 25 32 40 50
JIS/KS
125 - - 184 - 222 254
10K
JIS/KS
300 190.5 197 - 235 267
20K
JIS/KS
A 30K
600 203 206 210 251 251 286
JIS/KS
40K
Pneumatic
40 130 150 160 180 200 230 actuation
100 210 230 260 260 300
125 JIS/KS B1
10K
300 392 421 416
2.4.17 B
40
JIS/KS
20K
JIS/KS
30K
600 100 422 449
JIS/KS
40K
125 JIS/KS
10K
300 378 432 427
JIS/KS
40 20K
B1
JIS/KS
30K D
600 100 408 460
JIS/KS
40K
C
C 230
C1 170 300
125 JIS/KS
10K
300 42.5 57.0 54.5 65.5 76.5 84.5
JIS/KS
40 20K
D
JIS/KS
30K
600 100 49.5 56.5 71.5 85.5
JIS/KS Electric
40K actuation
Weight
125 JIS/KS
B
10K
300 12 12.8 13 19.5 20 23
JIS/KS
40 20K
Electric
version
JIS/KS
30K
600 100 16 18 19 25 28 33
JIS/KS
40K
125 JIS/KS
10K
300 12 12.8 13 30.5 31 34
JIS/KS
40 20K
Pneumatic
version
JIS/KS
30K D
600 100 16 18 19 36 39 44
JIS/KS
40K
A

Boiler house
BCV selection guide
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50

Valve size DN15
", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2"
Valve series BCV BCV
4 = Carbon steel
6 = Stainless steel
Body material 4
7 = SG iron
8 = Alloy steel
1 = Screwed - Not available for the BCV8_

2 = Socket weld - Not available for the BCV7_
Connections 3
3 = Flanged
2.4.18
4 = Butt weld - Not available for the BCV7_
Stem sealing H = Graphite H
Seating W = Stainless Steel 316L with Stellite W
Type of trim S = Standard trim S
Trim-balancing U = Unbalanced U
Bonnet type S = Standard S
Bolting S = Standard S
Flow coefficient To be specified Kvs 0.5
Connection type To be specified Flanged ASME 300
PN = Pneumatic
Actuation PN
230 Vac,
EL = Electrical 110 Vac or
24 Vac
Selection example
DN15 - BCV 4 3 H W S U S S - Kvs 0.5 - Flanged ASME 300 PN
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BCV43 pneumatically actuated control valve having flanged ASME 300 connections.

Boiler house
(IM-P403-103) supplied with the product.
Installation note: The blowdown control valve should preferably be

installed with the actuator vertically above the pipework and the flow
direction as indicated on the valve body. It can be fitted in other positions,
but not upside down.
Disposal: This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated

with the disposal of the product, providing due care is taken.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied
as spares.
Please note that the spare parts available for the BCV blowdown control
valve are the same for both the electrically and pneumatically actuated
2.4.19 versions.
Available spares
Actuator clamping nut A
Gasket set B, G
Stem seal kits Graphite packing C1 A
Linear trim
Plug stem and seat kit D2, E
(No gaskets supplied)
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed C1
'Available spares', and state the size and type of valve and specify clearly
the full product description as found on the label of the blowdown control
valve body, as this will ensure that the correct spare parts are supplied.
Example: 1 off Actuator clamping nut for a Spirax Sarco DN15 BCV43
blowdown control valve.
D2
E
G

Boiler house

TI-P403-91
AB Issue 6
BC3150
Blowdown Controller
Description
The BC3150 is a blowdown controller for steam boilers. It controls TDS (total dissolved solids salts in solution) by opening and
closing a blowdown valve. It works in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco conductivity sensor, a boiler blowdown valve or condensate
dump valve.
The product can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted and powered by a 110 to 240 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz mains supply.
2.4.20
The front panel has a 3 digit LCD and a five-button keypad.
The product has no battery. The programmed settings are held in non-volatile memory (Flash) and are written to after changing a parameter
and pressing the OK key.
Principal features:
- Blowdown controller with temperature compensation.

Clamping screw
- Type approved as a TDS limiter and controller.
- Works with CP10, CP30 or CP32 conductivity probes.

BC3150
- Wide range: 1-9990 S/cm or ppm (x1, x 10, x 100 x 1000).
- LCD display with direct probe condition indicator.
- Infrared communications. x1000
x100
LCD display
- UL and TV approved. x10
Approvals
The BC3150 is suitable for Class A Environments (e.g. industrial).

reference number UK Supply BH BC3150 2008. CLN AL
The BC3150 complies with the Low Voltage Directive by meeting 5 button display
the standards of: OK
The BC3150 has been type-tested as a TDS controller by meeting Clamping screw
the standard:
- Vd TV requirements for TDS control device, Water Level

100 (07.2010).
- UL listed (open)
Page 1 of 5
Boiler house
Clamping screw
BC3150
x1000
x100
LCD display
x10
CLN AL
2.4.21 5 button display
OK
Clamping screw
Function
All ranges and operating parameters are selected using the software menu.
Commissioning is carried out using the two lower buttons.
Once fully commissioned, the TDS value is displayed in S/cm (or ppm if selected).
If the water conductivity exceeds the Set Point level, the TDS value shown on the display will alternate with 'bld', and the valve relay will
be energised until the conductivity drops below 5% of full scale (FS) below the set point.
If the water conductivity exceeds the alarm level, the TDS value will alternate with 'AL' , and the valve relay will be energised until the
conductivity drops 3% (FS) below the alarm level.
If the system is carrying out a purge, The TDS value will alternate with 'Pur', and the valve relay will be energised until the conductivity
drops 5% (FS) below the set point.
Inputs
The BC3150 can accept a signal from a Spirax Sarco conductivity probe (CP10, CP30, or CP32).
A Pt100 temperature sensor may be connected to provide temperature compensation (2% / C). This is recommended if the boiler is
working at varying pressures, or for other applications, such as condensate monitoring or coil boilers, where the temperature may vary.
If a Pt100 is not fitted, the product uses a default temperature of 184C (10 bar g).
Outputs
Pulsed output - For smaller boilers where the capacity of the blowdown valve is relatively high compared to the boiler size, the blowdown
may be set to pulsed, rather than continuous output, opening for 10 seconds, and closing for 20 seconds. This slows the rate at which the
boiler water is removed so that the level is not unduly affected, avoiding the risk of triggering a low water alarm.
Other features
To prevent unwanted or inadvertent changes being made, all commissioning parameters are protected with a pass code.
The BC3150 can communicate via an infrared link between adjacent controllers.
This feature enables the parameters of this product (OEM) to be passed to a product fitted with RS485 (user).
The BC3150 is always an IR slave No set-up or adjustment is needed.
An isolated 4 - 20 mA output is provided as standard, and may be used for remote display of the TDS level or as an output to a computerised
management system.
BC3150 Blowdown Controller

Boiler house
Technical data BC3150

Power supply
Ambient temperature limits 0 - 55C
Maximum relative humidity 80% up to 31C decreasing linearly to 50% at 40C
2 (as supplied)
Pollution degree 3 (when installed in an enclosure) - Minimum of IP54 or
UL50 / NEMA Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.
Environmental
NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and IP65
2.4.22
Enclosure rating (front panel only)
(verified by TRAC Global)

EMC Immunity / Emissions
Enclosure Material
Front panel Material

Caution:
Termination
Mains and Use only the connectors supplied by Spirax Sarco Ltd. -
signal Safety and Approvals may be compromised otherwise.
Gauge 1 1.5 mm (18 - 16 AWG)
TDS probe 0 - 9.99 range - 10 metres
Maximum length 0 - 99.90 range - 30 metres
0-999.0 range and 0-9990 ranges - 100 metres

Cable / wire Recommended type Prysmian (Pirelli) FP200, Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS
and
connector Type High temperature, twisted
data
Pt100 probe Number of cores 3

cable / wire Gauge 1 - 1.5 mm (18 - 16 AWG)
Recommended type Various
Type Twisted pair

4 - 20 mA Number of pairs 1
output
cable / wires Gauge 0.23 - 1 mm (24 - 18 AWG)
Recommended type Various

Boiler house
Technical data BC3150 (continued)
Probe types CP10, CP30 and CP32
Minimum 1 S @ 25C
0 9.99 ppm or S/cm

Ranges
0 99.9 ppm or S/cm
0 999 ppm or S/cm

Water
0 9990 ppm or S/cm
conductivity
Accuracy 2.5% FSD (possibly > in high EM locations)
S/cm to ppm conversion 0.7

Input
technical Neutralising factor 0.7
data Resolution 0.1% FSD
2.4.23 Drive: ac 4 wires
Sensor type Pt100 Class B or better
0 - 250C
Range (With Pt100 not fitted user programmed temperature
Temperature 100 - 250C, 1C steps)
compensation
(TC) Accuracy 2.5% FSD system accuracy 5%
Resolution 0.1% FSD
Drive: dc 3 wires
Maximum voltage 32 Vdc

Probe
Drive Pulsed (1 second on, 1 second off)
cleaning
Time 20 seconds
Open circuit voltage (maximum) 19 Vdc
4 - 20 mA Resolution 0.1% FSD
Isolation 100 V
Output
technical Output rate 10 / second
data

ac motor load
1
/10 HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac

Boiler house
Caution: before installing and connecting the power ensure there is no condensation within the unit. The product may be installed on a
DIN rail, on a chassis plate, or in a panel cutout. A bezel is supplied.
A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250 ) is required. Spirax Sarco can provide suitable
apply.

2.4.24

Weight 475 g.
52 mm 120 mm
8 mm 112 mm
BC3150
x1000
x100
x10
140 mm 120 mm
CLN AL
OK
How to specify
Blowdown controller with LCD display and five-button keypad, and infrared communications.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BC3150 blowdown controller.

Boiler house
2.4.25
Boiler house

TI-P403-90
AB Issue 6
BC3250
Blowdown Controller
Description
The BC3250 is a blowdown controller for steam boilers. It controls
TDS (total dissolved solids - salts in solution) by opening and Clamping screw
closing a blowdown valve.
It also has a timer that controls a bottom blowdown valve, to

remove precipitated solids from the bottom of the boiler. 2.4.26
BC3250
The product works in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco conductivity
sensor, a boiler blowdown valve and, for c ondensate
contamination detection, a dump valve.
100
It can operate on a supply voltage of between 110 to 240 Vac at

50 / 60 Hz. Graphic display
The front panel has an LCD graphics display and five-button 50

keypad to select, view, and change functions.
In run mode (standard setting) the display is divided into three

sections:
0
%
i) Process variable and control parameters.
SP PV AL
ii) Information line, displays the various control states and
process units.
iii) Three bar graphs, which show a percentage of full scale of: 5 button display
OK
- PV Process Variable highest and lowest recorded value.
- SP Set Point and hysteresis point.
- AL High Alarm and hysteresis point. Clamping screw
An additional filter can be selected to increase the damping effect

where the probe is fitted directly in the boiler. This avoids over-
frequent valve operation.
A Trend graph screen display appears if the right or left button is Principal features:
pressed in run mode - This displays a record of the variation in
TDS over a set time. - Blowdown controller with bottom blowdown timer.
The BC3250 can be used on a condensate contamination system. - Multi-voltage 110 Vac to 240 Vac.
Please note that it will not detect contaminants that do not change
the conductivity, e.g. oils, fats, or sugars.
The blowdown may be set to pulsed, rather than continuous

- Display in S / cm or ppm.
output, opening for 10 seconds, and closing for 20 seconds. This - LCD graphics display of PV and sequential trend graph.
avoids the risk of triggering a low water alarm in smaller boilers.
- Filter for turbulent conditions.
An isolated 0 - 20 or 4 - 20 mA output is provided for remote
display of the TDS level or as an output to a management system. - Infrared communications.
If a switch box is fitted to the bottom blowdown valve actuator, - Diagnostic / test facility.
an alarm can be configured to indicate if the bottom blowdown
valve fails to close or to lift off its seat. - 0/4 - 20 mA output.
The BC3250 can communicate via an infrared link between - EIA 485 / Modbus communications.
adjacent controllers. It can be designated as either a master unit
or a slave unit.
Page 1 of 6
Boiler house
Clamping screw
BC3250
100
Graphic display
50
0
%
SP PV AL
2.4.27
5 button display
OK
Clamping screw
Approvals
This product complies with the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2014/30/EU and all its requirements.
The BC3250 is suitable for Class A Environments (e.g. industrial). A fully detailed EMC assessment has been made and has the reference
number UK Supply BH BC3250 2008.
The BC3250 complies with the Low Voltage Directive by meeting the standards of:
- EN 61010-1:2010 safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use.
The BC3250 has been type-tested as a TDS controller by meeting the standard:
- Vd TV requirements for TDS control device, Water Level 100 (07.2010).
- UL listed (open)
Function
Inputs
The BC3250 can accept a signal from a Spirax Sarco CP10, CP30 or CP32 conductivity probe, and a Pt100 temperature sensor.
Function / outputs
If the water conductivity exceeds the Set Point, the valve relay will be energised until the conductivity drops below the Set Point.
If the water conductivity exceeds the alarm level, the alarm relay will be de-energised until the conductivity drops below the alarm level.
Other features:
- Test function.
- Direct display of probe factor.
- Commissioning parameters protected with a pass code.

Boiler house
Technical data BC3250

Power supply
Ambient temperature
0 - 55 C
limits
Maximum relative
80% up to 31 C decreasing linearly to 50% at 40 C
humidity
III
2 (as supplied)
3 (when installed in an enclosure) - Minimum of IP54 or UL50 / NEMA

Pollution degree
2.4.28
Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.
Environmental
Enclosure rating NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and IP65 (verified by
(front panel only) TRAC Global)

EMC Immunity / Emissions
Colour Pantone 294 (blue)

Front panel
Material Silicone rubber, 60 shore.

Mains and signal connector
Number of cores 4
Gauge 1 1.5 mm (18 - 16 AWG)
TDS cable / wire 0 - 9.99 range - 10 metres
Maximum length 0 - 99.90 range - 30 metres
0-999.0 range and 0-9990 ranges - 100 metres
Prysmian (Pirelli) FP200,

Recommended type
Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS
Type High temperature, twisted
Pt100 probe cable / wires Number of cores 3
Gauge 1 1.5 mm (18 - 16 AWG)

Boiler house
Type Twisted pair
0/4-20 mA output(s) Number of pairs 1

cable/wire Gauge 0.23 - 1 mm (24 - 18 AWG)
Recommended type various
Type EIA RS485 twisted pair
RS485 communication Number of pairs 2 or 3

cable / wire Gauge 0.23 mm (24 AWG)
2.4.29 Maximum length 1200 m (4000 ft)
Recommended type Alpha Wire 6413 or 6414
LAN Cat 5 or Cat 5E ScTP (screened), FTP (foil) or STP (shielded) cable can be used, but limited to 600 m.
Probe types CP10, CP30 and CP32
Minimum 1 S @ 25 C
0 9.99 ppm or S/cm

Ranges
0 99.9 ppm or S/cm
0 999 ppm or S/cm

Water
0 9990 ppm or S/cm
conductivity
Accuracy 2.5% FSD (Poss > if high EMC)
pH factor 0.50 1.00 (0.7 default)
Neutralising factor 0.7

Input
technical Resolution 0.1% FSD
data Drive: ac 4 wires
Sensor type Pt100 Class B or better
0 - 250 C
Range (With Pt100 not fitted user programmed temperature 100 - 250 C,
Temperature 1 C steps)
compensation
(TC) Accuracy 2.5% FSD system accuracy 5%
Resolution 1% FSD
Drive: dc 3 wires
Input voltage range 110 240 Vac

Burner input
Maximum current input 2 mA maximum

Boiler house
Maximum voltage 32 Vdc

Probe cleaning
Drive ac/dc/pulsed
Open circuit voltage

19 Vdc
(maximum)
4 - 20 mA Resolution 1% FSD
Isolation 100 V
Output rate 10 / second
Voltage ratings
2.4.30
250 Vac
(maximum)
Output HP (2.9 amp) @ 250 Vac

Relays ac motor load
technical 1
/10 HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac
data
Electrical life
3 x 10 5 or greater depending on load
(operations)
Mechanical life
30 x 10 6
(operations)
RS485 Isolation 60 Vac/dc
Physical layer IrDA
Baud 38 400
Range 10 cm
Infrared
Working angle 15
Exempt from EN 60825-12: 2007 Safety of laser products - does not

exceed the accessible emission limits (AEL) of Class 1

Boiler house
A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250 ) is required.
The product may be installed on a DIN rail, a chassis plate, or in a panel cut-out. A bezel is supplied.
apply.
2.4.31 No special servicing, preventative maintenance or inspection of the product is required.

Weight 550 g.
52 mm 120 mm
8 mm 112 mm
BC3250
100
50
140 mm 120 mm
0
%
SP PV AL
OK
How to specify
Blowdown controller with integral bottom blowdown timer and infrared comms.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BC3250 blowdown controller.

Boiler house
TDS
Local regulations blowdown
may restrict controls
TI-P403-96
AB Issue 3
Model 556 / TF56-N

Turbidity Monitoring System
Description
The Turbidity Monitoring System consists of a TF56-N Turbidimeter and a 556 Converter designed to continuously monitor for oil and
grease contamination in make-up water and condensate circulated back to the boiler feedwater system. It can also be used to monitor the
supply from mains raw water, demineralisation and reverse osmosis water treatment plants.
The turbidimeter is a precise, dual channel, scattered light turbidity monitor that uses light in the visible range (VIS) and Near Infrared
Range (NIR) from 400 to 1100 nm. A precisely defined constant light beam penetrates the fluid medium and the light scattered from any 2.4.32
particles (trace suspended solids, undissolved liquids or gas bubbles) in the medium is detected by four hermetically sealed silicon
photodiodes at an angle of 11. Simultaneously the unscattered light is detected by a reference photodiode. This unique dual channel
design compensates for colour and disturbances in the medium. The sensor can measure very low particle sizes and concentrations.
The converter has four fixed and one variable measuring range calibrated in ppm, providing continuous, real-time monitoring of a fluid
mediums turbidity. A 3-digit LED indicator displays turbidity as a percentage of the selected measuring range. Two independent set points
and a 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA output are provided by the converter for alarms and real-time remote display of turbidity monitoring. An additional
failsafe relay output is built in for remote sensing of converter lamp or power failure.
Principle features: MV11

- Real-time process monitoring.
- 2 independent alarm set points. 2-port
DCV3 ball valve
- Failsafe relay. Condensate
flow
- 3-digit LED display.
M10S M10S
- 0 - 20 or 4 - 20 mA output.
- Dual channel compensation design. 500 mm 2-port
- Low maintenance. (min) ball valve MV11 PN
- CIP / SIP compatible. Fill air
- Compact dimensions. M10S M10S TF56

sensor
- Reliable, cost effective measurement.
Associated products: 100 mm (Sump) Divert 3.0 ppm

alarm relay
- MS10 isolating ball valve. Bypass
M10S
- DCV3 check valve. 556
- Ball valve actuator (BVA). Drain
converter
- M21 two-port ball valve.
- MV solenoid valve for BVA. 5.0 ppm divert relay
- Three-port QL valve. Recommended installation for the 556 / TF56-N turbidity monitoring system
Requirements
Many countries ensure the protection and safe operation of boiler equipment, buildings and personnel through Legislation and Standards.
For example shell boilers operated in the European Community must comply with requirements of the harmonised standard EN 12953
that specifies maximum contamination levels for boilers operated unsupervised for periods of 24 or 72 hours.
Function
To protect the boiler feedwater system from oil and grease contamination, the Turbidity Monitoring System has two independent alarm
set points:
- Alarm 1 can be set to divert and discharge contaminated water above 3.0 ppm to a blowdown vessel or directly to drain.
- Alarm 2 can be set to shut down the boiler if contamination level rises above 5.0 ppm.
Diversion of contaminated supplies may be achieved with two 2-port ball valves with a turn actuator or a 3-port actuated valve.
Spare parts
For available spares and options please contact your local Spirax Sarco representative.
Page 1 of 4
Boiler house
Technical data
TF56-N Turbidimeter 556 Converter

Material Sensor body stainless steel 316 Ti, 1.4571 Enclosure
Aluminium
material
Line size DN25
W19 mounting assembly:
Process Mounting
DIN flange (EN 1092) For 482.6 mm (19") rack mounting
connection plate
(front IP40, rear IP20), 3HE / 21TE
Gaskets Viton seals 106 x 116 x 190 mm deep
Dimensions
(4.18" x 4.57" x 7.49" deep)
Windows Sapphire
Weight 2.0 kg
Optical path
40 mm
length 1 digital display, 3-digits, LED, height 7 mm
Process - 1 LED: power on (red)
10 bar
pressure - 1 LED: Zero (green)
2.4.33
Display
Continuous - 5 LED: Range (yellow)
process 0C to +100C (+32F to 212F) - 2 LED: Alarms 1 (red) and Alarm 2 (red)
temperature
- 1 LED: Lamp or system failure (red)
Peak process +120C (+248F) for maximum duration of
Factory set:
temperature 15 minutes / day
Measuring 0 - 25 ppm, 0 - 50 ppm, 0 - 100 ppm,
Ambient range 0 - 250 ppm, 0 - 500 ppm,
0C to +40C (+32F to 104F) Variable range: 0 - 25500 ppm
temperature
Air purge Connections available as standard Resolution < 0.5% of respective measuring range
Incandescent tungsten lamp: 5.0 Vdc, Repeatability < 1% of respective measuring range
Light source
775 mA (typical life span 3 to 5 years) Specific to application, < 2% with standard
Linearity
Wave lengths 400 nm 1100 nm solution
Detector Silicon photodiodes hermetically sealed Response

1 second
time
Calibration Basic calibration in ppm (DE), FTU, EBC
Power supply Selectable 115 / 230 Vac at 50 / 60 Hz
Any measuring range between
Power
- 0 - 25 to 500 ppm (DE) 30 VA
Measuring consumption
range - 0 - 10 to 200 FTU Cable length 5.0 m (16 ft)
- 0 - 2.5 to 50 EBC
0 - 20 or 4 - 20 mA (load: 0 - 500 Ohm)
mA output
Resolution < 0.5% of respective measuring range galvanically isolated (> 500 Vdc)
Repeatability < 1% of respective measuring range Alarm output 2 independent adjustable SPDT relays.
Specific to application, 1 SPDT relay to alarm in case of lamp or

Linearity Failsafe
< 2% with standard solution system failure (active)
Protection All optical parts protected according to IP65 In operation 0C to +50C (+32F to +122F)
Ambient
Cable length 5.0 m (16 ft) temperature Storage temperature:
-20C to +70C (-4F to +158F)
VA-plug-
Special ultra-shielded cable sets Requirements EN 61010-1 / 202-08 / class 1
protection
Certificates ISO 9001:2000, PED, CE, HPO Certificates ISO 9001:2000, GS, CE
Converter options
Turbidimeter options Power supply 24 Vac / dc at 50 / 60 Hz
Flange
- Flanged ASME class 150 - B19-21 Housing: ABS plastic IP66
specification (1 converter)
High - Continuous: Housing - B19-42 Housing: ABS plastic IP66

temperature -20C to +190C (-4F to +374F) (2 converters)
Turbidimeter:
TF56-HT
- Peak: -20 to +210C(-4F to +410F) S19-42 Housing: Stainless steel, IP65
for maximum duration of 15 minutes / day (2 converters)
Process Metric: 10, 20, 35, 50, up to maximum of 250 m

connection - ASME: 1" Cable lengths Imperial: 33, 66, 115, 164 ft, up to a
maximum of 820 ft
Alternative
cable Rigid stainless steel connector
connectors
TI-P403-96 AB Issue 3 Model 556 / TF56-N Turbidity Monitoring System Page 2 of 4

Boiler house
TF56-N Turbidimeter
Weight: 4.0 kg (8.8 lbs)
92 mm G1
96 mm
2.4.34
195 mm
160 mm
150 mm
556 Converter
Weight: 2.0 kg (4.4 lbs)
128.4 mm
(5.06")
106.3 mm 18 mm 190 mm
(4.19") (0.71") (7.48")

Boiler house
Warning: This document does not contain sufficient information to install the system safely. The system operates at a potentially
fatal mains voltage. Before attempting to install the system read the Instruction Manual supplied with the equipment.
2.4.35
Option 24 Vac / dc
PA / PE
24 Vac / dc
PA / PE
115 / 230 Vac
How to specify How to order example

Spirax Sarco dual-channel scatter light turbidity monitoring 1 off Spirax Sarco Model 556 / TF56-N turbidity monitoring
system. system.

Boiler house
2.4.36
Boiler house
Conductivity
Local regulations sensors
may restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-P403-49
AB Issue 6
CP30
Conductivity Probe
Description
The Spirax Sarco CP30 conductivity probe is used in conjunction
with a controller to measure the conductivity (or TDS) of water, 1
usually in a steam boiler for the purpose of monitoring and
controlling blowdown.
2.5.1 The probe may be installed in a Spirax Sarco probe elbow, a

screwed flange, or directly in a boiler connection. The CP30 is
supplied in four nominal tip lengths, and is cut to the exact length 2 Pg 11
Cable gland
required prior to installation.
A DIN 43650 cable socket with Pg 11 cable gland is supplied with 3
the unit.
Principal features:
- Conductivity probe for use with blowdown controllers.
- Suitable for use in steam boilers up to 32 bar g, 239C.
- All wetted parts in austenitic stainless steel / PTFE.
- Easily cut to length.
5
Approvals:
The CP30 is also available with a " NPT screwed connection,
Caution: 4

300 (11.8), 500 (19.7), 1 000 (39.4) and 1 500 (59).
6
Maximum operating temperature 239C (462F)
Designed for a maximum
60 bar g (870 psi g)
Technical data
Minimum distance from boiler tubes 20 mm (")
7
Minimum immersion depth
100 mm (4")
(Vertically installed probes)
Maximum cable length (probe to controller) 100 m (330 ft)
Materials
1 Cable socket Polyamide, glass filled
2 Flat gasket Silicone rubber
3 Probe connector Polyamide, glass filled 8
4 Cover assembly Austenitic stainless steel
Austenitic Type 316Ti
6 Body stainless steel W/S No. 1.4571
Austenitic ASTM A276 316L
7 Probe tip stainless steel
9
8 Probe tip sleeving PTFE
9 Tip shroud PTFE
Austenitic BS 2056 316 S42
10 Spring (not shown) stainless steel
Boiler house
Conductivity sensors

This document does not contain sufficient information to
install the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions provided with each unit.
Withdrawal distance for
cable socket 15 (0.6)
Installation note:
Probes with tip lengths up to 500 mm can be installed vertically or
horizontally. Longer probes must be installed vertically.
The probe must be installed in a position where it can sense the
conductivity of the boiler water, away from the feedwater inlet if
possible.
39 (1.5) Install the probe in a " BSP (" NPT) female connection.
weather protection.
Typical installation on
a probe elbow, ideally Probe elbow
on the horizontal centre
line of the boiler.
A maximum tip length
2.5.2
of 500 mm must be
adhered to on horizontal
178 (7.0) applications.
To blowdown valve
28 (1.1)
27 A /F
Typical horizontal installation
" BSP taper on a boiler standpipe
(R) connection using the longer 1 000 mm
and 1 500 mm probes.
The CP30 is also available
with a " NPT screwed
connection, approved to
UL61010. Please note Maintenance note:
that this version will not No special maintenance is required.
be marked and is not Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing
suitable for Europe. and inspection, which is described in separate literature.
Tip length How to specify

300 (11.8), Conductivity probes shall be Spirax Sarco type CP30 with a
500 (19.7), 1000 (39.4)
6 (0.24) or 1500 (59) PTFE probe and stainless steel tip and body. They shall have a
DIN 43650 cable socket with a Pg 11 cable gland.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco CP30 conductivity probe with a "
BSP taper connection and a tip length of 500 mm.
11 (0.43)
Spare parts
Tip shroud and supplied as spares.
spring assembly
Available spares
Tip shroud and spring assembly Stock No. 4031282
How to order spares

Weights (approximate) in kg (lb) Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state which product they are for.
Tip length 300 mm 500 mm 1 000 mm 1 500 mm
Example: 1 off Tip shroud and spring assembly for a Spirax
Weight 0.47 (1.0) 0.49 (1.1) 0.59 (1.3) 0.68 (1.5) Sarco CP30 conductivity probe.
TI-P403-49 AB Issue 6 CP30 Conductivity Probe

Boiler house
Conductivity
TI-P403-59
AB Issue 8
CP32
Twin Tip Conductivity Probe
Description
The Spirax Sarco CP32 conductivity probe is used in conjunction
with a controller to measure the conductivity (or TDS) of water,
usually in a steam boiler, for the purpose of monitoring and
controlling blowdown.
2.5.3 The CP32 has a built-in temperature sensor, and when used with
an appropriate controller, is able to detect scaling. It also
automatically initiates a probe conditioning cycle. This causes any
scale on the probe to become porous or fall off, allowing the 2
probe to continue to sense at its original calibration level. (internal)
WARNING: This feature is not a substitute for adequate boiler
water treatment. If scale is occuring on a probe, it is also 1
accuring inside the boiler, and a competent water treatment
specialist must be consulted to avoid a potentially dangerous
situation.
The CP32 is supplied in three nominal tip lengths, and has a
" BSP male thread (" NPT to special order) for connection
to a Spirax Sarco probe elbow, a screwed flange, or directly into
a boiler connection. 4 3
Principal features :
- Twin tip conductivity probe for use in TDS control systems.
- Built-in temperature sensor - only one boiler connection needed.
- Suitable for use in steam boilers up to 239C @ 32 bar g
(462F @ 464 psi g).
- Patented scale detection and compensation.
Available tip lengths mm (inches) 5

300 (11.8), 500 (19.7) and 1 000 (39.4).
Note: 1 000 mm probes can only be installed vertically.

Maximum operating temperature 239C (462F)
Technical data
Minimum tip distance from boiler tubes 10 mm (0.4")
Minimum immersion depth
100 mm (4.0")
(vertically installed probes) 10
Maximum cable length
100 m (328 ft)
(probe to controller)
Materials
No. Part Material
Terminal
1 Aluminium
head
3 Cover tube Austenitic stainless steel Type 316L
5 Body Austenitic stainless steel Type 304L 1.4306
6 Spring Austenitic stainless steel 302 S26
7
7 Insulator PEEK
6 and 8
8 Driver tip Austenitic stainless steel Type 316 (Internal)
9 Sensor tip Austenitic stainless steel UGINE 4632
10 Rod Austenitic stainless steel Type 316 / 316L
9
Boiler house
Conductivity sensors

supplied with the product, which gives full wiring, commissioning
and operating instructions.
Warning:
This product contains materials including PTFE which can give
off toxic fumes if exposed to excessive heat.
Installation note:
M20
109 (4.3) Do not install the probe outdoors without additional weather
protection.
300 mm and 500 mm probes can be installed vertically or horizontally.
CAUTION: 1 000 mm probes must be installed vertically only.
The probe must be installed in a position where it can sense the
conductivity of the boiler water, away from the feedwater inlet if
possible.
The CP32 contains no user serviceable components, and periodic
cleaning is all that is required. Any attempt to dismantle the probe
will result in permanent damage.
Spare parts 2.5.4

There are no available spare parts for this product.
How to specify
153 (6.02) TDS conductivity probes shall be Spirax Sarco type CP32 with
nickel alloy sensor tips and built-in temperature sensor. They must
incorporate a patented facility to check the sensor tips for scaling.
When used in conjunction with an appropriate Spirax Sarco
controller, they must also be able to automatically initiate a patented
probe cleaning feature, which, if unable to clean the probe, will
activate a warning on the controllers display panel and / or a remote
27 A / F alarm. The system must also be able to automatically compensate
for any polarisation effects at the sensors. They must be suitable
" BSP taper for boiler pressures up to 32 bar g and a maximum working
(" NPT) temperature of 239C. They must be available in 300 mm, 500 mm
and 1 000 mm lengths, and have a " BSPT or " NPT boiler
connection.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco CP32, twin tip conductivity probe
having a " BSP connection and 300 mm tip length.
Tip length
300 (11.8),
500 (19.7)
or 1 000 (39.4)
Weights (approximate) in kg (Ib)

Tip length 300 mm 500 mm 1 000 mm
Weight 1.0 (2.2) 1.2 (2.6) 1.6 (3.5)
TI-P403-59 AB Issue 8 CP32 Twin Tip Conductivity Probe

Boiler house
Conductivity
TI-P403-22
AB Issue 5
Probe Flanges
for TDS Conductivity Probes
Description
Probe flanges are used to install Spirax Sarco TDS conductivity
probes directly into a boiler where a probe elbow is not used.
They are tapped 2" BSP and spot-faced.
2.5.5 Limiting conditions

For maximum working pressures and temperatures please refer to
the relevant flange standard.
Materials
Flanges Carbon steel BS 1501 Pt 1-161 Gr. 360
to Carbon steel BS 1501 Pt 1-151 Gr. 430A
EN 1092 Carbon steel ASTM A515 Gr. 55
Flanges to Carbon steel BS 1501-151 Gr. 360
BS 10 Table F and H Carbon steel BS 1503-161 Gr.A or equivalent
Available types
Flange standard EN 1092 BS 10
Flange type PN16 PN40 Table F Table H
Flange size Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
DN15 (") 4032460 4032460 4032460 4032491
DN20 (") 4032461 4032461 4032461 4032491
DN25 (1") 4032462 4032462 4032492 4032492
DN32 (1") 4032463 4032463 4032493 4032493
DN40 (1") 4032464 4032464 4032494 4032494
DN50 (2") 4032465 4032465 4032465 4032465
DN80 (3") 4032467 4032467 4032497 4032497
Note: For EN 1092 PN25 use PN40.

1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 TDS probe flange to the following standard:
EN 1092 PN40. Part No. 4032461.
Boiler house
Conductivity
TI-P403-45
AB Issue 6
S20
Sensor Chamber and Sensors
Description
The Spirax Sarco S20 sensor chamber is fitted with conductivity and S20 sensor chamber
temperature sensors used to determine the conductivity of liquids.
The use of a temperature sensor enables an accurate measurement
to be made when the temperature varies, as in the case of condensate
return monitoring systems.
The hexagonal in-line sensor chamber is available screwed 2.5.6
1" BSP or 1" NPT.
Adjacent radial female screwed connections are provided for:
- CP10 conductivity sensor ( " BSP).
- TP20 temperature sensor (" BSP).
An additional " BSP (" NPT) connection is provided on the other
side of the chamber for taking a sample if required. CP10
Spirax Sarco can supply a sample cooler for cooling hot samples, conductivity
or a blanking plug if the connection is not required. sensor
Principal features:
- Allows continuous temperature compensated measurement
TP20
- Purpose designed sensor chamber for in-line mounting temperature
- Simple removal of sensors for cleaning sensor
Limiting conditions Maintenance

The sensor chamber assembly inclusive of sensors is limited to:- The equipment requires no specific maintenance other than periodic
Maximum pressure 11 bar g inspection and cleaning as described in the Installation and
Maintenance Instructions.
Minimum conductivity 10 S /cm or 10 ppm How to specify
In-line sensor chamber with conductivity and temperature sensors.
Materials
How to order
S20 sensor chamber Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31 Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco S20 sensor chamber complete with
Body Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31 CP10 sensor, PT2 plug tail, " BSP blanking plug, and TP20
temperature sensor.
Insulator PEEK
CP10 Pin Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31 Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres
conductivity
sensor Seal PTFE
Disc springs Stainless steel DIN 1.4122 98
Washer Stainless steel A2 BS 4320

60 A /F
Body and Stainless steel ASTM A269 Gr. 316
TP20 probe 316 Standard
temperature CP10 sensor shown
sensor Cable length with PT2 plug tail
PFA 1 250 fitted
insulation
Safety information
This document does not contain enough information to install
the product safely. Refer to the Installation and Maintenance * 120
Instructions provided with the product.
The CP10 sensor contains PTFE wich can give off toxic fumes 1 250
if exposed to excessive heat.
TP20 temperature sensor
Installation
Caution: Do not install the sensor outdoors without additional
weather protection.
The sensor chamber may be fitted in a vertical or horizontal pipeline * " BSP sample connection
with suitable isolation valves to allow inspection / cleaning of the Bore 35
sensors. Reducers may be fitted if required. Flow can be in either 1" BSP
direction. The sensors themselves must be horizontal. For full or
information see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions. Bore 26
Caution: Ensure the PT2 wire is not exposed to a temperature Weight 1.9 kg 1" NPT
greater than 120C.
Boiler house
Sample coolers
2.6.1
Boiler house
Sample coolers
Page 1 of 3
TI-P403-09
AB Issue 9

ISO 9001
SC20
Sample Coolers
Description Sizes and pipe connections
The Spirax Sarco SC20 sample cooler is used to cool samples BSP version " BSP
of boiler water or steam. The cooler consists of a stainless steel
coil, through which the sample flows, and a stainless steel body, Cooling water inlet and NPT version " NPT
through which cooling water flows in the opposite direction. outlet connections Clamp adaptor " BSP
A pre-drilled mounting bracket is incorporated into both end caps.
The SC20 is also available with a clamp adaptor for connecting to
an industry standard " sanitary clamp fitting.
versions
BSP version
or " NPT
6 mm O/D
2.6.2
Principal features: Sample tube inlet and NPT version 6 mm O/D*
- For boiler water, steam, or condensate sampling.
outlet connections 6 mm O/D with
- Stainless steel body and coil to minimise corrosion. Clamp adaptor
- Counter current flow for efficient cooling. " adaptor for
versions
clamp fitting
Available types:
* A " NPT male x 6 mm O /D stud coupling is provided.
BSP connections (6 mm O/D tube).
NPT connections (6 mm O/D tube). A " NPT male x 6 mm O/D
stud coupling is supplied loose for connecting the sample inlet Sample IN
tube to an NPT inlet valve or fitting.
BSP sample cooler kit (SCS20), complete with sample inlet valve,
cooling water inlet valve, and carbon steel fittings.
A kit (SCS20), as above, but with stainless steel fittings.
A sample cooler (BSP or NPT) with a clamp adaptor suitable for
connection to an industry standard " sanitary clamp fitting (clamp
not supplied).
Special sanitary sample coolers (SSC20) are also available in BSP Sample inlet valve
and NPT. They have a stated coil internal finish. See separate
literature for further details. Alternative
clamp
Note: The SC20 sample cooler is not polished or specially treated adaptor
internally, and the internal finish of the coil is not specified.
Stainless steel couplings are also available separately:-
" BSP male x 6 mm O /D tube.
" NPT male x 6 mm O /D tube.

Coil

Temperature C

Cooling water
OUT to drain
or tundish

Pressure bar g
Body
Maximum design pressure 10 bar g @ 100C
Maximum design temperature 100C @ 10 bar g Cooling SC20
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 16 bar g water Sample cooler
IN
Note: The pressure / temperature limits for the clamp adaptor are
dependant on the manufacturer's recommendations
Materials
Coil Austenitic stainless steel Grade 316L
Body Austenitic stainless steel Cooling water inlet valve
Sample OUT to drain or tundish
Page 1 of 3
Boiler house
Sample coolers
Page 2 of 3
Performance
The tables below show typical sample outlet temperatures above cooling water inlet temperatures for several pressures and cooling
water flowrates.
Example
A sample flowrate of 30 I / h is required from a boiler operating at 10 bar g. For a cooling water flowrate of 0.3 I / s from Table 1 the sample
outlet temperature would be 4C above the cooling water inlet temperature. If the cooling water is at 15C, the sample temperature would
be 19C.
Table 2 is used in the same way for steam.
Samples may not be taken where marked '-' as the flow is limited by the sample inlet valve capacity.
2.6.3 Table 1 Saturated water (e.g. boiler water)
Cooling water flowrate Cooling water flowrate Cooling water flowrate

0.1 l / sec 0.3 l/sec 0.6 l/sec
Sample
flowrate Boiler pressure bar g
l/h
1 3 7 10 20 1 3 7 10 20 1 3 7 10 20
10 1C 1C 3C 6C 6C 0C 0C 1C 1C 4C 0C 0C 0C 0C 2C
Table 2 Saturated steam

0.1 l / sec 0.3 l/sec 0.6 l/sec
Sample
flowrate Boiler pressure bar g
kg / h
0.5 2 5 7 10 20 0.5 2 5 7 10 20 0.5 2 5 7 10 20
5 3C 3C 4C 5C 6C 6C 2C 2C 3C 3C 4C 4C 1C 1C 1C 2C 2C 2C
10 - 7C 8C 8C 8C 9C - 4C 4C 4C 4C 5C - 1C 2C 2C 2C 2C
15 - - 9C 10C 10C 11C - - 5C 6C 6C 7C - - 2C 2C 3C 4C
20 - - - 12C 13C 14C - - - 8C 9C 9C - - - 4C 5C 6C
30 - - - - 21C 21C - - - - 14C 14C - - - - 9C 10C
40 - - - - - 28C - - - - - 20C - - - - - 13C
50 - - - - - 35C - - - - - 25C - - - - - 17C
60 - - - - - 42C - - - - - 30C - - - - - 21C
70 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
SC20 Sample Coolers TI-P403-09 AB Issue 9
Page 2 of 3
Boiler house
Sample coolers
Page 3 of 3

A B C D E F G H J
410 350 300 90 27 23.5 13 450 55
E F
" BSP or NPT
Sample in Cooling water out
2.6.4
H A B C
'Adaptor' Standard
cooler cooler
" BSP or NPT

Cooling water in Sample out
Weights (approximate)
Cooler 3.1 kg
SCS20 system 4.2 kg
Spare parts
The spare parts available are listed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
Available spares:
Component Stock number
Sample inlet valve BSP 4037900
Sample inlet valve NPT 4037990
Stud coupling carbon steel BSP 0962373
Stud coupling stainless steel BSP 0963243
Stud coupling " NPT male x 6 mm stainless steel (for connecting SC20 to an NPT valve or tting) 0963209

WARNING:
- To avoid the risk of scalding, it is essential that a full flow of cooling water is present before opening the sample inlet valve.
- Always close the sample inlet valve before turning off the cooling water.
- Sample pipework becomes very hot under normal working conditions, and will cause burns if touched.
Installation note:
The sample inlet to the cooler can be taken direct from a boiler or steam line isolating valve, or if a Spirax Sarco TDS control system is
tted, from the take-off point provided on the blowdown valve. We recommend that a tundish piped to drain is located under the outlet,
with sufcient space below it for a beaker or similar sample container.
Maintenance note:
No routine maintenance is required.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SC20 sample cooler having BSP connections.
SC20 Sample Coolers TI-P403-09 AB Issue 9
Page 3 of 3
Boiler house
Sample
Local regulations may restrict coolers
TI-P403-82
AB Issue 5
SSC20
Sanitary Sample Cooler
The Spirax Sarco SSC20 sanitary sample cooler has been
specifically designed for taking high quality chemical, conductivity Cooling water inlet and BSP version " BSP
and microbiological samples quickly and safely from clean / pure outlet connections NPT version " NPT
steam, water for injection (WFI) and other high purity media
" adaptor for clamp fitting
2.6.5 systems.
The unit consists of high quality 316L stainless steel components
Sample tube inlet and
outlet connections
(clamp not supplied) on sample inlet.
6 mm O / D on sample outlet.
and utilises a counter current flow to maximise cooler efficiency,
resulting in a compact, space saving design. Sample IN
The unit is provided with an integral pre drilled mounting bracket to
allow simple installation.
Surface finish
Sample contact surfaces are compliant to current ASME BPE Clamp
requirements.
Ra Maximum 0.5 -m Ra (20 -in Ra).
Polished shell available as an optional extra.
Principal features:
- Internal surface finish of coil better than 0.5 -m Ra (20 -in Ra)
to ensure high sterility.
- Coil manufactured from fully traceable 316L stainless steel.
- Self-draining design to eliminate sample retention.
- Fully sterilisable / autoclavable - to ensure integrity of unit
between samples.
WARNING
The SSC20 is not sterile as supplied.
Packaging
All packaging of the SSC20 sanitary sample cooler is conducted in
an environment segregated from other non stainless steel
manufacture and is in accordance with ASME BPE:
- Sample inlet and outlet connections are capped.
- Sample coolers are sealed in 100-micron thick plastic bags.
Standards
The SSC20 has been designed and built in general accordance
with ASME BPE.
Certification
The SSC20 can be supplied with the following certification if
requested at the time of ordering:
- Materials certificates to EN 10204 3.1 (inclusive of the internal
coil surface finish data which is provided on a 3.1 certificate).

Coil

Temperature C
The product

must not be used
in this region

Pressure bar g
Body
Maximum design temperature 100C @ 10 bar g
Note: The pressure / temperature limits for the clamp adaptor are
dependant on the manufacturer's recommendations
Materials
Body and coil Austenitic stainless steel grade 316L Sample OUT
Boiler house
Sample coolers
Performance
Tables below show typical sample outlet temperatures above cooling water inlet temperatures for several pressures and cooling water flowrates.
Example
A sample flowrate of 30 I / h is required from a boiler operating at 10 bar g. For a cooling water flowrate of 0.3 I / s from Table 1 the sample outlet
temperature would be 4C above the cooling water inlet temperature. If the cooling water is at 15C, the sample temperature would
be 19C.
Table 2 is used in the same way for steam.
Samples may not be taken where marked '-' as the flow is limited by the sample inlet valve capacity.
Table 1 Water (e.g. WFI - water for injection)

Cooling water flowrate Cooling water flowrate Cooling water flow
Sample 0.1 l / sec 0.3 l/sec 0.6 l/sec
flowrate
l/h Boiler pressure bar g
1 3 7 10 20 1 3 7 10 20 1 3 7 10 20
50
60
10C
14C
10C
14C
13C
16C
15C
18C
15C
18C
6C
9C
6C
9C 10C
8C 8C
10C
12C
14C
3C
4C
3C
5C
4C
5C
5C
6C
9C
11C 2.6.6
Table 2 Saturated steam

Sample 0.1 l / sec 0.3 l/sec 0.6 l/sec
flowrate
kg / h Boiler pressure bar g
0.5 2 5 7 10 20 0.5 2 5 7 10 20 0.5 2 5 7 10 20
5 3C 3C 4C 5C 6C 6C 2C 2C 3C 3C 4C 4C 1C 1C 1C 2C 2C 2C
10 - 7C 8C 8C 8C 9C - 4C 4C 4C 4C 5C - 1C 2C 2C 2C 2C
15 - - 9C 10C 10C 11C - - 5C 6C 6C 7C - - 2C 2C 3C 4C
20 - - - 12C 13C 14C - - - 8C 9C 9C - - - 4C 5C 6C
30 - - - - 21C 21C - - - - 14C 14C - - - - 9C 10C
40 - - - - - 28C - - - - - 20C - - - - - 13C
50 - - - - - 35C - - - - - 25C - - - - - 17C
60 - - - - - 42C - - - - - 30C - - - - - 21C
70 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres Safety information, installation and maintenance

A B C D E F G H For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
450 350 300 90 27 23.5 13 55
WARNING:
E F - The SSC20 is not sterile as supplied.
- To avoid the risk of scalding, it is essential that a full flow
" BSP or NPT of cooling water is present before opening the sample inlet
valve.
Sample in Cooling water out - Always close the sample inlet valve before turning off the
cooling water.
- Sample pipework becomes very hot under normal working
G conditions, and will cause burns if touched.
Installation note:
We recommend the use of corrosion resistant pipework suitable for
the fluid being sampled.
Keep the length of all pipe runs to the minimum.
Cooling water must be clean and free from scale forming salts.
A B C The sample cooler must be mounted vertically.
The cooling water inlet is connected in " nominal bore pipe via an
inlet valve.
The cooling water outlet should be piped to an open drain or tundish.
The sample inlet pipe should be in 6 mm O /D tube.
We recommend that a tundish piped to drain is located under the
H outlet, with sufficient space below it for a beaker or similar sample
container.
" BSP or NPT Maintenance note:
Cooling water in Sample out No routine maintenance is required.
D How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco type SSC20 sanitary sample cooler with
Weights (approximate) " sanitary clamp sample inlet connection and maximum coil internal
surface finish of 0.5 -m Ra. The cooling water connections are to
Cooler 3.1 kg be BSP.
TI-P403-82 AB Issue 5 SSC20 Sanitary Sample Cooler

Boiler house
Conductivity meters
2.7.1
Boiler house
Local regulationsConductivity meters
TI-P403-25
AB Issue 5
MS1
Conductivity Meter
Description
The Spirax Sarco MS1 is a battery powered conductivity meter
designed for use with liquids. It is particularly suitable for measuring
the conductivity of boiler water, feedwater, or condensate samples
in order to estimate the level of Total Dissolved Solids, or TDS.
The instrument is fitted with a permanently wired carbon electrode
sensor with integral temperature sensor.
2.7.2
A plug-in extension lead is also provided to allow ac resistance
measurements to be made on installed conductivity probes in order
to check their condition. Calibration to a master instrument or
standard solution is possible using the adjustment screw on the
side of the case. The instrument is supplied in a protective wallet.
Principal features:
- Automatic temperature compensation.
- Wide selectable range.
- Automatic switch-off.
Limiting conditions
Maximum recommended sensor operating temperature 45C.
Specification
Ext =100/R
200 2 20
S/cm mS/cm mS/cm
0 to 1.999 S / cm
Ranges11mS/cm
Ranges mS / cm=1000S/cm
= 1000 S / cm
Ranges 0 to 19.99 S / cm
MS
MS11
0 to 199.9 S / cm Conductivity ON
Meter OFF
Range indication Decimal point and LED above selection key Meter
Temperature Automatic, 2% / C
compensation Reference temperature 25C
Made in UK
Resolution 0.1 S / cm
1.5% or 3 digits (whichever is greatest)
Accuracy
at 25C
Calibration range 20%. 20 turns (approximately)
On / off Auto-off timer
Sensor PVC cell with carbon electrodes
Twin core
Extension cable
3.5 mm jack plug and crocodile clips
PP3 or equivalent
Battery
A low battery warning indicator is fitted

Instrument 80 x 147 x 39
Sensor 140 x 21 diameter
Sensor cable 1000
Extension cable 1000
Weight 430 g with case
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco MS1 conductivity meter.
Boiler house
Heat recovery systems
2.8.1
Boiler house
Heat
Local regulations recovery
may restrict systems
AI-P404-07
AB Issue 7
Boiler Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems -

Installation, Operation and Maintenance
General layout Vent head
Note: Water supply to cold water
make-up tank not shown.
Optional flash condensing
Cold water
make-up tank
head piping
(instead of Type SD) 2.8.2
9
4
Condensate
8
3 Boiler
feedwater
tank
1 5
To boiler feedpumps
7
9 Condensate from
high pressure uses (TDS)
10
12 6 Table of parts
(closed)
Part no. Description Type
1. Flash vessel FV
4" dial 0.4 bar g C/W
11 2. Pressure gauge
'U' syphon and cock
3. Safety valve SV615
* 4. Vacuum breaker VB14
5. Steam distributor SD
Optional * Residual blowdown to Monnier
drain valve grade or receiver. 6. Flash vessel drain valve
(non-venting) ball valve
(closed) Note: Swan neck to
prevent the primary side 7. Float trap FT14-4.5
of the heat exchanger 8. Recirculating pump RP (240 V)
drying out.
Monnier
9. Tank isolating valves
(non-venting) ball valve
Fig. 1
Fig 12 SG iron or
10. Pump strainer
Fig 13 cast iron
11. Plate heat exchanger Type M3 or M6
12. Thermostat Type HTS3
Note: Item 5 can be replaced with a flash condensing head
(if present) as shown in the diagram above.
Page 1 of 4
Boiler house
Safety information
Your attention is drawn to Safety Information sheet IM-GCM-10 as well as to any national or regional regulations concerning boiler blowdown.
In the UK guidance is given in HSE Guidance Note PM60.
General information
This information describes the Spirax Sarco heat recovery system which is designed to recover the heat in discharged boiler water from
automatic TDS control systems, and a proportion of this water in the form of flash steam. The heat recovery system must only be used to
recover heat from the TDS blowdown. There will be another blowdown point on the bottom of the boiler used for the intermittent removal of
precipitates. This should be kept entirely separate from the heat recovery system. Refer to separate literature for system selection details.
This equipment is designed to save energy. All pipework and the flash vessel should be lagged.
Installation
Flash vessel
As water passes through the blowdown valve it is reduced in pressure. Flash steam is formed and the pipework downstream of the valve will
contain a mixture of steam and blowdown water travelling at high velocity. If the pipeline to the flash vessel is too small in diameter the result
may be erosion of the pipework with turbulence and carryover as it enters the flash vessel.
The best arrangement is to increase the size of the pipework after the blowdown valve:
2.8.3 -
-
Install the flash vessel at a high level adjacent but not bolted to the feedtank.
Fit the pressure gauge set, safety valve and vacuum breaker as shown in Figure 2.
- Pipework from the flash vessel to the feedtank should match the vessels vent size.
- The safety valve should always be fitted with the centreline of the spring housing vertically above the valve.
- The discharge pipework must be installed so that undue stresses are not imposed upon the safety valve that could cause distortion and
leakage.
- Discharge pipework should be as short and straight as possible and discharge where it can not cause damage or injury to property or persons.
Discharge pipework must not be smaller in diameter than the valve outlet. Where it is necessary to install discharge pipework over a long
distance lowering of the performance and possible chatter can be avoided by fitting larger diameter pipe.
- There must be no shut-off device on the inlet or outlet of the safety valve.
- The size of pipework to drain should match the flash vessel drain connection size.
- The vacuum breaker must be installed in a vertical position above the flash vessel in the flash steam line to prevent a vacuum forming when
the blowdown valve shuts off.
Vacuum breaker
Flash steam
to feedtank
Safety valve fitted

on a full bore 1 m (max.)
Pressure gauge,
gauge cock swept bend. 2 m (min.)
and Discharge piped
'U' syphon to a safe area.
Auto TDS
blowdown
inlet
Drain valve
piped to open drain
Residual blowdown
to drain Fig. 3 Example showing two float traps in parallel when
Fig. 2 Flash vessel capacity demands
Float trap
The build up of water in the flash vessel must be avoided so a float trap with continuous drainage of condensate at saturation temperature is
essential. The trap must be fitted so that the float arm rises and falls vertically with the direction of flow as indicated on the body. Where capacity
demands two float traps should be fitted in parallel (see Figure 3). The flowrate of residual blowdown through the trap is dependent on the head
of water above it. For the full rated capacity of the system the trap should be positioned at least 2 m below the flash vessel as shown in Figure 3.
It is usually most convenient to fit the trap at a low level for easy access immediately above the heat exchanger. No more than 1 m of horizontal
pipework should be used between the flash vessel and the float trap inlet to prevent the float trap from becoming steam locked.

AI-P404-07 AB Issue 7 Installation, Operation and Maintenance Page 2 of 4
Boiler house
Heat exchanger (see Figure 4)

All piping to and from the plate heat exchanger and shut-off valves should match the connection size of the exchanger. Pipes should be fitted
so that any thermal expansion does not affect the plate heat exchanger or the fittings. This may be accomplished inherently within the piping
or by flexible connections. Valves and piping are to be mounted without tension on the heat exchanger connections.
We recommend that the residual blowdown being discharged to drain is visible to provide a means of checking that the system is operating
correctly. Use a swan neck to ensure the primary side of the heat exchanger is always full of water. This prevents problems caused by sludge,
and damage to gaskets.
Heated water Residual blowdown

outlet to tank inlet from flash vessel
2.5 m (min.)
Cold water inlet Residual blowdown

from tank out to drain
2.8.4
Fig. 4 Heat exchanger - Piping Fig. 5 Pump installation
Pump
The pump should be situated in a vertical pipe pumping upwards as shown in Figure 5. This position ensures that the pump shaft is horizontal
which reduces the thrust bearing load and ensures positive air purging from both the rotor chamber and impeller housing. Where pumps
can only be installed in horizontal pipework, it is imperative that the pump shaft is horizontal, or slightly higher at the vent plug end. The shaft
must not fall below the horizontal plane, even by a few degrees, as this causes premature wear of the top bearing and shaft. Pumps are not
to be installed with the shaft in the vertical plane, as this may lead to dry running of the top bearing, noise and possible pump failure. Try to
position the pump motor away from hot surfaces and allow access to the switch on the terminal box. Ensure that the pump is not stressed
by the pipework and that the pipework is properly supported either side of the pump. If necessary use proprietary mounting brackets. Pipework
downstream of the pump is to match the outlet connection of the pump including the isolating valve.
Arrows on the pump base indicate the water flow direction through the pump. When connecting the pump to pipework, the gasket and union
nut should be assembled dry:
- It is not necessary to use any sealants.
- Ensure that the gasket is positioned correctly and tighten the union nut firmly. Do not over tighten and take care not to displace or distort
the gasket.
- The pump should not be subjected to extremes of temperature. Do not attempt to start the pump until the system has been filled with water
and both the pump and system have been vented. To avoid any possible sediment do not fit the pump in the lowest part of the system and
position the take off point from the cold treated water storage tank above the base of the tank.
- The return line should be below the lowest water level in the storage tank.
- The minimum inlet pressure to avoid cavitation of the pump is equivalent to 2.5 m head of water. It is recommended therefore that the
pump is installed at least 2.5 m below the lowest water level of the cold treated water storage tank as shown in Figure 5.
Thermostat
The HTS3 thermostat should be installed on the pipework leading from the flash vessel drain to the heat exchanger inlet, near to the heat
exchanger, allowing easy access to the setting arrow. The base of the HTS3 should be held in good contact with the metal of the pipe
removing insulation as required. The plastic covered spring fixing cable should be cut to an unstretched length slightly less than the
circumference of the pipe and the hook and eyelet screwed into the ends. Stretch the cable round the pipe and position it in the groove
across the front of the HTS3. Engage the hook and eyelet.
Electrical connection
Pump
Contactor overload protection is not required for these pumps. A
3 amp fuse must be fitted in conjunction with a proprietary switch
capable of disconnecting the electricity supply to the motor:
- The cable size to be used is 3-core, 0.75 mm.
- The cable should be capable of withstanding a minimum
temperature of 80C.
- Remove the terminal box screw and cover.
- Thread the cable through the gland and connect as indicated in
the wiring diagram.
- Tighten the cable gland to ensure that the cable is gripped securely.
- Replace the terminal box cover and fasten securely.
WARNING : This pump must be earthed.
HTS3
Run sufficient 3-core electrical connecting cable to reach the HTS3 Thermostat
installation position without being under tension. HTS3
- Remove the HTS3 cover by undoing the central retaining screw
and connect the cable as shown in Figure 6, HTS3 Wiring diagram.
- Replace and secure the cover. Pump
- The HTS3 is double insulated and no earth connection is required.
WARNING : Disconnect mains supply before removing the cover. Fig. 6 HTS3 Wiring diagram - When hot 2 and C make contact

Boiler house
Commissioning
General
Following the installation and wiring of the blowdown heat recovery system and prior to refilling the cold treated water storage tank as required
all isolating valves should be closed.
- Ensure that the auto TDS system is isolated from the flash vessel until commissioning of the recovery system is complete.
- Turn the dial of the HTS3 clockwise to read an arbitrary figure and ensure that the voltage supply to the pump is off.
- Never run the pump whilst the system is dry or before the pump has been vented.
Heat exchanger Pack
Confirm that the plate pack length is correct, see the table below: length
Heat exchanger Plate pack length
type (mm)
M3-8 23
M3-10 29
M3-21 61
M3-31 90 Note:
This drawing is only a
M6-12 30 representation of a
2.8.5 M6-15
M6-19
38
48
heat exchanger.
M6-21 53
M6-25 63
M6-33 83 Fig. 7
Gradually open the isolating valve leading from the cold treated water storage tank to the heat exchanger inlet. Static pressure must be
increased slowly to spare the gaskets any undue stress. Open the isolating valve downstream of the pump. Open the isolating valve on the
remaining heat exchanger inlet.
Pump / HTS3
Close the isolating valves either side of the pump i.e. on the pump outlet and on the heat exchanger inlet:
- Slacken the vent plug and remove carefully. Normally the amount of water escaping will be minimal. Take care that water does not enter
the terminal box.
- Insert a small screwdriver into the slot in the shaft end and rotate several times to ensure that the shaft is free to move.
- Replace the vent plug but do not tighten.
- Open the isolating valves either side of the pump as previously described. Switch on the power supply to the system. Using a screwdriver
turn the setting arrow of the HTS3 fully anti-clockwise. The setting marks outside the temperature scale provide a positive on and off position.
Only when fully anti-clockwise should the pump come on.
- When any remaining air has escaped and water only is present tighten the vent plug.
- The pump may be noisy when first switched on due to air remaining in the chamber this should cease after a few minutes running. If noise
persists then re-vent.
- Position the HTS3 setting arrow to the desired temperature for switching. 65C is recommended as a typical setting on this application but if
this is not exactly suitable it may be adjusted later. The requirement being that the pump should run whenever there is any useful heat to recover.
WARNING : Do not start the pump until the system has been filled with water and both the pump and system have been vented in
accordance with the above instructions.
TDS system
For commissioning of auto TDS systems refer to separate literature. Open up the TDS blowdown to the flash vessel. By blowing down through
the auto-TDS system check the operation of the blowdown heat recovery system and adjust the HTS3 switching temperature if required. Observe
in particular the operating pressure of the flash vessel that should not exceed 0.5 bar g under normal conditions and that the heat exchanger
is working correctly. The temperature of the residual blowdown flowing to drain will be below 40C in most cases but this depends
on the temperature of the water in the cold treated water tank.
Operation
Boiler water at saturation temperature is blown down from the boiler through a valve to the flash vessel. A percentage of this blowdown water
will flash to steam as its pressure is reduced typically to 0.2 bar g. The flash steam is allowed to separate in the flash vessel and is then
directly introduced into the feedtank through a steam distributor. This increases the temperature within the feedtank thus reducing heating
requirements and driving off corrosion-causing dissolved oxygen. Also reduced is the quantity of expensive treated water required to replenish
the feedtank. Residual blowdown from the flash vessel flows through a float trap to the heat exchanger where its heat content is used to
raise the temperature of water from the cold, treated water storage tank. The circulating pump is thermostatically controlled to ensure that
it only runs when the system receives blowdown and there is useful heat to be recovered.
Maintenance
Daily
There are no specific checks to be carried out daily on this system.
Weekly
Take a boiler water sample and check the TDS. Adjust the blowdown controller accordingly. Observe the system under operating conditions
for any system faults. Open the flash vessel drain valve whilst there is flow from the TDS system and check that the vessel drain is clear.
Operate the isolating valves throughout the system to ensure that they do not seize. Check that the residual blowdown discharge rate
increases as the blowdown valve opens. When the valve closes check that the residual blowdown discharged to drain eventually stops.
Annually
Examine the blowdown valve for any damage and replace parts as required. Normally it is not necessary to open a heat exchanger until it
is so dirty that its function is impaired. When required open the heat exchanger according to the manufacturers dismantling instructions and
clean each plate separately. Cleaning with the plates in the frame is recommended. Clean the plates using a water jet not an abrasive brush.
If removed the exchanger plates must be numbered to ensure that they are assembled correctly after cleaning. Inspect the float trap on the
flash vessel drain and clear out any deposits checking for any wear of the internals and free movement in all components. Re-commission
the system. For the maintenance instructions of TDS systems refer to separate literature.
Boiler house
2.8.6
Boiler house
Heat
TI-P404-01
AB Issue 6
M3 and M6
Plate Heat Exchangers
for Residual Blowdown
Carrying bar
2.8.7

Water out Plate pack
Blowdown in
Pressure plate
Frame plate
Tightening bolt
Guiding bar

Water in

Blowdown out
4 1 2 3
Description Materials
The M3 and M6 plate heat exchangers have been specifically No. Part Material
selected for residual blowdown applications, having all wetted
parts in 316 grade stainless steel. They are generally used as part 1 Plates Stainless steel (316)
of the Spirax Sarco boiler blowdown heat recovery system. 2 Gasketing EPDM
Principal features: 3 Frame Mild steel
- Easily dismantled for cleaning without need for removing pipework. 4 Connections Stainless steel (316)
- Clip-on EPDM gaskets.
- All wetted parts in 316 stainless steel. Pressure / temperature limits
- ALFA-LAVAL designed heat exchanger. Note: The M3 and M6 heat exchangers comply with PED and are
- High heat transfer efficiency. SEP products, except M6-33 which is a Category 1 product.
Sizes and pipe connections Maximum temperature 140C

Screwed 1" BSP (BS 21 male), 2" ISO R threads. Maximum working pressure 10 bar g @ 140C
Note: Heat exchangers can be supplied with flange connections to
special order. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 13 bar g
Boiler house

Number Weight
Size A B C D E F G L of Empty Full
plates of water
M3-8 480 180 357 60 62 1" 60 300 8 31 32
M3-10 480 180 357 60 62 1" 60 300 10 31 32
M3-21 480 180 357 60 62 1" 60 300 21 34 35
M3-31 480 180 357 60 62 1" 60 300 31 37 40
M6-12 920 320 640 140 140 2" 60 585 12 94 97
M6-15 920 320 640 140 140 2" 60 585 15 96 100
M6-19 920 320 640 140 140 2" 60 585 19 99 104
M6-21 920 320 640 140 140 2" 60 585 21 100 106
M6-25 920 320 640 140 140 2" 60 585 25 103 110
M6-33 920 320 640 140 140 2" 60 585 33 111 120
B L Sizing
When the heat exchanger is used as part of the Spirax Sarco boiler 2.8.8
D G blowdown heat recovery system - refer to the appropriate literature.
Otherwise:
Plate heat exchanger Maximum blowdown capacity
F Type (kg /h)
S4 S1 M3-8 648
M3-10 860
M3-21 1 450
M3-31 2160
A C
M6-12 2 750
M6-15 4 900
M6-19 5915
S3 S2 M6-21 7110
M6-25 8040
E
M6-33 11 000

This document does not contain enough information to install the product / system safely. For full details see the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions supplied with the product.
Installation notes:
The preferred method of installation is to bolt the heat exchanger rigidly to the floor, in a vertical position. We recommend the use of a
swan neck on the primary outlet (S2) to ensure the heat exchanger does not dry out - this can otherwise cause problems with debris and
can damage the gaskets.
Maintenance note:
An annual inspection is recommended to check for leaking gaskets and the build up of scale and sludge.
Spare parts
Spare plates with integral gaskets are available from Spirax Sarco.
How to order
Example: 1 off M6-23 plate heat exchanger having 2" screwed ISO R connections.
TI-P404-01 AB Issue 6 M3 and M6 Plate Heat Exchangers for Residual Blowdown

Boiler house
2.8.9
Boiler house

TI-P404-03
EMM Issue 11
FV
Flash Vessel
Description
The Spirax Sarco FV flash vessel is designed and constructed to ASME VIII
DIV 1 2004 + ADD06. The design is free-draining which is essential in boiler
blowdown applications.
Applications
These vessels are particularly suited to boiler blowdown heat recovery systems
2.8.10
where efficient separation of the flash steam from the blowdown is essential
to prevent contamination of the boiler feedtank and / or heat transfer surfaces.
Spirax Sarco flash vessels are equally suited to condensate flash steam
applications.
Principal features:
- Designed and constructed in compliance with the European Pressure

Equipment Regulations 2014/68/EU.
- Low separation velocity to produce drier steam.
- Free-draining.

Connections available as standard:
Screwed connections to BS 21 taper.
Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN16.
Note: Vessels are available flanged to ASME B16.5 Class 150 or 300, or
screwed NPT.
Model FV15 and FV18 shown
Limiting conditions
Maximum design conditions (body) are 14 bar g @ 198 C (saturation temperature of steam).
Minimum design (operating) temperature -10 C
Cold hydraulic test pressure in accordance with European Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.
Note : Maximum design Pressure and Temperature can be further limited, lower than that stated on the nameplate depending on the
chosen flange rating of the system.
PN16 13.3 bar g @ 198 C
Class A150 13.8 bar g @ 198 C
Note: These vessels will withstand full vacuum conditions.
Page 1 of 4
Boiler house
Flash steam outlet
3
3
7
2.8.11 6
5 1
Inlet
10
Model
FV15 and FV18 shown 5
Condensate/residual blowdown outlet
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Shell cylinder ASTM A106B C. Max. 0.25%
2 End cap ASTM A234 WPB C. Max. 0.25%
3 Nozzle - Half coupling ASTM A105N C. Max. 0.25%
4 Nozzle - Full coupling ASTM A105N C. Max. 0.25%
5 Nozzle - Flange ASTM A516-70 C. Max. 0.25%
6 Nozzle - Pipe ASTM A106B C. Max. 0.25%
7 Blanking plug ASTM A105N C. Max. 0.25%
8 Wrapper plate ASTM A516-60 C. Max. 0.25%
9 Name-plate bracket BS EN 10028-2 P265GH C. Max. 0.25%
10 Support foot/gusset BS EN 10025 S275
FV Flash Vessel
Boiler house
How to size
Use the chart below to select the appropriate flash vessel. It is necessary to know the pressure on the steam traps or boiler pressure
in the case of blowdown heat recovery, the flash steam pressure (desired or existing), and the condensate or blowdown flowrate.
Example 1: (solid lines)

A boiler plant operating at 12 bar g has a TDS control blowdown flowrate of 2 500 kg/h (3 boilers at 833 kg/h each). The flash steam
from the blowdown is to be added to the low pressure steam system operating at 1 bar g.
1. From boiler pressure move horizontally to flash steam pressure - A
2. Drop vertically to blowdown flowrate in kg / h - B
3. Follow curve to right-hand scale and across to same flash pressure - C
4. Move upwards to flash vessel size. Select flash vessel - in this case an FV8 is required.
Example 2: (dotted lines)

A plant operating on steam at 11 bar g condenses 4 000 kg/h of steam. Flash is to be recovered at 0.5 bar g.
1. From pressure on steam traps move horizontally to flash steam pressure - A1
2. Drop vertically to condensate flowrate in kg/h - B1

2.8.12
3. Follow curve to right hand scale and across to same flash pressure - C1
4. Move upwards to flash vessel size. Select flash vessel - in this case an FV12 is required.
Flash steam pressure bar g

boiler pressure for blowdown applications bar g

Pressure on steam traps or

Example 1
Example 2

Flash vessel size

FV
FV
FV
FV
FV
15
6
8
18
12

Flash steam pressure bar g

Condensate or blowdown flowrate kg/h

FV Flash Vessel
Boiler house
B
J
B B
J
J
L
K
L K
L
K
M
M
G
G M
E G
E
E
2.8.13 D
C
C
D
C
H H H
A A A
F F F
FV6 FV8 and FV12 FV15 and FV18
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in ins, mm and kg Installation

The vessel should be mounted with the flash steam outlet at the
FV6 FV8 FV12 FV15 FV18 top, and connected as indicated below. Each vessel incorporates
a " screwed boss for a pressure gauge. For drainage, it is
A 168 219 324 406 457
recommended that a float trap is fitted. A safety valve connection
B 104 210 262 303 329 is provided on the vessel. It should not be assumed that the safety
valve will be the same size as the connection. Safety valve sizing
C 370 413 418 390 514 and selection should be in accordance with National and Local
Regulations.
D 620 663 668 640 764
Flash steam outlet
E 1 225 1 391 1 400 1 275 1 521
F 230 281 411 492 544
G 2" DN80 DN100 DN150 DN150
H 2" 2" 2" DN80 DN80
J 2" DN80 DN100 DN150 DN150

Pressure
K " " " " " Safety gauge
valve connection
L " 1" 1" 1" 2" connection
Inspection
M 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" cover
Weight 45 76 130 150 193

Inlet
Installation
supports
Inspection
How to order cover
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco FV6 flash vessel having screwed
BSP connections. The unit is to be constructed to ASME VIII DIV Model FV15 and
1 2004 + ADD06. FV18 shown
Condensate/ residual blowdown outlet
FV Flash Vessel
Boiler house
2.8.14
Boiler house
Heat
AI-P404-12
AB Issue 3
Sizing a Flash Vessel

on up to Three Trap Pressures
Note: The full table for flash vessel sizing is shown overleaf.
Example:
The example below considers condensate from three steam systems at different pressures, 20 bar g, 10 bar g and 6 bar g, discharging into
a flash vessel designed to operate at 2 bar g.
2.8.15 The condensate loads are 1 000 kg / h, 2 000 kg / h and 4 000 kg / h respectively.
By consulting the table and entering the relevant data into the boxes below, the total amount of flash steam can be calculated in kg / h.
This is multiplied by the 'LP factor' according to the flash vessel pressure to give total volume flow in m3 / h.
Five 'Velocity factors' are shown: 67, 138, 243, 385, 560 each of which relate to a 3 m / s take-off velocity for flash vessels FV6, FV8,
FV12, FV15, and FV18 respectively. By dividing the 'Total volume' by each of the 'Velocity factors', five take-off velocities are obtained.
Choose the smallest flash vessel with a take-off velocity of less than 3 m / s.
The example shows an FV8 being the smallest flash vessel with a take-off velocity of 2.7 m / s.
Trap Flash pressure bar g

pressure 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
bar g % flash
25 24.5 22.6 21.2 20.0 18.9 18.0 17.2 15.7 14.4 13.3 12.2 11.3 10.4 9.5
24 24.1 22.2 20.7 19.5 18.5 17.6 16.7 15.3 14.0 12.8 11.8 10.8 9.9 9.0
23 23.6 21.7 20.3 19.1 18.0 17.1 16.3 14.8 13.5 12.3 11.3 10.3 9.4 8.5
22 23.2 21.3 19.8 18.6 17.6 16.6 15.8 14.3 13.0 11.8 10.8 9.8 8.9 8.0
21 22.7 20.8 19.3 18.1 17.1 16.1 15.3 13.8 12.5 11.3 10.3 9.3 8.4 7.5
20 22.2 20.3 18.8 17.6 16.6 15.6 14.8 13.3 12.0 10.8 9.7 8.7 7.8 6.9
19 21.7 19.8 18.3 17.1 16.0 15.1 14.2 12.7 11.4 10.2 9.2 8.2 7.2 6.4
18 21.2 19.3 17.8 16.6 15.5 14.5 13.7 12.2 10.8 9.7 8.6 7.6 6.7 5.8
17 20.6 18.7 17.2 16.0 14.9 14.0 13.1 11.6 10.3 9.1 8.0 7.0 6.1 5.2
16 20.1 18.2 16.7 15.4 14.3 13.4 12.5 11.0 9.7 8.5 7.4 6.4 5.4 4.5
15 19.5 17.6 16.1 14.8 13.7 12.8 11.9 10.4 9.0 7.8 6.7 5.7 4.8 3.9
14 18.9 16.9 15.4 14.2 13.1 12.1 11.2 9.7 8.4 7.1 6.0 5.0 4.1 3.2
13 18.2 16.3 14.8 13.5 12.4 11.4 10.6 9.0 7.6 6.4 5.3 4.3 3.3 2.4
12 17.5 15.6 14.1 12.8 11.7 10.7 9.8 8.3 6.9 5.7 4.6 3.5 2.6 1.7
11 16.8 14.8 13.3 12.0 10.9 10.0 9.1 7.5 6.1 4.9 3.8 2.7 1.8 0.9
10 16.1 14.1 12.5 11.3 10.1 9.2 8.3 6.7 5.3 4.1 2.9 1.9 0.9 -
9 15.2 13.2 11.7 10.4 9.3 8.3 7.4 5.8 4.4 3.2 2.0 1.0 - -
8 14.4 12.3 10.8 9.5 8.4 7.4 6.5 4.9 3.5 2.2 1.1 - - -
7 13.4 11.4 9.8 8.5 7.4 6.4 5.4 3.8 2.4 1.2 - - - -
6 12.3 10.3 8.7 7.4 6.3 5.2 4.3 2.7 1.3 - - - - -
5 11.2 9.1 7.5 6.2 5.0 4.0 3.1 1.4 - - - - - -
4 9.8 7.7 6.1 4.8 3.6 2.6 1.7 - - - - - - -
3 8.3 6.2 4.5 3.2 2.0 0.9 - - - - - - - -
2 6.3 4.2 2.6 1.2 - - - - - - - - - -
1 3.8 1.7 - - - - - - - - - - - -
LP Factor = 1.673 1.149 0.881 0.714 0.603 0.522 0.461 0.374 0.315 0.272 0.240 0.215 0.194 0.177
Trap pressure Flash pressure % Flash Condensate load Mass flash

20 bar g 2 bar g 16.6% X 1 000 kg / h = 166 kg / h
Total flash steam
10 bar g 2 bar g 10.1% X 2 000 kg / h = 202 kg / h 620 kg / h
6 bar g 2 bar g 6.3% X 4 000 kg / h = 252 kg / h

Velocity factor * Velocity Choose on < 3 m / s
67 = 5.6 m / s FV6
Total
flash steam LP factor Total volume 138 = 2.7 m / s FV8 3
620 kg / h X 0.603 = 374 m / h
3 243 = 1.6 m / s FV12
385 = 1.0 m / s FV15
560 = 0.7 m / s FV18
* Note: Size on a take-off velocity of 3 m / s or less.
Boiler house
Sizing a Flash Vessel on up to Three Trap Pressures

Trap Flash pressure bar g
pressure 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
bar g % flash
40 29.9 28.1 26.8 25.6 24.6 23.7 22.9 21.5 20.3 19.2 18.2 17.3 16.5 15.6
39 29.6 27.8 26.4 25.3 24.3 23.4 22.6 21.2 20.0 18.9 17.9 17.0 16.1 15.3
38 29.3 27.5 26.1 25.0 23.9 23.1 22.3 20.9 19.6 18.5 17.5 16.6 15.7 14.9
37 29.0 27.2 25.8 24.6 23.6 22.7 21.9 20.5 19.3 18.2 17.2 16.2 15.4 14.6
36 28.7 26.8 25.4 24.3 23.3 22.4 21.6 20.2 18.9 17.8 16.8 15.9 15.0 14.2
35 28.3 26.5 25.1 23.9 22.9 22.0 21.2 19.8 18.5 17.4 16.4 15.5 14.6 13.8
34 27.9 26.1 24.7 23.5 22.5 21.6 20.8 19.4 18.2 17.0 16.0 15.1 14.2 13.4
33 27.6 25.8 24.4 23.2 22.2 21.3 20.5 19.0 17.8 16.7 15.7 14.7 13.8 13.0
32 27.2 25.4 24.0 22.8 21.8 20.9 20.1 18.7 17.4 16.3 15.3 14.3 13.4 12.6
31 26.9 25.0 23.6 22.4 21.4 20.5 19.7 18.3 17.0 15.9 14.9 13.9 13.0 12.2
30 26.5 24.7 23.2 22.0 21.0 20.1 19.3 17.9 16.6 15.5 14.4 13.5 12.6 11.8
29 26.1 24.3 22.9 21.7 20.6 19.7 18.9 17.5 16.2 15.1 14.0 13.1 12.2 11.3 2.8.16
28 25.7 23.9 22.4 21.3 20.2 19.3 18.5 17.0 15.8 14.6 13.6 12.6 11.7 10.9
27 25.3 23.5 22.0 20.8 19.8 18.9 18.1 16.6 15.3 14.2 13.2 12.2 11.3 10.5
26 24.9 23.1 21.6 20.4 19.4 18.5 17.6 16.2 14.9 13.8 12.7 11.7 10.8 10.0
25 24.5 22.6 21.2 20.0 18.9 18.0 17.2 15.7 14.4 13.3 12.2 11.3 10.4 9.5
24 24.1 22.2 20.7 19.5 18.5 17.6 16.7 15.3 14.0 12.8 11.8 10.8 9.9 9.0
23 23.6 21.7 20.3 19.1 18.0 17.1 16.3 14.8 13.5 12.3 11.3 10.3 9.4 8.5
22 23.2 21.3 19.8 18.6 17.6 16.6 15.8 14.3 13.0 11.8 10.8 9.8 8.9 8.0
21 22.7 20.8 19.3 18.1 17.1 16.1 15.3 13.8 12.5 11.3 10.3 9.3 8.4 7.5
20 22.2 20.3 18.8 17.6 16.6 15.6 14.8 13.3 12.0 10.8 9.7 8.7 7.8 6.9
19 21.7 19.8 18.3 17.1 16.0 15.1 14.2 12.7 11.4 10.2 9.2 8.2 7.2 6.4
18 21.2 19.3 17.8 16.6 15.5 14.5 13.7 12.2 10.8 9.7 8.6 7.6 6.7 5.8
17 20.6 18.7 17.2 16.0 14.9 14.0 13.1 11.6 10.3 9.1 8.0 7.0 6.1 5.2
16 20.1 18.2 16.7 15.4 14.3 13.4 12.5 11.0 9.7 8.5 7.4 6.4 5.4 4.5
15 19.5 17.6 16.1 14.8 13.7 12.8 11.9 10.4 9.0 7.8 6.7 5.7 4.8 3.9
14 18.9 16.9 15.4 14.2 13.1 12.1 11.2 9.7 8.4 7.1 6.0 5.0 4.1 3.2
13 18.2 16.3 14.8 13.5 12.4 11.4 10.6 9.0 7.6 6.4 5.3 4.3 3.3 2.4
12 17.5 15.6 14.1 12.8 11.7 10.7 9.8 8.3 6.9 5.7 4.6 3.5 2.6 1.7
11 16.8 14.8 13.3 12.0 10.9 10.0 9.1 7.5 6.1 4.9 3.8 2.7 1.8 0.9
10 16.1 14.1 12.5 11.3 10.1 9.2 8.3 6.7 5.3 4.1 2.9 1.9 0.9 -
9 15.2 13.2 11.7 10.4 9.3 8.3 7.4 5.8 4.4 3.2 2.0 1.0 - -
8 14.4 12.3 10.8 9.5 8.4 7.4 6.5 4.9 3.5 2.2 1.1 - - -
7 13.4 11.4 9.8 8.5 7.4 6.4 5.4 3.8 2.4 1.2 - - - -
6 12.3 10.3 8.7 7.4 6.3 5.2 4.3 2.7 1.3 - - - - -
5 11.2 9.1 7.5 6.2 5.0 4.0 3.1 1.4 - - - - - -
4 9.8 7.7 6.1 4.8 3.6 2.6 1.7 - - - - - - -
3 8.3 6.2 4.5 3.2 2.0 0.9 - - - - - - - -
2 6.3 4.2 2.6 1.2 - - - - - - - - - -
1 3.8 1.7 - - - - - - - - - - - -
LP Factor = 1.673 1.149 0.881 0.714 0.603 0.522 0.461 0.374 0.315 0.272 0.240 0.215 0.194 0.177
Trap pressure Flash pressure % Flash Condensate load Mass flash

bar g bar g % X kg / h = kg / h
Total flash steam
bar g bar g % X kg / h = kg / h kg / h
bar g bar g % X kg / h = kg / h
Velocity factor * Velocity Choose on < 3 m/s
67 m /s FV6
Total
flash steam LP factor Total volume 138 m /s FV8
kg / h X = m /h
3 243 = m /s FV12
385 m /s FV15
560 m /s FV18
* Note: Size on a take-off velocity of 3 m / s or less.
AI-P404-12 AB Issue 3 Sizing A Flash Vessel On Up To Three Trap Pressures

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
2.9.1
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
TI-P405-40
AB Issue 4
BT1050
Boiler Blowdown Timer
Description
The BT1050 is a timer for the control of a bottom blowdown valve. Clamping screw
It allows the bottom blowdown valve to open, removing
precipitated solids that could otherwise build up and eventually
cause damage.
The BT1050 has three timers. These allow different blowdown

2.9.2
cycle times and durations to be set, for example, MON - FRI.
Up to three blowdown cycles can be selected in one day. The
timers can also be used to prioritise boiler blowdown cycles.
The product can be panel, DIN rail or chassis mounted and is

BT1050
powered by a 110 to 240 Vac at 50 / 60Hz mains supply.
The front panel has an LCD graphic display and five-button

keypad.
A test function provides the operator with a diagnostic tool.
The BT1050 can communicate via an infrared link between

adjacent units. It can be designated as either a slave or a master
unit, and connected to a two or four wire EIA / TIA-485 multi-drop Graphic
network. display
Up to nine BT1050 (or BT1000) units can be installed and linked

for multi-boiler installations.
Approvals
The BT1050 complies with Electromagnetic Compatibility
This product is suitable for Class A environments (e.g. industrial).

5 button
reference number UK Supply BH BT1050 2008.
display
The BT1050 complies with the Low Voltage Directive (2014/35/EU)
by meeting the standards of:
OK
- UL listed (open).
Principal features:
- Purpose designed for bottom blowdown duties.
Clamping screw
- Three separately adjustable timers.
- Straightforward to commission quick set-up option.
- Universal power supply - 110 Vac to 240 Vac.
- Timers prevent boilers from blowing down in rapid succession.
- Warns if valve fails to open or close.
- UL approved.
Page 1 of 4
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Technical data BT1050

Power supply
2 (as supplied)
Pollution degree
2.9.3 3 (when installed in an enclosure) - Minimum of IP54 or UL50 /
NEMA Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P or 13.
Environmental Enclosure rating NEMA type 4 hose down only (UL approval) and IP65 (verified
(front panel only) by TRAC Global)

Immunity EN 61326: A1 + A2 Annex A Table 1 for industrial locations

EMC
Emissions EN 61326: A1 + A2 Class A Table 4

Mains and signal connector
Switch box and Number of cores 2

Lockout (link)
circuit Gauge 1 1.5 mm (18 - 16 AWG)

Cable / wire
Recommended type Prysmian (Pirelli) FP200, Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS
and
connector Type EIA RS485 twisted pair
data
Number of pairs 2 or 3
RS485 Please note that LAN Cat 5 or
communication Gauge 0.23 mm (24 AWG)
Cat 5E ScTP (screened), FTP
(foil) or STP (shielded) cable can
be used, but limited to 600 m.
Recommended type Alpha wire 6413 or 6414
BT1050 Boiler Blowdown Timer

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Technical data BT1050 (continued)
Maximum voltage 32 Vdc (no load, open circuit)

Switch box
Maximum current 3 mAdc (short circuit)
Input Maximum voltage 32 Vdc (no load, open circuit)
Lockout (link) Maximum pulldown voltage 0.25 Vdc
Maximum current 1.5 mAdc
RS485 Isolation 60 Vac/dc

2.9.4
AA (PCB tagged) Lithium Thionyl Chloride

Type
(Lithium content 0.65g)
Clock calendar battery Shelf life 10 year with battery switch off @ TAMB: 25 C
Working life 10 year Mains power on 35 hours / week @ TAMB: 55 C
Physical layer IrDA
Baud 38400
Infrared Range 10 cm
Working angle 15
Exempt from EN 60825-12: 2007 Safety of laser products ~

does not exceed the accessible emission limits (AEL) of class 1
Resistive 3 amp @ 250 Vac

Load
Inductive 1 amp @ 250 Vac
Output Relays HP (2.9 amp) @ 250 Vac

ac motor load
1
/10 HP (3 amp) @ 120 Vac

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
This document does not contain sufficient information to install the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
supplied with the product, which gives full wiring, commissioning and operating instructions.
Attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10, as well as to any national regulations concerning blowdown. In the UK,
guidance is given in Health and Safety Executive Guidance Notes BG01 and INDG436. In particular, your attention is drawn to the
danger of working on a shut down boiler whilst other boilers are operating.
Warnings:
- Isolate the mains supply before installing the controller as live terminals at mains voltage are exposed.
- Only use the screws provided with the product.
- Do not install the product outdoors without additional weather protection.
- Do not drill the product case or use self-tapping screws.
Caution:
- A 15 mm gap is required between multiple controllers for cooling.
Installation / environmental conditions:
2.9.5 The product must be installed in a suitable industrial control panel or fireproof enclosure to provide impact and environmental protection.
A minimum of IP54 (EN 60529) or Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13 (UL50/NEMA 250) is required.
The product may be installed on a DIN rail, chassis plate, or in a panel cutout. A bezel is provided.
Dimensions/weights
Weight (approximate) 400 g
52 mm 120 mm
8 mm 112 mm
BT1050
140 mm 120 mm
OK
How to specify
Blowdown timer with; three integral timers, LCD display, valve malfunction alarm and infrared communications.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BT1050 blowdown timer.

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
TI-P405-33
EMM Issue 8
BDV60
Blowdown Vessels
Description
BDV60 blowdown vessels are designed to accept discharges from:
- Manual/automatically controlled bottom blowdown.
-
2.9.6
Automatic TDS blowdown control valves and systems.
- Controlled bleed valves for continuous blowdown.
- Level control chambers and level gauge glasses.
- Heat recovery equipment.
BDV60 blowdown vessels are marked and comply with the European Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.
They also comply with Guidance Note PM60, for the construction of vessels used in boiler blowdown applications, issued by the Health
and Safety Executive.
Design and construction

Design code ASME VIII DIV 1 2015
Material Carbon steel
Standard EN 1092 PN16 flanges

Connection ASME Class 150 and
Optional ASME B16.5
ASME Class 300 flanges
Paint finish Temperature resistant silver paint
Associated equipment
- VH vent head
- M21S2 ball valve
- DCV2 check valves
- Pressure gauge and 'U' syphon
- Vessel drain valve
- Cooling water system
For further details please refer to the appropriate literature.
Page 1 of 7
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
3
9
9
12, 13 and 14
1 5
2.9.7
6 and 7
10
11
Materials
No. Part Material No. Part Material
1 Shell cylinder BS EN 10028-2 P265GH 9 Lifting lug BS EN 10028-2 P265GH
2 Dished ends BS EN 10028-2 P265GH 10 Wrapper plate BS EN 10028-2 P265GH
3 Nozzle, pipe ASTM A333 Gr.6 11 Support leg/foot BS EN 10025 S275
4 Nozzle, flange A105N 12 Nameplate stand-off BS EN 10028-2 P265GH
5 Nozzle, coupling ASTM A350 LF2 13 Nameplate bracket BS EN 10025 S275
6 Inspection opening BS EN 10028-2 P265GH 14 Nameplate Aluminium
7 Inspection opening gasket Rubber, NR/SBR Long radius butt weld elbow ASTM A420 WPL6
15
(Internal)
8 Impingement plate ASTM A240, 304
BDV60 Blowdown Vessels

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Vent head
with internal separator removes moisture from
the steam.
Lifting lugs
for safe positioning of vessel on site.
Inlet number 3
for level control chamber or TDS blowdown.
Pressure gauge and 'U' syphon
for monitoring operation. 2.9.8
Inlet number 2
for discharges from
Outlet to drain
automatic TDS control
maintains internal standing
system or level control
water level to cool incoming
chamber/gauge glass
blowdown.
blowdown.
Oval inspection opening

DCV2
Check valve control
M21S2 Cooling water system

Ball valve for applications where
blowdown is very frequent.
Line drain valves

for emptying a shutdown boiler.
Note: BDV60/6, BDV60/8 and

BDV60/10 have two inspection
openings - see page 6.
Inlet number 1
for main blowdown from the
bottom of the boiler only.
Vessel drain valve for clearing sludge from the blowdown vessel.
This is only a representation of a possible set-up, the product may have 3 or 4 legs and the inspection
port may be different on the product.

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Sizing and selection
The selection of a blowdown vessel depends on the flowrate and the proportion of flash steam released.
The following factors affect the selection:
- The boiler pressure.
- The number of boilers.
- The duration of blowdown.
- The blowdown line size.
- The length of blowdown line between the boiler and the blowdown vessel.
- The blowdown regime.
For example the sizing below assumes the blowdown line has an 'equivalent straight length' of at least 7 m.
When estimating 'equivalent straight length' the lengths shown in Table 1 should be added to the length of straight pipe to allow for
valves and fittings.
From Table 1 it will be seen that in most practical applications it would be unusual for the equivalent straight length to be less than 7 m.
2.9.9 If the length is less than 7 m multiply the actual boiler pressure by 1.15 before using the sizing table, Table 2.
The blowdown regime:
- Typical normal bottom blowdown of, perhaps, 5 seconds duration.
- Weekly low level alarm testing where practice is in accordance with BG01 and INDG436 - steam down from normal level to first low
water level and blow down from first to second low water level.
- Blowdown discharges from sequencing valves on external chambers, gauge glasses etc.
- Automatic TDS control discharges.
The selection table (Table 2) only applies if the blowdown duration is no longer than 20 seconds in total, starting with a cold
vessel (water at a temperature of 15 C to 20 C).
If this time is exceeded, carryover of water with the flash steam may occur through the vent. The water may also be too hot to discharge
safely and legally into a public drainage system.
Always incorporate a cooling water system for multi-boiler applications or in instances where the frequency or duration of blowdown is
considerably in excess of the requirements stated in PM60, BG01 and INDG436.
If there is any doubt about correct vessel selection, please contact Spirax Sarco outlining the specific conditions and
blowdown regime.
Table 1 Equivalent straight lengths Table 2 Blowdown vessel selection

25 mm 32 mm 40 mm 50 mm 25 mm 32 mm 40 mm 50 mm
Blowdown line size Blowdown line size
(1") (1") (1") (2") (1") (1") (1") (2")
Pipe fitting or valve Equivalent length in metres Boiler pressure

Blowdown vessel BDV60/_
Long radius bend 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.9 bar g psi g
Manifold inlet 1.1 1.5 1.7 2.2 5.5 80 3 3 3 4
Globe valve 9.6 12.2 13.9 17.8 7.6 110 3 3 4 5
Check valve 3.6 4.3 5.0 6.3 8.3 120 3 4 4 6
Blowdown valve 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 10.3 150 3 4 5 6
12.1 175 4 4 5 8
17.2 250 4 5 6 8
20.7 300 5 6 8 10
24.1 350 5 6 8 10
27.6 400 6 8 8 -
Note: For intermediate pressures go to the next higher pressure.

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Table 1 Equivalent straight lengths Table 3 Vent head selection
Note: The vent head required depends on the vessel selected
25 mm 32 mm 40 mm 50 mm
Blowdown line size
(1") (1") (1") (2") For a BDV60/3 select a VH4 vent head
Pipe fitting or valve Equivalent length in metres For a BDV60/4 select a VH4 vent head
Long radius bend 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.9 For a BDV60/5 select a VH6 vent head
Manifold inlet 1.1 1.5 1.7 2.2 For a BDV60/6 select a VH6 vent head
Globe valve 9.6 12.2 13.9 17.8 For a BDV60/8 select a VH8 vent head
Check valve 3.6 4.3 5.0 6.3 For a BDV60/10 select a VH8 vent head
Blowdown valve 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5
Graph 1 Blowdown flowrates

This graph will give the flowrate of blowdown in litres per second.
Table 2 Blowdown vessel selection When this value has been read, multiply it by the duration of
blowdown (seconds), and the answer will be the maximum volume
25 mm 32 mm 40 mm 50 mm
Blowdown line size discharged.
Boiler pressure
(1") (1") (1") (2")

Blowdown
line size 2.9.10
Blowdown vessel BDV60/_
bar g psi g

5.5 80 3 3 3 4
7.6 110 3 3 4 5

8.3 120 3 4 4 6
Blowdown flowrate (I/s)

10.3 150 3 4 5 6

12.1 175 4 4 5 8

17.2 250 4 5 6 8

20.7 300 5 6 8 10
24.1 350 5 6 8 10
27.6 400 6 8 8 -

Note: For intermediate pressures go to the next higher pressure.

Boiler pressure (bar g)
How to select the blowdown vessel:

Step 1. With the aid of Table 1, determine the equivalent straight length of the blowdown line.
Step 2. Use Table 2 to initially establish the correct size of vessel. Note that if the result of Step 1 is less than 7 m, multiple
the boiler pressure by 1.15.
If the vessel is to be used in the conditions set out above, then continue to Step 4.
Step 3. Using Table 4 which contains the vessel data, establish the volume of standing water in the selected vessel.
This volume should be at least twice that of the maximum volume of blowdown. The maximum volume of blowdown is
usually the volume discharged when blowing down from 1st low level to 2nd low level alarm. If this volume is unknown,
it can be calculated with the aid of Graph 1, where details on its use are given.
If it is determined that the volume of standing water is insufficient, then a larger blowdown vessel must be
selected in order to satisfy this requirement.
Step 4. With the aid of Table 3, the correct vent head can be selected to suit the vessel.
The selection is now complete.
Selection example:
For a 10 bar g boiler with 40 mm blowdown line at least 7 m long select, from Table 2, a BDV60/5.
From Table 3 select a VH6 vent head.

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Table 4 Sizes, pipe connections, dimensions, weights and capacities (approximate) in mm, kg and L
Blowdown vessel type BDV60/3 BDV60/4 BDV60/5 BDV60/6 BDV60/8 BDV60/10
A Flanged PN16 * 100 100 150 150 200 200
B Flanged PN16 * 80 80 100 100 150 150
Oval Height (Internal) 100 100 100 100 100 100

C Inspection
opening Width (Internal) 150 150 150 150 150 150
D 460 610 765 915 1205 1500
Sizes,pipe E 400 400 400 400 400 400

connections and
F 500 540 580 630 705 770
dimensions
G 310 350 390 440 525 590
H 1830 1910 1995 2095 2240 2370
2.9.11 J
K
1080
330
1125
405
1165
485
1215
560
1290
705
1355
850
X 1080 1120 1163 1568 1612 1676
Y - - - 864 962 1026
Number of legs 3 3 3 3 4 4
Empty 185 220 275 392 630 910

Weights
Full (e.g. for hydraulic test) 376 580 861 1267 2252 3610
Capacities - standing water 96 180 293 437 811 1350
* Note: Flanged ASME B16.5 Class 150 and 300 connections are available at extra cost. For further details contact Spirax Sarco.
K K Inlet 3
DN25 PN16
D (Level control chamber and gauge glass blowdown or TDS blowdown)
A vent
Inlet 2
G DN25 PN16
F (TDS control system or
level control chamber/
C
gauge glass blowdown)
" BSP
pressure
gauge
Name-plate
H B
outlet Inlet 1
DN50 PN16
X
(Main bottom blowdown) " BSP cooling water
J inlet
1" BSP temperature sensor

Y
This is only a representation of a possible set-up, the
E 2" BSP product may have 3 or 4 legs and the inspection port may
drain be different on the product.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BDV60/5 blowdown vessel and a VH6 vent head to suit a 10 bar g boiler having a 40 mm blowdown line.

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Pressure/temperature limits
Please note:
For the application of boiler blowdown and to comply with the HSE Guidance Note PM60 the vessel internal pressure should not exceed
0.35 bar g.
Body design conditions PN16
Maximum design pressure 7 bar g @ 171 C
Maximum design temperature 171 C @ 7 bar g
Minimum design temperature -10 C
Maximum operating pressure re. PM60 0.35 bar g
Maximum operating temperature re. PM60 109 C
2.9.12
Maintenance note:
The vessel must be drained every six
months to remove concentrated blowdown
water/sludge. Before reusing, the vessel
must be refilled with fresh water.
Blowdown vessels should be thoroughly
examined by a 'competent person' every
14 months or at ever y major boiler
inspection.
Spare parts:
New gaskets for the inspection openings
are available as spares from Spirax Sarco. Note: There is a second inspection
opening on the BDV60/6, BDV60/8 and
BDV60/10 which is fitted 180 to the
top opening. Other sizes have a single
central opening, similar to the one shown
on page 2.

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
2.9.11
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
TI-P405-47
EMM Issue 2
KBV21i and KBV40i

Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valves
Description
The key operated boiler blowdown valve consists of a carbon steel reduced bore ball valve with carbon reinforced PTFE seats and a
key operated mechanism in stainless steel. Two types of key are sold as optional extras and are available as follows:
- Standard length key.
- Extended length 'T' bar type key for use where access to the valve is limited.
To ensure compliance with boiler regulations the key cannot be removed when the valve is open.
2.9.12
Note: The standard length key and extended length 'T' bar type key are sold separately. It is recommended that an extended length 'T'
bar type key is purchased for valve sizes DN50 and DN65.
Standards
These products comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU and carries the mark
when so required.
ISO mounting in accordance with ISO 5211.
Antistatic device complying with ISO 7121 and BS 5351.
Certification
These products are available with certififcation to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of
order placement.

DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 and DN65
Flanged PN40 (F4), PN40 (BS) or ASME (ANSI) B 16.5 Class 300.
Available flange options:
Flange Face-to-face Flange thickness
PN40 (F4) DIN 3002 F4 EN 1092 Part 1
PN40 (BS) BS 2080 EN 1092 Part 1
ASME (ANSI) 300 ASME B 16.10 ASME B 16.5
Materials
Body and insert Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
Stem seals Antistatic R-PTFE
Vented ball Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316
DN65 Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316

Stem
DN25 - DN50 Martensitic stainless steel AISI 420
Seats Carbon and graphite reinforced PTFE PDR 0.8
Page 1 of 5
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
The product must not be used in this region
Temperature C
KBV21i Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 120C
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 260C @ 0 bar g
2.9.13 PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 17.25 bar g
TMO Maximum operating temperature 260C @ 0 bar g
Minimum operating temperature. Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco -29C
PMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of : 60 bar g

Temperature C
KBV40i Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Body design conditions ASME 300
PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 17.25 bar g
Minimum operating temperature. Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco -29C
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of : 76.5 bar g
Valve coefficients
Size DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65
Kv value 30 40 81 103 197
How to specify
DN40 key operated boiler blowdown valve, flanged PN40 with carbon reinforced seats and stainless steel key.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 KBV21i key operated boiler blowdown valve having PN40 (F4) flanged connections.
KBV21i and KBV40i Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Valve size Flange A B C D E F Weight
F4 125 119 35 19 3.9
DN25 BS 165 119 35 19 4.1
A300 165 119 35 19 4.3
F4 130 130 35 25 5.3
DN32 BS 178 130 35 25 5.7
A300 178 130 35 25 5.5
F4 140 131 35 30 6.7
DN40 BS 190 131 35 30 7.1
A300 190 131 35 30 8.0
F4 150 139 35 37 9.0
DN50 BS 216 139 35 37 9.9
A300 216 139 35 37 10.1
DN65
F4
BS
170
241
140
140
35
35
50
50
12.4
13.9
2.9.14
A300 241 140 35 50 15.0
Standard length key 32 258 0.4
Extended length 'T' bar key 500 375 0.9
'T' bar key
E Standard key
D
C
B
F

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Spare parts - DN25 to DN50
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares.
To ensure correct operation and maintain the warranty, use only Spirax Sarco original parts.
Before actioning any maintenance programme observe the 'Safety Information' in Section 1 of the Information and Maintenance
Instructions IM-P405-48 supplied with the unit.
Available spares
Seats, insert 'O' ring and stem seals 5, 6, 9, 10
Insert tool - Required to aid the removal of the ball valve insert (2) Not shown
Please note: Spare parts are common for both the KBV21i and KBV40i.
Caution - The ball must be installed with the vent hole on the upstream side of the valve.
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve.
Example: 1 set of seats, insert 'O' ring and stem seals for a Spirax Sarco DN50 KBV21i boiler blowdown valve.
2.9.15
10
5 5 6
Ball valve insert (2)

(not an available spare).
Please note: You will need to order the Insert tool listed in the table above to aid removal.

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Spare parts - DN65
Before actioning any maintenance programme observe the 'Safety Information' in Section 1 of the Information and Maintenance
Instructions IM-P405-48 supplied with the unit.
Available spares
Seats, insert 'O' ring, seat 'O' ring, stem 'O' ring, lower stem seals and upper stem packing 5, 6, 7, 8, 11, 12
Please note: Spare parts are common for both the KBV21i and KBV40i.
How to order spares

Example: 1 set of seats, insert 'O' ring, seat 'O' ring, stem 'O' ring, lower stem seals and upper stem packing for a Spirax Sarco DN65
KBV40i boiler blowdown valve.
2.9.16
12
8
11
7 5 5 7 6


Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
2.9.17
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
TI-P405-45
EMM Issue 3
ABV21i and ABV40i

Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves
Description
The Spirax Sarco ABV21i and ABV40i one piece end entry, reduced bore ball valves are fitted with 90 rotary spring return pneumatic
actuator, for boiler blowdown duties.
They are used in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco blowdown timer to provide timed control of bottom blowdown, ensuring that the
recommended boiler blowdown cycles occur with minimum heat loss, avoiding duplication or omission.
The pneumatic actuator, (which can also be operated with other non-corrosive gases), moves through 90 to open the valve, and has
a spring return fail-close operation.
2.9.18
A switch box is mounted on the actuator, and either or both microswitches may be wired to a Building Management System if required.
Note: The BT1050 blowdown timer uses one switch only to indicate 'valve fully closed' or 'valve not fully closed' positions, and does
not indicate that the valve has opened fully.
A solenoid valve is required, which may be directly mounted to the NAMUR
(VDI / VDE 3845) interface on the actuator.
A suitable solenoid valve may be selected from the Spirax Sarco MV range.
Alternatively, an air supply may be connected directly to the actuator port
'A' (" BSP), where it is necessary to install the solenoid valve remote from
the actuator.
A standard " BSP 3-way solenoid valve may also be used.
3-port / 2-way NAMUR mounting solenoid types:
MV11 - 230 Vac, MV12 - 110 Vac, MV13 - 24 Vac, MV14 - 24 Vdc
LSB31
The ABV21i and ABV40i must be installed with the flow in the direction of switch
the arrow on the body. box
Principal features:
- Automatic timed blowdown minimises wasted heat.
- Suitable for boiler pressures up to 17.25 bar g.
- Spring return for fail-safe operation.
- Pneumatic actuator for fast response.
Standards
These products comply with the requirements of the European Pressure
Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU and carries the mark when so required.
ISO mounting in accordance with ISO 5211.
Antistatic device complying with ISO 7121 and BS 5351. Port 'A'
Certification
These products are available with certififcation to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time NAMUR
of order placement. mounting
holes

DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 and DN65
Flanged PN40 (F4), PN40 (BS) or ASME B 16.5 Class 300.
Available flange options:

Flange Face-to-face Flange thickness
PN40 (F4) DIN 3002 F4 EN 1092 Part 1
PN40 (BS) BS 2080 EN 1092 Part 1
ASME 300 ASME B 16.10 ASME B 16.5
Page 1 of 7
Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Technical data
Operating time (full stroke) 0.25 - 0.6 seconds
Clean compressed air

Operating media
Non-corrosive gas
DN25 BVA315S/14 0.0002 (N)m 3 /stroke
DN32 BVA320S/14 0.0006 (N)m 3 /stroke

Compressed air consumption @ 6 bar g DN40
BVA325S/14 actuator 0.0008 (N)m 3 /stroke
DN50
DN65 BVA330S/14 actuator 0.0011 (N)m 3 /stroke
LSB31 switch rating 10 A 250 Vac
Protection rating IP67
Switch sensor Mechanical 2 - SPDT
2.9.19 Pressure / temperature limits The product must not be used in this region.
ABV21i ABV40i
Temperature C
Temperature C
Steam Steam
saturation saturation
curve curve
Pressure bar g Pressure bar g

Valve
ABV21i PN40
Body design conditions
ABV40i ASME 300
ABV21i 40 bar g @ 120 C

PMA Maximum allowable pressure
ABV40i 51 bar g @ 38 C
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 260 C @ 0 bar g
Minimum allowable temperature -29 C
PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 17.25 bar g
TMO Maximum operating temperature 260 C @ 0 bar g
Minimum operating temperature (Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco) -29 C
ABV21i 60 bar g
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:
ABV40i 76.5 bar g
Actuator
Minimum ambient temperature 0 C
Maximum air supply pressure 8 bar g
Minimum air supply pressure Depends on operating conditions
MV series solenoid
Minimum ambient temperature 0 C
ABV21i and ABV40i Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Valve coefficients
Size DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65
Kv value 30 40 81 103 197
Materials
Valve Actuator
Body and insert Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB Body, piston
Aluminium - anodised
and end caps
Stem seals Antistatic R-PTFE
Pinion Carbon steel - nickel plated
Vented ball Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316
'O' ring seals Nitrile rubber
DN65 Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316
Stem
DN25 - DN50 Martensitic stainless steel AISI 420
Seats Carbon and graphite reinforced PTFE PDR 0.8

2.9.20
How to specify
Air actuated ball valve, DN40, PN40 with carbon reinforced seats, 90 degree rotary pneumatic actuator and switch box.
NAMUR compatible solenoid valve 220 / 240 Vac.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 ABV21i air actuated boiler blowdown valve having PN40 (F4) flanged connections plus 1 off
MV11 solenoid valve 220 / 240 Vac.

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Valve size Actuator type Flange A B C D E F G H Weight
PN40 (F4) 417 125 63 115 196 98 140 56 6.7
DN25 BVA315S/14 PN40 BS 417 165 103 115 196 98 140 56 6.5
Class 300 421 165 103 124 196 98 140 56 6.8
PN40 (F4) 456 130 65 140 217 108.5 140 66 9.2
DN32 BVA320S/14 PN40 BS 456 178 113 140 217 108.5 140 66 9.6
Class 300 450 178 65 134 217 108.5 140 66 9.4
PN40 (F4) 475 140 70 150 258 129 140 71 11.7
DN40 BVA325S/14 PN40 BS 475 190 120 150 258 129 140 71 12.2
Class 300 478 190 120 156 258 129 140 71 13.0
PN40 (F4) 488 150 75 165 258 129 140 71 14.1
DN50 BVA325S/14 PN40 BS 488 216 141 165 258 129 140 71 15.0
Class 300 488 216 141 165 258 129 140 71 15.1
PN40 (F4) 530 170 91 185 299 149.5 140 78 20.7
2.9.21 DN65 BVA330S/14 PN40 BS 530 241 162 185 299 149.5 140 78 22.2
Class 300 533 241 162 191 299 149.5 140 78 23.3
G E
H F
Port A
air connection
" BSP (G).

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are available as spares.
Please note: There are no spares available for the switch box.
Before actioning any maintenance programme observe the 'Safety Information' in Section 1 of IM-P405-46 supplied with the unit.
Actuator
Spare parts for the BVA300S /14

The available spare parts for the BVA300S /14 are listed on pages 6 and 7.
No other parts are available as spares.
13 2.9.22
14
15
Exploded view of the
spring set 12
6
5 6 8 17 11
5 16
10
18
11 17 8
7
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
Available spares
'O' rings set (NBR) 7, 8, 11, 12, 16
BVA300 series maintenance kit Pinion washers 13, 14, 15
Others 5, 6, 10, 17, 18
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the nomenclature of the pneumatic
actuator that they are intended for.
Note: all the spares mentioned above are sold together in one spare part kit.
Example: 1 - BVA300 series maintenance kit with 'O' rings in NBR for a Spirax Sarco BVA320S /14 pneumatic actuator.

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
Valve
DN25 to DN50 Spare parts

Available spares
Seats, insert 'O' ring and stem seals 5, 6, 9, 10
Please note: Spare parts are common for both the ABV21i and ABV40i.
2.9.23
10
5 5 6

How to order spares

Example: 1 set of seats, insert 'O' ring and stem seals for a Spirax Sarco DN50 ABV21i boiler blowdown valve.

Boiler house
Blowdown vessels
DN65 Spare parts

Available spares
Seats, insert 'O' ring, seat 'O' ring, stem 'O' ring, lower stem seals and upper stem packing 5, 6, 7, 8, 11, 12
Please note: Spare parts are common for both the ABV21i and ABV40i.
2.9.24
12
8
11
7 5 5 7 6

How to order spares

Example: 1 set of seats, insert 'O' ring, seat 'O' ring, stem 'O' ring, lower stem seals and upper stem packing for a Spirax Sarco DN50
ABV40i boiler blowdown valve.

Boiler house
Vent heads
2.10.1
Boiler house
Vent
Local regulations may restrict heads
TI-P405-42
AB Issue 2
VHT
Vent Heads
Description
Spirax Sarco VHT vent heads are designed for fitting to vertical
open ended steam vent pipes. The vent head will discharge dry
steam safely to atmosphere, avoiding the possibility of
discomfort or even injury to personnel and material damage
to buildings.
The vent head incorporates an internal baffle to separate
entrained water from the steam.
2.10.2
Principle features:
- Efficient separation.
- Stainless steel body for long maintenance free life.
- A simple and effective vent head for general applications.
Applications
Vent heads are ideal for use on blowdown vessels, condensate
vessels, boiler feedtanks, hot water storage tanks etc.
Warning: Vent heads must not be used for safety valve outlets.
Vent heads are selected to be the same nominal size as the
vent pipe.
Materials
Body Austenitic stainless steel 304L
Flanges Carbon steel, black electrophoretic coating
Sizes and pipe connections Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Description Size Inlet connection A B C Weight
Screwed BSP 203 137 - 2.08
VHT2 DN50 2"
Screwed NPT 203 137 - 2.08
Screwed BSP 203 145 - 2.70
VHT3 DN80 3" Screwed NPT 203 145 - 2.70
Flanged EN 1092 PN16 or ASME 150 203 173 192 3.65
VHT4 DN100 4" Flanged EN 1092 PN16 or ASME 150 304 237 224 6.31
VHT6 DN150 6" Flanged EN 1092 PN16 or ASME 150 403 302.5 280 10.76
VHT8 DN200 8" Flanged EN 1092 PN16 or ASME 150 403 314 334 12.28
Safety information, installation and maintenance A

Installation note:
Installation of the screwed and flanged vent heads is relatively Screwed
straight forward. The flanged vent heads have a lightweight flange B
drilled to suit both the PN and ASME flange standards.
Disposal:
The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with
the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
A
How to specify
Spira x Sarc o t ype VHT with austenitic stainless steel
construction and screwed / carbon steel flanges.
Vent heads shall incorporate an internal baffle and a screwed
drain outlet connection.
Flanged
How to order B
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 VHT4 vent head having a
flanged EN 1092 PN16 inlet connection.
C
Boiler house
2.11.1
Boiler house

TI-P405-51
AB Issue 1
BBV
Automatic or Manually Actuated
Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65
Description
The BBV is specifically designed for the removal of suspended / deposited solids and water from the bottom of steam boilers.
The BBV is available in air / water actuated and manual versions. The air / water-actuated version is supplied with a manual hand lever.
The valve is spring-to-close on power failure and the manual version can easily be upgraded to an automatic version.
When used with a Spirax Sarco blowdown controller the automatic version provides timed control of blowdown, ensuring that the
recommended blowdown occurs with the minimum of heat loss and avoids duplication and omissions.
The valve can be fitted with a mechanical switchbox. This can be linked to the blowdown controller or a BMS system to indicate when the
2.11.2
valve has not closed.
Principal features:
- Easily upgraded from manual to automatic operation.
- Dedicated self-adjusting and self-cleaning spindle seals.
- Engineered for the specific application of bottom blowdown.
- Flow pressure assists closing.
Available types of boiler blowdown valve:
BBV43 PN / M Steel body
Air / water pneumatically
actuated supplied with a BBV63 PN / M Stainless steel body
manual actuation lever
BBV83 PN / M Alloy steel body
BBV43 M Steel body

Manually actuated complete
BBV63 M Stainless steel body
with a manual actuation lever
BBV83 M Alloy steel body DN15
BBV_3 PN / M
Please note: All of the 'M' versions can be automated to ' PN / M'. shown
Optional extras:
- Automatic bottom blowdown timer controller.
- Mechanical switch (with mounting kit).
- Pneumatic actuator upgrade kit.
- Physical lock kit
Standards
This product range fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
Certification
This product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the
Size and pipe connections:

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 and DN65
", ", 1", 1", 1", 2" and 2"
Flanged EN 1092 PN40, PN63 and PN100
Flanged ASME 300 and ASME 600
Other available options:
Butt weld
Socket weld
JIS / KS 30 and JIS / KS 40
For alternative connections to those stated above please contact Spirax Sarco.
Page 1 of 17
Boiler house
Materials Kvs values For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156
Item numbers 1-21 Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65
Seat diameter (mm) 8 10 12 12 16 20 25
Kvs values 1.6 2.5 4.0 4.0 6.3 10 16
18 21
No. Part Material

16, 17
BBV4_ Carbon Steel
1 Body BBV6_ Stainless Steel
2.11.3 2 Plug
BBV8_ Alloy Steel
Stainless Steel
19
3 Seat Stainless Steel
Reinforced 20
4 Seat gasket
exfoliated graphite 15
5 Seat retainer Stainless Steel
BBV4_ Carbon Steel
6 Cover BBV6_ Stainless Steel
BBV8_ Alloy Steel
BBV_ _P PTFE
7 Packing
BBV_ _H Graphite 13
Reinforced 6
8 Cover gasket
exfoliated graphite
11
14
BBV_ _H Stainless Steel
9 Bonnet nuts BBV6_

9, 10
Other Carbon Steel
BBV_ _H Stainless Steel 6

Bonnet
10 studs BBV6_
Other Carbon Steel 8
Actuator
BBV6_ Stainless Steel 7
11 clamp nut
Other Carbon Steel
12 Gland nut Stainless Steel
13 Scraper ring PTFE

1
14 Yoke SG Iron
15 Closed plate Stainless Steel
16 Hex. head screw Carbon Steel
17 Nut Carbon Steel
18 Upper housing Carbon Steel
19 Diaphragm Reinforced NBR 5 3 2 4
20 Gasket Reinforced Graphite

DN15 BBV_3 PN / M shown
21 Vent plug Brass
BBV Automatic or Manually Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valves DN15 to DN65

Boiler house
Materials Kvs values For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156
Item numbers 22-42 Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65
Seat diameter (mm) 8 10 12 12 16 20 25
Kvs values 1.6 2.5 4.0 4.0 6.3 10 16
25 23 40
22
No. Part Material
22 Bolt Carbon Steel 39

38
23 Diaphragm plate Carbon Steel
24 Spindle Stainless Steel 37
27
2.11.4
25 Lever stem Stainless Steel
26 Screw Carbon Steel

26
27 Seal Polyurethane
28 Spring Spring Steel

28 34
29 Spring guide Stainless Steel 24
30 Connector Stainless Steel
31
31 Lever SG Iron 32 - 35 29
32 Axis Stainless Steel 33 - 36 30
33 Roller Stainless Steel
34 Spring graphite Spring Steel
35 Elastic ring Carbon Steel
36 Elastic ring Carbon Steel
37 Washer Carbon Steel
38 O'ring Viton
39 Spacer Carbon Steel
40 Washer Carbon Steel
41 Plastic protection Plastic
42 Screw Stainless Steel
DN15 BBV_3 PN / M shown

Boiler house
Minimum air pressure / Differential pressure
Differential pressure (P) Minimum air pressure bar g
across the valve DN15 - DN25 DN32 - DN50 DN65
10 bar g 0.7 1.8 4.5
15 bar g 0.9 2.6
20 bar g 1.1 3.3
25 bar g 1.2 4.0
30 bar g 1.4 4.7
32 bar g 1.4 5.0
42 bar g 1.7
63 bar g 2.4
68 bar g 2.6
80 bar g 2.9
100 bar g 3.6
2.11.5
Capacities
Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65
Kv 1.6 2.5 4 4 6.3 10 16
0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.5 1.1 1.8 2.8 2.8 4.5 7.1 11.3
1 1.6 2.5 4.0 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0
10 5.1 7.9 12.6 12.6 19.9 31.6 50.6
20 7.2 11.2 17.9 17.9 28.2 44.7 71.6
30 8.8 13.7 21.9 21.9 34.5 54.8 87.6
Pressure (bar) 40 10.1 15.8 25.3 25.3 39.8 63.2 101.2
50 11.3 17.7 28.3 28.3 44.5 70.7 113.1
60 12.4 19.4 31.0 31.0 48.8 77.5 123.9
70 13.4 20.9 33.5 33.5 52.7 83.7 133.9
80 14.3 22.4 35.8 35.8 56.3 89.4 143.1
90 15.2 23.7 37.9 37.9 59.8 94.9 151.8
100 16.0 25.0 40.0 40.0 63.0 100.0 160.0

Capacity (m3/h)
DN65

DN50

DN40

DN25-32
DN20
DN15

Pressure (bar)

Boiler house
BBV43 Pressure / temperature limits - EN 1092
A D C B

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

D D
C B

Pressure bar g
An extended cover is required for use in this region.
High temperature packing required for use in this region.

2.11.6
Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 C, the external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows scaled bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown in table below.

and 100 bar g @ 50 C
PMO Maximum operating pressure
A-B-B TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400 C @ 59.5 bar g

PN100
Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) 250 C @ 76.1 bar g
TMO Maximum operating temperature
High temperature packing (H) 400 C @ 59.5 bar g
Minimum operating temperature -29 C
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g

and 63 bar g @ 50 C
A-C-C TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400 C @ 37.5 bar g

PN63
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 94.5 bar g

and 40 bar g @ 50 C
A-D-D TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400 C @ 23.8 bar g

PN40

Boiler house


BBV43 Pressure / temperature limits - ASME

Pressure psi g

A F E
Temperature C
Temperature F

Steam
saturation
curve

G F E

Pressure bar g
2.11.7
Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 C (+41 F), the external moving parts of the
valve and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.

and 102.1 bar g @ 38 C 1480 psi g @ 100 F
A-E-E TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425 C @ 57.5 bar g 797 F @ 834 psi g
Minimum allowable temperature -29 C -20 F
ASME 600
TMO Maximum operating Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) 250 C @ 83.6 bar g 482 F @ 1212 psi g
temperature High temperature packing (H) 425 C @ 57.5 bar g 797 F @ 834 psi g
Minimum operating temperature -29 C -20 F
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g 2 262 psi g
and 51.1 bar g @ 38 C 740 psi g @ 100 F
A-F-F TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425 C @ 28.8 bar g 797 F @ 418 psi g
ASME 300
and 19.6 bar g @ 38 C 284 psi g @ 100 F
A-G TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425 C @ 5.5 bar g 797 F @ 80 psi g
ASME 150

Boiler house
BBV43 Pressure / temperature limits - JIS / KS
A I H

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
I H

Pressure bar g


2.11.8


Notes:

Body design conditions JIS / KS40


A-H-H
JIS / KS 40
Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) 250 C @ 60 bar g
High temperature packing (H) 425 C @ 40 bar g
Body design conditions JIS / KS30


A-I-I
JIS / KS 30

Boiler house
A K J

A L
Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
L K J

Pressure bar g

2.11.9 High temperature packing required for use in this region.
Notes:

and 100 bar g @ 100 C
A-J-J TMA Maximum allowable temperature 580 C @ 62.7 bar g

PN100
A-K-K TMA Maximum allowable temperature 580 C @ 39.5 bar g

PN63
A-L-L TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400 C @ 27.4 bar g

PN40

Boiler house
Pressure psi g
A

N M

Temperature C
Temperature F

Steam
saturation
curve

O N M

Pressure bar g

2.11.10
Notes:

and 99.3 bar g @ 38 C 1 440 psi g @ 100 F
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 538 C @ 50 bar g 1000 F @ 725 psi g
A-M-M
ASME 600 TMO Maximum operating Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) 250 C @ 66.8 bar g 482 F @ 967 psi g
temperature High temperature packing (H) 538 C @ 50 bar g 1000 F @ 725 psi g
Design for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure
156 bar g 2 262 psi g
of:
and 49.6 bar g @ 38 C 1 440 psi g @ 100 F
A-N-N TMA Maximum allowable temperature 538 C @ 25.2 bar g 1000 F @ 365 psi g
ASME 300 Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) 250 C @ 33.4 bar g 482 F @ 484 psi g
TMO Maximum operating
and 19 bar g @ 38 C 275 psi g @ 100 F
A-O TMA Maximum allowable temperature 538 C @ 1.4 bar g 1000 F @ 20 psi g
ASME 150 Standard packing PTFE chevron (P) 250 C @ 12.1 bar g 482 F @ 175 psi g
TMO Maximum operating

Boiler house
A Q P

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
Q P

Pressure bar g

Notes:
Body design conditions JIS / KS 40


A-P-P
JIS / KS 40


A-Q-Q
JIS / KS 30

Boiler house
A S R

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
S R

Pressure bar g

2.11.12
Notes:

and 100 bar g @ 250 C

A-R-R
PN100

TMA Maximum allowable temperature 490 C @ 40.9 bar g

A-S-S
PN63
High temperature packing (H) 490 C @ 40,9 bar g

Boiler house
Pressure psi g

A

Temperature C
Temperature F

Steam
saturation
curve
T

Pressure bar g

Notes:
1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-zero and the ambient temperature is below +5 C (+41 F), the external moving parts of the
valve and actuator must be heat traced to maintain normal operation.

and 103.4 bar g @ 38 C 1 499 psi g @ 100 F
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 538 C @ 29.8 bar g 1000 F @ 432 psi g
A-T
ASME 600

Boiler house
A

A

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
V U

Pressure bar g

2.11.14
Notes:








A-U
JIS / KS 40


A-V
JIS / KS 30

Boiler house
Dimensions / Weights (approximate) in mm and kg
Flanged EN 1092
A B C C1
Size PN40 PN63 PN40 PN63 PN40 PN63 PN40 PN63 D E F Weight
PN100 PN100 PN100 PN100
DN15 130 210 103 105 330 335 242 247 170 200 272 10.0
DN20 150 230 103 108 330 335 242 247 170 200 272 10.8
DN25 160 230 103 108 330 335 242 247 170 200 272 11.0
DN32 180 260 132 132 359 359 271 271 170 200 272 17.5
DN40 200 260 132 132 359 359 271 271 170 200 272 18.0
DN50 230 300 127 127 354 354 266 266 170 200 272 21.0
DN65 290 340 201 201 425 425 340 340 170 200 272 39.0
Flanged ASME
2.11.15 Size ASME

A
ASME ASME
B
ASME ASME
C
ASME ASME
C1
ASME D E F Weight
300 600 300 600 300 600 300 600
DN15 190.5 203 103 105 330 335 242 247 170 200 272 10.0
DN20 190.5 206 103 108 330 335 242 247 170 200 272 10.8
DN25 196.9 210 103 108 330 335 242 247 170 200 272 11.0
DN32 251 132 359 271 200 17.5
DN40 235.0 251 132 132 359 359 271 271 170 200 272 18.0
DN50 266.7 286 127 127 354 354 266 266 170 200 272 21.0
DN65 292.1 311 201 201 425 425 340 340 170 200 272 39.0
F
D
C1
DN15 DN15
BBV_3 PN / M B BBV_3 M
shown shown
Butt weld and Socket weld
Size A B C C1 D E F Weight
DN15 203 105 335 247 170 200 272 10.0
DN20 206 108 335 247 170 200 272 10.8
DN25 210 108 359 247 170 200 272 11.0
DN32 251 132 359 271 170 200 272 17.5
DN40 251 132 359 271 170 200 272 18.0
DN50 286 127 354 266 170 200 272 21.0
DN65 311 201 425 340 170 200 272 39.0

Boiler house
Spare parts A
PN40
ASME 150 and ASME 300
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn
in a grey line are not supplied as spares.
Note: When placing an order for spare parts please specify clearly
the full product description as found on the label of the valve body,
as this will ensure that the correct spare parts are supplied.
Available spares - BBV series

Actuator clamping nut A C2
Gasket set (Non-bellows sealed) B, G

C1
PTFE to Graphite conversion kit C1
Stem seal kits
Graphite packing
Fast opening trim

C2
2.11.16
How to order spares

headed 'Available spares', and state the size and type of valve
including the full product description of the product.
Example: 1 - PTFE stem seal kit for a Spirax Sarco BBV43

PWSUSS DN25 PN40 control valve.
How to fit spares

Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions supplied with the spare.
D1

Boiler house
Spare parts
A
PN63 and PN100
ASME 600
JIS / KS 30 and JIS / KS 40
in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares BBV

Gasket set B, G
C1
Stem seal kits Graphite packing C1
2.11.17 Fast opening trim
How to order spares

including the full product description of the product. D1
Example: 1 - Plug stem and seat kit for a Spirax Sarco BBV43
PWSUSS DN25 PN63 two-port control valve having flanged PN63
connections.
How to fit spares

Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and
Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare.
D1
H G

Boiler house
BBV selection guide:
Valve series BBV = Boiler blowdown valve BBV
4 = Carbon steel
Body material 6 = Stainless steel 4
8 = Alloy steel
1 = Screwed
Connections 3
3 = Flanged
P = PTFE
Stem sealing P
H = Graphite
2.11.18
Seating W = Stellite W
Type of trim S = Standard trim S
Trim balancing U = Unbalanced U
Bonnet type S = Standard S
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 and DN65

Valve size =
", ", 1", 1", 1", 2" and 2"
DN20
EN standard = Flanged EN 1092 PN40, PN63 and PN100
Connections ASME
For alternative = Flanged ASME 300 and ASME 600
standard
connections to those PN40
stated please contact
Spirax Sarco. Butt weld
Socket weld
Air / water pneumatically actuated supplied with a manual

PN / M =
actuation lever
Version PN / M
M = Manually actuated complete with a manual actuation lever
Selection example: BBV 4 3 P W S U S S DN20 PN40 PN / M
How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco BBV43PWSUSS DN20 PN / M

Boiler house
Energy monitor
2.2.11
12.1
Boiler house
Energy monitor
TI-P408-01
EMM Issue 5
B850
Boiler House Energy Monitor
Description
The B850 is a flexible and easy to use Boiler House Energy Monitor that accurately calculates the efficiency of the boiler based on
measured inputs from fuel, feedwater, steam output, condensate return and blowdown.
The B850 is a boiler house energy monitoring solution that has been designed for organisations operating boilers on an existing
installed base and for boiler OEM's where customers specify a requirement for energy monitoring. The B850 calculates a boiler's 'real
time' energy transfer efficiency from fuel to steam. It will also measure for energy losses from the boiler due to blowdown applications. 2.12.2
Being fully compatible with a wide range of Spirax Sarco flowmetering products the B850 is the heart of a fully integrated system that
will provide Operating Managers in an increasing range of industries detailed information to be able to review boiler efficiency against
past performance.
The unit is available for either wall or panel mounting. The B850-W-2 and B850-W-2-UL are wall mounted versions are mains powered
(100 to 250 Vac), while the B850-P-2 panel mounting version is intended for direct connection to a Low Voltage power supply typically
found inside PLC panels, i.e. 24 Vdc.
The B850 is supplied with a default configuration that makes configuration easy, either off-line with the free PC based software wizard
provided with each product. When the configuration has been completed, it can be saved to file or to the free USB memory stick
provided, from where it can be plugged in and up-loaded directly into the unit. Alternatively, commissioning can be carried out via a
hierarchical menu structure through the front panel. Full commissioning details are included in the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions (IMI) supplied with the unit.
Spirax Sarco offers a complete range of flowmeters for the measurement of: Gas, Feedwater, Steam and make-up water.
For existing installed flowmeters the B850 can accept 4 - 20 mA, Pulse and RTD inputs.
The B850 is compatible with a large number of interfaces and protocols including: RS-485, Modbus RTU, BACnet MSTP,
RJ-45 Ethernet, Modbus TCP / IP, BACnet IP, USB and Hosted http web.
A GSM module can be connected to the RS-485 port which enables transfer of information about failures, alarms and measurement
values in the form of SMS text messages.
B850-W-2
wall mounted version
B850-P-2
panel mounted version
For selection of the optimum

unit for your application, please
visit page 3 'Available options'
before placing an order.
Page 1 of 8
Boiler house
Energy monitor
Standards and certification
This range of products fully comply with the requirements of the European Directives and carry the mark when so required.
In addition there is an cULus certified version of the wall mount variant available
The B850 is available with the following certification:
- Uncertainty Certificate / Inspection Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.
The B850 can calculate and display:
- Energy transfer efficiency from fuel to steam
- Potential energy losses from TDS and bottom blowdown applications
- Energy recovery from condensate return
- Steam flow and pressure
- Feedwater flow and temperature
- Fuel flow
2.12.3
Applications
Application Proposed flowmeter (B850 is the example supplied ) Meter output
Gas (Oil, Coal) Thermal mass flowmeter for gas (MTL10) (0) 4 - 20 mA
Boiler feedwater Magnetic flowmeter (ELM) (0) 4 - 20 mA
Boiler steam output Flowmeter (Gilflo, ILVA) (0) 4 - 20 mA
Make-up water Magnetic flowmeter (ELM) (0) 4 - 20 mA
TDS blowdown TDS valve Relay (State)
BB blowdown BBD valve Relay (State)
B850 Boiler House Energy Monitor

Boiler house
Energy monitor
Typical boiler house application
Condensate return temperature measurement
Treated
water
Steam flowmeter
supply
and optional steam
temperature and
pressure
Feedwater flowmeter and Process
temperature measurement
Fuel
supply
BC3250
Controller Blowdown vessel 2.12.4
TDS valve
Fuel flowmeter
BBD bottom blowdown valve
Available options
The following versions of the B850 series have the same functions and are available as follows:
B850-P for panel mounting and is powered by 24 Vdc. Each version is equipped with two
B850-W for wall mounting and has been adapted to be powered by 100 / 240 Vac. analog outputs
Offered versions of the instruments:
B850 -x -2 -x
B850-W-2
Panel mounted version.
-P (CE and cULus approved as standard)
wall mounted
version
Wall mounted version. B850-P-2

-W (CE approved as standard, cULus panel mounted
approval optional) version
-2 Two analog 4 - 20 mA outputs.
Option with cULus approval

-UL (required for wall mount
version only)

Boiler house
Energy monitor
Technical data for the B850 series flow computers
User interface, front panel

Display type LCD TFT color, 3.5", with LED backlight
Display size / resolution 43.8 mm x 77.4 mm / 272 (RGB) x 480 px,
LED indication 3 two-color LEDs, red / green: ALARM, REC, USB
Keyboard 19 membrane buttons
Inputs organization
6 x I type (0 / 4 - 20 mA): IN1, IN2, IN3, IN4, IN5, IN6
Number of inputs 3 x RTD (4-wire): IN7, IN8, IN9
3 x PULS: IN10, IN11, IN12
I type (0 / 4-20 mA current loop analog inputs)

2.12.5 Signal type 0 - 20 mA or 4 - 20 mA
2-wire passive transmitter (supplied from B850) or active

Transmitter connection
transmitter (current source transmitter)
Input resistance 95 W 10% (protected with PTC 50 mA fuse in series)
24 Vdc +10% / -20%; max 22 mA per channel (protected with

Transmitters supply
PTC 50 mA fuse and 100 resistor in series)
A / C converter resolution 18 bit (24 bit Sigma-Delta ADC)
50 Hz / 60 Hz filter Sinc3 digital filter
Damping (1st order Low Pass Software Filter time constant) 2 s / 5 s / 10 s / 20 s / 30 s / 1 min / 2 min / 3 min / 5 min
Measurement resolution > 0.01% of FS
Accuracy (at Tamb = +25 C / +77 F) 0.1% of FS (typical W0.05% of FS)
Temperature drift Maximum 0.02% of FS / C
Maximum input voltage 40 Vdc / SELV
Galvanic isolation between inputs No; common potential of functional GND for all inputs
Galvanic isolation to Analog Outputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute
RTD type (3 analog inputs for temperature sensors)

Pt-100 x K; Ni-100 x K; where K = 1..11
Sensor types
(K multiplier, e.g.: K = 2 for Pt-200)
-200 .. +850 C / -328 .. +1562 F for Pt100 x K

Measuring range
-60 .. +150 C / -76 .. +302 F for Ni100 x K
Sensor connection 4-wire (2-wire with wire bridges)
Wire resistance compensation Automatic , additional manual in range -99.99 .. +99.99 W
M aximum resistance of connecting wires 50 W
Damping (1st order Low Pass Filter time constant) 2 s / 5 s / 10 s / 20 s / 30 s / 1 min / 2 min / 3 min / 5min
Measurement resolution > 0.05% of reading or 0.1 (TBV)
Accuracy (at Tamb = +25 C / +77 F) 0.5 C / 0.9 F (typical 0.3 C / 0.54 F)
Temperature drift Maximum 0.02 C / C / 0.036 F / F
Max input voltage 40 Vdc / SELV

Boiler house
Energy monitor
PULS type inputs (binary / pulse / frequency)
0 .. 20 kHz (cut off for f < 0.001 Hz)
Measuring range
(0 ..1 kHz with filter jumper J1 / J2 / J3 ON)
Minimum pulse width 25 s (0.5 ms with filter jumper J1 / J2 / J3 ON)
Accuracy for frequency measurement

0.02%
(at Tamb = +25 C / +77 F)
Configuration (default): OC or Contact open / closed (Internal jumper J4 / J5 / J6 ON)
Open circuit voltage 5 Vdc
Short circuit current 5 mA
On / off threshold
Configuration: Voltage Input

2.7 V / 2.4 V
(Internal jumper J4 / J5 / J6 OFF)

2.12.6
Signal amplitude 4 .. 36 Vdc
On / off threshold 2.7 V / 2.4 V
Input resistance 10 k W
Compensated flow and heat energy measurement

Calculation update rate 1s
Total accuracy of compensated steam, water, other liquid or

Typical: better then 0.5% (worst case: better then 2%)
technical gas flow measurement
4-20 mA analog outputs

Number of outputs 2
Output signal 4 - 20 mA passive (external current loop supply required)
Resolution 16 bit DAC
Loop resistance (R L) range for U CC = 24 V 0 .. 600
Minimum loop power supply voltage U CCmin = RL x 0.022 + 8
Maximum loop power supply voltage 28 Vdc / SELV
Accuracy (at Tamb = +25 C / +77 F) Better than 0.2% of FS / C
Galvanic isolation to Analog Inputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute
Binary outputs (B850-W-2 and B850-W-2-UL)

Number of outputs 4
Type of outputs 3 pole (COM, NO, NC) electromechanical relay
Contact rating (resistive load) 3 A at 85 .. 250 Vac / 30 Vdc
Maximum switching voltage 250 Vac / 125 Vdc
Maximum switching power 750 VA / 90 W
Binary outputs (B850-P-2)

Number of outputs 4
Type of outputs 2 pole Solid State Relay
Contact rating (resistive load) 0.1 A at 24 Vac/dc (max 42 Vac 60 Vdc) / SELV
Maximum ON resistance 20
Galvanic isolation (optoisolation) 250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute

Boiler house
Energy monitor
RS-485 / 422
Transmission protocol ASCII Modbus RTU, BACnet MSTP and GSM
Number of nodes in network 256
Maximum line length 1 200 m (depends on quality of data cable and baud rate)
Baud rate 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 38.4, 57.6, 115.2, 230.4 kbps
Parity control Even, Odd, None
Frame 1 start bit, 8 data bits, parity 1 bit, 1 stop bit
Internal terminating resistor Yes, activated with DIP switch
Maximum bus terminal voltages -8 V +13 V / SELV
Minimal driver differential output voltage 1.5 V (for R L = 54 W)
Minimum receiver sensitivity 200 mV
2.12.7 Short-circuit / thermal protection
Galvanic isolation to Analog Inputs, Analog Outputs, Ethernet

Yes
250 Vac continuous; 1500 Vac for 1 minute
Ethernet port
Transmission protocol Modbus TCP, ICMP (ping), DHCP server, http server, BACnet IP
Interface 10 BaseT Ethernet
Data buffer 300 B
Number of opened connections (simultaneously) 4
Connection type RJ-45 / SELV
LED indication 2 (build in RJ-45 socket)
USB port
Socket type A type, according to USB standard
Version USB 2.0
Recording format FAT16 (within a limited scope)
Power supply (B850-W-2 and B850-W-2-UL)

Rated supply voltage 100 - 240 Vac; 50 / 60 Hz
Supply voltage range 85 .. 264 Vac; 47 .. 63 Hz
Power consumption Maximum 20 VA
Over voltage category CAT III
Power supply (B850-P-2)

Rated supply voltage 24 Vdc (SELV and Limited Energy Supply)
Supply voltage range 18 .. 36 Vdc
Power consumption Maximum 8 W
Wire terminals (B850-W-2 and B850-W-2-UL)

Wire connection / terminals Spring type terminal block
Solid 0.2 .. 2.5 mm 2

Stranded 0.2 .. 1.5 mm 2
Conductor cross Section
Stranded with ferrule 0.25 .. 1.5 mm 2
AWG 26 .. 12
Non cULus Version cable entry 4 glands type M20, 2 glands type M16
cULus Version cable entry 4 conduit hubs " NPT

Boiler house
Energy monitor
Wire terminals (B850-P-2)
Wire connection / terminals Screw type terminal blocks, plug type
Solid 1.5 mm 2 max

Stranded 1 mm 2 max
Conductor cross Section
AWG 30 / 14
Enclosure (B850-W-2 and B850-W-2-UL)

Enclosure type Wall mounting, Polycarbonate material
217 mm x 257 mm x 134 mm (without cable glands)

238 mm x 257 mm x 134 mm (with conduit hub cULus version)
Dimensions (height x width x depth) 247 mm x 257 mm x 134 mm (with cable glands - non cULus
version)
290 mm x 300 mm x 165 mm (in cardboard box)
Weight net (gross) approx. 1.7 kg (cULus version 2.5 kg)
Protection class IP65 (not UL evaluated)

2.12.8
Enclosure (B850-P-2)
Enclosure type Panel mounting, Lexan Resin 920 material
110 mm x 206 mm x 63.5 mm (without terminals)

Dimensions (height x width x depth) 110 mm x 206 mm x 72 mm (with terminals)
Panel cut-out dimensions 186 mm x 92 mm
Panel thickness 1 .. 5 mm
Weight net (gross) approx. 0.6 kg (0.7 kg)
Protection class (front / rear) IP65 / IP20 (not UL evaluated)
Environmental conditions
Ambient temperature 0 .. +55 C (32 .. 131 F)
Relative humidity 5 .. 95% (non-condensing)
Altitude 2000 m (6 562 ft) above sea level
Storage temperature -30 .. +70 C
3 Panel version (when installed in an enclosure)

Pollution degree
3 Wall version
EN 61010-1
Electrical safety UL 61010-1, 3rd Edition
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1, 3rd Edition
Immunity EN 61326-1 Table 2

EMC
Radiated and conducted emissions EN61326-1 Group 1 Class B
Installation location Indoor use only

Boiler house
Energy monitor
B850 A B C D E Weight
B850-W-2 (wall mounted) 257 217 134 30 * - 1.70
B850-W-2-UL (wall mounted) 257 217 134 21 - 2.5
B850-P-2 (panel mounted) 206 110 72.3 - 9.5 0.60
* Approximate dimension as the cable glands are adjustable.
B850-W-2 (wall mounted) B850-P-2 (panel mounted)

A C A C
2.12.9
B850
B
B850
E
B850-W-2-UL version
A C
B
B850

Installation notes:
1. The wall mounted B850-W requires 3 mounting screws (not supplied) to mount to a wall or has optionally a DIN rail mounting.
2. The panel mounted B850-P is supplied with mounting clamps.
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, provided due care is taken.
How to order
For the correct product nomenclature for the unit that best suits the intended application please revisit page 2 'Available options' before
placing an order.
Example 1: 1 off B850-P-2 panel mounted energy monitor with two analog 4-20 mA outputs, 24 Vdc supply
Example 2: 1 off M850-W-2-UL wall mounted energy monitor with two analog 4-20 mA outputs, 240 Vac supply
Spare parts
There are no spare parts available for the B850 energy monitors.

Flowmetering
Section 3
3.1 Flowmetering selection guide and UKAS accreditation
3.2 Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters
3.3 Target flowmeters

3
3.4 Orifice plate flowmeters
3.5 Flowmetering ancillaries
3.6 Ultrasonic flowmeters
3.7 Vortex flowmeters
3.8 Turbine flowmeters

Flowmetering
Flowmetering selection
Local regulations guide
may restrict the use and
of this product to belowUKAS accreditation
the conditions quoted.
TI-GMI-19
MI Issue 1
Flowmeter
Selection Guide
Water Acids
Viscous Hydro-
Flowmeter type / fluid Turndown and and Gas Steam Sizes
liquids carbons
Condensate chemicals
Differential Pressure
3.1.1 Variable Area

Up to 100:1
DN50 - DN400
Target Variable Area

with Up to 50:1
DN50 - DN100
Saturated
Integral flow computer
steam only
Target Fixed Area

with Up to 10:1
DN25 - DN50
Saturated
steam only
Ultrasonic
Transit Time
with
Up to 40:1
DN15 - DN2000
Vortex
with
Up to 20:1
DN25 - DN300
Turbine Insertion
with
Up to 25:1
DN80 - DN2000
Electromagnetic
with Up to 4:1
WirelessHARTTM
and
Up to 50:1
DN50 - DN100
TEG heat scavenging Saturated
power supply steam only
Flowmetering
Flowmetering selection
Local regulations guide
may restrict the use and
of this product to belowUKAS accreditation
the conditions quoted.
TI-F21-20
MI Issue 1
UKAS Accredited Calibration Datasheet for

Spirax Sarco Flowmeters
Spirax Sarco flowmeters are now available with UKAS Accreditation to
ISO 17025. This is a special requirement that must be stated at the time
of the order. To ensure that the customers requirements are fully
understood, this datasheet must be completed with all the relevant data.
Selection of type of accredited calibration required: 0714

0714
Flowmeter type TVA ILVA Compact Stem ILVA Spiraflo Gilflo TFA VLM20 Other Non-SPIRAX
(tick as appropriate): 3.1.2for
UKAS Accredited Calibration Datasheet
DN25 DN32 DN40 SpiraxDN80
DN50 Sarco Flowmeters
DN100 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
TFA
Spirax Sarco flowmeters are now available with UKAS Accreditation to ISO 1702
ILVA requirement that must be stated at the time of the order. To ensure that the cu
Compact stem ILVA requirements are fully understood, this datasheet must be completed with all t
Flowmeter size Spiraflo

Selection of type of accredited calibration required:
(tick as appropriate): Gilflo
TVA
Flowmeter type (tick as appropriate):
VLM20 TVA ILVA Compact Spiraflo Gilflo TFA VLM20 Flo

Stem
Other ILVA
Non-SPIRAX
Standard (new flowmeter) Meter Size (tick as appropriate):

Standard (recalibration)
DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80 DN100 DN150 DN200 D
Custom TFA
Number of points ILVA
Compact
Number of readings per point stem
Points, as percentage of maximum water flow ILVA Or user selected points
Spiraflo
1
Gilflo
TVA 3
VLM20 5
Type of calibration Flowin
Non-
7
(tick as appropriate):
SPIRAX 10
20
30 1
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Flowmetering
Gilflo
Local regulations and
may restrict ILVA
the use flowmeters
of this product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-P337-06
MI Issue 7
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeters

System Overview
Description
The Spirax Sarco Gilflo ILVA flowmetering system consists of two EL2271
major parts: temperature
transmitter
1. The Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit. This is installed in the line where
the flow is to be measured. Using impulse pipework, this is Gilflo ILVA
connected to:
2. The M610 DP transmitter assembly. This measures the
differential pressure across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit and
3.2.1
converts it to a 4 -20 mA output signal. This output signal can EL2600
be used in a number of ways: pressure
transmitter
i- To act as a suitable input to an EMS / BEMS which can be
programmed by the user to carry out the linearising of the
output signal based on the calibration data that is supplied F50C isolation valves
with each Gilflo ILVA flowmeter. Additional inputs from the
EL2600 pressure transmitter and EL2271 temperature
transmitter can be used to carry out density compensation
for compressible flow applications.
ii- To supply an M750 display unit. This gives a non- M610
compensated display of rate of flow and totalised flow. It is DP transmitter assembly
suitable for liquid, gas and steam applications where density (for gas applications the
compensation is not required. M610 DP transmitter is
mounted above the
iii- To supply a Spirax Sarco M850 flow computer. Use of the Gilflo ILVA)
pressure and temperature transmitters enables automatic
density compensation to be carried out for compressible
flow applications. See the relevant TI for details of
pressure / temperature limits for flow computers.
The Gilfo ILVA pipeline unit can be used to measure the flow of
most industrial liquids, gases and vapours within the pressure
and temperature limits detailed in the TI's.
Installation
Care must be taken to meet all the requirements of the Installation EMS/
BEMS
and Maintenance Instructions that are included with the equipment.
Some installation points to watch are noted overleaf.
In addition, heat metering is possible on saturated steam systems or
by replacing the EL2600 pressure transmitter with an EL2271
temperature transmitter in the condensate return line (M850 M750
system only). display unit
Outputs,
alarms,
Electrical wiring etc.
All electrical wiring must be carried out to the appropriate standards. or
Full wiring interconnection details are included with the equipment.
M850
flow computer
Associated equipment (steam / gas)
Item Description Outputs,
EL2271 Temperature transmitter alarms,
etc.
EL2600 Pressure transmitter
F50C Isolation valve
Gilflo ILVA Pipeline unit
M610 DP transmitter assembly
M750 Display unit
M850 Flow computer Steam or gas flow computer
Flowmetering
Gilflo and ILVA flowmeters
Installation points to watch:

1. Ensure that all pipework is adequately supported and properly aligned. Special care should be taken to ensure that the Gilflo ILVA
pipeline unit is concentrically mounted in the line.
2. The Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit should be selected on capacity rather than line size. Where line size changes on steam systems are
necessary, use eccentric reducers to avoid build-up of condensate.
3. The minimum recommended lengths of straight pipe upstream and downstream are 6 D and 3 D respectively. See other literature
for more details concerning the Gilflo ILVA.
4. Take care to ensure the correct direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the flowmeter body.
5. Take care to avoid reverse flow through the flowmeter.
6. Avoid installing the flowmeter downstream of a pressure reducing valve (especially on steam systems) as this may cause inaccurate
readings. Similarly, avoid installing the flowmeter downstream of a partially open valve.
7. Remember that actuated valves may cause rapid pressure fluctuations which could cause damage.
8. On steam or liquid systems, the M610 DP transmitter assembly is mounted below the flowmeter. Take care to ensure that all impulse
lines remain full to prevent damage to the DP transmitter through contact with steam or high temperature liquid.
9. For steam applications, care should be taken to ensure adequate line drainage, trapping etc., to avoid condensate slugs impacting
the flowmeter. Where practicable, steam separators should be fitted. These should be drained using a float trap set.
10. For gas applications, the M610 DP transmitter assembly is installed above the pipework. Ensure that the impulse lines allow
3.2.2
free drainage of moisture away from the DP transmitter and back into the pipeline.
TI-P337-06 MI Issue 7 Gilflo ILVA Flowmeters System Overview

Flowmetering
Gilflo
may restrict ILVA
the use flowmeters
TI-P337-05
MI Issue 15
Gilflo ILVA
Flowmeter
Description
The Gilflo ILVA flowmeter operates on the spring loaded variable
area principle and produces a differential pressure related to the
rate of flow. It can be used with most industrial fluids, gases
and both saturated and superheated steam. A general description
of the ILVA flowmetering system and its associated equipment
is given in a separate TI sheet.

3.2.3 DN50, DN80, DN100, DN150, DN200. For DN250 and DN300
sizes see separate literature.
Suitable for fitting between the following flanges:
EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40.
BS 10 Table H.
ASME B 16.5 Class 150, 300 and 600.
JIS 20.
KS 20.
The Gilflo ILVA flowmeter should be installed in pipework
manufactured to BS 1600 or ASME B 36.10 Schedule 40.
For different pipe standards / schedules downstream spool
pieces with equivalent internal diameter as in BS 1600 or
ASME B 36.10 Schedule 40 should be used. If this is not
possible, please contact Spirax-Sarco Limited.
Materials
Part Material
Body Cast stainless steel S.316 (CF8M / 1.4408)
Internals 431 S29 / S303 / S304 / S316
Spring Inconel X750 Performance
The Gilflo ILVA is designed to be used in conjunction with linearising
electronics such as the range of flow computers or M750 display
Pressure / temperature limits unit. Alternatively the output signal linearisation can be performed
on an EMS / BEMS or equivalent.
Accuracy when used with Spirax Sarco flow computers or M750:
Temperature C
1% of measured value from 5% to 100% of maximum rated flow.

0.1% FSD from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow.
Steam Repeatability better than 0.25%
saturation
curve Turndown: up to 100:1
Caution: Scanner 2000 steam mass flow transmitters are
uniquely configured at the factory to work with a single, specific
Gilflo ILVA flowmeter. For correct operation the configured

Scanner 2000 transmitter must always be installed with its
Pressure bar g
allocated flowmeter. Labels on the packaging give the serial
The product must not be used in this region. numbers of the matched products.

Pressure drop
The maximum pressure drop across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 102 bar g @ 20C is 498 m bar (200 ins water gauge) at maximum rated flow.
Minimum allowable temperature -50C Flow capacity
To determine the capacity of the Gilflo ILVA for different fluids, it
Maximum operating pressure is dependant on the flange
PMO specification is necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate QE (in l / min)
as described in Step 1, under the section 'sizing the Gilflo ILVA'
then selecting the appropriate size of flowmeter from the Table
TMO Maximum operating temperature 400C @ 40 bar g under Step 2 overleaf.
Minimum operating temperature -29C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco How to order
Maximum viscosity 30 centipoise Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN150 Gilflo ILVA flowmeter for
DPMX Maximum differential pressure 498 m bar installation between flanges to EN 1092 PN40. Body material
316 stainless steel. Flow medium saturated steam at 10 bar g,
maximum flow 8 000 kg / h.
Flowmetering
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Sizing the Gilflo ILVA flowmeter

Size A B C D E Weight In order to determine the flow capacity of a Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit,
it is necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate (QE)
DN50 35 63 140 103 17.5 2.0 based on the anticipated actual flow (see Step 1).
DN80 45 78 150 138 22.5 3.9 The Table below is used to select the appropriate unit (steam only).
DN100 60 103 205 162 30.0 8.3 Step 1. Determine equivalent water flowrate (QE) in l /min:-
DN150 75 134 300 218 37.5 14.2
Mass flow units Volumetric units
DN200 85 161 360 273 42.5 23.6 qm
Liquids QE = QE = QL SG
Note:- Pressure tappings are threaded " NPT SG
E
Gases
Note: Pressure tappings and steam 1 000 DF
(2 off located at 180) actual flow Q E = qM QE = QF
DF 1 000
conditions
qM
Gases QE =
DS P T
standard DS PF TS QE = QS x S x F
D x x
conditions 1 000 P TS
1000 PS TF F
Where:
QE = Equivalent water flowrate (litres / min)
qm = Mass flowrate (kg / min)
QL = Maximum liquid flowrate (litres / min)
A
B
QS = Maximum gas flowrate at standard conditions (litres / min)
QF = Maximum gas flowrate at actual flow conditions (litres / min)
3.2.4
C
SG = Specific gravity
Safety information, installation and maintenance DS = Density of gas at standard conditions (kg / m)
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions DF = Density of gas at actual flow conditions (kg / m)
PS = Standard pressure: 1.013 bar a, 1.033 kg /cm2 a, 14.70 psi a
Installation note: PF = Actual flow pressure in same absolute units as PS
The following main points are given here for guidance:
TS = Standard temperature (K) = C + 273
1. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted with a minimum of 6 straight
pipe diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings or TF = Actual flow temperature (K) = C + 273
cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe lengths.
Where an increase in nominal pipe diameter is required upstream Step 2. Using the value of QE as determined in Step 1, select the
of the flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be increased to correct size of the Gilflo ILVA flowmeter using the Table below. In
12 diameters. Similarly, where a Gilflo ILVA is installed downstream practice, it will often be the line size that determines the choice of
of two 90 degree bends in two planes, a pressure reducing valve the flowmeter.
or a partially open valve, 12 upstream pipe diameters should be
allowed. Flowmeter QE litres / min Maximum DP
type Maximum Minimum Wg m bar
2. It is important that the internal upstream and downstream diameters
of pipe are smooth. Ideally seamless pipes should be used. It is DN50 149 1 200 498
recommended that slip-on flanges be used to avoid any intrusive DN80 585 6 200 498
weld beads on the internal diameter of the pipe.
DN100 1 200 12 200 498
3. Care should be taken to install the Gilflo ILVA concentrically in the
line. If this is not done, flow measurement errors may occur. DN150 2 900 29 200 498
4. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted horizontally. For vertical DN200 5 700 57 200 498
installations, consult Spirax Sarco. Example: Determine which Gilflo pipeline unit is required to
5. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering practices measure the flow of compressed air when:
should be followed: 1: Estimated maximum rate of flow = 500 s m/h at 7 bar g and 20C
- Correct line drainage through adequate trapping. Note: Standard conditions = 1.013 bar a, 0C giving a standard
- Good alignment and support of associated pipework. density of 1.29 kg / m
- Line size changes achieved by the use of eccentric reducers.
2: Calculate QE from: QE = QS DS P TD P P
Maintenance note: x QSS x F S x F x F
QE =
1 000 PF 1T000 P TS
There are no user serviceable parts in the Gilflo ILVA. A visual check S S
together with confirmation that the orifice /cone reference dimension
is within tolerance is possible. 1.29 1.013 293
QE =(500 x 16.667) x x x
1 000 8.013 273
Sizing the Gilflo ILVA for saturated steam - kg/h
Minimum and maximum flowrates in kg / h at different QE = 110 litres / min
pressures (bar g)
Note: Maximum steam flowrates are calculated at maximum So a DN50 ILVA is recommended.
differential pressure. Note: 1 m / h = 16.667 litres / min
Steam pressure bar g

Size
1 3 5 7 10 12 15 20 25 30 40
Maximum 307 427 517 594 693 752 832 952 1 060 1 160 1 341
DN50 Minimum 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 10 11 12 13
Maximum 1 206 1 675 2 032 2 332 2 721 2 951 3 268 3 740 4 163 4 554 5 265
DN80 Minimum 12 17 20 23 27 30 33 37 42 46 53
Maximum 2 475 3 435 4 167 4 784 5 581 6 054 6 703 7 671 8 540 9 341 10 800
DN100 Minimum 25 34 42 48 56 61 67 77 85 93 108
Maximum 5 981 8 301 10 071 11 562 13 487 14 631 16 119 18 538 20 639 22 573 26 101
DN150 Minimum 60 83 101 116 135 146 162 185 206 226 261
Maximum 11 756 16 317 19 796 22 726 26 509 28 757 31 840 36 437 40 566 44 368 51 301
DN200 Minimum 118 163 198 227 265 288 318 364 406 444 513
How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 Gilflo ILVA flowmeter suitable for fitting between EN 1092 PN40 connections.
TI-P337-05 MI Issue 15 Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter

Flowmetering
Gilflo
may restrict ILVA
the use flowmeters
TI-P337-46
MI Issue 3
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter

DN250 and DN300
Description
The Gilflo ILVA flowmeter operates on the spring loaded variable
area principle and produces a differential pressure related to the
rate of flow. It can be used with most industrial fluids, gases and
both saturated and superheated steam. A general description of the
ILVA flowmetering system and its associated equipment is given in
a separate TI sheet.

3.2.5 DN250 and DN300. For DN50, DN80, DN100, DN150 and
DN200 sizes see separate literature.
EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40.
ASME B 16.5 Class 150, 300 and 600.
JIS 20.
KS 20.
For different pipe standards / schedules, downstream spool pieces
with an equivalent internal diameter to BS 1600 or ASME B 36.10
Schedule 40 should be used. If this is not possible, please contact
Spirax Sarco Limited.
Materials
Part Material
Body Cast stainless steel S.316 (CF8M / 1.4408)
Internals 431 S29 / S303 / S304 / S316
Spring Inconel X750
Performance
The Gilflo ILVA is used in conjunction with linearising electronics
Pressure / temperature limits such as Spirax Sarco flow computers or M750 display unit.
Alternatively the output signal linearisation can be performed on an
EMS / BEMS or equivalent.
Temperature C
Accuracy when used with Spirax Sarco flow computers or M750:
Steam 0.1% FSD from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow.
saturation Repeatability better than 0.25%
curve Turndown: up to 100:1

Caution: The Scanner 2000 mass flow transmitters can be

configured at the factory to work with a single, specific Gilflo ILVA
flowmeter. For correct operation the configured transmitter
Pressure bar g
must always be installed with its allocated flowmeter. Labels on
the packaging give the serial numbers of the matched products.
Pressure drop
Body design conditions ASME 600 The maximum pressure drop across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 100 bar g @ 50C is 498 m bar (200 ins water gauge) at maximum rated flow.
Minimum allowable temperature -29C Flow capacity
To determine the capacity of the Gilflo ILVA for different fluids, it is
Maximum operating pressure is dependant on the flange
PMO specification necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate QE (in l / min)
as described in Step 1, under the section 'sizing the Gilflo ILVA'
Minimum operating pressure 0.6 bar g then selecting the appropriate size of flowmeter from the Table
TMO Maximum operating temperature 400C @ 69 bar g under Step 2 overleaf.
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco How to order
Maximum viscosity 30 centipoise Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN250 Gilflo ILVA flowmeter for
DPMX Maximum differential pressure 498 m bar installation between EN 1092 PN40 flanges. The body material is
to be 316 stainless steel. The flow medium will be saturated
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 155 bar g steam at 10 bar g and the maximum flow will be 28 000 kg / h.
Flowmetering
Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Sizing the Gilflo ILVA flowmeter

Size A B C D E F Weight In order to determine the flow capacity of a Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit,
it is necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate (QE)
DN250 104 204 444 330 35.0 35 41.5 based on the anticipated actual flow (see Step 1).
DN300 120 250 530 385 42.5 35 67.0 The Table below is used to select the appropriate unit (steam only).
Note:- Pressure tappings are threaded " NPT Step 1. Determine equivalent water flowrate (QE) in l /min:-
Mass flow units Volumetric units
F Note: Pressure tappings qm
E (2 off located on one side only) Liquids QE = QE = QL SG
SG
Gases
and steam 1 000 DF
Q E = qM QE = QF
actual flow DF 1 000
conditions
D
Gases DS PF PF DS P T
standard QE = QS x x QE = QS x S x F
1 000 PS TS 1 000 PF TS
conditions
Where:
QE = Equivalent water flowrate (litres / min)
qm = Mass flowrate (kg / min)
A
B
C
QL = Maximum liquid flowrate (litres / min)
QS = Maximum gas flowrate at standard conditions (litres / min)
3.2.6
QF = Maximum gas flowrate at actual flow conditions (litres / min)
Safety information, installation and maintenance DS = Density of gas at standard conditions (kg / m)
supplied with the product. DF = Density of gas at actual flow conditions (kg / m)
PS = Standard pressure: 1.013 bar a, 1.033 kg /cm2 a, 14.70 psi a
Installation note:
PF = Actual flow pressure in same absolute units as PS
TS = Standard temperature (K) = C + 273
1. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted with a minimum of 6 straight TF = Actual flow temperature (K) = C + 273
pipe diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings
or cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe Step 2. Using the value of QE as determined in Step 1, select
lengths. Where an increase in nominal pipe diameter is required the correct size of the Gilflo ILVA flowmeter using the Table below.
upstream of the flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be In practice, it will often be the line size that determines the choice
increased to 12 diameters. Similarly, where a Gilflo ILVA is of the flowmeter.
installed downstream of two 90 degree bends in two planes, Max. QE Maximum pressure drop
a pressure reducing valve or a partially open valve, 12 upstream Flowmeter type
litres / min Wg
pipe diameters should be allowed.
DN250 7 750 200
2. It is important that the internal upstream and downstream diameters DN300 10 975 200
of pipe are smooth. Ideally seamless pipes should be used. It is
recommended that slip-on flanges be used to avoid any intrusive Example: Determine which Gilflo pipeline unit is required to
weld beads on the internal diameter of the pipe. measure the flow of compressed air when:
3. Care should be taken to install the Gilflo ILVA concentrically in the 1: Estimated maximum rate of flow = 28000 s m /h at 7 bar g and 20C.
line. If this is not done, flow measurement errors may occur. Note: Standard conditions = 1.013 bar a, 0C giving a standard
density of 1.29 kg / m
4. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted horizontally. For vertical
installations, consult Spirax Sarco. 2: Calculate QE from:
5. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering practices DS P TF
QE = QS x SS x D PF PF
1Q E = Q
S
should be followed: 000 PF TS x x
- Correct line drainage through adequate trapping. 1 000 PS TS
- Good alignment and support of associated pipework. 1.29 1.013 293
- Line size changes achieved by the use of eccentric reducers. QE =(28 000 x 16.667) x
1 000
x
8.013
x
273
Maintenance note: QE = 6 174 litres / min
There are no user serviceable parts in the Gilflo ILVA. A visual
check together with confirmation that the orifice / cone reference So a DN250 ILVA is recommended.
dimension is within tolerance is possible. Note: 1 m / h = 16.667 litres / min
Sizing - Gilflo ILVA flowmeter minimum and maximum saturated steam flowrates in kg / h
Notes:
1. These capacities are based on a differential pressure across the flowmeter of 498 m bar H20 (200 Inches).
2. Minimum flow is 1% of maximum (100:1 turndown).
3. The table below is a guide only.

Size QE
1 3 5 7 10 12 15 20 25 30 40
Max. 7 750 15 985 22 185 26 915 30 899 36 043 39 099 43 292 49 541 55 155 60 325 69 758
DN250 Min. 78 160 222 269 309 433 391 433 495 552 603 698
Max. 10 975 22 637 31 417 38 115 43 758 51 042 55 369 61 307 70 157 78 107 85 428 98 778
DN300 Min. 110 226 314 381 438 510 554 613 702 781 854 988
How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN250 ILVA flowmeter suitable for fitting between EN 1092 PN16 connections.
TI-P337-46 MI Issue 3 Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter DN250 and DN300

Flowmetering
3.2.7
Flowmetering
Gilflo
may restrict ILVA
the use flowmeters
TI-P337-59
MI Issue 2
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter

with Mass Flow Transmitter and Compact Stem
DN250 and DN300
Description
The compact Gilflo ILVA flowmeter is a three element flowmeter. 2 3
It operates on the spring loaded variable area principle and
produces a differential pressure related to the flowrate. The ILVA
pipeline element is connected to the Scanner 2000 steam mass
flow transmitter via a compact stem and isolation manifold.
The compact ILVA flowmeter is supplied as separate elements
(calibrated) as standard, although the pipeline element (ILVA) and
Scanner 2000 are a matched pair.
The flowmeter can also be supplied as a fully assembled and
calibrated system on request. 3.2.8
DN250 and DN300.
EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40.
ASME B 16.5 Class 150, 300 and 600. 1
JIS 20 / KS 20.
For different pipe standards / schedules, downstream spool
pieces with an equivalent internal diameter to BS 1600 or 5 11 and 14
ASME B 36.10 Schedule 40 should be used. If this is not
possible, please contact Spirax-Sarco Limited.
Configuration
The Gilflo ILVA and Scanner 2000 are uniquely configured at the
factory as a matched pair for a specific application. For correct
4
operation they must be installed together. A label on the packaging
gives the serial number of the matched products.
The product can be configured using an RS485 equipped PC with
the supplied configuration software. 12 and 14
Materials 9
No. Part Material 13
1 Body Cast stainless steel S.316 (CF8M / 1.4408) 8
2 Internals 431 S29 / S303 / S304 / S316
3 Spring Inconel X750
4 Compact stem Cast stainless steel S.316 (CF8M / 1.4408)
Stem to Gilflo
5 Corruseal - Stainless Steel Grade 321
ILVA gasket
Stem to 7
6 Grafoil
manifold gasket
Cast aluminium
7 Enclosure
(painted with epoxy and polyurethane)
8 Body Stainless steel AISI 316
9 3-way manifold* Stainless steel AISI 316
10 Fluid fill Silicone oil (inside DP Cell (item 8))
11 Compact stem to Stainless steel

ILVA screws
12 Compact stem to Stainless steel

Manifold screws
13 Manifold to Grafoil
MVT gasket
14 Spring washer Stainless steel
* Note: 5-way manifold available as an option.
Page 1 of 5
Flowmetering
Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region or beyond
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur.

Minimum allowable temperature 0C
PMO Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g @ 239C
3.2.9 TMO Maximum operating temperature 239C @ 32 bar g
Minimum operating temperature 0C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
Maximum viscosity Saturated steam
DPMX Maximum differential pressure 498 m bar
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 142 bar g
Performance
The Gilflo ILVA is used in conjunction with linearising electronics such as a Spirax Sarco flow computer or M750 display unit.
Alternatively the output signal linearisation can be performed on an EMS / BEMS or equivalent.
Accuracy when used with Scanner 2000 or M750:
0.1% FSD from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow.
Repeatability better than 0.25%
Turndown: up to 100:1
Caution: The Scanner 2000 mass flow transmitters can be configured at the factory to work with a single, specific Gilflo ILVA flowmeter.
For correct operation the configured transmitter must always be installed with its allocated flowmeter. Labels on the packaging give the
serial numbers of the matched products.
Pressure drop
The maximum pressure drop across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit is 498 m bar (200 ins water gauge) at maximum rated flow.
Flow capacity
To determine the capacity of the Gilflo ILVA for different fluids, it is necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate Q E (in l / min)
as described in Step 1, under the section 'sizing the Gilflo ILVA' then selecting the appropriate size of flowmeter from the Table under
Step 2 overleaf.
Mass flow transmitter (Scanner 2000) - Technical data

Minimum 2" H 2 0 (4.98 mbar)
Range
Maximum 200" H 2 0 (498 mbar)
4 - 20 mA (expansion board required)
RS485 Modbus RTU slave (baud rate 300 to 38.4 K)
Outputs
Solid state relay, configurable as pulse or alarm
Power supply 6 V to 30 Vdc at 31 mA
Pressure limits 155 bar
-40C to 70C (-40F to 158F)
Temperature limits
LCD contrast is reduced below -30C (-22F)
0.05% for Spans >10% of the URL
Accuracy
0.005 (URL/SPAN) for Spans <10% of the sensor
Enclosure rating IEC IP68
Scanner certification ATEX or CSA approved (see Scanner literature for details)
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeter with mass flow transmitter and compact stem
TI-P337-59 MI Issue 2 DN250 and DN300 Page 2 of 5
Flowmetering

Size A B C D E F G H Weight
DN250 104 204 444 330 34.5 35 640 211 51.0
DN300 120 250 530 385 42.5 35 695 211 75.0
3.2.10
Flowmetering
Sizing the Gilflo ILVA flowmeter

In order to determine the flow capacity of a Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit, it is necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate (Q E) based
on the anticipated actual flow (see Step 1).
The Table below is used to select the appropriate unit (steam only).
Step 1. Determine equivalent water flowrate (Q E) in l/min:- Step 2. Using the value of Q E as determined in Step 1, select
Mass flow units Volumetric units the correct size of the Gilflo ILVA flowmeter using the Table below.
In practice, it will often be the line size that determines the choice
qm of the flowmeter.
Liquids QE = QE = QL SG
SG
Max. Q E Maximum pressure drop
Gases Flowmeter type
litres /min Wg
and steam 1 000 DF
Q E = qM QE = QF DN250 7 750 200
actual flow DF 1 000
conditions DN300 10 975 200
Example: Determine which Gilflo pipeline unit is required to

Gases DS PF PF DSP T measure the flow of compressed air when:
standard QE = QS x x QE = QS x Sx F
1 000 PS TS 1 000 PF TS
conditions 1: Estimated maximum rate of flow = 28000 s m /h at 7 bar g and 20C.
Note: Standard conditions = 1.013 bar a, 0C giving a standard
Where: density of 1.29 kg / m
Q E = Equivalent water flowrate (litres / min)
2: Calculate Q E from:
q m = Mass flowrate (kg / min)
3.2.11 Q L = Maximum liquid flowrate (litres / min)
Q S = Maximum gas flowrate at standard conditions (litres / min) QE = QS
DS P TF
x S x D P P
1Q E = Q
000 PSF TS S x F x F
Q F = Maximum gas flowrate at actual flow conditions (litres / min) 1 000 PS TS
D S = Density of gas at standard conditions (kg / m) 1.29 1.013 293
QE =(28 000 x 16.667) x x x
D F = Density of gas at actual flow conditions (kg/m) 1 000 8.013 273
PS = Standard pressure: 1.013 bar a, 1.033 kg / cm 2 a, 14.70 psi a
Q E = 6 174 litres /min
PF = Actual flow pressure in same absolute units as PS
TS = Standard temperature (K) = C + 273 So a DN250 ILVA is recommended.
TF = Actual flow temperature (K) = C + 273
Note: 1 m / h = 16.667 litres / min
Sizing - Gilflo ILVA flowmeter minimum and maximum saturated steam flowrates in kg / h
Notes:
1. These capacities are based on a differential pressure across the flowmeter of 498 m bar H 2 0 (200 Inches).

Size QE
1 3 5 7 10 12 15 20 25 30 40
Max. 7 750 15 985 22 185 26 915 30 899 36 043 39 099 43 292 49 541 55 155 60 325 69 758
DN250 Min. 78 160 222 269 309 433 391 433 495 552 603 698
Max. 10 975 22 637 31 417 38 115 43 758 51 042 55 369 61 307 70 157 78 107 85 428 98 778
DN300 Min. 110 226 314 381 438 510 554 613 702 781 854 988

Installation note:
1. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted with a minimum of 6 straight pipe diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings or
cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe lengths. Where an increase in nominal pipe diameter is required upstream of
the flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be increased to 12 diameters. Similarly, where a Gilflo ILVA is installed downstream
of two 90 bends in two planes, a pressure reducing valve or a partially open valve, 12 upstream pipe diameters should be allowed.
2. It is important that the internal upstream and downstream diameters of pipe are smooth. Ideally seamless pipes should be used. It is
recommended that slip-on flanges be used to avoid any intrusive weld beads on the internal diameter of the pipe.
3. Care should be taken to install the Gilflo ILVA concentrically in the line. If this is not done, flow measurement errors may occur.
4. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted horizontally.
5. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering practices should be followed:
- Correct line drainage through adequate trapping.
- Good alignment and support of associated pipework.

1 off Spirax Sarco DN250 Gilflo ILVA flowmeter with compact stem, three way isolation manifold and saturated steam mass flow
transmitter with ANALOG OUTPUT (4 - 20 mA) ATEX II 2 GD Ex d IIC T6 approved for installation between EN 1092 PN40 flanges. The
body material is to be 316 stainless steel. The flow medium will be saturated steam at 10 bar g and the maximum flow will be 36 000 kg / h.
Flowmetering
Spare parts
3.2.12
5
Available spares
Gasket set 5, 6, 13
Compact stem screws and spring washers 11, 12, 14 14
11
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in
the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size
and type of equipment.
12
Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN250 Gilflo
ILVA flowmeter with mass flow transmitter and compact 14
stem suitable for fitting between EN 1092 PN16
connections.
13
Flowmetering
3.2.13
Flowmetering
Gilflo
may restrict ILVA
the use flowmeters
TI-S41-10
MI Issue 10
Gilflo Flowmeters
System Overview
Description Note: This drawing is schematic only, please see Installation
The Spirax Sarco Gilflo flowmetering system consists of 3 major and Maintenance Instructions for specific installation
parts: information.
1. The Gilflo 'B' pipeline unit. This is installed in the line where the
flow is to be measured. Using impulse pipework, this is
connected to: EL2271
2. A differential pressure transmitter which measures the temperature
differential pressure across the Gilflo and converts it into a transmitter
4 - 20 mA signal. This signal can then be transmitted to:
3. a - A Chart recorder, EMS / BMS or M750 display unit. High DP Low DP
b - An M850 flow computer.
Note: The Gilflo pipeline unit can be used to measure the flow of Gilflo
3.2.14
most industrial liquids, gases and vapours within the pressure and
temperature limits detailed in the appropriate TI document(s).
F50C
M850 - Pressure and / or temperature compensated saturated or isolating valves
superheated steam. In addition heat metering is possible by
replacing the EL2600 pressure transmitter with an EL2271 Impulse pipework
temperature transmitter in the condensate return line.
High Low
Caution: Steam mass flow transmitters are uniquely configured
at the factory to work with a single, specific Gilflo, ILVA or
M410 orifice plate flowmeter. For correct operation the configured DP
transmitter must always be installed with its allocated flowmeter. EL2600 transmitter assembly.
Labels on the packaging give the serial numbers of the matched pressure
products. transmitter
Installation
Care must be taken to meet all the requirements of the Installation
and Maintenance Instructions, which are provided with the
equipment.
Installation points to watch:
1. Ensure all pipework is adequately supported and properly EMS /
aligned. BEMS
2. The Gilflo pipeline unit should be selected on capacity rather
than line size. Where pipe size reduction on steam systems is
necessary, use eccentric reducers to avoid waterlogging. or
3. The minimum recommended lengths of straight pipe are 6D M750
upstream and 3D downstream. display unit
4. Take care to ensure the correct direction of flow as indicated Outputs,
by the arrow on the flowmeter body. alarms, etc.
5. Take precautions to avoid reverse flow through the flowmeter. or
6. Avoid installing the flowmeter downstream of a pressure
reducing valve (especially on steam systems) as this may M850
flow computer
cause inaccuracies and/or possible damage. Similarly avoid (steam / gas)
installing the flowmeter downstream of a partially open valve.
7. Remember that actuated valves may cause rapid pressure Outputs,
fluctuations which could cause damage. alarms, etc.
8. On steam or liquid systems take care to ensure that all impulse
lines remain full to prevent damage to the DP transmitter
through contact with steam or high temperature liquid.
9. For steam applications, care should be taken to ensure
adequate line drainage, trapping etc., to avoid condensate
slugs impacting the flowmeter. Where practicable, steam
separators should be fitted. These should be drained using a
float trap set.
10. For gas applications ensure that the DP cell and impulse lines
are positioned above the pipework. Also ensure that the
impulse lines allow free drainage of moisture away from the
DP cell and back into the pipeline.
Electrical wiring
All electrical wiring must be carried out to the appropriate
standards. Full wiring interconnection details are included with the
equipment.
How to order
For details of how to specify system components refer to the
relevant TI document.
Flowmetering
Gilflo
may restrict ILVA
the use flowmeters
TI-P337-08
MI Issue 7
Gilflo 'B' Flowmeter

Pipeline Unit
Description
The Gilflo 'B' flowmeter is installed in the pipeline and produces a
differential pressure which is related to the rate of flow. It can be used with
most industrial fluids, gases and both saturated and superheated steam.

DN50*, DN80, DN100, DN150, DN200, DN250, DN300 and DN400
Flanges available to EN 1092 PN40* and ASME B 16.5 class 300.
* Note - DN50 flowmeter: flanges on the PN40 are thicker (to ASME 300,
3.2.15 22.2 mm) to accommodate pressure tappings.
On the DN400 flowmeter, the pressure tappings are on the body.
Low DP tapping
Note:
DN200, DN250, DN300 and DN400 flowmeters incorporate an
additional shaft support together with a revised spring location.
High DP tapping
Pressure / temperature limits Materials

Part Material
A
Temperature C
Body Carbon steel ASTM A105 / A106 / A234

Internals Mostly stainless steel S304 / S316
Spring Inconel X750
Steam
saturation
curve C D B
Performance
When used in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco flow computer,
Pressure bar g
accuracy is better than 1% of actual flow from 5% to 100%
of maximum rated flow. For flows from 1% to 5% of maximum
A - B Flanged ASME 300 DN50 -DN300 rated flow, accuracy will be better than 0.1% FSD.
A - D Flanged ASME 300 DN400
A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN40 Repeatability is better than 0.25%. Note: the accuracy figures
quoted are for the pipeline unit only.
Caution: Scanner 2000 steam mass flow transmitters are
uniquely configured at the factory to work with a single specific
Gilflo flowmeter. For correct operation the configured Scanner
2000 transmitter must always be installed with its allocated
50 bar g @ 50C
PMO Maximum operating pressure flowmeter. Labels on the packaging give the serial numbers
DN400 49 bar g @ 50C
of the matched products.
Pressure drop
Less than 349 m bar (140 inches H2O) at rated capacity.
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco.
Maximum viscosity 30 centipoise
DPMX Maximum differential pressure 349 m bar
Flow capacity
To determine the maximum flow capacity of a Gilflo 'B', it is necessary
Designed for a maximum cold ASME 78 bar g to calculate the equivalent water flowrate (QE). See under section
hydraulic test pressure of: PN40 60 bar g "Sizing the Gilflo 'B' flowmeter".
Flowmetering

Size A B Weight
DN50* 480 89 14
DN80 543 114 22 Pressure tappings: The H.P. and L.P.
B pressure tappings are threaded " NPT (female).
DN100 716 168 48
On the DN400 flowmeter, the pressure tappings
DN150 797 219 87 are on the body.
DN200 990 324 123
DN250 1 458 406 257
DN300 1 599 457 340 A
DN400* 1 995 610 900
* Note - DN50 flowmeter: flanges on the PN40 are thicker (to ASME 300, 22.2 mm) to accommodate pressure tappings.
Safety information, installation and maintenance Sizing the Gilflo 'B' flowmeter
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions In order to determine the flow capacity of a Gilflo 'B' flowmeter for a
supplied with the product. particular application, it is necessary to calculate the equivalent water
flowrate (QE) based on the maximum anticipated actual flow.
Installation:
Installation and Maintenance Instructions are supplied with each
flowmeter. The following main points are given for guidance:- Mass flow units Volumetric units
1. The Gilflo flowmeter should be installed with a minimum of qm
Liquids QE = QE = Q L SG
6 straight pipe diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No SG
valves, fittings or cross sectional changes are permitted
within these pipe lengths. Where an increase in pipe diameter Gases and
is necessary upstream of a Gilflo flowmeter, the length of straight
pipe should be increased to 12 diameters. Similarily, where a
Gilflo flowmeter is installed downstream of two 90 bends in
steam
actual flow
QE = qm 1 000
DF
QE = QF
DF
1 000 3.2.16
conditions
two planes, a pressure reducing valve or a partially open valve,
12 pipe diameters should be allowed. qm
2. The Gilflo flowmeter should normally be mounted horizontally. Gases QE = QE = QS DS P T
standard x S x F
Vertical installation (with flow vertically downward) is also DS x PF x TS 1 000 PF TS
permissible and must be specified at the time of ordering. conditions
1 000 PS TF
Ensure flow is in the correct direction and avoid reverse flow.
3. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering practice Where:
should be followed: QE = Equivalent water flowrate (litres / min)
- Ensure all pipework is adequately lagged. qm = Mass flowrate (kg / min)
- Ensure correct line drainage through adequate trapping. QL = Maximum liquid flowrate (litres/min)
- Where practicable, fit a steam separator upstream of the QS = Maximum gas flowrate at standard conditions (litres / min)
flowmeter. This should be drained using a float trap set.
- Ensure good alignment and support of all associated pipework. QF = Maximum gas flowrate at actual flow conditions (litres / min)
- Achieve line size reduction by the use of eccentric reducers.
DS = Density of gas at standard conditions (kg / m3)
- Avoid close installation (less than 25 pipe diameters) upstream
or downstream of a pressure reducing valve or modulating DF = Density of gas at actual flow conditions (kg / m3)
valve. PS = Standard pressure (atmospheric) = 1.013 bar a
4. See the 'Gilflo flowmeters - system overview', TI-S41-10 which = 1.033 kg / cm2 a
provides information on the installation of a Gilflo flowmetering = 14.70 psi a
system. PF = Actual flow pressure in same absolute units as PS
Maintenance note: TS = Standard temperature (K) = C + 273
There are no user serviceable parts within the Gilflo 'B' flowmeter. TF = Actual flow temperature (K) = C + 273
Sizing - Gilflo 'B' flowmeter minimum and maximum saturated steam flowrate in kg / h
Notes:
1. QE = The equivalent water flowrate litres / min for a Gilflo 'B' flowmeter. These equivalent water flowrates are based on a differential
pressure across the flowmeter of 349 m bar (140 inches H2O).

Size QE
1 3 5 7 10 12 15 20 25 30 40
Max. 355 732 1 016 1 233 1 415 1 651 1 791 1 983 2 269 2 526 2 763 3 195
DN50 Min. 4 7 10 12 14 17 18 20 23 25 28 32
Max. 1 165 2 403 3 335 4 046 4 645 5 418 5 877 6 508 7 447 8 291 9 068 10 485
DN80 Min. 12 24 33 40 46 54 59 65 74 83 91 105
Max. 1 870 3 857 5 353 6 494 7 456 8 697 9 434 10 446 11 954 13 308 14 556 16 830
DN100 Min. 19 39 54 65 75 87 94 104 120 133 146 168
Max. 4 550 9 385 13 025 15 802 18 141 21 161 22 955 25 416 29 085 32 382 35 416 40 951
DN150 Min. 46 94 130 158 181 212 230 254 291 324 354 410
Max. 8 085 16 675 23 144 28 078 32 235 37 601 40 789 45 163 51 683 57 539 62 932 72 767
DN200 Min. 81 167 231 281 322 376 408 452 517 575 629 728
Max. 11 120 22 936 31 832 38 619 44 335 51 716 56 101 62 116 71 084 79 139 86 556 100 083
DN250 Min. 111 229 318 386 443 517 561 621 711 791 866 1001
Max. 19 305 39 818 55 262 67 044 76 970 89 783 97 395 107 838 123 406 137 390 150 267 173 750
DN300 Min. 193 398 553 670 770 898 974 1 078 1 234 1 374 1 503 1 738
Max. 31 360 64 682 89 770 108 910 125 033 145 847 158 213 175 177 200 467 223 183 244 101 282 248
DN400 Min. 314 647 898 1 089 1 250 1 458 1 582 1 752 2 005 2 232 2 441 2 822
How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN150 Gilflo 'B' flowmeter flanged to EN 1092 PN16.
TI-P337-08 MI Issue 7 Gilflo 'B' Flowmeter - Pipeline Unit

Flowmetering

TI-P335-10
MI Issue 7
M610 Series II
DP Transmitter Assembly
Description
The M610 Series I I DP transmitter assembly is designed to accept a differential pressure input from a primary flow element such as an
orifice plate or Gilflo flowmeter and convert it into an analogue 4 - 20 mA output signal. The standard version comes with digital
communications in the form of HART 5.2 which is superimposed on the 4 - 20 mA output. The 3-way manifold which is supplied already
assembled to the DP transmitter acts as a means of secondary isolation and as a pressure equalisation valve to check the zero of the DP
transmitter.
The M610 Series II DP transmitter assembly consists of two items:
- A high accuracy (0.1%) differential pressure transmitter.
3.2.17 - A 3-way carbon steel isolation manifold.
Note: These items are supplied already assembled.
Pipe connections
The process ports on the 3-way manifold are threaded " NPT at 54 mm centres.
Electrical connections - M20 x 1.5 screwed terminals.
M610 Series I I technical data

0 - 1 326 mm H 2O (0 -13 kPa) minimum
Span
0 - 13 256 mm H 2O (0 -130 kPa) maximum
Output 4 - 20 mA dc and HART protocol 5.2
16 V to 45 Vdc (for non-certified application)
Power supply
16 V to 28 Vdc (for E Ex ia 11c T4 / T5)
Pressure limits -1 to 140 bar g
- 40 C to + 85 C
(ambient for non-certified application)
Temperature limits
- 40 C to + 100 C
(process)
0.1% of calibrated span to include effects of
Accuracy
linearity, hysteresis and repeatability
Body - Stainless steel
Diaphragm - Austenitic stainless steel 316L
Materials of construction
3-way manifold - Carbon steel
Fluid fill - Silicone oil
ATEX Ex II 1GD - E EX ia 11c T4/T5 Ga
Intrinsic safety
Ex ia 111C T100 C/T135 C Da
Enclosure rating IEC IP67 (NEMA 6 / 6P)
EMC emissions and immunity To BS EN 61326:1997
Note: If HART communications are required in intrinsically safe applications, barriers must be used which are designed to pass the
HART signal.
Calibration
The M610 Series I I DP transmitter assembly is supplied with a span factor set to suit a particular application. However, should load conditions
and/or details of actual installation change, the range of the M610 can be adjusted within the limits 0 - 1 326 mm H 2O (0 - 13 kPa) and
0 - 13 256 mm H2O (0 - 130 kPa) as described in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.
Installation
Full installation details are given in the literature that accompanies the M610 Series I I DP transmitter assembly.
Flowmetering
A B C DP transmitter 3-Way manifold M610 assembly
220 193 175 6.5 kg 1 kg 7.5 kg
3.2.18
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco M610 Series I I DP transmitter assembly calibrated to give an output of 20 mA at an applied differential
pressure of specified value.
Associated equipment:
- Orifice plate flowmeter
- Gilflo flowmeter system
TI-P335-10 MI Issue 7
M610 Series II DP Transmitter Assembly

Flowmetering
3.2.19
Flowmetering
Gilflo
may restrict ILVA
the use flowmeters
TI-P335-23
MI Issue 3
Scanner 2000
Steam Mass Flow Transmitter
Description
The Scanner 2000 steam mass flow transmitter takes its inputs
from a primary flowmeter, (Gilflo or ILVA) through impulse lines. It
converts the differential and static pressure into a corrected mass
flowrate of saturated steam, which is accessible via the RS485
Modbus link or optionally via a 4 - 20 mA signal.
Configuration
Scanner 2000 steam mass flow transmitters are uniquely
3.2.20
configured at the factory to work with a single, specific Gilflo or
ILVA flowmeter, for a specific flow application.
For correct operation the Scanner 2000 transmitter must be
installed with its allocated flowmeter. A label on the packaging
gives the serial number of the matched product.
The Scanner 2000 can be configured using an RS485 equipped
PC with the supplied configuration software.
Note: A DB9 Serial RS232 to RS485 converter will otherwise be
required to connect your PC to the Scanner 2000.
If your PC only has USB ports a USB to DB9 Serial port converter
will be required. These are available from most electronic
equipment suppliers.
Available types and approvals

Explosion proof types available:
- Class 1, Div 1, Groups B, C and D
CSA - Type 4 Enclosure
- T6 Temperature Class
- ATEX II 2 GD
- Ex d IIC T6 (- 40C to +70C) or
ATEX
- Ex td A21 IP68 T85C (- 40C to +70C)
- All Scanner 2000s are compliant
Features
In head LCD providing local indication of density compensated
rate and total saturated steam flow.
RS485 Modbus RTU slave functionality for remote indication, data
logging and configuration.
- Gilflo flowmeter
- ILVA flowmeter
- M750 flow indicator Technical data
- Optional local display Minimum 2" H 20 (4.98 mbar)
Range
Maximum 200" H 20 (498 mbar)
Materials 4 - 20 mA (expansion board required)
Cast aluminium RS485 Modbus RTU slave
Enclosure Outputs
(painted with epoxy and polyurethane) (baud rate 300 to 38.4 K)
Body Stainless steel AISI 316 Solid state relay, configurable as pulse or alarm
3-way manifold Stainless steel AISI 316 Power supply 6 V to 30 Vdc at 31 mA
Fluid fill Silicone oil Pressure limits 155 bar
Temperature - 40C to 70C (- 40F to 158F)
Pipe connections
The process ports on the 3-way manifold are threaded " NPT limits LCD contrast is reduced below -30C (-22F)
connections at 54 mm (2 ") centres. 0.05% for Spans >10% of the URL
Accuracy 0.005 (URL / SPAN) for Spans <10% of
Electrical connections the sensor
" NPT Non approved and ATEX units Enclosure
IEC IP68
" NPT CSA units rating
Page 1 of 3
Flowmetering
Dimensions 145 127

(approximate) in mm
126
125
244
MVT adapter
MVT
8
3.2.21 135
Gilflo / ILVA
flowmeter
54
DP transmitter 3-way manifold Scanner 2000 assembly
5 1 6
Flow
Take care to
connect impulse
lines correctly
Lo
Safety information, Installation and Maintenance

Warning: This document does not give sufficient information for
safe installation of the product.
Full details are given in the Installation and Maintenance
Hi
Instructions supplied with the Scanner 2000.
Building management
system or
SCADA or (4 - 20 mA
versions only)
M750 or Chart recorder
TI-P335-23 MI Issue 3 Scanner 2000 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter Page 2 of 3

Flowmetering
How to order
Each Scanner 2000 is uniquely configured to suit the application that it is going to be fitted to. To ensure that the Scanner 2000 is
correctly configured the table below must be completed and sent with the corresponding order.
Configuration data sheet

Customer: P.O No.
Application details (Tick as appropriate)
Primary element GILFLO ILVA Orifice Plate
Serial number of primary element
Flowmeter size: 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 16"
Flow units: kg / h Ib / h btu / h kJ / h

3.2.22
Dryness fraction (60 - 100%)
Scanner approval CSA ATEX
Analogue board requirements

Analogue:
kg / h Ib / h btu / h kJ / h
output units
Analogue output scaling (4 mA) (Normally zero)
Analogue output scaling (20 mA) (Normally maximum flowrate)
Pressure sensor requirements
Pressure units: in H 2 O mbar Pa kPa mmHg psi kg / cm 2 in Hg
Maximum range:
(Normally 2 to 200 in H 2 O or 2.49 to 498 mbar)
differential pressure
Temperature requirements
Temperature units: C F
Orifice plate requirements
Tappings type: Flange Radius (D-D / 2) Corner
Device material: Monel Carbon Inconel Brass Stainless Nickel Hast

steel steel C22
Pipe internal 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 16"
diameter: (2.07") (3.07") (4.03") (6.07") (7.98") (10.01") (11.94") (15")
Orifice bore:
TI-P335-23 MI Issue 3 Scanner 2000 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter Page 3 of 3

Flowmetering
Target flowmeters
3.3.1
Flowmetering
Target flowmeters
TI-P192-01
MI Issue 3
TVA
Flowmeter for
Saturated and Superheated Steam Service
Description
The Spirax Sarco TVA flowmeter is designed for use on saturated and superheated steam (with the dedicated pressure sensor kit) and
operates on the target principle, by measuring the force produced on a moving cone by the fluid flow. This force is then converted into
density compensated mass flowrate and is transmitted via a single loop powered 4 - 20 mA and pulsed output. TVA flowmeters also
incorporate a totalised flow function and EAI 232C (RS 232) or EAI 485C (RS485) Modbus communications.
Pressure/temperature limits Sizes and pipe connections

DN50, DN80 and DN100
The TVA flowmeter is of wafer design, suitable for fitting between
3.3.2
Temperature C
the following flanges:

Steam EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40
saturation BS 10 Table H
curve ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and Class 300
Japanese Industrial Standard JIS 20
Korean Standard KS 20
Pressure bar g Note: Spirax Sarco TVA flowmeters should be installed in

pipework manufactured to BS 1600, ASME B 36.10 Schedule 40
The product should not be used in this region due to or EN 10216-2 / EN 10216-5 equivalent. For systems with different
software limitations. standards / schedules , please contact Spirax Sarco.
Minimum design temperature 0 C (non-freezing)

*
Horizontal Superheated steam 23 bar g @ 239 C
Maximum flow Saturated steam 32 bar g @ 239 C
operating
pressure Vertical
Saturated steam only 7 bar g @ 170 C
flow
Maximum operating temperature (saturation) 239 C
Minimum operating temperature 0 C (non-freezing)
Maximum electronics ambient temperature 55 C
Maximum electronics humidity level 90% RH (non-condensing)
High pressure syphon tube assembly
Maximum working conditions 60 bar g @ 450 C
Pressure sensing kit
Maximum operating temperature 125 C
Minimum operating temperature 0 C (non-freezing)
Maximum operating pressure 50 bar g
Maximum ambient temperature (cable+connector) 70 C
Page 1 of 4
Flowmetering
Target flowmeters
* Sensor cable
* Pressure sensor TVA flowmeter body
Fl ow
"
NPSM
boss
Earth cables
Flowmeter stem
3.3.3 * 'U' syphon assembly
Electronics housing
* Items required for
superheat operation
Materials
Unit Part Material
Flowmeter body Stainless steel S.316 1.4408 CF8M
Internals 431 S29 / S303 / S304 / S316
TVA Spring Inconel X750 or equivalent
Flowmeter stem Stainless steel 300 series
Electronics housing Aluminium LM25
Cable Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
Sensor housing AISI 304 Stainless steel 1.4301
Pressure sensing kit Sensor AISI 630 Stainless steel 1.4542
'O' ring Nitrile Butadiene Rubber (NBR)
Adaptor AISI 431 Stainless steel 1.4057
Tube Carbon steel BS 3602: Part.1 1987 CFS 360 (zinc plated / passivated)
High pressure syphon tube assembly Body Carbon steel

Valve
Seat PEEK/ Polymain
Technical data
IP rating IP65 with correct cable glands
Power supply Loop powered
with optional RS485: 24VDC
4-20mA (not available with RS485 option)

Outputs
Pulsed output (Vmax 28 Vdc R min 10 kW)
Communication port Modbus EIA 232C (RS 232C)
with optional RS485: EIA 485 (RS 485C)
Page 2 of 4 TI-P192-01 MI Issue 3
TVA Flowmeter for Saturated and Superheated Steam Service

Flowmetering
Target flowmeters
Weight
Size A Flowmeter C D E F G X TVA Superheat 'U' syphon
OD kit
DN50 35 103 322 125 65 250 160 300 2.67 0.3 0.5
DN80 45 138 334 115 65 270 160 300 4.38 0.3 0.5
DN100 60 162 344 155 65 280 160 300 7.28 0.3 0.5
Note: A
Dimension 'X' is a recommended
minimum distance between the pressure X D F
tapping and the flowmeter. However it
can be installed at any distance
provided the cable allows
(Standard cable length is 1 m).
G
3.3.4
C
Performance
The TVA flowmeter has inbuilt electronics which give a density compensated output. An LCD display is incorporated within the electronics
head. The M750 display unit can be used to provide a remote display function if required, utilising the 4 - 20 mA output.
System uncertainty, to 95% confidence (2 STD):

(in accordance with ISO 17025)
0.2% FSD, from 2% to 10% of maximum rated flow.
Turndown : up to 50:1
As the TVA flowmeter is a self contained unit, the uncertainty quoted is for the complete system. Many flowmeters claim a pipeline unit
uncertainty and for a true system uncertainty, the individual uncertainty values of any associated equipment, such as DP cells, need to
be added to the pipeline value.
Pressure drop
The pressure drop across the TVA is nominally 750 mbar (300 ins water gauge) at maximum rated flow for the DN50, and 500 mbar (200
inches water gauge) for the DN80 and DN100.
TVA flowmeter flow capacities and pressure drops

QE litres / min Maximum DP
Flowmeter type
Maximum Minimum Wg m bar
DN50 300 3 300 750
DN80 770 8 200 498
DN100 1 200 12 200 498
TI-P192-01 MI Issue 3 Page 3 of 4

Flowmetering
Target flowmeters
Sizing the TVA flowmeter for saturated steam (kg/h) (Horizontal orientation)
Maximum flowrates in kg/h at different pressures (bar g).
Notes:
1 - Maximum steam flowrates are calculated at maximum differential pressure.
2 - For vertical capacities please contact Spirax Sarco.
3 - The table below is a guide only.
4 - For superheated capacities please use the sizing software on our website www.spiraxsarco.com
Size Steam pressure bar g 1 3 5 7 10 12 15 20 25 30 32 bar g
Max. flow 619 859 1 042 1 196 1 395 1 513 1 676 1 918 2 135 2 335 2 409 kg / h
DN50 QE = 300
Min. flow 12 17 21 24 28 30 33 38 43 47 60 kg / h
Max. flow 1 588 2 204 2 674 3 070 3 581 3 885 4 301 4 922 5 480 5 994 6 183 kg / h
DN80 QE = 770
Min. flow 32 44 53 61 72 78 86 98 110 120 128 kg / h
Max. flow 2 475 3 435 4 167 4 784 5 581 6 054 6 703 7 671 8 540 9 341 9 637 kg / h
DN100 QE = 1 200
Min. flow 49 69 83 96 112 121 134 153 171 187 192 kg / h

3.3.5 For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P192-02) supplied with the product.
The following main points are given for guidance only:
1. The TVA flowmeter should be mounted with a minimum of 6 straight pipe diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings or
cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe lengths. Where an increase in nominal pipe diameter is required, upstream of the
flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be increased to 12 diameters. Similarly, where a Spirax Sarco TVA is installed downstream
of two 90 bends in two planes, a pressure reducing valve or a partly open valve, 12 upstream pipe diameters should be allowed.
2. It is important that the internal upstream and downstream diameters of pipe are smooth. Ideally seamless pipes should be used and
there should be no intrusive weld beads on the internal diameter. It is also recommended that slip-on flanges are used to avoid this.
3. Care should be taken to install the TVA flowmeter concentrically in the line. If this is not done, flow measurement errors may occur.
4. The TVA flowmeter can be installed in any orientation up to a line pressure of 7 bar g whilst conditions are saturated. When conditions
are superheated then the TVA flowmeter can only be installed in horizontal pipework, with the electronics below the pipeline.
5. As for all steam flowmetering installations, good basic steam engineering practices should be followed:
- Do not lag (insulate) the TVA body or the mating flanges.
6. The TVA flowmeter must not be installed outside where it can be subjected to driving rain or where it is liable to freeze.
How to order
Saturated Service Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 TVA flowmeter for installation between EN 1092 PN40 flanges for use on saturated
steam at 10 bar g - Maximum flow 5 581 kg / h.
Superheated Service Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 TVA flowmeter, Pressure sensing kit and 'U' syphon, for installation between
EN 1092 PN40 flanges for use on superheated steam at 10 bar g.
Note: For details of the optional remote display see the relevant Spirax Sarco M750 literature.
Spare parts and accessories

- Spare electronics front panel (with standard RS 232C Communications)
- Spare electronics front panel (with RS485 Communications converter)

Flowmetering
Target flowmeters
TI-P193-01
MI Issue 4
TFA
Flowmeter for
Saturated Steam Service
Description
The Spirax Sarco TFA flowmeter is designed for use on saturated steam only and
operates on the target principle, by measuring the force produced on a target by
the fluid flow. This force is then converted into density compensated mass flowrate
or power and is transmitted via a single loop powered 4-20 mA and pulsed output. TFA flowmeter
TFA flowmeters also incorporate a totalised flow function and EIA 232C (RS232) body
or EIA 485C (RS485) Modbus communications.
D i r e c t i o n of
flow within the
Where applicable the installation requires: 2 x Centralising bushes over

pipeline
3.3.6
the lower two bolts of the flange connection - Ensure that the direction
See the selection table for 'Centralising bush kits' on page 4). of flow in the pipeline
matches the directional
Note: The centralising bush kit must be ordered for the installation flange type flow arrow on the body.
used on your application - See 'How to order' on page 4 for a typical example.

The TFA flowmeter is of wafer design, available in the listed specified sizes suitable
for fitting between the following flanges: Flowmeter stem
DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50
Flanged EN 1092-1 PN16, PN25 and PN40,
Japanese Industrial Standard JIS 20 and
Korean Standard KS 20
1", 1", 1" and 2"
Flanged ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and Class 300
Note:
The Spirax Sarco TFA flowmeter should be installed in pipework manufactured
to BS 1600, ASME B 36.10 Schedule 40 or EN 10216-2 / EN 10216-5 equivalent.
For systems with different standards / schedules, please contact Spirax Sarco.
Electronics
Technical data housing
IP rating IP65 with correct cable glands

Power supply Loop powered
with optional RS485: 24VDC
Outputs - 4-20mA (not available with RS485 option) Materials
proportional to mass
Pulsed output: Flowmeter body Stainless steel 300 series
flow or power
Vmax 28 Vdc R min 10 kW
Internals Stainless steel 431 S29 / 300 series
Communication port Modbus EIA 232C (RS 232C)
Flowmeter stem Stainless steel 300 series
with optional RS485: EIA 485 (RS 485C)
Electronics housing Aluminium LM25
Performance
The TFA flowmeter has inbuilt electronics which give a density compensated output. The LCD display is incorporated within the electronics
head and can show totaliser, flowrate, power, pressure and temperature. An M750 display unit can be used to provide a remote display
function if required, utilising the 4 - 20 mA output.
System uncertainty, to 95% confidence (2 STD): (in accordance with ISO 17025)
2% of measured value from 20% and 100% of maximum rated flow
2% of full-scale value from 10% and < 20% of maximum rated flow
Turndown : up to 10:1
As the TFA flowmeter is a self contained unit, the uncertainty quoted is for the complete system. Many flowmeters claim a pipeline unit
uncertainty but for a true system uncertainty, the individual uncertainty values of any associated equipment, such as DP cells, need to
be added to the pipeline value.
Page 1 of 4
Flowmetering
Target flowmeters
Pressure psi g
0 100 200 300 400
239
Temperature F
200 400
Temperature
150 Steam 300
C
saturation
100 200
curve
50 100
0
0.6 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region due to software limitations.
Maximum design pressure 32 bar g @ 239 C (464 psi g @ 462F)
Maximum design temperature 239 C (462F)
Minimum design temperature 0 C (non-freezing) 32F (non-freezing)
Horizontal flow 32 bar g @ 239 C (464 psi g @ 462F)

* Maximum operating pressure
3.3.7 Vertical flow 7 bar g @ 170 C (101 psi g @ 338F
* Note: See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the TFA (IM-P193-02 and IM-P193-03) for full operation restrictions
Minimum operating pressure 0.6 bar g (8.7 psi g)
Maximum operating temperature (saturation) 239 C (462F)
Maximum electronics ambient temperature 55 C (131F)
Maximum electronics humidity level 90% RH (non-condensing) 90% RH (non-condensing)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 52 bar g (754 psi g)
Differential pressure drop
mbar
%Qmax 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
DN25 6 25 56 100 156 225 306 399 505 624
DN32 5 19 43 76 118 170 232 303 383 473
DN40 3 10 23 42 65 94 127 166 210 260
DN50 2 6 14 25 39 56 76 100 126 156
Inches H2 0
%Qmax 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
DN25 2.5 10.0 22.5 40.1 62.6 90.1 122.7 160.2 202.8 250.4
DN32 1.9 7.6 17.1 30.4 47.5 68.3 93.0 121.5 153.8 189.8
DN40 1.0 4.2 9.4 16.7 26.1 37.6 51.1 66.8 84.5 104.3
DN50 0.6 2.5 5.6 10.0 15.6 22.5 30.7 40.1 50.7 62.6
TFA Flowmeter for Saturated Steam Service

Flowmetering
Target flowmeters
Dimensions / weights
A
(approximate) in mm and kg
Size A B C D E Weight
DN25 2.85
DN32 2.95 B
35 105 323 80 105
DN40 2.86
DN50 2.91
(approximate) in inches and lbs

DN25 6.28
DN32 6.50 C
1.38 4.13 12.72 3.15 4.13
DN40 6.30
DN50 6.41
3.3.8
Sizing the TFA flowmeter for saturated steam -
Horizontal orientation
D E
Notes:
1 - Maximum steam flowrates are calculated at maximum differential pressure.

2 - For vertical capacities please contact Spirax Sarco.
3 - The tables below are a guide only.
Flow in kg/h
Maximum flowrates in kg/h at different pressures bar g.
Size Steam pressure bar g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 15 20 25 30 32
Maximum flow 155 187 215 239 260 281 299 316 333 349 378 418 479 534 584 603
DN25
Minimum flow 15 19 21 24 26 28 30 32 33 35 38 42 48 53 58 60
Maximum flow 254 307 352 391 427 460 490 519 546 572 621 686 786 876 957 989
DN32
Minimum flow 25 31 35 39 43 46 49 52 55 57 62 69 79 88 96 99
Maximum flow 396 480 550 611 667 718 765 809 853 894 969 1 071 1 227 1 367 1 494 1 544
DN40
Minimum flow 40 48 55 61 67 72 77 81 85 89 97 107 123 137 149 154
Maximum flow 619 749 859 955 1 042 1 122 1 196 1 265 1 333 1 396 1 514 1 673 1 918 2 136 2 335 2 412
DN50
Minimum flow 62 75 86 95 104 112 120 126 133 140 151 167 192 214 233 241
Flow in lb/h
Maximum flowrates in lb/h at different pressures psi g.
Size Steam pressure psi g 14.5 29 44 58 73 87 102 116 131 145 174 218 290 363 435 464
Maximum flow 342 412 474 527 573 619 659 697 734 769 833 922 1 056 1 177 1 287 1 329
DN25
Minimum flow 33 42 46 53 57 62 66 71 73 77 84 93 106 117 128 132
Maximum flow 560 677 776 862 941 1 014 1 080 1 144 1 204 1 261 1 369 1 512 1 733 1 931 2 110 2 180
DN32
Minimum flow 55 68 77 86 95 101 108 115 121 126 137 152 174 194 212 218
Maximum flow 873 1 058 1 213 1 347 1 470 1 583 1 687 1 784 1 881 1 971 2 136 2 361 2 705 3 014 3 294 3 404
DN40
Minimum flow 88 106 121 134 148 159 170 179 187 196 214 236 271 302 328 340
Maximum flow 1 365 1 651 1 894 2 105 2 297 2 474 2 637 2 789 2 939 3 078 3 338 3 688 4 228 4 709 5 148 5 318
DN50
Minimum flow 137 165 190 209 229 247 265 278 293 309 333 368 423 472 514 531

Flowmetering
Target flowmeters
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P193-02 and IM-P193-03) supplied with the product.
The following main points are given for guidance only:
1. The TFA flowmeter should be mounted with the 'concave' side of the target facing upstream, with a minimum of 6 straight pipe diameters
upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings or cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe lengths. Where an increase
in nominal pipe diameter is required, upstream of the flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be increased to 12 diameters.
Similarly, where a flowmeter is installed downstream of two 90 bends in two planes, a pressure reducing valveor a partly open valve,
12 upstream pipe diameters should be allowed.
2. It is important that the internal upstream and downstream diameters of pipe are smooth. Ideally seamless pipes should be used and
there should be no intrusive weld beads on the internal diameter.
3. The TFA flowmeter must be installed concentrically in the line using the centralising bush kit (ordered separately). If this is not done,
flow measurement errors may occur.
4. The TFA flowmeter can be installed in any orientation up to a line pressure of 7 bar g (102 psi g).
5. As with all steam flowmetering installations, good basic steam engineering practices should be followed:
3.3.9 - Line size changes achieved by the use of eccentric reducers.
- Do not lag (insulate) the TFA body or the mating flanges.
Centralising bush kits

Flange type
TFA size EN 1092 ASME ASME JIS 20

PN16 150 300 KS 20
PN25
PN40
DN25 1" 1930283 1930283 1930283
DN32 1" 1930283 1930283 1930283
DN40 1" 1930283 1930483
DN50 2" 1930283 1930283 1930583
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 TFA flowmeter supplied with centralising bush kit 1930283 suitable for mounting between
EN 1092 PN40 flanges for use on saturated steam at 10 bar g - Maximum flow 349 kg / h.
Note: For details of the optional remote display see the relevant Spirax Sarco M750 literature.
Software copyright
Certain computer programs contained in this product [or device] were developed by Spirax-Sarco Limited ('the Work(s)').
Copyright Spirax-Sarco Limited 2016
All Rights Reserved

Spirax-Sarco Limited grants the legal user of this product (or device) the right to use the Work(s) solely within the scope
of the legitimate operation of the product (or device). No other right is granted under this licence. In particular and without
prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Work(s) may not be used, sold, licensed, transferred, copied or reproduced
in whole or in part or in any manner or form other than as expressly granted here without the prior written consent of
Spirax-Sarco Limited.

Flowmetering
Target
Local regulations may restrict the useflowmeters
TI-P196-01
MI Issue 1
TEG10
Thermoelectric Generator for use with
Spirax Sarco wireless enabled flowmeters
Description
The TEG10 thermoelectric generator generates low voltage dc
power suitable for powering Spirax Sarco wireless enabled remote
flowmeters. The TEG10 uses thermoelectric modules which are
solid state integrated circuits that utilise Seebeck Thompson effect,
to convert heat energy into power. It is ideally suited for use with
powering remote flowmeters that use HART wireless technology
for communication, saving costs associated with power provided
by hard wiring and installation.
The TEG10 can be clamped to a steam pipe in sizes DN50, DN80
and DN100 that are flowing saturated steam between 3 to 32 bar g.
3.3.10
Standards:
- The TEG10 carries the mark when so required.
- The Spirax Sarco flowmeters and TEG10 have been tested as a
radio system which comes under the R & TTE Directive. Due to 1
this, the TEG10 has been assessed under the LVD (Low Voltage
Directive) 2006 / 95 / EC.
Please note that the above standards are only applicable when
used with Spirax Sarco's WirelessHARTTM TVA flowmeter.
Technical data 3
Mounting arrangement 'U' Clamp for pipe sizes DN50 to DN100
Steam pipe temperature range 143 - 239C
Ambient temperature range 0 - 55C
Electrical connection 2 pin plug on 1 m cable
Maximum number of connected flowmeters 1

DN50 250 95 100 70 100 1.8
DN80 252 95 133 70 100 2.0
DN100 252 95 160 70 100 2.2 2
E B Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Aluminium 6082
2 'U' bolt Stainless steel 316
3 Thermoelectric module Bismuth telluride

A For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with
the disposal of this product, provided due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off TEG10 thermoelectric generator with DN50 pipe
mounting clamp.
Spare parts
The Seebeck Cell can be replaced by a Spirax Sarco Service
Engineer.
C D
Flowmetering
Orifice
Local regulations plate
may restrict the use of this flowmeters
product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-P176-02
MI Issue 5
M410
Orifice Plate Flowmeter
and Carrier Assembly
Description
The M410 orifice plate and carrier assembly is a primary flow element
consisting of a tab handled square edged orifice plate and optional
carrier. The orifice plate is designed and manufactured to meet the
requirements of British Standard BS 1042 and International Standard
Organisation ISO 5167 in all respects and is suitable for the M410 orifice plate
measurement of the rate of flow for most liquids, gases and steam.
The tab handled orifice plate can be used for either:
a: on its own fitted between flanges with pressure tappings in the
3.4.1 users pipework or flanges.
or
b: fitted into a carrier with integral flange tappings designed to fit
between customer flanges.
Limiting conditions
The pressure and temperature limitations of both the tab handled plate
and the carrier assembly are the same as the specified flange ratings.
Performance
To BS 1042 and ISO 5167.
The performance of an orifice plate flowmetering system can be
greatly influenced by installation variables, so the figures given below
are for guidance only:
Typically 3% of actual flow
Accuracy (equivalent to 1.5% full scale deflection at 50%
of rated maximum flow)
Repeatability Typically 0.3%
Turndown Typically 4:1
Pipe sizes available

Tab handled plates with or without carriers are available to suit the
following pipe sizes:
DN25, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200,
DN250, DN300, DN350, DN400, DN450, DN500 and DN600.
Connections
Tab handled plates and carriers are available to suit the following
flange specifications:
EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40.
BS 10 Table H.
ASME B 16.5 Class 150, 300, 600.
Japanese Industrial Standard JIS 20.
Korean Standard KS 20.
Materials
Tab handled orifice plate BS 1449 S 316
Carrier Passivated zinc plated carbon steel
Gaskets Exfoliated graphite
Pressure tappings
When the tab handled orifice plates are used without the optional
carrier, it is the responsibility of the user to provide appropriate
presssure tappings in either his flanges or upstream and downstream
pipework in line with BS 1042 / ISO 5167.
The optional carrier assembly incorporates upstream and downstream
pressure tappings threaded " NPT. These tappings are 25.4 mm M410 orifice plate
either side of the orifice plate face in line with the requirements of BS and carrier assembly
1042 / ISO 5167.
Flowmetering
Orifice plate flowmeters

EN 1092 EN 1092 EN 1092 BS 10: ASME ASME ASME JIS KS Maximum
PN16 PN25 PN40 Table H 150 300 600 20 20 weight
Size A A A A A A A A A kg
DN25 73 73 73 71.4 66.7 73.0 73.0 74 74 2.36
DN40 94 94 94 88.9 85.7 95.3 95.3 89 89 3.72
DN50 109 109 109 111.1 104.7 111.1 111.1 104 104 4.91
DN65 129 129 129 130.1 123.8 130.2 130.2 124 124 6.21
DN80 144 144 144 149.2 136.5 149.3 149.3 140 140 7.91
DN100 164 170 170 174.6 174.6 181.0 193.7 165 165 13.75
DN125 194 196 196 215.9 196.9 216.0 241.3 203 203 20.98
DN150 220 226 226 241.3 222.3 250.9 266.7 238 238 23.51
DN200 275 286 293 304.9 279.4 308.0 320.6 383 383 31.25
DN250 331 343 355 358.8 339.7 361.9 400.0 356 356 47.95
DN300 386 403 420 415.9 409.6 422.2 457.1 406 400 58.74
DN350 446 460 477 469.9 450.8 485.7 492.1 450 450 60.20
DN400 498 517 549 527.0 574.3 539.7 565.1 570 570 85.99
DN450 559 567 574 581.0 549.2 596.8 612.7 575 575 94.38
DN500 620 627 631 644.5 606.4 654.0 682.6 630 630 117.69
DN600
Notes:
737 734 750 749.3 717.5 774.7 790.6 734 734 146.37
3.4.2
1: Dimension C is 25.4 mm for all sizes in line with BS 1042 / ISO 5167.
2: For line sizes DN25 to DN350, orifice plate thickness T is 3 mm, above DN350, T is 6 mm.
3: Gaskets are 1.6 mm thick.
4: For line sizes up to DN350, carrier assembly thickness B is 82 mm, above DN 350, B is 85 mm.
5: An optional drain hole that meets BS 1042 can be incorporated if required.
6: Maximum weights shown above are based on ASME 600 flanges.

supplied with the product. T, Note 2
Installation note:
It is important that all details of the installation conform to BS 1042 /
ISO 5167. Of special note, is the long, straight lengths of pipe that C, Note 1
must be present upstream of the orifice plate. As an approximate
guide, 20 to 30 pipe diameters upstream and 5 downstream should
be adequate but it is recommended that reference is made to the
relevant standard (BS 1042 / ISO 5167). A summary of the basic
requirements is included with the M410 equipment.
Maintenance note:
A visual inspection of the orifice plate should be made at regular
intervals to check for dirt build-up, damage or a loss of sharpness
of the upstream edge of the plate. Replacement orifice plates and
gaskets are available from Spirax Sarco.
How to specify
Orifice plate primary element with / without optional carrier assembly
conforming to BS 1042 / ISO 5167.
A
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco M410 orifice plate and carrier assembly.
Important note: In order that a correctly sized orifice plate can be
supplied, it is essential that full details of the installation and estimated
flowrates are supplied to Spirax Sarco. This is best done using a
customer orifice plate datasheet available from Spirax Sarco.
Note 5
Item Description
EL2211 Temperature sensor / transmitter
Note 3
EL2230 Temperature sensor/transmitter
EL2600 Pressure transmitter
EL2810 Temperature sensor/transmitter
F50C Isolation valve
B
M610 Transmitter assembly (Note 4)
M750 Display unit
M850 Steam flow computer
For a general description of Spirax Sarco orifice plate flowmetering
systems, see TI-P176-03 (density compensated system) and
TI-P176-01 (non density compensated system).
TI-P176-02 MI Issue 5 M410 Orifice Plate Flowmeter and Carrier Assembly

Flowmetering
Orifice
Local regulations plate
may restrict the use of this flowmeters
TI-P176-04
MI Issue 7
Orifice Plate Flowmeters

Customer Data Sheet
This customer data sheet is intended to gather together all Section C: Options available
relevant information necessary to size and specify a Spirax Sarco The Spirax Sarco oriface plate flowmetering system is available in a
orifice plate flowmetering system. All equipment will be supplied number of options, at least one of which will suit the needs of a
to the customer based on the information received. customer. Options 1 to 4 are for simple systems where automatic
density compensation is not required. These are shown at the top of
Company name the next column...simply tick the option that meets your needs.
Options for use with flowcomputers that DO NOT include density

compensation:
Address
Option List of equipment in each package option
3.4.3 1
2
M410 orifice plate and gaskets
M410 orifice plate and gaskets, M610 DP transmitter
M410 orifice plate and gaskets with carrier ring,
3
Contact F50C isolation valves
M410 orifice plate and gaskets with carrier ring,
Project reference 4
F50C isolation valves, M610 DP transmitter assembly
Notes Option product code
Options 5 to 10 include equipment that allows automatic density

compensation for maximum accuracy. These are shown
below...simply tick the option that meets your needs.
Options for use with flowcomputers that DO include density

Please complete all sections and supply drawings, sketches etc. compensation:
where appropriate.
Option List of equipment in each package option
Section A: Working fluid details 5
Type of fluid (e.g., steam, air, water etc) assembly, EL2600 pressure transmitter
6
Min. value Normal value Max. value Units assembly, EL2271 temperature transmitter
Operating M410 orifice plate and gaskets, M610 DP transmitter
pressure
7 assembly, EL2600 pressure transmitter,
Operating
temperature EL2271 temperature transmitter
Estimated M410 orifice plate and gaskets with carrier ring,
rate of flow 8 F50C isolation valves, M610 DP transmitter assembly,
Notes: The pressure drop at specified maximum rate of flow will EL2600 pressure transmitter
be 24.9 kPa (100 inches water gauge) unless otherwise stated. M410 orifice plate and gaskets with carrier ring,
Below 25% of specified maximum rate of flow, system accuracy
cannot be guaranteed due to turndown limitations of orifice plates. 9 F50C isolation valves, M610 DP transmitter assembly,
(BS 1042 / ISO 5167). EL2271 temperature transmitter
Section B: Pipeline details M410 orifice plate and gaskets with carrier ring,
Value Units F50C isolation valves, M610 DP transmitter assembly,
10
Nominal line size EL2600 pressure transmitter,
Line inside diameter EL2271 temperature transmitter
Line schedule (if known) N /A Option product code
Flange specification N /A Note: For all options, please state if a vent or drain hole is required
Number of straight pipe diameters in the M410 orifice plate.
available upstream N /A
Number of straight pipe diameters Section D: Associated equipment required
available downstream N /A The M850 steam flow computer will provide automatic density
compensation for all steam flowmetering applications over the
Pipe material N /A range 100C @ 0 bar g to 500C @ 42 bar g.
Please provide a sketch showing all details of pipework including Wall Panel
any valves, bends, fittings etc. in the area where the M410 orifice mounted version mounted version
plate is to be fitted. This is important as the performance of all
orifice plates can be affected greatly by installation factors. Using M750 local display N/A 99 / 264 Vac
the information from sections A and B, Spirax Sarco will size the
correct orifice plate in line with the parameters laid down in M850 flow computer 24 Vdc 99 / 264 Vac
BS 1042 / ISO 5167.
Flowmetering
Orifice plate flowmeters
Sketch showing details of installation:
3.4.4
TI-P176-04 MI Issue 7 Orifice Plate Flowmeters Customer Data Sheet

Flowmetering
Flowmetering ancillaries
3.5.1
Flowmetering
TI-P333-29
EMM Issue 4
M850-W and M850-P

Flow Computers
Description
The M850 is a flexible and easy to use flow computer that accurately calculates mass and energy flow for steam, gas and liquids across
a wide variety of applications.
Standards
These products fully comply with the requirements of the
M850-W-x
European Directives and carry the mark when so
required.
In addition there is an cULus certified version of the wall

mount variant available
3.5.2
The M850 is available with the following certification:
- Uncertainty Certificate / Inspection Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be
stated at the time of order placement.

M850-P-x

Available options
Both versions of the M850 series have the same functions and are available as follows:
M850-P for panel mounting and is powered by 24 Vdc.
M850-W for wall mounting and has been adapted to be powered by 100 / 240 Vac.
Additionally, each version can be optionally equipped with one or two analog outputs 4-20 mA.
Offered versions of the instruments:

M850 -x -x -x
-P Panel mounted version. (CE and cULus approved as standard)
-W Wall mounted version (CE approved as standard, cULus approval optional)
-0 Option without analog 4 - 20 mA output.
-1 Option with one analog 4 - 20 mA output.
-2 Option with two analog 4 - 20 mA outputs.
-UL Option with cULus approval (required for wall mount version only)
Page 1 of 6
Flowmetering
Technical data for the M850 series flow computers
User interface, front panel

Display type LCD TFT color, 3.5", with LED backlight
Display size / resolution 43.8 mm x 77.4 mm / 272 (RGB) x 480 px,
LED indication 3 two-color LEDs, red / green: ALARM, REC, USB
Keyboard 19 membrane buttons
Inputs organisation
6 x I type (0 / 4 - 20 mA): IN1, IN2, IN3, IN4, IN5, IN6
Number of inputs 3 x RTD (4-wire): IN7, IN8, IN9
3 x PULS: IN10, IN11, IN12
I type (0 / 4 - 20 mA current loop analog inputs)

Signal type 0 - 20 mA or 4 - 20 mA
2-wire passive transmitter (supplied from M850) or

Transmitter connection
active transmitter (current source transmitter)
3.5.3 Input resistance 95 W 10% (protected with PTC 50 mA fuse in series)
24 Vdc +10% / -20%; max 22 mA per channel (protected with

Transmitters supply
PTC 50 mA fuse and 100 resistor in series)
Damping (1st order Low Pass Software Filter time constant) 2 s / 5 s / 10 s / 20 s / 30 s / 1 min / 2 min / 3 min / 5 min
Measurement resolution > 0.01% of FS
Accuracy (at Tamb = +25 C / +77 F) 0.1% of FS (typical W0.05% of FS)
RTD type (3 analog inputs for temperature sensors)

Pt-100 x K; Ni-100 x K; where K = 1..11
Sensor types
(K multiplier, e.g.: K = 2 for Pt-200)
-200 .. +850 C / -328 .. +1562 F for Pt100 x K

Measuring range
-60 .. +150 C / -76 .. +302 F for Ni100 x K
Sensor connection 4-wire (2-wire with wire bridges)
Wire resistance compensation Automatic , additional manual in range -99.99 .. +99.99 W
Maximum resistance of connecting wires 50 W
Damping (1st order Low Pass Filter time constant) 2 s / 5 s / 10 s / 20 s / 30 s / 1 min / 2 min / 3 min / 5min
Measurement resolution > 0.05% of reading or 0.1 (TBV)
Accuracy (at Tamb = +25 C / +77 F) 0.5 C / 0.9 F (typical 0.3 C / 0.54 F)
Temperature drift Maximum 0.02 C / C / 0.036 F / F
Max input voltage 40 Vdc / SELV
Galvanic isolation to Analog Outputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1 500 Vac for 1 minute
M850-W and M850-P Flow Computers

Flowmetering
PULS type inputs (binary / pulse / frequency)
0 .. 20 kHz (cut off for f < 0.001 Hz)
Measuring range
(0 ..1 kHz with filter jumper J1 / J2 / J3 ON)
Minimum pulse width 25 s (0.5 ms with filter jumper J1 / J2 / J3 ON)
Accuracy for frequency measurement (at Tamb = +25 C / +77 F) 0.02%
Galvanic isolation to Analog Outputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1 500 Vac for 1 minute
Configuration (default): OC or Contact open / closed (Internal jumper J4 / J5 / J6 ON)
Open circuit voltage 5 Vdc
Short circuit current 5 mA
On / off threshold 2.7 V / 2.4 V
Configuration: Voltage Input (Internal jumper J4 / J5 / J6 OFF)
Signal amplitude 4 .. 36 Vdc
On / off threshold
Input resistance
2.7 V / 2.4 V
3.5.4
10 kW
Compensated flow and heat energy measurement

Calculation update rate 1s
Total accuracy of compensated steam, water, other liquid or

Typical: better then 0.5% (worst case: better then 2%)
technical gas flow measurement
4 - 20 mA analog output (optional)

Number of outputs 1 or 2
Output signal 4 - 20 mA passive (external current loop supply required)
Resolution 16 bit DAC
Loop resistance (R L) range for U CC = 24 V 0 .. 600
Minimum loop power supply voltage U CCmin = RL x 0.022 + 8
Maximum loop power supply voltage 28 Vdc / SELV
Accuracy (at Tamb = +25 C / +77 F) Better than 0.2% of FS / C
Galvanic isolation to Analog Inputs, RS-485 / RS-422, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1 500 Vac for 1 minute
Binary outputs (M850-W-x and M850-W-x-UL)

Number of outputs 4
Type of outputs 3 pole (COM, NO, NC) electromechanical relay
Contact rating (resistive load) 3 A at 85 .. 250 Vac / 30 Vdc
Maximum switching voltage 250 Vac / 125 Vdc
Maximum switching power 750 VA / 90 W
Binary outputs (M850-P-x)

Number of outputs 4
Type of outputs 2 pole Solid State Relay
Contact rating (resistive load) 0.1 A at 24 Vac/dc (max 42 Vac 60 Vdc) / SELV
Maximum ON resistance 20
Galvanic isolation (optoisolation) 250 VAC continuous; 1 500 Vac for 1 minute

Flowmetering
RS-485 / RS-422
Transmission protocol ASCII, Modbus RTU, BACnet MSTP, GSM
Number of nodes in network 256
Maximum line length 1 200 m (depends on quality of data cable and baud rate)
Baud rate 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 38.4, 57.6, 115.2, 230.4 kbps
Parity control Even, Odd, None
Frame 1 start bit, 8 data bits, parity 1 bit, 1 stop bit
Internal terminating resistor Yes, activated with DIP switch
Maximum bus terminal voltages -8 V +13 V / SELV
Minimal driver differential output voltage 1.5 V (for R L = 54 W)
Minimum receiver sensitivity 200 mV
Short-circuit / thermal protection Yes
Galvanic isolation to Analog Inputs, Analog Outputs, Ethernet 250 Vac continuous; 1 500 Vac for 1 minute
Ethernet port
3.5.5 Transmission protocol Modbus TCP, ICMP (ping), DHCP server, http server, BACnet IP
Interface 10 BaseT Ethernet
Data buffer 300 B
Number of opened connections (simultaneously) 4
Connection type RJ-45 / SELV
LED indication 2 (build in RJ-45 socket)
USB port
Socket type A type, according to USB standard
Version USB 2.0
Recording format FAT16 (within a limited scope)
Power supply (M850-W-x and M850-W-x-UL)

Rated supply voltage 100 - 240 Vac; 50 / 60 Hz
Supply voltage range 85 .. 264 Vac; 47 .. 63 Hz
Power consumption Maximum 20 VA
Over voltage category CAT
Power supply (M850-P-x)

Rated supply voltage 24 Vdc (SELV and Limited Energy Supply)
Supply voltage range 18 .. 36 Vdc
Power consumption Maximum 8 W
Wire terminals (M850-W-x and M850-W-x-UL)

Wire connection / terminals Spring type terminal block
Solid 0.2 .. 2.5 mm 2

Stranded 0.2 .. 1.5 mm 2
Conductor cross section
AWG 26 .. 12
Non cULus version cable entry 4 glands type M20, 2 glands type M16
cULus version cable entry 4 conduit hubs " NPT

Flowmetering
Wire terminals (M850-P-x)
Wire connection / terminals Screw type terminal blocks, plug type
Solid 1.5 mm 2 max

Stranded 1 mm 2 max
Conductor cross section
AWG 30 / 14
Enclosure (M850-W-x and M850-W-x-UL)

Enclosure type Wall mounting, Polycarbonate material
217 mm x 257 mm x 134 mm (without cable glands)

238 mm x 257 mm x 134 mm (with conduit hub cULus version)
Dimensions (height x width x depth)
247 mm x 257 mm x 134 mm (with cable glands - non cULus version)
Weight net (gross) approx. 1.7 kg (cULus version 2.5 kg)
Protection class IP65 (not UL evaluated)
Enclosure (M850-P-x)
Enclosure type Panel mounting, Lexan Resin 920 material
Dimensions (height x width x depth)

110 mm x 206 mm x 63.5 mm (without terminals)
110 mm x 206 mm x 72 mm (with terminals)
3.5.6
Panel cut-out dimensions 186 mm x 92 mm
Panel thickness 1 .. 5 mm
Weight net (gross) approx. 0.6 kg (0.7 kg)
Protection class (front / rear) IP65 / IP20 (not UL evaluated)
Environmental conditions
Ambient temperature 0 .. +55 C (32 .. 131 F)
Relative humidity 5 .. 95% (non-condensing)
Altitude 2000 m (6 562 ft) above sea level
Storage temperature -30 .. +70 C
3 Panel version (when installed in an enclosure)

Pollution degree
3 Wall version
EN 61010-1
Electrical safety UL 61010-1, 3rd Edition
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1, 3rd Edition
Immunity EN 61326-1 Table 2

EMC
Radiated and conducted emissions EN61326-1 Group 1 Class B
Installation location Indoor use only

Flowmetering
M850 A B C D E Weight
M850-W-x (wall mounted) 257 217 134 30 * - 1.70
M850-W-x-UL (wall mounted) 257 217 134 21 - 2.5
M850-P-x (panel mounted) 206 110 72.3 - 9.5 0.60
* Approximate dimension as the cable glands are adjustable.
M850-W-x (wall mounted) M850-P-x (panel mounted)

A C A C
B
M850
B
M850
E
3.5.7
D
M850-W-x-UL version
A C
B
M850

Installation notes:
1. The wall mounted M850-W-x requires 3 mounting screws (not supplied) to mount to a wall or optionally has a DIN rail mounting.
2. The panel mounted M850-P-x is supplied with mounting clamps.
3. An adaptor plate is available as a separate kit, should the M850 be replacing an existing M200 or M800 flow computer.
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, provided due care is taken.
How to order
For the correct product nomenclature for the unit that best suits the intended application please revisit page 1 'Available options' before
placing an order.
Example 1: 1 off M850-P-1 panel mounted energy monitor with one analog 4-20mA output, 24 Vdc supply
Example 2: 1 off M850-W-2-UL wall mounted energy monitor with two analog 4-20mA outputs, 240 Vac supply
Spare parts
There are no spare parts available for the M850 flow computers.
Available accessories - Panel mounting adapter plate to replace M800 M200 flow computers.

Flowmetering
3.5.8
Flowmetering
TI-P332-08
MI Issue 2

ISO 9001
M750
Display unit
Description How to specify:
The Spirax Sarco M750 is an intelligent digital panel display unit M750 panel mounted digital display unit that accepts all commonly
that is fully programmable from the front panel. It can accept inputs used process signals. Designed to allow current retransmission or
from a wide variety of sensors, and digitally processes and displays dual relay output option pods to be easily installed without the
the relevant signal. need for dismantling or recalibration.
The M750 totaliser function enables non-volatile storage of the
integrated total to be maintained within the unit, even after loss How to order
of power. Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco M750 display unit complete with dual
The M750 is ideally suited as a display unit for use with Spirax relay and 4 - 20 mA current retransmission option pods.
Sarco owmeters. It can provide an indication of owrate and
totalised ow for Gilo, ILVA, DIVA, orice plates and vortex
3.5.9 owmeters as well as providing a 24 Vdc loop power supply
where required.

The M750 has Modbus RTU protocol using RS485 serial
communications.
Up to two 'Option Pods' can be tted to the M750 to provide the
following functions:
- An isolated 4 - 20 mA retransmission pod.
- A pod with two normally-open relays.
It is possible to have one or two relay pods, but only one 4 - 20 mA
retransmission pod. The Option Pods can be selected to operate
on Process Variable (Rate), or Total.
Technical data
See overleaf.
Weight
230 grams (0.5 lbs)
Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres (inches)

Panel cut out

92 mm (3.62") x 45 mm (1.77")

Flowmetering
Technical data (at 20C)

90-264 Vac 50 /60 Hz
Power supply 90-253 Vac 50 /60 Hz for compliance with LVD and UL
BS EN 61010-1 for connection to an installation over-voltage Category II supply (Pollution degree 2)
Power consumption 10 VA (worst case)
500 V
Isolation (tested to)
Supply to I /O 3 750 V
Relay supply BS EN 61010-1 for connection to an installation over-voltage Category II supply (Pollution degree 2)
IP rating IP65 (front panel only)
Ambient operating temperature -30 to +60C (-22F to +140F)
Ambient storage -50 to +85C (-58F to +185F)
Environmental
Ambient humidity 10 to 90% RH
EMC: Emissions and immunity BS EN 61326
Safety BS EN 61010-1
Universal input types Sensor Sensor range and linearisation

mA 4-20 mA, 20 mA, 10 mA
RTD Pt 100, NI 120, custom
Sensor and T /C K, J, T, R, S, B, N, L, B, E, Custom*
mV 100 mV
3.5.10
Sensor range
and linearisation Volts 10 V, 5 V, 1 - 5 V, 1 V
Any span within the range can be selected, but the recommended
Minimum span
span is > 10% of range.
Basic accuracy 0.05% FS 0.05% of reading
Thermal drift 200 ppm /C
Current input
Input impedance 20
Linearity Linear, X1/2, X3/2, X5/2, custom*
A 19 V @ 25 mA isolated power supply is provided to power the current loop.
* Custom can be up to 60 co-ordinate pairs or up to 7 segments of 15th order polynomial.
Communications
RS485 Modbus communications The M750 has Modbus RTU protocol with RS485 serial communications as standard.
Physical layer 4 wire or 2 wire half duplex RS485
Isolation 500 Vac
Maximum fan out 32 units (this can be increased with repeaters)
Termination standard RS485
Option pods
The M750 has interchangeable output pods that are automatically recognised by the unit. The dual relay pod has two independent mains
rated relays that can be congured for high or low alarms or pulse output. The isolated re -transmission pod provides 0-10 mA, 0-20
mA or 4-20 mA active or passive outputs.
Dual relay alarm pod

Two independent mains rated relay outputs, which can operate as alarms or pulsed output
Contacts 2 x changeover relays with common
Ratings ac dc
Maximum load 5 A @ 250 V 5 A @ 30 V (inductive load 2 A)
Maximum power 1 250 VA 150 W
Maximum switching 253 volts 125 volts
Termination 5 way tension clamp connector
Isolated 4-20 mA re-transmission pod

Isolated analogue retransmission for use with chart recorders, Building Management Systems, etc.
Ranges 0-10 mA (Active or Passive), 0-20 mA (Active or Passive), 4-20 mA (Active or Passive)
Minimum current output 0 mA
Maximum current output 23 mA
Accuracy 0.07% FS
Active 1 K
Maximum output load Passive [(Vsupply - 2) /20] K
Maximum external supply voltage 30 V (Passive mode)
Isolation 500 Vac
Termination 5-way tension clamp connector
M750 Display unit TI-P332-08 MI Issue 2

Flowmetering
TI-P322-02
MI Issue 7
EL2600
Pressure Transmitter
and 'U' Syphons
Description
The EL2600 is a combined pressure sensor and transmitter which
is designed for general and industrial use.
It has a 2-wire 4-20 mA current loop, and a " NPT process
connection. Two syphon tube and valve assemblies are available,
one with a maximum design pressure of 25 bar g, and one with a
maximum design pressure of 80 bar g.
Available ranges
m bar g 0-100 0-250 0-600
3.5.11 bar g
0-0.1 0-0.25 0-0.6 0-1
0-10 0-16 0-25
0-1.6 0-2.5
0-40 0-60
0-4 0-6
0-100* 0-160* 0-250*
bar a 0-1.6 0-2.5
* No 'U' syphon is available for these ranges, therefore maximum
operating temperature is limited to 100C
Limiting conditions
Pressure /temperature limits EL2600
Minimum operating temperature -30C (medium)
-20C (ambient)
Maximum operating temperature 100C (medium)
(without syphon tube) 80C (ambient)
Low pressure syphon tube /valve

Maximum design temperature 260C
Technical data
0 -1.6 bar a to 0 -16 bar g Piezorresistive
Maximum working conditions 21 bar g @ 217C Sensor type
0 -40 bar g to 0 -400 bar g Thin film
High pressure syphon tube Supply voltage 10 Vdc to 30 Vdc
Accuracy 0.5%
Repeatability 0.05 of span
Maximum working conditions 60 bar g @ 450C
Hysteresis 0.1% of span
Overpressure limit table Protection rating IP65
Calibrated pressure range Overpressure P max (bar)
0 - 1.6 bar a, 0-2.5 bar a 10 Approvals
0 - 0.1 bar g 1 EMC
2004/108/EC, EN 61 326 Emission (Group 1, Class B)
0 - 0.25 bar g 2 emissions
0-0.6 bar g 4 EMC 2004/108/EC, EN 61 326 Emission (Group 1, Class B)
0-1 bar g 5 susceptibility and Immunity (industrial locations)
0-1.6 bar g, 0-2.5 bar g 10
0-4 bar g 17 Materials
0-6 bar g, 0-10 bar g 35 EL2600
0-16 bar g, 0-25 bar g 80 Part Material
0-40 bar g 120 Body Stainless steel 316L WS 1.4435
0-60 bar g 200 Connector Moulded plastic Polyamide PA 66
0-100 bar g 320
Low pressure syphon tube assembly (Valve ordered separately)
0-160 bar g 500
Part Material
0 - 250 bar g 800
Tube Carbon steel ASTM A 106 Gr. B. Phosphated
Note: High pressure 'spikes' above maximum overpressure, even Body Brass
of very short (milli-seconds) duration, could damage sensors. If Valve
pressure peaks are likely to occur in your application, we recommend Handle Phenolic
the use of a pressure snubber. Alternatively, a higher range pressure
High pressure syphon tube assembly
transmitter could be used, though this would mean some loss of
signal resolution. Part Material
Process connection Tube Carbon steel BS 3602: Part.1 1987 CFS 360
For fluids below 100C the EL2600 may be mounted directly via its (zinc plated /passivated).
" NPT connection. Body Carbon steel
Above 100C, a 'U' syphon and isolating valve must be fitted Valve
between the EL2600 and the vessel or pipeline. Seat PEEK /Polymain
Flowmetering
Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Safety information, installation and maintenance

EL2600 This document does not contain sufficient information to install the
A B C D Weight supplied with the product.
104 57 28 48 0.2 Safety note:
You attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10.
'U' Syphon and isolating valve
Installation note:
E F G H J K Weight It is essential to use a 'U' syphon and valve for temperatures above
160 50 150 160 60 150 0.5 100C to avoid damage to the unit.
Maintenance note:
EL2600 D No specific maintenance is required, but we recommend inspection
and re-calibration of the transmitter once a year.
C
How to order
Example: 1 - Spirax Sarco EL2600 pressure transmitter, range
0 - 16 bar g, with low pressure 'U' syphon and isolating valve.
A B
3.5.12
Low " NPT
pressure
E
'U' syphon
" NPT
parallel
(NPSM)
G
High " NPT

pressure
'U' syphon H
" NPT
parallel
(NPSM)
K
EL2600 Pressure Transmitter and 'U' Syphons TI-P322-02 MI Issue 7

Flowmetering
3.5.13
Flowmetering
TI-P322-06
MI Issue 11
EL2270 and EL2271

Temperature Probes
Description
EL2270
The EL2270 is a Pt100 platinum resistance temperature sensor for general industrial use. The sensing device is an RTD 3 wire device
that meets EN 60751: Class A. This sensor can be connected directly to any temperature indicator or controller that has a 3 wire Pt100
input. A quick response version (40 mm insertion length only) is also available for applications such as plate heat exchanger control.
A miniature version of the EL2270 may also be ordered. This has a " BSP taper thread, and a tip length of 39 mm.
EL2271
The EL2271 is a combined Pt100 sensor and transmitter assembly. The sensing element is a 3 wire device that meets EN 60751:
Class A and the transmitter has a 4 - 20 mA output.
An ATEX approved version is available to special order.
3.5.14
A comprehensive standard range is normally available from stock. Non-standard ranges can be obtained to special order, subject to a
low limit of -50 C, and a maximum of +500 C. The 4 - 20 mA output can be connected directly to any temperature indicator, controller
or flow computer that has a 4 - 20 mA input. Contact Spirax Sarco for further details. Transmitters with 3 point calibration are available
to special order.
Pockets (thermowells)
General
Three types of pockets are available:
1. Thin wall with a " NPT process connection for non-flow applications only.
2. Drilled taper with a " NPT process connection.
3. Hygienic, to 3A sanitary standard, with a 1" sanitary clamp connection

(ASME BPE) electropolished to 0.4 m (a Declaration of Conformity is
available).
Note: No pocket is available for the miniature EL2270.

Material 316 stainless steel
Maximum temperature 500 C
Selection
Pockets are sized to suit the probe tip length 'D', and are specified as 'pocket to
suit a _ _ mm probe'.
Note 1 - The pocket dimension 'F' is 25 mm shorter than the probe length 'D',
which appears to be incorrect. The reason is that the threaded body of the pocket
acts as a stand-off, and therefore allows adequate clearance between the probe
tip and the end of the pocket.
Note 2 - Pockets to suit 225 mm and 725 mm probes are for non-flow
applications only (maximum flow velocity 0.65 m/sec).
EL2270 and EL2271
Page 1 of 3
Flowmetering
Dimensions (approximate) in mm
EL2270* EL2271
Product range Standard Miniature Quick repsonse and

duplex quick response
A 88 58 88 88
B 130 62 150 130
C 75 63 75 75
D 25, 50, 75,125, 225, 725 39 40 25, 50, 75, 125
E 6 6 4.5 6
* Note: The quick response EL2270 is only available with an insertion length of 40 mm.
Pockets
Standard Hygenic
Product range 1" sanitary clamp connector
Fabricated Solid drilled Fabricated
F 200, 700 25, 50, 100 25, 50, 100, 200
3.5.15
EL2270 and EL2271
"
NPT
Enclosure
Pocket
27 A/F
" NPT
C Probe
" NPT
(" BSPT EL2270 miniature version) Drilled taper version
F shown dotted
EL2270 and EL2271 Temperature Probes

Flowmetering
Mechanical data
EL2270*
Product range Note: A quick response version of the EL2270 is EL2271
also available to order
Enclosure KNE - aluminium alloy - epoxy coated KNE - aluminium alloy - epoxy coated
Probe 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel
Process connection " NPT " NPT
Electrical connection M20 with cable gland fitted to BS 4568 Part 1 M20 with cable gland fitted to BS 4568 Part 1
Enclosure rating IP65 IP65
Ambient Minimum -50 C -50 C

temperature Maximum +70 C +85 C
* The EL2270 quick response sensor has a time constant of 1.7 seconds.
Electrical data
-50 C to +500 C
Available ranges -50 C to +500 C 0 C to +100 C
100 C to +250 C
Output Pt100 to EN 60751: Class A Loop powered 4 - 20 mA
Output on sensor failure - 23 mA typical 3.5.16
Supply - 10 to 30 Vdc
636 at 24 Vdc
Maximum loop resistance -
909 at 30 Vdc
Transmitter - Thermal drift measuring deviation - 0.1% / 10 KTAMB per EN 60770 0.2%
U o = 30 Vdc I o = 120 mA
Maximum values for connection of the current loop
- Pi = 800 mW C i = 6.2 F
circuit (connections + and -)
L i = 110 H
U o = 6.4 Vdc I o = 42.6 mA
Po = 37.1 mW
Maximum values for connection of the sensor circuit Group II B:
-
(connections 1 up to 3) C o = 500 F L o = 50 mH
Group II C:
C o = 20 F L o = 10 mH
EMC directive 89 / 336 / EEC
EMC emissions and susceptibility -
EN 61326:1997 / A1, 1998 / A2.2001
The EL2270 and EL2271 temperature probes can be used in applications where the process temperature is within the following limits.
Where greater temperatures and pressures are present, the temperature probe should be fitted with a pocket.
For air and steam applications, flow velocities must be below 45 m/s (32 m/s for fabricated pockets).
For liquids a recommended velocity is 5 m/s (700 mm and 200 mm non-flow applications only).
Pressure and temperature limits of temperature probe. Pressure and temperature limits of standard pockets.
(ANSI 300 rated) (ANSI 600 rated)

A B D
Temperature C
Temperature C

Steam saturation curve Steam saturation curve
C E

The product must not be used in this region. The product must not be used in this region.
A-B-C Fabricated pocket
A-D-E Solid drilled pocket
EL2270 and EL2271 Temperature Probes

Flowmetering
3.5.17
Flowmetering
TI-P170-01
MI Issue 4

ISO 9001

Description
The F50C is a needle type isolating valve designed for primary
isolation in flowmetering applications with steam and other industrial
fluids. No spares are available.

" screwed NPT.
Limiting conditions
Maximum operating pressure 413 bar g (6 000 psi g)
Maximum operating temperature 400C (752F) 3.5.18
Operating range
400
Temperature C
300
1
200 Steam
saturation
100 curve
0
0 100 200 300 413
Pressure bar g
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Carbon steel, zinc plated and passivated
2 Seals Graphoil (not shown)
Kv values
0.474
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156
Dimensions /weight (approximate) in mm and kg

A B C Connections Weight
66 28 76* " NPT 0.5
*With valve open

Warning
This document does not give sufficient information to install
C the product in a safe manner.
See the relevant system Installation and Maintenance
Instructions for full details.
The F50C valve may be installed in any position, but the flow should
be in the direction of the arrow on the valve body.
When used as an isolating valve in a steam meter impulse line, it is
important to install the valve on the centre line of the flowmeter
rather than below it, so that the valve is in steam rather than water.

Safety
Warning
Your attention is drawn to Safety information leaflet IM-GCM-10.

B

A How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco F50C isolating valve.
Flowmetering
Ultrasonic flowmeters
3.6.1
Flowmetering
Ultrasonic
Local regulations flowmeters
TI-P197-01
MI Issue 4
UTM10 Series
Ultrasonic Transit-time Flowmeters
Description
UTM10 ultrasonic flow and energy meters clamp onto the outside of pipes and do not make contact with the internal liquid. The
technology has inherent advantages over alternate devices including: low-cost installation, no pressure head loss, no moving parts to
maintain or replace, no fluid compatibility issue, and a large, bi-directional measuring range that ensures reliable readings even at very
low and high flowrates. UTM10 is available in a variety of configurations that permit the user to select a meter with features suitable to
meet particular application requirements.
The UTM10 is available in two versions: a stand-alone flowmeter, and an energy flowmeter used in conjunction with dual clamp-on,
or dual insertion RTDs. The energy flowmeter measures energy usage in kJ, Wh, BTU and Tons and is ideal for retrofit, chilled water 3.6.2
and other HVAC applications.
General safety Hazardous location installation
Supply
Return
Instrinsically safe location
Features:
- May be used to measure clean liquids as well as those with small amounts of suspended solids or aeration (e.g.: surface water,
sewage).
- Bi-directional flow measurement system. Totalizer options include forward, reverse and net total.
- Modbus RTU, BACNet MS / TP over RS485 communications.; Ethernet connection includes BACNet / IP, EtherNet / IPTM and
Modbus TCP / IP protocols.
- Large, easy-to-read digital display.
- Rugged, aluminium enclosure ensures a long service life in harsh environments.
- Certified for hazardous area installation in Europe and North America.
Benefits:
- Reduced material costs: The clamp-on sensor eliminates the need for in-line flanges, pipe fittings, strainers, and filters.
- Reduced installation time: The UTM10 can be installed and fully operational within minutes.
- Reduced maintenance costs: The UTM10 has a non-mechanical operation it will not be subject to wear and tear Consequently
there are no repair kits or replacement parts available or required.
- The UTM10 is a clamp on design unit - Consequently there is No need to shut down the process for installation or maintenance.
Page 1 of 5
Flowmetering
Specifications
System
Liquid types Most clean liquids or liquids containing small amounts of suspended solids or gas bubbles
Velocity range Bi-directional to 12 m / s (40 ft / s)
UTT10-050S, UTT10-050L and UTT10-050H:
1% of rate at flows >0.3 m / s (1 ft / s); 0.003 m / s (0.01 ft / s) at flows <1 ft / s (0.3 m / s)
Flow accuracy UTT10-025S and UTT10-040S:
25 mm (1") and larger 1% of rate from 1.2 to 12 m / s (4 to 40 ft / s); 0.012 m / s (0.04 ft / s) at rates <1.2 m / s (4 ft / s)
UTT10-015S and UTT10-020S: 1% Full-scale (reference the 'Measuring range' under 'Dimensions' on page 3)
Temperature Option 1: 0-50C (32-122F); Absolute: 0.12C (0.22F) Difference: 0.05C (0.09F)
accuracy Option 2: 0-100C (32-212F); Absolute: 0.25C (0.45F) Difference: 0.10C (0.18F)
(Energy meters
only) Option 3: -40-177C (-40-350F); Absolute: 0.60C (1.10F) Difference: 0.25C (0.45F)
Flow: 0.0003 m / s (0.001 ft / s)
Sensitivity
Temperature: Option 1: 0.012C (0.03F); Option 2: 0.025C (0.05F); Option 3: 0.06C (0.1F)
Repeatability 0.5% of reading
All models EN 61010, UL 61010-1 and CSA C22.2 No. 61010-1
General safety:
Power supply options A and D only EN 61010-1
Installation Hazardous location (power supply options A and D only): Class 1 Div. 2 Groups C,D,T4; Class II, Division 2, Groups F,G,T4;
compliance Class III Division 2 for US / CAN; ATEX II 2 g EX nAT4: UL 1604, CSA 22.2 No. 213, EN 60079-0 and EN 60079-15.
Compliant with directives 2004 / 108 / EC, 2006 / 95 / EC, and 94 / 9 / EC on flowmeter systems with transducers constructed
3.6.3 Transmitter
with twinaxial cable (all transducers with cables 30 m (100 ft) and shorter) or remote transducers with conduit.
Power ac: 95-264 Vac 47-63 Hz @ 17 VA maximum dc: 10-28 Vdc @ 5 VA maximum or 20-28 Vac 47-63 Hz @ 0.35 A maximum
requirements Protection: auto resettable fuse, reverse polarity and transient suppression
Two line LCD, LED backlit: Top row 18 mm (0.7") height, 7-segment; Bottom row 9 mm (0.35") height, 14-segment
Icons: RUN, PROGRAM, RELAY1, RELAY2
Display Flowrate indication: 8-digit positive, 7-digit negative maximum; auto decimal, lead zero blanking
Flow accumulator (totalizer): 8-digit positive, 7-digit negative maximum (reset via keypad press, USP, network command
or momentary contact closure)
IP65 (Type 4) construction: powder-coated aluminium, polycarbonate, stainless steel, polyurethane, nickel-plated steel
mounting brackets
Enclosure
Size (electronic enclosure only): W x H x D in mm (inches) 152 x 112 x 56 mm (6.0" x 4.4" x 2.2")
Conduit holes: (2 x holes) 12.7 mm (") NPT female; (1 x hole) 19 mm (") NPT female
Temperature -40C to +85C (-40F to +185F)
Via optional keypad or PC running USP software (Note: not all configuration parameters are available from the keypad
Configuration
i.e. flow and temperature calibration and advanced filter settings)
Flowmeter: Metres, cubic metres, litres, million litres, kg,
Engineering Feet, gallons, cubic feet, million gallons, barrels (liquor and oil), acre-feet, lbs.
units
Energy meter: kJ, kWh, MWh, BTU, MBTU, MMBTU, Tons and the flowmeter list from above
USB 2.0: for connection of a PC running USP configuration utility
RS485: Modbus RTU command set. Optional BACnet MS / TP (Baud rate field selectable 9 600 to 76 800)
10/100 Base-T: RJ45, communication via Modbus TCP / IP, EtherNet / IP and BACnet / IP
Inputs / outputs 4-20 mA: 12-bit, internal power, can span negative to positive flow / energy rates
Flowmeter model only: 0-1,000 Hz: open-collector, 12-bit, can span negative to positive rates; square-wave or turbine
meter simulation outputs. Energy flowmeter model only: Total pulse option: Opto isolated open collector transistor.
Two alarm outputs: open-collector, configure as rate alarm, signal strength alarm or totalizer pulse
Transducers
Type Compression mode propagation, clamp-on
UTT10-050S and 050L: IP67 (NEMA 6), CPVC, Ultem , Nylon cord grip, PVC cable jacket; -40 to 121C (-40 to 250F)
UTT10-015S to UTT10-040S: IP67 (NEMA 6), CPVC, Ultem , Nylon cord grip, PVC cable jacket; -40 to 121C (-40 to 50F)
Construction UTT10-050S and 050L: IP68 (NEMA 6P), CPVC, Ultem , Nylon cord grip, Polyethylene cable jacket; -40 to 121C (-40 to 250F)
NEMA 6: Submersible to a depth of 1 m (3 ft) for 30 days max. NEMA 6P: Submersible to a depth of 30 m (100 ft) indefinitely
UTT10-050H: IP67 (NEMA 6), PTFE, Vespel, Nickel-plated brass cord grip, PFA cable jacket; -40 to 176C (-40 to 250F)
UTT10-015S to UTT10-040S: 2 MHz
Frequency UTT10-050S and UTT10-050H: 1 MHz
UTT10-050L: 500 KHz
Cables RG59 Coaxial, 75 ohm or Twinaxial, 78 ohm (optional Flex armored conduit)
Cable length 300 m (990 ft) maximum in 3 m (10 ft) increments
RTDs Energy meters only: RTD platinum 385, 1000 ohm, 3-wire; PVC jacket cable
UTT10-050S, UTT10-050L and UTT10-050H: General and Hazardous Location (see 'Installation compliance' above)
Installation UTT10-050S and IS Barrier (F option): "Class I Div 1, Groups C&D T5 Instrinically Safe Exia;"
"CSA C22.2 No.'s 142 & 157, UL 913 & 916"
Software utilities
Utilized to configure, calibrate and troubleshoot Flow and Energy Meters. Connection via USB A/B cable; software is
USP
compatible with Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista and Windows 7 32-bit O.S. only
TI-P197-01 MI Issue 4 UTM10 Series Ultrasonic Transit-time Flowmeters Page 2 of 5

Flowmetering
Dimensions approximate in mm (inches)
UTM10 electronics MENU ENTER
104.1
(4.10")
152.4
(6.0")
165.1 35.1
(6.5") (1.38")
58.4 73.7
109.7 (2.3") (2.9")
(4.32")
MENU ENTER
30.5
(1.2")
52.3
(2.06") 4.8 (0.19") dia
2 mounting holes
3.6.4
UTT10 transducer
Pipe
Pipe size A B C D Measuring range
material
UTT10-015S to UTT10-040S 62.5 59.9 67.6 21.3 8 - 144 litres / min

Pipes 12 mm to 40 mm (" to 1") ASME
(2.46") (2.36") (2.66") (0.84") (2 - 38 US gallons / min)
62.5 59.9 84.6 15.9 7 - 102 litres / min
DN15 (") Copper
(2.46") (2.36") (3.33") (0.63") (1.8 - 27 US gallons / min)
62.5 57.9 94.5 12.7 6 - 68 litres / min
Tubing
(2.46") (2.28") (3.72") (0.50") (1.5 - 18 US gallons / min)
62.5 65.3 67.6 26.7 10 - 250 litres / min
B ASME
D (2.46") (2.57") (2.66") (1.05") (2.75 - 66 US gallons / min)
62.5 63.5 90.4 22.2 10 - 204 litres / min
DN20 (") Copper
(2.46") (2.50") (3.56") (0.88") (2.5 - 54 US gallons / min)
A C 62.5 63.5 90.4 19.0 10 - 170 litres / min
Tubing
(2.46") (2.50") (3.56") (0.75") (2.5 - 45 US gallons / min)
62.5 74.2 72.6 33.4 13 - 409 litres / min
UTT10-050S, UTT10-050L and UTT10-050H ASME
(2.46") (2.92") (2.86") (1.32") (3.5 - 108 US gallons / min)
Pipes 50 mm (2") and larger
62.5 72.9 96.5 28.6 13 - 360 litres / min
G DN25 (1") Copper
Minimum clearance (2.46") (2.87") (3.80") (1.13") (3.5 - 95 US gallons / min)
E
62.5 2.75 96.5 25.4 13 - 320 litres / min
Tubing
(2.46") (69.9") (3.80") (1.00") (3.5 - 85 US gallons / min)
F 71.0 80.8 79.8 42.2 19 - 704 litres / min
ASME
(2.80") (3.18") (3.14") (1.66") (5 - 186 US gallons / min)
DN32 62.5 76.2 102.6 34.9 17 - 575 litres / min

Copper
(1") (2.46") (3.00") (4.04") (1.38") (4.5 - 152 US gallons / min)
62.5 76.2 102.6 31.8 15 - 514 litres / min
Tubing
(2.46") (3.00") (4.04") (1.25") (4 - 136 US gallons / min)
Model E F G 76.7 86.9 84.6 48.3 23 - 946 litres / min

ASME
74.9 69.8 76.2 (3.02") (3.42") (3.33") (1.90") (6 - 250 US gallons / min)
UTT10-050S
(2.95") (2.75") (3.00") 68.8 72.6 108.7 41.3 19 - 814 litres / min
DN40
74.9 69.8 76.2 Copper
(1") (2.71") (2.86") (4.28") (1.63") (5 - 215 US gallons / min)
UTT10-050H
(2.95") (2.75") (3.00")
68.8 84.1 108.7 38.1 19 - 757 litres / min
86.4 74.7 81.3 Tubing
UTT10-050L
(3.40") (2.94") (3.20") (2.71") (3.31") (4.28") (1.50") (5 - 200 US gallons / min)

Flowmetering
Meter with remote flow transducer

The UTM10 is available with remote mounted transducers that permit separation of up to 300 m (990 ft) using coaxial or twinaxial cable.
This design is utilized when pipes are located in areas that are not convenient for viewing, or on piping systems with severe vibration.
CPVC are rated to 121C (250F) and PTFE are rated to 176C (350F).
Common features:
Rate-Total backlit display
4 - 20 mA output
0 - 1000 Hz rate pulse and dual alarm outputs (Flowmeter model only)
USB programming port
RS485 Modbus network connection
Remote totalizer reset
UTM10 energy meter with
remote mounted transducers and strap-on RTD's
3.6.5 Remote flow

transducer
Supply
Temperature transducers
(Energy meter only)
Return
How to order the UTM ultrasonic transit-time flowmeter

Category Description Suffix codes
Model - Velocity meter UTM10-S
see Note 1 Energy meter - see Notes 2 and 3 UTM10-E-
dc 10 - 28 Vdc @ 5 watts maximum D
Electrical power 95 - 264 Vac, 47 to 63 Hz @ 17 VA maximum A
ac
20 - 28 Vac, 47 to 63 Hz @ 17 VA maximum C
STD - Modbus RTU - see Note 1 N
BACnet MS / TP B
Digital
10 / 100 Base-T (Ethernet / IP, BACnet / IP, Modbus TCP / IP), BACnet MS / TP C
communications
10 / 100 Base-T (Ethernet / IP, BACnet / IP, Modbus TCP / IP), Modbus RTU E
Totalizing pulse (Isolated open collector) - see Note 3 P
None, if selected Electronics Model UTM10-S only 0
Energy 0 to 50C (32 to 122F) 1
temperature Model
range UTM10-E 0 to 100C (32 to 212F) 2
only
-40 to 176C (-40 to 350F) 3
General Safety See the 'Specifications' on page 2 N
Approvals
General Safety, Hazardous Location and CE under 'Installation compliance' F
Example UTM10-E-A-N-3-N
Notes:
1. All electronics have a 4 button keypad, remote mounted transducers, General Safety Approvals, 4 - 20 mA output, Modbus RTU output,
USB connection, 1000 Hz output UTM10-S only.
2. Energy, 4 - 20 mA output, Dual 1000 Ohm RTD connection, Modbus RTU output, USB connection. RTD's ordered separately.
3. Totalizing pulse is for the Energy Option only. The pulse is an optically-isolated open-collector, 30 Vdc max., 100 mA max.,
at 15 Hz max. rate with 50% duty cycle.

Flowmetering
How to order the UTT ultrasonic transit-time transducers

Category Description Suffix codes
Model Transducers, all rated to 121C (250F) (CPVC, Ultem ) UTT10-
15 mm (") 015S
20 mm (") 020S
25 mm (1") 2.0 MHz transducers, maximum temperature 121C (250F) 025S
Line size 32 mm (1") 032S

(nominal) 40 mm (1") 040S
Standard, 50 mm (2") and larger, 1.0 MHz transducers, max. temperature 121C (250F) 050S
Large pipe, 610 mm (24") and larger, 0.5 MHz transducers, max. temperature 121C (250F) 050L
High temperature, 50 mm (2") and larger, 1.0 MHz transducers, max. temperature 177C (350F) 050H
050S, 050L, 050H transducers only X
Pipe ASME pipe (015S to 040S only) M

material Copper pipe (015S to 040S only) C
Standard tubing (015S to 040S only) P
6 m (20 ft) 020
Cable
length -
15 m (50 ft) 050 3.6.6
see Note 2 30 m (100 ft) 100
>30 m (100 ft) in 3 m (10 ft) increments Suffix code = Total length of cable in ft e.g.: 190 ft = 190 Cutomer to specify
None N
Armored flex conduit - see Note 1 A
Conduit and
submersible Submersible NEMA 6P (050S without conduit) S
option
Submersible NEMA 6P (050L without conduit) T
Submersible NEMA 6P (050S and 050L with armored flex conduit) - see Note 1 V
None 000
6 m (20 ft) 020
Conduit
15 m (50 ft) 050
length
30 m (100 ft) 100
>30 m (100 ft) in 3 m (10 ft) increments Suffix code = Total length of cable in ft e.g.: 190 ft = 190 Cutomer to specify
Standard, General Safety, Hazardous Locations - See 'Installation Compliance', Page 2 S
Approvals
Class 1 Division 1 Groups C and D, 050S transducers only (Includes IS Barriers) F
Example UTT10-050S-X-020-N-000-S
Notes:
1. Armored flex conduit can be ordered with conduit option A and V only.
2. Twinaxial cable, 78 up to 30 m (100 ft), greater than 30 m (100 ft) RG59 Coaxial Cable, 75 .
Accessories P/N Description

URTD-C-20 6 m (20 ft) cable
Please note:
Strap-on URTD-C-50 When ordering the UTM10-E Clamp on RTD 15 m (50 ft) cable
RTD kit
you must also order the RTD kit.
URTD-C-100 30 m (100 ft) cable
Note: That the strap-on RTD kit includes 2 RTDs, heat sink compound, and installation tape. RTDs are 1000 Pt., Insert 205C (400F).
INS-RTD-C-20 6 m (20 ft) cable

Insertion INS-RTD-C-50 Insertion RTD 15 m (50 ft) cable
RTD kit
INS-RTD-C-100 30 m (100 ft) cable
Note: That the insertion RTD kit includes 2 RTDs, 76 mm (3") insertion depth. 6.35 mm (") O.D.. RTDs are 1000 Pt, 260C (500F).
Mounting UTMT-10 254 mm (10") Scaled transducer

tracks UTMT-16 406 mm (16") mounting track assembly
Note: For UTT10-050S transducers only
How to order example: ULTEM is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.

1 off Spirax Sarco UTM10-E-A-N-3-N ultrasonic transit-time flowmeter plus WINDOWS, EXCEL and VISTA are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corp.
1 off URTD-C-20 clamp-on RTD with 6 m cables. CSA is a registered trademark of the Canadian Standards Association.
and BACNET is a registered trademark of American Society of Heating.
Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
1 off Spirax Sarco UTT10-050SX020N000S ultrasonic transit-time transducer.

Flowmetering
Vortex flowmeters
3.7.1
Flowmetering
Vortex
Local regulations may restrict the useflowmeters
TI-P338-26
MI Issue 4
VLM10
In-line Vortex Mass Flowmeter
Description
The VLM10 in-line vortex flowmeter measures process fluid flow
by detecting the frequency at which vortices are shed from an
obstruction in the process fluid line (the bluff body). A piezo-electric
sensor mounted outside of the fluid flow acts as a transducer,
converting the pulses into electrical signals. An internal temperature
sensor along with the multi-variable electronics provide mass flow
rate of liquid, gas and steam applications. The VLM10 measures
all process variables with a single device providing outstanding
accuracy and reduces installation costs. Simplified commissioning 3.7.2
through an easy to use local display or internet accessible web
server.
VLM10 electronics provide excellent noise immunity, while a wide

range of wetted materials provide outstanding compatibility with
most process fluids. The transmitter provides a wide range of outputs
including Modbus RTU, BACnet MS / TP, Modbus TCP / IP IP, analog,
frequency and pulse outputs.
Features
Volumetric, energy, or mass flow monitoring of
Available size range: DN25 to DN300 (1" to 12")
liquid, gas or steam
Multi-variable electronics incorporate an integral RTD for
Reliable no moving parts design, no fluid to sensor contact
compensated mass flow measurement
Remote monitoring and programming via built in web server Field configurable via magnetic wand
Simple, rugged all welded construction, no internal gaskets,

High temperature operation up to 400C (750F)
no leak paths
In-process removable sensor below 52 bar g (750 psi g)
Integral or remote configurable outputs, displays and ranges
pressure
Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP / IP and
Industry standard pulse, relay and 4 - 20 mA outputs
BACnet MS / TP compatible communications are available
50 000 event data logger, date stamped and user selectable In-process RTD removable below 52 bar g (750 psi g) pressure
Performance specifications
Process variables Liquids Gas and steam Repeatability
Volumetric flowrate 0.7% of rate 1.0% of rate 0.1% of rate
Mass flowrate 1.0% of rate 1.5% of rate 0.2% of rate
Energy flowrate 1.0% of rate 1.5% of rate 0.2% of rate
Temperature 0.1C ( 0.2F) 0.1C ( 0.2F) 0.1C ( 0.2F)
Pressure 0.4% of full-scale 0.4% of full-scale 0.05% of full-scale
Density 0.3% of rate 0.5% of rate 0.1% of rate
Response Time 1 to 100 seconds
Page 1 of 11
Flowmetering
Vortex flowmeters
Physical specifications
Materials - Wetted parts
Wing and shedder bar Stainless steel and Carbon steel Models 316L or the cast equivalent, CF3M
Flow tube Stainless steel model (all sizes) 316L or the cast equivalent, CF3M
Carbon steel model (flanged), DN150 (6") and larger ASTM A105, A06 Grade C, and A108 Grade 1018
Electronics enclosure
Aluminium 383 Approved for NEMA 4x for water tight and dust tight requirements
All other parts

Stainless steel 316L and Aluminium 383
Flowmeter classification
Standard Designed to meet NEMA 4X watertight and dust tight specifications
Explosion proof version FMus certification Class I, Division II, Groups B,C,D and Dust-ignition Proof for Class II, Division III,
Groups F, and G Hazardous locations.
FMc is pending
ATEX II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6 Ta = 0 to +60C IP66
3.7.3 II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T70C Ta = 0 to +60C IP66
Local indicator and totalizer

The indicator displays flowrate and total in user-selectable, engineering units. The OLED display has selectable character sizes.
The totalizer enables a pulse output providing a 5 - 999 msec pulse each time the totalizer increments.
Remote mount electonics

Signal cable is provided to mount the electronics enclosure up to 30 m (100 ft) from the flowmeter flow tube, and must be installed
within proper electrical conduit.
Straight run piping requirements

Typical 10 diameters upstream, 5 diameters downstream. In certain applications where multiple bends or butterfly valves are present,
more straight run may be required.
Some typical piping configurations / considerations Upstream Downstream

One 90 elbow before the flowmeter 10 D 5D
Two 90 elbows belore the flowmeter 10 D 5D
Two 90 elbows out of plane before the flowmeter 30 D 5D
Reduction before the flowmeter 10 D 5D
Regulator or valve partially closed 30 D 5D
Other installation considerations

Installation
A flowmeter can be installed vertically, horizontally, or at any
angle. For liquid service, the flow line must remain full during
flowmeter operation.
Site selection
The flow measurement location should be selected to minimize 3.5 to 7
turbulence and swirl. The extent of these flow disturbances internal diameters
depends upon the piping configuration. Valves, elbows,
pumps and other piping components may add disturbances Pressure
to the flow. Flow transmitter
Serviceability
The sensor element and temperature sensor can be
removed, and replaced, without removing the flowmeter
body from the process line, and without process shut
down for process pressures below 52 bar g (750 psi g).
The flowmeter K-factor is not affected by sensor or electronics
servicing.
Pressure tap
The pressure tap should be mounted 3.5 to 7 pipe diameters
downstream from the flowmeter. See Figure 1. Fig. 1 Pressure tap dimensions
TI-P338-26 MI Issue 4 VLM10 In-line Vortex Mass Flowmeter Page 2 of 11

Flowmetering
Vortex flowmeters
Operating specifications

Process temperature F
Fluid types

Liquid, gas or steam
Available size range

DN25 to DN300 (1" to 12")

Ambient temperature C
Ambient

Process temperature limit

-40C to 400C (-40F to 750F)
temperature F
Process pressure
Flange
ASME Class 150, ASME Class 300 or ASME Class 600

PN16, PN40 or PN64
ASME 600 and PN64 flanges are available for use on
the following pipeline sizes 25 mm to 200 mm (1" to 8")

Wafer
All wafer bodies are rated based on an appropriate
flange rating to a maximum of ASME Class 600

or PN64
Process temperature C
3.7.4
Enclosure specifications

Approved for NEMA 4X watertight and dust tight
requirements Fig. 2
Ambient temperature range for
Ambient humidity limit integral and remote mounted electronics
5 95% RH non-condensing
Power requirements

10 28 Vdc, 24 Vdc nominal, 2 amps
Ambient temperature limit

Normal

-20C to 60C (-5F to 140F)

Cable conduit connection
ASME " female NPT.
Signal cable
flow velocity m / s
Minimum

DIN PG 13.5

18, 20 or 22 gauge, shielded instrumentation cable

flow velocity ft / s
Measurable flow velocities

Liquid

0.46 to 9.75 m / sec (1.5 to 32 ft / sec)

Minimum

74

Gas / steam to 79 m / sec

( )

50

to 260 ft / sec

Where: density in
kg
m3 () lb
ft3
it is part of the formula for gas / steam not a

third measurable flow velocity.

Process viscosity
For minimum linear flow velocities at varying Kinematic viscosity (centistokes)

viscosities (See Figure 3)
Fig. 3 Minimum linear flow velocity vs. kinematic viscosity
Linear range
Reynolds Numbers of 20 000 to 7 000 000

Flowmetering
Vortex flowmeters
Flowmeter sizing
Selecting the appropriate size flowmeter can be critical. If the flowmeter is over-sized, the signal strength could be weak limiting
rangeability. If the flowmeter is under-sized, excessive pressure drop or cavitation may occur affecting accuracy. Use the minimum
linear flow velocity curves and Tables 1 through 5 (minimum and maximum flowrates for various types of applications) for general sizing.
For more detailed information, contact your Spirax Sarco representative.
Output and Input

Standard input 2 x 4 - 20 mA active or passive.
Analog
Standard output 1 x 4 - 20 mA (Optional output of 3 x 4 - 20 mA)
Output can be scaled so that 1 pulse indicates a specific quantity of fluid passing through the pipe,
Scaled pulse output
up to 10 pulses / sec.
2 x SPDT, 24 V / 50 mA. Output can be scaled so that 1 pulse indicates a specific quantity of fluid passing
Relay output
through the pipe, up to 10 pulses / sec.
Modbus RTU - Half duplex RS-485
Modbus TCP / IP - Full duplex, 10 / 100 Base T Ethernet

Communications
HTTP web server, 10 / 100 Base T Ethernet
3.7.5 BACnet MS / TP compatible. Standard and FM Certified models only.
Remote electronics Up to 30 m (100 ft) of RS-485 cable
Table 1 Nominal pulse rate and flowmeter factor Table 2 Water flowrates
Nominal Nominal Nominal Notes:

size pulse rate flowmeter factor 1. Water values are determined at standard conditions of 16C
(60F)
hz / m / sec pulses / litre pulses / m 2. The minimum flowrate for the DN25 (1") and DN40 (1")
(ht.ft / sec) (pulses / gal) (pulses / ft) flowmeters are below the linear range
DN25 3.66 1 216 680 (Reynolds number < 20 000).
(1") (12.00) (321.2) (2 403) 3. The velocities used to calculate the minimum and maximum
flowrates were 0.46 m / sec (1.5 ft / sec) and 9.75 m / sec
DN40 2.29 309 173 (32 ft / sec), respectively.
(1") (7.50) (81.7) (611)
Nominal Flow range in Flow range in
DN50 1.83 148 83 size L/S U.S GPM
(2") (6.00) (39.1) (293) Min. Max. Min. Max.
DN80 1.22 44.3 25.0 DN25

0.2 4.5 3.4 72.0
(3") (4.00) (11.7) (87.2) (1")
DN100 0.91 18.9 10.6 DN40

0.5 11.1 8.3 176.0
(4") (3.00) (5.0) (37.6) (1")
DN150 0.61 5.7 3.1 DN50

0.9 18.6 13.8 295.0
(6") (2.00) (1.5) (11.0) (2")
DN200 0.40 2.3 1.2 DN80

1.9 41.6 30.9 659.0
(8") (1.30) (0.6) (4.2) (3")
DN250 0.37 1.1 0.6 DN100

3.4 72.3 53.8 1 147.0
(10") (1.20) (0.3) (2.2) (4")
DN300 0.30 0.76 0.4 DN150

7.7 163.9 121.9 2 600.0
(12") (1.00) (0.2) (1.3) (6")
DN200
13.5 287.2 213.5 4 555.0
(8")
DN250
22.6 482.5 358.7 7 653.0
(10")
DN300
32.0 683.7 508.3 10 843.0
(12")
For flowmeter sizing go to

www.spiraxsarco.com and type sizing program in the search engine
1, 2
Table 3 Saturated steam flowrates at selected process pressures Minimum and Maximum operating flowrates in kg / h (lbs / h)
Notes: 1. Maximum flow velocity is 79 m / sec (260 ft / sec) or Reynolds number of 7 000 000, whichever is less.
74 kg
2. Minimum flow velocity is or Reynolds number limit of 20 000 whichever is greater.
m ( )
Pressure DN25 (1") DN40 (1") DN50 (2") DN80 (3") DN100 (4") DN150 (6") DN200 (8") DN250 (10") DN300 (12")
bar g
(psi g)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
0.7 14 128 35 316 59 528 131 1 181 227 2 057 515 4 662 902 8 165 1 515 13 725 2 147 19 441
(10.0) (31) (283) (77) (697) (129) (1 164) (288) (2 604) (501) (4 534) (1 135) (10 277) (1 988) (18 000) (3 341) (30 258) (4 733) (42 860)
1.4 17 177 41 435 68 726 153 1 624 266 2 827 604 6 409 1 057 11 225 1 777 18 868 2 517 26 727
(20.0) (37) (390) (90) (958) (151) (1 600) (337) (3 580) (587) (6 233) (1 331) (14 129) (2 331) (24 746) (3 918) (41 597) (5 550) (58 923)
2.8 20 271 51 666 85 1 113 189 2 488 330 4 333 747 9 823 1 309 17 203 2 200 28 918 3 116 40 963
(40.0) (45) (597) (112) (1 468) (187) (2 453) (417) (5 486) (727) (9 552) (1 647) (21 655) (2 885) (37 927) (4 850) (63 753) (6 870) (90 307)
4.1 24 363 59 893 98 1 492 219 3 337 381 5 809 865 13 169 1 515 23 065 2 547 38 770 3 608 54 919
(60.0) (53) (801) (129) (1 968) (216) (3 289) (483) (7 356) (841) (12 807) (1 908) (29 033) (3 341) (50 849) (5 616) (85 474) (7 955) (121 075)
5.5 27 454 66 1 117 110 1 866 245 4 174 427 7 267 968 16 475 1 695 28 855 2 849 48 504 4 036 68 706
(80.0) (59) (1 002) (145) (2 462) (242) (4 114) (541) (9 202) (941) (16 022) (2 134) (36 321) (3 737) (63 614) (6 282) (106 932) (8 898) (151 470)
6.9 29 545 72 1 339 120 2 238 269 5 005 468 8 714 1 060 19 754 1 856 34 598 3 120 58 157 4 419 82 380
Flowmetering
(100.0) (64) (1 201) (158) (2 952) (265) (4 933) (592) (11 034) (1 031) (19 211) (2 336) (43 550) (4 092) (76 275) (6 878) (128 214) (9 743) (181 617)
Vortex flowmeters
9.7 34 724 83 1 780 138 2 975 310 6 654 539 11 586 1 222 26 265 2 140 46 002 3 597 75 393 5 096 89 722
VLM10 In-line Vortex Mass Flowmeter

(140.0) (740 (1 597) (183) (3 925) (305) (6 559) (683) (14 670) (1 188 (25 543) (2 694) (57 904) (4 718) (101 416) (7 931) (166 214) (11 235) (197 804)
12.4 38 903 93 2 219 155 3 709 346 8 297 602 14 445 1 364 32 746 2 390 57 353 4 017 77 182 5 690 91 852
(180.0) (83) (1 991) (204) (4 893) (341) (8 177) (762) (18 291) (1 327) (31 846) (3 008) (72 193) (5 268) (126 441) (8 856) (170 158) (12 545) (202 498)
15.2 41 1 082 101 2 659 169 4 443 378 9 937 659 17 301 1 493 39 222 2 615 60 752 4 396 78 773 6 227 93 744
(220.0) (91) (2 385) (223) (5 861) (373) (9 795) (834) (21 908) (1 452) (38 143) (3 292) (86 469) (5 766) (133 935) (9 692) (173 664) (13 729) (206 670)
20.7 48 1 440 117 3 539 195 5 915 436 13 229 760 23 034 1 723 47 416 3 018 62 745 5 073 81 357 7 185 96 819
(300.0) (105) (3 175) (257) (7 803) (430) (13 040) (962) (29 166) (1 676) (50 781) (3 798 (104 535) (6 653) (138 329) (11 183) (179 362) (15 841) (213 450)
27.6 54 1 893 134 4 652 224 7 775 500 17 389 871 30 276 1 975 48 922 3 460 64 738 5 816 83 941 8 238 99 895
(400.0) (120) (4 173) (295) (10 256) (493) (17 140) (1 103) (38 337) (1 921) (66 748) (4 355) (107 855) (7 627) (142 723) (12 821) (185 059) (18 161) (220 231)
34.5 61 2 354 149 5 784 249 9 666 558 21 620 972 33 361 2 203 50 226 3 858 66 463 6 485 86 178 9 186 102 556
(500.0) (134) (5 189) (329) (12 751) (550) (21 310) (1 230) (47 665) (2 142) (73 548) (4 856) (110 729) (8 505) (146 525) (14 296) (189 990) (20 251) (226 098)
Page 5 of 11
3.7.6
3.7.7
1,2,3
Table 4 Air flow at selected process pressures at 16C (60F) Minimum and Maximum operating flowrates in SCMH (SCFH)
Notes:
1. At standard conditions of 16C (60F) and 1 bar g (14.7 psirg), SCMH: standard cubic meters per hour (SCFH: standard cubic feet per hour).
2. Maximum flow velocity is 79 m / sec (260 ft / sec) or Reynolds number of 7 000 000, whichever is less.
74 kg
m ( )
bar g
(psi g)
0.0 20 132 32 325 53 544 120 1 216 208 2 116 472 4 798 825 8 385 1 387 14 094 1 964 19 964
0.0 (711) (4 675) (1 130) (11 486) (1 888) (19 194) (4 224) (42 934) (7 352) (74 730) (16 669) (169 433) (29 201) (296 813) (49 087) (498 888) (69 532) (706 680)
1.4 20 313 49 768 82 1 284 184 2 871 320 4 998 725 11 332 1 268 19 804 2 133 33 269 3 021 47 125
(20.0) (711) (11 043) (1 737) (27 129) (2 902) (45 332) (6 491) (101 403) (11 299) (176 499) (25 618) (400 174) (44 877) (701 024) (75 490) (1 177 647) (106 933) (1 668 149)
2.8 25 493 62 1 212 103 2 025 231 4 529 402 7 883 911 17 872 1 592 31 235 2 672 52 443 3 784 74 287
(40.0) (888) (17 417) (2 181) (42 789) (3 645) (71 499) (8 152) (159 934) (14 190) (278 378) (32 173) (631 161) (56 360) (1 105 667) (94 572) (1 856 406) (133 962) (2 629 619)
4.1 29 674 72 1 656 121 2 766 270 6 188 470 10 771 1 065 24 420 1 861 42 678 3 123 71 618 4 424 86 615
(60.0) (1 038) (23 798) (2 550) (58 464) (4 260) (97 693) (9 529) (218 527) (16 587) (380 363) (37 607) (862 390) (65 880) (1 510 734) (110 546) (2 535 166) (156 590) (3 066 018)
5.5 33 855 81 2 100 136 3 509 304 7 849 529 13 661 1 199 30 974 2 096 54 133 3 517 72 804 4 982 86 641
Flowmetering
(80.0) (1 169) (30 185) (2 871) (74 156) (4 798) (123 914) (10 732) (277 179) (18 681) (482 452) (42 354) (1 093 855) (74 196) (1 916 212) (124 487) (2 577 147) (176 337) (3 066 950)
Vortex flowmeters
6.9 36 1 036 90 2 545 150 4 252 335 9 511 582 16 555 1 320 37 535 2 307 55 984 3 867 72 697 5 478 86 514
(100.0) (1 287) (36 578) (3 161) (89 863) (5 282) (150 160) (11 814) (335 889) (20 564) (584 642) (46 625) (1 325 549) (81 677) (1 981 748) (136 902) (2 573 347) (193 923) (3 062 428)

9.7 42 1 398 104 3 435 174 5 741 389 12 841 677 22 351 1 534 42 399 2 681 55 984 4 490 72 656 6 360 86 465
(140.0) (1 495) (49 384) (3 673) (121 323) (6 137) (202 729) (13 728) (453 478) (23 894) (789 315) (54 175) (1 497 292) (94 903) (1 981 748) (158 946) (2 571 893) (225 149) (3 060 698)
12.4 48 1 762 117 4 328 195 7 232 436 16 177 759 28 157 1 722 42 399 3 009 55 984 5 027 72 347 7 120 86 097
(180.0) (1 678) (62 213) (4 122) (152 840) (6 888) (255 394) (15 408) (571 282) (26 819) (994 362) (60 805) (1 497 292) (106 519) (1 981 748) (177 936) (2 560 955) (252 048) (3 047 681)
15.2 52 2 126 128 5 222 214 8 726 479 19 518 834 28 158 1 891 42 399 3 305 55 984 5 518 72 321 7 816 86 066
(220.0) (1 843) (75 063) (4 528) (184 411) (7 566) (308 148) (16 925) (689 287) (29 459) (994 383) (66 791) (1 497 292) (117 004) (1 981 748) (195 325) (2 560 024) (276 680) (3 046 573)
20.7 60 2 855 149 7 014 248 11 720 555 21 343 967 28 158 2 192 42 399 3 831 55 984 6 388 72 288 9 049 86 027
(300.0) (2 136) (100 825) (5 248) (247 701) (8 769) (413 905) (19 615) (753 714) (34 141) (994 383) (77 408) (1 497 292) (135 604) (1 981 748) (226 127) (2 558 874) (320 311) (3 045 204)
27.6 69 3 770 171 9 261 285 14 270 638 21 343 1 111 28 158 2 519 42 399 4 402 55 984 7 324 72 099 10 374 85 802
(400.0) (2 454) (133 125) (6 030) (327 054) (10 076) (503 949) (22 539) (753 714) (39 231) (994 383) (88 947) (1 497 292) (155 818) (1 981 748) (259 241) (2 552 194) (367 217) (3 037 255)
34.5 78 4 687 190 11 039 318 14 270 712 21 343 1 239 28 158 2 808 42 399 4 908 55 984 8 152 71 985 11 548 85 666
(500.0) (2 737) (165 512) (6 724) (389 852) (11 235) (503 949) (25 132) (753 714) (43 743) (994 383) (99 179) (1 497 292) (173 741) (1 981 748) (288 580) (2 548 126) (408 777) (3 032 414)
Page 6 of 11
1, 2, 3, 4
Table 5 Natural gas flowrates at selected pressures at 16C (60F) . Minimum and Maximum operating flowrates in SCMH (SCFH)
Notes:
1. At standard conditions of 16C (60F) and 1 bar g (14.7 psi g), SCMH: standard cubic meters per hour (SCFH: standard cubic feet per hour).
2. Maximum flow velocity is 79 m / sec (260 ft / sec) or Reynolds number of 7 000 000, whichever is less.
3. Specific gravity of natural gas = 0.61 and 0.8% N 2 .
74 kg
m ( )
bar g
(psi g)
0.0 22 132 41 325 68 542 153 1 213 266 2 111 603 4 787 1 057 8 385 1 840 14 480 2 639 20 768
0.0 (772) (4 665) (1 444) (11 460) (2 413) (19 149) (5 397) (42 834) (9 395) (74 557) (21 300) (169 041) (37 314) (296 126) (64 968) (511 367) (93 181) (733 432)
1.4 26 313 63 768 105 1 284 235 2 873 409 5 000 928 11 337 1 626 19 860 2 831 34 295 4 061 49 187
(20.0) (905) (11 048) (2 222) (27 142) (3 713) (45 354) (8 307) (101 452) (14 458) (176 585) (32 781) (400 368) (57 426) (701 364) (99 983) (1 211 101) (143 401) (1 737 031)
2.8 32 495 79 1 212 132 2 031 296 4 543 515 7 908 1 167 17 930 2 045 31 409 3 560 54 234 5 106 77 786
(40.0) (1 138) (17 472) (2 795) (42 925) (4 670) (71 728) (10 446) (160 445) (18 182) (279 268) (41 225) (633 180) (72 217) (1 109 202) (125 733) (1 915 261) (180 334) (2 746 978)
4.1 38 678 93 1 656 155 2 783 346 6 225 603 10 834 1 366 24 565 2 394 43 032 4 167 74 300 5 977 92 153
(60.0) (1 332) (23 938) (3 271) (58 810) (5 466) (98 271) (12 227) (219 818) (21 282) (382 611) (48 253) (867 489) (84 530) (1 519 664) (147 166) (2 623 888) (211 075) (3 254 350)
5.5 43 862 104 2 100 175 3 539 390 7 917 680 13 780 1 541 31 242 2 699 54 730 4 700 81 850 6 740 98 024
Flowmetering
(80.0) (1 502) (30 446) (3 689) (74 797) (6 165) (124 985) (13 789) (279 575) (24 001) (486 622) (54 418) (1 103 309) (95 329) (1 932 775) (165 965) (2 890 521) (238 036) (3 461 702)
Vortex flowmeters
6.9 47 1 048 115 2 545 192 4 301 430 9 620 749 16 744 1 699 37 963 2 976 60 965 5 180 81 850 7 430 98 024
(100.0) (1 655) (36 995) (4 067) (90 887) (6 795) (151 872) (15 200) (339 717) (26 457) (591 305) (59 986) (1 340 656) (105 084) (2 152 958) (182 943) (2 890 521) (262 387) (3 461 702)

9.7 55 1 422 134 3 435 224 5 838 501 13 059 873 22 730 1 979 46 061 3 467 60 965 6 035 81 850 8 656 98 024
(140.0) (1 929) (50 222) (4 738) (123 382) (7 917) (206 171) (17 710) (461 176) (30 826) (802 714) (69 892) (1 626 648) (122 436) (2 152 958) (213 142) (2 890 521) (305 701) (3 461 702)
12.4 61 1 802 151 4 328 252 7 396 564 16 543 982 28 795 2 228 46 061 3 902 60 965 6 793 81 850 9 743 98 024
(180.0) (2 171) (63 622) (5 333) (156 302) (8 911) (261 179) (19 933) (584 223) (34 696) (1 016 887) (78 665) (1 626 648) (137 805) (2 152 958) (239 886) (2 890 521) (344 058) (3 461 702)
15.2 68 2 186 166 5 222 278 8 974 622 20 073 1 082 30 590 2 454 46 061 4 298 60 965 7 482 81 850 10 731 98 024
(220.0) (2 391) (77 198) (5 874) (189 654) (9 816) (316 909) (21 957) (708 885) (38 219) (1 080 291) (86 652) (1 626 648) (151 797) (2 152 958) (264 230) (2 890 521) (378 973) (3 461 702)
20.7 79 2 970 194 7 014 324 12 193 725 23 187 1 261 30 590 2 860 46 061 5 010 60 965 8 721 81 850 12 507 98 024
(300.0) (2 787) (104 888) (6 847) (257 682) (11 442) (430 583) (25 594) (818 830) (44 549) (1 080 291) (101 005) (1 626 648) (176 940) (2 152 958) (307 963) (2 890 521) (441 698) (3 461 702)
27.6 91 3 980 224 9 261 375 15 503 839 23 187 1 460 30 590 3 311 46 061 5 715 60 965 10 093 81 850 14 476 98 024
(400.0) (3 226) (140 539) (7 926) (345 267) (13 245) (547 487) (29 626) (818 830) (51 567) (1 080 291) (116 917) (1 626 648) (201 815) (2 152 958) (356 431) (2 890 521) (511 214) (3 461 702)
34.5 103 5 023 252 11 039 421 15 503 942 23 187 1 640 30 590 3 719 46 061 6 516 60 965 11 337 81 850 16 261 98 024
(500.0) (3 625) (177 379) (8 905) (423 533) (14 880) (547 487) (33 284) (818 830) (57 933) (1 080 291) (131 350) (1 626 648) (230 098) (2 152 958) (400 376) (2 890 521) (574 242) (3 461 702)
Page 7 of 11
3.7.8
Flowmetering
Vortex flowmeters
Dimensions and weights approximate in mm (inches) and kg (lbs)
Wafer connection type, integral mounting
20 151 99 162
(0.8") (5.9") (3.9") (6.4")
146
(5.8")
29
(1.1") A
max
3.7.9 B
D
C
Wafer connection
The wafer connection is available in stainless steel sizes DN25 - DN80 (1" - 3") only. The schedule of the mating pipes internal diameter
dimension 'D'.
Size Dimensions Weight
A B C D
DN25 290 mm 84 mm 104 mm 24 mm 5.9 kg
(1") (11.4") (3.3") (4.1") (0.957") (13 lbs)
DN40 282 mm 79 mm 104 mm 38 mm 6.35 kg

(1") (11.1") (3.1") (4.1") (1.500") (14 lbs)
DN50 290 mm 91 mm 127 mm 49 mm 7.7 kg

(2") (11.4") (3.6") (5") (1.939") (17 lbs)
DN80 307 mm 127 mm 178 mm 74 mm 14.5 kg

(3") (12.1") (5") (7") (2.900") (32 lbs)

Flowmetering
Vortex flowmeters
Flange connection, integral mounting
20 151 99 162
(0.8") (5.9") (3.9") (6.4")
146
(5.8")
29
(1.1") A " NPT
max
3.7.10
C
Note: B
The schedule of the mating pipes internal diameter > dimension 'C'.
Dimensions
Size A B C Weight
Stainless steel Carbon steel
PN16 PN64 PN16 PN64 PN16 PN40 PN64
PN40 PN40
ASME 150 ASME 150
ASME 300 ASME 600 ASME 300 ASME 600 ASME 150 ASME 300 ASME 600
DN25 287 mm 193 mm 24 mm 24 mm 8 kg 9 kg 9 kg

(1") (11.3") (7.6") (0.957") (0.957") (18 lbs) (20 lbs) (20 lbs)

(1") (11.3") (8.1") (1.500") (1.500") (22 lbs) (28 lbs) (28 lbs)

(2") (13.0") (8.5") (1.939") (1.939") (31 lbs) (36 lbs) (36 lbs)

(3") (14.4") (9.0") (2.900") (2.900") (51 lbs) (60 lbs) (60 lbs)

(4") (14.9") (9.5") (3.826") (3.826") (55 lbs) (72 lbs) (72 lbs)
DN150 404 mm 345 mm 146 mm 146 mm 146 mm 146 mm 42 kg 53 kg 64 kg

(6") (15.9") (13.6") (5.761") (5.761") (5.761") (5.761") (92 lbs) (116 lbs) (140 lbs)
DN200 429 mm 470 mm 194 mm 194 mm 194 mm 194 mm 65 kg 83 kg 100 kg

(8") (16.9") (18.5") (7.625") (7.625") (7.625") (7.625") (144 lbs) (182 lbs) (220 lbs)
DN250 457 mm 470 mm 255 mm 255 mm 82 kg 118 kg

(10") (18.0") (18.5") (10.020") (10.020") (180 lbs) (260 lbs)
DN300 483 mm 470 mm 300 mm 300 mm 120 kg 166 kg

(12") (19.0") (18.5") (12.000") (12.000") (265 lbs) (365 lbs)

Flowmetering
Vortex flowmeters
Dimensions and weights approximate in mm (inches) and kg (lbs)
Remote mounting
Note: For best results, mount the remote transmitter below the horizontal pipe.
184
Pipe mount electronics (7.3")
270 140
(10.6") (5.5")
Cable and 'U' bolts supplied.

Note: Cable must be run in conduit (not supplied).
3.7.11
Conduit connection is " NPT.
148
(5.8")
107
(4.2")
270
216 196 (10.6")
Wall mount electronics (8.5") (7.7")
127
(5.0")
140
(5.5")
Weights
Size Flanged Flanged Flanged Wafer
PN16 PN40 PN64
ASME 150 ASME 300 ASME 600
DN25 11 kg 12 kg 12 kg 9 kg
(1") (24 lbs) (26 lbs) (26 lbs) (19 lbs)
DN40 13 kg 15 kg 15 kg 9 kg
(1") (28 lbs) (34 lbs) (34 lbs) (20 lbs)
DN50 17 kg 19 kg 19 kg 10 kg
(2") (37 lbs) (42 lbs) (42 lbs) (23 lbs)
DN80 26 kg 30 kg 30 kg 17 kg
(3") (57 lbs) (66 lbs) (66 lbs) (38 lbs)
DN100 33 kg 40 kg 48 kg
(4") (72 lbs) (89 lbs) (105 lbs)
DN150 44 kg 55 kg 66 kg
(6") (98 lbs) (122 lbs) (146 lbs)
DN200 68 kg 85 kg 103 kg
(8") (150 lbs) (188 lbs) (226 lbs)
DN250 84 kg 121 kg
(10") (186 lbs) (266 lbs)
DN300 123 kg 168 kg

(12") (271 lbs) (371 lbs)

Flowmetering
Vortex flowmeters
Selection guide for the VLM10 in-line vortex mass flowmeter

Category Description Suffix Codes
Model VLM10 in-line vortex flowmeter VLM10-
DN25 (1") 025
DN40 (1") 040
DN50 (2") 050
DN80 (3") 080
Size
DN100 (4") 100
(nominal)
DN150 (6") 150
DN200 (8") 200
DN250 (10") 250
DN300 (12") 300
ASME 150 0AB
ASME 300 0AD
ASME 600 (1) 0AE
Connection Flanged (5, 6)
PN16 (5) 0PC
and Rating
PN40 (5) 0PE
PN64 (1, 5) 0PF 3.7.12
Wafer Wafer (2, 7) 0WA
Wetted Carbon steel (150 mm - 300 mm) (3) 4
material Austenitic SS (316L equiv.) 6
1 each (4 - 20 mA), 1 each Pulse A Standard outputs:
1 each (4 - 20 mA), 1 each Pulse, 2 each Relay B Options A and B are
3 each (4 - 20 mA), 1 each Pulse D only available with
Standard and
Output / 3 each (4 - 20 mA), 1 each Pulse, 2 each Relay E FM Certifications
Comms No Digital Bus Communications 0 Digital comms:
Modbus IP / Modbus RS485 3 BACnet MS / TP is only
BACNet MS / TP 4 available with Standard
BACNet MS / TP / Modbus IP 5 and FM Certifications
Standard (8) S
FM (9) A
Certification
ATEX (6) B
CE (5, 6, 7) C
Local display 000
Remote display with 7 m (25 ft) of cable (4) 025
Electronics
Remote display with 15 m (50 ft) of cable 050
Remote display with 30 m (100 ft) of cable 100
Sensor wire Teflon: -40 to 204C ( -40 to 400F) A
(internal) Fiberglass: 177 to 400C (350 to 750F) B
Selection example: VLM10 050 0AB 6 A0 A 000 A

Notes:
All electronics come with an electronic wand for local programming
1
ASME 600 and PN64 flanges are available in pipeline sizes DN25 to DN200 (1" to 8")
2
VLM10 wafer available in pipeline sizes DN25 to DN80 (1" to 3")
3
Carbon steel flowtube, 316L or cast equivalent CF3M, shedder bar and sensor wing wetted material available in pipeline sizes DN150
to DN300 (6" to 12").
4
Remote mount electronics are required for high process temperatures.
5
DN25 to DN200 (1" to 8") VLM10 with PN flanges that are CE and PED Approved. Select option 'C' from Certification.
6
DN25 to DN200 (1" to 8") VLM10 with PN flanges having ATEX approval that includes CE and PED approval. Select option 'B' from
Certification.
7
VLM10 wafer is not CE or PED approved - If required please contact Spirax Sarco.
8
Electrical enclosure rating is NEMA 4X for watertight and dust tight requirements.
9
FMus Certification. FMc Pending.
Accessories
External pressure transmitter For mass flow of gases and superheat steam.
External temperature transmitter On a separate pipe for energy measurement.

1 off Spirax Sarco VLM10-050-0AB-6-D3-A-000-A in-line vortex mass flowmeter

Flowmetering
Turbine flowmeters
3.8.1
Flowmetering
Turbine
Local regulations may flowmeters
restrict the use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-P198-01
MI Issue 5
RIM10 Series
Rotor Insertion Flowmeters
Description
The RIM10 rotor insertion flowmeter utilizes multi-variable RIM10-600
electronics to provide a compensated mass flowrate of liquid,
gas and steam from a single opening in the pipeline. The RIM10
measures all process variables with a single device providing
outstanding accuracy and reduces installation costs. Simplified
commissioning through an easy to use local display or internet
accessible web server.
RIM10-600 and RIM10-900 are 'hot-tappable' and can be
installed and removed without process shutdown simplifying
maintenance. RIM10-700
3.8.2
Features:
- Volumeric or mass flow monitoring of liquid, gas, or steam.
- Rugged insertion-style mounting in any pipe 75 to 2 000 mm
(3" to 80").
- Can be installed and removed under full-flow conditions.
- Interchangeable rotors for a wide variety of applications.
- Process pressure up to 137.8 bar g (2 000 psi g).
- Process temperatures up to 400C (750F). RIM10-900

- Industry standard pulse output 4 - 20 mA.
- Field or remote configurable outputs, display and ranges.
- Multi-variable electronics incorporates RTD for compensated

mass flow reading.
- Field configurable via magnet wand.
- Remote monitoring and programming via built-in web server.
- FM, FMc, CE and ATEX approvals.
Optional features:
- Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP / IP and BACnet MS / TP compatible.
- Integral pressure measurement.
Application guide
Notes:
1. Maximum pressure at maximum temperature with appropriate connection.
2. In some cases, especially in large pipe sizes, a 30 or 60 cm (1 or 2 ft) stem extension may be required.
3. Ethylene-Propylene elastomer.
4. Rating listed is for NPT connection. For flange connections use ASME flange rating.
5. The RIM10-700 is a fixed insertion flowmeter; it cannot be removed or installed under pressure.
Hot Temperature range Maximum pressure 1

Pipeline sizes 2
Model Liquid Gas Steam Seal type
tap C F bar g psi g mm inches
RIM10-600 Yes Yes Yes Yes -40 to 204 -40 to 400 8.6 125 E/P 3
75 to 500 3" to 20"
RIM10-700 Yes Yes Yes No 5
-40 to 316 -40 to 600 138.0 4
2000 4
Swagelok
75 to 2 000 3" to 80"
RIM10-900 Yes Yes Yes Yes -40 to 400 -40 to 750 flange rating Grafoil
75 to 2 000 3" to 80"
Page 1 of 8
Flowmetering
Turbine flowmeters
Operating specifications
See the 'RIM10 rotor selection guide' (page 6) for available linear and measurable ranges.
Measurable velocity limits Continuous operation above the maximum velocity will shorten the life of the RIM10 and is not
recommended.
Process viscosity Maximum 5 centipoise
Ambient temperature limit Electronics -20 to 60C (-5 to 140F)
Ambient humidity limit 5 to 95% relative humidity non-condensing
Power requirements 12 to 32 Vdc, 24 Vdc nominal, 2 amps
Standard input 2 x 4 - 20 mA active or passive.
Analog
Standard output 1 x 4 - 20 mA (Optional output of 3 x 4 - 20 mA)
Output can be scaled so that 1 pulse indicates a specific quantity of fluid passing through the pipe,
Scaled pulse output
up to 10 pulses / sec.
2 x SPDT, 24 V / 50 mA. Output can be scaled so that 1 pulse indicates a specific quantity of fluid
Relay output
passing through the pipe, up to 10 pulses / sec.
Modbus RTU - Half duplex RS 485 and BACnet MS / TP compatible
Communications Modbus TCP / IP - Full duplex, 10 / 100 Base T Ethernet
HTTP web server
3.8.3
Remote mount electronics Up to 30 m (100 ft) with shielded twisted pairs
Performance specifications
Process variables Liquids Gas and steam Repeatability
Volumetric flowrate 1.0% of rate 1 1.0% of rate 1 0.25% of rate
Mass flowrate 1.5% of rate 2 2.0% of rate 3 0.35% of rate
Temperature 1.0C ( 2.0F) 1.0C ( 2.0F) 1.0C ( 2.0F)
Pressure 0.25% of full-scale 0.25% of full-scale 0.05% of full-scale
Density 0.3% of reading 0.3% of reading 0.1% of reading
All the RIM10 flowmeters are calibrated to 1% on a 75 mm (3") pipeline.

1
G6 Rotor 3.00% of rate 2 G6 Rotor 3.35% of rate 3 G6 Rotor 3.60% of rate
Physical specifications
Blades: 174 PH, ten blade, precision machined
Rotor Housing: 316 stainless steel
Pivots: Tungsten carbide
Liquid: CSJ stellite jewel
Rotor bearing type
Gas or
DEV tungsten carbide
Materials Steam:
RIM10-600 316L stainless steel stem with bronze and carbon steel housing
Wetted parts
RIM10-700 and RIM10-900 316L stainless steel stem and housing
RIM10-600 316L stainless steel, aluminium, bronze and carbon steel
External parts RIM10-700 316L stainless steel and aluminium
RIM10-900 316L stainless steel, aluminium and carbon steel
Electrical connection Junction box with terminal block for external wiring. " NPT female connection for conduit
Electrical enclosure 383 aluminum. Approved for NEMA 4X for watertight and dust tight requirements
Sensor Electromagnetic pickup, 10 mVpp minimum, 330 nominal resistance
RIM10-600 Screw thread, rising stem
Retractor
RIM10-700 and 700H Not retractable
type
RIM10-900 and 900H Acme thread, non-rising stem
Extended length stem (Optional)
Use of the 60 cm (2 ft) extension Longer stems are available for large pipe sizes or when the mounting dimensions exceed the
is limited to gas or steam insertion capability. Extended stems are not available for the RIM10-600
applications only.
RIM10-600 2" NPT
2" NPT
Process RIM10-700 and 700H
2" ASME 150, 300, 600 and 900 having a raised face flange
connection
2" ASME 150, 300, 600 and 900 having a raised face flange
RIM10-900 and 700H
3" ASME 150 and 300 having a raised face flange
TI-P198-01 MI Issue 5 RIM10 Series Rotor Insertion Flowmeters Page 2 of 8

Flowmetering
Turbine flowmeters
Isolation valve (RIM10-600)

2" full-port bronze gate valve, 8.62 bar g (125 psi g) maximum. For RIM10-900 and 900H, see 'Accessories' below.
Pressure tap and bleed valve

Standard " NPT pipe nipple with " stainless steel bleed valve. Provides connections for mounting the optional pressure transmitter.
Temperature sensor
A 100 , platinum RTD mounted inside the stem of the flowmeter probe, eliminating the need for a separate temperature tap.
Accessories
Gate valve (Model 2GV) - (for use with RIM10-900 and 900H only)
Installation with a 2" double flanged, raised-face, full-port gate valve enables the flow sensor to be inserted and removed from the
pipeline under full flow conditions. Both the valve and pipe tap must have a minimum 2" internal diameter clearance.
Gate valve
2" Z Dimensions Weight
minimum
clearance Type X Y Z
mm inches mm inches mm inches kg lb
X
2" ASME 150
2" ASME 300
180
215
7.0
8.5
90
95
3.50
3.75
390
415
15.325
16.325
20.8
26.3
46.0
58.0
3.8.4
2" ASME 600 290 11.5 95 3.75 455 17.875 84.0 38.1
Straight run piping requirements

Straight run piping requirements Upstream Downstream
One 90 elbow before the flowmeter 10 D 5D
Two 90 elbows before the flowmeter 15 D 5D
Two 90 elbows out of plane before the flowmeter 30 D 5D
Reduction before the flowmeter 10 D 5D
Regulator or valve partially closed before the flowmeter 30 D 5D
D = Internal diameter of the pipe.

If there is not a sufficient straight run of pipe, a flow rectifier may be used to reduce the above diameter measurements.
Consult your local Spirax Sarco representative or the factory for your specific application.
Other installation considerations:

- Tap size
50 mm (2") minimum diameter.
- Mounting position
The RIM10 may be installed in vertical, horizontal, or angled pipe sections. The flowmeter is attached perpendicular to the axis of the
pipe and should not be mounted 'upside-down' (with its top section hanging below the pipe mount). For liquid service, the fluid must
completely fill the pipe.
- Site selection
The flow measurement location should be selected to minimize turbulence and swirl. The extent of these flow disturbances depends
upon the piping configuration. Valves, elbows, pumps, and other piping components may add disturbances to the flow.
- Hot-tap compatibility
The RIM10-600 is hot-tap compatible, which means that the sensor can be installed and removed under full flow conditions.
The RIM10-900 and 900H is hot tap compatible when installed with a 2" double flanged, full-port ball or gate valve that adheres to the
dimensions.
- Bi-directional flow (option)

The RIM10 is capable of bi-directional flow measurement only when a bi-directional rotor is ordered with the flowmeter. The rotor will be
calibrated in both directions - See 'RIM10 rotor selection guide'.

Flowmetering
Turbine flowmeters
Dimensions and weights (approximate) in mm and inches
RIM10-600 RIM10-700 and 700H
Recommended service clearance Recommended service clearance

300 mm (12") 300 mm (12")
Max.
3.8.5 900 mm
(35")
Max.
600 mm 2" Flanged
(24") ASME 150,
Max. Max. ASME 300 or
320 mm 370 mm ASME 600
A (12.5") (14.5")
Rotor
Max. A A
300 mm Rotor
(12")
Note: Add 300 mm (12") for each additional foot of stem length.
Dimensions Weights
Model Connection A
mm inches kg lb
115 min. 4.5 min.
RIM10-600 2" NPT 12.7 max. 28 max.
450 max. 18 max.
80 min. 3 min.
2" NPT 4.1 9
290 max. 11.25 max.
2" 80 min. 3 min.
5.4 12
ASME 150 325 max. 12.75 max.
2" 80 min. 3 min.
RIM-700 1
6.3 14
ASME 300 320 max. 12.5 max.
2" 80 min. 3 min.
7.2 16
ASME 600 310 max. 12.25 max.
2" 80 min. 3 min.
9.1 20
ASME 900 300 max. 12 max.
1
Add 1.2 kg (2.5 lb) for each additional 30 cm (1 ft) of retractor or stem length.

Flowmetering
Turbine flowmeters
Dimensions and weights (approximate) in mm and inches
RIM10-900 and 900H
Recommended service clearance

300 mm (12")
3.8.6
B
max.
Insertion depth scale
C
max.
Rotor
Note: Add 300 mm (12") for each additional foot of stem length.
Dimensions Weights
Model Stem length Connection B C
mm inches mm inches kg lb
2" 40 min. 1.5 min.
800 30 13.6 30
2" 40 min. 1.5 min.
800 30 15.8 35
RIM10-900 1
Standard
2" 40 min. 1.5 min.
800 30 18.1 40
2" 40 min. 1.5 min.
800 30 21.3 47
1
Add 2.3 kg (5 lb) for each additional 30 cm (1 ft) of retractor or stem length.

Flowmetering
Turbine flowmeters
RIM10 rotor selection guide

Selection of the RIM10 rotor model depends upon the fluid type and operating velocity range of the fluid.
- For all liquids, the model L1 or L1B rotor, with a maximum velocity of 9 metres / second (30 feet / second), must be used.
Please note that the L1B is a bidirectional rotor.
- For gases and steam, six different rotors are available with maximum velocities ranging from 16 - 53 metres / second
(55 - 175 feet / second) - See the Table below for the maximum velocity limits (V max.) for all rotors.
The RIM10 rotor will typically respond linearly over the velocity range from 'V lin' to 'V max' within 1.0% (3.0% for the G6 rotor).
This is defined as the 'linear' range of the rotor. The minimum 'measurable' velocity (V min) can be considered the application minimum.
Velocities from 'V min' to 'V lin' are measurable and repeatable, but less accurate.
When determining the fluid velocity limits for a given rotor, the following equations can be used to compute fluid velocity.
Note: Rotors have moving parts that require periodic maintenance - See page 8, 'How to order replacement rotors'.
G6 G1 or G1B through G5 or G5B Average fluid velocities

(1" rotor) L1 or L1B (1.5" rotor) Fluid
Q1
Liquid 0.4085 D2
Q2
Gas 3.0560 D2
M
Steam 0.0510 p.D2
Where:
3.8.7 V = Average fluid velocity metres / second feet / second
D = Pipe inside diameter mm inches
Q1 = Liquid volumetric flow litre / min gal / min
Q2 = Gas actual volumetric flow m2 / min ft2 / min
M = Mass flowrate kg / h lb / h
= Fluid density kg / m3 lb / ft3
Liquid minimum and maximum velocity rates

All sizes DN80 - DN125 (3 - 5") DN150 (6") DN200 (8") + Bigger sizes
Rotor Flow units
V max. V lin. V min. V lin. V min. V lin. V min.
L1 and metres /second 9.1440 0.4267 0.1524 0.4572 0.1828 0.4876 0.2133
L1B feet /second 30.0000 1.4000 0.5000 1.5000 0.6000 1.6000 0.7000
Gas or steam minimum and maximum velocity rates

DN200 (8")
All sizes DN80 - DN125 (3 - 5") DN150 (6")
Rotor Flow units + Bigger sizes
V max. V lin. V min. V lin. V min. V lin. V min.
G1 and metres /second 16.76 3.89 / 2.37 / 2.44 / 1.50 / 1.83 / 1.22 /
40 pitch
G1B feet /second 55.00 3.19 / 1.94 / 2.00 / 1.23 / 1.50 / 1.00 /
30 pitch
G2B feet /second 70.00 3.98 / 2.26 / 2.27 / 1.63 / 1.90 / 1.31 /
20 pitch
G3B feet /second 85.00 4.52 / 2.42 / 2.52 / 1.95 / 2.18 / 1.40 /
15 pitch
G4B feet /second 115.00 5.84 / 3.85 / 2.78 / 2.84 / 3.00 / 2.19 /
10 pitch
G5B feet /second 145.00 6.91 / 4.57 / 4.78 / 3.47 / 3.54 / 2.81 /
metres /second 53.34 7.44 / 6.74 / 6.10 /
G6* 5 pitch N/A N/A N/A
feet /second 175.00 6.10 / 5.53 / 5.00 /
* Bi-directional calibration not available on the G6B rotor.

Note: All values in the above table are approximate and depend on the density of the fluid.
V max = Maximum velocity of fluid metres / second (feet / second) = Density of fluid kg / m3 (lb / ft 3)
V min = Minimum measurable velocity of fluid metres / second (feet / second) N / A = Not applicable
V lin = Minimum velocity of fluid at which rotor response is linear metres / second (feet / second)
Note: Measurable flowrates for your specific application are available using EMCOSIZE.
Downloadable at www.spiraxsarco.com/us

Flowmetering
Turbine flowmeters
How to order the RIM10 flowmeter

Category Description Suffix code
Maximum temperatures RIM10-600 204C (400F) RIM10-600
Model for liquid, steam or RIM10-700 204C (400F) RIM10-700H 315C (600F) RIM10-700 or 700H
gas service RIM10-900 204C (400F) RIM10-900H 400C (750F) RIM10-900 or 900H
RIM10-600 and
2" screwed male NPT NPT
RIM10-700
2" flanged ASME 150 2AB
RIM10-700 and 2" flanged ASME 300 Note: A 3" flange 2AD
Connection (4) RIM10-700H 2" flanged ASME 600 connection is recommended 2AE
RIM10-900 and 2" flanged ASME 900 when the extended stems 2AF
RIM10-900H 3" flanged ASME 150 are used. 3AB
3" flanged ASME 300 3AD
RIM10-700 and Standard length XX
RIM10-700H 30 cm (1 ft) extension required for operating temperatures
Extended stem E1
RIM10-900 and above 260C (500F)
RIM10-900H Optional 60 cm (2 ft) extension gas and steam applications only E2
No pressure transmitter XX
0 to 3.44 bar g (0 to 50 psi g) 050
RIM10-600, 0 to 6.89 bar g (0 to 100 psi g) 100
3.8.8
RIM10-700 and
Pressure RIM10-900 0 to 10.34 bar g (0 to 150 psi g) 150
transmitter 0 to 13.79 bar g (0 to 200 psi g) 200
RIM10-700 and 700H 0 to 17.24 bar g (0 to 250 psi g) 250
RIM10-900 and 900H 0 to 34.47 bar g (0 to 500 psi g) 500
Special scaling requests Contact Spirax Sarco
Standard outputs 1 each (4 - 20 mA), 1 each Pulse A
Options A and B are only 1 each (4 - 20 mA), 1 each Pulse, 2 each Relay B
available with Standard 3 each (4 - 20 mA), 1 each Pulse D
and FM Certifications 3 each (4 - 20 mA), 1 each Pulse, 2 each Relay E
Output / Comms
Digital comms No Digital Bus Communications 0
BACNet MS / TP is only Modbus IP / Modbus RS485 3
available with Standard BACNet MS / TP 4
and FM Certifications BACNet MS / TP / Modbus IP 5
Standard (3)
S
FM (5) A
Certifications
ATEX (2)
B
CE (1) C
Local display 000
with 25 ft (7.6 m) of cable (4)
025
Display options
Remote display with 50 ft (15.2 m) of cable (4)
050
with 100 ft (30.4 m) of cable (4) 100
Rotor 150-005-B-DEV (G6 Uni-directional) G6
Uni-directional Rotor 150-020-B-DEV (G3 Uni-directional) G3
Rotor Rotor 150-030-B-DEV (G2 Uni-directional) G2
For
Rotor 150-040-B-CSJ (L1 Uni-directional) L1
replacement
rotors see Rotor 150-010-B-DEV (G5B Bi-directional) G5B
page 8 Rotor 150-015-B-DEV (G4B Bi-directional) G4B
Rotor 150-020-B-DEV (G3B Bi-directional) G3B
Bi-directional
Rotor 150-040-B-CSJ (L1 B Bi-directional) L1 B
Nomenclature selection example: RIM10 - 600 - NPT - XX - XX - A0 - S - 025 - G1

Notes:
All electronics come with a magnetic wand for local programming.
1
RIM10 that are CE Approved meet with the:
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC - Select option 'C' from Approvals.
For 'Optional extras'
2
RIM10 with ATEX Approval that includes CE approval meet with the:
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC - Select option 'B' from Approvals. see page 8.
3
Electrical enclosure rating is NEMA 4X for watertight and dust tight requirements.
4
PN flanges are available upon request. Contact Spirax Sarco.
5
FMus Certification (FMc is Pending).

Flowmetering
Turbine flowmeters
Optional extras for the RIM10 flowmeter

Category Description Suffix code
Gate valve for the RIM10-600, 2" full-port bronze 8.62 bar g (125 psi g) isolation valve EC004110
For installation on a 3" pipe EC060037
Thread-o-let for the
For installation on a 4" - 6" pipe EC060038
RIM10-600
For installation on a 8" - 20" pipe EC060039
Double flanged 2" ASME 150 raised face flange 1693040
Gate valve for the
RIM10-900 and Double flanged 2" ASME 300 raised face flange 1693041
RIM10-900H
Double flanged 2" ASME 600 raised face flange EC004250
For installation on a ASME 150 3" pipe EC004254
For installation on a ASME 150 4" - 6" pipe EC004255
Optional extras For installation on a ASME 150 8" - 36" pipe EC004256
3.8.9 Mounting kit for

a gate valve
How to order replacement rotors for the RIM10

Description Part number
Rotor 150-005-B-DEV (G6 Uni-directional) EC021124
Uni-directional Rotor 150-020-B-DEV (G3 Uni-directional) EC021322
Rotor 150-040-B-CSJ (L1 Uni-directional) EC022512
Rotor 150-010-B-DEV (G5B Bi-directional) EC004447
Bi-directional
Rotor 150-040-B-CSJ (L1B Bi-directional) EC004452
How to order spares

When ordering a spare rotor, state the 'Part number' listed above and state the flowmeter unit that it for.
Example: 1 - Rotor 150-040-B-DEV (G1 Uni-directional), part number EC021522 for a RIM10 rotor insertion flowmeter.

Control valves
Section 4
4.1 Control valves
4.2 Pneumatic actuators
4.3 Electric actuators
4
4.4 Positioners and controllers
4.5 Self-acting controls
4.6 Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
4.7 Safety valves
4.8 Desuperheaters
4.9 Level indicators

Control valves
Control valves
4.1.1
Control valves
Control valves
TI-S24-60
CH Issue 6
Spira-trol TM Two-port Control Valves

EN Standard JE, JF and JL DN15 to DN200 and
ASME Standard JEA, JFA and JLA " to 8"
Description
Spira-trolTM is a range of two-port single seat globe valves with cage retained seats
conforming to EN and ASME standard. These valves are available in three body
materials in sizes ranging from DN15 to DN200 (" to 8"). When used in conjunction
with a pneumatic or electric linear actuator they provide characterized modulating or
on / off control.
Spira-trolTM valve characteristic - options:

Equal percentage (E) - Suitable for most modulating process control
JE
applications providing good control at all flowrates.
JF Fast opening (F) - For on /off applications only.
Linear (L) - Primarily for liquid flow control where the differential
JL
pressures across the valve is constant.
4.1.2
Important note: Throughout this document, reference has been made to the
standard JE control valve. With the exception of trim type, the JE, JF and JL control
valves are identical.
Technical data
Spira-trol TM
valve options: Plug design Parabolic
Stem PTFE chevron seals Standard Class IV

Metal-to-metal
sealing Graphite packing High temperature applications Class V
Leakage
431 stainless steel - standard Balanced Class IV
Metal-to-metal Soft seal
316L stainless steel Unbalanced Class VI
Up to 200 C - PTFE for Class VI shut-off Rangeability 50:1
Seating Soft seating
Up to 250 C - PEEK for Class VI shut-off
DN15 to DN50 20 mm
316L stainless steel with Stellite 6 facing -
Hard facing Travel DN65 to DN100 30 mm
for more arduous applications
Standard bonnet DN125 to DN200 70 mm
Bonnet
type Extended bonnet for large pipe lagging or hot / cold applications
Standard trim Typical flow characteristic
Trim
Low noise and anti-cavitation trim curves
100
Spira-trolTM valves are compatible with the following actuators
and positioners:
Fast opening Linear
Electric EL3500, AEL3, AEL5 and AEL6
Pneumatic PN9000, TN2000 and PN1000
PP5 (pneumatic) or EP500S (electropneumatic)
Flow %
Positioners EP500A (intrinsically safe + explosion proof electropneumatic) 50

SP400 and SP500 (microprocessor based electropneumatic) Equal percentage
Refer to relevant Technical Information sheet for further details
Standards
Designed in accordance with EN 60534. This product fully complies with the
0
requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Equipment Directive 2014 / 68 / EC 0 50 100
and carries the mark when so required. Valve opening %
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the time of
order placement.
Page 1 of 10
Control valves
Control valves
EN JE, JF and JL DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150 and DN200
Standard
ASME JEA, JFA and JLA ", ", 1", 1", 1", 2", 2", 3", 4", 5", 6" and 8"
EN Standard EN 1092 PN63 and PN100
Flanged
ASME Standard ASME B 16.5 Class 600, B22-20 JIS / KS 30 and JIS / KS 40
Butt-weld ASME B 16.25 Schedule 40 and Schedule 80
Socket weld ASME B 16.11
Facing Standard Raised face Other facing is available on request.
Flanged EN Standard EN 558 Series 2.

face-to-face ASME Standard ISA-S75-03.
Materials
Type No. Part Material
JE43 Carbon steel EN 10213 1.0619+N
JEA43 Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
JE63 Stainless steel EN 10213 1.4408
1 Body
JEA63 Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
JE83 Alloy steel EN 10213 1.7357
JEA83 Alloy steel ASTM A217 WC6
JE JE43 Carbon steel EN 10213 1.0619+N
and
4.1.3 JEA
JE63
JEA43 Carbon steel
Stainless steel
ASTM A216 WCB
EN 10213 1.4408
2 Cover
JEA63 Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
JE83 Alloy steel EN 10213 1.7357
JEA83 Alloy steel ASTM A217 WC6
JE43 and JEA43 Carbon steel A105
2c Extended bonnet JE63 and JEA63 Stainless steel A316L
JE83 and JEA83 Stainless steel A316L
3 Stem lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 316
4 Bonnet gasket Graphite / stainless steel
5 Seat retainer Stainless steel with the exception of the full peek option
Seating version T Stainless steel AISI 431 S29
Seating versions P and K PEEK
6 Valve seat ring
Seating version W Stainless Steel 316L + Stellite 6
All others Stainless steel 316L
7 Seat gasket Graphite / stainless steel
Body stainless steel Stainless steel with the exception of the Nitronic bush option
8 Valve plug and stem
All others Stainless steel 431
DN15 - DN100 (" - 4") PTFE
9* Lower stem guide
DN125 - DN200 (5" - 8") Stellite 6
10 Lower stem wiper DN15 - DN100 (" - 4") PTFE
11 Packing guard washer Stainless steel AISI 316L
All versions 12 Spring Stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42
using
13 * Packing spacer Stainless steel AISI 316
PTFE seals
14 * Chevron packing set PTFE
15 Outer 'O' ring Viton
16 Inner 'O' ring Viton
17 * Gland flange Stainless steel AISI 304
18 * Gland follower Stainless steel
19 Gland nut Stainless steel A2-70
20 Gland stud Stainless steel
21 Actuator clamp nut Plated carbon steel
JE43 and JEA43 Carbon steel Grade 2H
22 Bonnet nut JE63 and JEA63 Stainless steel Grade 8M
JE83 and JEA83 Alloy steel Grade 7
JE43 and JEA43 Carbon steel Grade B7
23 Bonnet stud JE63 and JEA63 Stainless steel Grade B8M2
JE83 and JEA83 Alloy steel Grade B16
Page 2 of 10 TI-S24-60 CH Issue 6
Spira-trol TM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard JE, JF and JL DN15 to DN200 and ASME Standard JEA, JFA and JLA " to 8"
Control valves
Control valves
3 Optional
19 20 graphite
8 packing
17
16
18
18
21
23
15
14 22
14
13 2
12
1 13
4
11
10
9
5
3
20
19
17 4.1.4
21
7 6 18
Standard with PTFE packing

14
* PTFE stem sealing
2c
24
25
PTFE stem sealing for 23
vacuum service
22
2
13
8
* Graphite packing 1
4
5
9 Lower stem guide Stellite 6 9
Stainless
13 Packing spacer
steel
Graphite
14 Graphoil packing
ring
Stainless
18 Gland follower
steel
High 11
temperature 12
packing Not used
15
16
Extension gasket
24 (only used with Graphite 7 6
part 2c)
Extension bolting
Extended bonnet
Stainless
25 (only used with
steel
part 2c)
TI-S24-60 CH Issue 6 Page 3 of 10
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - JE43 and JEA43
PN63 PN100
A B C The product must not be used in this region.

Temperature C
High temperature packing required for use on

this region.
Steam
saturation Extended cover is required for use in this region
curve
Notes: 1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-
B C
-10 zero and the ambient temperature is below
+5 C (+41 F), the external moving parts of
Pressure bar g the valve and actuator must be heat traced to
maintain normal operation.
ASME 600 JIS / KS 30 JIS / KS 40 Butt-weld Socket weld

Pressure psi g A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN63

A D E F
Temperature C
Temperature F
A - D Flanged JIS / KS 30
A - E Flanged JIS / KS 40
Steam
A-F Flanged ASME 600, Butt-weld and Socket
saturation
weld
curve
D E F
Pressure bar g
4.1.5
Body design conditions PN100 / ASME Class 600
PN63 JE43 63 bar g @ 50 C
EN
PN100 JE43 100 bar g @ 50 C
and ASME 600, Butt-weld and Socket weld JEA43 102.1 bar g @ 38 C(1480 psi g @ 100 F)
JIS / KS 30 JEA43 51 bar g @ 120 C
JIS / KS 40 JEA43 68 bar g @ 120 C
PTFE soft seat (G) 7 bar
Maximum differential pressure design PEEK soft seat (K) 7 bar
Full PEEK seat (P) 19 bar
EN JE43 400 C
ASME 600, Butt-weld and Socket weld JEA43 425 C (797 F)
TMA Maximum allowable temperature
JIS / KS 30 JEA43 425 C
JIS / KS 40 JEA43 425 C
Minimum allowable temperature -29 C (-20 F)
Standard packing PTFE chevron (Stem sealing - Options P and N) 250 C
High temperature packing (Stem sealing - Option H) 425 C
Maximum operating temperature Extended bonnet (E) with PTFE chevron 250 C
(For clarification of the options
TMO Extended bonnet (E) with graphite packing 425 C
G, H, K and P see the Spira-trolTM
selection guide on page 9) PTFE soft seat (Seating - Option G) 200 C
PEEK soft seat (Seating - Options K and P) 250 C
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. -29 C (-20 F)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 156 bar g (2 262 psi g)
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - JE63 and JEA63
PN63 PN100

Temperature C
High temperature packing required for use on this

region.
Steam Extended cover is required for use in this region
saturation
curve Notes: 1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-
B C
JIS / KS 30 JIS / KS 40
A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN63
A D E
Temperature C
Steam
saturation A - E Flanged JIS / KS 40
curve
D E A-F Flanged ASME 600, Butt-weld and Socket weld
Pressure bar g
ASME 600 Butt-weld Socket weld

Pressure psi g
4.1.6
A F
Temperature C
Temperature F
Steam
saturation
curve
F
Pressure bar g

PN63 JE63 63 bar g @ 100 C
EN
PMA Maximum allowable pressure PN100 JE63 100 bar g @ 100 C
and ASME 600, Butt-weld and Socket weld JEA63 99.3 bar g @ 38 C (1440 psi g @ 100 F)
PMO Maximum operating pressure JIS / KS 30 JEA63 51 bar g @ 120 C
JIS / KS 40 JEA63 68 bar g @ 120 C
EN JE63 580 C
ASME 600, Butt-weld and Socket weld JEA63 538 C (1 000 F)
JIS / KS 30 JEA63 490 C
JIS / KS 40 JEA63 490 C
Maximum operating temperature
(For clarification of the options Extended bonnet (E) with PTFE chevron 250 C
TMO
G, H, K and P see the Spira-trolTM Extended bonnet (E) with graphite packing 580 C
selection guide on page 9)
PTFE soft seat (Seating - Option G) 200 C
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult SpiraxSarco. -29 C (-20 F)
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - JE83 / JEA83
PN63 PN100

Temperature C
High temperature packing required for use on

this region.
Steam Extended cover is required for use in this region
saturation
curve Notes: 1. Where the process fluid temperature is sub-
B C
JIS / KS 30 JIS / KS 40
E A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN63
* A
D
Temperature C
Steam A - E Flanged JIS / KS 40

saturation
curve A-F Flanged ASME 600, Butt-weld and Socket weld
DE
Pressure bar g * JIS / KS 40 only
4.1.7 ASME 600 Butt-weld Socket weld

Pressure psi g
A F
Temperature C
Temperature F
Steam
saturation
curve
F
Pressure bar g

PN63 JE83 63 bar g @ 300 C
EN
PMA Maximum allowable pressure PN100 JE83 100 bar g @ 300 C
and ASME 600, Butt-weld and Socket weld JEA83 103.4 bar g @ 38 C (1499 psi g @ 100 F)
PMO Maximum operating pressure JIS / KS 30 JEA83 51 bar g @ 120 C
JIS / KS 40 JEA83 68 bar g @ 120 C
EN JE83 490 C
ASME 600, Butt-weld and Socket weld JEA83 538 C (1 000 F)
JIS / KS 30 JEA83 490 C
JIS / KS 40 JEA83 510 C
(For clarification of the options Extended bonnet (E) with PTFE chevron 250 C
TMO
G, H, K and P see the Spira-trolTM Extended bonnet (E) with graphite packing 538 C
selection guide on page 9)
PTFE soft seat (Seating - Option G) 200 C
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult SpiraxSarco. -29 C (-20 F)
Control valves
Control valves
Kv values
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200
High capacity Equal % 4.9 7.2 11.0 17.5 31.0 46.0 90 115 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Equal % 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63.0 100 160 245 370 580
Linear 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63.0 100 160 260 390 640
Full port
Fast
4.0 6.3 10.0 18.0 28.0 50.0 85.0 117 180 260 390 640
opening
Equal % 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63 100 200 287 370
Reduced trim 1
Linear 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63 100 200 287 550
Standard Equal % 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36 63 100 154 232
trim Reduced trim 2
Linear 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36 63 100 154 232
Equal % 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25 36 63 103 163
Reduced trim 3
Linear 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25 36 63 103 163
Equal % 1.0 1.6 4.0 6.3 16
Reduced trim 4
Linear 1.0 1.6 4.0 6.3 16
Equal % 1.0 4.0
Reduced trim 5
Linear 1.0 4.0
0.5 0.5 0.5
0.2 0.2 0.2
Microflute 0.1 0.1 0.1 4.1.8
0.07 0.07 0.07
0.01 0.01 0.01
Note: See TI-S24-59 for low noise and anti-cavitation trims. Special Kv values are available on request.
Cv (US) values
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200
High capacity Equal % 5.7 8.3 12.7 20.2 36.0 53.0 104.0 133.0 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Equal % 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 185.0 283 433 679
Linear 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 185.0 300 456 749
Full port
Fast
4.6 7.3 12.0 21.0 32.0 58.0 98.0 135.0 208.0 300 456 749
opening
Equal % 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 231 336 433
Reduced trim 1
Linear 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 231 336 635
Standard Equal % 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 120 154 271
trim Reduced trim 2
Linear 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 120 154 271
Equal % 1.2 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 75 154 191
Reduced trim 3
Linear 1.2 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 75 154 191
Equal % 1.2 1.8 4.6 7.3 18.0
Reduced trim 4
Linear 1.2 1.8 4.6 7.3 18.0
Equal % 1.2 4.6
Reduced trim 5
Linear 1.2 4.6
0.58 0.58 0.6
0.23 0.23 0.23
Microflute 0.12 0.12 0.12
0.081 0.081 0.081
0.012 0.012 0.012
Note: See TI-S24-59 for low noise and anti-cavitation trims. Special C v values are available on request.
Control valves
Control valves
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg D
C B
Extended
Standard
bonnet
A A
4.1.9
Dimensions Weights
A B C D
ASME 600 EN 1092 Standard Extended bonnet ASME 600 PN100 Butt-weld
Size JIS / KS 30 PN63
JIS / KS 40 PN100 Carbon Stainless
Socket weld
Butt-weld steel steel
Socket weld
Alloy
steel
DN15 203 210 172 261 321 64 M8 9.5 10 6
DN20 206 230 172 261 321 64 M8 10.2 12 6
DN25 210 230 172 261 321 64 M8 10.8 13 6
DN32 251 260 201 278 338 69 M8 16.5 19 11
DN40 251 260 201 278 338 69 M8 18.5 22 11
DN50 286 300 196 278 338 69 M8 22.0 27 13
DN65 311 340 282 470 587 81 M12 46.5 51 31
DN80 337 380 282 470 587 81 M12 51.5 58 35
DN100 394 430 297 513 605 81 M12 83.0 79 46
DN125 457 500 382 663 783 125 M30 133.0 124 74
DN150 508 550 400 681 801 125 M30 176.0 168 108
DN200 610 650 466 747 867 125 M30 300.0 306 197
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts
Spira-trolTM A
Available spares JE and JEA

C2
Gasket set B, G
C C1
PTFE packing C
Graphite seal set C2
Equal percentage trim

D, E
Fast opening trim

Linear trim
D2, E
D1 D2
Soft seat arrangement H
4.1.10
How to order spares
Example: 1 - Plug stem and seat kit for a Spirax Sarco DN32
Spira-trolTM JE43PTSUSS.2 Kvs 16 two-port control valve having
flanged PN63 connections.
How to fit spares
B
Soft seat
arrangement D
H G
* PTFE stem sealing
PTFE stem sealing for vacuum service
Control valves
Control valves
Spira-trolTM selection guide:
EN standard = DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65*, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200
Valve size DN25
ASME standard = ", ", 1", 1", 1", 2", 2", 3", 4", 5", 6" and 8"
Valve series J = J series 2-port control valve J
E = Equal percentage
Valve characteristic F = Fast opening E
L = Linear
Blank = EN (PN)
Flange type Blank
A = ASME
Blank = under
Flow Blank
T = over
4 = Carbon steel
8 = Alloy steel
1 = Screwed
2 = Socket weld
Connections 3
3 = Flanged
4 = Butt weld
H = Graphite
4.1.11 Stem sealing

N = PTFE and Nitronic bearing (Available for DN15 to DN50 size range only)
P = PTFE
P
V = PTFE for Vacuum

G = PTFE soft seat
K = PEEK soft seat
P = Full PEEK
Seating T
S = 316L stainless steel (Available for DN15 to DN100 size range only)
T = 431 stainless steel
W = 316L with stellite 6 facing
A1 = 1 stage anti-cavitation
P1 = 1 stage low noise trim
Type of trim S
S = Standard trim
B = Balanced
Trim balancing U
U = Unbalanced
E = Extended
Bonnet type S
S = Standard
Series 2 = .2 0.2
Kvs To be specified Kvs 10
Flanged
Connection type To be specified
PN63
* Please note: The PN63 flanges for the JE43 sizes have 4 bolt holes as standard; 8 bolt holes are available on request.
Selection example:
DN32 - J E 4 3 P T S U S S .2 - Kvs 16 - Flanged PN63
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco Spira-trolTM DN32 JE43PTSUSS.2 Kvs 16 two-port control valve having flanged PN63 connections.
Control valves
Control valves
TI-S24-71
CH Issue 10
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves

EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and
ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA " to 12"
Description
Spira-trolTM is a range of two-port single seat globe valves with
cage retained seats conforming to EN and ASME standard.
These valves are available in three body materials in sizes
ranging from DN15 to DN300 (" to 12"). When used in
conjunction with a pneumatic or electric linear actuator they
provide characterized modulating or on / off control.
KE, KF and KL
DN15 to DN300 4.1.12
KEA, KFA and KLA
" to 12"

Body material Connections Type Size range
Screwed NPT KEA41 ", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2"
Socket weld KEA42 ", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2"
EN 1092 PN25 and PN40 KE43 DN15 to DN100
EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40 KE43 DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250 and DN300
Carbon steel
JIS 20 and KS 20 KE43 All variants between DN15 to DN100
Flanged
JIS 10, JIS 20, KS 10 and KS 20 KE43 DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250 and DN300
ASME 300 KEA43 ", ", 1", 1", 2", 2", 3" and 4"
ASME 150 and ASME 300 KEA43 6" to 12"
BSP KE61 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50

Screwed
NPT KEA61 ", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2"
Socket weld KEA62 ", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2"
EN 1092 PN40 KE63 All variants between DN15 to DN100
Stainless steel EN 1092 PN16, PN25 and PN40 KE63 DN125, DN150 and DN200
JIS 20 and KS 20 KE63 All variants between DN15 to DN100

Flanged
JIS 10, JIS 20, KS 10 and KS 20 KE63 DN125, DN150 and DN200
ASME 300 KEA63 ", ", 1", 1", 2", 2", 3" and 4"
ASME 150 and ASME 300 KEA63 6" and 8"
Screwed BSP KE71 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50
EN 1092 PN16 and PN25 KE73 All variants between DN15 to DN200
SG iron JIS 10 and KS 10 KE73 All variants between DN15 to DN200
Flanged
ASME 125 and ASME 250 1", 1", 2", 2", 3", 4", 6" and 8"
KEA73
JIS10 and KS10 ", ", 1", 1", 1", 2", 2", 3" and 4"
Page 1 of 29
Control valves
Control valves
Spira-trolTM valve characteristic - options:
KE and KEA Equal percentage (E) - Suitable for most modulating process control applications providing good control at all flowrates.
KF and KFA Fast opening (F) - For on /off applications only.
KL and KLA Linear (L) - Primarily for liquid flow control where the differential pressures across the valve is constant.
Important note: Throughout this document, reference has been made to the standard KE or KEA control valve. With the exception of
trim type, the KE, KEA, KF, KFA, KL and KLA control valves are identical.
Spira-trolTM valve options:

PTFE chevron seals Standard
Graphite packing High temperature applications
Stem sealing Bellows / PTFE (B) Zero emissions and thermal fluids
Bellows / graphite (C) Zero emissions, high temperature applications and thermal fluids
Bellows / graphite secondary seals (D) Zero emissions and high temperature applications
431 stainless steel - standard

Metal-to-metal
316L stainless steel - DN15 to DN100 only
Seating Up to 200 C (392 F) - PTFE for Class VI shut-off

Soft seating
Up to 250 C (482 F) - PEEK for Class VI shut-off
4.1.13 Hard facing 316L stainless steel with Stellite 6 facing - for more arduous applications
Standard bonnet
Bonnet type
Extended bonnet for large pipe lagging or hot / cold applications
Standard trim
Trim
Low noise and anti-cavitation trim (see TI-S24-59)
Spira-trolTM valves are compatible with the following actuators and positioners:
Electric EL3500, EL7200, AEL3, AEL5 and AEL6 series
Pneumatic PN1000, PN2000, PN9000 and TN2000 series
Positioners EP500A (intrinsically safe + explosion proof electropneumatic)
SP400 and SP500 (microprocessor based electropneumatic)
Note: Reference the product specific Technical Information sheet for further details.
Standards
Designed in accordance with EN 60534. This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive
2014/68/EC and carries the mark when so required.
Certification
order placement.
Spira-trol Two-port Control Valves EN Standard KE, KF and KL DN15 to DN300 and ASME Standard KEA, KFA and KLA " to 12"
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Technical data
Plug design Parabolic
Balanced Class IV
Metal-to-metal
Unbalanced Class IV (Class V is optional)
Leakage
Balanced Class IV
Soft seal
Unbalanced Class VI
Equal 50:1
Linear 30:1
Rangeability
Fast 10:1
DN15 - DN50 ("- 2") 20 mm (")
Travel DN65 - DN100 (2"- 4") 30 mm (1 ")
DN125 - DN300 (5"- 12") 70 mm (2")
Typical flow characteristic curves
100
4.1.14
Fast opening
Linear
Flow %
50
Equal percentage
0
0 50 100
Valve opening %
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Materials - DN15 to DN100 (" to 4") see pages 6 and 7 for the DN125 to DN300 (6" to 12")
Body
material
1 Body Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
DN15 to DN50 Forged steel EN 10222-2 P305GH 1.0436
2 Bonnet
KE43 DN65 to DN100 Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
2a Bonnet extension DN15 to DN100 Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
Carbon 2c Extended bonnet Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
steel 1 Body Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
KEA41 " to 2" Forged steel ASTM A105N
2 Bonnet
KEA42 2" to 4" Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
KEA43 2a Bonnet extension Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
2c Extended bonnet Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
1 Body Stainless steel DIN GX5 CrNiMO 18-10 1.4581
KE61 2 Bonnet
Stainless steel DIN GX5 CrNiMO 17-12-2 1.4401
KE63 2a Bonnet extension
Stainless 2c Extended bonnet Stainless steel DIN GX5 CrNiMO 19-11-2 1.4408
steel 1 Body
KEA61
2 Bonnet Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
KEA62 2a Bonnet extension
KEA63 2c Extended bonnet Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
1 Body
SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
KE71 2 Bonnet
KE73 2a Bonnet extension Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
4.1.15 SG iron
2c Extended bonnet Carbon steel 1.0619N
1 Body
SG iron ASTM A395
KEA71 2 Bonnet
KEA73 2a Bonnet extension
Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
2c Extended bonnet
2b Bellows Stainless steel AISI 316L
3 Stem lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 431
4 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
5 Seat retainer Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
6 Valve seat ring Seating versions P and K PEEK
All others Stainless steel AISI 316L
7 Seat gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Body Stainless steel AISI 316L
8 Valve plug and stem Seating version W Stellite 6
All others Stainless steel AISI 431
9 * Lower stem guide Glass filled PTFE
10 Lower stem wiper PTFE
11 * Packing guard washer Stainless steel AISI 316L
12 * Spring Stainless steel AISI 316L
13 Packing spacer Stainless steel AISI 316L
All versions 14 * Chevron packing set PTFE
15 * Outer 'O' ring Viton
16 * Upper stem guide Glass filled PTFE
17 * Inner 'O' ring Viton
KE63 Stainless steel AISI 316L
18 Gland nut
All others Stainless steel AISI 431 S29
19 Scraper ring PTFE
KEA6_ Stainless steel
20 Actuator clamp nut
Others Plated carbon steel
21 Bellows assembly Stainless steel AISI 316L
22 Bonnet extension gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
23 Top plate (used on bonnet extension only) Stainless steel AISI 316L
24 Lower spindle bearing housing Stainless steel AISI 316L
25 Lower spindle bearing Stellite 6 or stainless steel for KE43, KE71 and KE73
26 Spindle lock and anti-rotation nut Stainless steel
27 and 28 For nuts and studs, see page 8
TM
Control valves
Control valves
KE valve with
extended bonnet (E) * Graphite packing
Lower and
9
KE valve with upper stem Stelite 6
16
guide
graphite packing High
temperature 14 Grafoil packing Graphite rings
packing
3 10, 11, 12, 15, 17 and 19
Not used
18
9
2c
Extended
14
bonnet
(E)
16
KE valve with
4.1.16
PTFE packing 3
18
19
20 8
17
15 16
28 14
14
27
13 2
12
2a
11
10 4
9
DN15 - DN100 KE with

2b bellows seal (B) and (C)
1 6 7 5
22
* PTFE stem sealing
PTFE stem sealing

for vacuum service
KE valve with bellows seal (D)
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Materials - DN125 to DN300 (6" to 12") see pages 4 and 5 for the DN15 to DN100 (" to 4")
Body
material
1 Body Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
KE43
Carbon 2 Bonnet Cast steel BS EN 10213 GP 240GH+N (1.0619N)
steel 1 Body Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
KEA43
2 Bonnet Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
1 Body
KE63 Stainless steel EN 10213 (1.4408)
Stainless 2 Bonnet
steel 1 Body
KEA63 Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
2 Bonnet
1 Body
KE73 SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
2 Bonnet
SG iron
1 Body
KEA73 SG iron ASTM A395
2 Bonnet
All others Stainless steel AISI 431
Plug and
3 stem KE63 Stainless steel AISI 316L
assembly
Seating version W Stellite 6
4 Cage Stainless steel BS 31462 Grade ANC 2
4.1.17 6
Valve seat
ring
Seating versions P and K PEEK
All others Stainless steel Stellite 6
9 Bearing Stellite
10 Spacer (not used in DN125 valves) Stainless steel BS EN 1127
11 Gland nut Stainless steel AISI 416
14 Washer Stainless steel AISI 316L
15 Bonnet gasket Stainless steel / graphite
16 Seat gasket Stainless steel / graphite
20 Stem nut Stainless steel AISI 316
KE43 Carbon steel BS EN ISO 898-1 Grade 8.8

All versions KE63 Stainless steel A2-80

Standard bonnet nut
21 KEA43 Carbon steel ASTM A194 2H
KEA63 Stainless steel ASTM A194 8M
KEA73 Carbon steel ASTM A194 2H

High temperature bonnet nut Stainless steel DIN ISO 3506 A2
KE63 Stainless steel A2

Standard stud
KEA43 Carbon steel ASTM A193 B7
22
KEA63 Stainless steel ASTM A193 B8M2
KEA73 Carbon steel ASTM A193 B7
High temperature KE43

Stainless steel DIN ISO 3506 A2-80
bonnet nut
KE73
8 Spring Stainless steel
PTFE gland 12 Chevron packing set PTFE

versions 17 Stem 'O' ring Viton
18 Bonnet 'O' ring Viton
TM
Control valves
Control valves
High
temperature 26 Gland packing Graphite
gland versions
3a Plug and stem assembly Stainless steel
Balanced
29 Cage Stainless steel
versions
31 Balanced seal Graphite
DN125 (5")
20
unbalanced valve
17 11
18
12 14
2
8
9 15
10
4 4.1.18
16 6
22
21
31
3a
DN125 (5")
balanced valve
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Materials - Nuts and studs DN15 to DN100 (" to 4") see pages 6 and 7 for the DN125 to DN300 (6" to 12")
Body material No. Part Material
KE4_
Steel BS 3692 Gr.8
Standard bonnets nuts KE7_
KE6_ Stainless steel DIN ISO 3506 A2-70
27 High temperature bonnets nuts KE4_ and 7_ Stainless steel ISO3506 A2
KEA4_
Standard bonnet studs KEA6 _ Steel ASTM A194 Gr.2H
KEA7 _
All versions KE4_
Steel BS 3692 Gr.8
Standard bonnet studs KE7 _
KE6 _ Stainless steel DIN ISO 3506 A2-70
28 High temperature bonnet studs KE4_ and 7_ Stainless steel ISO3506 A2
KEA4_ Steel ASTM A193 Gr.B7
Standard bonnet studs KEA6 _ Steel ASTM A193 Gr. B8 M2
KEA7 _ Steel ASTM A193 Gr. B7

4.1.19
28
27
KE valve
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Kv values
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
Valve size
(" ) (") (1") (1") (1") (2") (2") (3") (4") (5") (6") (8") (10") (12")
High capacity Equal % 4.9 7.2 11.0 17.5 31.0 46.0 90 115
Equal % 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63 100 160 245 370 580 700 1 000
Linear 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63 100 160 260 390 640 780 1 100
Full port
Fast
4.0 6.3 10.0 18.0 28.0 50.0 85 117 180 260 390 640 780 1 100
opening
Reduced Equal % 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36 63 100 200 287 370 580 700
trim 1 Linear 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36 63 100 200 287 550 640 780
Reduced Equal % 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25 36 63 100 132 232 370 580
Standard
trim trim 2 Linear 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25 36 63 100 132 232 550 640
Reduced Equal % 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16 25 36 63 103 163 232 370
trim 3 Linear 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16 25 36 63 103 163 232 550
Reduced Equal % 1.0 1.6 4.0 6.3 16 163 232

trim 4 Linear 1.0 1.6 4.0 6.3 16 163 232
Reduced Equal % 1.0 4.0 163

trim 5 Linear 1.0 4.0 163
0.5 0.5 0.5
Microflute
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.1
4.1.20
0.07 0.07 0.07
0.01 0.01 0.01
Note: For low noise and anti-cavitation Kv please see TI-S24-59
Cv (US) values
Cv (US) = Cv (UK) x 1.2009
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
Valve size
(" ) (") (1") (1") (1") (2") (2") (3") (4") (6") (8") (10") (12")
High capacity Equal % 5.7 8.3 12.7 20.2 36.0 53.0 104.0 133.0
Equal % 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 185.0 433 679 809 1 156
Linear 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 185.0 456 749 902 1 272
Full port
Fast
4.6 7.3 12.0 21.0 32.0 58.0 98.0 135.0 208.0 456 749 902 1 272
opening
Reduced Equal % 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 336 433 670 809
trim 1 Linear 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 336 636 740 902
Reduced Equal % 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 154 271 428 670
Standard
trim trim 2 Linear 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 154 271 636 740
Reduced Equal % 1.2 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 120 191 268 428
trim 3 Linear 1.2 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 120 191 268 636
Reduced Equal % 1.2 1.8 4.6 7.3 18.0 188 268

trim 4 Linear 1.2 1.8 4.6 7.3 18.0 188 268
Reduced Equal % 1.2 4.6 188

trim 5 Linear 1.2 4.6 188
0.58 0.58 0.6
0.23 0.23 0.23
0.081 0.081 0.081
0.012 0.012 0.012
Note: For low noise and anti-cavitation C v please see TI-S24-59
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KE43 (Carbon steel)
A E D C B
Temperature C
F
Steam
saturation
curve F E D C B
Pressure bar g
High temperature packing is required for use in this region.
High temperature bolting and packing is required for use in this region
A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40.
A - C Flanged JIS/KS 20K.
A - D Flanged EN 1092 PN25.
4.1.21
A - E Flanged EN 1092 PN16.
A-F Flanged JIS/KS 10K.
Notes:
2. When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
PTFE soft seat (G) 200 C
Standard packing PTFE chevron
PEEK seat (K and P) 250 C

Extended bonnet (E) with PTFE chevron
High temperature packing (H)

400 C
Extended bonnet (E) with graphite packing
Note: We recommend that an extended bonnet (E) with graphite packing is used where valve operation is above 300 C.
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KE43 (Carbon steel)
Maximum operating temperature - Bellows only
Note: When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction
with the valve pressure / temperature limits shown on page 10.
Bellows B

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
Bellows C

Temperature C

4.1.22
Steam

saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
Bellows D

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
Minimum operating temperature

-10 C
Maximum differental pressures See relevant actuator Technical Information sheet
Bellows B
38 bar g
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:
Bellows C
Warning: If the valve is fitted with a bellows it must be removed if hydraulic testing is to be done.
Bellows D 24 bar g
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KE61 and KE63 (Stainless steel)
A E D C B
Temperature C
F
Steam
saturation
curve F E D C B

Pressure bar g
A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and Screwed BSP.
A - D Flanged EN 1092 PN25.
4.1.23
A-F Flanged JIS/KS 10K.
Notes:


400 C
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KE61 and KE63 (Stainless steel)
Bellows B

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

-10

Pressure bar g
Bellows C

Temperature C

4.1.24
Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
Bellows D
Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve
-10
Pressure bar g
Minimum operating temperature PTFE packing

-10 C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. Graphite packing
Bellows B
38 bar g
Bellows C
Bellows D 24 bar g
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KE71 and KE73 (SG iron)
A

F
Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
F E D

Pressure bar g
A - D Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and Screwed BSP.
A-F Flanged JIS / KS 10.
4.1.25 Notes:

Maximum differential pressure
PEEK soft seat (K) 7 bar
design


350 C
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KE71 and KE73 (SG iron)
Bellows B

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
Bellows C

4.1.26
Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
Bellows D
Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g

-10 C
Bellows B
38 bar g
Bellows C
Bellows D 24 bar g
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KEA41, KEA42 and KEA43 (Carbon steel)
Pressure psi g

A

Temperature C
Temperature F
E

Steam
saturation
curve
E D C B

Pressure bar g
Graphite stem sealing is required for use in this region
A - B Flanged ASME 300 and screwed NPT and SW.
A - C Flanged JIS / KS 20.
A - D Flanged ASME 150.
E-E Flanged JIS / KS 10.
4.1.27 Notes:
the valve pressure / temperature limits shown above.
3. As standard the KEA, KFA, KLA series two-port control valves are supplied with the PTFE stem sealing option.
Body design conditions ASME 150 and ASME 300
ASME 150 (6" to 12" only) 19.6 bar g @ 38 C (284 psi g @ 100 F)
Maximum design pressure
ASME 300 51.1 bar g @ 38 C (740 psi g @ 100 F)
Maximum design temperature 425 C (800 F)
Minimum design temperature -29 C (-20 F)
PTFE soft seat (G) 200 C (392 F)
PEEK seat (K and P) 250 C (482 F)

Graphite packing (H)

425 C (800 F)
Note: We recommend that an extended bonnet (E) with graphite packing is used where valve operation is above 300 C (572 F).
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KEA41, KEA42 and KEA43 (Carbon steel)
Bellows B
Pressure psi g

Temperature C
Temperature F

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
Bellows C
Pressure psi g

4.1.28
Temperature F

Temperature C

Steam

saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
Bellows D
Pressure psi g

Temperature C
Temperature F

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g

-29 C (-20 F)
Bellows B
38 bar g 551 psi g
Bellows C
Bellows D 24 bar g 348 psi g
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KEA61, KEA62 and KEA63 (Stainless steel)
Pressure psi g
A

Temperature C
Temperature F
D

E

Steam
saturation
E C curve D B

Pressure bar g
Graphite stem sealing is required for use in this region
A - B Flanged ASME 300 and screwed NPT and SW.
A - C Flanged JIS / KS 20.
D - D Flanged ASME 150.
E-E Flanged JIS / KS 10.
4.1.29 Notes:
ASME 150 (6" to 8" only) 19.6 bar g @ 38 C (275 psi g @ 100 F)
ASME 300 49.6 bar g @ 38 C (720 psi g @ 100 F)
Maximum design temperature 538 C (1 000 F)
PEEK seat (K) 250 C (482 F)

Graphite packing (H)

538 C (1 000 F)
Note: We recommend that an extended bonnet (E) with graphite packing is used where valve operation is above 300 C (572 F).
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KEA61, KEA62 and KEA63 (Stainless steel)
Bellows B
Pressure psi g

Temperature C
Temperature F

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
Bellows C
Pressure psi g

4.1.30
Temperature C
Temperature F
Steam
saturation
curve

-29
Pressure bar g
Pressure psi g

Temperature F
Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
PTFE packing -29 C (-20 F)

Graphite packing -50 C (-58 F)
Bellows B
38 bar g 551 psi g
Bellows C
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KEA71 and KEA73 (SG iron)
Pressure psi g

A
Temperature C
Temperature F

Steam

saturation
curve
G E F

Pressure bar g
A - E Flanged JIS / KS 10.
A-F Flanged ASME 250 and screwed NPT and SW.
A - G Flanged ASME 125.
Notes:
4.1.31 2. When selecting a valve with a bellows sealed bonnet, the pressure / temperature limits of the bellows must be read in conjunction with
ASME 125 13.8 bar g @ 65 C (200 psi g @ 150 F)

ASME 250 34.5 bar g @ 65 C (500 psi g @ 150 F)
Maximum design temperature 232 C (450 F)
PEEK seat (K and P)

Graphite packing (H) 232 C (450 F)

.
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - KEA71 and KEA73 (SG iron)
Bellows B
Pressure psi g

Temperature C
Temperature F

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
Bellows C
Pressure psi g

4.1.32
Temperature F

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
Bellows D
Pressure psi g
Temperature C
Temperature F
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g

-29 C (-20 F)
Bellows B
38 bar g 551 psi g
Bellows C
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Dimensions for the Spira-trolTM two-port control valve approximate in mm and (inches)
Screwed Flanged
Valve BSP NPT KE valves KEA valves
size
A B C A B C A1 C1 A1 C1 D E F
PN16 JIS / KS KS 10 KS 20 Thread Bellows Extended
PN25 seals bonnet
10 20 ASME ASME
PN40
125 250
and and
150 300
DN15 165 44 102 190 102
130 40 103 130 130 130 103
(") (6") (1") (4") (7") (4")
DN20 165 44 102 190 102 237 336
155 45 103 150 150 150 103
(") (6") (1") (4") (7") (4") (9") (13.25")
DN25 197 57 102 184 197 102
160 50 103 160 160 160 103
(1") (7") (2") (4") (7") (7") (4") 69
M8
DN32 216 57 127 127 (2")
185 60 132 180 180 180 132
(1") (8") (2") (5") (5")
DN40 235 63 127 222 235 127 267 354
205 65 132 200 200 200 132
(1") (9") (2") (5") (8) (9") (5") (10") (13.94)
DN50 267 76 127 254 267 127
230 80 127 230 230 230 127
(2") (10") (3") (5") (10") (10") (5")
4.1.33 DN65
290 290 290 201
267 292 200 368
(2") (10) (11") (7 ") (14") 416
DN80 298 317 200 81 368 (16.38")
310 310 310 201 M12
(3") (11) (12") (7 ") (3") (14")
DN100 349 368 216 381 431
350 350 350 216
(4") (13) (14") (8") (15") (17")
DN125 400 403 425 257
538
(5") (21 1/5")
DN150 480 451 473 275
451 473 279 556
(6") (17") (18 5/ 8") (11")
125
(21 7/ 8")
M30
DN200 600 543 568 341
543 568 343 (4 7/ 8") 621
(8") (213/ 8") (22 3/ 8") (13") (24")
DN250 730 673 708 344 673 708
344 622
(10") (13") (24")
DN300 850 737 775 355 737 775
355 634
(12") (14") (25")
Bellows sealed or E
extended bonnet version
D
Screwed version Flanged version
E E
D D
C C1
A A1
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Weights for the Spira-trolTM two-port control valve approximate in kg (and lbs)
KE valves KEA valves Additional Additional

Valve KE43 KE61 KE63 KE71 KE73 KEA43 KEA63 KEA73 KEA41 bellows balanced
size KEA42
and Ex-
KEA61
tended
bonnet
KEA62
KEA71
DN15 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3

6 4.5 5.5 4.5 5.5
(") (16) (16) (16) (16)
DN20 8.2 8.2 8.2 7.3 4.5

6.8 5.5 6.8 5.5 6.8
(") (18) (18) (18) (16) (10)
DN25 9.1 9.1 9.1 10

7 6 7 6 7
(1") (20) (20) (20) (22)
DN32 14.1 14.1 13.2 11.3

13.5 11.5 13.5 11.5 13.5
(1") (31) (31) (29) (25)
DN40 16.3 16.3 14.1 14.1 5.5

(1")
14 12 14 12 14
(36) (36) (31) (31) (12) 4.1.34
DN50 17.2 18.1 17.2 15
17 13 17 13 17
(2") (38) (40) (38) (33)
DN65 35.4 35.4 38.1

35 35 35
(2") (78) (78) (84)
10
(21)
DN80 39 40.4 41.3
40 40 40
(3") (86) (89) (91)
DN100 56.2 56.2 59.9 13

54 54 54
(4") (124) (124) (132) (28)
DN125 81 81 81
16 2
(5") (35) (4.4)
DN150 121 121 121

130 130 130 16 3
(6") (286) (286) (286) (35) (7)
DN200 210 210 210

210 210 210 16 10
(8") (462) (462) (462) (35) (22)
DN250 228
242 16 10
(10") (533) (35) (22)
DN300 451
465 16 16
(12") (1025) (35) (35)
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Dimensions / weights for the PN actuator range approximate in mm and kgs (inches and lbs)
F G H J Weight
Actuator range
Actuator With handwheel
and variants
mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches kg lbs kg lbs
PN1500 and PN2500 405 16" 1 114 46" 55 121.00
PN1600 and PN2600 465 18 " 1 116 46" 70 154.00
PN9100E 55 2 " +5.86 +13.00
170 6 A" 275 10"" 225 8 " 6 13.25
PN9100R 140 5" +2.50 +5.50
PN9200E 55 2 " +7.20 +15.75
300 11 " 300 11" 225 8 " 17 37.50
PN9200R 140 5" +3.77 +8.50
PN9320E 65 2 " +7.20 +15.75
390 15" 325 12" 350 13" 27 59.50
PN9320R 150 15 " +3.77 +8.50
PN9330E 65 2 " +7.20 +15.75
390 15" 335 13 " 350 13" 27 59.50
PN9330R 150 15" +3.77 +8.50
PN9400E
732 28" 465 181/3" 60 132.00
PN9400R
TN2000E +5.00 +11.25
284 11" 334 13 " 144 5 " 350 13" 18 40.50
TN2000R +6.00 +13.50
TN2000DA 284 11" 334 13 " 16 36.00
TN2100E
405 16" 369 14" 402 15 " 330 13" 37 83.25 +23.00 +51.75
TN2100R
TN2100DA 405 16" 369 14" 30 67.50
4.1.35
TN2277E 532 21" 863 34" 330 13" 330 13" 116 255.00 +21.00 +46.00
TN2277NDA 532 21" 863 34" 98 216.00
F
J
Actuator F
H J
G
Actuator
Top mounted handwheel Side mounted handwheel
Dimensions / weights for the EL and AEL actuator ranges approximate in mm and kgs (and in inches and lbs)
F G Weight
Actuator range
mm inches mm inches kg lbs
EL3500 135 x 161 5" x 6" 242 9" 1.3 3.0
EL3500 SE and SR 135 x 161 5" x 6" 284 11" 2.4 6.0
EL7200 series 100 4" 471 18" 3.0 6.5
AEL55 and AEL65 180 7" 557 22" 10.0 22.0
AEL51, AEL52, AEL53,
177 7" 459 18" 5.0 11.0
AEL62 and AEL63
AEL54 and AEL64 177 7" 490 19" 7.0 15.5
AEL56 and AEL66 226 9" 760 30" 20.0 44.0
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts
Spira-trolTM two-port control valve

DN15 to DN100 - " to 4"
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Note: When placing an order for spare parts please specify clearly the full product description as found on the label of the valve body, as
this will ensure that the correct spare parts are supplied.
Available spares - K series

Actuator clamping nut A A
PTFE packing C
* Equal percentage trim

D, E
(No gaskets supplied) C
C2
C1
Fast opening trim
Linear trim
D2, E
PTFE soft seat seal H D1 D2

4.1.36
Specify if reduced trim.
How to order spares

* Always order spares by using the description given in the column
Example: 1 - PTFE stem seal kit for a Spirax Sarco DN25

Spira-trolTM two-port KE43 PTSUSS.2 Kvs 10 control valve.
How to fit spares D

Soft seat B
arrangement
H
E
G
* PTFE stem sealing
PTFE stem sealing

for vacuum service
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts
Spira-trolTM two-port control valve

Balanced and unbalanced
DN125 to DN300 - 6" to 12"

Gasket set Balanced A, B, G
Non bellows sealed Unbalanced B, G
PTFE chevrons C3
Graphite packing
Stem seal kit c o nve r s i o n k i t (D N15 to C4 C5
DN100) C4
C3
Balanced
A, D, E
Plug stem and seat kit
Unbalanced
D, E
4.1.37 How to order spares
D4 D5

Example: 1 - PTFE stem seal kit for a Spirax Sarco DN150 A

Spira-trolTM two-port KE43 PTSBSS.2 Kvs 370 control valve.
How to fit spares

D3
H J
E
G
Exploded view of
soft seat arrangement
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts
Spira-trolTM two-port control valve with bellows seal - Type D

DN15 to DN100 - " to 4"

Gasket set (Bellows sealed) B, G

C3
Graphite secondary seal and gasket
Stem seal kit C3
set
*Equal percentage trim

D6, E A
Fast opening trim

Linear trim
D8, E
Bellows seal assembly F
* PTFE soft seat seal H 4.1.38

How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed
'Available spares', and state the size and type of valve including the full
product description of the product.
Example: 1 - Graphite stem seal kit for a Spirax Sarco DN25 Spira-trolTM
two-port KE43B TSUSS.2 Kvs10 control valve.
How to fit spares

F
D7 D8
D6
B
Soft seat
arrangement
H
E
G
TM
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts A
Spira-trolTM two-port control valve with bellows seal - Types B and C

DN15 to DN100 - " to 4"
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in grey line are not
supplied as spares.
Note: When placing an order for spare parts please specify clearly the full product C
C2
description as found on the label of the valve body, as this will ensure that the correct
spare parts are supplied. C1

Gasket set (Bellows sealed) B, G
PTFE packing C
* Equal percentage trim (No gaskets supplied) D9, E B
Plug stem and seat kit Fast opening trim (No gaskets supplied) D10, E B
Linear trim (No gaskets supplied) D11, E F
4.1.39 Bellow seal assembly F
PTFE soft seat seal H
How to order spares

* Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares',
and state the size and type of valve including the full product description of the product.
Example: 1 - PTFE stem seal kit for a Spirax Sarco DN25 Spira-trol TM two-port KE43B
TSUSS.2 Kvs10 control valve.
How to fit spares

Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied
with the spare.
D10 D11
B
Soft seat
arrangement D9
E
G
TM
Control valves
Control valves
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150,
EN standard =
Valve size DN200, DN250 and 300 DN25
ASME standard = ", ", 1", 1", 1", 2", 2", 3", 4", 5", 6", 8", 10" and 12"
Valve series K = K series 2-port control valve K
Valve
F = Fast opening E
characteristic
L = Linear
A = ASME
Flange type Blank
Blank = EN (PN)
Blank = under
Flow Blank
T = over
4 = Carbon steel
7 = SG iron
1 = Screwed
Connections 2 = Socket weld 3
3 = Flanged
B = Bellows / PTFE secondary seals
C = Bellows / graphite secondary seals
D = Bellows / graphite secondary seals
Stem sealing H = Graphite
N = PTFE with Nitronic bush - DN15 to DN50 only
P
4.1.40
P = PTFE
V = PTFE for vacuum service
G = PTFE soft seat
K = PEEK soft seat
P = Full PEEK
Seating T
S = 316L stainless steel
P1 = 1 stage low noise cage
Type of trim S
S = Standard trim
B = Balanced
Trim balancing U
U = Unbalanced
E = Extended
Bonnet type S
S = Standard
H = High temperature
Bolting S
S = Standard
Blank = Standard
Finish N = ENP coating
Series 2 = .2 .2
Flanged
Connection type To be specified
PN40
Selection example:
DN32 - K E 4 3 P T S U S S .2 - Kvs 16 - Flanged PN40
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco Spira-trolTM DN32 KE43PTSUSS.2 Kvs 16 two-port control valve having flanged PN40 connections.
TM
Control valves
Control valves
4.1.41
Control valves
Control valves
TI-S24-70
CH Issue 6
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves

EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and
ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA " to 4"
Description
Spira-trolTM is a range of two-port single seat globe valves with
cage retained seats conforming to EN and ASME standard. These
valves are available in three body materials in sizes ranging from
DN15 to DN100 (" to 4"). When used in conjunction with a
pneumatic or electric linear actuator they provide characterized
modulating or on / off control.
4.1.42
LE valve LE valve
with with
PTFE packing Bellows seal

Body material Connections Type Size range
BSP LE31 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50
Screwed
NPT LEA31 ", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2"
Cast iron
EN 1092 PN16, JIS / KS 10 LE33 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100
Flanged
ASME class 125 LEA33 1", 1", 2", 2", 3" and 4"
Carbon steel Flanged ASME class 150 ", ", 1", 1", 2", 2", 3" and 4"
LEA43
JIS / KS 10 ", ", 1", 1", 1", 2", 2", 3" and 4"
Stainless steel Flanged ASME class 150 ", ", 1", 1", 2", 2", 3" and 4"
LEA63
JIS / KS 10 ", ", 1", 1", 1", 2", 2", 3" and 4"
Page 1 of 18
Control valves
Control valves
Spira-trol valve characteristic - options:
LE and LEA Equal percentage (E) - Suitable for most modulating process control applications providing good control at all flowrates.
LF and LFA Fast opening (F) - For on /off applications only.
LL and LLA Linear (L) - Primarily for liquid flow control where the differential pressures across the valve is constant.
Important note: Throughout this document, reference has been made to the standard LE or LEA control valve. With the exception of
trim type, the LE, LEA, LF, LFA, LL and LLA control valves are identical.
Spira-trol valve options:

PTFE chevron seals Standard
Stem sealing Bellows / graphite secondary seals (D) Zero emissions and high temperature applications
Graphite packing High temperature applications
431 stainless steel - standard

Metal-to-metal
316L stainless steel
Up to 200 C (392 F) - PTFE for Class VI shut-off

Seating Soft seating
Up to 250 C (482 F) - PEEK for Class VI shut-off
Hard facing 316L stainless steel with Stellite 6 facing - for more arduous applications
Standard bonnet
4.1.43 Bonnet type
Extended bonnet for large pipe lagging or hot / cold applications
Standard trim
Trim
Low noise and anti-cavitation trim (see TI-S24-59)
Spira-trol valves are compatible with the following actuators and positioners:
Electric EL3500, EL7200, AEL3, AEL5 and AEL6 series
Pneumatic PN1000, PN9000, PN2000, TN2000 and TN2100 Series
Positioners EP500A (intrinsically safe electropneumatic)
SP400 and SP500 (microprocessor based electropneumatic)
Refer to the relevant Technical Information sheet for further details.
Standards
Designed in accordance with EN 60534. This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive
2014/68/EC and carries the mark when so required.
Certification
order placement.
Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves EN Standard LE, LF and LL DN15 to DN100 and ASME Standard LEA, LFA and LLA " to 4"
Control valves
Control valves
Technical data
Plug design Parabolic
Balanced and Unbalanced Class IV

Metal-to-metal
Unbalanced (optional) Class V
Leakage
Balanced Class IV
Soft seal
Unbalanced Class VI
Equal 50:1
Linear 30:1
Rangeability
Fast 10:1
DN15 - DN50 (" - 2") 20 mm (")

Travel
DN65 - DN100 (2" - 4") 30 mm (1 ")
Typical flow characteristic curves

100
Fast opening
4.1.44
Linear
Flow %
50
Equal percentage
0
0 50 100
Valve opening %
Control valves
Control valves
Materials
Body No. Part Type Material
material
LE31 and LE33 SG iron EN 1563 : EN-GJS-400-18
1 Body
LEA31 and LEA33 Cast iron ASTM A126B
DN15 - DN50 LE31 and LE33 SG iron EN 1563 : EN-GJS-400-18
(" - 2") LEA31 and LEA33 Ductile iron ASTM A395
Cast iron 2 Bonnet
DN65 - DN100 LE31 and LE33 Cast iron EN 1561 : EN-GJL-250
(2" - 4") LEA31 and LEA33 Ductile iron ASTM A395
LE31 and LE33 EN 10213 GP240GH+N (1.0619N)
2a Bonnet extension Carbon steel
LEA31 and LEA33 ASTM A216 WCB or A105N
LE43 Carbon steel EN 10213 GP240GH+N (1.0619N)
1 Body
LEA43 Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
DN15 - DN50 LE43 Carbon steel EN 10273 P250GH (1.0460)
Carbon (" - 2") LEA43 Carbon steel ASTM A105N
steel 2 Bonnet
DN65 - DN100 LE43 Steel EN10213 GP240GH+N (1.0619N)
(2" - 4") LEA43 Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
LE43 and LEA43 EN 10213 GP240GH+N (1.0619N)
2a Bonnet extension Carbon steel
ASTM A216 WCB or A105N
LE63 EN 10213 1.4408
1 Body Stainless steel
LEA63 ASTM A351 CF8M
Stainless
LE63 EN 10213 1.4408
steel 2 Bonnet Stainless steel
LEA63 ASTM A351 CF8M
2a Bonnet extension LE63 and LEA63 Stainless steel AISI 316L
2b Bellows All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
4.1.45 2c Extended bonnet
LE63 and LEA63 Stainless steel A351 CF8M and EN 10213 1.4408
All others Carbon steel A216 WCB and EN 10213 1.0619N
3 Stem lock-nut All versions Stainless steel AISI 431
4 Bonnet gasket All versions Reinforced exfoliated graphite
5 Seat retainer All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
Seating version T Stainless steel AISI 431
6 Valve seat ring Seating versions P and K PEEK
All others Stainless steel AISI 316L
7 Seat gasket Seating version W Stellite Alloy 6
All versions Reinforced exfoliated graphite
8 Valve plug and stem All others AISI 431
Stainless steel
LE63 AISI 316L
9 * Lower stem guide All versions Glass filled PTFE, except Nitronic bush option
10 * Lower stem wiper All versions PTFE
11 * Packing guard washer All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
12 * Spring All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
13 Packing spacer All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
14 * Chevron packing set All versions PTFE
All
15 * Outer 'O' ring All versions Viton
versions
16 * Upper stem guide All versions Glass filled PTFE, except Nitronic bush option
17 * Inner 'O' ring All versions Viton
All others AISI 431
18 Gland nut Stainless steel
LE63 AISI 316L
19 Scraper ring All versions PTFE
20 Actuator clamp nut All versions Plated carbon NFA 35553 XC 18
21 Bellows assembly All versions Stainless steel
22 Bonnet extension gasket All versions Reinforced exfoliated graphite
23 Top plate (bonnet extension only) All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
24 Lower spindle bearing housing All versions Stainless steel AISI 316L
All versions Stainless steel AISI 431
25 Lower spindle bearing
Without stainless steel Stellite Alloy 6
26 Spindle lock and anti-rotation nut All versions Stainless steel
LEA63 Stainless steel ASTM A194 Gr. 8M
Bonnets nuts
All others Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 2H
27
LE63 Stainless steel A2-70
Set screws
All others Steel 8.8
LEA63 Stainless steel ASTM A193 Gr. B8 M2
28 Standard bonnet studs
All others Steel ASTM A193 Gr. B7
Control valves
Control valves
LE valve
with PTFE packing 3 3
18 18
19
20 8
17 9
15 16
14
14 27
28
13 2 27
12
16
11
10 4
9
Bonnet with graphite packing
* Graphite packing
Body
No. Part Material
material
9
Lower
and upper
4.1.46
1 6 7 5
Stellite 6
16 stem
High guide
temperature
14 Grafoil Graphite
packing 14
packing rings
10, 11, 12,
LEA valve with 15, 17, 19 Not used
extended bonnet (E)
* PTFE stem sealing
2a
PTFE stem sealing

2b for vacuum service
2c
Extended
bonnet
(E) 22
LE valve with
bellows seal (D)
Control valves
Control valves
Kv values
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Valve size
(") (") (1") (1") (1") (2") (2") (3") (4")
High capacity Equal % 4.9 7.2 11.0 17.5 31.0 46.0 90 115 N/A
Equal % 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63 100 160
Full port Linear 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 63 100 160
Fast opening 4.0 6.3 10.0 18.0 28.0 50.0 85 117 180
Reduced Equal % 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36 63 100

trim 1 Linear 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25.0 36 63 100
Standard Reduced Equal % 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25 36 63

trim trim 2 Linear 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16.0 25 36 63
Reduced Equal % 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16 25 36

trim 3 Linear 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10.0 16 25 36
Reduced Equal % 1.0 1.6 4.0 6.3 16

trim 4 Linear 1.0 1.6 4.0 6.3 16
Reduced Equal % 1.0 4.0

trim 5 Linear 1.0 4.0
0.5 0.5 0.5
0.2 0.2 0.2
4.1.47 0.07
0.01
0.07
0.01
0.07
0.01
Notes:
- Special Kv on request
- For low noise and anticavitation Kv please see TI-S24-59
Cv (US) values
C v (US) = C v (UK) x 1.2009
Valve size
(") (") (1") (1") (1") (2") (2") (3") (4")
High capacity Equal % 5.7 8.3 12.7 20.2 36.0 53.0 104.0 133.0 N/A
Equal % 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 185.0
Full port Linear 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0 185.0
Fast opening 4.6 7.3 12.0 21.0 32.0 58.0 98.0 135.0 208.0
Reduced Equal % 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0
trim 1 Linear 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0 116.0
Standard Reduced Equal % 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0
trim trim 2 Linear 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0 73.0
Reduced Equal % 1.2 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0
trim 3 Linear 1.2 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.3 12.0 18.0 29.0 42.0
Reduced Equal % 1.2 1.8 4.6 7.3 18.0

trim 4 Linear 1.2 1.8 4.6 7.3 18.0
Reduced Equal % 1.2 4.6

trim 5 Linear 1.2 4.6
0.58 0.58 0.6
0.23 0.23 0.23
0.081 0.081 0.081
0.012 0.012 0.012
Notes:
- Special Cv on request
- For low noise and anticavitation Cv please see TI-S24-59
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - LE31 and LE33 cast iron valve body
300 Note:
250 When the process fluid temperature
Temperature C
200 i s s u b -z e r o a n d t h e a m b i e n t
Screwed BSP
150 temperature is below +5 C, the
Flanged EN 1092 PN16 100 Steam external moving parts of the valve
50 saturation and actuator must be heat traced
0 curve to maintain normal operation.
-10
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Pressure bar g
Temperature C
Steam
saturation
Flanged JIS / KS 10 curve
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region. 4.1.48

High temperature graphite packing is required for use in this region. Note: Soft seated valves cannot be used in this region.
PTFE soft seated valves are limited to a maximum operating temperature of 200 C.
Maximum design temperature 300 C @ 9.6 bar g
Standard packing PTFE chevron - Option P or N 250 C
PTFE soft seat - Option G 200 C
PEEK soft seat - Option K or P 250 C

Maximum operating temperature Graphite packing - Option H 300 C
See the Spira-trol selection

TM
Extended bonnet with PTFE chevron - Option E 250 C
guide on page 18 for the full list
of available options Extended bonnet with graphite packing - Option E 300 C
Bellows - Option D 300 C
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco -10 C
Maximum differential pressures See relevant actuator Technical Information sheet.
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 24 bar g
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - LE43 carbon steel valve body
400 Please note - Bellows sealed valves
Temperature C
(Option D) are limited to A - A.
300 A
250
Flanged EN 1092 PN16 200 Note:
Steam When the process fluid temperature
100 i s s u b -z e r o a n d t h e a m b i e n t
saturation
0 curve temperature is below +5 C, the
A
-10 external moving parts of the valve
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 and actuator must be heat traced
Pressure bar g to maintain normal operation.

Temperature C

Flanged JIS / KS 10 Steam

saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
4.1.49 The product must not be used in this region.


TM
Bellows (A - A on the LE43 chart) - Option D 300 C
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco -10 C
For valve operating above 300 C extended bonnet is recommended for actuator suitability.
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits - LE63 stainless steel valve body
Please note - Bellows sealed valves
Temperature C

A (Option D) are limited to A - A.

Note:
Flanged EN 1092 PN16 When the process fluid temperature
Steam i s s u b -z e r o a n d t h e a m b i e n t
saturation temperature is below +5 C, the
curve
A external moving parts of the valve
and actuator must be heat traced
to maintain normal operation.
Pressure bar g

Temperature C

Steam
Flanged JIS / KS 10 saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region. 4.1.50



TM
Bellows (A - A on the LE63 chart) - Option D 300 C
Minimum operating temperature PTFE packing -28 C

Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Graphite packing -10 C
For valve operating above 300 C extended bonnet is recommended for actuator suitability.
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure/temperature limits - LEA31 and LEA33 cast iron valve body
Pressure psi g
Note:
When the process fluid temperature
i s s u b -z e r o a n d t h e a m b i e n t
Temperature F
Temperature C
Screwed NPT
temperature is below +5 C (41 F),
Steam the external moving parts of the
saturation valve and actuator must be heat
Flanged curve traced to maintain normal operation.
ASME class 125
Pressure bar g
Pressure psi g
Temperature C
Temperature F
Flanged Steam
saturation
JIS / KS 10
curve
Pressure bar g
Maximum design pressure 13.7 bar g @ 65 C (200 psi g @ 150 F)
Maximum design temperature 232 C @ 8.6 bar g (450 F @ 125 psi g)

design
Standard packing PTFE chevron - Option P or N 232 C (450 F)
PTFE soft seat - Option G 200 C (392 F)
PEEK soft seat - Option K or P 232 C (450 F)

Maximum operating temperature Graphite packing - Option H 232 C (450 F)
See the Spira-trolTM selection Extended bonnet with PTFE chevron - Option E 232 C (450 F)
of available options Extended bonnet with graphite packing - Option E 232 C (450 F)
Bellows - Option D 232 C (450 F)
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco -29 C (-20 F)
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 21 bar g (300 psi g)
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure/temperature limits - LEA43 carbon steel valve body
Pressure psi g

Temperature C
Temperature F
A
Note:
Flanged When the process fluid temperature
ASME class 150 Steam i s s u b -z e r o a n d t h e a m b i e n t
saturation
curve A the external moving parts of the
valve and actuator must be heat
traced to maintain normal operation.
Pressure bar g
Pressure psi g

Temperature F
Temperature C

Flanged Steam
JIS / KS 10 saturation

curve

Pressure bar g

4.1.52
PTFE soft seated valves are limited to a maximum operating temperature of 200 C (482 F).
Maximum design temperature 425 C @ 5.5 bar g (800 F @ 80 psi g)
PTFE soft seat (G)

7 bar



design





Maximum operating temperature Graphite packing - Option H 425 C (800 F)

TM
Extended bonnet with PTFE chevron - Option E 250 C (482 F)
of available options Extended bonnet with graphite packing - Option E 425 C (800 F)
Bellows (A - A on the LEA43 chart) - Option D 300 C (572 F)
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco -29 C (-20 F)
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 29.5 bar g (428 psi g)
For valve operating above 572 F (300 C) extended bonnet is recommended for actuator suitability.
Control valves
Control valves
Pressure/temperature limits - LEA63 stainless steel valve body
Pressure psi g
Temperature C

Temperature F

Note:
A
Flanged When the process fluid temperature
i s s u b -z e r o a n d t h e a m b i e n t
ASME class 150 Steam
saturation the external moving parts of the
curve
-29
A -20
valve and actuator must be heat
traced to maintain normal operation.
Pressure bar g
Pressure psi g

Temperature F
Temperature C

Flanged Steam

JIS / KS 10 saturation

curve

-29
-20

Pressure bar g
PTFE soft seated valves are limited to a maximum operating temperature of 200 C (482 F).
Maximum design temperature 538 C @ 1.3 bar g (1 000 F @ 20 psi g)

design
Minimum design temperature -29 C (14 F)

Maximum operating temperature Graphite packing - Option H 538 C (1 000 F)

TM
Extended bonnet with PTFE chevron - Option E 250 C (482 F)
of available options Extended bonnet with graphite packing - Option E 538 C (1 000 F)
Bellows (A - A on the LEA63 chart) - Option D 300 C (572 F)
Minimum operating temperature PTFE packing

-29 C (14 F)
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Graphite packing
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 28.4 bar g (413 psi g)
For valve operating above 572 F (300 C) extended bonnet is recommended for actuator suitability.
Control valves
Control valves
Dimensions for the Spira-trolTM two-port control valve approximate in mm and (inches)
Screwed Flanged
BSP NPT LE valves LEA valves
Valve
size A B C A B C A1 C1 A1 C1 D E F
PN16 JIS/KS Thread Bellows Extended
seals bonnet
LE43
LE63
DN15 130 40 103

165 44 102
130 123 103
184 102 237 336
(") (6") (1") (4") (7") (4") (9") (13.25")
DN20 155 45 103

165 44 102
150 144 103
184 102 237 336
(") (6") (1") (4") (7") (4") (9") (13.25")
DN25 160 50 103

197 57 102
160 160 103
184 102 237 336
(1") (7") (2") (4") (7") (4") (9") (13.25")
69
M8
(2")
DN32 185 60 132
216 57 127
180 176 132
222 127 267 354
(1") (8") (2") (5") (8") (5") (10") (13.94")
DN40 205 65 132

235 63 127
200 198 132
222 127 267 354
(1") (9") (2") (5") (8") (5") (10") (13.94")
4.1.54
DN50 230 80 127
267 76 127
230 222 127
254 127 267 354
(2") (10") (3") (5") (10") (5") (10") (13.94")
DN65 290 290 200

276 200 368 416
(2") (10") (7 ") (14") (16.38")
DN80 310 310 200

298 200 81
M12
368 416
(3") (11") (7 ") (3") (14") (16.38")
DN100 350 350 216

352 216 381 431
(4") (13") (8") (15") (17")
E E
D D
C C1
A A1
Bellows sealed or
Screwed version Flanged version extended bonnet version
Control valves
Control valves
Weights for the Spira-trolTM two-port control valve approximate in kgs (and lbs)
Additional bellows
Valve
LE31 LE33 LE43 LE63 LEA31 LEA33 LEA43 LEA63 and
size
Extended bonnet
DN15 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3

4.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
( ) (16) (16) (16) (16)
DN20 7.3 8.2 8.2 8.2 4.5

5.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
( ) (16) (18) (18) (18) (10)
DN25 10 13.6 13.6 13.6

5.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
(1 ) (22) (30) (30) (30)
DN32 11.3 13.2 14.1 14.1

9.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
(1 ) (25) (29) (31) (31)
DN40 14.1 14.1 16.3 16.3 5.5

10.0 12.8 12.8 12.8
(1 ) (31) (31) (36) (36) (12)
DN50 15 17.2 17.2 17.2

11.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
4.1.55 (2 ) (33) (38) (38) (38)
DN65 38 35 35
32.0 32.0 32.0
(2 ) (84) (78) (78)
10.0
(21)
DN80 41 40 40
36.0 36.0 36.0
(3 ) (91) (89) (89)
DN100 60 56 56 13.0
53.0 53.0 53.0
(4 ) (132) (124) (124) (28)
Control valves
Control valves
Dimensions / weights for the PN actuator range approximate in mm and kgs (inches and lbs)
Weight
Actuator range F G H J Actuator
With
handwheel
mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches kg lbs kg lbs
PN1500 and PN2500 405 16" 1 114 46" 55 121.00
PN1600 and PN2600 465 18 " 1 116 46" 70 154.00
PN9100E and variants 55 2 " +5.86 +13.00

170 6 " 275 10" 225 8" 6 13.25
PN9100R and variants 140 5" +2.50 +5.50
PN9200E and variants 55 2 " +7.20 +15.75

300 11" 300 11" 225 8" 17 37.50
PN9200R and variants 140 5" +3.77 +8.50
PN9320E and variants 65 2 " +7.20 +15.75

390 15 " 325 12" 350 13" 27 59.50
PN9320R and variants 150 15" +3.77 +8.50
PN9330E and variants 65 2 " +7.20 +15.75

390 15 " 335 13" 350 13" 27 59.50
PN9330R and variants 150 15" +3.77 +8.50
J
4.1.56
H
Actuator
Dimensions / weights for the EL and AEL actuator ranges approximate in mm and kgs (inches and lbs)
Actuator range F G Weight

mm inches mm inches kg lbs
EL3500 135 x 161 5" x 6" 242 9" 1.3 3.0
EL3500 SE and SR 135 x 161 5" x 6" 284 11" 2.4 6.0
EL7200 series 100 4" 471 18" 3.0 6.5
AEL55 and AEL65 180 7" 557 22" 10.0 22.0
AEL51, AEL52, AEL53, 177 7" 459 18" 5.0 11.0

AEL62 and AEL63
AEL54 and AEL64 177 7" 490 19" 7.0 15.5
AEL56 and AEL66 226 9" 760 30" 20.0 44.0
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts A
Spira-trolTM - L series
C1 C
C2
Available spares
PTFE packing C
Plug stem and seat kit (No gaskets supplied) D, E
H
PTFE or PEEK soft seat seal
B, G, C1
B, G, C
Stem packing and gasket
B, G, C2
4.1.57 Soft seat set H1
D
Specify if reduced trim. Soft seat B

arrangement
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column H1
headed 'Available spares', and state the size and type of valve H
including the full product description of the product. E
Example: 1 - PTFE stem seal kit for a Spirax Sarco Spira-trol TM G

DN25 LE43PTSUSS.2 Kvs 10 two-port control valve.
How to fit spares

* PTFE stem sealing
PTFE stem sealing

for vacuum service
Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts
Spira-trolTM - L series with bellows seal

C
Available spares A
Stem seal kit Graphite packing and gasket set C2
Plug stem and seat kit (No gaskets supplied) D, E
Bellows seal assembly F
PTFE or PEEK soft seat seal H
Soft seat set H1
How to order spares

4.1.58
Example: 1 - Plug stem and seat kit for a Spirax Sarco Spira-trolTM
DN25 LE43PTSUSS.2 Kvs 10 two-port control valve.
F
How to fit spares
D3
B
Soft seat
arrangement
H
E
G
Control valves
Control valves
EN standard = DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100
Valve size DN25
ASME standard = ", ", 1", 1", 1", 2", 2", 3" and 4"
Valve series L = L series 2-port control valve L
Valve characteristic F = Fast opening E
L = Linear
A = ASME
Flange type Blank
Blank = EN (PN)
Blank = under
Flow Blank
T = over
3 = Cast iron
Material 4 = Carbon steel 4
6 = Stainless steel
1 = Screwed
Connections 3
3 = Flanged
P = PTFE
H = Graphite
Stem sealing N = PTFE / Nitronic bush (DN15 to DN50 only) P
4.1.59 D = Bellows
V = PTFE for vacuum
G = PTFE soft seat
Seating T
P = Full PEEK
K = PEEK soft seat
S = Standard trim
A1 = 1 stage anticavitation
A2 = 2 stage anticavitation
Type of trim S
U = Unbalanced
Trim balancing U
B = Balanced (only available LEA series)
S = Standard
Bonnet type S
E = Extended
S = Standard bolting
Bolting S
H = High temperature (only available LE series)
Blank = Standard finish
Finish Blank
N = Nickel plated
Series 2 = .2 0.2
Connection type To be specified Flanged PN16
Selection example:
DN25 - L E 4 3 P T S U S S .2 - Kvs 10 - Flanged PN16
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco Spira-trolTM DN25 LE43PTSUSS.2 Kvs 10 two-port control valve having flanged PN16 connections.
Control valves
Control valves
TI-S24-59
CH Issue 4
Balanced and Multi-stage Trim Options

for Spira-trolTM
Two-port Control Valves
Description
The Spira-trol TM range of two-port valves is available with
2 stage
alternative trim options to make it possible to select a valve Low noise balanced trim
configuration to suit an individual application. This Technical
Information sheet covers balanced and multi-stage trim options Page 4
and should be used in conjunction with the appropriate valve
Technical Information sheet. Low noise unbalanced trim
Pages 6 and 7
Please see the product specific Technical Information (TI) sheet
for valve limitations.
4.1.60
1 stage
Parabolic balanced trim
Anti-cavitation balanced trim
Pages 2 and 3
Page 4
Anti-cavitation unbalanced trim
Pages 6 and 7
Low noise balanced trim
Anti-cavitation balanced trim
Pages 4 and 5
3 stage
Low noise balanced trim
Low noise unbalanced trim
Page 8
Anti-cavitation unbalanced trim
Low noise unbalanced trim
Pages 4 and 5
Page 8
Page 1 of 9
Control valves
Control valves
1 stage parabolic balanced trim
Model availability
This trim is available for the Spira-trolTM JE, JEA, KE, KEA and LEA only.
Sizes
DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250 and DN300.
Technical data Typical flow characteristic curves

Trim design Parabolic 100
Metal-to-metal Class IV Fast opening
Leakage
Soft seal Class IV
Flow %
Equal % 50:1 50 Linear
Rangeability Linear 30:1
Fast 10:1 Equal percentage
DN40 to DN50 20 mm 00 50 100

Travel DN65 to DN100 30 mm Valve opening %
DN125 to DN300 70 mm
4.1.61
3 2
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Cage gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
2 Plug seal Graphite
3 Cage retainer CF8M
4 Plug and stem 431 stainless steel / 316L stainless steel / 316L with stellite 6 facing
5 Seat ring PTFE soft seat / PEEK soft seat / Full PEEK / 431 stainless steel / 316L stainless steel / 316L with stellite facing
Balanced and Multi-stage Trim Options for Spira-trolTM Two-port Control Valves
Control valves
Control valves
1 stage parabolic balanced trim (continued)
Kv (Cv US) values
For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963
Trim DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
Equal 25 36 63 100 160 245 370 580 700 1 000

percentage (30) (45) (75) (120) (190) (283) (433) (679) (809) (1 156)
Full port
25 36 63 100 160 260 390 640 780 1 100
Linear
(30) (45) (75) (120) (190) (300) (456) (749) (902) (1 272)
Equal 25 36 63 100 200 287 370 580 700

percentage (33) (48) (85) (130) (231) (336) (433) (670) (809)
Reduction 1
25 36 63 100 200 287 550 640 780
Linear
(33) (48) (85) (130) (231) (336) (433) (740) (902)
Equal 25 36 63 100 132 232 370 580

percentage (36) (50) (90) (116) (154) (271) (428) (670) 4.1.62
Reduction 2
25 36 63 100 132 232 550 640
Linear
(36) (50) (90) (116) (154) (271) (636) (740)
Equal 25 36 63 103 163 232 370

percentage (38) (53) (73) (120) (191) (268) (428)
Reduction 3
25 36 63 103 163 232 550
Linear
(38) (53) (73) (120) (191) (268) (636)
Equal 163 232

percentage (188) (268)
Reduction 4
163 232
Linear
(188) (268)
Equal 163
percentage (188)
Reduction 5
163
Linear
(188)
28 50 85 117 180 260 390 640 780 1 100

Fast opening (32) (50) (88) (136) (210) (300) (456) (749) (902) (1 272)
Control valves
Control valves
1 stage perforated trim
Model availability
This trim is available for the Spira-trolTM JE, JEA, KE, KEA, LE and LEA.
Sizes
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250 and DN300.

Trim design Perforated 100
Metal-to-metal Class IV Fast opening
Leakage Soft seal Unbalanced Class VI
Flow %
Balanced Class IV 50 Linear
Rangeability 50:1
DN40 to DN50 20 mm Equal percentage
Travel DN65 to DN100 30 mm 00 50 100

DN125 to DN300 70 mm Valve opening %
4.1.63
Anti-cavitation
1 stage
balanced trim
Low noise 1 stage Low noise 1 stage
balanced trim unbalanced trim
1
1
3
3 3 2
3 4
2
4 4
4 5
5 5 5
For DN15 to DN25

Anti-cavitation are only available
unbalanced with parabolic plug
Anti-cavitation
1 stage
unbalanced trim
Materials
No. Part Material
2 Plug seal Graphite 3

4
4 Plug and stem 431 stainless steel / 316L stainless steel / 316L with stellite 6 facing
PTFE soft seat / PEEK soft seat / Full PEEK / 431 stainless steel / 5
5 Seat ring
316L stainless steel / 316L with stellite facing
Control valves
Control valves
1 stage perforated trim (continued)
Kv (Cv US) values
Trim DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
Full port 4 6.3 10 16 25 25 50 80 551 787

Equal percentage (4.6) (7.3) (11.6) (18.5) (29) (29) (58) (92) (637) (909)
Full port 4 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 70 90 245 300 516 622 890

Linear (4.6) (7.3) (11.6) (18.5) (29) (42) (73) (81) (104) (283) (347) (596) (719) (1 028)
Reduction 1 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 25 36 50 63 219 255 457 551

Equal percentage (2.9) (4.6) (7.3) (11.6) (18.5) (29) (42) (58) (73) (253) (295) (528) (637)
Reduction 1 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 63 219 255 457 516 622

Linear (2.9) (4.6) (7.3) (11.6) (18.5) (29) (42) (73) (73) (253) (295) (528) (596) (719)
Reduction 2 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 25 36 50 115 200 350 457

Equal percentage (1.8) (2.9) (4.6) (7.3) (11.6) (18.5) (29) (42) (58) (133) (231) (405) (528)
and Linear
Reduction 2 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 25 36 50 115 200 350 457

Linear (1.8) (2.9) (4.6) (7.3) (11.6) (18.5) (29) (42) (58) (133) (231) (405) (528) 4.1.64
Reduction 3 1.0 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 25 36 152 265 350 457
Equal percentage 75 (87)
(1.2)* (1.8) (2.9) (4.6) (7.3) (11.6) (18.5) (29) (42) (176) (306) (405) (528)
and Linear
Reduction 4 0.5 1.0 1.6 4 6.3 16 16 265 457

Equal percentage (0.6)* (1.2)* (1.8) (4.6) (7.3) (18.5) (18.5) (306) (528)
and Linear
Reduction 5 0.2 0.5 1.0 4 175 350

Equal percentage (0.2)* (0.6)* (1.2)* (4.6) (203) (405)
and Linear
Reduction 6 0.1 0.2 0.5 100 265

Equal percentage (0.1)* (0.2)* (0.6)* (116) (306)
and Linear
Reduction 7 0.1 0.2 175

Equal percentage (0.1)* (0.2)* (203)
and Linear
Reduction 8 0.1 100

Equal percentage (0.1)* (116)
and Linear
* Only available in Anti-cavitation
Control valves
Control valves
2 stage perforated trim
Model availability
This trim is available for the Spira-trolTM JE, JEA, KE, KEA, LE and LEA.
Sizes
DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200, DN250 and DN300.

Trim design Perforated 100
Leakage Hard facing Class IV Fast opening
Rangeability 50:1
Flow %
DN40 to DN50 20 mm 50 Linear
Travel DN65 to DN100 30 mm
DN125 to DN300 70 mm Equal percentage
00 50 100
Valve opening %
4.1.65
Low noise 2 stage
balanced trim Anti-cavitation
2 stage
balanced trim
1
1
3
2 3
4
2
5 4
5 Anti-cavitation
2 stage
unbalanced trim
Low noise 2 stage
unbalanced trim
3
4
4 5
Materials
No. Part Material
4 Plug and stem 431 stainless steel / 316L with stellite 6 facing
5 Seat ring 316L with stellite 6 facing / Full PEEK
Control valves
Control valves
2 stage perforated trim (continued)
Kv (Cv US) values
Trim DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
Full port 16 16 16 44 44 63 125 160 280 305 386

Equal percentage (18.5) (18.5) (18.5) (51) (51) (73) (145) (185) (324) (353) (446)
Full port 16 16 16 50 50 63 125 160 280 305 436

Linear (18.5) (18.5) (18.5) (58) (58) (73) (145) (185) (324) (353) (504)
Reduction 1 10 10 10 36 36 36 100 100 160 280 305

and Linear
Reduction 2 6.3 6.3 6.3 25 25 25 63 63 100 160 280

and Linear
Reduction 3
Equal percentage
4
(4.6)
4
(4.6)
4
(4.6)
16
(18.5)
16
(18.5)
16
(18.5)
36
(42)
36
(42)
63
(73)
100
(116)
160
(185)
4.1.66
and Linear
Reduction 4 10 10 10 25 36 63 100
Equal percentage (11.6) (11.6) (11.6) (29) (42) (73) (116)
and Linear
Reduction 5 6.3 6.3 36 63

Equal percentage (7.3) (7.3) (42) (73)
and Linear
Reduction 6 36
Equal percentage (42)
and Linear
Control valves
Control valves
3 stage low noise trim
Model availability Low noise 3 stage
This trim is available for the Spira-trol TM JE, JEA, KE, KEA,LE balanced trim
and LEA.
Low noise 3 stage
unbalanced trim
Sizes
DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150, DN200,
DN250 and DN300.
Technical data 4
Trim design Perforated
1 3
Leakage Hard facing Class IV
Rangeability 50:1 3
DN40 to DN50 20 mm
2
DN125 to DN300 70 mm 4
Typical flow characteristic curves 5
100
4.1.67 Fast opening
Materials
Flow %
50 Linear No. Part Material

Equal percentage
00 50 100 3 Cage retainer CF8M
Valve opening %
4 Plug and stem 316L with stellite 6 facing
5 Seat ring 316L with stellite 6 facing / Full PEEK

Kv (Cv US) values
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963
Trim DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
Full port 13 13 13 25 25 36 78 100 180 223 282

Equal percentage (15) (15) (15) (29) (29) (42) (90) (116) (208) (258) (326)
Full port 13 13 13 25 25 36 78 100 180 282 319

Linear (15) (15) (15) (29) (29) (42) (90) (116) (208) (326) (369)
Reduction 1 10 10 10 16 16 25 63 63 160 180 223

Equal percentage and Linear (11.6) (11.6) (11.6) (18.5) (18.5) (29) (73) (73) (185) (208) (258)
Reduction 2 6.3 6.3 6.3 10 10 16 36 36 100 160 180

Equal percentage and Linear (7.3) (7.3) (7.3) (11.6) (11.6) (18.5) (42) (42) (116) (185) (208)
Reduction 3 4 4 4 6.3 6.3 10 25 25 36 100 160

Equal percentage and Linear (4.6) (4.6) (4.6) (7.3) (7.3) (11.6) (29) (29) (42) (116) (185)
Reduction 4 4 4 6.3 16 36 100

Equal percentage and Linear (4.6) (4.6) (7.3) (18.5) (42) (116)
Reduction 5 10 36
Equal percentage and Linear (11.6) (42)
Control valves
Control valves
Spira-trolTM selection guide
Valve size DN15 to DN300 DN40
J = J series 2-port control valve

Valve series K = K series 2-port control valve K
L = L series 2-port control valve
Valve
F = Fast opening E
characteristic
L = Linear
Blank = EN
Type of flange A
A = ASME (ANSI)
Blank = Flow under

Flow T
T = Flow over
3 = Cast iron
4 = Carbon steel
7 = SG iron
8 = Alloy steel
1 = Screwed
2 = Socket Welded
Connections 3
3 = Flanged
4 = Butt Welded
N = PTFE / Nitronic bush
4.1.68
P = PTFE
H = Graphite
Stem sealing D
D = Bellows / Graphite secondary seals
B = Bellows / PTFE chevron seals
C = Bellows / Graphite seals

P = Full PEEK seat
G = PTFE soft seat
Seating K
K = PEEK soft seat
S = Standard trim
P1 = Low noise cage 1 stage
Type of trim P1
A1 = Anti-cavitation cage 1 stage
A2 = Anti-cavitation cage 2 stage
U = Unbalanced
Trim balancing B
B = Balanced
S = Standard
Bonnet type S
E = Extended high temperature
S = Standard
Bolting S
H = High temperature
Blank = Standard
Finish
N = ENP coating
Series .2 = .2 .2
Kvs (Cv) To be specified C v30
Connection type To be specified Flanged ASME 300
Selection example:
DN40 - K E A T 4 3 D K P1 B S S .2 - Cv 30 - Flanged ASME 300
Available spares
Balanced gasket set Parts 1, 2
Control valves
Control valves
4.1.69
Control valves
Control
Local regulations may restrict the use of thisvalves
TI-P359-14
CH Issue 4
QLM and QLD Series

Three-port Control Valves
Description
The QLM and QLD are three-port control valves which have linear characteristics
for mixing or diverting service. These valves can be used on thermal oil,
compressed air, steam, condensate and some other fluids.They are available in
four body materials: cast iron, SG iron, carbon steel or stainless steel. All valves
can be supplied with the standard metal-to-metal seats, stellite facing for increased
resistance to wear or soft seats for tight shut-off. The standard stem sealing is by
spring adjusted PTFE chevrons but high temperature graphite seals or metal
bellows with supplementary safety packing may also be specified.
The QLM and QLD three-port control valves can be used with the following
actuators:
PN5700 series
PN6700 series
Pneumatic:
PN7000 series
PN8000 series
4.1.70
PN9000E series
PN9000R series
EL7200 series
Electric: AEL5 series
AEL6 series
Technical data
Plug design Parabolic / vee port
Flow characteristics Linear
Metal-to-metal seat EN 60534-4 Class IV
Leakage rate Stellite faced Maximum of 0.005% of Kv
PTFE soft seal EN 60534-4 Class VI
Rangeability 30:1
DN15 to DN50 20 mm
DN125 to DN200 50 mm

All valve flanges referred to in this document are in accordance with EN 1092. Note: JIS and ASME flange options are also available on request.
Type Body material Connection Size range
QL33M Cast iron PN16 DN15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 125, 150 and 200
QL43M* Carbon steel PN25 / PN40 DN15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 125, 150 and 200
QLM: Mixing service
QL63M* Stainless steel PN25 / PN40 DN15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 125, 150 and 200
QL73M SG iron PN16 / PN25 DN15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 125, 150 and 200
QL33D Cast iron PN16 DN25, 32, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 125, 150 and 200
QL43D* Carbon steel PN25 / PN40 DN25, 32, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 125, 150 and 200
QLD: Diverting service
QL63D* Stainless steel PN25 / PN40 DN25, 32, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 125, 150 and 200
QL73D SG iron PN16 / PN25 DN25, 32, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 125, 150 and 200
* Note: QL43M, QL43D, QL63M and QL63D three-port control valves are also available with PN16 flanges by special order.
Page 1 of 8
Control valves
Control valves
Limiting conditions
QL33M and QL33D PN16
Body design conditions QL43M, QL43D, QL63M and QL63D PN40
QL73M and QL73D PN25
Maximum differential pressures See specific actuator Technical Information Sheet.
PTFE Maximum 232C

Standard bonnet
Graphite Maximum 250C
Stem seal:
PTFE Maximum 250C
Extended bonnet
Graphite Maximum 400C
Operating limit conditions

QL33M and QL33D (cast iron)
Bonnet
Body Standard Extended Bellows
PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PN16 PN25
Pressure (bar) 16 13 16 13 16 13 - - 16 13 -
4.1.71 Temperature (C) -5/+120 200 -5/+120 200 -5/+120 200 - - -5/+120 200 -
QL73M and QL73D (SG iron)

Bonnet
Pressure (bar) 25 15 25 18.7 25 18 25 18 25 15 16 11 25 15
Temperature (C) -10/+120 300 -5/+120 232 -5/+120 250 -10/+120 250 -10/+120 300 -10/+120 300 -10/+120 300
QL43M and QL43D (carbon steel)

Bonnet
Pressure (bar) 40 21 40 33 40 32 40 32 40 21 16 10 25 16
Temperature (C) -29/+120 400 -5/+120 232 -5/+120 250 -29/+120 250 -29/+120 400 -10/+120 350 -10/+120 350
QL63M and QL63D (stainless steel)

Bonnet
Pressure (bar) 40 22.1 40 26.8 40 26.2 40 26.2 40 22 16 10 25 16
Temperature (C) -29/+120 400 -5/+120 232 -5/+120 250 -29/+120 250 -29/+129 400 -10/+120 350 -10/+120 350
Differential pressure
For the maximum available differential pressures, see the relevant pneumatic or electrical actuator Technical Information sheets.
TI-P359-14 CH Issue 4 QLM and QLD Three-port Control Valves Page 2 of 8

Control valves
Control valves
Operating range
A

Temperature C

QL33M and QL33D Steam saturation
(cast iron) curve

B

Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region.
A - B Flanged PN16

Temperature C

QL73M and QL73D
(SG iron) Steam saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region. 4.1.72
High temperature packing is required.
A - B Flanged PN25
A - C Flanged PN16

Temperature C

QL43M and QL43D

(carbon steel) Steam saturation
curve

Pressure bar g

A - B Flanged PN40
A - C Flanged PN25

Temperature C

QL63M and QL63D
(stainless steel) Steam saturation
curve

Pressure bar g

A - B Flanged PN40
A - C Flanged PN25

Control valves
Control valves
Materials
Cast iron, SG iron and carbon steel valves
Material designation
ASTM / DIN STD
1 Body Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 25
Cast iron Standard bonnet SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
2
Extended bonnet Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8
1 Body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
SG iron Standard bonnet SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
2
1 Body Carbon steel DIN 17245 GG C25
Carbon steel Standard bonnet Carbon steel DIN 16 MnCr 5
2
3 Plug(s) Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
4 Valve seats Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Valve stem Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5
Bellows Stainless steel AISI 316 L
6 Spacer Stainless steel AISI 304
7 Stuffing box gasket Graphite
8 Lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 304
Cast iron 9 Stuffing box Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
SG iron 10 Mounting nut Zinc plated steel NFA 35553 XC 18S
Carbon steel 11 Packing PTFE / graphite PTFE / graphite
4.1.73 12 Spring Stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42
13 Bonnet gasket Graphite
14 Stud Carbon steel A 193 B7M
15 Nut Carbon steel A194 Gr. 2H
17 Guide bush PTFE
18 Stem guide bush Stainless steel Hardened AISI 440B
20 Pin Stainless steel AISI 316
21 Gasket Graphite
22 Anti-rotation screw Stainless steel AISI 304
Stainless steel valves

Material designation
ASTM / DIN STD
1 Body Stainless steel DIN 17445 1.4581
Standard bonnet Stainless steel DIN 17445 1.4581
2
Extended bonnet Stainless steel ASTM A182 F316
3 Valve plug Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
4 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
5
Bellows Stainless steel AISI 316 L
6 Spacer Stainless steel AISI 316
7 Stuffing box gasket Stainless steel AISI 304
Stainless 8 Lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 316
steel 9 Stuffing box Stainless steel AISI 316
10 Mounting nut Zinc plated steel NFA 35553 XC 18S
11 Packing PTFE / graphite PTFE / graphite
12 Spring Stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42
13 Bonnet gasket Graphite
14 Stud Stainless steel A 193 B8
15 Nut Stainless steel A 194 Gr. 304
17 Guide bush PTFE
18 Stem guide bush Stainless steel Hard faced AISI 316
20 Pin Stainless steel AISI 316
21 Gasket Graphite
22 Anti-rotation screw Stainless steel AISI 304

Control valves
Control valves
11
19
10
22
21
2
5
8
5
7 9
11
Bellows gland seal 10
17
12 14
15
2
13
18
1
4.1.74
4
A AB
8 16
9 B
10 QLM Mixing valve
11
17
12 14
15
2
13
1
18
20
16
3
4 6
A AB
4 3
16
B
QLD Diverting valve

Control valves
Control valves
Kv flowrate coefficients and travel

Nominal size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200
Travel mm 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 30 50 50 50
Mixing service Kv 4 6 10 17 25 35 62 100 130 195 310 450
Diverting service Kv - - 10 17 25 35 62 100 130 195 310 450
Kv flowrate coefficients are shown in metric units (Kv = water flowrate in m3 /h with 1 bar differential pressure).
Dimensions and weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Weights (kg)
Dimensions (mm)
Size Bonnets
A D C C1* Standard Extended / Bellows
DN15 130 90 105 166 7.0 166.0
DN20 150 95 105 166 6.9 8.3
DN25 160 100 109 170 8.8 10.2
DN32 180 105 124 185 11.0 12.4
DN40 200 115 137 190 14.5 15.9
DN50 230 125 143 196 18.5 20.0
4.1.75 DN65 290 145 160 357 31.0 33.0
DN80 310 155 165 361 40.8 42.8
DN100 350 175 180 373 48.5 50.5
DN125 400 200 280 445 78.0 81.0
DN150 480 225 300 463 115.0 118.0
DN200 600 275 370 554 143.0 147.0
* Note: The C1 dimension shown refers to valves fitted with an extended bonnet, with or without PN16 and PN25 bellows.

C / C1


Control valves
Control valves
Q series control valve selection guide:

DN15 and DN20 (mixing service only)
Valve size DN25
DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN120,
DN150 and DN200 (mixing and diverting service)
Valve series Q = Q series 3-port Q
Valve characteristic L = Linear L
3 = Cast iron
4 = Carbon steel
Body material 4
6 = Stainless steel
7 = SG iron
Connections 3 = Flanged 3
D = Diverting
3-port design M
M = Mixing
Blank = Standard PTFE chevron
H = Graphite packing
Stem sealing
B1 = PN16 bellows seal
4.1.76
B2 = PN25 bellows seal
Blank = Standard metal-to-metal
Seating option W = Hard facing (stellite)
G = Soft seal (PTFE)
Blank = Standard
Other options
X = Extended bonnet
Flow coefficient To be specified Kvs10
Connection type To be specified PN40
Selection example:
DN25 Q L 4 3 M Kvs10 PN40
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 QL43M Kvs10 flanged to PN40.

Control valves
Control valves
Spare parts
The spare parts available are in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken
line are not supplied as spares. A A
These spares are for the following valves:- DN15 to DN50 DN65 to DN200
QL33D, QL43D, QL63D, QL73D Diverting DN25 to DN200
QL33M, QL43M, QL63M, QL73M Mixing DN15 to DN200
Available spares
PTFE gland seal kit for DN15 to DN50 only B
(gasket, chevrons, spring,
upper and lower bearings and 'O' ring)
PTFE gland seal kit for DN65 to DN100 only B1
(gasket, chevrons, guide bush, spring)
PTFE gland seal kit for DN125 to DN200 only B2 C B
(gasket, chevrons, guide bush, spring) B1
Graphite gland seal kit for DN15 to DN200 C
(graphite stem seals and stuffing box gasket) B2
Stem, plug and bonnet gasket D, E
Bonnet gasket (packet of 3) E
Seats (1 off top and bottom) F
Note: PTFE and graphite seal kits are suitable for stuffing box and
extended bonnet versions.
4.1.77
AS
DS
ES /FS
F
CS
Diverting type Mixing type
Available spares for valves with bellows seal D

Graphite gland seal kit (packing set) AS
Seats (2 items) BS
Bonnet gasket (packet of 3) CS E
Bellows gasket (packet of 3) DS
Bellows, stem, plug Mixing valves FS, CS, DS
and bellows gasket Diverting valves FS, CS, DS
F
How to order spares
including the date code of the product.
Example: 1 - PTFE gland seal kit for a Spirax Sarco DN65 QL43M
three port control valve. Date coded C03.
How to fit spares


Control valves
Control valves
Page 1 of 17
TI-P183-02
CH Issue 3
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 STERI-TROL Clean Service

ISO 9001
'S' series Two-port and Three-port
Control Valves - DN15 (") to DN100 (4")
Description
STERI-TROL 'S' series are two-port and three-port control
valves manufactured using 316L stainless steel. They are
designed for mixing fluids (three-port only), and for on / off
and modulating control of clean steam, pure steam and
process fluids. The valve is operated by a pneumatic actuator
and may be interfaced with a control system using any of the
Spirax Sarco range of positioners.
Available types
SA Two-port angle pattern design
SH Two-port horizontal pattern design
SQ Three-port design
Valve characteristics - options:

SAE Equal percentage (E) - Suitable for most 4.1.78
modulating process control applications good
SHE
control providing at low flowrates.
SAL Linear (L) - Primarily for liquid flow control where
SHL the differential pressure across the valve
SQL is constant.
Important note: Throughout this document, reference has been
made to the standard SAE control valve. With the exception
of the trim type and porting arrangement, the SAE, SHE, SAL
and SHL control valves are virtually identical.
Approvals and certification
Compliant to ASME BPE 2002.
FDA, 3A and USP 26 Class VI approved sealing materials.
Designed in accordance with 3As and EHEDG.
EN 10204 type 3.1 certificates supplied as standard.
Surface finish certificate available on request.
Valve seating - options:
S Metal-to-metal (as standard) - Stainless steel
V Soft seal - White Viton to provide a tight shut-off.
Valve stem sealing - options:

E EPDM (as standard) - 3A and FDA approved
V White Viton - 3A, FDA and USP 26 Class VI approved Technical data
Plug design DN15 to DN100 Parabolic
The STERI-TROL can be used with the following
actuators and positioners: Metal-to-metal (0.01% of Kv)
Leakage
Electric EL3500 and EL5600 series Soft seal IEC 534-4 Class VI
PNS3000, PNS4000, PN9000E and Equal percentage 50:1
Pneumatic Rangeability
PN9000R series Linear 30:1
PP5 (pneumatic) or EP5 (electropneumatic) DN15 to DN50 (" to 2") 20 mm
Travel
Positioners ISP5 (intrinsically safe electropneumatic) DN65 to DN100 (2" to 4") 30 mm
SP200 (smart electropneumatic) Internal (Mechanical or electro polished) 0.4
Surface finish
SP300 External < 0.6
Refer to the relevant actuator Technical Information sheet for
further details.
Sizes and end connections

Connections Size range
Butt weld / tube weld, screwed, anged and sanitary clamp DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100
", ", 1", 1", 1", 2", 2", 3" and 4"
- DN15, DN20 and DN32 is not available for certain end connections - see page 14.
Notes: - Other end connections are available as detailed on page 14.
- If you require a pipe end connection which has not been mentioned within this document, please contact Spirax Sarco sales office
for further advice and information regarding availability.
Page 1 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 2 of 17
Materials
23
4 1
16 2
PNS3000 series
3 6
7 8
10
15
14 12
11
4.1.79
8
10
3 1
7 9
4 2
PNS4000 series
16
24
15
14
11
12
PNS3000 and PNS4000 series actuators

1 Diaphragm housing Stainless steel 304 13 Yoke Stainless steel 304
2 Diaphragm Reinforced nitrile rubber 14 Gasket Non asbestos fibre
3 Diaphragm plate Pressed steel 15 Fixing screwed Stainless steel
4 Springs Spring steel 16 Housing bolts and nuts Stainless steel
5 Spindle Stainless steel 17 Top adaptor Stainless steel
6 Lock-nut Stainless steel 18 Lock-nut Stainless steel
7 Spacer Zinc plated steel 19 Bottom adaptor Stainless steel
8 'O' ring Rubber 20 Connectors Stainless steel
9 Spring guide Zinc plated steel 21 Connectors bolts and nuts Stainless steel
10 Diaphragm clamp Zinc plated steel 22 Travel indicator Aluminium
11 Bearing Bronze 23 Cap (with vent hole) Nickel plated brass
12 'V' ring Rubber 24 Spacer Zinc plated steel
STERI-TROL Clean Service 'S' series Two-port and Three-port

Control Valves DN15 (") to DN100 (4") TI-P183-02 CH Issue 3
Page 2 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 3 of 17
Materials continued 16
2
5
21
28
32
22
and
PN9000 23
24
8
3 9
4
7 29
31 17
30
18
6
15 25
10
19 and 20
12
26 and 27 13 and 14
1 11
4.1.80
PN 9000 series actuators
No. Part Material
1 Yoke SG iron
2 Upper diaphragm housing Carbon steel (plated)
3 Diaphragm plate Aluminium
4 Diaphragm Reinforced NBR
5 Spring Spring steel
6 Spindle Stainless steel
7 Washer Carbon steel (plated)
8 Spacer Carbon steel (plated)
9 'O' ring Viton
10 Connector Carbon steel (plated)
11 Adaptor Carbon steel (plated)
12 Collar Carbon steel (plated)
13 Clamp front Stainless steel
14 Clamp rear Stainless steel
15 Scale Stainless steel
16 Vent plug Brass
17 Bearing PTFE / steel composite
19 Pan head screw Carbon steel (plated)
20 Nyloc nut Carbon steel (plated)
21 Bolt Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
22 Hex. head screw (short) Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
23 Hex. head screw (long) Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
24 Nut Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
25 Lock-nut Carbon steel (plated)
26 Socket head screw Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
27 Nut Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
29 Screw Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
30 Gasket Reinforced graphite
31 Lower diaphragm housing Carbon steel (plated)
32 Lifting eye Cast steel

Page 3 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 4 of 17
Materials continued
SA, SH and SQ control valves SA 2-port control valve
No. Part Material
25 Body Stainless steel 316L
Stainless steel 316L 31
26 Valve plug, stem Stainless steel 316L 30
and soft seal
Stainless steel 316L and
white Viton or EPDM 27
30
27 Bonnet Stainless steel 316L 32
29 28
28 Body seal White Viton or EPDM
29 Stem seal White Viton or EPDM
30 Stem bushes PTFE-FC
31 Seal washer White Viton or EPDM
32 Body clamp Stainless steel 304
25
26
4.1.81
SQ 3-port control valve SH 2-port control valve
31
30
31
30
27
27
30
30 32
32
29 28
29 28
26
25
25
32 32
28
28
26
25
25
26

Page 4 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 5 of 17
Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g

Viton (V) stem seals must be selected for use in this region.
Note: the EPDM (E) stem seals are limited to 150C

Minimum design temperature -20C
EPDM (E) 150C
Viton (V) 170C
-10C
4.1.82
Maximum differential pressure See pages 6 to 11
Kv values (SA and SH models)

Kvs by valve size and trim reduction
Valve size
Flow characteristic DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Travel 20 mm 30 mm
Standard 4 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Equal percentage Reduction 1 - 4 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100
and linear Reduction 2 - - 4 6.3 10 16 25 36 63
Reduction 3 - - - 4 6.3 10 16 25 36
Kv values (SQ model)

Kvs by valve size and trim reduction
Valve size
Flow characteristic DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Travel 20 mm 30 mm
Linear Standard 4 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Micro-flow trim for all valves < = DN25 (SA and SH only)
Travel 20 mm
Micro-flow trim
Trim size " " " " "
Linear characteristic Kvs 0.4 0.63 1.0 1.6 2.5
For conversion: Kv = Cv (US) x 0.855 Cv (UK) = Cv (US) x 0.833
Notes:
1. Lower Kv values are available to special order.
2. Micro-flow and Equal percentage trim are not available for the SQ 3-port control valve.

Page 5 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 6 of 17
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off SA and SH valves
PNS3000 spring-to-extend actuators

Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Travel mm 20 mm 30 mm
Maximum differential pressure Class IV (bar)
Spring Positioner
Actuator
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
range required
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 8.3 4.1 1.4 - - - - - -
PNS3220
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 14.0 7.1 4.0 2.4 - - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 4.0 2.4 - - - -
PNS3320
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 11.4 7.6 3.8 - - -
PNS3326 1.0 - 3.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 12.8 16.0 16.0 12.7 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 7.7 5.0 2.3 - - -
PNS3420
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12.8 6.8 - - -
PNS3426 1.0 - 3.0 Yes - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PNS3430 0.4 - 1.2 Optional - - - - - - 3.4 2.0 1.2
PNS3436 1.0 - 3.0 Yes - - - - - - 10.7 6.9 4.6
4.1.83
PN9000 spring-to-extend actuators
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Spring Positioner
Actuator
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
range required
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
PN9120E 0.4 - 1.2 Optional 14.0 8.0 4.0 2.0 1.0 - - - -
PN9126E 1.0 - 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 15.0 9.0 6.0 3.0 - - -
PN9123E 2.0 - 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 8.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 10.0 6.0 3.0 1.0 - - -
PN9220E
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 10.0 5.0 - - -
PN9226E 1.0 - 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9223E 2.0 - 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 14.0 10.0 5.0 - - -
PN9320E
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12.0 - - -
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 Yes - - - - - - 6.0 4.0 3.0
PN9336E 1.0 - 2.0 Yes - - - - - - 16.0 12.0 8.0
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 Yes - - - - - - 16.0 16.0 16.0

Page 6 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 7 of 17
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off SA and SH valves
PNS4000 spring-to-retract actuators

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Minimum air pressure

Spring Positioner
Actuator range required
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 1.4 16.0 14.0 7.1 4.0 2.4 - - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.1 10.2 5.3 - - -
PNS4220
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 3.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12.7 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 4.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 1.4 16.0 16.0 16.0 11.4 7.6 3.8 - - -
PNS4320 0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12.7 - - -
0.2 - 1.0
0.2 - 1.0
Yes
Optional
3.0
1.4
16.0
-
16.0
-
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
12.8
16.0
6.8
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.1.84
PNS4420 0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 3.0 - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 1.4 - - - - - - 3.4 2.0 1.2
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 - - - - - - 10.7 6.9 4.6
PNS4430
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 3.0 - - - - - - 16.0 15.0 10.2
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 4.0 - - - - - - 16.0 16.0 15.8
PN9000 spring-to-retract actuators

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Spring Positioner
Actuator
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
range required
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -

PN9120R
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9126R 1.0 - 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9123R 2.0 - 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 8.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9220R
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9226R 1.0 - 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9223R 2.0 - 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9320R
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 Yes - - - - - - 16.0 16.0 16.0
PN9336R 1.0 - 2.0 Yes - - - - - - 16.0 16.0 16.0
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 Yes - - - - - - 8.0 5.0 3.0

Page 7 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 8 of 17
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off (soft seat seal only) SA and SH valves

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Maximum differential pressure Class VI (bar)
Spring Positioner
Actuator
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
range required
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
PNS3220 0.4 - 1.2 Optional 12.1 8.4 3.0 2.3 1.3 - - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 12.1 8.4 3.0 2.3 1.3 - - - -
PNS3320
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 9.1 7.4 5.1 2.3 - - -
PNS3326 1.0 - 3.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 8.4 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 14.9 6.0 4.8 3.2 1.3 - - -
PNS3420
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 15.1 12.4 8.8 4.4 - - -
PNS3426 1.0 - 3.0 Yes - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 13.5 - - -
PNS3430 0.4 - 1.2 Optional - - - - - - 2.2 1.7 -
PNS3436 1.0 - 3.0 Yes - - - - - - 7.4 5.9 3.7
4.1.85
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Spring Positioner
Actuator
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
range required
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
PN9120E 0.4 - 1.2 Optional 7.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - -
PN9126E 1.0 - 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 7.0 6.0 4.0 2.0 - - -
PN9123E 2.0 - 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 10.0 5.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 11.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 - - -
PN9220E
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 12.0 10.0 7.0 3.0 - - -
PN9226E 1.0 - 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 11.0 - - -
PN9223E 2.0 - 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 11.0 9.0 7.0 3.0 - - -
PN9320E
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 8.0 - - -
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 Yes - - - - - - 4.0 3.0 2.0
PN9336E 1.0 - 2.0 Yes - - - - - - 13.0 10.0 6.0
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 Yes - - - - - - 16.0 16.0 16.0

Page 8 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 9 of 17
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off (soft seat seal only) SA and SH valves

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Minimum air pressure

Spring Positioner
Actuator range required
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 1.4 12.1 8.4 3.0 2.3 1.3 - - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 16.0 16.0 12.1 9.9 6.9 3.3 - - -
PNS4220
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 3.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 8.4 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 4.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 13.5 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 1.4 16.0 16.0 9.1 7.4 5.1 2.3 - - -
PNS4320 0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 8.4 - - -
0.2 - 1.0
0.2 - 1.0
Yes
Optional
3.0
1.4
16.0
-
16.0
-
16.0
15.1
16.0
12.4
16.0
8.8
16.0
4.4
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.1.86
PNS4420 0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 13.5 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 3.0 - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 1.4 - - - - - - 2.2 1.7 -
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 2.0 - - - - - - 7.4 5.9 3.7
PNS4430
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 3.0 - - - - - - 16.0 13.1 8.4
0.2 - 1.0 Yes 4.0 - - - - - - 16.0 16.0 13.1

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Spring Positioner
Actuator
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
range required
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
Viton
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -

PN9120R
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 - - -
PN9126R 1.0 - 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12.0 - - -
PN9123R 2.0 - 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 5.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9220R
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9226R 1.0 - 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9223R 2.0 - 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 - 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9320R
0.4 - 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 Yes - - - - - - 16.0 16.0 16.0
PN9336R 1.0 - 2.0 Yes - - - - - - 16.0 16.0 14.0
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 Yes - - - - - - 6.0 4.0 3.0

Page 9 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 10 of 17
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV Viton soft seal seated SQ valves
For pure control applications providing control across the full valve opening range but not guaranteeing shut-off to a greater level than
the minimum flowrate based on the valves 30:1 turndown.

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Spring Positioner
Actuator Maximum differential pressure Class IV (bar)
range required
0.2 1.0 Optional 16.0 14.0 7.1 4.0 2.4 - - - -

PNS3320
0,4 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 11.4 7.6 3.8 - - -
PNS3326 1.0 3.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12.7 - - -
0.2 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 12.8 7.7 5.0 2.3 - - -
PNS3420
0,4 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12.8 6.8 - - -
PNS3426 1.0 3.0 Yes - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PNS3430 0,4 1.2 Optional - - - - - - 3.4 2.0 1.2
PNS3436 1.0 3.0 Yes - - - - - - 10.7 6.9 4.6
4.1.87
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Spring Positioner
range required
0.2 1.0 Optional 11.0 2.0 1.0 - - - - - -

PN9120E
0.4 1.2 Optional 16.0 9.0 4.0 2.0 1.0 - - - -
PN9126E 1.0 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 10.0 7.0 3.0 - - -
PN9123E 2.0 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 8.0 - - -
0.2 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 6.0 4.0 2.0 - - -
PN9220E
0.4 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 10.0 6.0 - - -
PN9226E 1.0 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PN9223E 2.0 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 10.0 5.0 - - -
PN9320E
0.4 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 13.0 - - -
PN9330E 0.4 1.2 Yes - - - - - - 7.0 4.0 3.0
PN9336E 1.0 2.0 Yes - - - - - - 16.0 12.0 8.0
PN9337E 2.5 3.5 Yes - - - - - - 8.0 5.0 3.0

Page 10 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 11 of 17
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV Viton soft seal seated SQ valves
For pure control applications providing control across the full valve opening range but not guaranteeing shut-off to a greater level than
the minimum flowrate based on the valves 30:1 turndown.

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Spring Positioner
range required
0.2 1.0 Optional 16.0 14.0 7.1 4.0 2.4 - - - -

PNS4320
0.4 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 11.4 7.6 3.8 - - -
PNS4326 1.0 3.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12.7 - - -
0.2 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 12.8 7.7 5.0 2.3 - - -
PNS4420
0.4 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 12.8 6.8 - - -
PNS4426 1.0 3.0 Yes - - 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
PNS4430 0.4 1.2 Optional - - - - - - 3.4 2.0 1.2
PNS4436 1.0 3.0 Yes - - - - - - 10.7 6.9 4.6
PNS4534 0.8 1.5 Yes - - - - - - 13.6 8.8 5.9
PNS4634 0.8 1.5 Yes - - - - - - 16.0 13.3 9.0
4.1.88

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Spring Positioner
range required
PN9120R 0.4 1.2 Optional 7.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - -

PN9126R 1.0 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 7.0 6.0 4.0 2.0 - - -
PN9123R 2.0 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 10.0 5.0 - - -
0.2 1.0 Optional 16.0 11.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 10.0 - - -
PN9220R
0.4 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 12.0 10.0 7.0 3.0 - - -
PN9226R 1.0 2.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 11.0 - - -
PN9223R 2.0 4.0 Yes 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 - - -
0.2 1.0 Optional 16.0 16.0 11.0 9.0 7.0 3.0 - - -
PN9320R
0.4 1.2 Optional 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 15.0 8.0 - - -
PN9330R 0.4 1.2 Yes - - - - - - 4.0 3.0 2.0
PN9336R 1.0 2.0 Yes - - - - - - 13.0 10.0 6.0
PN9337R 2.5 3.5 Yes - - - - - - 6.0 4.0 3.0

Page 11 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 12 of 17
Valve dimensions (approximate in mm)

Connection and Dimensions
Valve Size Sanitary

Tube end Threaded Flanged Dimensions common to all connections
clamp
A B A and B A and B A and B B1 C D E
DN15 70 24 - 42.0 90 14 64 43 56
DN20 70 26 - 44.0 95 16 64 43 56
DN25 70 40 55 60.3 100 20 73 57 80
DN32 70 43 66 64.5 105 23 75 57 84
DN40 70 49 70 69.9 115 27 80 57 94
DN50 85 54 82 88.9 125 32 91 65 116
DN65 105 68 105 88.9 145 43 95 85 114
DN80 105 83 110 95.3 155 52 121 85 166
DN100 130 96 150 114.3 175 60 133 97 180
Valve weights (kg)

Model SA Model SH Model SQ
Sanitary Sanitary Sanitary
Valve Flanged Flanged Flanged
4.1.89 size clamp
and
Tube
end
Flanged
PN6
PN10
PN16
clamp
and
Tube
End
Flanged
PN6
PN10
PN16
clamp
and
Tube
end
Flanged
PN6
PN10
PN16
screwed screwed screwed
DN15 1.5 1.0 2.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 2.5 3.0 - - - -
DN20 1.5 1.0 2.5 3.5 2v 1.5 3.0 4.0 2.5 2.0 3.5 4.5
DN25 2.5 2.0 3.5 4.5 3.5 3.0 4.5 5.5 4.0 3.5 5.0 6.0
DN32 3.0 2.0 4.5 5.5 4.0 3.5 6.0 7.0 5.0 4.5 7.0 7.5
DN40 3.0 2.5 5.0 6.0 4.5 4.0 7.0 8.0 5.5 5.0 8.0 8.5
DN50 4.0 3.0 6.5 9.0 6.0 5.0 8.5 11.0 7.5 6.5 10.0 12.0
DN65 6.5 5.5 9.5 12.5 10.0 8.5 12.5 15.5 9.5 8.0 12.0 19.0
DN80 8.0 7.0 13.0 15.5 12.5 11.0 17.5 20.0 13.5 12.0 18.5 21.0
DN100 11.0 10.0 16.5 19.0 17.0 15.5 22.5 25.0 19.0 17.0 24.0 26.5
Actuator dimensions and weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Actuator type F G H Weight Weight with handwheel
PNS3200 and PNS4200 series 209 240 N/A 7.2 9.5
PNS3300 and PNS4300 series 285 264 113 11.2 13.5
PNS3530 series 405 367 157 22.6 26.3
PNS3630 series 465 400 157 38.0 41.7

Weight
Actuator range F G H J
Actuator With handwheel
PN9100E and variants 275 170 55 225 6 +5.86
PN9100R and variants 275 170 140 225 6 +2.50
PN9200E and variants 300 300 55 350 17 +7.20
PN9200R and variants 300 300 140 350 17 +7.20
PN9320E and variants 325 390 65 350 27 +7.20
PN9320R and variants 325 390 150 350 27 +3.77
PN9330E and variants 335 390 65 350 27 +7.20
PN9330R and variants 335 390 150 350 27 +3.77

Page 12 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 13 of 17
F
J
Actuator and SA valve
4.1.90
C
A D
SH valve SQ valve
C
C
E E
B1 B
A D A D

Page 13 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 14 of 17
Connection codes
The codes specified below represent a small selection of pipe end connections that are available. If the connection required is not specified
below please contact Spirax Sarco.
Note: All sizes are available for each connection / specification unless otherwise stated.
Connection Specification Code
DIN 11850 (Series 2) OO
ISO 2837
(Not available for the
DN15 and DN20 sizes) OA
Butt weld
SMS 3008
and
Tube weld EN ISO 1127 OB
BS 4825 (Pt 1)
(Not available for size DN32) OC
ASME BPE
(Not available for size DN32) OD
ASME BPE (Tri-clamp )

AO
(Not available for size DN32)
BS 4825 (Pt 3)
BO
4.1.91
Sanitary clamp (Not available for size DN32)
ISO 2852 CO
DIN 32676 SO
ANSI B 16.5
ANSI 150 FA
(Not available for size DN32)
Flanged PN16 DIN 2633 FD
EN 1092 PN6 FE
With smooth
EN 1092 PN10 FF
sealing face
EN 1092 PN16 FG
DIN 11864 T1 Form A GS
DIN 11864 TI Form B GT

Aseptic-thread
(fitted on pipe) DIN 11887 (11851) GU
SMS 1146
(Not available for the GV
DN15 and DN20 sizes)
DIN 11864 T1 Form A BS
Aseptic-clamp and nut
DIN 11864 T1 Form B BT
DIN ISO 228 XG

Screwed connection
NPT ANSI-Bl. 20.1-1983
(Not available for size DN32) XN

Page 14 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 15 of 17
How to order
Ordering a control valve
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100
Valve size Note: DN15, DN20 and DN32 is not available for certain end DN15
connections - see page 14.
SA = Two-port angle pattern design

Valve series SH = Two-port horizontal design SA
SQ = Three-port valve design
E = Equal percentage (SA and SH models only)

Valve characteristic E
L = Linear
Body material 6 = 316L stainless steel 6
Connection standard To be specied - See page 14 SO
Seating option S = Stainless steel

S
V = White Viton (FDA, 3A and USP 26 Class VI approved)
Stem and body sealing option E = EPDM (FDA and 3A approved)

V
V = White Viton (FDA, 3A and USP 26 Class VI approved)
Centre face dimensions (A) 0 = Standard

0
1 = Other please specify (mm)
Centre face dimensions (B) 0 = Standard

1 = Other please specify (mm)
0 4.1.92
0 = Standard 0.4 micron mechanically polished
0
Internal surface finish 1 = 0.4 micron electropolished
2 = Other please specify
Kvs To be specied (non standard Kvs to special order) 4
Ordering a: PNS pneumatic actuator PN or PNP pneumatic actuator
Type PNS = Pneumatic stainless steel PN = Pneumatic epoxy coated PNS

PNP = Pneumatic electroless nickel plated (ENP)
Series and action 3 = 3000 multi-spring (spring-to-extend) 9 = 9000E multi-spring (spring-to-extend) 3

4 = 4000 multi-spring (spring-to-retract) 9 = 9000R multi-spring (spring-to-retract)
2 1
Diaphragm size 3 2 3
4 3
Travel 2 = 20mm 2 = 20mm

2
3 = 30mm 3 = 30mm
0 = 0.2 to 1.0 bar (0.4 to 1.2 bar)

Spring range 0 = 0.2 to 1.0 bar (0.4 to1.2 bar) 3 = 2.0 to 4.0 bar 0
6 = 1.0 to 3.0 bar 6 = 1.0 to 2.0 bar
7 = 2.5 to 3.5 bar
Option Blank = Standard Blank = Standard

H = Handwheel * H = Handwheel *
*Not available in stainless steel
Ordering example:
1 off Spirax Sraco STERI-TROL type DN15 SAE6SOSV0004 and 1 pneumatic actuator type PNS3320. Having a spring range of 0.4 to 1.2 bar.

Page 15 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 16 of 17
Spare parts
The available spares are identified by the part numbers listed below. When placing an order for spare parts, always specify the actuator or
the valve model (shown on the data plate) and the name of the part as described below.
Available spares for the SA, SH and SQ control valves and the PNS3000 and PNS4000 series actuators
Stem seal kit ('O' ring and 'V' ring) 8 and 12
Diaphragm kit (diaphragm, 'O' ring and 'V' ring) 2, 8 and 12
Actuator Travel indicator 22
Spring kit (set of springs, included 3 off longer hex, head bolts and nut on some spring range) 4 and 16
Linkage kit (lock-nut, top adaptor connectors, bolts and nuts) 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21
Valve stem seal set (excluding bonnet seal) 29, 30 and 31
EPDM (packet of 3) 28
SA, SH and SQ models Bonnet seal
Valve Viton (packet of 3) 28
Plug and stem (Equal percentage or Linear) 26
Spare parts ordering example:

1 off Valve stem seal set for a STERI-TROL DN15 SAE6SOSV0004 two-port control valve.
1 off Stem seal kit for a type PNS3320 pneumatic actuator having a spring range 0.4 to 1.2 bar.
4.1.93 16 2
12
30 31
18
22
17
20 30
21
19
29
28
31
30
26
30
28
29
28
26
Actuator and SA valve SH valve

Page 16 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
Page 17 of 17
Available spares for the PN9000 series actuators

Stem seal kit 'O' ring and 'V' ring 17, 18 and 30
Diaphragm kit Diaphragm 'O' ring and 'V' ring 4 and 9
Actuator Travel indicator 15, 19 and 20
Spring kit Set of springs, included 3 off longer hex, head bolts and nut on some spring range 5
Linkage kit Lock-nut, top adaptor connectors, bolts and nuts 10, 13, 14, 26 and 27
4.1.94
30
9 17
18
15, 19 and 20
10
26 and 27 13 and 14

Page 17 of 17
Control valves
Control valves
4.1.95
Control valves
Control
TI-P373-14
CH Issue 4
PF51G
Bronze Piston Actuated
On / Off Valves
Description
A 2-port pneumatically actuated on /off bronze valve for use on
water, air, oil and gases. It can also be used on lower specification
steam applications.
A pneumatic signal acts on the actuator piston to open or close
the valve with a spring return action. The valve plugs have a PTFE
soft seal (G) to provide a tight shut-off. A valve position indicator
is included on standard and flow regulator models.
Valves are available with one of three sizes of actuator:
Type 1 (45 mm), Type 2 (63 mm) and Type 3 (90 mm) with the
following action options:
- NC (Normally Closed)
These valves are designed for flow over the seat (port 1 to 2).
Caution: Not recommended for waterhammer prevention. 4.1.96
- NO (Normally Open)
These valves are designed for flow under the seat (port 2 to 1).
Can be used to prevent waterhammer on valve closure in liquid
applications.
- BD (Bi-Directional normally closed)
These valves are designed for special applications that require
flow in both directions and incorporates an anti-waterhammer
design for liquid applications f lowing under the seat
(por t 2 to 1). Note: To help prevent the possibility of
waterhammer on liquid applications flowing over the seat
(port 1 to 2) the pressure should not exceed 1 bar g.
Optional extras (see 'Valve selection guide', page 7):

- Travel switch.
- Flow regulator.
Available range - sizes, pipe connections and actuator combinations

Valve Pipe Valve Actuator Sizes
type connections action type Model " " 1" 1" 1" 2"
1 PF51G - 1NC
NC - Normally Closed
2 PF51G - 2NC
(flow over seat)
3 PF51G - 3NC
1 PF51G - 1NO
Screwed NO - Normally Open
PF51G 2 PF51G - 2NO
BSP or NPT (flow under seat)
3 PF51G - 3NO
1 PF51G - 1BD
BD - Bi-Directional normally closed
2 PF51G - 2BD
(flow over or flow under seat)
3 PF51G - 3BD
Page 1 of 8
Control valves
Control valves

A B C

Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve

A B C

Pressure bar g
A-A Maximum operating pressure on saturated steam 9 bar g

B-B Maximum operating pressure on size 2" 16 bar g
C-C Maximum operating pressure on sizes " to 1" 25 bar g
" - 1" PN25

Body design conditions Screwed BSP or NPT
2" PN16
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 180C
PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 9 bar @ 180C
TMO Maximum operating temperature 180C
Minimum operating temperature (Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco.) -10C
Maximum 60C
Ambient temperature limits
4.1.97 DPMX Maximum differential pressure
Minimum -10C
(see page 4)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 1.5 x PMA (PN rating)
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed DPMX
Technical details
Leakage PTFE soft seal ANSI class V1
Flow characteristic Fast opening On / off
PF51G-NC Flow over seat Port 1 to 2
PF51G-NO Flow under seat Port 2 to 1
Flow direction
Flow over seat Port 1 to 2
PF51G-BD
Flow under seat Port 2 to 1
Pilot media Air or water 60C maximum
Actuator rotation 360
Pilot connection Maximum pilot pressure
Type 1 = 45 mm diameter " BSP 10 bar g
Actuator type and size
Type 3 = 90 mm diameter "BSP 8 bar g
Kvs values
Size " " 1" 1" 1" 2"
Kvs 4.5 8 15.6 24.6 42 57
TI-P373-14 CH Issue 4 PF51G Bronze Piston Actuated On / Off Valves Page 2 of 8

Control valves
Control valves
NC (Normally Closed)
NO (Normally Open)
8
8
10
10 9
9
2 2
5
6 5
6
11 and 12 3
3 11 and 12
1 4
1
4
4.1.98
BD (Bi-Directional normally closed) Materials

No. Part Material
1 Body Bronze EN 1982 CC491K
Bronze EN 1982 CC491K
" and 1"
8 2 Bonnet
Brass EN 12165 CW617N
", 1", 1" and 2"
3 Plug Stainless steel AISI 316L
10
4 Plug seal PTFE
9
5 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316
6 Stem seals PTFE chevrons
*7 Stem 'O' ring Viton

2
8 Actuator housing Glass filled polyamide
5 9 Piston Glass filled polyamide

6
10 Piston lip seal Viton
11 Gasket PTFE
3 11 and 12
1 * Note: Item 7 is not shown.
4

Control valves
Control valves
DPMX - Maximum differential pressures for PF51G piston actuated valves
PF51G-NC (Normally closed)

Maximum
Actuator Flow differential Pilot Pressure
Model Valve size diameter direction pressure Minimum Maximum
(mm) (port 1 to 2) (bar) (bar) (bar)
" 45 over seat 16 1.8 10
PF51G-1NC
" 45 over seat 16 1.8 10
1" 45 over seat 16 1.8 10
" 63 over seat 20 1.5 10
" 63 over seat 20 1.5 10
1" 63 over seat 20 1.5 10
PF51G-2NC
1" 63 over seat 16 3.0 10
1" 63 over seat 16 3.0 10
2" 63 over seat 11 3.0 10
1" 90 over seat 20 1.0 8
1" 90 over seat 16 2.5 8
PF51G-3NC
1" 90 over seat 16 2.5 8
2" 90 over seat 15 2.5 8
PF51G-NO (Normally open)

4.1.99 Maximum
Actuator Flow differential Pilot Pressure
" 45 under seat 16 1.8 10
PF51G-1NO
" 45 under seat 16 1.8 10
1" 45 under seat 16 1.8 10
" 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
" 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
1" 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
PF51G-2NO
1" 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
1" 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
2" 63 under seat 12 1.5 10
1" 90 under seat 16 1.0 8
1" 90 under seat 16 1.0 8
PF51G-3NO
1" 90 under seat 16 1.0 8
2" 90 under seat 16 1.0 8
PF51G-BD (Bi-Directional normally closed)

Maximum Maximum
differential differential
Actuator Flow pressure Flow pressure Pilot pressure
Model Valve size diameter direction (port 1 to 2) direction (port 2 to 1) Minimum Maximum
(mm) (port 1 to 2) (bar) (port 2 to 1) (bar) (bar) (bar)
" 45 over seat 16 under seat 16.0 5.0 10
PF51G-1BD
1" 45 over seat 16 under seat 5.0 5.0 10
PF51G-2BD
PF51G-3BD

Control valves
Control valves
Pilot / media pressure relationship

PF51G-NC (Normally Closed) PF51G-NO (Normally Open)
PF51G-1NC flow over seat (1 to 2) PF51G-1NO flow under seat (2 to 1)

1"
Pilot pressure
(bar)
Pilot pressure
(bar)

1"
" "
" "

Media pressure (bar) Media pressure (bar)

2" 1"
2" 1"
Pilot pressure
(bar)
Pilot pressure
(bar)

1"
1" 1" 1"
" "
" "


4.1.100
2" 2"
Pilot pressure
(bar)
Pilot pressure
(bar)

1"
1" 1"
1" 1"
1"

PF51G-BD (Bi-Directional normally closed)

PF51G-1BD flow over seat (1 to 2)
1"
"
Pilot pressure
(bar)

"

Media pressure (bar)
PF51G-2BD flow over seat (1 to 2)

1" 1"
2"
Pilot pressure
(bar)

1"
"
"

PF51G-3BD flow over seat (1 to 2) 2"

Pilot pressure
(bar)
1"
1"
1"


Control valves
Control valves

Valve size Actuator type and size A1 B1 C D Weight*
1 (45 mm) 65 144 136 123 0.8
"
2 (63 mm) 65 192 184 171 1.2
1 (45 mm) 75 149 142 126 0.9
"
2 (63 mm) 75 198 192 176 1.3
1 (45 mm) 90 168 161 141 1.1
1" 2 (63 mm) 90 212 205 185 1.5
3 (90 mm) 90 223 216 196 2.2
2 (63 mm) 110 225 217 193 1.9
1"
3 (90 mm) 110 234 227 202 2.4
2 (63 mm) 120 230 225 198 2.4
1"
3 (90 mm) 120 239 235 207 2.6
2 (63 mm) 150 248 241 207 2.9
2"
3 (90 mm) 150 257 250 216 3.3
Notes: * Add 0.2 kg for travel switch or flow regulator options (not available for use with the Type 1 actuator).
4.1.101 * Travel switch * Flow regulator
77 mm 83 mm
B1
2 1
A1

Control valves
Control valves
Valve selection guide

Valve size ", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2" 1"
Valve type P = Piston valve P
Valve
F = Fast opening F
characteristic
Body
5 = Bronze 5
material
Connections 1 = Screwed BSP or NPT 1
Valve
G = PTFE G
plug seal
1 = 45 mm diameter (for valve sizes " to 1")

Actuator 2 = 63 mm diameter (for valve sizes " to 2") 2
type
3 = 90 mm diameter (for valve sizes 1" to 2")
NC = Normally Closed
Valve NO = Normally Open NC
position
BD = Bi-Directional
Blank = No options required
Provides indication of open or closed valve position through a magnetic reed switch
I = Travel switch
with volt free contacts.
Maximum rating: Voltage (V) = 500 V, 4.1.102
Current (I) = 0.5 A,
Optional Power (P) = 30 VA.
Available on Type 2 and Type 3 actuators with suffix 'I' if this option is required.
Provides manual control of maximum flow through the valve.

R = Flow regulator Can also provide manual shut-off on normally open valves.
Available on Type 2 and Type 3 actuators with suffix 'R' if this option is required.
Note: Shaded areas represent fixed parameters
Valve selection guide example 1" PF5 1 G - 2 NC - Screwed BSP
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" PF51G-2NC bronze piston actuated on/off valve having screwed BSP connections.
Spare parts
A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes comprising: Piston lip seal, stem 'O' ring, valve head seal (PTFE), body seal.
How to order spare seal kits
Always order spares by specifying the valve size, type and date code (given on the actuator label i.e. 120 = week 12, year 2000).
Example: 1 off Seal kit for a 1" PF51G-2NC, date code 120.

For full details, see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.
Installation note: These valves can be mounted in any orientation. The actuator can be rotated 360 in the direction indicated on the product
label to facilitate easy pilot mounting connection.

Control valves
Control valves
Pilot solenoid
Type DM 3-port two way electropneumatic pilot solenoid valve that can be directly mounted (banjo connection) to the PF51G-NC, NO
and BD series piston actuated valves to provide actuator pilot pressure to open normally closed or close normally open valves. Suitable for
air or water operating media. The valve is supplied with a DIN connector. For full details refer to the relevant Technical Information Sheet.
Available types
Model Type Actuator Voltage / Frequency Connection
DM11 1 45 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac 1
/8" BSP
DM12 1 45 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac 1
/8" BSP
DM13 1 45 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac 1
/8" BSP
DM14 1 45 mm 24 Vdc 1
/8" BSP
DM21 2 63 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM22 2 63 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM23 2 63 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM24 2 63 mm 24 Vdc " BSP
DM31 3 90 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM32 3 90 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM33 3 90 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac " BSP
4.1.103

Control valves
Control valves
TI-P373-13
CH Issue 10
PF6
Stainless Steel
Piston Actuated On/Off Valves
Description
A 2-port pneumatically actuated on / off stainless steel valve for use on
steam, water, air, oil and gases. A pneumatic signal acts on the actuator
piston to open or close the valve with a spring return action. A valve
position indicator is included on standard and flow regulator models.
Standard versions have PTFE stem seals for operation up to 180 C.
Optionally, high temperature stem seals (H) can be provided for
operation up to 200 C.
Valves are available with one of three sizes of actuator:
Type 1 (45 mm), Type 2 (63 mm) and Type 3 (90 mm) with the following
action options:
- NC (Normally Closed) - Designed for flow over the seat (port 1 to 2).
Caution: Not recommended for waterhammer prevention. 4.1.104
- NO (Normally Open) - Designed for flow under the seat (port 2 to 1).
Can be used to prevent waterhammer on valve closure in liquid
applications.
- BD (Bi-Directional normally closed) - Designed for special

applications that require flow in both directions and incorporates an
anti-waterhammer design for liquid applications flowing under the seat
(port 2 to 1). Note: To help prevent the possibility of waterhammer on
liquid applications flowing over the seat (port 1 to 2) the pressure
should not exceed 1 bar g.
Optional extras (see 'Valve selection guide', page 8):

Travel switch Flow regulator Position module
Sizes, pipe connections and actuator combinations

Actuator type and DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
Valve type and pipe connections
version " " 1" 1" 1" 2"
PF60G Threaded spigots to ISO 228 / 1 (DN50 to ISO 338) 1 PTFE version
PF61G Screwed to BSP or NPT PTFE version
2
PF62G Butt weld to DIN 11850 pipe, H version
ASME B 36.10 / ISO 65 pipe
PTFE version
PF65G Sanitary clamp to ISO 2852 or ASME BPE 1, 2 3
H version
PTFE version
2
Flanged to EN 1092 or ASME Class 150
H version
PF63G
(welded on flanges)
PTFE version
3
H version
Notes:
1. DN32 is not available with ASME BPE end connections.
2. Clamp and clamp gasket are not included.
Page 1 of 8
Control valves
Control valves
Available range
Flanged
Screwed Threaded
Valve action Butt weld (EN 1092 or Sanitary clamp
(BSP or NPT) spigots
ASME)
PF61G-1NC PF62G-1NC PF65G-1NC PF60G-1NC

NC - Normally Closed
PF61G-2NC PF62G-2NC PF63G-2NC PF65G-2NC PF60G-2NC
(flow over seat)
PF61G-3NC PF62G-3NC PF63G-3NC PF65G-3NC PF60G-3NC
PF61G-1NO PF62G-1NO PF65G-1NO PF60G-1NO

NO - Normally Open
PF61G-2NO PF62G-2NO PF63G-2NO PF65G-2NO PF60G-2NO
(flow under seat)
PF61G-3NO PF62G-3NO PF63G-3NO PF65G-3NO PF60G-3NO
PF61G-1BD PF62G-1BD PF65G-1BD PF60G-1BD

BD - Bi-Directional normally closed
PF61G-2BD PF62G-2BD PF63G-2BD PF65G-2BD PF60G-2BD
(flow over or under seat)
PF61G-3BD PF62G-3BD PF63G-3BD PF65G-3BD PF60G-3BD

A B C D

A - A PN10
Temperature C

B - B PN16 and ASME 150
4.1.105
Steam
saturation
curve C - C PN25

D - D PN40

A B C D

Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region or beyond the body design conditions quoted in the table below as damage to the
internals will occur.
High temperature stem seals (Option H) are required for use in this region.
DN15 - DN25 (" - 1") PN40

Screwed, butt weld, threaded spigots and
DN32 and DN40 (1" - 1") PN25
flanged EN 1092
Body design conditions DN50 (2") PN16
Flanged ASME DN15 - DN50 (" - 2") Class 150
Sanitary clamp compatible connections DN15 - DN50 PN10
Maximum design pressure Refer to the graph above
Maximum operating pressure for Standard seals 9 bar g @ 180 C

saturated steam service High temperature seals - Option H 14.5 bar g @ 200 C
Standard seals 180 C @ 9 bar g

High temperature seals - Option H 200 C @ 14.5 bar g
Minimum operating temperature (Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco) -10 C
Maximum 60 C
Ambient temperature limits
Minimum -10 C
Maximum differential pressure (see page 4)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 1.5 x PMA (PN rating)
Maximum test pressure is equal to the maximum differential pressure
Page 2 of 8 TI-P373-13 CH Issue 10
PF6 Stainless Steel Piston Actuated On / Off Valves

Control valves
Control valves
Technical details
Leakage TFM 1600 soft seal ASME Class VI
Flow characteristic Fast opening On/off
PF6_G-NC Flow over seat Port 1 to 2
PF6_G-NO Flow under seat Port 2 to 1
Flow direction
Flow over seat Port 1 to 2
PF6_G-BD
Flow under seat Port 2 to 1
Pilot media Instrument air or inert gases - For use with other flow media contact Spirax Sarco 60 C maximum
Actuator type and size
Type 3 = 90 mm diameter "BSP 8 bar g
Kvs values
Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 For conversion:
" " 1" 1" 1" 2" C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963
C v (US) = Kv x 1.156
Kvs 4.5 8.0 15.6 24.6 42.0 57.0
NC (Normally Closed) NO (Normally Open)
8
4.1.106
8
10
10
9
9
2 2
5
6
5 11 and 12 6
3 11 and 12
3
4
4
1
1
BD (Bi-Directional normally closed) Materials

No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless steel AISI 316L
2 Bonnet Stainless steel AISI 316L
8
4 Valve plug seal Modified PTFE G500
10 5 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316L
9 PTFE + 25% carbon graphite filled PTFE
Stem Standard
6 + FKM chevron
seals
Option H 25% carbon graphite filled PTFE + FKM chevron
2
7* Stem 'O' ring FKM
5
8 Actuator housing 30% glass filled polyamide (for H version PA66)
6
11 and 12 9 Piston 50% glass filled polyamide
3
10 Piston lip seal NBR
11 Gasket PTFE
12 'O' ring FKM
4 1 * Note: Item 7 is not shown.
TI-P373-13 CH Issue 10 Page 3 of 8

Control valves
Control valves
PMX - Maximum differential pressures for PF6 piston actuated valves
* Notes:
1. Maximum differential pressure for saturated steam service is 11.5 bar g and 14.5 bar g for high temperature valve versions.
2. Sanitary clamp connections are limited to PN10 pressure rating.
3. ASME flange connections are limited to ASME 150 pressure rating.
PF6_G-NC (Normally closed)

Actuator Pilot Pressure
diameter Flow direction * Maximum differential pressure Minimum Maximum
Model Valve size (mm) (port 1 to 2) (bar) (bar) (bar)
DN15 - (") 45 over seat 16 1.8 10
DN20 - (") 45 over seat 16 1.8 10
PF6_G-1NC
DN15 - (") 63 over seat 20 1.5 10
DN20 - (") 63 over seat 20 1.5 10
DN25 - (1") 63 over seat 20 1.5 10
DN32 - (1") 63 over seat 16 2.8 10
PF6_G-2NC DN40 - (1") 63 over seat 16 2.8 10
DN50 - (2") 63 over seat 11 2.8 10
DN25 - (1") 90 over seat 20 1.0 8
DN32 - (1") 90 over seat 16 2.8 8
PF6_G-3NC DN40 - (1") 90 over seat 16 2.8 8
DN50 - (2") 90 over seat 15 2.8 8
4.1.107 PF6_G-NO (Normally open)

* see Notes at the top of this page
Actuator Pilot Pressure

diameter Flow direction * Maximum differential pressure Minimum Maximum
Model Valve size (mm) (port 1 to 2) (bar) (bar) (bar)
DN15 - (") 45 under seat 16 1.8 10
DN20 - (") 45 under seat 16 1.8 10
PF6_G-1NO
DN15 - (") 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
DN20 - (") 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
DN25 - (1") 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
DN32 - (1") 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
PF6_G-2NO DN40 - (1") 63 under seat 16 1.5 10
DN50 - (2") 63 under seat 12 1.5 10
DN25 - (1") 90 under seat 16 1.0 8
DN32 - (1") 90 under seat 16 1.0 8
PF6_G-3NO DN40 - (1") 90 under seat 16 1.0 8
DN50 - (2") 90 under seat 16 1.0 8
* see Notes at the top of this page

PF6_G-BD (Bi-Directional normally closed)
* Maximum * Maximum Pilot pressure
differential differential
Actuator Flow pressure Flow pressure
diameter direction (port 1 to 2) direction (port 2 to 1) Minimum Maximum
Model Valve size (mm) (port 1 to 2) (bar) (port 2 to 1) (bar) (bar) (bar)
DN15 - (") 45 over seat 16 under seat 16.0 5.0 10
PF6_G-1BD
DN25 - (1") 63 over seat 16 under seat 11.0 3.8 10
PF6_G-2BD DN40 - (1") 63 over seat 12 under seat 4.0 3.8 10
PF6_G-3BD DN40 - (1") 90 over seat 16 under seat 8.0 3.3 8

Control valves
Control valves
Pilot / media pressure relationship
PF6_G-NC (Normally Closed) PF6_G-NO (Normally Open)

PF6_G-1NC flow over seat (1 to 2) PF6_G-1NO flow under seat (2 to 1)
10
Pilot pressure
Pilot pressure
8
" 6 "
(bar)
(bar)
4
" 2 "
1.8
0
0 4 8 12 16

10 1"
2" 1" 2"
Pilot pressure
Pilot pressure
8
6 1"
1" 1"
(bar)
(bar)
4 1"
" "
" 2
1.5 "
0

0 4 8 12 16

8
2" 2"
Pilot pressure
Pilot pressure
6

1" 4 1" 4.1.108
(bar)
(bar)
1" 2 1"
1 1"
1" 0

0 4 8 12 16
PF6_G-BD (Bi-Directional normally closed)

PF6_G-1BD flow over seat (1 to 2)
10
Pilot pressure
8 "
6 "
(bar)
4
2
0
0 4 8 12 16

10
2" 1"
Pilot pressure
8 1"
6 1"
(bar)
4 "
2 "
0
0 4 8 12 16

8 2"
6
Pilot pressure
1"
4
1"
(bar)
2
1"
0
0 4 8 12 16

Control valves
Control valves
Notes: * Add 0.2 kg for travel switch or flow regulator options (not available for use with the Type 1 actuator). Add 0.45 kg for the position module.
Screwed and Butt weld Flanged

EN ASME EN ASME
Actuator type * 1092 150 1092 150 *
Valve size and size A1 B1 C Weight A3 A4 B3 B4 C Weight
1 (45 mm) 65 144 123 0.8 - - - - - -
DN15 - "
2 (63 mm) 65 192 171 1.2 130 139.7 229.0 226.2 202.1 2.6
1 (45 mm) 75 155 126 0.9 - - - - - -
DN20 - "
2 (63 mm) 75 198 176 1.3 150 152.4 235.9 232.7 207.4 3.0
2 (63 mm) 90 212 185 1.5 160 165.1 249.2 247.6 216.2 3.8
DN25 - 1"
3 (90 mm) 90 223 196 2.0 160 165.1 260.2 258.6 227.2 4.4
2 (63 mm) 110 225 193 1.9 180 184.2 262.0 259.9 224.0 5.6
DN32 - 1"
3 (90 mm) 110 234 202 2.4 180 184.2 273.0 270.9 235.0 6.0
2 (63 mm) 120 230 198 2.1 200 203.2 267.0 266.5 229.0 6.5
DN40 - 1"
3 (90 mm) 120 239 207 2.6 200 203.2 278.0 277.5 240.0 7.0
2 (63 mm) 150 248 207 2.9 230 228.6 288.2 237.3 237.8 8.7
DN50 - 2"
3 (90 mm) 150 257 216 3.3 230 228.6 299.2 298.3 248.8 9.1
Threaded spigot (to ISO 228 / 1)
4.1.109 Valve size

Actuator type
and size A5 B5 C
*
Spigot Weight
1 (45 mm) 90 148 123 G " 0.90
DN15 - " 77 mm
2 (63 mm) 90 196 171 G " 1.30
1 (45 mm) 110 156 126 G 1" 1.00
DN20 - "
2 (63 mm) 110 206 176 G 1" 1.40
2 (63 mm) 118 217 185 G 1" 1.65
* Travel switch
DN25 - 1"
3 (90 mm) 118 228 196 G 1" 2.15
95 mm
2 (63 mm) 130 226 193 G 1" 2.00
DN32 - 1"
3 (90 mm) 130 237 202 G 1" 2.50
* Flow regulator * Position module
2 (63 mm) 140 224 198 G 1" 2.20
DN40 - 1"
3 (90 mm) 140 235 207 G 1" 2.70
83 mm
2 (63 mm) 175 246 207 G2 " 3.10
DN50 - 2" **
3 (90 mm) 175 257 216 G2 " 3.50
** Note: The DN50 threaded spigot is to ISO 338.
Sanitary clamp (to ISO 2852) Sanitary clamp (ASME BPE)

Actuator type * *
Valve size and size A2 B2 C E F Weight A2 B2 C E F Weight
1 (45 mm) 102 162 123 34 17.2 0.8 102 162 123 25 9.4 0.8
DN15 - "
2 (63 mm) 102 210 171 34 17.2 1.2 102 210 171 25 9.4 1.2
1 (45 mm) 114 167 126 34 21.3 1.3 114 167 126 25 15.75 1.3
DN20 - "
2 (63 mm) 114 217 176 34 21.3 1.5 114 217 176 25 15.75 1.5
2 (63 mm) 140 231 185 50.5 25.0 1.8 140 231 185 50.5 22.1 1.8
DN25 - 1"
3 (90 mm) 140 243 196 50.5 25.0 2.4 140 243 196 50.5 22.1 2.4
2 (63 mm) 159 240 193 50.5 33.7 2.4 - - - - - -
DN32 - 1"
3 (90 mm) 159 251 202 50.5 33.7 2.8 - - - - - -
2 (63 mm) 159 249 198 64 40.0 2.8 159 249 198 50.5 34.8 2.8
DN40 - 1"
3 (90 mm) 159 260 207 64 40.0 3.2 159 260 207 50.5 34.8 3.2
2 (63 mm) 190 267 207 64 51.0 3.6 190 267 207 64 47.5 3.6
DN50 - 2"
3 (90 mm) 190 279 216 64 51.0 4.0 190 279 216 64 47.5 4.0

Control valves
Control valves
PF6 piston actuated valves - opening / closing times (seconds)
Notes:
1. Pilot pressure is 6 bar
2. Pressure in the body 0 bar
Actuator 45 mm Actuator 63 mm Actuator 90 mm

Valve size NC valves NO valves NC valves NO valves NC valves NO valves
opening closing opening closing opening closing opening closing opening closing opening closing
DN15 - " 0.09 0.22 0.22 0.09 0.14 0.30 0.30 0.14 - - - -
DN20 - " 0.09 0.22 0.22 0.09 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.20 - - - -
DN25 - 1" - - - - 0.32 0.34 0.34 0.32 0.32 0.34 0.34 0.32
DN32 - 1" - - - - 0.34 0.38 0.38 0.34 0.36 0.40 0.40 0.36
DN40 - 1" - - - - 0.34 0.38 0.38 0.34 0.40 0.46 0.46 0.40
DN50 - 2" - - - - 0.36 0.38 0.38 0.36 0.40 0.46 0.46 0.40
B1 (Screwed and Butt weld) B2 (Sanitary clamp)

B5 (Threaded spigot) B3 (Flanged EN 1092)
B4 (Flanged ASME 150)
C
4.1.110
C
E F 2 1
2 1 Spigot
A1
(Screwed and Butt weld)
A5
(Threaded spigot)
A2 (Sanitary clamp)
A3 (EN 1092) and A4 (ASME 150)
Pilot solenoid
Type DM 3-port two way electropneumatic pilot solenoid valve that can be directly mounted (banjo connection) to the PF61G-NC, NO and
BD series piston actuated valves to provide actuator pilot pressure to open normally closed or close normally open valves. Suitable for
air or water operating media. The valve is supplied with a DIN connector. For full details refer to the relevant Technical Information Sheet.
Available types
Model Type Actuator Voltage/Frequency Connection
DM11 1 45 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM12 1 45 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM13 1 45 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM21 2 63 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM22 2 63 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM23 2 63 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM31 3 90 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM32 3 90 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM33 3 90 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac " BSP

Control valves
Control valves
Valve size DN15 ("), DN20 ("), DN25 (1"), DN32 (1"), DN40 (1") and DN50 (2") DN25
Valve
F = Fast opening F
characteristic
0 = Threaded spigots to ISO 228 / 1
1 = Screwed BSP or NPT
Note: state pipeline connection - DIN 11850 pipe
2 = Butt weld
Connections when ordering: - ASME B 36.10 / ISO 65 pipe 3
3 = Flanged EN 1092 or ASME Class 150 (welded on flanges)
4 =
5 = Sanitary clamp Note: state pipeline connection ISO 2852 or ASME BPE when ordering
Valve plug G = Modified PTFE G500 soft seat G
seal Blank = PTFE + 25% carbon graphite filled PTFE + FKM chevron (standard)
25% carbon graphite filled PTFE + FKM chevron
Stem seal H = Note: Option H is not available for the sanitary clamp version or valves fitted with Type 1
actuators.
1 = 45 mm diameter
Actuator type 2 = 63 mm diameter 2
3 = 90 mm diameter
NC = Normally Closed
4.1.111 Valve position NO = Normally Open NC
BD = Bi-Directional
Blank = No options required
Position module
Change-over contacts, max. tension Provides indication of open and
A = with mechanical
230 Vac, Max. current 6 A closed valve position through
switch
an inductive or mechanical
Position module switch. Available on all
PNP, supply 14 - 12 Vdc power
B = with inductive actuators types.
13 mA max.
switch
Provides indication of open or closed valve position through a magnetic
reed switch with volt free contacts.
Optional
Voltage (V) = 500 V,
I = Travel switch Maximum rating: Current ( I ) = 0.5 A,
Power (P) = 30 VA.
Available on Type 2 and Type 3 actuators with suffix 'I' if this option is
required.
Provides manual control of maximum flow through the valve.
Can also provide manual shut-off on normally open valves.
R = Flow regulator
Available on Type 2 and Type 3 actuators with suffix 'R' if this option is
required.
Valve selection guide example DN25 - P - F - 6 - 3 - G - - 2 - NC - - Flanged EN 1092 PN40
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 PF63G-2NC stainless steel piston actuated on/off valve having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.
Spare parts
A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes comprising: Piston lip seal, stem 'O' ring, valve head seal (Modified PTFE G500),
body seal and 'O' ring.
How to order spare seal kits
Always order spares by specifying the valve size, type and date code (given on the actuator label i.e. 02 / 14 = Month 02, Year 2014).
Example: 1 off Seal kit for a 1" PF61G-2NC, date code 02 / 14.

Installation note: These valves can be mounted in any orientation. The actuator can be rotated 360 in the direction indicated on the
product label to facilitate easy pilot mounting connection.

Control valves
Control
TI-P373-17
CH Issue 3
PM6
Stainless Steel
Piston Actuated Modulating Control Valves
Description
The PM6 is a 2-port pneumatically actuated modulating stainless steel control valve designed for use on steam, water, air, oil, gases and
vacuum applications. As standard it is fitted with a PEEK plug seal for operation up to 180C, and both the body and shaped-plug have
undergone a hardening treatment.
Valves are available with one of two sizes of actuator:

Type 2 (63 mm) and Type 3 (90 mm) with the following action:
- NC (Normally Closed) - Designed for flow under the seat (port 2 to 1).
Valves are available with the following fail safe options:

The valve fails
C - Closed in the closed position
The valve fails in the last
M - Maintained known operating position
4.1.112
Materials
No. Part Material
2 Bonnet Stainless steel AISI 316L
4 Valve plug seal PEEK
5 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316L 2
6 Stem seals PTFE + Carbographite
11
7 Stem 'O' ring (Not shown) FKM 5
1
8 Actuator housing 30% glass filled polyamide 3
4
9 Piston Aluminium
6 9 10 8
10 Piston 'O' ring NBR
12
11 Gasket PTFE
12 'O' ring FKM
Sizes, pipe connections and actuator combinations

Pipe Valve or Valve Actuator DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
connections type C type M type " " 1" 1" 1" 2"
PM61GC or PM61GM - 2NC
Screwed to BSP or NPT
Butt weld to DIN 11850 pipe, PM62GC or PM62GM - 2NC
ASME B 36.10 / ISO 65 pipe or
ISO 4200 pipe PM62GC or PM62GM - 3NC
Flanged to EN 1092 or ASME Class 150 PM63GC or PM63GM - 2NC
(welded on flanges) PM63GC or PM63GM - 3NC
Socket weld to ASME B 36.10 / ISO 65 pipe
* Sanitary clamp to ISO 2852 or ASME BPE PM65GC or PM65GM - 3NC
* Notes:
1. DN32 is not available with ASME BPE end connections
2. Clamp and clamp gasket are not included
Page 1 of 4
Control valves
Control valves

A B C D
The product must not be used in this
region or beyond the body design
Temperature C conditions quoted in the table below
Steam as damage to the internals will occur.
saturation
curve A-A PN10

B-B PN16 and ASME 150
C-C PN25
A B C D D-D PN40

Pressure bar g
DN15 - DN25 (" - 1") PN40

Screwed, butt weld, socket weld
DN32 and DN40 (1" - 1") PN25
and flanged EN 1092
Body design conditions DN50 (2") PN16
Flanged ASME DN15 - DN50 (" - 2") Class 150
Sanitary clamp compatible connections DN15 - DN50 PN10
Maximum design pressure Refer to the graph above
Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 9 bar g @ 180C
Maximum operating temperature 180C
Maximum 60C
4.1.113 Ambient temperature limits
Minimum -10C
Maximum differential pressure (see bottom of the page)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 1.5 x Maximum design pressure (PN rating)
Maximum test pressure is equal to the maximum differential pressure
Technical details
Leakage PEEK soft seal ASME Class VI
Flow characteristic Equal percentage
Flow direction Flow under seat Port 2 to 1
Pilot media Instrument quality air 60C maximum
Actuator type and size Type 2 = 63 mm diameter Push-in type to suit 6 mm pipe 8 bar g
Type 3 = 90 mm diameter Push-in type to suit 6 mm pipe 8 bar g
Kvs values
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
Size
" " 1" 1" 1" 2"
Kvs 4.5 8.7 12.7 19.8 29.7 36.3
PMX - Maximum differential pressures for PM6 piston actuated valves

* Notes:
1. Maximum differential pressure for saturated steam service is 9 bar g.
2. Sanitary clamp connections are limited to PN10 pressure rating.
3. ASME flange connections are limited to ASME 150 pressure rating.
* Maximum
Actuator Flow differential Pilot pressure
PM6_GC-2NC DN15 - (") 63 under seat 16 4.5 8
and
PM6_GM-2NC DN20 - (") 63 under seat 16 4.5 8
DN25 - (1") 90 under seat 14 4.5 8

PM6_GC-3NC DN32 - (1") 90 under seat 12 4.5 8
and
DN40 - (1") 90 under seat 8 4.5 8
PM6_GM-3NC
DN50 - (2") 90 under seat 6 4.5 8
TI-P373-17 CH Issue 3 PM6 Stainless Steel Piston Actuated Modulating Control Valves Page 2 of 4
Control valves
Control valves

Screwed, Flanged
Valve Actuator socket weld and butt weld EN ASME EN ASME
size type 1092 150 1092 150
and size A1 B1 C D Weight A3 A4 B3 B4 C Weight
DN15 - " 2 (63 mm) 65 294 269.0 5 2.4 130 139.7 323 321 292 3.8
DN20 - " 2 (63 mm) 75 301 274.0 7 2.5 150 152.4 330 327 297 4.2
DN25 - 1" 3 (90 mm) 90 316 285.0 8 3.3 160 165.1 344 343 307 5.7
DN32 - 1" 3 (90 mm) 110 329 292.5 10 3.7 180 184.2 359 357 316 7.3
DN40 - 1" 3 (90 mm) 120 334 297.5 12 3.9 200 203.2 361 361 319 8.2
DN50 - 2" 3 (90 mm) 150 352 306.5 16 4.6 230 228.6 384 384 330 10.4
Dimension 'D' is for socket weld connections only.
B1 (Screwed, socket weld and butt weld) B2 (Sanitary clamp) and B3, B4 (Flanged)
4.1.114
C C
E F F
D D Note: Dimensions D is for socket

weld connections only.
(Sanitary clamp)
A2
A1 A3 and A4
(Screwed, socket (Flanged)
weld and butt weld)
Valve Actuator Sanitary clamp (to ISO 2852) Sanitary clamp (ASME BPE)
size type
and size A2 B2 C E F Weight A2 B2 C E F Weight
DN15 - " 2 (63 mm) 102 313.0 269.0 34.0 17.2 2.5 102 313.0 269.0 25.0 9.4 2.5
DN20 - " 2 (63 mm) 114 320.5 274.0 34.0 21.3 2.7 114 320.5 274.0 25.0 15.75 2.7
DN25 - 1" 3 (90 mm) 140 341.0 285.0 50.5 25.0 3.7 140 341.0 285.0 50.5 22.1 3.7
DN32 - 1" 3 (90 mm) 159 353.5 292.5 50.5 33.7 4.1 - - - - - -
DN40 - 1" 3 (90 mm) 159 353.5 297.5 64.0 40.0 4.5 159 353.5 297.5 50.5 34.8 4.5
DN50 - 2" 3 (90 mm) 190 372.0 306.5 64.0 51.0 5.3 190 372.0 306.5 64.0 47.5 5.3
Control valves
Control valves
Valve size DN15 ("), DN20 ("), DN25 (1"), DN32 (1"), DN40 (1") and DN50 (2") DN25
Valve M = Modulating M
characteristic
1 = Screwed BSP or NPT

- DIN 11850 pipe
2 = Butt weld Note: state pipeline connection when ordering: - ASME B 36.10 / ISO 65 pipe
Connections - ISO 4200 pipe 3
3 = Flanged EN 1092 or ASME Class 150 (welded on flanges)
4 = Socket weld ASME B 36.10 / ISO 65 pipe
5 = Sanitary clamp Note: state pipeline connection ISO 2852 or ASME BPE when ordering
Valve plug seal G = PEEK G
Fail safe C = Closed

C
position M = Maintained
4.1.115 Actuator 2 = 63 mm diameter
2
type 3 = 90 mm diameter
Valve position NC = Normally Closed NC
Control signal mA = 4 - 20 mA mA
Valve selection guide example DN25 PM6 3 G C - 2 NC - mA Flanged EN 1092 PN40
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 PM63GC-2NC-mA stainless steel piston actuated modulating valve having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.
Spare parts
Electronic board spare kit
Transducer spare kit
Inlet microvalve spare kit
Outlet microvalve spare kit
A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes comprising: Piston 'O' ring, stem 'O' ring, valve head seal, PEEK body seal and 'O' ring.
How to order spares

Always order spares by specifying the valve size, type and date code (given on the actuator label i.e. 120 = week 12, year 2000).
Example: 1 off Seal kit for a 1" PM61GC-2NC-mA, date code 120.

Installation note: These valves can be mounted in any orientation. The actuator can be rotated 360 in the direction indicated on the product
label to facilitate easy pilot mounting connection.
Control valves
Control valves
TI-P373-04
CH Issue 4
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 DM Type

ISO 9001
Solenoid Valves
for use with Piston Actuated Valves
Description
A 3-port two way electropneumatic pilot solenoid valve that can be
directly mounted (banjo connection) to the PF51G and PF61G-NC,
NO and BD series piston actuated valves.
Suitable for air or water operating media. The valve is supplied with
a DIN connector and fitted with manual override as standard.
Available types
Model Actuator Voltage / Frequency Connection
DM11 45 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac 1
/8" BSP
DM12 45 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac 1
/8" BSP
DM13 45 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac 1
/8" BSP
DM14 45 mm 24 Vdc 1
/8" BSP
DM21 63 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM22 63 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac " BSP 4.1.116
DM23 63 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM24 63 mm 24 Vdc " BSP
DM31 90 mm 230 / 50 or 240 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM32 90 mm 110 / 50 or 120 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM33 90 mm 24 / 50 or 24 / 60 Vac " BSP
DM34 90 mm 24 Vdc " BSP
Technical details
Mounting Banjo connection
Manual override Fitted as standard
Type B DM11, DM12, DM13 and DM14
DIN connector Type B DM21, DM22, DM23 and DM24
Type A DM31, DM32, DM33 and DM34
DM11 to DM14 Push in type to suit 6 mm dia.
Pilot media
connection DM21 to DM24 nylon or copper tube
DM31 to DM34
ac 10 VA (holding)
DM11, DM12,
sc 16 VA (maximum)
DM13 and DM14
dc 7 Watts
ac 10 VA (holding)
Coil DM21, DM22, Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
consumption ac 16 VA (maximum)
DM23, and DM24 Type A B C Weight
dc 7 Watts
DM11, DM12, DM13 and DM14 31 77 27 0.27
ac 18 VA (holding)
DM31, DM32, DM21, DM22, DM23 and DM24 35 78 27 0.27
ac 36 VA (maximum)
DM33 and DM34 DM31, DM32, DM33 and DM34 35 95 27 0.38
dc 14 Watts
Limiting conditions
Maximum media temperature 60C Earth
Minimum media temperature -10C terminal
Protection class IP65 (with connector)
Operating pressure 0 bar g min. to 10 bar g max.
B
DIN
Materials connector
Part Material
Body ELNP Niploy coated brass
Seal FKM
Spares parts
No spares are available for this product. C A
Installation How to order

The valve can be directly mounted (banjo connection) onto the actuator. Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DM21 solenoid valve 240 Vac.
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
4.2.1
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
TI-P357-30
CH Issue 10
PN9000 Series
Pneumatic Actuators
for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
Description
The PN9000 series actuators are a compact range of linear actuators that are available in
3 diaphragm sizes for matching the requirements of valves at various differential pressures.
Each actuator is fitted with a mechanical travel indicator and incorporates a fully-rolling
diaphragm, which provides good linearity over the operating stroke.
PN = Standard Suffix E = Spring-extend

Available types
PNP = Electroless nickel plated Suffix R = Spring-retract
Manual handwheel Suffix H
Optional extra
Stainless steel bolting Suffix S
Fast speed Suffix F
4.2.2
Important note: Throughout this document, reference has been made to the PN actuator.
PN9100 PN9200EH PN9337RH
Actuator force available in relation to motive air pressure

Area of Spring force Actuator force available in relation
Actuator diaphragm Spring rating E = Closed / R = Opened to motive air pressure (N)
(cm) (bar) (N) 1 2 3 4 5 6
PN91_0 _ 100 0.2 1.0 200 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
PN91_0 _ 100 0.4 1.2 400 800 1800 2800 3800 4800
PN91_6 _ 100 1.0 2.0 1000 1000 2000 3000 4000
PN91_3 _ 100 2.0 4.0 2000 1000 2000
PN92_0 _ 340 0.2 1.0 680 3400 6800 10200 13600 17000
PN92_0 _ 340 0.4 1.2 1360 2720 6120 9520 12920 16320
PN92_6 _ 340 1.0 2.0 3400 3400 6800 10200 13600
PN92_3 _ 340 2.0 4.0 6800 3400 6800
PN93_0 _ 670 0.2 1.0 1340 6700 13400 20100
PN93_0 _ 670 0.4 1.2 2680 5360 12060 18760
PN93_6 _ 670 1.0 2.0 6700 6700 13400
PN93_7 _ 670 2.5 3.5 16750 3350
Page 1 of 26
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Materials 16
2 32
5
21
28
22
and
23 24
8
3 9
4
7 29
31 17
30
18
6
15 25
10
19 and 20
12
26 and 27 13 and 14
1 11
4.2.3 No. Part Material

1 Yoke SG iron
2 Upper diaphragm housing Carbon steel (plated)
3 Diaphragm plate Aluminium
4 Diaphragm Reinforced NBR
5 Spring Spring steel
8 Spacer Carbon steel (plated)
9 'O' ring Viton
10 Connector Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
11 Adaptor Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
PN9000 Carbon steel
12 Collar PNP9000 Stainless steel 1.4057 or AISI 420
PN9000S Stainless steel 316L
13 Clamp front Stainless steel BS 3100 Pt 2 304 C15
14 Clamp rear Stainless steel BS 3100 Pt 2 304 C15
15 Scale Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
16 Vent plug Brass
17 Bearing PTFE/steel composite
PN9000 Carbon steel (plated)
19 Pan head screw
PNP9000 Stainless steel A2 - 70
20 Nyloc nut
PN9000S Stainless steel A2 - 70
21 Bolt Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
22 Hex. head screw (short) PN9000 Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
23 Hex. head screw (long) PNP9000 Stainless steel A2 - 70
24 Nut PN9000S Stainless steel A2 - 70
PN9000 Carbon steel (plated)
25 Lock-nut PNP9000 Stainless steel A2 - 70
PN9000 Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
26 Socket head screw
PNP9000 Stainless steel A2 - 70
27 Nut
29 Screw Carbon steel (plated) Gr. 8.8
30 Gasket Reinforced Graphite
31 Lower diaphragm housing Carbon steel (plated)
PN9000 Cast steel
32 Lifting eye PNP9000 Cast steel
PN9000S Stainless steel 316L
PN9000 Series Pneumatic Actuators for use with Spira-trolTM Control Valves
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Technical data
Temperature range - 20 C to +110 C
PN9100 6 bar g
Maximum operating
PN9200 6 bar g
inlet pressure
PN9300 4 bar g
Air supply connection " NPT
PN9100 20 mm K
Actuator travel PN922_ and PN932_ 20 mm
PN923_ and PN933_ 30 mm H
H
G
F F F
4.2.4
G G
PN9100 PN9200EH PN9337RH
J Weight
Actuator range F G H (Handwheel K
lifted) Actuator With handwheel
PN9100E and variants 275 170 55 75 225 6 + 5.86
PN9100R and variants 275 170 120 140 225 6 + 2.50
PN9200E and variants 300 300 65 85 350 17 + 7.20
PN9200R and variants 300 300 132 152 350 17 + 3.77
PN9230E and variants 335 300 65 95 350 17 + 3.77
PN9230R and variants 335 300 122 152 350 17 + 3.77
PN9320E and variants 325 390 65 85 350 27 + 7.20
PN9320R and variants 325 390 132 152 350 27 + 3.77
PN9330E and variants 335 390 65 95 350 27 + 7.20
PN9330R and variants 335 390 122 152 350 27 + 3.70
PN9336E and variants 335 390 65 95 350 27 + 7.20
PN9336R and variants 335 390 122 152 350 27 + 3.77
PN9337E and variants 335 390 410 410 350 27 + 21.00
PN9337R and variants 335 390 410 410 350 27 + 21.00
How to use the sizing data on pages 4 to 23:

The following tables supply guidance as to the sizing of the PN9000 when it is used on a Spira-trol TM control valve.
Two conditions are illustrated in tabular form:

Class IV shut-off - Providing shut-off of the valve to the requirements of BS 5793-4 (IEC 60534-4) class IV.
Class VI shut-off - Providing shut-off of the valve to the requirements of BS 5793-4 (IEC 60534-4) class VI.
To select a suitable actuator:

- Identify the column containing the valve and gland material selected.
- Identify the maximum operating pressure condition, including any transient pressures likely to occur, within the selected column.
- Read back to the left hand side of the table to identify the suitable actuator for the application.
For conditions outside of those illustrated please contact Spirax Sarco.
4.2.5
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000E
Unbalanced control valves with PTFE stem seal
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class IV
Page 4 of 26
Maximum differential pressures (bar)
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2" - 4")
size
Spring
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
PTFE PTFE PTFE
pressure
PN9126E 1-2 6 12.8 22.0 29.8 90.6 90.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 1.2 2.7 10.3 12.8 22.0 29.8
PN9123E 2-4 6 39.1 61.3 79.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 7.5 11.5 30.7 39.1 61.3 79.5
PN9220E 0.2 - 1.0 6 4.4 9.5 13.9 49.9 49.9 85.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 3.8 4.4 9.5 13.9
PN9220E 0.4 - 1.2 6 22.2 36.2 47.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 3.5 5.8 17.7 22.2 36.2 47.7
PN9226E 1-2 6 75.9 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 16.3 23.8 59.2 75.9 103.4 103.4
PN9236E 1-2 6 2.5 4.7 8.2 16.0 23.4 58.2
PN9223E 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 37.7 53.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9233E 2-4 6 7.3 12.4 20.2 37.4 53.4 103.4

Pneumatic actuators
PN9320E 0.2 - 1 4 21.7 35.4 46.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 3.4 5.7 17.3 21.7 35.4 46.7
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 57.0 88.1 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 11.8 17.5 44.6 57.0 88.1 103.4
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 4 1.5 3.1 5.6 11.5 17.0 43.5
PN9336E 1-2 4 7.1 12.2 19.8 36.7 52.5 103.4
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 4 21.3 34.9 55.4 99.9 103.4 103.4
TI-P357-30 CH Issue 10
Unbalanced control valves with Graphite stem seal
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class IV
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2" - 4")
size
Spring
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
H
Maximum
Graphite Graphite Graphite
pressure
PN9126E 1-2 6 4.9 10.3 14.8 52.4 52.4 89.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 4.2 6.7 12.5 17.3
PN9123E 2-4 6 31.2 49.5 64.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 5.6 8.8 24.6 33.0 51.8 67.1
PN9220E 0.2 - 1.0 6 11.7 11.7 25.7 59.1 94.6 103.4 103.4 1.4
PN9220E 0.4 - 1.2 6 14.4 24.4 32.8 98.2 98.2 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 1.6 3.2 11.6 16.2 26.6 35.3
PN9226E 1-2 6 68.0 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 14.4 21.2 53.1 69.8 103.4 103.4
PN9236E 1-2 6 1.8 3.5 6.4 12.8 18.9 47.8
PN9223E 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 35.8 51.2 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9233E 2-4 6 6.6 11.2 18.4 34.2 48.9 103.4

Pneumatic actuators
PN9320E 0.2 - 1 4 13.8 23.6 31.8 95.7 95.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 1.5 3.0 11.2 15.6 25.8 34.3
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 49.1 76.3 98.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 9.9 14.8 38.5 50.9 78.5 100.9
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 4 0.7 1.9 3.8 8.3 12.6 33.2
PN9336E 1-2 4 6.4 11.0 18.0 33.5 48.0 103.4
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 4 20.6 33.8 53.6 96.7 103.4 103.4
Page 5 of 26
4.2.6
4.2.7
Unbalanced control valves with PTFE or Graphite stem seal (low noise / Anti-cavitation)
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class IV
Page 6 of 26
Option P1 / A1 P1 / A1 / P2 / A2 / P3
Spring
Actuator
range bar Valve
DN15 - DN25 (" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2" - 4") DN65 - DN100 (2" - 4")
size
Maximum
PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite
pressure
PN9126E 1-2 6 12.8 4.9 1.2
PN9123E 2-4 6 39.1 31.2 7.5 5.6
PN9220E 0.2 - 1.0 6 4.4
PN9220E 0.4 - 1.2 6 22.2 14.4 3.5 1.6
PN9226E 1-2 6 75.9 68.0 16.3 14.4
PN9236E 1-2 6 4.7 3.5 2.5 1.8
PN9223E 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 37.7 35.8

Control valves
PN9233E 2-4 6 12.4 11.2 7.3 6.6

Pneumatic actuators
PN9320E 0.2 - 1 4 21.7 13.8 3.4 1.5
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 57.0 49.1 11.8 9.9
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 4 3.1 1.9 1.5 0.7
PN9336E 1-2 4 12.2 11.0 7.1 6.4
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 4 34.9 33.8 21.3 20.6
Balanced control valves with PTFE or Graphite stem seal
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class IV
Valve
DN40 - DN50 (1" - 2") DN65 - DN80 (2" - 3") DN100 (4")
size
Spring Kv 36 25 100 63 36 25 160 100 63 36
Actuator
range bar
Maximum
pressure
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PN9126E 1-2 6 26.4 20.3 18.7
PN9123E 2-4 6 12.9 10.8 9.9 8.3
PN9220E 0.2 - 1.0 6
PN9220E 0.4 - 1.2 6 103.4 103.4 84.4 82.8
PN9226E 1-2 6 91.5 89.5 70.2 68.7
PN9236E 1-2 6 36.1 34.7 25.4 24.4 20.6 19.9 19.3 18.6 29.1 28.0 18.5 17.8 15.2 14.7 13.4 12.9
Control valves
PN9223E 2-4 6 45.4 43.4 34.9 33.3

Pneumatic actuators
PN9233E 2-4 6 17.8 16.5 12.6 11.6 10.2 9.4 9.5 8.8 14.4 13.3 9.2 8.5 7.5 7.0 6.6 6.1
PN9320E 0.2 - 1 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 102.5
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 103.4 103.4 97.1 95.5
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 4 49.9 48.6 35.1 34.2 28.6 27.8 26.7 26.0 40.3 39.2 25.6 24.9 21.1 20.5 18.5 18.0
PN9336E 1-2 4 35.6 34.2 25.0 24.0 20.3 19.6 19.0 18.3 28.7 27.6 18.2 17.5 15.0 14.4 13.2 12.7
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 4 8.6 7.2 6.0 5.1 4.9 4.1 4.6 3.9 6.9 5.8 4.4 3.7 3.6 3.0 3.2 2.7
Page 7 of 26
4.2.8
4.2.9
Balanced control valves with PTFE or Graphite stem seal (low noise / Anti-cavitation)
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class IV
Page 8 of 26
Option P1 / A1 P1 / A1 / P2 / A2 / P3
Spring
Actuator
range bar Valve
DN40 - DN50 DN65 - DN80 DN100 DN40 - DN50 DN65 - DN80 DN100
size
Maximum
PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite
pressure
PN9126E 1-2 6 26.5 103.4
PN9123E 2-4 6 12.9 6.1 103.4 103.4
PN9220E 0.2 - 1.0 6
PN9220E 0.4 - 1.2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9226E 1-2 6 91.8 85.0 103.4 103.4
PN9236E 1-2 6 36.1 34.7 29.1 28.0 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9223E 2-4 6 45.6 38.7 103.4 103.4

Control valves
PN9233E 2-4 6 17.8 16.5 14.4 13.3 103.4 103.4 99.6 92.0
Pneumatic actuators
PN9320E 0.2 - 1 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 4 49.9 48.6 40.3 39.2 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9336E 1-2 4 35.6 34.2 28.7 27.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 4 8.6 7.2 6.9 5.8 65.5 55.0 47.9 40.3
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class IV
KE, LE, KEA and LEA with bellows and PTFE or Graphite stem seal
Maximum differential pressures bar
Spring Maximum
Actuator
range pressure
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PN9226E 1.0 - 2.0 6 40 40 40 40 36 29 27 21 10 7 6 4
PN9236E 1.0 - 2.0 6 5 5 3 3 2 2
PN9223E 2.0 - 4.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 37 27 25
PN9233E 2.0 - 4.0 6 17 17 11 11 7 7
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 39 24 29 17 18 10 12 6 3 1 1
PN9336E 1.0 - 2.0 4 12 10 7 6 4 3
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 4 40 40 30 28 18 17

Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Page 9 of 26
4.2.10
4.2.11
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off - PN9000E (Soft Seat Seal only)
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class VI
Page 10 of 26
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2" - 4")
size
Spring
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
PTFE PTFE PTFE
pressure
PN9126E 1-2 6 22.8 34.3 43.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 5.2 7.4 17.5 22.8 34.3 43.5
PN9123E 2-4 6 49.1 73.6 93.2 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 11.5 16.2 37.9 49.1 73.6 93.2
PN9220E 0.2 - 1.0 6 14.3 21.7 27.6 71.8 71.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 3.2 4.6 11.0 14.3 21.7 27.6
PN9220E 0.4 - 1.2 6 32.2 48.4 61.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 7.5 10.6 24.9 32.2 48.4 61.4
PN9226E 1-2 6 85.9 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 20.3 28.6 66.4 85.9 103.4 103.4
PN9236E 1-2 6 4.4 7.1 11.2 20.0 28.1 65.4
PN9223E 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 41.7 58.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9233E 2-4 6 9.2 14.8 23.2 41.4 58.1 103.4

Pneumatic actuators
PN9320E 0.2 - 1 4 31.7 47.6 60.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 7.4 10.4 24.5 31.7 47.6 60.4
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 67.0 100.3 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 15.8 22.2 51.8 67.0 100.3 103.4
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 4 3.4 5.5 8.6 15.5 21.8 50.7
PN9336E 1-2 4 9.0 14.6 22.8 40.7 57.2 103.4
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 4 23.2 37.3 58.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off - PN9000E (Soft seat seal only)
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class VI
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2" - 4")
size
Spring
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
pressure
PN9126E 1-2 6 14.9 22.5 28.6 74.4 74.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 3.3 4.8 11.4 14.9 22.5 28.6
PN9123E 2-4 6 41.2 61.8 78.3 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 9.6 13.6 31.8 41.2 61.8 78.3
PN9220E 0.2 - 1.0 6 6.5 9.9 12.7 33.7 33.7 53.2 95.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 1.3 1.9 4.9 6.5 9.9 12.7
PN9220E 0.4 - 1.2 6 24.3 36.6 46.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 5.6 7.9 18.8 24.3 36.6 46.5
PN9226E 1-2 6 78.0 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 18.4 25.9 60.3 78.0 103.4 103.4
PN9236E 1-2 6 3.7 5.9 9.4 16.8 23.6 55.0
PN9223E 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 39.8 55.9 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9233E 2-4 6 8.5 13.6 21.4 38.2 53.6 103.4

Pneumatic actuators
PN9320E 0.2 - 1 4 23.8 35.8 45.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 5.5 7.8 18.3 23.8 35.8 45.5
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 59.1 88.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 13.9 19.6 45.6 59.1 88.5 103.4
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 4 2.6 4.3 6.8 12.3 17.3 40.4
PN9336E 1-2 4 8.3 13.4 21.0 37.5 52.7 103.4
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 4 22.5 36.2 56.6 100.7 103.4 103.4
Page 11 of 26
4.2.12
4.2.13
Unbalanced control valves with PTFE or Graphite stem seal (low noise / Anti-cavitation)
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class VI
Page 12 of 26
Option P1 / A1 P1 / A1 / P2 / A2 / P3
Spring
Actuator
range bar Valve
size
Maximum
pressure
PN9126E 1-2 6 22.8 14.9 5.2 3.3
PN9123E 2-4 6 49.1 41.2 11.5 9.6
PN9220E 0.2 - 1.0 6 14.3 6.5 3.2 1.3
PN9220E 0.4 - 1.2 6 32.2 24.3 7.5 5.6
PN9226E 1-2 6 85.9 78.0 20.3 18.4
PN9236E 1-2 6 7.1 5.9 4.4 3.7
PN9223E 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 41.7 39.8

Control valves
PN9233E 2-4 6 14.8 13.6 9.2 8.5

Pneumatic actuators
PN9320E 0.2 - 1 4 31.7 23.8 7.4 5.5
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 67.0 59.1 15.8 13.9
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 4 5.5 4.3 3.4 2.6
PN9336E 1-2 4 14.6 13.4 9.0 8.3
2.5 - 3.5 4 37.3 36.2 23.2 22.5
PN9337E
shut-off
PN9000E -
Class VI
KE, LE, KEA and LEA with bellows and PTFE or Graphite stem seal
Spring Maximum
Actuator
range pressure
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PN9123E 2.0 - 4.0 6 16 1 12 8 6 3 2
PN9226E 1.0 - 2.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 39 36 30 16 13 11 9
PN9236E 1.0 - 2.0 6 5 5 3 3 2 2
PN9223E 2.0 - 4.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 33 31
PN9233E 2.0 - 4.0 6 17 17 11 11 7 7
PN9320E 0.4 - 1.2 4 40 38 40 30 28 20 22 16 9 7 7 5
PN9330E 0.4 - 1.2 4 1 1 1

Control valves
PN9336E 1.0 - 2.0 4 16 14 10 9 6 6

Pneumatic actuators
PN9337E 2.5 - 3.5 4 40 40 33 32 20 20
Page 13 of 26
4.2.14
4.2.15
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off - PN9000R
shut-off
Class IV
PN9000R -
Page 14 of 26
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2" - 4")
Spring size
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
PTFE PTFE PTFE
pressure
PN9126R 1-2 6 91.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 20.1 29.1 71.5 93.5 103.4 103.4
PN9123R 2-4 6 39.1 61.3 79.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 7.5 11.5 30.7 40.9 63.6 82.0
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 101.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 97.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9226R 1-2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 80.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9236R 1-2 6 16.9 27.8 44.2 80.1 103.4 103.4
PN9223R 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 37.7 53.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9233R 2-4 6 7.3 12.4 20.2 37.4 53.4 103.4

Pneumatic actuators
PN9320R 0.2 - 1 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 24.2 39.5 62.5 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9336R 1-2 4 16.6 27.3 43.5 78.9 103.4 103.4
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 2.4 4.6 8.0 15.7 23.0 57.2
shut-off
Class IV
PN9000R -
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2" - 4")
size
Spring
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
pressure
PN9126R 1-2 6 83.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 17.3 25.4 63.7 83.8 103.4 103.4
PN9123R 2-4 6 31.2 49.5 64.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 4.7 7.8 23.0 31.2 49.5 64.6
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 99.0 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 94.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9226R 1-2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 77.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9236R 1-2 6 16.2 26.6 42.4 76.9 103.4 103.4
PN9223R 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 34.9 50.1 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9233R 2-4 6 6.6 11.2 18.4 34.2 48.9 103.4

Pneumatic actuators
PN9320R 0.2 - 1 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 23.4 38.3 60.7 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9336R 1-2 4 15.9 26.2 41.7 75.7 103.4 103.4
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 1.7 3.4 6.2 12.5 18.5 46.8
Page 15 of 26
4.2.16
4.2.17
Unbalanced control valves with Graphite stem seal (low noise / Anti-cavitation)
shut-off
Class IV
PN9000R -
Page 16 of 26
Option P1 / A1 P1 / A1 / P2 / A2 / P3
Spring
Actuator
range bar Valve
size
Maximum
pressure
PN9126R 1-2 6 91.7 83.8 20.1 18.2
PN9123R 2-4 6 39.1 31.2 7.5 5.6
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6 103.4 103.4 101.8 99.9
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 103.4 103.4 97.5 95.7
PN9226R 1-2 6 103.4 103.4 80.4 78.6
PN9236R 1-2 6 27.2 26.6 16.9 16.2
PN9223R 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 37.7 35.8

Control valves
PN9233R 2-4 6 12.5 11.2 7.3 6.6

Pneumatic actuators
PN9320R 0.2 - 1 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 39.6 38.3 24.2 23.4
PN9336R 1-2 4 27.4 26.2 16.7 15.9
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 4.7 3.4 2.5 1.7
Balanced control valves with PTFE or graphite stem seal
shut-off
Class IV
PN9000R -
Valve
DN40 - DN50 (1" - 2") DN65 - DN80 (2" - 3") DN100 (4")
size
Spring
Actuator Kv 36 25 100 63 36 25 160 100 63 36
range bar
Maximum
pressure
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PN9126R 1-2 6 1.3 1.6 0.0
PN9123R 2-4 6 8.1 6.1 6.8 5.2
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 3.8 1.7 3.5 1.9
PN9226R 1-2 6 17.6 15.6 14.1 12.5
PN9236R 1-2 6 5.6 4.2 4.4 3.4 3.9 3.1 3.8 3.1 3.8 2.7 2.9 2.2 2.6 2.0 2.5 2.0
Control valves
PN9223R 2-4 6 40.6 38.6 31.7 30.2

Pneumatic actuators
PN9233R 2-4 6 14.7 13.3 10.8 9.8 9.1 8.3 8.7 8.0 11.2 10.1 7.5 6.8 6.5 5.9 5.9 5.4
PN9320R 0.2 - 1 4 3.6 1.6 3.3 1.8
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 12.7 10.7 10.3 8.8
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 3.6 2.3 3.0 2.0 2.8 2.0 2.8 2.0 2.3 1.1 1.9 1.2 1.8 1.2 1.8 1.3
PN9336R 1-2 4 14.4 13.0 10.6 9.6 9.0 8.2 8.5 7.8 11.0 9.9 7.4 6.7 6.3 5.8 5.8 5.3
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 41.4 40.0 29.6 28.6 24.4 23.6 23.0 22.2 32.7 31.6 21.2 20.5 17.7 17.2 15.8 15.3
Page 17 of 26
4.2.18
4.2.19
Balanced control valves with Graphite stem seal (low noise / Anti-cavitation)
shut-off
Class IV
PN9000R -
Page 18 of 26
Option P1 / A1 P1 / A1 / P2 / A2 / P3
Spring
Actuator
range bar
Valve size DN40 - DN50 DN65 - DN80 DN100 DN40 - DN50 DN65 - DN80 DN100
Maximum
PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite
pressure
PN9126R 1-2 6 1.3 12.5
PN9123R 2-4 6 8.1 6.1 77.1 57.7
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 3.8 1.7 35.8 16.4
PN9226R 1-2 6 17.6 15.6 103.4 103.4
PN9236R 1-2 6 5.6 4.2 3.8 2.7 42.4 32.0 26.3 18.7
PN9223R 2-4 6 40.8 38.7 103.4 103.4

Control valves
PN9233R 2-4 6 14.7 13.3 11.2 10.1 103.4 101.5 77.3 69.6
Pneumatic actuators
PN9320R 0.2 - 1 4 3.6 1.6 34.5 15.1
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 12.7 10.7 103.4 101.7
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 3.6 2.3 2.3 1.1 27.7 17.2 15.6 7.9
PN9336R 1-2 4 14.4 13.0 11.0 9.9 103.4 99.5 75.8 68.1
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 41.4 40.0 32.7 31.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
shut-off
Class IV
PN9000R -
KE, LE, KEA and LEA with bellows and PTFE or graphite stem seal

Maximum
Spring
Actuator air
range
pressure
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PN9120R 0.2 - 1.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 22 19 15 13
PN9120R 0.4 - 1.2 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 20 18 14 12
PN9125R 0.4 - 2.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 36 30 13 11 9 7
PN9126R 1.0 - 2.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 36 30 13 11 9 7
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
PN9230R 0.4 - 1.2 6 40 40 32 32 20 20

Control valves
PN9226R 1.0 - 2.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

Pneumatic actuators
PN9236R 1.0 - 2.0 4 40 40 26 26 16 16
PN9223R 2.0 - 4.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 37 27 25
PN9233R 2.0 - 4.0 6 17 17 11 11 7 7
PN9320R 0.2 - 1.0 4 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 40 40 34 33 21 20
PN9336R 1.0 - 2.0 4 35 34 22 21 13 12
Page 19 of 26
4.2.20
4.2.21
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off - PN9000R (Soft seat seal only)
shut-off
Class VI
PN9000R -
Page 20 of 26
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2" - 4")
Spring size
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
PTFE PTFE PTFE
pressure
PN9126R 1-2 6 101.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 24.1 33.9 78.7 101.7 103.4 103.4
PN9123R 2-4 6 49.1 73.6 93.2 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 11.5 16.2 37.9 49.1 73.6 93.2
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 101.5 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9226R 1-2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 84.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9236R 1-2 6 18.8 30.2 47.2 84.1 103.4 103.4
PN9223R 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 41.7 58.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9233R 2-4 6 9.2 14.8 23.2 41.4 58.1 103.4

Pneumatic actuators
PN9320R 0.2 - 1 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 26.0 41.9 65.5 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9336R 1-2 4 18.5 29.7 46.5 82.9 103.4 103.4
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 4.3 7.0 11.0 19.7 27.7 64.4
shut-off
Class VI
PN9000R -
Valve
DN15 - DN25 (" - 1") DN32 - DN50 (1" - 2") DN65 - DN100 (2" - 4")
Spring size
Actuator
range bar
Kv 10 6.3 4 2.5 1.6 1 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.1 36 25 16 10 6.3 4 160 100 63 36 25 16
Maximum
pressure
PN9126R 1-2 6 93.8 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 22.2 31.2 72.5 93.8 103.4 103.4
PN9123R 2-4 6 41.2 61.8 78.3 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 9.6 13.6 31.8 41.2 61.8 78.3
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 99.7 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9226R 1-2 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 82.6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9236R 1-2 6 18.0 29.0 45.4 80.9 103.4 103.4
PN9223R 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 39.8 55.9 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
Control valves
PN9233R 2-4 6 8.5 13.6 21.4 38.2 53.6 103.4

Pneumatic actuators
PN9320R 0.2 - 1 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 25.3 40.7 63.7 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9336R 1-2 4 17.8 28.6 44.7 79.7 103.4 103.4
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 3.6 5.8 9.2 16.5 23.2 54.0
Page 21 of 26
4.2.22
4.2.23
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off - PN9000R
Unbalanced control valves with Graphite stem seal (low noise / Anti-cavitation)
shut-off
Class VI
PN9000R -
Page 22 of 26
Option P1 / A1 P1 / A1 / P2 / A2 / P3
Spring
Actuator
range bar Valve
size
Maximum
pressure
PN9126R 1-2 6 101.7 93.8 24.1 22.2
PN9123R 2-4 6 49.1 41.2 11.5 9.6
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 103.4 103.4 101.5 99.7
PN9226R 1-2 6 103.4 103.4 84.4 82.6
PN9236R 1-2 6 30.2 29.0 18.8 18.0
PN9223R 2-4 6 103.4 103.4 41.7 39.8

Control valves
PN9233R 2-4 6 14.8 13.6 9.2 8.5

Pneumatic actuators
PN9320R 0.2 - 1 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 103.4 103.4 103.4 103.4
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 41.9 40.7 26.0 25.3
PN9336R 1-2 4 29.7 28.6 18.5 17.8
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 7.0 5.8 4.3 3.6
shut-off
Class VI
PN9000R -
KE, LE, KEA and LEA with bellows and PTFE or graphite stem seal

Maximum
Spring
Actuator air
range
pressure
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PTFE
Graphite
PN9120R 0.2 - 1.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 28 25 20 18
PN9120R 0.4 - 1.2 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 26 24 19 17
PN9125R 0.4 - 2.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 39 20 17 14 12
PN9126R 1.0 - 2.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 39 20 17 14 12
PN9123R 2.0 - 4.0 6 16 1 12 8 6 3 2
PN9220R 0.2 - 1.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
PN9220R 0.4 - 1.2 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
PN9230R 0.4 - 1.2 6 40 40 32 32 20 20

Control valves
PN9226R 1.0 - 2.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

Pneumatic actuators
PN9236R 1.0 - 2.0 4 40 40 26 26 16 16
PN9223R 2.0 - 4.0 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 33 31
PN9233R 2.0 - 4.0 6 17 17 11 11 7 7
PN9320R 0.2 - 1.0 4 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
PN9320R 0.4 - 1.2 4 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
PN9330R 0.4 - 1.2 4 40 40 37 36 23 23
PN9336R 1.0 - 2.0 4 39 38 25 24 16 15
PN9337R 2.5 - 3.5 4 4 2 2 1 1 1
Page 23 of 26
4.2.24
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
PN9000 series selection guide:
Before making your PN9000 series selection please reference pages 4 to 27 - Sizing data
How to use the sizing data:

The tables supply guidance as to the sizing of the PN9000 when it is used on a SPIRA-TROL control valve.
Two conditions are illustrated in tabular form:

Class IV shut-off - Providing shut-off of the valve to the requirements of BS 5793-4 (IEC 60534-4) class IV.
Class VI shut-off - Providing shut-off of the valve to the requirements of BS 5793-4 (IEC 60534-4) class VI.

PN = Polyester powder coated (standard)

Type PNP
PNP = Electroless nickle plated
Series 9 = 9000 series 9
1 = 100 cm 2
Actuator size 2 = 340 cm 2 3
4.2.25 3 = 670 cm 2
2 = 20 mm
Valve travel 3
3 = 30 mm
0 = 0.2 to 1.0 bar (option for 0.4 to 1.2 bar)
3 = 2.0 to 4.0 bar
5 = 0.4 to 2.0 bar (PN9100 series only) 7

Spring rating
6 = 1.0 to 2.0 bar
7 = 2.5 to 3.5 bar (PN933_ series only
E = Spring-extend
Spring action E
R = Spring-retract
Blank = Spira-trol TM K and L Series (M34)

Yoke type
(DN15 - DN50)
B = Spira-trol TM J Series (M50)
Manual override H = Handwheel (optional)
Stainless steel bolting S = Stainless steel bolting (optional)
Fast Speed F = version with the higher capacity of speed (possible only PN92_ and PN93_)
How to order / selection example:

1 off Spirax Sarco PNP9337E pneumatic actuator.
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Fast speed version
Fast speed versions are available for PN92xx and PN93xx. The fast speed version is a modified version of the existing PN but it also
need to have the right pipe diameter of the air inlet as an example: DN65 PTSUSS + PN9320 air inlet= " without
Time to close Time to open
Standard 2.5s 5.1s
Fast 1.4s 2.9s
Same with air inlet.

Fast 0.8s 1.5s
With a positioner, the fastest time to close/open will be limited by itself.

Same with air inlet SP500.
Fast 1.4s 2.9s
For fail safe fast speed function, the below lay at could be used to shortcut the positioner.
Actuator
Electric command
+
1D 2
4.2.26
-
Pneumatic command
3 1
Air inlet
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Spare parts
The only spares available are clearly indicated below and are common for both spring-extend and spring-retract versions.
Available spares
Stem seal kit 17, 18, 30
Diaphragm kit 4, 9
Travel indicator kit 15, 19, 20
Spring kit 5
Linkage kit (suitable for Mk1 and Spira-trolTM valves) 10, 13, 14, 26, 27
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the actuator model.
Example: 1 - Stem seal kit for a PN9120 pneumatic actuator.
4.2.27
5
30
9 17
18
15, 19 and 20
10
26 and 27 13 and 14
Control valves
Local regulationsPneumatic
may restrict the use of thisactuators
TI-P327-01
CH Issue 4
TN2000 Series
Pneumatic Piston Actuators
for DN125 to DN300 SPIRA-TROL Series Control Valves
Description Technical data
The TN2000 series pneumatic piston actuators are designed for Temperature range - 15C to +110C
use with DN125 to DN300 SPIRA-TROL control valves. There are Maximum operating inlet pressure 10 bar g
three versions available: Single-acting (with spring), Double-acting
Air supply connection " screwed NPT
(with spring) and Double-acting (no spring) for matching the
requirements of valves at various differential pressures and in a Actuator travel 70 mm
variety of applications.
Available types
SE = Single-acting, spring-extend
SR = Single-acting, spring-retract
DE = Double-acting, spring assisted (extend)
DR = Double-acting, spring assisted (retract)
DA = Double-acting, no spring 4.2.28
Optional extra
Manual handwheel
G J
TN2277SE TN2277SRH

Weight
Actuator range F G H J Actuator With handwheel
TN2277SE and variants 863 532 1197 330 116 + 21
TN2277DE and variants 863 532 1197 330 116 + 21
TN2277SR and variants 863 532 1132 330 116 + 19
TN2277DR and variants 863 532 1132 330 116 + 19
TN227NDA and variants 863 532 - 330 98 -
Page 1 of 7
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Materials
32 21
15
23
3
16 10
31
19
9
18 29
8 5
6
17 30
31 10
16
2 15
26 7
22, 27, 28
4.2.29
24
25 14
33 11
12
13
1
No. Part Material

1 Yoke SG iron
2 Lower cylinder end cap SG iron BS EN 1563 GJS 400 18U-LT
3 Upper cylinder end cap SG iron BS EN 1563 GJS 400 18U-LT
4 Cylinder Composite tube
5 Piston SG iron
6 Spring Chrome vanadium steel
8 Spindle sleeve Carbon steel (plated)
9 Lock-nut M27 Carbon steel (plated)
10 Bearing and seal insert Carbon steel (plated)
11 Indicator plate Stainless steel
12 Top connector Carbon steel (plated)
13 Bottom connector Carbon steel (plated)
14 Connector Stainless steel
15 Rod seal wiper Polyurethane
16 DU plain bearing PTFE / steel composite
17 Long nut Carbon steel (plated)
18 Nut and threaded bar Carbon steel (plated)
19 Threaded bar M12 Carbon steel (plated)
20 " NPT vent plug (not shown) LD Polyethylene
21 Cover PVC
22 Scale Stainless steel
23 Nut M12 Carbon steel (plated)
24 Lock-nut M20 Stainless steel
25 Cap screw Carbon steel (plated)
26 Bolt M12 Stainless steel
27 Pan head screw Carbon steel (plated)
28 Nut M2.5 Carbon steel (plated)
29 'O' ring Fluorocarbon rubber (Viton)
32 Spring washer M12 Carbon steel (plated)
33 Spring washer M10 Carbon steel (plated)
TN2000 Series Pneumatic Piston Actuators

TI-P327-01 CH Issue 4 for DN125 to DN300 SPIRA-TROL Series Control Valves Page 2 of 7
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators

The following tables supply guidance as to the sizing of the TN2000 when it is used on the SPIRA-TROL series control valves.
There are three applications: Two conditions are illustrated in tabular form in each of the applications:
- Unbalanced flow under applications Class IV shut-off - Providing shut-off of the valve to the requirements of
- Unbalanced flow over applications EN 60534-4 (IEC 60534-4) Class IV.
- Balanced applications Class VI shut-off - Providing shut-off of the valve to the requirements of
EN 60534-4 (IEC 60534-4) Class VI.
Class V shut-off - Providing shut-off of the valve to the requirements of
EN 60534-4 (IEC 60534-4) Class V.

Note: With exception to the TN2277SE, the values in the following tables are based on the air pressure indicated below the product
nomenclature of the specific unit. In the event of air failure you will require an air pressurised tank to position the valve.
Valve maximum differential pressure
TN2277SE DN125 DN150 DN200

DN250
DN300 full
DN300 reduced
4.2.30
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 4.6 4.2 2.1 1.9
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class V 3.0 2.6 0.8 0.6

Unbalanced
Under Soft seated (G, K) Class VI 10.8 10.4 7.3 7.0 4.1 3.9 1.5 1.4
Soft seated (P) Class VI 10.7 10.3 7.1 6.9 4.0 3.8 1.4 1.4
Balanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV 87.0 83.0 72.0 69.0 40.0 38.0 20.0 19.0
Unbalanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV, V, VI 13.2 12.8 8.9 8.6 5.0 4.9 1.8 1.8
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 26.0 22.0 14.0 11.0

Over
Balanced Soft seated (G, K) Class IV 68.0 64.0 57.0 53.0 31.0 29.0 15.0 14.0
Soft seated (P) Class IV 67.0 63.0 56.0 52.0 30.0 28.0 14.0 14.0

TN2277SR DN125 DN150 DN200
DN250
DN300 full
with 4 bar air supply DN300 reduced
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 7.0 6.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 1.0
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class V 5.0 5.0 2.0 2.0

Unbalanced
Under Soft seated (G, K) Class VI 13.0 12.0 8.0 8.0 5.0 4.0 1.0 1.0
Soft seated (P) Class VI 13.0 12.0 8.0 8.0 4.0 4.0 1.0 1.0
Balanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV 117.0 114.0 98.0 95.0 54.0 52.0 27.0 26.0
Unbalanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV, V, VI 13.2 12.8 8.9 8.6 5.0 4.9 1.8 1.8
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 44.0 40.0 28.0 25.0 8.0 6.0
Over
Balanced Soft seated (G, K) Class IV 86.0 82.0 71.0 68.0 39.0 38.0 20.0 19.0
Soft seated (P) Class IV 85.0 81.0 70.0 67.0 38.0 37.0 19.0 18.0

Control valves
Pneumatic actuators

TN2277DE DN125 DN150 DN200
DN250
DN300 full
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class IV 69 68 45 45 24 24 8 8
Metal seated (T, W, S) Class V 67 67 44 44 23 23 7 7
Unbalanced
Under Soft seated (G, K) Class VI 75 75 50 50 28 28 10 10
Soft seated (P) Class VI 75 75 50 50 28 28 10 10
Balanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV 306 302 255 251 141 139 71 70
Unbalanced All seated (T, W, S, P, K, G) Class IV, V, VI 74 73 49 49 28 28 10 10
Over
Balanced Soft seated (G, K) Class IV 506 502 421 418 233 231 118 117
Soft seated (P) Class IV 505 501 420 417 232 231 117 116
4.2.31 TN2277DR DN125 DN150 DN200

DN250
DN300 full
with 8 bar air supply Graphite DN300 reduced
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Unbalanced
Over

TN227NDA DN125 DN150 DN200
DN250
DN300 full
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE

Unbalanced
Over

Control valves
Pneumatic actuators

DN250
DN300 full
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Unbalanced
Over

DN250
DN300 full 4.2.32
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Unbalanced
Over

DN250
DN300 full
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE

Unbalanced
Over

Control valves
Pneumatic actuators

DN250
DN300 full
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Unbalanced
Over
4.2.33 TN227NDA DN125 DN150 DN200

DN250
DN300 full
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Flow
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Unbalanced
Over
TN2000 series selection guide:

Type TN
Series 2 = 2000 series
Actuator size 2 = 993 cm2
Valve travel 7 = 70 mm
7 = with spring
Spring rating
N = double-acting (no spring)
SE = Single-acting, spring-extend
SR = Single-acting, spring-retract
Action DE = Double-acting, spring assisted (extend)
DR = Double-acting, spring assisted (retract)
DA = Double-acting, no spring
Manual override H = Handwheel (optional) not available for the NDA version
Selection example: TN 2 2 7 7 SE
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco TN2277SE pneumatic piston actuator.

Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
TN2000 series selection guide:

Spare parts
The spare parts available are common across the range of actuators detailed in this document. No other parts are available as spares.
Available spares
'O' ring kit 15, 29, 30, 31
Travel indicator kit 22, 27, 28
Spring 6
Handwheel A
EH kit B
RH kit C
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the actuator model.
Example: 1 - 'O' ring kit for a Spirax Sarco TN2277SE pneumatic piston actuator.
A
4.2.34
B
C
15, 29, 30 and 31

6
22, 27 and 28

Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
4.2.35
Control valves
Local regulationsPneumatic
may restrict the use of thisactuators
TI-P369-01
CH Issue 3
SLM1, SLM2, SLI1 and SLI2

Limit Switches
Description
The switch kits are for use with linear pneumatic actuators conforming to the NAMUR standard. The series provides switched electric or
variable resistance outputs, relative to the valve actuator position.
How to choose the right limit switch for your actuator and application:
Identify the actuator and valve travel Example: If the travel < = 30 mm then choose between an SLM1, SLI1 or SLI2
Identify your electronic signal requirements Example: 250 Vac and 3 A = > Choose between an SLM1 or SLM2
Make your choice between the inductive or mechanical
Example: 2 sensors open / close in inductive = > Choose an SLI1
and if you require one or two sensors.
Do you need ATEX certification ? Example: Yes = > Choose between an SLI1 or SLI2
Applications and technical data

The switch kits series can be used with the following Spirax Sarco actuators using the fixing kit specified: 4.2.36
SLM1 SLM2 SLI1 SLI2
Limit switches
This switch consist This switch consist This switch consist of This switch consist of
of two mechanical of two mechanical two proximity sensors two proximity sensors
micro-switches within micro-switch units within a single unit to provide
a single unit to provide to provide to provide valve actuator position
valve actuator position valve actuator position valve actuator position (open / close) after
(open / close) after (open / close) after (open / close) after setting
setting setting setting
Travel < = 30 mm
Travel > = 30 mm
24 Vac 6 A to
Maximum ac 250 Vac 16 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
250 Vac 3 A
voltage and
current 12 Vdc 10 A
dc 48 Vdc 16 A 30 Vdc 30 Vdc
to 230 Vdc 5 A
Ratings and standards:

100 000 - 16 A 150 000 - 10 A
Mechanical life 500 000 - 5 A 10 000 000 - 3 A
20 000 000 - 0.2 A 15 000 000 - 0.1 A
Life MTTFd (mean time to
111 years 218 years
dangerous failure)
(worst case) (worst case)
SIL
Temperature -20C to +85C -25C to +70C -25C to +70C -20C to +60C
ATEX II 3G Ex nA II T6
ATEX ATEX II 3G
ATEX II 3D Ex tD 22A ATEX II 3D
IP67 T80C
Ingress Protection (IP) IP65 IP66 IP68 IP67
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
SLM1 SLM2
15
22
4
7 19 5.5
80
6
8 34.5
60.5
1
5.2
x 6.2
5
119
50
4.2.37 3
1. Housing base
2. Cover
3. Special shaft for linkage to Spirax Sarco actuators
4. Adjustable cam system = 41 = 30 A
5. 'O' ring seal 64 8 34
6. 5-pin terminal block
7. Microswitches
8. Position indicator A = 3 x threaded holes for cable gland 11
SLI1 SLI2
47
26
M12 x 1
8.5
5.5
6.2
M12 x 1
30
SW17
32.5
4.5
64.8
6.2
5.5 106 34.6
9.6
10.3
30
50.7
12.7
8.5 Shock protection
TI-P369-01 CH Issue 3 SLM1, SLM2, SLI1 and SLI2 Limit Switches Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Pneumatic actuators
Actuator type
PN912X PN923X PN1XXX TN22XX PN9483 PN9482
PN922X PN933X PN2XXX PN9486
Limit switch PN932X TN2000
TN2100
M8 stem M12 stem
SLM1 Kit 3690050 3690050 3690050
Switch box 3690066 3690066 3690066
Box bracket 3690067 3690067 3690067
Connecting valve 3690068 3690068 3690068
SLM2 Kit 3690058 3690097 3690062
Sensor 3690092 3690092 3690092 4.2.38

Sensor bracket 3690093 3690093 3690094
Detection bracket 3690095 3690098 3690096
SLI1 Kit 3690051 3690051 3690055 3690059 3690001 3690063
Box integrated
3690069 3690069 3690069 3690069 3690069 3690069
2 sensors
Cable (25m) 3690070 3690070 3690070 3690070 3690070 3690070
Sensor bracket 3690071 3690071 3690077 3690078 3690078 3690079
Detection bracket 3690075 3690076 3690072 3690073 3690002 3690074
SLI2 Kit (PNP) 3690052 3690052 3690056 3690060 3690003 3690064
Kit (NPN) 3690053 3690053 3690057 3690061 3690005 3690065
Sensor (PNP) 3690080 3690080 3690080 3690080 3690080 3690080
Sensor (NPN) 3690081 3690081 3690081 3690081 3690081 3690081
Cable (10m) 3690082 3690082 3690082 3690082 3690082 3690082
Sensor bracket 3690083 3690083 3690084 3690085 3690085 3690086
Detection bracket 3690087 3690088 3690089 3690090 3690004 3690091
How to order examples:

A: 1 off SLI2 switch kit 36900 52 for a PN923X actuator, European (PNP).
B: 1 off SLM2 switch kit 36900 58 for a TN2XXX actuator.
TI-P369-01 CH Issue 3 SLM1, SLM2, SLI1 and SLI2 Limit Switches Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Electric actuators
4.3.1
Control valves
Electric
Local regulations may restrict the use of actuators
TI-P358-25
CH Issue 3
AEL5 Series
Electric Linear Actuators
for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves
The AEL5 series electric actuators are reversible having linear output. No. Part Material
1 to 8 kN Polycarbonate
1 Case
Available types 14 to 25 kN Die-cast aluminium
AEL5 actuators are available with 4 supply variants, 230 Vac, 115 Vac, 2 Housing Die-cast aluminium
24 Vac and 24 Vdc all being suitable for a VMD (Valve Motor Drive) input
power signal. At extra cost, actuators can be fitted with a positioner input
card that can accept a 4 - 20 mA or 2 - 10 Vdc control signal - Please
note that this option is not available for the 24 Vdc supply variant.
AEL5 actuators can be ordered with or without a potentiometer, those
ordered with will be fitted with a 1 k potentiometer as standard.
The potentiometer can be used in conjunction with the positioner for a
2 - 10 V or 4 - 20 mA input signal, or as feedback for VMD. Also available
are auxiliary limit switches and anti-condense heater. See TI-P358-28
for further details on the accessories. 4.3.2
These actuators can be used with the following valves, in conjunction
with an appropriate valve adaptor and mounting flange.
2-port SPIRA-TROL or C Series
Valves
3-port QL33, QL43, QL63 and QL73 mixing and diverting valves 1
Note: A mounting flange and valve adaptor is required to mount

the actuator to a valve. See the associated tables below:
Mounting flange selection

Actuator
AEL51_ AEL56_
Valve type and size AEL52_
AEL53_ 2
AEL54_
AEL55_
KE and KEA
LE and LEA DN15 to DN50 EL5970
QL
KE and KEA
DN65 to DN100 EL5971 EL5972
QL
DN15 to DN50 EL5971 J
JE and JEA
DN65 to DN100 EL5972 J EL5972
Valve adaptor
Mounting flange
Valve adaptor selection

Valve type and size Valve stem AEL51_ AEL52_ AEL53_ AEL54_ AEL55_ AEL56_
KE and KEA DN15 to DN50 M8 thread AEL6911 AEL6911 AEL6911 AEL6911 AEL6911
LE and LEA
QL DN65 to DN100 M12 thread Integrated Integrated Integrated Integrated Integrated EL5945
DN15 to DN50 M8 thread AEL6911 J AEL6911 J AEL6911 J AEL6911 J AEL6911 J

JE and JEA
DN65 to DN100 M12 thread AEL6912 J AEL6912 J AEL6912 J AEL6912 J AEL6912 J EL5945
Page 1 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Technical data
Actuator type AEL51_ AEL52_ AEL53_ AEL54_ AEL55_ AEL56_
Supply voltage 230 Vac, 115 Vac, 24 Vac, (24 Vdc) 10%
Supply frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz / (continuous)

Maximal power
consumption VA
25.5 / 25.9 / 37 / 40 / 44 / 47 / 72 / 68 / 53 / 55 / 100 / 86 /
Note: power consumption
(41) (24) (41) (41) (93) (NA)
is relative to 50 / 60 Hz /
(continuous) respectively
Stroke mm 50 50 50 50 65 100
Actuator speed mm/s
Note: Speed is relative to 0.25 / 0.3 / 0.5 / 0.6 / 0.5 / 0.6 / 0.65 / 0.78 / 0.45 / 0.54 / 1 / 1.2 /
50 / 60 Hz / (continuous) (1) (0.5) (1) (0.5) (0.5) (1)
respectively
Enclosure rating IP65 (for outdoor installations provide adequate shelter)
Actuator trust kN 1 2 4.5 8 14 25
Ambient limits -20C to 60C (Caution: -20C to 50C with positioner card fitted)
Synchronous motor for 1 to 14 kN, Asynchronous motor for 25 kN (Alternative current) or
Motor
Brushed direct current motor (Direct current)
Terminations 1.5 mm
4.3.3 Manual overide Handwheel
Conduit entries 2 x M20 x 1.5 (for 1 to 14 kN) and 3 x M20 x 1.5 (for 25 kN)
Positioner power
1
consumption VA
For alternative speed versions please contact Spirax Sarco
Approvals
This equipment is CE marked and conforms to the following:
- EN 50081-1 and EN 50082-2 (EMC)
- EN 61010-1/A2 (Safety), following the provisions of directives 89 / 336 / EEC amended by 92 / 31 / EEC and 93 / 68 / EEC (EMC) and
72 / 73 / EEC amended by 93 / 68 / EEC (LVD).
TI-P358-25 CH Issue 3 AEL5 Series Electric Linear Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves Page 2 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Maximum differential pressures for modulating duties only -

KE, LE, KEA and LEA 2-port valves
For pure control applications providing control across the full valve operating range, but not guaranteeing shut-off to a greater level than
the minimum flowrate based on the valve 50:1 turndown.
with PTFE or Graphite stem seal

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Valve travel 20 mm 30 mm
Maximum differential pressure bar
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL51211 230 40 29.8 35 23.5 23 15.7 18 12 7.9 5.2 5.6 3.7 3 1.2 1.9 0.7 1.2 0.4
AEL51212 115 40 29.8 35 23.5 23 15.7 18 12 7.9 5.2 5.6 3.7 3 1.2 1.9 0.7 1.2 0.4
AEL51213 24 40 29.8 35 23.5 23 15.7 18 12 7.9 5.2 5.6 3.7 3 1.2 1.9 0.7 1.2 0.4
AEL52211 230 40 40 40 38.7 32.5 16.7 14 11.9 10 6.5 4.7 4.1 3 2.6 1.8
AEL52212 115 40 40 40 38.7 32.5 16.7 14 11.9 10 6.5 4.7 4.1 3 2.6 1.8
AEL52213 24 40 40 40 38.7 32.5 16.7 14 11.9 10 6.5 4.7 4.1 3 2.6 1.8
AEL53211 230 40 40 38.8 36 27.6 25.7 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL53212 115 40 40 38.8 36 27.6 25.7 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
4.3.4
AEL53213 24 40 40 38.8 36 27.6 25.7 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL54211 230 40 40 40 27.7 25.9 17.7 16 11 10.3
AEL54212 115 40 40 40 27.7 25.9 17.7 16 11 10.3
AEL54213 24 40 40 40 27.7 25.9 17.7 16 11 10.3
AEL55311 230 40 40 31.3 30.2 19.5 18.8
AEL55312 115 40 40 31.3 30.2 19.5 18.8
AEL55313 24 40 40 31.3 30.2 19.5 18.8
AEL56411 230 40 40 35 34.3
AEL56412 115 40 40 35 34.3
AEL56413 24 40 40 35 34.3
with Bellows and PTFE or Graphite stem seal

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL52211 230 19.8 4.9 15.7 3.9 10.5 2.6 8.1 2.0 3.5 0.8 2.5 0.6
AEL52212 115 19.8 4.9 15.7 3.9 10.5 2.6 8.1 2.0 3.5 0.8 2.5 0.6
AEL52213 24 19.8 4.9 15.7 3.9 10.5 2.6 8.1 2.0 3.5 0.8 2.5 0.6
AEL53211 230 40 40 40 40 25.5 22 18.2 16.3 7.9 6.1 5 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL53212 115 40 40 40 40 25.5 22 18.2 16.3 7.9 6.1 5 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL53213 24 40 40 40 40 25.5 22 18.2 16.3 7.9 6.1 5 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL54211 230 40 40 40 38.5 20.3 18.5 13 11.8 8.1 7.3
AEL54212 115 40 40 40 38.5 20.3 18.5 13 11.8 8.1 7.3
AEL54213 24 40 40 40 38.5 20.3 18.5 13 11.8 8.1 7.3
AEL55311 230 40 40 40 39.8 26.5 25.4 16.6 15.9
AEL55312 115 40 40 40 39.8 26.5 25.4 16.6 15.9
AEL55313 24 40 40 40 39.8 26.5 25.4 16.6 15.9
AEL56411 230 40 40 40 32.1 31.3
AEL56412 115 40 40 40 32.1 31.3
AEL56413 24 40 40 40 32.1 31.3
Control valves
Electric actuators
Maximum differential pressures for class IV shut-off -


Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL51211 230 29.7 14.8 22 10 12 4.8 10.3 4.2 2.6 1.2
AEL51212 115 29.7 14.8 22 10 12 4.8 10.3 4.2 2.6 1.2
AEL51213 24 29.7 14.8 22 10 12 4.8 10.3 4.2 2.6 1.2
AEL52211 230 40 40 39 31.8 30.7 24 11.4 8.8 7.5 5.6 3.2 1.4 1.5 0.3
AEL52212 115 40 40 39 31.8 30.7 24 11.4 8.8 7.5 5.6 3.2 1.4 1.5 0.3
AEL52213 24 40 40 39 31.8 30.7 24 11.4 8.8 7.5 5.6 3.2 1.4 1.5 0.3
AEL53211 230 40 40 40 33.5 30.8 23.2 21.3 12 10.2 7.1 6 4 3.3
AEL53212 115 40 40 40 33.5 30.8 23.2 21.3 12 10.2 7.1 6 4 3.3
AEL53213 24 40 40 40 33.5 30.8 23.2 21.3 12 10.2 7.1 6 4 3.3
AEL54211 230 40 40 40 24.4 22.6 15 13 8.9 8
115 40 40 40 24.4 22.6 15 13 8.9 8
4.3.5
AEL54212
AEL54213 24 40 40 40 24.4 22.6 15 13 8.9 8
AEL55311 230 40 40 40 40 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL55312 115 40 40 40 40 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL55313 24 40 40 40 40 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL56411 230 40 40 40 40 32.9 32
AEL56412 115 40 40 40 40 32.9 32
AEL56413 24 40 40 40 40 32.9 32

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL52211 230 4.8 2.3
AEL52212 115 4.8 2.3
AEL52213 24 4.8 2.3
AEL53211 230 40 40 40 40 19.2 16.6 12.9 11 3.9 2.1 1.8 0.7 0.6
AEL53212 115 40 40 40 40 19.2 16.6 12.9 11 3.9 2.1 1.8 0.7 0.6
AEL53213 24 40 40 40 40 19.2 16.6 12.9 11 3.9 2.1 1.8 0.7 0.6
AEL54211 230 40 40 34.9 33 16.3 14.5 9.8 8.6 5.5 4.8
AEL54212 115 40 40 34.9 33 16.3 14.5 9.8 8.6 5.5 4.8
AEL54213 24 40 40 34.9 33 16.3 14.5 9.8 8.6 5.5 4.8
AEL55311 230 40 40 37.6 35.8 23.4 22.2 14.1 13.3
AEL55312 115 40 40 37.6 35.8 23.4 22.2 14.1 13.3
AEL55313 24 40 40 37.6 35.8 23.4 22.2 14.1 13.3
AEL56411 230 40 40 29.5 28.8
AEL56412 115 40 40 29.5 28.8
AEL56413 24 40 40 29.5 28.8
Control valves
Electric actuators
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut off (soft-seal) -


Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL51211 230 40 29.7 35 23.2 23 15.5 18 11.9 7.7 5.1 5.5 3.6 2.9 1.1
AEL51212 115 40 29.7 35 23.2 23 15.5 18 11.9 7.7 5.1 5.5 3.6 2.9 1.1
AEL51213 24 40 29.7 35 23.2 23 15.5 18 11.9 7.7 5.1 5.5 3.6 2.9 1.1
AEL52211 230 40 40 40 38.4 32.3 16.6 13.9 11 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 2.9 2.5 1.8
AEL52212 115 40 40 40 38.4 32.3 16.6 13.9 11 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 2.9 2.5 1.8
AEL52213 24 40 40 40 38.4 32.3 16.6 13.9 11 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 2.9 2.5 1.8
AEL53211 230 40 40 38.6 35.9 27 25.6 15.2 13.4 9.7 8.6 6 5.3
AEL53212 115 40 40 38.6 35.9 27 25.6 15.2 13.4 9.7 8.6 6 5.3
AEL53213 24 40 40 38.6 35.9 27 25.6 15.2 13.4 9.7 8.6 6 5.3
AEL54211 230 40 40 40 27.6 25.8 17.6 16.5 11 10.2
AEL54212 115 40 40 40 27.6 25.8 17.6 16.5 11 10.2
AEL54213 24 40 40 40 27.6 25.8 17.6 16.5 11 10.2 4.3.6
AEL55311 230 40 40 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL55312 115 40 40 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL55313 24 40 40 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL56411 230 40 40 40
AEL56412 115 40 40 40
AEL56413 24 40 40 40
with Bellows PTFE or Graphite stem seal

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL52211 230 19.8 4.9 15.7 3.9 10.5 2.6 8.1 2 2.5 0.6
AEL52212 115 19.8 4.9 15.7 3.9 10.5 2.6 8.1 2 2.5 0.6
AEL52213 24 19.8 4.9 15.7 3.9 10.5 2.6 8.1 2 2.5 0.6
AEL53211 230 40 40 40 40 25.5 22.9 18.2 16.3 7.9 6.1 5 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL53212 115 40 40 40 40 25.5 22.9 18.2 16.3 7.9 6.1 5 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL53213 24 40 40 40 40 25.5 22.9 18.2 16.3 7.9 6.1 5 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL54211 230 40 40 40 38.3 20.3 18.5 13 11.8 8.1 7.3
AEL54212 115 40 40 40 38.3 20.3 18.5 13 11.8 8.1 7.3
AEL54213 24 40 40 40 38.3 20.3 18.5 13 11.8 8.1 7.3
AEL55311 230 40 40 39.7 26.5 25.4 16.5 15.8
AEL55312 115 40 40 39.7 26.5 25.4 16.5 15.8
AEL55313 24 40 40 39.7 26.5 25.4 16.5 15.8
AEL56411 230 40 40 40 32.1 31.3
AEL56412 115 40 40 40 32.1 31.3
AEL56413 24 40 40 40 32.1 31.3
Control valves
Electric actuators
Maximum differential pressures for modulating duties only

JE and JEA 2-port valves
PTFE or Graphite stem seal
Valve size
" " 1" 1" 1" 2" 2" 3" 4"
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Graph Maximum differential pressure bar
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL51211 230 44 29 35 23 23 15.5 18.1 12.0 7.8 5.1 5.5 3.6 2.9 1.1 1.8 0.7 1.1 0.4
AEL51212 115 44 29 35 23 23 15.5 18.1 12.0 7.8 5.1 5.5 3.6 2.9 1.1 1.8 0.7 1.1 0.4
AEL51213 24 44 29 35 23 23 15.5 18.1 12.0 7.8 5.1 5.5 3.6 2.9 1.1 1.8 0.7 1.1 0.4
AEL52211 230 94 79 74 63 50 42 38 32 16.6 14.0 11.8 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 3.0 2.5 1.8
AEL52212 115 94 79 74 63 50 42 38 32 16.6 14.0 11.8 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 3.0 2.5 1.8
AEL52213 24 94 79 74 63 50 42 38 32 16.6 14.0 11.8 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 3.0 2.5 1.8
AEL53211 230 100 100 100 100 89 83 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL53212 115 100 100 100 100 89 83 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL53213 24 100 100 100 100 89 83 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
4.3.7
AEL54211 230 100 100 69 67 50 48 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL54212 115 100 100 69 67 50 48 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL54213 24 100 100 69 67 50 48 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL55211 230 100 100 87 85 49 47 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL55212 115 100 100 87 85 49 47 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL55213 24 100 100 87 85 49 47 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL56211 230 100 100 88 86 56.2 55.0 35.0 34.3
AEL56212 115 100 100 88 86 56.2 55.0 35.0 34.3
AEL56213 24 100 100 88 86 56.2 55.0 35.0 34.3
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off

Valve size
" " 1" 1" 1" 2" 2" 3" 4"
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL52211 230 79.5 64.6 61.3 49.5 39.1 31.2 30.7 24.6 11.5 8.8 7.5 5.6 3.2 1.4 1.5 0.4 0.5
AEL52212 115 79.5 64.6 61.3 49.5 39.1 31.2 30.7 24.6 11.5 8.8 7.5 5.6 3.2 1.4 1.5 0.4 0.5
AEL52213 24 79.5 64.6 61.3 49.5 39.1 31.2 30.7 24.6 11.5 8.8 7.5 5.6 3.2 1.4 1.5 0.4 0.5
AEL53211 230 100 100 100 96.9 81.6 75.5 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL53212 115 100 100 100 96.9 81.6 75.5 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL53213 24 100 100 100 96.9 81.6 75.5 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL54211 230 100 100 64.4 61.7 45.2 43.3 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL54212 115 100 100 64.4 61.7 45.2 43.3 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL54213 24 100 100 64.4 61.7 45.2 43.3 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL55211 230 100 100 83.0 81.1 45.7 43.8 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL55212 115 100 100 83.0 81.1 45.7 43.8 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL55213 24 100 100 83.0 81.1 45.7 43.8 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL56211 230 100 100 84.6 82.8 53.6 52.4 33.0 32.2
AEL56212 115 100 100 84.6 82.8 53.6 52.4 33.0 32.2
AEL56213 24 100 100 84.6 82.8 53.6 52.4 33.0 32.2
Control valves
Electric actuators
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off

Valve size
" " 1" 1" 1" 2" 2" 3" 4"
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Graph Maximum differential pressure bar
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
Graph
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL52211 230 94.1 79.2 74.3 62.5 49.7 41.8 38.5 32.4 16.6 14.0 11.8 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 3.0 2.5 1.8
AEL52212 115 94.1 79.2 74.3 62.5 49.7 41.8 38.5 32.4 16.6 14.0 11.8 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 3.0 2.5 1.8
AEL52213 24 94.1 79.2 74.3 62.5 49.7 41.8 38.5 32.4 16.6 14.0 11.8 9.9 6.4 4.6 4.1 3.0 2.5 1.8
AEL53211 230 100 100 100 100 89.4 83.3 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL53212 115 100 100 100 100 89.4 83.3 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL53213 24 100 100 100 100 89.4 83.3 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL54211 230 100 100 69.5 66.9 49.5 47.7 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL54212 115 100 100 69.5 66.9 49.5 47.7 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL54213 24 100 100 69.5 66.9 49.5 47.7 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL55211 230 100 100 87.3 85.4 48.9 47.1 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8 4.3.8
AEL55212 115 100 100 87.3 85.4 48.9 47.1 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL55213 24 100 100 87.3 85.4 48.9 47.1 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL56211 230 100 100 87.8 86.0 56.2 55.0 35.0 34.3
AEL56212 115 100 100 87.8 86.0 56.2 55.0 35.0 34.3
AEL56213 24 100 100 87.8 86.0 56.2 55.0 35.0 34.3
Control valves
Electric actuators
Maximum differential pressures for modulating duties only -

QL 3-port valves

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator Voltage
AEL51211 230 26.6 12 26.6 12 15.3 6.4 9.2 3.7 5.6 2 3.2 1 1.1 0.4 0.1
AEL51212 115 26.6 12 26.6 12 15.3 6.4 9.2 3.7 5.6 2 3.2 1 1.1 0.4 0.1
AEL51213 24 26.6 12 26.6 12 15.3 6.4 9.2 3.7 5.6 2 3.2 1 1.1 0.4 0.1
AEL52211 230 40 39.6 40 39.6 32.1 23.2 19.5 14 12.3 8.8 7.4 5.2 3.7 2.3 2.3 1.3 1.1 0.6
AEL52212 115 40 39.6 40 39.6 32.1 23.2 19.5 14 12.3 8.8 7.4 5.2 3.7 2.3 2.3 1.3 1.1 0.6
AEL52213 24 40 39.6 40 39.6 32.1 23.2 19.5 14 12.3 8.8 7.4 5.2 3.7 2.3 2.3 1.3 1.1 0.6
AEL53211 230 40 40 40 40 29.2 25.7 17.9 15.7 10.3 8.9 7 6 3.7 3.2
AEL53212 115 40 40 40 40 29.2 25.7 17.9 15.7 10.3 8.9 7 6 3.7 3.2
AEL53213 24 40 40 40 40 29.2 25.7 17.9 15.7 10.3 8.9 7 6 3.7 3.2
AEL54211 230 40 32.6 30.3 19.6 18.2 13.5 12.5 7.4 6.9
115 40 32.6 30.3 19.6 18.2 13.5 12.5 7.4 6.9
4.3.9
AEL54212
AEL54213 24 40 32.6 30.3 19.6 18.2 13.5 12.5 7.4 6.9
AEL55311 230 40 30.2 28.8 20.9 20 11.6 11.1
AEL55312 115 40 30.2 28.8 20.9 20 11.6 11.1
AEL55313 24 40 30.2 28.8 20.9 20 11.6 11.1
AEL56411 230 40 40 25.3 24.7
AEL56412 115 40 40 25.3 24.7
AEL56413 24 40 40 25.3 24.7
Dimensions / weights (approximately) in mm and kg B

Model A B C Weight
AEL51_ 460 177 138 4.5 C
AEL52_ 460 177 138 4.8
AEL53_ 460 177 138 5.2
AEL54_ 506 177 150 7.0
AEL55_ 569 225 231 10.0
AEL56_ 807 227 280 20.0
Control valves
Electric actuators

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P358-26) supplied with the product.
Installation and wiring note:

The valve should be installed in the horizontal line. The position of the actuator will depend on the type of valve to which it is fitted and
the temperature of the media. However, it is not recommended that the actuators be fitted directly below the valve or in a wet environment.
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.
Selection example
Control valve DN20 KE43 PTSUSS.2 Kv 6.3 flanged PN40
Maximum DP 20 bar
Electrical supply 230 Vac
Control signal 4 - 20 mA
Actuator selected AEL51211
Positioner required AEL5961
Valve adaptor AEL6911
Mounting flange EL5970
How to order
Product A = Actuator A
Type E = Electric E
4.3.10
Movement L = Linear L
Series 5 5
1 = 1 kN
2 = 2 kN
3 = 4.5 kN
Thrust (kN) 1
4 = 8 kN
5 = 14 kN
6 = 25 kN
2 = 50 mm (AEL51_, AEL52_, AEL53_ and AEL54_ series only)
Stroke (mm) 3 = 65 mm (AEL55_ series only) 2
4 = 100 mm (AEL56_ series only)
Maximum speed (mm/s) 1 = 0 - 1.0 mm/s 1
1 = 230 Vac
2 = 115 Vac
Supply voltage 1
3 = 24 Vac
4 = 24 Vdc (not available for AEL56_)
F = Integral 24 V VMD (only for actuators with 24 V supply voltage)
Control signal* G = Integral 115 V VMD (only for actuators with 115 V supply voltage) J
J = Integral 230 V VMD (only for actuators with 230 V supply voltage)
Failure mode X = No mechanical / electrical fail safe device X
A = With 1 k potentiometer
Potentiometer A
S = Without
* For 0 / 2 - 10 Vdc and 0 / 4 - 20 mA modulating control signal the appropriate positioner card must be ordered at time of order.

1 off Spirax Sarco AEL51211JXA electric linear actuator for use with a DN100 SPIRA-TROL two-port KE43 control valve.
Control valves
Electric actuators
4.3.11
Control valves
Electric
TI-P358-28
CH Issue 3
Accessories
for the AEL5 Series
of Electric Linear Actuators
Available types and technical data
AEL5961 230 Vac positioner card Power consumption 1 VA
AEL5962 115 Vac positioner card Power consumption 1 VA
24Va c p o s i t i o n e r c a r d (exc e p t f o r
AEL5963 Power consumption 1 VA
AEL54213 _ , AEL55313 _ and AEL56413 _ )
24 Vac positioner card (for AEL54213 _ ,
AEL5964 Power consumption 1 VA
AEL55313 _ and AEL56413 _ actuators only)
AEL5951 2 auxiliary limit switches (Electronic card) 5 A - 230 Vac - including cams, mounting kit and PCB
AEL5952 Auxiliary feedback potentiometer 1000 ohms, 20 to 30 mm stroke, including mounting kit and pinion
AEL5952.1 Tandem feedback potentiometer 2 x 1000 ohms 20 to 30 mm stroke, including mounting kit and pinion
AEL5952.2 Tandem feedback potentiometer 2 x 1000 ohms 25 mm maximum stroke, including mounting kit and pinion
AEL5952.3 Auxiliary feedback potentiometer 2000 ohms 20 to 30 mm stroke, including mounting kit and pinion
AEL5952.4 Tandem feedback potentiometer 2 x 2000 ohms 20 to 30 mm stroke, including mounting kit and pinion 4.3.12
AEL5952.5 Auxiliary feedback potentiometer 500 ohms 20 to 30 mm stroke, including mounting kit and pinion
20 to 30 mm and 30 to 50 mm stroke,
AEL5953 Tandem feedback potentiometer 2 x 1000 ohms
including mounting kit and pinion
AEL5954 115 - 230 V anti-condensate heater
AEL5956 24 V anti-condensate heater
AEL5981 Position transmitter 2 wire 4 - 20 mA
AEL5982 Position transmitter 3 wire 0 / 4 - 20 mA
The potentiometer must use its whole range (almost 1 full turn). To facilitate different actuator strokes replacement pinion kits are
available. Please contact Spirax Sarco for further information.
Pinion 25 teeth with AEL5 _ For stroke <= 20 mm
Pinion 30 teeth with AEL5 _ For stroke between 20 mm to 30 mm
Special parts Pinion 50 teeth with AEL5 _ For stroke between 30 mm to 50 mm
For information on AEL5 series actuators see TI-P358-25
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Electric actuators
Wiring diagrams
(Note: X0, X4, X5, X6, X8 and X9 refer to termination board location)
AEL5951 auxiliary switches AEL5952 feedback potentiometer and

X6 AEL5953 1st output from tandem potentiometer
1 2 3 4 5 6 X4 16 14 15
X11 1 2 3
Brown Green White
Extend position
Retract Extend
switch switch
Retract position
Anti-condense heater AEL5953

AEL5954 110 - 250 V and AEL5956 12 - 36 V 2nd output from tandem potentiometer
4.3.13 L N
X9 1 2 3
1 2 3
X0 1 2 3
Brown Green White
Extend
position
Retract
position
TI-P358-28 CH Issue 3 Accessories for the AEL5 Series of Electric Linear Actuators Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Electric actuators
Positioner card layout
Positioners input impedance

Signal Resistance
2-10 V 50 kW
4 - 20 mA 100 W
Power supply x5 / 1
(Phase and neutral)
x5 / 4
x5 / 2
Feedback position
x4 / 1 4.3.14
x4 / 2
x4 / 3
+
4 - 20 mA
-
2 - 10 V
TI-P358-28 CH Issue 3 Accessories for the AEL5 Series of Electric Linear Actuators Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Electric actuators
4.3.15
Control valves
Electric actuators
TI-P358-23
CTLS Issue 6
AEL6 Series
Smart Electric Actuators
Materials
No. Part Material
2.3 to 8 kN Polycarbonate
1 Case
14 to 25 kN Die-cast aluminium
1
2 Housing Die-cast aluminium
3 Guidance Red brass
AEL6221_
AEL6321_
4.3.16
AEL6323_ AEL6631_ 1
AEL6421_
AEL6422_
AEL6532_
Description
The AEL6 series electric actuators are reversible having linear output.
Available types
The actuators are available with 4 supply variants: 230 Vac, 115 Vac, 24 Vac and
24 Vdc. The standard version is available for VMD (Valve Motor Drive), 0 /4 - 20 mA
or 0 / 2 - 10 Vdc input control signals.
These actuators can be used with the following valves, in conjunction with an 2
appropriate valve adaptor and mounting flange:
2-port Spira-trolTM
Control valves
3-port QL43 and QL73 mixing and diverting valves
Note: A mounting flange and valve adaptor is required to mount the actuator to a
valve. See the associated tables below: 3
Mounting flange selection

Actuator
Valve type and size AEL62_, AEL63_, AEL66_
AEL64_, AEL65_
KE and KEA
DN15 to DN50 EL5970
LE and LEA QL
KE and KEA QL DN65 to DN100 EL5971 EL5972
DN15 to DN50 EL5971J
JE and JEA
DN65 to DN100 EL5972J EL5972
Valve adaptor selection

Valve type and size Valve stem AEL62_ AEL63_ AEL64_ AEL65_ AEL66_
KE and KEA DN15 to DN50 M8 thread AEL6911 AEL6911 AEL6911 AEL6911
LE and LEA
QL DN65 to DN100 M12 thread Integrated Integrated Integrated Integrated EL5945
DN15 to DN50 M8 thread AEL6911J AEL6911J AEL6911J AEL6911J

JE and JEA
DN65 to DN100 M12 thread EL6912J EL6912J EL6912J EL6912J EL5945
Page 1 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Technical data
Actuator type AEL6221_ AEL6321_ _ AEL6323_ AEL6421_ AEL6422_ AEL6532_ AEL6631_
Supply voltage 230 Vac, 115 Vac, 24 Vac, 24 Vdc
Supply frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz / continuous
Maximal power consumption VA
Note: power consumption is
13 19 57 25 72 65 88
relative to 50 / 60
Hz / continuous respectively
Current consumed by the 1 Amp - 24vac / dc 3 Amp - 24vac / dc 4 Amp - 24vac / dc 5 Amp - 24vac / dc
0.25 Amp - 110vac 0.6 Amp - 110vac 0.8 Amp - 110vac 1 Amp - 110vac
actuator 0.15 Amp - 220vac 0.3 Amp - 220vac 0.4 Amp - 220vac 0.5 Amp - 220vac
Current which is necessary
1 Amp - 24vac / dc 1 Amp - 24vac / dc 3 Amp - 24vac / dc
for the power supply 0.25 Amp - 110vac 0.3 Amp - 110vac 0.7 Amp - 110vac
0.15 Amp - 220vac 0.2 Amp - 220vac 0.35 Amp - 220vac
Stroke mm 50 50 50 50 50 65 95 *
Actuator speed mm/s
Note: Speed is relative to
0.9 0.9 4.5 0.7 1.7 1.3 0.4
50 / 60 Hz / continuous
respectively
Enclosure rating IP65 (for outdoor installations adequate shelter)
Actuator trust kN 2.3 4.5 4.5 8 8 14 25
Ambient limits -20 C to 60 C
Analog position set valve Adjustable: 0 / 4 - 20 mA or 0 / 2 - 10 Vdc
input
4.3.17 Positioner function

Dead-band ajustable between 0.5 - 5% of set value range,
maximum resolution 0.1 mA or 0.05 V at 50 mm stroke
Active valve position Adjustable: 0 / 4 - 20 mA or 0 / 2 - 10 Vdc
feedback
Drives to torque dependant stop(s) and moves throught the whole valve travel.
Automatic commissioning
Autoscale of set value and feedback in accordance to valve travel
Characteristic curve Up to 16 interpolation points, input inccuracy 1%
correction
Torque increase Adjustable up to 150% torque for up to 2.5s to break away a valve in the end position
Status indication 2 LEDs under actuator cover
Internal fault monitoring Torque, position set value, active position value, position, temperature of electonic board
Stores cumulated operation data (motor and total running time, number of motor starts) and
Diagnostics function
data sets of current values (set value, feedback value, torque, temperature)
*Notes:
1. 115 Vac and 230 Vac models of the AEL6631_ have a stroke limited to 95 mm.
2. 24 Vac and 24 Vdc models of the AEL6631_ are capable of up to 100 mm stroke.
Optional extras:
- Additional position switches - AEL6951 (NC) and AEL6952 (NO)
- Local control - (non retrofitable for the AEL66_) - AEL6955 (2.3 to 14 kN) and AEL6956 (25 kN)
- Fault indicator relay - AEL6973 (non retrofitable)
- Communication software including data cable - AEL6957
- Space heater - AEL6953 (24 Vac) and AEL6954 (115 Vac and 230 Vac)
Approvals
This equipment is CE marked and conforms to the following:
- EEC regulation 89 / 336 - EEC for Electromagnetical compatibility and 72 / 23 - EEC for low voltage directive.
- EN 61000 - 2 -2 / 2001 and EN 61000 - 6 - 4 for EMC, and 61010 - 1 / 1995 for safety.
Page 2 of 9 TI-P358-23 CTLS Issue 6
AEL6 Series Smart Electric Actuators for DN15 to DN100 Control Valves
Control valves
Electric actuators
The following tables supply guidance as to the sizing of the AEL6 series actuator when it is used on the Spira-trolTM K and L series valves.
Three conditions are illustrated in tabular form:

KE, LE, KEA - 2-port valve: Class IV shut-off - Providing shut-off of the valve to the requirements of BS 5793-4 (IEC 60534-4)
class IV.
KE, LE, KEA - 2-port valve: Class VI shut-off - Providing shut-off of the valve to the requirements of BS 5793-4 (IEC 60534-4)
class VI.
QL - 3-port valve: Class IV shut-off - Providing shut-off of the valve to the requirements of BS 5793-4 (IEC 60534-4) class IV.

- Identify the column containing the valve size and gland material selected.

KE, LE, KEA and LEA 2-port valves.
For pure control applications providing control across the full valve operating range, but not guaranteeing shut-off to a greater level than
the minimum flowrate based on the valve 50:1 turndown.

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
Valve travel 20 mm 30 mm 4.3.18
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.5 19.2 16.6 13.7 11.8 7.5 5.7 4.8 3.6 3.0 2.3
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 35.0 34.3
* Please note that although the AEL6321- and the AEL6323- have the same maximum differential pressure values, they have different
operating speeds. The same applies to the AEL6421- and the AEL6422-. Please refer to the technical data table on page 1 for full details.

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 34.4 19.5 27.2 15.4 18.1 10.2 14.0 7.9 6.0 3.4 4.3 2.4
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 25.4 22.8 18.1 16.2 7.9 6.1 5.0 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 25.4 22.8 18.1 16.2 7.9 6.1 5.0 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.2 20.2 18.4 12.9 11.8 8.0 7.3
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.2 20.2 18.4 12.9 11.8 8.0 7.3
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 26.5 25.4 16.5 15.8
AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 32.0 31.3
TI-P358-23 CTLS Issue 6 Page 3 of 9
Control valves
Electric actuators
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160

graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 39.1 36.8 30.7 14.1 11.5 9.4 7.5 4.3 2.5 2.2 1.0 0.9
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
4.3.19 AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 33.0 32.2
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160

graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 19.8 4.9 14.2 2.4 7.5 6.3 0.9
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 20.3 17.7 13.8 11.9 4.6 2.8 2.4 1.3 1.1
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 20.3 17.7 13.8 11.9 4.6 2.8 2.4 1.3 1.1
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 35.8 33.9 17.0 15.2 10.3 9.2 6.0 5.3
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 35.8 33.9 17.0 15.2 10.3 9.2 6.0 5.3
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.2 36.4 23.9 22.8 14.5 13.8
AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 30.0 29.3
Control valves
Electric actuators
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off (soft-seal)
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160

graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.5 19.2 16.6 13.7 11.8 7.5 5.7 4.8 3.6 3.0 2.3
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 35.0 34.3

4.3.20
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160

graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 34.4 19.5 27.2 15.4 18.1 10.2 14.0 7.9 6.0 3.4 4.3 2.4
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 25.4 22.8 18.1 16.2 7.9 6.1 5.0 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 25.4 22.8 18.1 16.2 7.9 6.1 5.0 3.9 3.1 2.4
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.2 20.2 18.4 12.9 11.8 8.0 7.3
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 38.2 20.2 18.4 12.9 11.8 8.0 7.3
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 26.5 25.4 16.5 15.8
AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 32.0 31.3
Control valves
Electric actuators
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160

graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 100.0 94.0 86.0 74.0 58.0 50.0 45.0 38.5 19.2 16.6 13.7 11.8 7.5 5.7 4.8 3.6 3.0 2.3
AEL6321- 100.0 100.0 89.0 83.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6323- 100.0 100.0 89.0 83.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6421- 100.0 100.0 69.0 67.0 50.0 48.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6422- 100.0 100.0 69.0 67.0 50.0 48.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6532- 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 87.0 85.0 49.0 47.0 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
4.3.21 AEL6631- 100.0 100.0 88.0 86.0 56.0 55.0 35.0 34.3

Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160

graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 94.0 79.0 73.0 61.0 47.0 39.1 36.8 30.7 14.1 11.5 9.4 7.5 4.3 2.5 2.2 1.0 0.9
AEL6321- 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.0 82.0 76.0 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL6323- 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.0 82.0 76.0 33.5 30.9 23.2 21.3 12.1 10.2 7.2 6.0 4.0 3.3
AEL6421- 100.0 100.0 64.0 62.0 45.0 43.0 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL6422- 100.0 100.0 64.0 62.0 45.0 43.0 24.4 22.6 15.1 13.9 9.0 8.2
AEL6532- 100.0 100.0 83.0 81.0 46.0 44.0 28.7 27.5 17.4 16.7
AEL6631- 85.0 83.0 54.0 52.0 33.0 32.2
Control valves
Electric actuators
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160

graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 100.0 94.0 86.0 74.0 58.0 50.0 45.0 38.5 19.2 16.6 13.7 11.8 7.5 5.7 4.8 3.6 3.0 2.3
AEL6321- 100.0 100.0 89.0 83.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6323- 100.0 100.0 89.0 83.0 38.6 36.0 27.5 25.6 15.3 13.5 9.8 8.6 6.1 5.4
AEL6421- 100.0 100.0 69.0 67.0 50.0 48.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6422- 100.0 100.0 69.0 67.0 50.0 48.0 27.7 25.9 17.7 16.5 11.0 10.3
AEL6532- 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 87.0 85.0 49.0 47.0 31.3 30.1 19.5 18.8
AEL6631- 100.0 100.0 88.0 86.0 56.0 55.0 35.0 34.3 4.3.22
Control valves
Electric actuators
QL 3-port valves
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36 63 100 160

graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
graphite
Actuator
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
AEL6221- 40.0 39.6 40.0 39.6 32.1 23.2 19.5 14.0 12.3 8.8 7.4 5.2 3.7 2.3 2.3 1.3 1.1 0.6
AEL6321- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 29.2 25.7 17.9 15.7 10.3 8.9 7.0 6.0 3.7 3.2
AEL6323- * 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 29.2 25.7 17.9 15.7 10.3 8.9 7.0 6.0 3.7 3.2
AEL6421- * 40.0 40.0 32.6 30.3 19.6 18.2 13.5 12.5 7.4 6.9
AEL6422- * 40.0 40.0 32.6 30.3 19.6 18.2 13.5 12.5 7.4 6.9
AEL6532- 40.0 40.0 30.2 28.8 20.9 20.0 11.6 11.1
4.3.23 AEL6631- 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 25.3 24.7
Dimensions / weights (approximately) in mm and kg Safety information, installation and

Model A B C Weight maintenance
AEL6221- 459 177 150 7
that are supplied with the product.
AEL6231- 459 177 150 7 Installation and wiring note:
AEL6323- 459 177 150 7 The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline. The position
of the actuator will depend on the type of valve to which it is fitted
AEL6421- 490 177 150 10 and the temperature of the media. However, it is not recommended
AEL6422- 490 177 150 10 that the actuators be fitted at more than 90 from the vertical
position or in a wet environment.
AEL6532- 557 180 172 12
AEL6631- 760 226 277 20h Mounting position
B
C
90 90
Control valves
Electric actuators
AEL6 series actuators - Product nomenclature and selection example:
Product A = Actuator A
Type E = Electric E
Movement L = Linear L
Series 6 6
2 = 2.3
3 = 4.5
Thrust (kN) 4 = 8 2
5 = 14
6 = 25
2 = 50
Stroke (mm) 2
3 = 65 (AEL65 only), 95 / 100 (AEL66 only)
1 = 0 - 1.0 (AEL62_, AEL63_, AEL64 and AEL66_ series only)
Maximum speed (mm / s) 2 = 1.1 - 2.0 (AEL64_ and AEL65_ series only) 1
3 = 2.1 - 4.5 (AEL63_ series only)
Supply voltage
1
2
=
=
230 Vac
115 Vac 1
4.3.24
3 = 24 Vac and 24 Vdc
F = 24 V VMD, 0 / 2 - 10 Vdc and 0 / 4 - 20 mA (supply voltage 3 only)
G = 115 V VMD, 0 / 2 - 10 Vdc and 0 / 4 - 20 mA (supply voltage 2 only)
Control signal H = 24 V VMD, 0 / 2 - 10 Vdc and 0 / 4 - 20 mA (supply voltage 2 only) J
J = 230 V VMD, 0 / 2 - 10 Vdc and 0 / 4 - 20 mA (supply voltage 1 only)
K = 24 V VMD, 0 / 2 - 10 Vdc and 0 / 4 - 20 mA (supply voltage 1 only)
X = No mechanical / electrical fail safe device
Failure mode S
S = Super capacitor fail safe (non retrofittable)
How to order / selection example:
Example : A 230 Vac fail safe electric actuator to suit a DN25 control valve with PTFE stem seals, to have class IV shut-off against a
10 bar differential pressure. There is no requirement for high actuating speed, the control signal is 230 V VMD.
Selection:
1 off Spirax Sarco AEL62211JS electric actuator.
Control valves
Electric
TI-P358-30
CH Issue 2
AEL56 and AEL66 Series

Electric Actuators
Description
The AEL56 and AEL66 series electric actuators are reversible having linear output. For further product specific data of the actuator,
see the following Technical Information sheets: TI-P358-25 for the AEL5 or TI-P358-23 for the AEL6.
Available types
The actuators are available with 5 supply variants: 230 Vac, 115 Vac, 24 Vac, 24 Vac and 24Vdc. The standard version is suitable for
VMD (Valve Motor Drive) input power signal. If required the actuator can be fitted with a positioner input card that can accept (4 - 20 mA
or 2 - 10 Vdc) control signals.
All the actuators are fitted with a 1 kW potentiometer as standard. This can either be used in conjunction with the positioner for 2 - 10 V or
4 - 20 mA input signals, or as feedback for VMD. Also available are auxiliary limit switches and anti-condense heater. See TI-P358-28
for further details on the accessories.
4.3.25 2-port DN125, DN150 and DN200

K series control valves (mk1)
C series control valves
Spira-trolTM K and J series control valves
3-port DN125, DN150 and DN200 QL series control valves
Technical data
Model AEL56411 AEL56412 AEL56413 AEL66311 AEL66312 AEL66313
Supply voltage 230 Vac 15 Vac 24 Vac 230 Vac 15 Vac 24 Vac / 24 Vdc
Supply frequency 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz
Power consumption 100 VA 135 VA 135 VA 135 VA
Enclosure rating IP65 IP65
Actuator speed 1 mm / s 0.2 - 0.4 mm / s 0.2 - 0.4 mm / s 0.2 - 0.4 mm / s
Stroke 100 mm 95 mm 95 mm 100 mm
Actuator thrust 25 kN 25 kN
Ambient limits -20 to +60C -20 to +60C
Motor Asynchronus capacitor reversing motor dc brushed motor
Terminations 1.5 mm 1.5 mm
Manual overide Handwheel Handwheel
Conduit entries 3 x PG16 3 x PG16
Card power consumption 1 VA
Approvals
This equipment is CE marked, and conforms to EN 50081-1 and EN 50082-2 (EMC), EN 61010-1/A2 (Safety), following the provisions of
directives 89 / 336 / EEC amended by 92 / 31 / EEC and 93 / 68 / EEC (EMC) and 72 / 73 / EEC amended by 93 / 68 / EEC (LVD).
Mounting parts
Control valves Mounting flange Coupling part
QL series
EL5973 EL5946
K series (mk1)
C series EL5973 EL5948
Spira-trol TM
K and J series EL5974 EL5955
Control valves
Electric actuators
AEL56 or AEL66 actuator maximum differential pressures - bar

Actuators should be sized against Kvs rather than valve size
KE and QL series control valves

Valve size DN125 DN150 DN200
Travel 50 30 50 30 50 30
Full Reduced Kvs Full Reduced Kvs Full Reduced Kvs
Valve seat sizes
Kvs 1 2 3 Kvs 1 2 3 Kvs 1 2 3
16.2 24.6 38 40 11.1 16.2 24.6 38 6.2 11.1 16.2 24.6

Maximal DP *
(15.8) (24.1) (37.2) (37.2) (10.9) (15.8) (24.1) (37.2) (6.1) (10.9) (15.8) (24.1)
* Note: Differential pressures are shown in brackets for a valve with high temperature graphite stem sealing.
C series control valves

Valve size DN125 DN150 DN200
Travel 65 50 38 38 65 65 50 38 75 65 65 50
Full Reduced Kvs Full Reduced Kvs Full Reduced Kvs
Valve seat sizes
Kvs 1 2 3 Kvs 1 2 3 Kvs 1 2 3
Unbalanced valve Maximal DP 18 23.6 38.4 54.5 12.3 17.7 23.2 37.7 6.7 11.8 17.1 22.3
Balanced valve Maximal DP 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Spira-trolTM K and J series control valves 4.3.26

Valve size DN125 DN150 DN200 DN250 DN300
Travel 70 70 70 70 70
Kv all all all all full reduced
Unbalanced PTFE 15.0 8.2 3.6 3.6 0.4 3.6
valve Maximal DP
graphite 14.6 8.0 3.5 3.5 0.3 3.5
Balanced PTFE 103.4 103.4 95.6 95.6 31.2 95.6
valve Maximal DP
graphite 103.4 103.4 93.4 93.4 30.4 93.4
Selection example Dimensions (approximate) in mm

Control valve DN150 KE43 2-port valve
227 Weight 20 kg
Maximum DP 8 bar
Electrical supply 220 Vac 280 Engage button
Control signal 4 - 20 mA for handwheel
Actuator selected AEL56411JXA
Positioner required AEL5961
Valve adaptor EL5955
Mounting flange EL5974
Please note: Handwheel

For further product specific data of the actuator,
see the following Technical Information sheets:
- TI-P358-25 for the AEL5. 807
or
- TI-P358-23 for the AEL6.
Valve adaptor
(coupling nut,
spring disks
and locked
nut)
Mounting
flange
TI-P358-30 CH Issue 2 AEL56 and AEL66 Series Electric Actuators for DN125 to DN300 Control Valves
Control valves
Electric actuators
TI-P321-13
CH Issue 6

ISO 9001
EL3500 Series
Electric Actuators
Description Actuators with spring
The EL3500 series actuators are suitable for on / off control, reserve (SR and SE)
modulating control with valve motor drive controller or modulating
control with its integral valve positioner electronics.
This actuator range can be used with the following valves: 3
SPIRA-TROL
2-port
BX, BM, SB, KA, KB, KC and NS
3-port TW 2
Operation
The drive of a synchronous motor is converted into a linear motion 4
of the actuator stem by using a spur gear transmission. An integrated
spring package limits the stem force to a 600 N thrust in both
directions. Installed torque switches, switch off the actuator
4.3.27 automatically, when the specified stem force is reached.
Available types
The EL3500 series actuators are available in the following configurations: 3
Spring reserve actuators have the suffix SR or SE appended to the
basic actuator code e.g. EL3501SE. Where: 2
SR = Spring retract. SE = Spring extend.
EL3501, 230 Vac operating voltage for ON/OFF control or modulating
control with external valve motor drive controller.
EL3502, 24 Vac operating voltage for ON/OFF control or modulating 1
control with external valve motor drive controller.
EL3501SE, 230 Vac operating voltage for ON/OFF control or
modulating control with external valve motor drive controller with
the benefit of spring extend on power failure. 1
EL3502SE, 24 Vac operating voltage for ON/OFF control or
modulating control with external valve motor drive controller with Actuators without
the benefit of spring extend on power failure. spring reserve
EL3512, EL3512SR, EL3512SE, 24 Vac operating voltage with
0 to 10 Vdc, or 2 to 10 Vdc control signal. For 4 - 20 mA control
signal use a 500 resistance across the signal source,
see Installation and Maintenance Instructions for full details.
Modulating control from any controller providing this control signal. Materials
Approvals No. Part Material
This equipment is CE marked, and conforms to EN 50081-1
and 50082-2 (EMC), EN 60730-1 (safety), following the 1 Yoke Aluminium die casting
provisions of directives 89 / 336 / EEC amended by 92 / 31 / EEC 2 Base Glass fibre reinforced plastic
and 93 / 68 / EEC (EMC) and 72 / 23 / EEC amended by 93 / 68 / EEC.
3 Cover ABS-FR
Ambient limits 4 Handle ABS-FR
Storage temperatures -40 to +70C at 5 to 95 % RH
Operating temperatures -10 to +50C at 5 to 95 % RH
Protection
IP rating IP54
Maximum valve medium temperature +150C*
Insulation for EN 60730 Class II
* For temperatures up to 250C an EL3905 high temperature kit
must be used. Flame resistant to UL 94-V0 (with metal cable gland)
Specifications
Model EL3501 EL3502 EL3501SE EL3502SE EL3512 EL3512SE EL3512SR
230 Vac +10% 24 Vac 15% 230 Vac +10% 24 Vac 15% 24 Vac 15% 24 Vac 15% 24 Vac 15%
Supply voltage -15% -15%
50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz
Power consumption 6.5 VA 4 VA 12 VA 11 VA 5 VA 12 VA 12 VA
Actuator speed 0.32 mm / s 0.32 mm/s 0.19 mm/s 0.19 mm/s 0.32 mm/s 0.19 mm/s 0.19 mm/s
0 - 10 Vdc 0 - 10 Vdc 0 - 10 Vdc
Control signal VMD VMD VMD VMD 2 - 10 Vdc 2 - 10 Vdc 2 - 10 Vdc
(4 - 20 mA) (4 - 20 mA) (4 - 20 mA)
Spring reserve NO NO YES YES NO YES YES
Manual handle YES YES NO NO YES NO NO
Control valves
Electric actuators
Maximum differential pressures (p) bar for SPIRA-TROL valves

(KE, LE, KEA and LEA with PTFE or graphite stem seal)
Notes:
1) Refer to the valve TI for maximum valve operating pressures.
2) The actuator differential pressures shown in the table below also apply to the spring reserve versions.

Valve travel 20 mm
Kvs value 4 6.3 10 16 25 36
EL3500 series
actuator and PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite PTFE Graphite
derivatives
Modulating duty*
(metal-to-metal) 24.8 9.5 19.5 7.8 13.0 5.2 10.0 4.0 4.4 1.7 3.1 1.2
Class IV shut-off
(metal-to-metal) 9.8 - 6.3 - 2.2 - 2.1 - - - - -
Class VI shut-off
(soft seating) 24.4 9.5 19.3 7.5 12.8 5.0 9.9 3.8 4.2 1.6 3.0 1.1
* Modulating duty - For pure control applications providing control across the full valve operating range but not guaranteeing shut-off to
a greater level than the minimum flowrate based on the valve 50:1 turndown.

135 x (161) 135 x (161)
4.3.28
Actuator with spring reserve Actuators without
(SE and SR) spring reserve
Weight Weight
Spring reserve Non spring
(SE and SR) 2.4 kg 284 reserve 1.3 kg
242
233
192
141
67.4 67.4
Installation and wiring

The valve should be installed in the horizontal line. The position of the actuator will depend on the type of valve to which it is fitted
and the temperature of the media. However, it is not recommended that the actuators be fitted directly below the valve or in a wet
environment. Full Installation and Maintenance Instructions are supplied with the product.
Termination details
See Installation and Maintenance Instructions for more details.
Accessories
All EL3500 actuators are supplied (as standard) with a linkage kit suitable for LE / KE valves. However, the following optional extras are
also available at extra cost:
EL3904 spare linkage kit For LE / KE valves.

EL3906 spare linkage kit For SPIRA-TROL control valves
EL3808 linkage kit For the self-acting range of valves BX, BM, SB, KA KB, KC, NS and TW (DN15 to DN50 for TW only).
EL3809 linkage kit For the self-acting range of valves TW (DN80 to DN100).
EL3901 (10 k) or EL3902 (220 ) are available for mounting on site. They can be used as a feedback
Auxiliary potentiometer
potentiometer and / or to provide remote indication of the valve position. A cable gland is supplied with this.
Their switching points are adjustable over the full length of the actuator stroke. The switches can be used
EL3903 auxiliary switches
e.g. to provide remote indication of any stroke position. A cable gland is supplied with this.
EL3905 high temperature kit Enables all EL3500 to be used for valve medium temperatures from 150C to 250C.
How to order
LE or KE valve, order: 1 - EL3501 actuator
To receive this actuator TW DN20 to DN50, or BX, 1 - EL3501 actuator and 1 - EL3808 linkage kit
for use with; BM, SB, KA, KB, KC, NS valves, order:
TW DN80 to DN100 valve, order: 1 - EL3501 actuator and 1 - EL3809 linkage kit
EL3500 Series Electric Actuator TI-P321-13 CH Issue 6

Control valves
Electric actuators
4.3.29
Control valves
Electric
TI-P358-14
CH Issue 4
EL7200 Series
Electric Actuators
Description
EL7200 series electric actuators are available for use with the
following supply voltages: 230 Vac, 115 Vac and 24 Vac. This
range of electric actuators has three user-configurable control
modes as standard:
- (VMD) Valve Motor Drive,
- (0 / 4 - 20 mA) modulating control or
- (0 / 2 - 10 Vdc) modulating control.
When they have been fitted to a control valve they provide
modulating control or on / off action.
EL7200 series electric actuators can be used with the following

valves:
Spira-trolTM
2-port
BX, BM, SB, KA, KB, KC and NS
TW valves (DN20 - DN50)
4.3.30
3-port
QLD and QLM (DN15 - DN50)
Mounting flange (DN15 - DN50) EL7021

EL7200
Linkage LE, KE Series (DN15 - DN50) EL7020
Adaptor For self-acting valves (DN15 - DN50) EL7012
Operation
The drive mechanism consists of a stepper motor and a planetary
gearbox that converts a rotary motion to a linear motion. An integrally
installed contactless hall-sensor for permanent positioning control,
switches off the motor in the maximum travel
position of the valve.
Options and accessories

IP65 construction.
24 Vdc motor for rectified ac. EL7211A-SE
Technical data
Model EL7211A-SE EL7212A-SE EL7213A-SE
Supply voltage 230 Vac 115 Vac 24 Vac
Frequency Hz 50 / 60 Hz 5%
Travel 20 mm
Power consumption VA 20 VA 25 VA 20 VA
Enclosure rating IP54
Actuator speed 0.17 - 0.25 mm/s
Actuator thrust 1.0 kN
Ambient limitations -10C to + 60C
Motor Stepper motor
Terminations 1.5 mm
1 x M16 x 1.5
Conduit entries
1 x M20 x 1.5
0 - 10 Vdc
2 - 10 Vdc
Control signal 4 - 20 mA
VMD
Spring reserve Yes
Manual override Yes
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Electric actuators
Maximum differential pressures for Class IV shut-off (metal-to-metal)

KE, LE, KEA and LEA with PTFE or Graphite stem seal
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36
Valve travel 20 mm
Differential pressure (bar)
Actuator
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Valve type Voltage
type
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
EL7211A-SE 230 29.7 14.8 22 10 12 4.8 10.3 4.2 2.6 1.2
KE 2-port
and EL7212A-SE 115 29.7 14.8 22 10 12 4.8 10.3 4.2 2.6 1.2
LE 2-port
EL7213A-SE 24 29.7 14.8 22 10 12 4.8 10.3 4.2 2.6 1.2
Maximum differential pressures for Class VI shut-off (soft seal)

KE, LE, KEA and LEA with PTFE or Graphite stem seal
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36
Valve travel 20 mm
4.3.31 Differential pressure (bar)
Actuator
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Valve type Voltage
type
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
EL7211A-SE 230 40 29.7 35 23.2 23 15.5 18 11.9 7.7 5.1 5.5 3.6
KE 2-port
and EL7212A-SE 115 40 29.7 35 23.2 23 15.5 18 11.9 7.7 5.1 5.5 3.6
LE 2-port
EL7213A-SE 24 40 29.7 35 23.2 23 15.5 18 11.9 7.7 5.1 5.5 3.6
Maximum differential pressures for Modulating duty only

QLD and QLM 3-port valves with PTFE or Graphite stem seal
Kv 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 36
Valve travel 20 mm
Differential pressure (bar)
Actuator
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Valve type Voltage

type
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
EL7211A-SE 230 26.6 12 26.6 12 15.3 6.4 9.2 3.7 5.6 2 3.2 1
QLD 3-port
and EL7212A-SE 115 26.6 12 26.6 12 15.3 6.4 9.2 3.7 5.6 2 3.2 1
QLM 3-port
EL7213A-SE 24 26.6 12 26.6 12 15.3 6.4 9.2 3.7 5.6 2 3.2 1
TI-P358-14 CH Issue 4 EL7200 Series Electric Actuators Page 2 of 3

Control valves
Electric actuators
Materials
No. Part Material B
C
1 Actuator case Glass filled Polymer
2 Handwheel POM
3
3 Cable inlet PA
4 Pillar
5 Linkage Steel BZP passivated

1
6 Mounting flange
Dimensions / weights (approximately) in mm and kg

Actuator range A B C* Weight
EL7211A-SE 471 100 140 3.0

2
EL7212A-SE 471 100 200 3.0
EL7213A-SE 446 100 200 3.0

* Actuator cover removal distance
A
EL7200 series selection guide 4.3.32

Ordering a control valve
Type EL = Electric EL
4
Series 7 = 7000 series 7
Actuator thrust 2 = 1.0 kN 2
Actuator travel 1 = 20 1
5
1 = 230 Vac
Voltage 2 = 115 Vac 1
3 = 24 Vac
Control mode A = 0/4 - 20 mA + 0/2 - 10 Vdc + VMD A
Failure mode SE = Spring extend SE

6
How to order EL7211A-SE

Example: 1 off EL7211A-SE 230 Vac electric actuator with spring extend.
Spares
Spare parts are available as indicated. No other parts are available as spares.
Linkage (DN15 to DN50) 5
Mounting flange (DN15 to DN50) 6
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given above and state exactly
which product they are for.
Example: 1 - Mounting flange for a EL7211A-SE 230 Vac electric actuator.
TI-P358-14 CH Issue 4 EL7200 Series Electric Actuators Page 3 of 3

Control valves
Positioners and controllers
TI-P370-02
CH Issue 4

ISO 9001
RB11 and RB31
Switchboxes
Description
The RB series switchboxes are for use with linear pneumatic actuators conforming to the NAMUR standard. The RB series provides switched
electric or variable resistance outputs, relative to valve actuator position.
Applications
The RB series switchboxes can be used with the following Spirax Sarco actuators using the fixing kit specified
Pneumatic linear types Fixing kit Weight

PN3000
PN4000 FK27 431g
PN5100, PN5200, PN5300, PN5400, PN5500 and PN5600
PN6100, PN6200, PN6300, PN6400, PN6500 and PN6600
4.4.1 Technical data - RB11 (Electromechanical switch) Technical data - RB31 (Variable resistance feedback)
Ambient temperature limits -25C to +70C Ambient temperature limits -25C to +70C
Housing material Black ABS Housing material Black ABS
Cover material Clear ABS
Cover material Clear ABS
Gear material Delrin
Number of switches 2
Resistance change 1 000 ohms nominal
Type V3 SPDT
Linearity and hysterisis 10%
10 A at 250 Vac - Resistive
Rating Rating (at 70C ambient) 0.25 W
6 A at 250 Vac - Inductive
20 mm
Contact material Silver plated Travel
30 mm
Terminations Klippon Terminations Klippon
Electrical entry PG11 Electrical entry PG11
Weight 247 g Weight 350 g
RB11 RB31
Made in UK Made in UK
Control valves
A C D E
A B C D E
80 120 15 40 35
RB31 gear identification

Standard units are available for 20 mm and 30 mm linear travel.
A table showing the combinations of gears is shown below:-
Refer to RB31 schematic for gear actuation
Travel Gear A Gear B
20 mm linear
30 mm linear
20
25
100
84
4.4.2
Connections
Gear A
RB11 RB31
Gear B
COM.
NC
NO
NO
NC
COM.
Zero
Sweep
Not used
Cable entry Cable entry

How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco RB31 switchbox, 20 mm travel with FK27 fixing kit.
Note: when ordering RB31, valve travel must be stated.
A service to provide assembly and calibration of switchboxes to
the valve / actuator of your choice is available. Please specify when ordering.
Spare parts available

V3 microswitch
RB11
Baseplate c/w V3 microswitches and terminal strip
Potentiometer
RB31
Baseplate c/w potentiometer and terminal strips
RB11 and RB31 Switchboxes TI-P370-02 CH Issue 4

Control valves
Positioners
may restrict the use of controllers
TI-P370-14
CH Issue 7
PP5
Pneumatic / Pneumatic Positioner
POS PP5
ITIO
4.4.3 Mad NER
e in
Italy
Description Accessories
The PP5 positioner is a single acting unit, requiring a 0.2 to 1 bar A fixing kit is available to mount an air filter / regulator to the pneumatic
signal and is for use with linear pneumatic actuators. The positioner actuator.
compares the output signal from a pneumatic controller (or Fixing kit Actuator type
transducer) with the valve position feedback, and varies the
FK21 PN9100 Series
pneumatic output signal to the actuator accordingly. The valve position
is, therefore, guaranteed for any controller output signal and the FK28 PN9200 or PN9300 Series
effects of varying valve differential pressure, stem friction and
diaphragm hysteresis are overcome. The positioners can also be How to order
used where the controller output signals are of too low a magnitude Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PP5 pneumatic /pneumatic positioner.
to be used directly with high pressure actuators. A mounting kit is
supplied with each positioner for mounting to either columns or yoke Dimensions (approximate) in mm
in accordance with NAMUR standard. Safety covers are provided. Weight 2.8 kg
165
Applications
The positioners can be used with the following actuators:
PN9000 Series
Actuator types
TN2000 Series 110
Technical data
Input signal range 0.2 bar to 1 bar
110 175
Output signal range 0 to 100% supply air pressure
Supply air pressure 1.4 bar to 6 bar
Stroke range 10 mm to 100 mm 30.5
Amplification Adjustable
Air consumption 0.7 m / h at 6 bar FK21 / FK28 fixing kit 40
Pneumatic connections " NPT
Ambient conditions -20C to +80C
61.5
Materials
Die cast aluminium with
Body and cover anti-corrosive paint
Control valves
Installation
Full details are contained in the appropriate Installation and
Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.
Air connections (rear view)

Air connection " NPT
Positioner (Rear view)
Gauge
block S
connections
4.4.4
Gauge block
51 mm
Gauge block (Front view)

Spares
Gauge 0-2 bar output
1
15
1.5
10 20
0.5
lb/in 2
Springs and pneumatic tube set 5 25
I Input from controller
Set of gaskets, diaphragms and orifice
0 30 2
0
Amplifying relay set
Block for gauges bar
100 mm S Supply
3 4
5
2 40 60
lb/in 2
1 20 80 6 O Output to actuator
0 100 7
0
bar
51 mm
TI-P370-14 CH Issue 7 PP5 Pneumatic / Pneumatic Positioner

Control valves
Positioners
TI-P343-36
CH Issue 3
SP400
Electropneumatic Smart Positioner
Description
The SP400 is a loop powered digital valve positioner for linear and
quarter-turn pneumatic valves. It has been designed for users that
want the benefits of a smart digital positioner but do not need all
the functionality and extra features of the SP500.
Precise control is maintained through valve position feedback that
automatically varies the pneumatic output pressure to overcome For the
the effects of stem friction and flow forces to maintain programmable
the desired valve position. Indication of valve position is provided functions see
page 2
through a continuous digital display of % travel.
The pneumatics are based on piezo-valve technology giving high
resolution, high reliability, vibration insensitivity and class-leading
low air consumption.
4.4.5 The SP400 includes straightforward functionality that can be easily

set up through the screen and keypad. The absence of mechanical
SP400 with front cover closed
linkages greatly reduces the time required for the mounting
procedure and the software has been designed to simplify
operations as much as possible: commissioning requires just
assembling the SP400 to the valve and pressing one button.
The SP400 is supplied with a NAMUR standard mounting kit for
attachment to yoke or pillar mounted actuators. For quarter-turn
valves, a mounting kit compliant to VDI / VDE 3845 is supplied.
Air supply
The SP400 smart positioner must be provided with a high
quality air supply. A Spirax Sarco MPC2 filter regulator with
coalescing filter or equivalent must be used. A fixing kit is
available to mount the MPC2 filter regulator onto the actuator.
For further product data regarding the MPC2 see Technical
Information sheet TI-P054-04. SP400 with front cover removed
Applications Technical data

The SP400 can be used with the following pneumatic actuators: Input signal range 4 - 20 mA nominal
PN1000 and PN2000 series Minimum input signal 3.6 mA
PNS3000 and PNS4000 series 1.4 - 7.0 bar
Air supply pressure
PN9000 series (5-10 psi above spring range pressure)
Air supply must be dry, oil and dust free
Air quality
to ISO 8573-1 class 2:3:1
Optional extras Output pressure 0 to 100% supply pressure
Complete manifold block with two Linear valves 10 mm to 100 mm
Stroke range
Gauge block two pressure gauges (supply pressure Quarter turn valves 5 to 120
and pressure to the actuator) Action Single action / fail vent
Operating temperature -10C to +80C
4.2 normal m3 / h at 1.4 bar g
Maximum air flow
Materials 8.5 normal m3 / h at 6.0 bar g
Part Material Finish Steady state air consumption Less than 0.016 normal m3 / h
Anti-corrosive paint to Air connections Screwed " NPT
Case and cover Die cast aluminium
RAL5010
Cable gland M20
Magnet bracket Die cast aluminium
Spring clamp terminals for
Electrical connections 0.2 to 1.5 mm wire
Characteristics Linear
Resolution (maximum) 0.1% F.S. (Full Scale)
Shut-off 1%
Shipping weight 2.2 kg
Control valves
F
A B C D E F G
145 113 105 40 109 30 172
B E
Programmable functions
Autostroke Automatic commissioning routine
Valve type 2-port or 3-port
Selectable 0 - 100% or 100% - 0%
% travel
depending on valve / actuator configuration A D
Control action Direct or reverse action (4 - 20 or 20 - 4 mA)
OFF range 4 - 20 mA
Centre bolt for 'U' bolts for pillar
Split range Low range 4 - 13 mA yoke mounted mounted actuators
High range 11 - 20 mA actuators
0.5%
1.5%
Deadband
3.0%
5.0%
Reset Resets all programmed values
Input signal Visualisation of input mA signal
G
Available spares
C
4.4.6
Pressure gauge only
Pressure gauge Available ranges:
0 to 2 bar, 0 to 4 bar or 0 to 7 bar
Filter plug kit Plug plus 3 off filters and 'O' rings

Full details are contained in the SP400 electropneumatic smart positioner Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P343-37)
Positioner nomenclature guide

Positioner series SP400 SP400
Movement / action 0 = Linear, single action 0

1 = Rotary, single action
Retransmission + 0 = Not mounted 0
software switches
Enclosure 0 = Standard 0
Approvals 0 = Standard 0
24 V power supply 0 = Not mounted 0
Remote sensor 0 = No 0
Extended stroke 0 = No 0
0 = Not mounted
G2 = Full scale 2 bar
Gauge block G4
Selection example: SP400 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 G4
How to order
Please include all the required optional extras as described on the first page.
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SP400 000 000 0G4 electropneumatic smart linear positioner equipped with gauge block for full scale
pressure of 4 bar.
Caution: The SP400 smart positioner must have a high quality air supply. A Spirax Sarco MPC2 filter regulator with coalescing filter
or equivalent must be used inclusive of fixing kit - See Technical Information sheet TI-P054-04 for further data and How to order.
TI-P343-36 CH Issue 3 SP400 Electropneumatic Smart Positioner

Control valves
Positioners
TI-P343-34
CH Issue 4
SP500
Electropneumatic Smart Positioner
Description
The SP500 smart valve positioner is a loop powered device
that is able to drive linear and quarter turn pneumatic valves.
A 4-20 mA input signal determines the valve set point.
Precise control is maintained through valve position feedback
that automatically varies the pneumatic output pressure to For the
overcome the effects of stem friction and flow forces to maintain programmable
desired valve position. Indication of valve position is provided functions see
through a continuous digital display of % travel. Valve position page 2
feedback is retrieved by means of a non contact technology based
on Hall effect. The pneumatics are based on piezovalve technology
- Therefore, high resolution, high reliability, vibration insensitivity
and extremely low air consumption is guaranteed at steady state. SP500 with front cover closed
The SP500 includes many smart functions that can be fully
programmed through menu driven software using an integral
4.4.7 keypad and LCD alphanumeric data. Valve commissioning is
simplified through an autostroke routine and LCD data of
programming status, software travel switch status, mA input signal
and valve diagnostics data. Moreover, the absence of mechanical
linkages between the valve stem and the positioner, drastically
simplifies and reduces the time required for the mounting
procedure. The SP500 is supplied with a NAMUR standard
mounting kit for attachment to yoke or pillar mounted actuators.
For quarter turn valves, a mounting kit compliant to VDI / VDE 3845
is supplied.
The SP500 smart valve positioner supports optional expansion to
include the HART communication protocol, enabling complete SP500 with front cover removed
configuration using a PC or handheld device
Technical data
Air supply
The SP500 smart positioner must be provided with a high Input signal range 4 - 20 mA nominal
quality air supply. A Spirax Sarco MPC2 filter regulator with Minimum input signal 3.4 mA
coalescing filter or equivalent must be used. A fixing kit is 1.4 - 7.0 bar
available to mount the MPC2 filter regulator onto the actuator. Air supply pressure
(5-10 psi above spring range pressure)
For further product data regarding the MPC2 see Technical
Information sheet TI-P054-04. HART communication protocol
Communication protocol superimposed over dc current signal
Applications Air quality Air supply must be dry, oil and dust free
The SP500 can be used with the following pneumatic actuators: to ISO 8573-1 class 2:3:1
PN1000 and PN2000 series Output pressure 0 to 100% supply pressure
PNS3000 and PNS4000 series Linear valves 10 mm to 100 mm
Stroke range
PN9000 series Quarter turn valves 5 to 120
Action Single action / fail vent
Optional extras Operating temperature -10C to +80C
Complete manifold block with two 4.2 normal m3 / h at 1.4 bar g
Maximum air flow
Gauge block two pressure gauges (supply pressure 8.5 normal m3 / h at 6.0 bar g
and pressure to the actuator Steady state air consumption Less than 0.016 normal m3 / h
Retransmission 4 - 20 mA valve position retransmission Air connections Screwed " NPT
and switch board and 2 adjustable software switches
Cable gland M20
Allows 4 wire configuration:
Power supply 2 for 4 - 20 mA input signal and Spring clamp terminals for
board 2 for independent 24 V power supply Electrical connections 0.2 to 1.5 mm wire
reducing positioner impedance to 50
Enables communication using the
HART board Linear, Equal % (ratio 1:50) or
HART protocol Characteristics Fast opening (ratio 50:1)
Resolution (maximum) 0.1% F.S. (Full Scale)
Materials 4 - 20 mA retransmission
4 - 20 mA retransmit (optional)
Part Material Finish of valve position
Anti-corrosive paint to Software travel Two software configured 1 x normally closed
Case and cover Die cast aluminium
RAL5010 switches (optional) travel switches 1 x normally open
Magnet bracket Die cast aluminium Shipping weight 2.2 kg
Control valves
Programmable functions Dimensions (approximate) in mm

Autostroke Automatic commissioning routine A B C D E F G
Valve type 2-port or 3-port 145 113 105 40 109 30 172
Selectable 0 - 100% or 100% - 0%
% travel
depending on valve / actuator configuration F
Control action Direct or reverse action (4 - 20 or 20 - 4 mA)
Travel limits Setting of minimum and maximum travel limits
4 - 20 mA or split ranged
Signal span
(minimum span 4 mA)
Positional accuracy
Deadband B E
(minimum 0.2% to max. 10% of valve travel)
Tight shut-off Fully vent or inflate at preset input signals
Linear, = % or fast opening
Characteristic
input signal to valve travel relationship
Travel time Slows down valve opening or closing
Software configured travel switch setting A D
Travel switches
(range 0 - 100%)
Reset Resets all programmed values Centre bolt for 'U' bolts for pillar
Calibrate Centering yoke mounted mounted actuators
actuators
Input signal Visualisation of input mA signal
Auto operation / vent Option of automatic operation or

vent (actuator) whilst reprogramming
Diagnostic record of total number of valve
Data logging
strokes and completed hours run time
Available spares G
4.4.8
Pressure gauge only
Pressure gauge Available ranges:
0 to 2 bar, 0 to 4 bar or 0 to 7 bar C
Filter plug kit Plug plus 3 off filters and 'O' rings
Retransmission 4 - 20 mA valve position retransmission
and switch board and 2 adjustable software switches
Allows 4 wire configuration:
Power supply 2 for 4 - 20 mA input signal and
board 2 for independent 24 V power supply Safety information, installation and maintenance
reducing positioner impedance to 50
Full details are contained in the SP500 electropneumatic smart
enables communication using the HART positioner Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P343-35)
HART board protocol
Positioner nomenclature guide

SP500 = SP500
Positioner series SP501 = SP500 with HART communication protocol SP500
Movement / action 0 = Linear, single action 0

1 = Rotary, single action
Retransmission + 0 = Not mounted R
software switches (optional) R = Mounted
Enclosure 0 = Standard 0
Approvals 0 = Standard 0
0 = Not mounted
24 V power supply (optional) 0
P = Mounted
Remote sensor 0 = No 0
Extended stroke 0 = No 0
0 = Not mounted
Gauge block G4
Selection example: SP500 0 R 0 0 0 0 0 G4
How to order
Please include all the required optional extras as described on the first page.
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SP500 0R00000G4 electropneumatic smart positioner equipped with retransmission and software
switches board plus gauge block for full scale pressure of 4 bar.
Caution: The SP500 smart positioner must have a high quality air supply. A Spirax Sarco MPC2 filter regulator with coalescing filter
or equivalent must be used inclusive of fixing kit - See Technical Information sheet TI-P054-04 for further data and How to order.
TI-P343-34 CH Issue 4 SP500 Electropneumatic Smart Positioner

Control valves
4.4.9
Control valves
Positioners
TI-P323-28
CH Issue 2
SX80
Process Controller
Description
The SX80 controller is a 1/16 DIN panel mounted unit, suitable for single and multiple set point applications utilising the Spirax Sarco
range of pneumatic or electric control valves and electrical and electropneumatic instruments. The SX80 has both VMD (3 point)
and analogue (4 - 20 mA) outputs in the same unit and features quick start codes for ease of commissioning.
4.4.10
SX80 features:
- Universal input - Resistance thermometers, thermocouples, mA and mV.
- Universal output - VMD (valve motor drive), mA and voltage for continuous, relay and logic for switching control.
- Auxiliary power supply - For external transmitter requiring 18 Vdc.
- Text messages - Scrolling text messages can be configured to alert the user to process conditions.
- Quick codes - 5-digit quick codes enable easy set-up and commissioning of the controllers.
Approvals
These controllers conform to the Council Directive 93 / 68 / EEC and the regulations on the essential protection requirements in
Electrical Apparatus EN 61010-1: 90
- EMC emissions specification: EN 61326-1: 1997 Class B (including amendments A1, A2 and A3).
- EMC immunity specification: EN 61326-1: 1997 Industrial locations (including amendments A1, A2 and A3).
See overleaf for SX80 Process Controller technical data
48 mm 101 mm
Panel cut-out
48 mm 45 mm -0.0
+0.6
90 mm 45 mm -0.0
+0.6
How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SX80 process controller.
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Technical data
General details
Mounting arrangement Panel mounted 1/16 DIN
Power supply 85 to 265 Vac, 6 W maximum
Electrical connections Screw connection terminal block
Panel sealing IP65 plug in from front panel, NEMA 4X
Operating temperature / humidity 0 to 55C, 5 to 85% RH
Atmospheres Not suitable for use in explosive or corrosive atmospheres
Electromagnetic compatibity (EMC) EN 61326
Electrical safety BS EN 61010 Installation Category II
Weight 250 g
Approvals CE
Process variable inputs

Calibration accuracy < 0.25% reading 1 LSD
Resolution < 0.5 V with 1.6 second filter
Input filter Off to 59.9 seconds
RTD 3 wire Pt100 DIN 43760
Bulb current 0.2 mA
Universal linear mA 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 20 mA, using external shunt resistor 2.49 W
Linear input range -10 to 80 mV
Thermocouples K, J, N, R, S, B, L, T, C, custom
4.4.11 Sampling rate

Cold junction accuracy
4 Hz (250 ms)
< 1C at 25C ambient
Accuracy linear mA < 0.1% reading
Input impedance 100 MW
Number of set points 3
User calibration 2 point gain and offset
Transmitter power supply

Isolation 300 Vac double isolated
Output voltage 18 V 15%
Current 30 mA maximum
Load regulation < 1 V over 25 mA
Control action
Proportional band 1 - 9999 Engineering units or 0.01 to 300 %age or 0.1 - 3000
Integral time Off - 9999
Derivative time Off - 9999
One shot tune, or natural frequency tune. The controller will automatically select the best
Error band
method according to the process conditions.
Auto tuning Hysteresis from 0.01 to 300.0 or 0.1 to 3000 Engineering units
On-off control 1 - 9999 Engineering units or 0.01 to 300 %age or 0.1 - 3000
Cut back To minimise overshoot on critical processes.
Auto / manual modes Selectable from keyboard.
Relays
Isolation 300 Vac double insulated
Output range 0 20 mA, 4 20 mA
Resolution 13.5 bits
Contact rating Maximum 2 A @ 264 Vac resistive
Note: Maximum 2 A per terminal limit applies where relays have common terminals (2 amps maximum for terminal AB).
Logic inputs (x2)

Open >1200R
Contact closure
Closed <300R
Isolated dc output
Output range 0 20 mA, 4 20 mA
Resolution 13.5 bits
TI-P323-28 CH Issue 2 SX80 Process Controller Page 2 of 3

Control valves
Wiring diagrams
Warning: Safe operation of this product can only be guaranteed if it is properly installed, commissioned, used and maintained by
qualified personnel as stated in the IMI supplied with the unit. It is the duty of the Company Safety Officer to ensure that the product
specific data and Safety information within the supplied IMI has been fully understood and complied with.
Terminal diagram
Digital inputs A and B
IO1 1A LA AA
Relay output A
Output 3
1B LB AB Normally open relays
B Output 4
+ 2A LC AC
Output 2
Analogue
- 2B VI
Sensor input
+ R = 2.49W
L HE V+
Line supply +
100 to 230 Vac 15%
48 to 62 Hz
V
R
+
4.4.12
N HF V-
- -
Pt100 mA Thermocouple
Transmitter power supply RTD mV mV Tc

18 V 15%
Wiring diagram for connecting a 4 - 20 mA transmitter
1A LA AA
1B LB AB
2A LC AC
2B Transducer VI
supply
L V+
HE +24v
V = 10-50 mV 2 R49
N 0v V-
HF
i < 30 mA i = 4-20 mA
1 (+) (-) 2
4 Screen
4-20 mA sensor

Control valves
4.4.13
Control valves
Positioners
TI-P323-30
CH Issue 3
SX90
Process Controller
Description
The SX90 is a panel mounted 1/8th DIN controller, suitable for constant set point control of systems having fixed pre-programmed
set points. The controller has universal inputs, and outputs using PID for close control of industrial processes. The SX90 controller is
for use with the Spirax Sarco range of pneumatic and electric control valves and electrical and electropneumatic instruments.
SX90 features:
- Universal input - Resistance thermometers, thermocouples, mA and mV.
- Universal output - VMD (valve motor drive), mA and voltage for continuous (split
range function), relay and logic for switching control.
- Auxiliary power supply - For external transmitter requiring 24 Vdc.
- Set point - The SX90 can operate with local set point, remote set point, or a choice
of 4 set points can be selected.
- Ramps - There are 2 independent ramps (ramp up and ramp down) for rate of change
-
from one set point to another.
Remote set point - For cascade control (master / slave) using 2 controllers working
4.4.14
together, or to remotely control the set point.
- Retransmission - For retransmission of the process value, set value, or as second
analogue output.
- Event alarm - 4 programmable relay outputs for deviation, band, and process alarms.
- Quick codes - 5-digit quick codes enable easy set-up and commissioning of the
controllers
- Serial communications - For connecting via a serial port RS 485 (5 wire), up to
64 controllers into a supervisory system.
- Auto / man - The automatic to manual mode can be changed via the key board, or
logic inputs.
- Logic inputs - 3 logic inputs to provide a variety of selectable functions.
- Potentiometer Input - For feedback of valve position.
- Text messages - Scrolling text messages can be configured to alert the user to
process conditions.
- Forced output - Forced output level defined by instrument parameter and activated
by a logic input or by writing to the parameter.
- Split range function - Can work with 2 valves (split range). Please note that
this function is only available if the SX90 is running the 1.05 software or newer
(the software version on your unit will be displayed during start-up).
Approvals
These controllers conform to the Council Directive 93 / 68 / EEC and the regulations on the essential protection requirements in
Electrical Apparatus EN 61010-1.90.
- EMC emissions specification: EN 61326-1: 1997 Class B (including amendments A1, A2 and A3).
- EMC immunity specification: EN 61326-1: 1997 Industriallocations (including amendments A1, A2 and A3).
See pages 2 and 3 for the SX90 process controller technical data
Dimensions 48 mm 101 mm
(approximate) in mm Panel cut-out
96 mm 92 mm -0.0
+0.8
90 mm 45 mm
-0.0
How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SX90 process controller. +0.6
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Technical data
General details
Mounting arrangement Panel mounted 1/8 DIN
Power supply 85 - 265 Vac, 9 W maximum
Electrical connections Screw connection terminal block
Panel sealing IP65 plug in from front panel, NEMA 4X
Operating temperature / humidity 0 to 55C, 5 to 85% RH
Atmospheres Not suitable for use in explosive or corrosive atmospheres
Electromagnetic compatibity (EMC) EN 61326
Electrical safety BS EN 61010 Installation Category II
Weight 350 g
Approvals CE
Process variable inputs

Resolution < 0.5 V with 1.6 second filter
RTD 3 wire Pt100 DIN 43760
Bulb current 0.2 mA
Universal linear mA 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 20 mA, using external shunt resistor 2.49 W
Linear input range -10 to 80 mV
Thermocouples K, J, N, R, S, B, L, T, C, custom
4.4.15 Sampling rate
Cold junction accuracy
4 Hz (250 ms)
< 1C at 25C ambient
Accuracy linear mA < 0.1% reading
Input impedance 100 MW
Number of set points 3 plus remote set point
Transmitter power supply

Isolation 300 Vac double isolated
Output voltage 18 V 15%
Current 30 mA maximum
Load regulation < 1 V over 25 mA
Control action
Proportional band 1 - 9999 Engineering units or 0.01 to 300 %age or 0.1 - 3000
Integral time Off - 9999
Derivative time Off - 9999
One shot tune, or natural frequency tune. The controller will automatically select the best
Error band
method according to the process conditions.
Auto tuning Hysteresis from 0.01 to 300.0 or 0.1 to 3000 Engineering units
On-Off control 1 - 9999 Engineering units or 0.01 to 300 %age or 0.1 - 3000
Cut back To minimise overshoot on critical processes.
Auto / manual modes Selectable from keyboard.
Split range 2 parameters that give: The full opened valve 1 and The start-up valve 2
Relays
Logic inputs (x3)

Contact closure Open > 1200R, Closed < 300R
Comms
Isolation 300 Vac double isolation
Hardware EIA 485 5 wire (EIA 422 compatible)
Protocol Modbus RTU slave

Control valves
Remote set point input

Isolation 300 Vac double isolation
Sampling rate 4 Hz (250 ms)
Resolution > 14 bits - 0.5 mV for 0 - 10 V input, 2 A for 4 - 20 mA
Input impedance > 222 K (Volts) 2.49 (Current)
Linear input range 0 - 10 V, 0 - 20 mA
Zero offset User adjustable over full range
Pot input
Pot resistance range 100 - 10 kW
Excitation voltage 0.46 - 0.54 V
Resolution 0.006% of Span (> 14Bits)
Sample rate 1 Hz
Short circuit pot detection < 25 W
Open circuit pot detection > 2 MW
Open circuit wiper detection > 5 MW
Maximum 2 A @ 264 Vac resistive
Contact rating Note: Maximum 2 A per terminal limit applies where relays have common terminals.
(2 amps maximum for terminal AB)
4.4.16
Outputs
Output 1 SPST N / O contact
Output 2 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA, 300 Vac double insulated, 13.5 bits resolution (< 550 W)
Output 3 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA, 300 Vac double insulated, 13.5 bits resolution (< 550 W)
Output 4 Changeover relay contacts
Outputs 5 and 6 (VMD) 2 SPST interlocked N / O relays
Zero offset User adjustable over full range
Open circuit wiper detection > 5 MW

Control valves
Wiring diagrams
Warning: Safe operation of this product can only be guaranteed if it is properly installed, commissioned, used and maintained by
qualified personnel as stated in the IMI supplied with the unit. It is the duty of the Company Safety Officer to ensure that the product
specific data and Safety information within the supplied IMI has been fully understood and complied with.
Terminal diagram
Digital inputs C and D
1A 4A AA
IO1 C
Relay output
1B 4B AB Output 4
(Changeover relay)
D
2A 4C AC
Output 2
Analogue 4-20 mA
2B 5A RV
Remote setpoint input

4.4.17
Outputs V
LB 5B RI 0-10 V; 4-20 mA
5 and 6
Digital
input B
LC 5C RC
+ 3A PH
Output 3
Analogue 4-20 mA Potentiometer input
3B HB PW Valve position control
-
+ 3C HC PL
Transmitter supply
V
24 V 10%
3D HD VI
- Sensor input
R = 2.49 W
+
L HE V+ +
Line supply
100 to 230 Vac R
48 to 62 Hz
N HF V- -
-
Pt100 mA Thermocouple
RTD mV mV Tc
Digital communications
EIA 422

Control valves
Wiring diagram for connecting the 4 - 20 mA transmitter
1A 4A AA
1B 4B AB
2A 4C AC
2B 5A RV
LB 5B RI
LC 5C RC
3A PH
4.4.18
3B HB PW
Transmitter supply
3C +24 V HC PL
3D HD VI
0V
L HE V+
V = 10 - 50 mV 2R49
N HF V-
i < 30 mA i = 4-20 mA
1 (+) (-) 2
4 Screen
4-20 mA sensor

Control valves
TI-P320-47
CH Issue 3

ISO 9001
PN600 Series
Pneumatic Controllers
Description
The PN600 series pneumatic controllers provide temperature or
pressure control providing a 0.2 bar to 1 bar output signal with
proportional (plus manual reset) or proportional plus integral control
action. An optional stainless steel pocket type W30S is available for
use with tempertature sensors.
The range of pneumatic controllers can be used in conjunction with
PN5000 and PN6000 series linear actuators and PP4 pneumatic
positioners.
Available types
Temperature control
Model Control function Scale range
662-T5-M5* Proportional (+ Manual reset) 0 - 100C
662-T5-M5 Proportional (+ Manual reset) 50 - 150C
4.4.19 662-T5-M5*
662-T5SY-M5
Proportional (+ Manual reset)
Proportional (+ Manual reset)
25 - 125C
25 - 125C
663-T5-M5* Proportional + Integral 0 - 100C

663-T5-M5 Proportional + Integral 50 - 150C
663-T5-M5* Proportional + Integral 25 - 125C
663-T5SY-M5 Proportional + Integral 25 - 125C
T5 = Nitrogen lled sensing bulb and capillary

SY = Sensing bulb for sterile applications
M5 = 5 metres capillary tube ( * Option of 10 metres - Sufx 'M10')
Pressure Control
622 Proportional (+ Manual reset) 0 - 7 bar
622 Proportional (+ Manual reset) 0 - 20 bar
623 Proportional + Integral 0 - 7 bar

623 Proportional + Integral 0 - 20 bar
Other options available include:- Optional pocket type W30S
Pneumatic receiver for 0.2 to 1 bar (or 3 to 15 psi g) input signal.
Electromechanical receiver for 4-20 mA, 0-10 Vdc, RTD Pt100 or
thermocouple input signal.
Other scale ranges available:-
Pressure (bar) Scale span options up to 0 to 500 bar
Temperature (C) Scale span options for:-
50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 300 and 400C
Measuring elements
Pressure
Bourdon tube AISI 316L stainless steel
Connection " BSP
Maximum pressure +25% of scale range
Temperature
Bulb and capillary AISI 316L stainless steel
- Cylindrical bulb for liquids
- Sanitary bulb for sterile applications
(Option available with spiral bulb for air /gas)
Bulb connection " BSP
Capillary length 5 metres
10 metres (in some ranges)
(Other options available)
Max. measured temperature +25% of scale range
Pocket - Type W30S (optional)
Material AISI 316L Stainless steel
Connection " BSP
Maximum pressure PN40
Control valves
Technical data Sensor

E
Controller " BSP No groove on
IP54 (Standard) SY sterile bulb
Enclosure rating " BSP
IP55 (Optional)
G
Scale length 100mm
Measured value - black F
Pointers Connector
Set point - red
Gauges Output signal pressure (bar/psi g) Pocket (optional replacing standard connector)
Proportional (5-200% of scale range)
Control mode L
Integral (0.1 to 20 repeats per minute)
Output signal 0.2 - 1 bar " BSP
Direct or reverse action - " BSP K
Control action
Field reversable
Set point adjustment Manual adjustment
Accuracy 1% of range span
Sensitivity 0.2% of range span
Repeatability 0.5% of range span
Linearity 0.5% of range span
Air supply 1.4 bar
Controller
Air consumption 0.2 Nm /h (average)
Air connections " BSP
Ambient temperature limits -15C to 65C
Mounting Wall or ush panel mounted
Weight 3.5 kg
A
4.4.20
Dimensions (mm)
Controller
A B C D
202 144 136 17
Temperature sensing bulb

E F G D
B C
200 120 13
Panel mounting cut-out

Panel cut-out
H J
138 188
Pocket
K L
16 210 J
PN600 Series Pneumatic Controllers TI-P320-47 CH Issue 3

Control valves
4.4.21
Control valves
PositionersPage
and controllers
1 of 5
TI-P102-01
CH Issue 4
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 37D and 37DE

ISO 9001
Pilot Operated
Temperature Control Valve with SG Iron Body
Description A
The 37D is a pilot operated temperature control valve suitable A1
for use on steam applications and comes complete with 2 m of
capillary tube as standard (other lengths are available on request
- see Optional extras).
By virtue of it's pilot operation, it has a comparatively small control
band.
The sensor of the control system will need to be mounted by either a
union kit, pocket or wall mounting bracket - see 'Optional extras'.
Available types of valve
37D Temperature control
37DE Temperature control with electrically operated solenoid valve
E
Note: For optional extras see overleaf.

"LC, ", " and 1" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.
DN15LC, DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 flanged:
D 4.4.22
Standard flanges DN15 - DN20 BS 4504/DIN PN25
DN25 - DN50 BS 10 Table H and ANSI 300
DN15 - DN50 JIS 10/16 and ANSI 150
Also available DN15 - DN20 BS 10 Table F
DN15 ANSI 300 F
Temperature ranges
Range A 16C to 49C
Range B 38C to 71C
B
Range C 49C to 82C
Range D 71C to 104C Union Metal Wall Glass
Range E 93C to 127C kit pocket mounting pocket
W
Limiting conditions
25 bar @ 120C
Maximum body design conditions 20 bar @ 250C
14 bar @ 350C
37D 17 bar @ 232C
Maximum upstream conditions
37DE 10 bar @ 190C
V
Technical data O
220/240 10% Vac or 110 /120 10% Vac K M
Voltages available
(others available on request)
Frequency 50 /60 Hz
Inrush 45 VA
Power consumption
Holding 23 VA
L N P
Screwed BS 10 H PN25 ANSI 300 BS 10 F ANSI 150 JIS 10/16 Weight
Size A A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 B D E F Screwed Flanged
DN15LC 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 408 278 130 12.0 12.8
DN15 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 408 278 130 12.0 12.8
DN20 160 - 150 - 133 139.4 142 185 408 278 130 12.0 13.7
DN25 180 160 160 160 - 160.0 152 207 432 284 148 13.0 16.0
DN32 - 180 180 180 - 176.0 176 207 432 284 148 - 17.0
DN40 - 200 200 200 - 199.0 196 255 476 298 178 - 29.0
DN50 - 230 230 230 - 228.0 222 255 476 298 178 - 31.5
K L M N O P V W
142 17.5 150 22.3 195 35 575 117
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
PositionersPage
and controllers
2 of 5
Marerials
Union
No. Part Material kit
43
14 Internal strainer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S 16
W
15 Body gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
V
Main valve
16 return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 25 U
17 Main valve Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
Main valve
18 seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29 Pocket
W
Main valve V
20 body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
Main body
21 securing studs Steel (M10 x 25 mm) BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 40
and nuts BS 1492 Gr. 8
Main diaphragm 41
22 chamber SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
Main diaphragm 35
23 securing bolts Steel (M12 x 50 mm) BS 1492 Gr. 8.8
and nuts BS 1492 Gr. 8 42
34
24 Main diaphragms Phosphor bronze BS 2870 PB 102
Main diaphragm 39
25 plate Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 37
38
26 Push rod Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29 15 36
27 Pipe assembly Brass and copper
16 14
28 Plug 1" BSP Steel
30 Lock-nut Steel BS 1492 Gr. 8 17
4.4.23 Packless gland
34 housing Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
42
42
Pilot valve 40
35 plunger Bakelite synmould S 67S
Pilot valve 26
36 seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
27
Pilot valve 23
37 closure member Stainless steel AISI 440 B
30
38 Pilot valve housing SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
Pilot valve housing
39 securing studs Steel (M10 x 25 mm) BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
and nuts BS 1492 Gr. 8
40 Locking ring Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
41 Control head Bakelite synmould S 67S 37D version shown
Control head
42 securing screws Stainless steel (2 BA x ")
43 Capillary tube Copper PVC covered 17 21 24 25 28
44 Sensor Brass EN 12451 CW707R H130/170
Optional extras
Conversion kit: A standard kit comprising of a solenoid valve
and the necessary pipe and fittings for converting an existing
37D to a 37DE temperature control valve.
Capillary tubes: Available in multiples of 2 m up to a max. of 14 m.
Union kit: Comprising of union nipple (U), compression ring (V) Glass
and a gland nut (W). The union nipple is screwed " BSP. pocket
Pockets: Are available in copper with brass union nipple or
stainless steel. Union nipple U forms the top of the pocket and
carries compression ring V and gland nut W. The union nipple
is screwed " BSP.
Special long pockets are available having minimum length of
0.5 m and a maximum of 1 m. They are sealed at the top by a
rubber bung. Glass pockets are also available complete with
bracket and sealed by a rubber bung.
Wall mounting bracket: Inclusive of cover.

How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 37D pilot operated temperature
control valve having a temperature range A. The flange connections
are to be ANSI 300.
37D and 37DE Pilot Operated Temperature Control Valve with SG Iron Body TI-P102-01 CH Issue 4
Page 2 of 5
Control valves
PositionersPage
and controllers
3 of 5
Steam capacities in kg/h

* Note:
The 37DE is limited to a
maximum pressure of 10 bar.
Kv values

4.4.24

Size Kvs
DN15LC 1.0

DN15 2.8

DN20 5.5
DN25 8.1

DN32 12.0
DN40 17.0

DN50 28.0

The capacity varies for both the 37D and 37DE according to the pressure drop across them. The chart above enables the capacity to be
read off for different pressure drops. The maximum capacity occurs when the downstream pressure is at, or below 58% of the absolute
upstream pressure (Critical pressure drop). For many applications, valves can be satisfactorily sized on 10% pressure drop, i.e. with a
downstream which is 90% of the absolute upstream and a 10% pressure drop line is included in the chart to allow this to be done easily.
How to use the chart

The way in which the chart is used is explained by examples:
Example 1. Firstly, to find the size of control valve required to pass 200 kg/h with an upstream pressure of 8 bar and a permissable
pressure drop of 2 bar (downstream pressure = 6 bar)
Find the point at which the curved 8 bar upsteam pressure line intersects a horizontal line drawn from a downstream pressure of 6 bar and
read vertically downwards. It will be seen that a DN15 valve will pass 200 kg/h and is the correct size to choose.
Example 2. A DN50 valve is operating on an upstream pressure of 10 bar and has to pass 3 500 kg/h. It is required to know the downstream
pressure and hence the pressure drop across the valve.
The flowrate 3 500 kg/h is read off the horizontal line at the bottom of the chart giving the capacity of the DN50 valve using the vertical
guide line read upwards from the 3 500 kg/h figure until you strike the curved 10 bar upstream pressure line and from this point read
horizontally to the left to meet the downstream pressure scale. This is at the 7 bar reading and the pressure drop across the DN50 valve
when passing 3 500 kg/h of steam is 3 bar giving a downstream pressure of 7 bar.
Example 3. Finally, if a 10% pressure drop is satisfactory and a valve is required to pass 1 000 kg/h with an upstream pressure of 14 bar find
the point where the 14 bar curved upstream pressure line intersects the 10% pressure drop line. From this point read vertically
downwards and it will be seen that a DN32 valve is the correct size.
Page 3 of 5
Control valves
PositionersPage
and controllers
4 of 5
packless gland
Pilot valve
H
4.4.25 Y U
E
R
Pilot valve
assembly
D
C
Solenoid valve complete

X1
P
T
N W
R
T
Main valve
assembly
K
cover assembly
Valve seat and
L V
X4
X3
A X1
M X1
Page 4 of 5
Control valves
PositionersPage
and controllers
5 of 5
Spare parts
Available spares
Maintenance kit
A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked *
* Main diaphragm (2 off) A
Pilot valve assembly B, C, D, E
* Pilot valve packless gland set H, J
Main valve assembly K, L
* Internal strainer M
* Main valve return spring N
Control head Z, (3 off) Y
When ordering state range and length of capillary tube. Normally stocked in capillary lengths of 2 m.
Available in multiples of 2 m up to a maximum of 14 m (at extra cost).
Range A 16C 49C Range B 38C 71C Range C 49C 82C Range D 71C 104C Range E 93C 127C
'O' ring for sensor bulb adaptor (packet of 3) U
* Control pipe assembly P
* Gasket set (3 off) R
Set of pilot valve housing securing stud and nuts (Set of 4) S
Set of main body studs and nuts (Set of 4) T
DN15 to DN32 (Set of 10)
Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts Valve sizes: DN40 to DN50 (Set of 12) V
Set of control head securing screws (set of 3) Y
Solenoid valve type 37DE only W
Coil X1
Valve seat and core assembly X2, X3, X4, X5 4.4.26
How to order
Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type (37D or 37DE)
of temperature control valve and whether screwed or flanged.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN25 Type DP37D temperature control valve.
How to fit
See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Further copies are available on request.
Interchangeability of spares
The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm'
the diaphragm used in the screwed valves " and " is common to these sizes by the letter 'a', the letter 'c' indicates that one diaphragm
is common to the DN40 and DN50 valves. All spares marked are interchangeable with the DP17 pressure reducing valve. Spares
marked 'o' are interchangeable with the DP17T and DP17TE pilot operated pressure/temperature control valves.
Screwed Flanged
Size DN "LC " " 1" 15LC 15 20 25 32 40 50
Maintenance kit a a a b f f a b c d e
o Main diaphragm a a a b a a a b b c c
o Pilot valve assembly a a a a a a a a a a a
o Pilot valve packless gland set a a a a a a a a a a a
o Main valve assembly a b c d a b c d e f g
o Internal strainer a a a b f f a b c d e
o Main valve return spring a a a b a a a b b c c
o Control head a a a a a a a a a a a
o 'O' ring for sensor bulb adaptor a a a a a a a a a a a
Control pipe assembly a a a b f f a b c d e
Gasket set a a a a a a a a a b b
Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
o Set of main body studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
o Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
o Set of control head securing screws a a a a a a a a a a a
Page 5 of 5
Control valves
Self-acting controls
4.5.1
Control valves
Page 1 of 12
TI-S21-07
CH Issue 1
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 2-Port Self-acting Temperature

ISO 9001
Control Valve Selection
for Heating and Cooling Applications
How to select a system
Valve selection:
1. Is the application for heating or cooling?
A heating application will require a valve that is normally open and will close with rising temperature.
A cooling application will require a valve that is normally closed and will open with rising temperature.
2. Is the valve to be used on steam or water applications?

For steam applications use the sizing chart in Table 1 on page 2.
For water heating applications use the chart in Table 2 on page 3.
For water cooling applications use the chart in Table 3 on page 4.
Differential pressure
3. Determine the pressure upstream of the valve (P1) for normal running conditions.
4. Determine the pressure downstream of the valve (P2) for normal running conditions. 4.5.2
5. Determine the required flowrate of the steam or water.
6. Determine the size and basic type of control valve using the sizing charts
in Tables 1, 2 and 3. A sizing example is illustrated for each of these charts
under each of these Tables.
Please note that at this point only the valve size and basic valve type has been
selected. It is now necessary to refer to Tables 4, 5, and 6 to check the following:
7. What body material is required? Pressure temperature limitations for each

material (gunmetal, cast iron and cast carbon steel) are shown in Table 4, P1 P2
page 5. Economics may also influence the choice of body material.
8. What end connections are required - screwed or flanged? Please note: the pressures given on the
Choices are shown in the valve selection Tables 5 and 6 on pages 6 to 9. sizing charts are in bar g only
9. Normally closed valves may have a bleed which allows a small flow to
reach the sensor so that it can react to a temperature rise. This will
depend on the application.
10. What is the maximum differential pressure across the control valve? In a heating application with a normally open valve a rise in
temperature at the sensor will cause the valve to close. In order to ensure that the valve closes fully the sensor must be able to overcome
the force generated on the valve plug by the maximum differential pressure across the control valve (P1 max - P2 min). This is often
substantially greater than the normal running pressure drop across the control valve. Similarly, for a cooling application using a normally
closed valve, the return spring must be able to close the valve against the maximum differential pressure. The maximum differential
pressure for each valve is shown in Tables 5 and 6. The maximum differential pressure of a valve may be increased by incorporating
a balancing bellows, details of which are also indicated in Tables 5 and 6 under the column titled 'Balanced'.
Control system selection

The control system consists of the sensor, capillary tube and actuator. Tables 5 and 6 show which control systems are compatible with
each valve:
11. From Table 7 on page 10, select a temperature range which allows adjustment on both sides of the control point.
12. From Table 7, choose the configuration of the control system to suit the application.
13. From Table 7, choose the length of capillary tube.
14. Choose any ancillaries (pockets, mounting brackets etc.) from Table 8, pages 11 and 12.
Typical order information

1 off Spirax Sarco self-acting temperature control comprising:
- DN20 KA43 control valve flanged to EN 1092 PN40,
- SA121 control system, range 2,
- 2 m capillary tube length,
- Stainless steel pocket.
Page 1 of 12
Control valves
Page 2 of 12
Table 1 Valve sizing for heating applications using steam
Cr
itic
Inlet pressure bar g
al
Di
pr
es
ffe
su
ren (P 1
re
dr
tia - P
op
l p 2)
res
su
eb r
ar
Kvs Size Type

value DN
0.38 15 BX2 / BMF2 / BM2

Steam flow kg/h
0.64 15 BX3 / BMF3 / BM3
BX4 / BMF4 / BM4

4.5.3
1.03 15
1.65 15 BX6 / BMF6 / BM6
2.58 15 SB
2.9 15 KA
3.86 20 SB
4.64 20 KA
6.8 25 SB
9.8 25 KA / KB
Sizing example
Differential 16.48 32 KA / KB / KC
pressure
16.48 40 KC
Flow
23.7 40 KA / KB
P1 P2 34 50 KA / KB / KC
Given:
65 65 NS
- Pressure at valve inlet P1 = 6 bar g
- Pressure at valve outlet P2 = 4 bar g
- The required steam flowrate = 280 kg / h
94 80 NS
To size the valve:
1. Determine the differential pressure across the valve P1 - P2 = 6 - 4 = 2 bar.
2. Enter the upper section of the chart with the inlet pressure (P1) at 6 bar g
and draw a horizontal line to intersect the differential pressure (P1 - P2) line at 2 bar. From this intersection draw a vertical line downwards.
3. Enter the lower section of the chart with the steam flowrate at 280 kg / h and draw a horizontal line to intersect the vertical line
produced in step 2. From this intersection draw a line parallel to the diagonal lines in the direction of the valve selection box.
4 From the valve selection boxes choose the valve with the higher Kvs value i.e. size DN20 'KA' type valve with a Kvs of 4.64
2-Port Self-acting Temperature Control Valve Selection

for Heating and Cooling Applications TI-S21-07 CH Issue 1
Page 2 of 12
Control valves
Page 3 of 12
Table 2 Valve sizing for heating applications using water

Kvs Size Type
value DN
94 80 NS
65 65 NS
34 50 KA / KB / KC
23.7 40 KA / KB
16.48 32 KA / KB
16.48 40 KC
9.8 25 KA / KB
Flow m / h
Flow l / s
6.8 25 SB
4.5.4
4.64 20 KA
3.86 20 SB
2.9 15 KA
2.58 15 SB
1.65 15 BX6 / BMF6 / BM6
1.03 15 BX4 / BMF4 / BM4
0.64 15 BX3 / BMF3 / BM3
0.38 15 BX2 / BMF2 / BM2
Differential pressure bar (x 10 = m wg, x 100 = kPa)
Sizing example
Differential
pressure
Flow
P1 P2
Given:
- The required water flowrate = 3 litres / second
To size the valve:
1. Determine the differential pressure across the valve P1 - P2 = 14 - 13 = 1 bar
2. Enter the chart with a flowrate of 3 litres / second and draw a horizontal line to intersect the differential pressure line at 1 bar.
From this intersection draw a line parallel to the diagonal lines in the direction of the valve selection boxes.
3. From the valve selection boxes choose the valve with the higher Kvs value i.e. size DN32 'KA' or 'KB' type valve with a Kvs of 16.48
Page 3 of 12
Control valves
Page 4 of 12
Table 3 Valve sizing for cooling applications using water

Kvs Size Type
value DN
94 80 NSRA
65 65 NSRA
34 50 KX / KY
23.7 40 KX / KY
16.48 32 KX / KY
9.8 25 KX
6.8 25 SBRA
Flow m / h
Flow l / s
4.5.5 4.64 20 KX
3.86 20 SBRA
2.9 15 KX
2.58 15 SBRA
BXRA / BMFRA
0.59 15
/ BMRA

Differential pressure bar (x 10 = m wg, x 100 = kPa)
Sizing example
Differential
pressure
Flow
P1 P2
Given:
- The required water flowrate = 3 litres / second
To size the valve:
1. Determine the differential pressure across the valve P1 - P2 = 14 - 13 = 1 bar
2. Enter the chart with a flowrate of 3 litres / second and draw a horizontal line to intersect the differential pressure line at 1 bar.
From this intersection draw a line parallel to the diagonal lines in the direction of the valve selection boxes.
3. From the valve selection boxes choose the valve with the higher Kvs value i.e. size DN32 'KX' or 'KY' type valve with a Kvs of 16.48

Page 4 of 12
Control valves
Page 5 of 12
Table 4 Pressure / temperature limits for different valve materials

Note: Materials for the various valve types are shown in Tables 5 and 6 on the following pages.
Stainless
Control valve body material Gunmetal Cast iron Cast carbon steel
steel
Body design conditions PN25 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN40
Maximum design temperature 260C 220C 300C 300C 260C
Maximum cold hydraulic test 38 bar g 24 bar g 38 bar g 60 bar g 60 bar g

Use a spacer for use in this region
Note: The KB51 and
KY51 control valves

have a maximum
Temperature C
design temperature
Steam saturation curve limit of 232C.
Gunmetal

The product
must not be
used in this
region.

Pressure bar g

4.5.6
Temperature C
Steam saturation curve
Cast iron
The product
must not be
used in this
region.

Pressure bar g
The KA43 and the KC43 can be used

in this region when coupled to a spacer
Note: The KB43 and
Temperature C
KY43 control valves

Steam saturation curve have a maximum
Cast carbon design temperature
steel limit of 232C.
The product
must not be
used in this
region.
Pressure bar g

Use a spacer for use in this region
Note: The KA61 and
KA63 and KC63
control valves have a
Temperature C

maximum design

Stainless temperature limit of
232C.
steel

The product
must not be
used in this
region.

Pressure bar g

Page 5 of 12
Control valves
Page 6 of 12
Valve selection data

Table 5 Normally open valves for heating applications
For pressure temperature relationships please refer to the pressure / temperature charts in Table 4, page 5.
* Please note: The KB31, KB33, KB43, and KB51 control valves can also be used on water applications where high P conditions exist.
SB (DN15 - DN25 screwed)

KA31 (DN32 - DN50 screwed)
KA33 (DN32 - DN50 flanged)
KA51 (DN32 - DN50 screwed)
BM (DN15 flanged)
BMF (DN15 flanged)
KA31 (DN15 - DN25 screwed) BX (DN15 screwed)
KA51 (DN25 screwed)
KB33 (DN32 - DN50 flanged)*

KB43 (DN32 - DN50 flanged)*
4.5.7 KC43 (DN32 - DN50 flanged)

KC63 (DN32 - DN50 flanged)
KB31 (DN25 screwed) *

KB33 (DN25 flanged)
KB51 (DN25 screwed)*
NS (DN65 - DN80 flanged) KB31 (DN32 - DN50 screwed) *

NS (DN65 - DN80 screwed) KB51 (DN32 - DN50 screwed) *
KC31 (DN40 - DN50 screwed)
KC51 (DN40 - DN50 screwed)
Gunmetal
Size and pipe connections Control system options
SA422
SA423
SA121
SA122
SA123
SA128
Valve model Screwed Flanged Body design Balanced Kvs Maximum Stroke
BSP / NPT PN25 / ANSI 150 rating P (bar) mm
BX2 " PN25 0.38 17.2 2.2

BX3 " PN25 0.64 17.2 3.2
BX4 " PN25 1.03 17.2 3.2
BX6 " PN25 1.65 17.2 3.2
" PN25 2.58 17.2 3.2
SB " PN25 3.86 10.3 4.0
1" PN25 6.80 6.8 5.0
1" PN25 9.80 4.5 5.6
1" PN25 16.48 3.0 8.0
KA51
1" PN25 23.70 2.0 9.0
2" PN25 34.00 1.5 9.5
KB51* 1" PN25 9.80 10.0 5.6
Balanced by 1" PN25 16.48 9.0 8.0
phosphor 1" PN25 23.70 8.2 9.0
bronze bellows 2" PN25 34.00 6.9 9.5
KC51 1" PN25 16.48 16.0 9.0
Balanced by
stainless steel
2" PN25 34.00 13.8 9.5
bellows
NS double 2" DN65 PN25 65.00 10.0 9.5
sealed valve 3" DN80 PN25 94.00 10.0 9.5

Page 6 of 12
Control valves
Page 7 of 12
Cast iron
SA121
SA122
SA123
SA128
SA422
SA423
BSP / NPT PN16 rating P (bar) mm
BMF2 DN15 PN16 0.38 16.0 2.2

BMF3 DN15 PN16 0.64 16.0 3.2
BMF4 DN15 PN16 1.03 16.0 3.2
BMF6 DN15 PN16 1.65 16.0 3.2
" DN15 PN16 2.90 13.0 3.2
" DN20 PN16 4.64 10.3 4.0
KA31 screwed
1" DN25 PN16 9.80 4.5 5.6
and KA33
1" DN32 PN16 16.48 3.0 8.0
flanged
1" DN40 PN16 23.70 2.0 9.0
2" DN50 PN16 34.00 1.5 9.5
KB31* screwed 1" DN25 PN16 9.80 10.3 5.6
and KB33 * 1" DN32 PN16 16.48 9.0 8.0
flanged balanced
by phosphor 1" DN40 PN16 23.70 8.2 9.0
bronze bellows 2" DN50 PN16 34.00 6.9 9.5
KC31
DN40 PN16 16.48 13.0 9.0
Balanced by
stainless steel
DN50 PN16 34.00 13.0 9.5
bellows
4.5.8
Cast carbon steel
Flanged
PN25 PN40 ANSI 300
BM2 DN15 DN15 PN25 0.38 17.2 2.2
BM3 DN15 DN15 PN40 0.64 17.2 3.2
BM4 DN15 DN15 PN40 1.03 17.2 3.2
BM6 DN15 DN15 PN40 1.65 17.2 3.2
DN15 DN15 PN40 2.90 17.0 3.2
DN20 DN20 PN40 4.64 10.0 4.0
DN25 DN25 PN40 9.80 4.5 5.6
KA43
DN32 DN32 PN40 16.48 3.0 8.0
DN40 DN40 PN40 23.70 2.0 9.0
DN50 DN50 PN40 34.00 1.5 9.5
KB43* DN25 DN25 PN40 9.80 10.0 5.6
Balanced by DN32 DN32 PN40 16.48 9.0 8.0
phosphor DN40 DN40 PN40 23.70 8.2 9.0
bronze bellows DN50 DN50 PN40 34.00 6.9 9.5
KC43 DN32 DN32 PN40 16.48 16.0 8.0
Balanced by
DN40 DN40 PN40 16.48 16.0 9.0
stainless steel
bellows DN50 DN50 PN40 34.00 13.8 9.5
Stainless steel
Screwed Flanged
BSP / NPT PN40/ANSI 300
" PN40 2.90 17.0 3.2
KA61 " PN40 4.64 10.0 4.0
1" PN40 9.80 4.5 5.6
DN15 PN40 2.90 17.0 3.2
DN20 PN40 4.64 10.0 4.0
DN25 PN40 9.80 4.5 5.6
KA63
DN32 PN40 16.48 3.0 8.0
DN40 PN40 23.70 2.0 9.0
DN50 PN40 34.00 1.5 9.5
KC63 DN32 PN40 16.48 16.0 8.0
balanced by
DN40 PN40 23.70 16.0 9.0
stainless steel
bellows DN50 PN40 34.00 13.8 9.5

Page 7 of 12
Control valves
Page 8 of 12
Valve selection data

Table 6 Normally closed valves for cooling applications
For pressure temperature relationships please refer to the pressure / temperature charts in Table 4, page 5.
Gunmetal
SA121
SA122
SA123
SA128
SA422
SA423
BSP / NPT PN25 / ANSI150 rating P (bar) mm
BXRA " PN25 0.59 10.3 3.2

SBRA " PN25 2.58 12.0 3.2
Optional bleed " PN25 3.86 7.0 4.0
available 1" PN25 6.80 4.7 5.0
NRSA Double 2" DN65 PN25 65.00 2.7 9.5
seated valve 3" DN80 PN25 94.00 2.0 9.5
1" PN25 9.80 3.5 5.6
KX51
1" PN25 16.48 2.3 8.0
Optional bleed
1" PN25 23.70 1.7 9.0
available
2" PN25 34.00 1.1 9.5
KY51 *
1" PN25 16.48 9.0 8.0
Balanced by
phosphor
4.5.9 bronze bellows.
Optional bleed
1" PN25 23.70 8.2 9.0
available 2" PN25 34.00 6.9 9.5
Cast iron
SA121
SA122
SA123
SA128
SA422
SA423
BSP / NPT PN16 rating P (bar) mm
BMFRA " PN16 0.59 10.3 3.2

KX31 screwed " DN15 PN16 2.90 12.0 3.2
and " DN20 PN16 4.64 7.0 4.0
KX33 flanged. 1" DN25 PN16 9.80 3.5 5.6
Optional 1" DN32 PN16 16.48 2.3 8.0
bleed 1" DN40 PN16 23.70 1.7 9.0
available 2" DN50 PN16 34.00 1.1 9.5
KY31* screwed
1" 16.48 9.0 8.0
and KY33 * PN16
flanged balanced
by phosphor 1" PN16 23.70 8.2 9.0
bronze bellows.
Optional bleed
2"" PN16 34.00 6.9 9.5
available.
* Please note: The KY31, KY33, and KY51 can also be used on water applications where high P conditions exist.

Page 8 of 12
Control valves
Page 9 of 12
SBRA (DN15 - DN25 screwed)
KX31 (DN15 - DN25 screwed)

KX33 (DN15 - DN25 flanged)
KX51 (DN25 screwed)

NSRA (DN65 - DN80 screwed)

NSRA (DN65 - DN80 flanged)
KY51 (DN32 - DN50 screwed)

4.5.10
KY43 (DN32 - DN50 flanged)
BXRA (DN15 screwed)

BMFRA (DN15 flanged)
BMRA (DN15 flanged)
Cast carbon steel

SA121
SA122
SA123
SA128
SA422
SA423
Valve model Flanged Body design Balanced Kvs Maximum Stroke
PN25 PN40 rating P (bar) mm
BMRA DN15 PN25 0.59 10.3 3.2

DN15 PN40 2.90 12.0 3.2
DN20 PN40 4.64 7.0 4.0
KX43
DN25 PN40 9.80 3.5 5.6
Optional bleed
DN32 PN40 16.48 2.3 8.0
available
DN40 PN40 23.70 1.7 9.0
DN50 PN40 34.00 1.1 9.5
KY43
DN32 PN40 16.48 9.0 8.0
Balanced by
phosphor
DN40 PN40 23.70 8.2 9.0
bronze bellows.
Optional bleed
DN50 PN40 34.00 6.9 9.5
available.

Page 9 of 12
Control valves
Page 10 of 12
Table 7 Control system selection

The control systems are available in four configurations as shown below.
Each type is available with either a dial or knob type temperature adjustment except the Type 422 (dial only).
Dimensions are approximate in mm
Actuator
SA121, SA128
271 310 (SA121) 25

185 178 (SA128) Actuator
Setting knob SA122
Sensor
Capillary 415
17
240
Capillary Sensor
Actuator
SA123, SA423
4.5.11 Setting knob
Capillary
Setting knob
25
271 248 Actuator
Type 422
Sensor
270
25
Capillary 326
Capillary 395
Sensor
Setting dial
Specifications
Weight Standard
Type Range Temperature Maximum sensor temperature Material kg capillary tube (m)
1 -15 to 50C
SA121 2 40 to 105C 55C over set value to max. 190C Brass 2.0 2, 4, 8 and 20
3 95 to 160C
1 -20 to 120C
SA122 55C over set value Brass 1.8 2, 4, 8, and 20
2 40 to 170C
1 -15 to 50C
SA123 2 40 to 105C 55C over set value Brass 2.5 2, 4, 8, and 20
3 95 to 160C
1 -20 to 110C
SA128 55C over set value to max. 190C Brass 1.8 2, 4, 8, and 20
2 40 to 170C
1 -20 to 120C Stainless
SA422 55C over set value 1.4 2.4 or 4.8 *
2 40 to 170C steel
1 -15 to 50C Stainless
SA423 2 40 to 105C 55C over set value steel sensor 2.5 2, 4, 8, and 20
3 95 to 160C remainder brass
* Longer lengths up to 9.6 m are available to special order

Page 10 of 12
Control valves
Page 11 of 12
Table 8 Control system ancillaries

Control system type
Mounting options and ancillaries
SA121 SA122 SA123 SA128 SA422 SA423
1" shown Standard pocket

immersion length (mm) 315 258 258 180 326 258
Size (BSP or NPT) 1" " 1" 1" 1" 1"
Wall mounting bracket
1" Union kit for sensor

immersion without pocket
Mild steel pocket

" longer pocket option
*
Stainless steel pocket
longer pocket option *
Copper pocket
1"
Brass pocket
4.5.12
Glass pocket with

bracket and rubber bung
Duct fixing kit
Twin sensor adaptor

When coupled to a valve
allows operation by
two actuators.
Twin
sensor
adaptor
Twin
sensor
adaptor
Manual
actuator
* Special long pockets are available in lengths from 0.5 m to 1 m.

Page 11 of 12
Control valves
Page 12 of 12
Table 8 Control system ancillaries (continued)

Control system type
Mounting options and ancillaries
SA121 SA122 SA123 SA128 SA422 SA423
Spacer
Each valve has its
individual limiting conditions,
but when coupled to a
control system, these are
governed by the brass
actuator which is limited
232
to 232C.
Spacer Installing the spacer between

the valve and the control
system enables the system
to operate at a maximum
350
temperature of 350C.
Note: The maximum

temperature under the
limiting conditions for each
valve should be checked in
case it is below 350C.
350
Limiting conditions
4.5.13 Maximum pressure 25 bar g

350
Manual actuator
When coupled to a valve,
it enables the valve to be
manually operated.
Manual
actuator
Manual
actuator

Page 12 of 12
Control valves
4.5.14
Control valves
TI-P036-01
CH Issue 5

ISO 9001
BM, BMRA, BMF and BMFRA
Self-acting Control Valves
Description and available types 1
2 3 BM and
BM
Cast steel, normally open, single seat with 4 orice sizes: BMF
BM2, BM3, BM4 and BM6.
BMRA Cast steel, normally closed, single seat.
Cast iron, normally open, single seat with 4 orice sizes:
BMF
BMF2, BMF3, BMF4 and BMF6.
BMFRA Cast iron, normally closed, single seat.

EN 1092 PN25 4
BM and BMRA DN15 standard ange: and ANSI 300
Note: ANSI 150 connections are available to special order for both
BM and BMRA self-acting control valves.
4.5.15 BMF and BMFRA DN15 standard ange: EN 1092 PN16
8
6
BM and BMRA
A

7
Temperature C

Steam
saturation 54 BMRA and
curve
C B BMFRA
1
Pressure bar g
BMF and BMFRA
A

Temperature C

Steam
saturation 3
curve

D
2
8
Pressure bar g
6
When the valve is operated with a self-acting temperature 7

control system in this region a Spirax Sarco spacer must
be used in conjunction with the system.
A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN25 and ANSI 300
A - C Flanged ANSI 150
A - D Flanged EN 1092 PN16
BM and BMRA PN25 Materials

BMF and BMFRA PN16 No. Part Material
Fitted to a Spirax Sarco spacer 350C BMF Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20
Maximum BM and BMRA 1 Body
design Fitted directly to the actuator 232C BM Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25
temperature BMF and BMFRA 220C 2 Valve closure member Stainless steel AISI 440 B
BM 17.2 bar 3 Valve seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Maximum differential BMRA 10.3 bar 4 Valve seat gasket Mild steel BS 1449 CS4
pressure BMF 16.0 bar 5 Ball return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
BMFA 10.3 bar 6 Main return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
Designed for a maximum cold BM and BMRA 38 bar g 7 Bonnet Steel DIN 17243 C22.8
hydraulic test pressure of: BMF and BMFRA 24 bar g 8 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Control valves
Kv values Spare parts

BM2 BM3 BM4 BM6 BMRA in broken line are not supplied as spares.
BMF2 BMF3 BMF4 BMF6 BMFRA
0.38 0.64 1.03 1.65 0.59 Available spares
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 BM and BMF 3, 4, 6, 8
Valve seat assembly
BMRA and BMFRA 3, 4, 6, 8
Capacities Gasket set (3 of each in a packet) 4, 8
For saturated steam sizing capacities, see TI-GCM-08.
For water sizing capacities, see TI-GCM-09.
How to order spares
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve.
BS 4504 ANSI Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a DN15 BMRA self-acting
DIN PN16 and PN25 300 control valve.
Size A A B Weight
DN15 130 127 87 3.6
B
4.5.16
BM BMRA
BMF BMFRA
4 4

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions 3
(IM-S21-01) supplied with the product. 3
Installation note
The valve should be tted in a horizontal line. The actuator position Spindle
will depend on the type tted to the valve. retaining
nut 6
6
Maintenance note
How to t general:
- Remove the control system sensor from the plant and allow it to
cool (SA systems).
- Disconnect the actuator from the valve.
- Before attempting to carry out any repairs, make sure that the
valve is fully isolated. 8
- It is important always to renew the complete assembly as listed
in 'Spare parts' and to make sure that all the joint faces are clean.
- Always reassemble using new gaskets lightly coated with
a suitable jointing compound (preferably of a non-graphited type).
Valve seat assembly: 8

- To replace the valve seat assembly unscrew the bonnet (7).
- Remove the valve seat (3) from the body (1) and replace it with a
new one using a box spanner 18 mm A / F.
- Unscrew the spindle retaining nut and withdraw it from the
bonnet ball head and spindle assembly. The ball head and
spindle assembly of the BM and BMF valves are preassembled
and set to the correct length. No further adjustment is necessary.
- Replace the new assembly or spring (BMRA and BMFRA).
- Tighten the spindle retaining nut.
- Ret the bonnet to the valve body using a new gasket.
7
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BMRA self-acting control valve
having anged EN 1092 PN25 connections.
Recommended tightening torques
or
Item no. Part Nm
mm
3 Valve seat 18 A / F 40 - 50
7 Bonnet 70 - 80
BM, BMRA, BMF and BMFRA Self-acting Control Valves TI-P036-01 CH Issue 5
Control valves
Local regulations Self-acting controls
TI-P036-02
CH Issue 5
BX and BXRA
Gunmetal
Description
The BX range of two-port valves are used in conjunction with BX

Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting temperature 4
control unit.
Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated 3
temperature control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric
actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller.
Available types
Normally open, single seat with four different orifice sizes:
BX
BX2, BX3, BX4 and BX6.
BXRA Normally closed, single seat. 2

4.5.17 " screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.
1

Temperature C
8
6
Steam
saturation
curve
7

Pressure bar g
When the valve is operated with a self-acting temperature

control system in this region, a Spirax Sarco spacer must
be used. BXRA

5
2
Maximum Fitted to a Spirax Sarco spacer 260C
design temperature Fitted directly to an actuator 232C
Maximum differential BX 17.2 bar
pressure BXRA 10.3 bar
4
3
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Gunmetal CC491 K or CC491 K M
2 Valve closure member Stainless steel AISI 440B 1
3 Valve seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
4 Valve seat gasket Copper BS 2870 C102
8
5 Ball return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
6 Main return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
6
7 Bonnet Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
7
Control valves

BX2 BX3 BX4 BX6 BXRA
0.38 0.64 1.03 1.65 0.59
Available spares
BX valve 3, 4, 6, 8
Valve seat assembly
BXRA valve 3, 4, 6, 8
Capacities
For saturated steam sizing capacities, see TI-GCM-08. Gasket set (packet of 3 each) 4, 8
How to order spares
Size A B Weight
Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a " BXRA self-acting
" 80 83 0.7
control valve.
B
BX BXRA
4 4
4.5.18
3
3
Spindle
retaining
nut
Safety information, installation and maintenance 6
(IM-S21-01) supplied with the product.
Installation note:
The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line. The actuator position
will depend on the type fitted to the valve.
How to order 8
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " screwed BSP BX4 self-acting control
valve with gunmetal body and stainless steel trim.

or
Item no. Part Nm
mm
3 Valve seat 18 A / F 40 - 50
7 Bonnet 40 - 50
TI-P036-02 CH Issue 5 BX and BXRA Gunmetal Self-acting Control Valves

Control valves
4.5.19
Control valves
Page 1 of 3
TI-P078-02
CH Issue 10
KA31, KA33, KB31, KB33 and KC31

Cast Iron
The KA, KB and KC range of two-port valves are used in Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT:
conjunction with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a KA31 ", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2"
self-acting temperature control unit. KB31 1", 1", 1" and 2"
Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated KC31 1" and 2"
temperature control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric Flanged EN 1092 PN16 and BS 10 Table F:
KA33 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50
Available types KB33 DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50
KA31 Normally open with screwed connections.
KA33 Normally open with flanged connections.
Normally open with phosphor bronze balancing bellows and
KB31
screwed connections.
Normally open with phosphor bronze balancing bellows and
KB33
KC31
flanged connections.
Normally open with stainless steel balancing bellows and 4.5.20
screwed connections.
Note: Pressure balancing bellows enables the valve to operate
against higher differential pressures.
Standards
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry KA31 and KA33
the mark when so required. unbalanced trim
Certification
As standard these products are available with a manufacturers
Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection
requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g

Maximum design temperature 220C @ 13.8 bar g
Minimum design temperature -10C KB31, KB33
Maximum operating temperature 220C and KC31
Minimum operating temperature 0C balanced trim
Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
KA31 13.0 10.3 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5
Maximum
KA33 13.0 10.3 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5
differential
KB31 - - 10.3 9.0 8.2 6.9
pressure
bar KB33 - - 10.3 9.0 8.2 6.9
KC31 - - - - 13.0 13.0
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Page 2 of 3
5
3
KA31 and KA33 7

unbalanced trim
1
4.5.21 4
5
KB31, KB33 and KC31
balanced trim 3
7
14
12
13
2
15
16
Materials
No. Part Material
KA and KB Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 25
2 Bonnet KC - 1" Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 25
KC - 2" Steel EN 10213 GP240 GH+N
3 Valve head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
4 Valve seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
DN15 - DN25 Mild steel BS 1449 CS 4
5 Valve seat gasket
DN32 - DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
6 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 26
KA and KB Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
7 Stem
KC Stainless steel BS 970 321S20
Bonnet studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
12
Bonnet nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
KB Phosphor bronze EN 12449 Cu Sn 6
13 Bellows
KC Stainless steel AISI 316 L
14 Bellows gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
15 Bonnet bush Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
16 Plunger Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
KA31, KA33, KB31, KB33 and KC31 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves TI-P078-02 CH Issue 10
Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Page 3 of 3

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 in broken line are not supplied as spares.
KA31, KA33 2.90 4.64 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00 Available spares
KB31, KB33 - - 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00 KA31 and KA33
KC31 - - - - 16.48 34.00 Valve seat assembly A, D, E, L
For conversation: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 Set of all gaskets E, L
Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S
Capacities
For saturated steam sizing capacities see TI-GCM-08. KB31, KB33 and KC31
For water valve sizing capacities see TI-GCM-09.
Valve seat assembly A, B, C, D, E
(excluding bellows and stem assembly) L, U, G
KA31 and KA33 Bellows and stem assembly G, L, N, H
PN16 BS 10'F' Weight Set of all gaskets B, C, E, L, U, G
Size A A1 A1 B C Scr. Flg. Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S
DN15 - " 90 130 130 105 37 1.3 3.3 How to order spares
DN20-" 104 150 147 105 37 1.6 4.3 Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve.
DN25-1" 136 160 157 107 51 3.2 5.7 Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN32 KB31
DN32-1" 144 180 180 110 - 5.1 8.8 self-acting control valve.
DN40-1" 150 200 200 110 - 6.3 11.0
DN50 - 2" 180 230 230 110 - 7.8 13.0
KB31, KB33 and KC31
DN25 - 1" 136 160 157 138 51 3.4 5.9
DN32-1" 144 180 180 152 51 5.7 9.1
DN40-1" 150
DN50 - 2" 180
200
230
200
230
152
152
62
71
6.9
8.8
11.2
13.4 4.5.22
A1
(Flanged KA33 and KB33)
A E
(Screwed KA31, KB31 and KC31)
KB31, KB33
and KC31 KA31 and KA33
C
C U
A
B
A
X

Installation note:
The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line with the actuator
vertically below the pipeline.
How to order S
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" screwed BSP KA31 self-acting
control valve with cast iron body.
KA31, KA33, KB31, KB33 and KC31 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves TI-P078-02 CH Issue 10
Page 3 of 3
Control valves
4.5.23
Control valves
TI-P078-06
CH Issue 6
KA43, KB43 and KC43

Steel
The KA, KB and KC range of two-port valves are used in conjunction KA43 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50
with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting KB43 DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50
temperature control unit. KC43 DN32, DN40 and DN50
Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated Standard flanges:
temperature control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric EN 1092 PN25 and EN 1092 PN40,
actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller. ASME 300 and BS 10 Table H.
Available types The following flanges are available on request: ASME 150.
Normally open with phosphor bronze pressure balancing
KB43
bellows with flanged connections.
Normally open with stainless steel pressure balancing bellows
KC43
4.5.24
with flanged connections.
Standards
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry
the mark when so required.
Certification
Typical Test Report. Additionally, at extra cost, certification to
EN 10204 3.1 can be supplied. Note: All certification / inspection
requirements must be stated at the time of order placement. KA43
A

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve C B

Pressure bar g
A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ASME 300 and BS 10 Table H.

A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN25 and ASME 150.

A-B 300C @ 25.8 bar g
A-C 300C @ 10.0 bar g KB43
Minimum operating temperature 0C and
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco KC43
Maximum
differential KA43 17.0 10.0 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5
pressure KB43 - - 10.0 9.0 8.2 6.9
bar KC43 - - - 16.0 16.0 13.8
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
KA43
4
5
3
7
6
8
2
12
15
4.5.25 KB43
1
and
KC43 4
5
7
8
13
12
2
15
16
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Steel EN 10213 GP240 GH+N
DN15 - DN25 Steel DIN 17243 C22.8
2 Bonnet
DN32 - DN50 Steel EN 10213 GP240 GH+N
3 Valve head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Valve seat DN15 to DN25 Mild steel BS 1449 CS 4
5
gasket DN32 to DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
KA and KB Brass BS 2872 CZ 121
7 Stem
KC Stainless steel BS 970 321 S20
12
KB Phosphor bronze EN 12449 Cu Sn 6
13 Bellows
KC Stainless steel AISI 316 L
14 Bellows gasket (not shown) Reinforced exfoliated graphite
TI-P078-06 CH Issue 6 KA43, KB43 and KC43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves Page 2 of 3
Control valves

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn
KA43 2.90 4.64 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00
KB43 - - 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00 Available spares
KC43 - - - 16.48 16.48 34.00 Valve seat assembly A, D, E, L
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 KA43 Set of gaskets E, L
Capacities Valve seat assembly A, B, C, D, E
For saturated steam sizing capacities see TI-GCM-08.
(excluding bellows and stem assembly) L, U, G
KB and KC43 Bellows and stem assembly G, L, N, H
Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Set of gaskets B, C, E, L, U, G
PN25 ASME Table KA43 KB43 Weight Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S
PN40 300 'H' KC43 KB43 /
Size A A A B B KA43 KC43 How to order spares
DN15 130 130 130 105 4.3 Always order spares by using the description given in the column
DN20 150 150 150 105 6.3
Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN20 KB43
DN25 160 162 162 105 138 8.0 8.2 self-acting control valve.
DN32 180 180 180 110 152 8.7 9.1
DN40 200 202 198 110 152 9.7 10.1
DN50 230 232 228 110 152 14.6 15.0
4.5.26
KB43 and KC43 KA43
C
U
A
B
B A
X
N
Installation note: L
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 KA43 self-acting control valve
with steel body having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.
TI-P078-06 CH Issue 6 KA43, KB43 and KC43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves Page 3 of 3
Control valves
4.5.27
Control valves
TI-P078-04
CH Issue 7
KA51, KB51 and KC51

Bronze
Self-Acting Control Valves
Description KA51
The KA, KB and KC range of two-port valves are used in
conjunction with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a
self-acting temperature control unit.
Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated temperature
control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric actuator with a
suitable temperature transmitter and controller.
Available types
KA51 Normally open
KB51 Normally open + phosphor bronze pressure balancing bellows
KC51 Normally open + stainless steel pressure balancing bellows
against higher differential pressures. 4.5.28
Standards
Certification
Typical Test Report.

KA51 and KB51: 1", 1", 1" and 2" KC51: 1" and 2"
Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT connections.

KB51 and KC51
Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g

Maximum operating temperature 260C @ 10.5 bar g
Size 1" 1" 1" 2"
Maximum differential KA51 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5
pressure bar KB51 10.0 9.0 8.2 6.9
KC51 - - 16.0 13.8
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
5
3
KA51
6
4.5.29 1
5
3
KB51 and KC51
7
14
8
13
12
16
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Bronze CC 491 KM
KA51, KB51 and 1" KC51 Bronze CC 491 KM
2 Bonnet
KC51 2" Steel EN 10213 GP240 GH+N
1" Mild steel BS 1449 CS 4
5 Valve seat gasket
1" to 2" Reinforced exfoliated graphite
KA51 and KB51 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
7 Stem
KC51 Stainless steel BS 970 321 S20
Studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
12 Bonnet
Nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
KA51 Phosphor bronze EN 12449 Cu Sn 6
13 Bellows
KC51 Stainless steel AISI 316L
TI-P078-04 CH Issue 7 KA51, KB51 and KC51 Bronze Self-Acting Control Valves Page 2 of 3
Control valves

Size 1" 1" 1" 2" The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn
KA51 and KB51 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00
Available spares
KC51 - - 16.48 34.00
KA51
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 Valve seat assembly A, D, E, L
Set of gaskets E, L
Capacities Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S
KB51 and KC51
Valve seat assembly A, B, C, D,
(excluding bellows and stem assembly) E, L, U, G
Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Bellows and stem assembly G, L, N, H
Size KA51 KB51 KC51 Weight Set of gaskets B, C, E, L, U
A B B B C KA51 KB51 KC51 Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S
1" 136 107 138 - 51 3.96 4.17 - How to order spares
1" 144 110 152 - 51 6.20 7.00 - Always order spares by using the description given in the column
1" 150 110 152 152 62 7.52 8.32 8.32 headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve.
Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco 1" KB51
2" 180 110 152 189 71 9.35 10.30 10.60 self-acting control valve.
KB51 and KC51 shown

A
4.5.30
C
B KB51 and KC51

C
U KA51
A
B
A
X

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance instructions H
Installation note:
vertically below the pipeline. N
How to order G
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" screwed BSP KA51 self-acting
control valve with bronze body.
L
TI-P078-04 CH Issue 7 KA51, KB51 and KC51 Bronze Self-Acting Control Valves Page 3 of 3
Control valves
4.5.31
Control valves
Page 1 of 3
TI-P078-01
CH Issue 8
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 KX31, KX33, KY31 and KY33

ISO 9001
Cast Iron
The KY31 and KY33 incorporate a pressure balancing bellows, KX31 ", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2"
which enables the valve to operate against higher differential KY31 1", 1" and 2".
pressures. Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.
KX33 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50
Available types KY33 DN32, DN40 and DN50.
KX31 Normally closed with screwed connections. Flanged EN 1092 PN16 and BS 10 Table F.
KX33 Normally closed with flanged connections.
Normally closed with balancing bellows and screwed
KY31 connections. KX31
Sizes " - 1"
Normally closed with balancing bellows and flanged
KY33 connections
Optional extras
Fixed bleed bypass on DN15 to DN50 valves for water systems:
KX31B, KX33B, KY31B and KY33B
The 'B' denotes the internal fixed bleed, if requested. 4.5.32
Standards
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC and carry
Certification
Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
KX31
Sizes 1" - 2"

Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region. Optional extra
Maximum operating temperature 220C KY31
Minimum operating temperature 0C Sizes 1" - 2"
Maximum KX31 12.0 7.0 3.5 2.3 1.7 1.1
differential KX33 12.0 7.0 3.5 2.3 1.7 1.1
pressure KY31 - - - 9.0 8.2 6.9
bar KY33 - - - 9.0 8.2 6.9
Optional extra
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Page 2 of 3
KX31
Sizes " - 1"
KX31 9
Sizes 1" - 2"
3 2
4
5
1
7 6
8
1
8 3
4
2 5
4.5.33 7
KY31
Sizes 1" - 2"
8
6 2 2
9
10
1
8
11
3
4
5
7
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast iron DIN 1691 GG25
2 Bonnet Cast iron DIN 1691 GG25
DN15 - DN25 Mild steel BS 1449 CS 4
5 Valve seat gasket
DN32 - DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
7 Stem Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
8 Bonnet gaskets Reinforced exfoliated graphite
9
DN32 - DN40 M10 BS 3692 Gr. 8
Bonnet nuts
DN50 M12 BS 3692 Gr. 8
10 Bellows Phosphor bronze EN 12449 Cu Sn 6
KX31, KX33, KY31 and KY33 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves TI-P078-01 CH Issue 8
Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Page 3 of 3

NPT / BSP PN16 BS 10 'F' Weight
Size A A1 A1 B C C1 KX31 KX33 KY31 KY33
DN15 -" 90 130 130 68 106 - 1.5 3.4 - -
DN20 -" 104 150 147 68 106 - 1.8 4.4 - -
DN25 -1" 136 160 157 80 108 - 3.3 5.8 - -
DN32 -1" 144 180 180 80 112 154 5.3 8.9 6.1 9.2
DN40 -1" 150 200 200 90 112 154 6.4 11.1 7.3 11.3
DN50 -2" 180 230 230 100 112 154 7.9 13.1 9.0 13.5
KX31 and KX33 Spare parts

DN15 - DN25 The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn
Available spares
C Valve and seat assembly A1, D1, E, J, F, L1
KX31 (DN25) L1, L2, E
and Set of all gaskets
(DN32 - DN50) E, L1, L2, B, U, C
KX33
B Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S
Valve and seat assembly A1, B, C, D1, E, L1, U
KY31 Bellows and seat assembly H, G, L1, B, C, U, J
A and
Set of all gaskets B, C, U, E, G, L1, L2
KY33
A1 Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S
How to order spares
KX31 and KX33
4.5.34
DN32 - DN50 Example: 1 - Valve and seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN40
KY33 self-acting control valve.
B S
A
A1
J
KY31 and KY33
KY KX31
1" - 2" 1" - 2"
J
C1 G
B F
F
A1 X
D1
A
E
A1 B
L1
A1
Kv values U
C
DN 15 20 25 32 40 50
D1
Kv 2.90 4.64 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.0
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 L1 E
Capacities
L2
Installation note:
The valve should be tted in a horizontal line with the actuator
vertically below the pipeline. KX31 L2
" - 1"
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 2" KY31 self-acting control valve
having screwed BSP connections.
KX31, KX33, KY31 and KY33 Cast Iron Self-acting Control Valves TI-P078-01 CH Issue 8
Page 3 of 3
Control valves
4.5.35
Control valves
TI-P078-05
CH Issue 7
KX43 and KY43

Steel
The KX and KY range of two-port valves are used in conjunction KX43 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50
with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting KY43 DN32, DN40 and DN50
temperature control unit. Flanged EN 1092 PN25 and PN40, ASME 300 and BS 10 Table H.
Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated temperature The following flange connection is available on request: ASME 150.
KX43
Available types DN40 and DN50
KX43 Normally closed shown
Normally closed. This valve incorporates a pressure
KY43 balancing bellows, which enables the valve to operate
Standards
4.5.36
Certification
EN 10204 3.1 can be supplied. Note: All certification / inspection

A
Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve C B
Pressure bar g
A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ASME 300 and BS 10 Table H.

KY43
A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN25 and ASME 150.

Maximum design A-B 300C @ 25.8 bar g
temperature A-C 300C @ 10.0 bar g
Maximum operating A-B 300C @ 25.8 bar g
Maximum Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
differential KX43 12.0 7.0 3.5 2.3 1.7 1.1
pressure bar KY43 - - - 9.0 8.2 6.9
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
2
KX43
DN40 and DN50 12
shown
6
7
3
4
5
2
8
15
4.5.37
2
KY43 12
13
8
14
7 3
4
5
1
2
8
15
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Steel EN 10213-2 GP240 GH+N
DN15 to DN25 Steel DIN 17243 C22.8
2 Bonnet
DN32 to DN50 Steel EN 10213-2 GP240 GH+N
DN15 to DN25 Mild steel BS 1449 CS 4
5 Valve seat gasket
DN32 to DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
12
TI-P078-05 CH Issue 7 KX43 and KY43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves Page 2 of 3
Control valves

Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn
KX and KY 2.90 4.64 9.80 16.48 23.7 34.0
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 Available spares
Valve and seat assembly A1, D1, E, J, F, L1
Capacities (DN25) L1, L2, E
For saturated steam sizing capacities see TI-GCM-08. KX43 Set of all gaskets
For water valve sizing capacities see TI-GCM-09. (DN32 - DN50) E, L1, L2, B, U, C
Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Valve and seat assembly A1, B, C, D1, E, L1, U
Bellows and stem assembly H, G, L1, B, C, U, J
KX43 KY43
Set of all gaskets B, C, U, G, L1, L2
PN25 ASME ASME BS 10
PN40 150 300 H Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S
Size A A A A B C Weight
How to order spares
DN15 130 124 130 130 68 106 4.4
DN20 150 142 150 146 68 106 6.4 headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve.
DN25 160 156 162 162 80 108 8.1 Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN40 KY43
DN32 180 180 180 178 80 112 8.8 self-acting control valve.
DN40 200 198 202 198 90 112 9.8
DN50 230 228 232 228 100 112 14.7
S
A
4.5.38
KX43 KY43
L1
J
C
J G
F B
A1
A1 A1
U
D1 C D1
B
S
KY43
PN25 ASME ASME BS 10
PN40 150 300 H
Size A A A A B C Weight
DN32 180 180 180 178 80 154 9.2
DN40 200 198 202 198 90 154 10.2
DN50 230 228 232 228 100 154 15.1

Installation note:
L2
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 KX43 self-acting control valve
having flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.
TI-P078-05 CH Issue 7 KX43 and KY43 Steel Self-acting Control Valves Page 3 of 3
Control valves
4.5.39
Control valves
TI-P078-03
CH Issue 10
KX51 and KY51

Bronze
Description
The KX51 and KY51 range of two-port valves are used in conjunction
with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting
temperature control unit.
Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated temperature
Available types Optional
KX51 Normally closed. extra
KY51 Normally closed. KX51
The valve incorporates a pressure balancing bellows, Size 1"
which enables the valve to operate against higer differential
pressures.
Optional extras 4.5.40

Fixed bleed bypass for water systems.
Standards
Certification
Typical Test Report.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at KX51
the time of order placement. Sizes 1" - 2"

KX51 1" 1" 1" 2" Screwed
KY51 1" 1" 2" BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT
Optional extra
Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g

KY51
Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 17.5 bar g
Maximum operating temperature 260C @ 10.5 bar g
Minimum operating temperature 0C Optional extra
Size 1" 1" 1" 2"
Maximum
differential KX51 3.5 2.3 1.7 1.1
pressure bar
KY51 - 9.0 8.2 6.9
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
KX51
Size 1"
8
KX51
Sizes 1" - 2"
3
4
5 9
1 2
7
6
8
1
8
3
2 4
5
4.5.41 KY51
8
2
2
6
9
10
1
8
11
3
4
5
7
8
2
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Bronze CC491 KM
2 Bonnet Bronze CC491 KM
1" Mild steel BS 1449 CS 4
5 Valve seat gasket
1 - 2" Reinforced exfoliated graphite
8 Bonnet gaskets Reinforced exfoliated graphite
9
1 and 1" M10 x 35 mm BS 3692 Gr. 8
Bonnet nuts
2" M12 x 35 mm BS 3692 Gr. 8
TI-P078-03 CH Issue 10 KX51 and KY51 Bronze Self-acting Control Valves Page 2 of 3
Control valves

Size 1" 1" 1" 2" The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn
Kv 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.0
Valve seat assembly A1, D1, E, J, F, L1
Capacities 1" L1, L2, E
For saturated steam sizing capacities see TI-GCM-08. KX51 Set of all gaskets
For water valve sizing capacities see TI-GCM-09. 1 - 2" E, L1, L2, B, U, C
Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Valve seat assembly A1, B, C, D1, E, L1, U
Weights Bellows and stem assembly H, G, L1, B, C, U
KY51
Size A C D D1 KX KY Set of all gaskets B, C, U, E, G, L1, L2
1" 136 80 108 4.10 - Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S
1" 144 80 112 154 6.32 7.25
1" 150 90 112 154 7.62 8.57 How to order spares
2" 180 100 112 154 9.50 10.60 headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve.
KX51 Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco 1" KY51
1" self-acting control valve.
D
S
S
KX51
C
1"
4.5.42
A J
KX51 KY51 KX51

1" - 2" 1" - 2" 1" - 2"
J
D G
F
C F
A1 X
D1
A E
L1 B
KY51 A1
U
C
D1
D1
E
L1
C L2
Safety information, installation and maintenance L2

Installation note:
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 2", KY51 self-acting control valve with
bronze body having screwed BSP connections.
TI-P078-03 CH Issue 10 KX51 and KY51 Bronze Self-acting Control Valves Page 3 of 3
Control valves
TI-P049-01
CH Issue 6
NS and NSRA
Gunmetal
Description NS
The NS range of two-port valve are used in conjunction with 7
Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting temperature
control unit. Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated 6
Available types: 5
NS Normally open, double seat
NSRA Normally closed, double seat 2
4
2" and 3" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) (NPT to special order).
DN65 and DN80 flanged EN 1092 PN25 (ASME / ANSI 150 and BS 10 1
Table 'H', which meets the requirements of Table F, to special order).
4.5.43 Pressure / temperature limits

3

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
9
2
A Spirax Sarco spacer is required for use in this region.
(see TI-P033-01 for further details). 8
Body design conditions PN25 10
Minimum design temperature -200C NSRA 7
Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 17.5 bar g
Maximum operating With spacer 260C @ 10.5 bar g 6
temperature Without spacer 232C @ 15.5 bar g
Minimum operating temperature -10C 5
DN65 - 2" 10.0 bar 2
NS
DN80 - 3" 10.0 bar 4
DN65 - 2" 2.7 bar
NSRA 3
DN80 - 3" 2.0 bar
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g 1
Note: As supplied the test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2
2 Body gasket Semi-ridged graphite BS 2815 Gr. A
3 Valve closure member Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2
5 Plunger guide Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
6 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 26 9
7 Spring housing Gunmetal BS 1400 LG 2
2
8 Bonnet Gunmetal BS 1400 LG 2
9 Stem Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 8
Body studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
10 10
Body nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
Control valves
Kv values
Size DN65 - 2" DN80 - 3"
Kv 65.0 94.0
Capacities / sizing chart

For saturated steam service see TI-GCM-08.
For water service see TI-GCM-09.

BSP EN 1092
or PN25 BST
NPT ASME 150 F / H Weight
Size A B B C Screwed Flanged
DN65 - 2" 171 203 190 150 8.1 17.2
DN80 - 3" 194 236 216 160 13.6 22.7
C 4.5.44

How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 2" NS control valve with gunmetal
body and trim. Connections are to be screwed BSP.
Spare parts
The body gaskets (see Materials item 2) are available as spares in
packets of 6.
How to order spares
Example: 1 - Packet of body gaskets for a DN65 Spirax Sarco NS
control valve.
NS and NSRA Gunmetal Self-acting Control Valves TI-P049-01 CH Issue 6

Control valves
TI-P044-01
CH Issue 8
SB and SBRA
Gunmetal
Self-acting Temperature Control Valves
Description 9 SB
The SB and SBRA range of two-port valve are used in conjunction
with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting
temperature control unit. 8
Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated
actuator with a suitable temperature transmitter and controller. 3
Available types:
SB Normally open, single seat valve 4
Normally closed, single seat valve or
SBRA single seat valve with bleed
2
Optional extras 1
4.5.45 Extra bleed hole bypass

8
Standards
These products fully comply with the requirements of the 5
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry 7
Certification
The product is available with manufacturer's Typical Test Report. 6
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at 6
5
Sizes and pipe connections 7
", " and 1" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.
8

SBRA
Temperature C

2

Steam Optional extra bleed hole

saturation 4
curve

3
Pressure bar g
1
This product must not be used in this region. 8
When the valve is operating with a self-acting temperature 7
control system in this region, a Spirax Sarco spacer must
be used.

Maximum Fitted to a Spirax Sarco spacer 260C Materials
design temperature Fitted directly to an actuator 232C No. Part Material
Minimum design temperature -10C 1 Body Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2
Fitted to a Spirax Sarco spacer 260C 2 Valve plug Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Maximum
operating temperature Fitted directly to an actuator 232C 3 Valve seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Minimum operating temperature 0C 4 Valve seat gasket Copper BS 2870 C102
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 5 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
Size " " 1" 6 Stem Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
Maximum differential 7 Bonnet Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
SB 17.2 10.3 6.8
pressure bar
SBRA 12.0 7.0 4.7 8 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g 9 Cap Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
Control valves

DN15 DN20 DN25 The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
2.58 3.86 6.80
Valve seat and SB A, D, E, L
Capacities stem assembly SBRA A1, D1, E, T1, R, S
For saturated steam sizing capacities, see TI-GCM-08.
Set of all gaskets SB E, L
SBRA L1, L2, E
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg How to order spares

Size A1 A2 B C D E Weight Always order spares by using the description given in the column
DN15 79 79 101 66 50 95 1.0 headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve.
DN20 95 79 101 66 50 95 1.3
Example: 1 - Valve seat and stem assembly for a " SBRA
DN25 105 79 101 66 50 95 1.5 self-acting temperature control valve.
A1
SB
L
4.5.46
D
E
SBRA
C D
A
L1
A2
L T1
SB SBRA
A1
Valve seat and stem assembly

Installation note:
The valve should be fitted in a horizontal line. The actuator position
will depend on the type fitted to the valve.
R
How to order E
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" SB self-acting temperature control
valve with bronze body having screwed BSP connections. D1
L2
SB and SBRA Gunmetal Self-acting Temperature Control Valves TI-P044-01 CH Issue 8

Control valves
TI-P047-01
CH Issue 12
TW
Three-port
Self-acting Control Valve for Liquid Systems
Description
The TW valve is a 3-port self-acting control valve for liquid systems
(including sea water) and can be used for mixing or diverting O
applications. It is used in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco SA control
system to provide a self-acting temperature control unit.
Alternatively, it can be used as an electrically actuated temperature X
control valve by fitting an EL7200 Series electric actuator with a
suitable temperature transmitter and controller. 8
Available types 7
Screwed ", 1" and 1" 2
Bronze valves
Flanged DN50
Cast iron valves Flanged DN50, DN80 and DN100 1

Bronze valves
Z
4.5.47 ", 1" and 1" screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.
DN50 standard flange EN 1092 PN25 which also meets the
face-to-face dimensions of PN16 and PN10.
11 12
4
Cast iron valves
DN50, DN80 and DN100 standard flange EN 1092 PN16 which
also meets the face-to-face dimensions of PN10.
O
Cast iron valves - flanged PN16
Temperature C
X 1
5 3
2
Pressure bar g
4 Z
7 10
Bronze valves - screwed and flanged PN25 13 8
Temperature C
9
12
14
11
Materials
No. Part Material
Bronze CC491 KM
1 Body
Cast iron EN GJL 250
Pressure bar g
2 Piston Bronze CC491 K or CC491 KM
The product must not be used in this region. 3 Piston sealing ring FEP / silicone rubber 'O' ring
Cast iron PN16 DN20 - DN40 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
Body design conditions 4 Stem
Bronze PN25 DN50 - DN100 Bronze
Cast iron 16 bar g @ 120C 5 Spacer piece Bronze BS 2874 PB 102
Bronze 25 bar g @ 120C 6 Lock-nut Bronze BS 2874 PB 102
Cast iron 200C @ 13.5 bar g 7 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
Maximum design temperature
Bronze 200C @ 21.0 bar g Return DN20 - DN40 Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
Cast iron -10C 8 spring
Minimum design temperature
Bronze -90C cover DN50 - DN100 Bronze BS 2874 BP 102
Maximum operating Cast iron 200C @ 13.5 bar g Bronze CC491 KM
temperature 9 Bonnet
Bronze 200C @ 21.0 bar g Cast iron EN GJL 250
Cast iron -10C 10 Cover sealing ring Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Bronze -20C DN20 - DN25 Brass CW 617N
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 11 Bonnet
DN40 - DN100 Bronze CC491 KM
", 1" and 1" 3.4 bar 12 Bonnet gasket Nickel reinforced exfoliated graphite
DN50, DN80 and DN100 2.7 bar Steel
Cover studs BS 2693 / 1
Designed for a maximum cold Cast iron 24 bar g 13 " UNF x 13/ 8" (35 mm)
hydraulic test pressure of: Bronze 37.5 bar g Cover nuts Steel BS 1768 / R
Leakage rate 1% of full Kv (see overleaf for Kv values) 14 Back seal Bronze BS 2874 PB 102
Control valves

The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
Size " 1" 1" DN50 DN80 DN100 in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Kv 4.64 8.96 20.29 41.20 97.85 118.45 Available spares
" to 1" C, F, E
Piston sealing ring set
Stroke mm DN50 to DN100 C, D, E
Size " 1" 1" DN50 DN80 DN100 " to 1" A, C, E, F
Piston set
Stroke 2.7 4.3 5.9 7.7 12.4 13.9 DN50 to DN100 A, B, C, D, E, J, H
Set of cover studs and nuts P
Sizing See TI-GCM-09. How to order spares
Bronze screwed Example: 1 - Piston set for a Spirax Sarco DN50 TW 3-port
self-acting control valve.
Size A B C Weight
" 97 54 58 1.2
1" 114 57 61 1.9
1" 151 70 76 3.8
Flanged
A
Screwed
A
B
B
4.5.48
C
C
Detail of
piston ring
Bronze flanged PN25 X
Size A B C Weight
DN50 201 144 133 15.0 Y
Cast iron flanged PN16
Size A B C Weight C
DN50 219 153 133 13.7 J
DN80 250 176 135 25.0 B
F H
DN100 351 151 140 32.0
C

(IM-P047-04) supplied with the product. A
Installation note:
vertically below the line. Note that the ports are marked X, Z and O. P
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50, TW 3-port self-acting control D
valve having a bronze body and flanged connections to PN25. E
G
G
E
Valve size
" - 1"
Valve size
DN50 - DN100
TW Three-port Self-acting Control Valve for Liquid Systems TI-P047-01 CH Issue 12

Control valves
TI-P073-03
CH Issue 7
Type 130 and HL10

'Safeguard High Limit Control'
Description Control valve options:
The Spirax Sarco safeguard high limit control system is supplied set 2-port:
to cut-out at approximately 60C and is designed to protect plant SB, SBRA, KA, KB, KC,
from overheating. Note: the settings can easily be altered to initiate KX, KY or NSRA and
cut-out at anywhere between 0C and 100C. 3-port:
The system comprises of a Type 130 control system coupled to an TW DN25, 40 and 50
HL10 high limit cut-out unit complete with 2 m of capillary tube as
standard. Note: the Type 130 control system is only suitable for use
with the HL10 high limit cut-out unit. 9
For correct installation it is essential to use a sensor pocket (see
'Optional extras'), which can be supplied at extra cost.
The system is designed for use with any one of the following 2-port 13
or 3-port control valves: Type 130
Available types of control valve Control system
4.5.49 Note: For full technical data of the valves mentioned below see the
relevant Technical Information sheet (TI).
SB, KA, KB and KC:- 2-port normally open valves (to close on
temperature rise).
SBRA, KX, KY and NSRA:- 2-port normally closed valves (to open on
temperature rise). Note: These valves must be installed in a separate 11
bypass pipeline unimpeded by any other control valve when used
with the safeguard high limit control. 12
TW DN25, 40 and 50:- 3-port mixing / diverting valve. HL10
High limit cut-out
Optional extras 9 10
Capillary tube (12): In multiples of 2 m to a maximum length of 10 m.
Note: The capillary tube should be kept to a minimum to avoid the 8
system being affected by ambient temperature.
6
Pockets (16): Are available in copper or stainless steel having a
" BSP (BS 21 taper) or API thread. Union nipple (Y) forms the top W
5
of the pocket and carries a rubber washer (X), and gland nut (W).
4 X
Microswitch (14): This can be connected into an alarm system, using
7
a Kopex conduit connector and flexible conduit (not supplied with the Y
product), and can be arranged to either make or break the electrical
circuit on firing of the cut-out (see the 'Current rating table' overleaf). " BSP
The microswitch has a degree of protection to IP67 (dust tight and
protected against the effects of immersion) under BS 5490. 16 (optional)
1
The microswitch can be added to an HL10 unit originally
supplied without it by purchasing a conversion kit: which 2
includes a conduit entry bracket and two screws for attachment. 3
Materials Microswitch (optional)

No. Part Material Conduit
entry
1 Body Bronze BS 1400 LG2 bracket
2 Main spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26 15
3 Piston Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
4 Ball Stainless steel AISI 440 B 14
5 Ball return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
6 Bellows Stainless steel AISI 316L
7 Piston insert Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 Materials for optional extras
8 Bonnet Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 No. Part Material
9 Valve coupling nut Brass BS 2872 CZ 122 14 Microswitch
10 Sensor Brass EN 12451 CW707R H130 /170 15 Cover Aluminium BS 1470 1200 H2
11 Actuator Stainless steel BS 3605 CFS 316S18 Copper BS 2871 C 106
12 Capillary tube PVC covered copper 16 Pocket Mild steel BS 980 CEW-2
13 Adjustment head cover Polypropylene plastic Stainless steel BS 3605 CFS 316S18
Control valves
Dimensions (approximate) in mm Weights (approximate) in kg

HL10 high limit cut-out unit 2.2
Control valve options: Type 130 control system 1.7
2-port: Type 130 control system
SB, SBRA, KA, KB, KC,
KX, KY or NSRA and
3-port:
TW DN25, 40 and 50
64
83
235 110
235
4.5.50
Withdrawal distance 75 61
150
60
HL10 high limit cut-out

21
Current rating table - Microswitch Spare parts

Load amps The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
Voltage Resistive Inductive in broken line are not supplied as spares.
125 Vac 5 5 Available spares
250 Vac 5 5 Microswitch assembly A, B (2 off)
up to 15 Vdc 10 10 Conversion kit A, B (2 off), C (2 off), D
30 Vdc 5 3 Pack of warning labels (6 off)
50 Vdc 1 1
75 Vdc 0.75 0.25 How to order spares
125 Vdc 0.50 0.06 Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state the type of high limit cut-out.
250 Vdc 0.25 0.03 Example: 1 - Microswitch assembly for a Spirax Sarco HL10.
Safety information, installation and maintenance B

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions A
C
(IM-P073-08) supplied with each unit.
B
How to order D
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco Type 130 and HL10 safeguard high
limit control complete with 2 metres of capillary tubing for fitment
to SA 2 or 3-port valves, inclusive of a microswitch for the HL10 C
and a stainless steel pocket threaded " BSP for the sensor.
Indicator
housing
Indicator
window
Note
A label will be affixed to the
outside of the indicator housing
for record purposes.
TI-P073-03 CH Issue 7 Type 130 and HL10 'Safeguard High Limit Control'
Control valves
4.5.51
Control valves
TI-P046-01
CH Issue 13
SA121, SA122,
SA123, SA128 and SA1219
Self-acting Temperature Control Systems
Description SA121, SA1219 SA123
A range of self-powered control systems that incorporate sensor, and SA128
actuator, set point adjustment / indicator for use with the following valve 4
types:- 4
2-port KA, KB, KC, KX, KY, SB, SBRA, BX and BXRA, BM, BMRA,
BMF, BMFRA, NS and NSRA
3-port TW
Available types
Set point adjustment at sensor
2-port valves DN15 to DN80 2 2
SA121 For use on 6
3-port valves DN20 to DN50
SA1219 For use on 3-port valves DN80 and DN100 4.5.52
2-port valves DN15 to DN25 7
SA128 For use on
3-port valves DN20 and DN25
Set point adjustment at valve
2-port valves DN15 to DN25 3
SA122 For use on
3-port valves DN20 and DN25
Remote set point adjustment
1
SA123 For use on
3-port valves DN20 to DN50 1 3
Optional extras
Union kit Direct immersion
Pocket Indirect immersion 3
Pocket material options include copper and stainless steel.

2
A glass option is also available for the SA122 and SA123 only.
Wall bracket
Duct adaptor Duct mounting
Nickel plating
Dial type set point adjuster SA122
SA122TP and SA123TP incorporate an internal pocket to
Pt100 temperature sensor
accept a Pt100 sensor
Materials 1
No. Part Material
1 Sensor Brass
2 Actuator Brass 4
3 Capillary tube Copper with PVC coated armoured covering
4 Adjustment head Polypropylene
*5 Union kit Brass
6 Mounting bracket Steel
7 Clip Polypropylene
Dial
*8 Adaptor plate (Duct fixing adaptor) Steel
adjustment
Copper BS 2871 C106 option
*9 Pocket Stainless steel BS 3605 CFS 316S 18
Glass
10 Liquid fill Kerosene
* Items 5, 8 and 9 are shown overleaf.
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Temperature ranges
SA121, Range 1 -15 C to 50 C
SA1219 and Range 2 40 C to 105 C
SA123 Range 3 95 C to 160 C
55 C over set value to 190 C maximum

Over temperature protection
215 C maximum for SA123
Range 1 -20 C to 120 C

SA122
Range 2 40 C to 170 C
Over temperature protection 55 C over set value
Range 1 -20 C to 110 C

SA128
Range 2 40 C to 170 C
Over temperature protection 55 C over set value to 190 C maximum
Note - Ambient design temperature Minimum -35 C
Maximum +50 C
Capillary tube
Standard length 2 m, 4 m, 8 m and 20 m.
4.5.53
SA121, SA1219 SA122TP SA122 SA123TP SA123 Pockets
and SA128
Glass
J
B
A
C A H
C E
C
D 6
D 6
(optional)
(Included)
For a wall mounted D
sensor

Control system Metal pockets Glass pockets Weight
Metal
Model A B C D E F G H J excluding pocket
SA121 252 185 310 25 - 333 28 - - 2.0
SA1219 350 185 310 25 - 333 28 - - 2.3
SA122 441 - 240 17 - 271 20 575 117 1.8

F
SA122TP 441 - 255 17 - 271 20 - - 2.0
SA123 252 - 248 25 272 276 28 575 117 2.5
SA123TP 252 - 255 25 272 276 28 - - 2.7
SA128 252 185 178 25 - 196 28 - - 1.8

G
SA121, SA122, SA123, SA128 and SA1219 Self-acting Temperature Control Systems
Control valves
Union kit (for sensor immersion without pocket) Union kit
Includes gland nut, compression ring and union nipple.
Z W
SA121, SA1219, SA123 and SA128 Items Z, Y and X Y V
5 5
SA122 Items W, V and U U
X
Pockets (for indirect immersion) 1" BSP or NPT " BSP or NPT
Includes pocket, gland nut and compression ring. Z
W
SA121, SA1219, SA123 and SA128 Items T, Z and Y Y
V
SA122 Items S, W and V. 9
Available materials Copper and stainless steel 1" BSP " BSP 9
or NPT or NPT
Long pockets (SA122 and SA123 only) Pocket

To special order only.
Having a minimum length 0.5 m, maximum length to order.
(metal)
Includes pocket, bracket and rubber bung
T
SA122 and SA123 Items S, V, W and T, Z, Y
S
Available materials Copper and stainless steel
Glass pockets (SA122 and SA123 only)

To special order only.
Includes pocket, bracket and rubber bung
SA121,
SA122 and SA123 Items R, O and P SA1219,
SA123
SA122 4.5.54
and
Wall mounting bracket (Item 6) SA128
SA121, SA1219, SA122, SA123 and SA128 Optional
Pocket
Duct fixing adaptor (for air sensing within ducts) (glass)
P
Includes adaptor plate, union nipple, compression ring and gland nut.
O
SA121, SA1219, SA123 and SA128 Items 8, X, Y and Z
SA122 Not available

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the
product.
How to order
Example: 1 - Spirax Sarco SA121 temperature control system, having temperature
range 2, 2 m capillary and stainless steel pocket.
R
8
112 mm X Y Z
Duct fixing
adaptor
112 mm
SA121, SA122, SA123, SA128 and SA1219 Self-acting Temperature Control Systems
Control valves
4.5.55
Control valves
TI-P380-01
CH Issue 4
SA422
Stainless Steel
Self-acting Temperature Control System
Description Union kit
The SA422 is an immersion type of self-powered control system
that incorporates sensor, actuator, set point adjustment / indicator Z
for use with the following valve types:-
KA, KB, KC, KX, KY, SB, SBRA, BX, BXRA,
2-port
BM, BMRA, BMF, BMFRA, NS, NSRA Y
2 3 5
3-port TW
The sensor will need to be mounted through a union kit (available
as an optional extra) when immersed through the wall of a vessel X
containing the fluid under control.
Available types
Set point adjustment at valve
4.5.56
SA422 For use on Dial adjustment
3-port valves DN20 to DN50 option
Optional extras
Union kit Direct immersion
Comprising union nipple X, compression ring Y and gland nut Z
Dial adjustment
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Senor Stainless steel ASTM A269 TP 316 1
2 Actuator Stainless steel ASTM A269 TP 321
3 Capillary tube Stainless steel ASTM A269 TP 304
4 Adjustment head Polypropylene
4
5 Union kit Stainless steel ASTM A582 303
Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg Temperature ranges

Knob Dial Range 1 -20C to +120C
A A C D Weight SA422
Range 2 +40C to +170C
397 428 165 25 1.5 Overtemperature protection 55C over set value
Capillary tube
Standard length 2.4 m or 4.8 m.
Longer lengths to a maximum 6 m are available to special order.

C Application warning:
A On installations where the sensor is immersed directly into the
solution to which temperature control is required, we would not
recommend the unit be subjected to:-
Aqueous solutions containing chloride, fluoride, halogen salt,
D hydrochloric acid or sulphuric acid.
The above applies to complete immersion, liquid level lines and
spash zones.

1 - Spirax Sarco SA422 control system, temperature range 1,
having 2.4 m capillary, plus:-
1 - Union kit with NPT connections.
Control valves
TI-P350-01
CH Issue 3
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 TA10A and TA10P

ISO 9001
Steam Tracing
Temperature Control Systems
Description TA10
The TA10 is a stainless steel temperature control valve that has
been designed for use on tracing applications. The TA10A and
TA10P are the temperature control systems that are required to
operate the valve - These are sold seperately.
1
Available types of temperature control system:
TA10A For air temperature sensing. 2
4
Immersion/remote sensor for product sensing.
TA10P Note: the TA10P is supplied with a 1 m capillary tube for 5
3
remote sensing.
7
6
Temperature ranges:
TA10
4.5.57 Range 1 0C to 50C (TA10A and TA10P)
Range 2 20C to 70C (TA10P only)
TA10P
Note: The maximum temperature overrun is 50C 9

" and " screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.

Temperature C

Steam
saturation TA10A
curve
9

8
Pressure bar g

Maximum operating pressure
PMO 14.6 bar g
for saturated steam service
Materials
DPMX Maximum differential pressure 10 bar g
No. Part. Material
1 Body Stainless steel AISI 420 F
2 Bonnet Stainless steel ASTM A582 Gr.416
3 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr.431
Bellows housing Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr.431
4 Seal
assembly Bellows Stainless steel AISI 316L
5 Valve closure member Stainless steel AISI 440B
6 Return spring Stainless steel ASTM A313Type302
7 Adjustment head Stainless steel ASTM A582 Gr.4Ib
Stainless steel
8 Capillary tube ASTM A269 Gr.304
seamless tube
9 Sensor Stainless steel ASTM A 269 Gr.316
Control valves
Capacities Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Weight
1 Size A B C D E F G H TA10A TA10P
" 70 16 58 38 120 72 13 170 1.06 1.08
" 80 20 62 38 120 72 13 170 1.33 1.35
2
A
Cr
Inlet pressure bar (abs)
3 iti
ca B
lp
4 re
ss
ur
5 ed D
ro C
p
(b
ar
)
10
0.1
1
0.
ba
5
ba
E
r
(TA10P) G
0.0
3 H
4 0.0 (TA10A)
5 0.0 4
5
Steam flow kg/h
F
Kv
=0
.1
10
0.3 TA10P only 4.5.58
20
0.2 Spare parts
0.4 in broken line are not supplied as spares.
30 0.5
Available spares
40 Kv
=1 Internal assembly A, B, C
50
Control system (state type and temperature range) D
2 How to order spares
100 3
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and temperature
4
range of the control valve.
5
Example: 1 - Internal assembly for a Spirax Sarco " TA10 steam
200 tracing temperature control valve.
Example of how to use the capacities chart TA10 TA10A TA10P

Where:
- Example load = 20 kg/h
- Upstream gauge pressure 5 bar = 6 bar abs.
Method:
- Draw a horizontal line from 6 bar abs.
- Draw a horizontal line from 20 kg/h
- Drop a vertical line from the 6 bar x critical pressure crossing point C
until it crosses 20 kg/h horizontal.
- The Kv for valve selection is given at this crossing point as Kv 0.3 B D D
- From the P-band table below a " valve has 4C P-band.
Kv at P-band in C
Size 1C 2C 4C 6C 8C Maximum lift Kv
" 0.18 0.22 0.27 0.29 0.32 0.55 at 15C Xp
A
" 0.20 0.23 0.29 0.29 0.33 0.87 at 15C Xp
Operating temperature at design Kv = Set value - Xp
For conversion: C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963 C v (US) = Kv x 1.156

How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " TA10 steam tracing temperature
control valve having screwed BSP connections supplied with
a TA10P range 2 temperature control system.
TA10A and TA10P Steam Tracing Temperature Control Systems TI-P350-01 CH Issue 3
Control valves
TI-P033-01
CH Issue 6
Temperature Control Ancillaries
Twin Twin
Sensor Sensor
Adaptor Adaptor
Manual
4.5.59 Actuator
Manual
Actuator
Twin sensor adaptor

When coupled to a 2-port or 3-port valve allows the valve to be
operated by either actuator.
Materials 5
No. Part Material
1 Body Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
2 Connector Brass BS 2874 CZ 121 4
3 Lower body Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
4 Nipple Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
5 Valve coupling nut Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
6 Body sealant Loctite retainer 620 - Green
7 Push rod Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
3
6
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg 8
A B Weight
108 60 0.72 1
A
2
B
Control valves
Manual actuator
When coupled to a 2-port or 3-port valve, it enables the valve to be
manually operated.
Tamper proof
The unit is provided with a removable drive screw to avoid
unauthorised personnel tampering with the setting.
Materials
Brass with plastic adjustment head.

A B Weight
125 54 0.2
A Manual actuator 4.5.60
TI-P033-01 CH Issue 6 Temperature Control Ancillaries

Control valves
TI-P041-02
CH Issue 4

ISO 9001
Type 58
Temperature Control Valve
Description 19 21 36 7 4 8 5
The standard Type 58 temperature control is a three port mixing or
diverting valve suitable for heating or cooling applications on water
or oil systems.
Valve option
Valves are available for use on sea water or brine applications.
Please contact Spirax Sarco for further information.

DN50, 80 and 100
Standard flange: EN 1092-1 PN16
Temperature ranges
There is a choice of five sensor types: A, B, C, D or E. Z
In each range the first temperature shown is that at which the valve
4.5.61 starts to open to port Z.
The second temperature shown is that at which the piston has
X
completed its travel and the valve is fully open to port Z and
port X is closed.
Range A 57C to 68C
Range B 63C to 74C
Range C 74C to 85C 12
Range D 82C to 93C 11
Range E 40C to 52C 9
Limiting conditions 6.9 bar. 10
Capacities See TI-P041-01. 14 13

16
Materials
No. Part Material O 15
1 Adjustment nut Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
18 DN50 and 80 17
2 Adjustment lock-nut Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
3 Cover Cast iron BS 1452 Gr 14
Cover studs BS 1768 /1
4 and nuts Steel " UNF x 35 mm BS 2693 /R
5 Body Cast iron BS 1452 Gr. 14
6 Overload spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
7 Cover sealing ring Synthetic rubber nitrile
8 Piston Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2
10 Main return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
11 Piston sealing ring PTFE and synthetic rubber
12 Sensor tube lock-nut Brass BS 2874 CZ 126
13 Fail-safe tube Brass
14 Sensor tube Brass EN 12451 CW707R H130 /170
15 Spring plate Brass BS 2870 CZ 108
16 Hexagon plug Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
17 Retaining spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
18 Sensor Copper and phosphor bronze
19 Rod sealing ring Rubber nitrile
Note: The DN100 uses two piston assemblies in parallel.
DN100
Control valves
Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Spare parts

Size A B C D* E Weight The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
DN50 219 275 152 247 - 14.5
Available spares
DN80 250 290 171 247 - 19.9
Piston assembly 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11,
DN100 318 330 197 247 300 38.7 (state temperature range) 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 9
* Clearance for parts withdrawal. Fail-safe assembly 19, 9
Sensor 18
Adjustment nuts 1, 2
D
Set of sealing rings 7, 11, 19
Set of cover studs and nuts (set of 4) 4
Note: The spare parts above relate to one piston assembly only.
The DN100 has two piston assemblies in parallel. To obtain complete
sets the spares should be doubled.
The internals for sizes DN80 and 100 are interchangeable.
How to order spares
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and temperature
range of the valve.
Example: 2 - Piston assemblies, for a Spirax Sarco DN100 Type 58
B temperature control valve having a temperature range A.
C 2
3
4.5.62
7
DN50 and 80 6
19
Fail-safe assembly
Piston assembly
9
8
A 11
10
DN100 15
16
17
18
E Hole for 12
'C' spanner
14

Note: Typical installations are shown on TI-P041-01.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 Type 58 temperature control
valve having a temperature range B. The flange connection is to be
EN 1092-1 PN16.
Type 58 Temperature Control Valve TI-P041-02 CH Issue 4

Control valves
TI-P041-01
CH Issue 2
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 Type 58

ISO 9001
Temperature Control Valve
Capacities and Typical Applications
Water capacities
Differential pressure feet of water
0.4 0.6 0.8 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 16
110 000
100 000
20 000
80 000
0
10
DN
60 000
50 000
10 000
4.5.63 40 000
80 8 000
DN
30 000
6 000
5 000
20 000
50 4 000
DN
Water flowrate in Gal / h

Water flowrate in I / h
3 000
10 000
2 000
8 000
6 000
5 000
1 000
4 000
800
3 000
600
500
2 000
400
1 500
0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.48
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 48
2
Differential pressure kN / m
Control valves
Typical Applications
As a diversion valve controlling water and oil

temperature on a diesel engine
X
Spirax Sarco
O Type 58
control valve
Water cooler
Diesel engine
Oil cooler
Water cooling circuit
Spirax Sarco
Type 58
control valve
4.5.64
X Z
O
Oil cooling circuit
As a mixing valve on boiler return to prevent

low water temperature at boiler flue surfaces
(low temperature hot water heating system
93C max)
Flow to system
Alternative position
for pump
Spirax Sarco
Type 58
control valve
X Z
Return from system

Boiler
O
Pump
Type 58 Temperature Control Valve Capacities and Typical Applicaitons TI-P041-01 CH Issue 2
Control valves
4.5.65
Control valves
TI-P078-08
CH Issue 6
KA61, KA63 and KC63

Stainless Steel
The KA and KC range of two-port valves are used in conjunction KA61 Screwed ", " and 1" BSP or NPT.
with Spirax Sarco SA control systems to provide a self-acting KA63 Flanged DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50.
temperature control unit. KC63 Flanged DN32, DN40 and DN50.
Alternatively, they can be used as electrically actuated temperature Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME 300.
control valves by fitting an EL7200 Series electric actuator with a The following flange is also available on request: ASME 150.
Available types
KA61 Normally open with screwed connections.
Normally open with stainless steel pressure balancing
KC63 bellows with flanged connections.
Standards
4.5.66
Certification
EN 10204 3.1 can be supplied.

A
Temperature C
Steam KA61 screwed

saturation and
curve KA63 flanged
C B
Pressure bar g

A - B Screwed, flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME 300.
A - C Flanged ASME 150.

Maximum design A-B 260C @ 27.7 bar g
Maximum operating A-B 260C @ 27.7 bar g
Maximum
differential KA61 17.0 10.0 4.5 - - -
pressure KA63 17.0 10.0 4.5 3.0 2.0 1.5
bar
KC63 - - - 16.0 16.0 13.8
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g KC63 flanged
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
5
4
KC63 flanged
3
1
7
6 5
4
3
12
4.5.67 KA61 screwed

11
8
and
KA63 flanged 7
9
10
2
12
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless steel DIN 17445 G-X5 Ni Mo Nb 19-11-2 (WS14581)
2 Bonnet Stainless steel DIN 17440 X5 Cr Ni Mo 17-12-2 (WS14401)
3 Head Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 ASTM A276 431
DN15 to DN25 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 ASTM A276 431
4 Seat DN32 to DN40 Stainless steel BS 3146 ANC2
DN50 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 ASTM A276 431
5 Valve seat gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
6 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
7 Pushrod Stainless steel Z15 CN 16 02 (BS 970 431 S29)
Bonnet nuts Stainless steel DIN ISO 3506 A2-80
9
Bonnet studs Stainless steel DIN ISO 3506 A2-80
DN15 - DN20 M10 x 30
DN25 - DN40 M10 x 35
DN50 M12 x 35
10 Bellows assembly Stainless steel AISI 316L
12 Plunger Stainless steel BS 970 431S29 ASTM A276 431
Kv values
KA61 and KA63 2.90 4.64 9.80 16.48 23.70 34.00
KC63 - - - 16.48 16.48 34.00
Capacities
TI-P078-08 CH Issue 6 KA61, KA63 and KC63 Stainless Steel Self-acting Control Valves Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Dimensions/ weights (approximate) in mm and kg

A A1 C1 C2
Size PN40 ASME 300 Weight
KA61 KA63 /KC63 KA63 /KC63 KA61/ KA63 KC63 KA61 KA63 KC63
DN15 90 133 130 120 - 1.6 4.6 -
DN20 104 154 150 120 - 1.9 6.6 -
DN25 138 161 162 129 - 3.5 8.3 -
DN32 - 182 184 132 152 - 9.0 9.1
DN40 - 200 205 132 152 - 11.3 10.1
DN50 - 234 235 133 187 - 14.9 15.0
Spare parts
KA61 and KA63 The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
A1 Available spares
A KA61 Valve seat assembly A, D, E, L
and Set of all gaskets E, L
KA63 Set of bonnet studs and nuts (set of 4) S
Valve seat assembly A, B, C, D,
(excluding bellows and stem assembly) E, L, U, G
KC63 Bellows and stem assembly G, L, N, H
Set of all gaskets B, C, E, L, U, G
How to order spares

C1 headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve.
Example: 1 - Valve seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN20 KC63
stainless steel self-acting control valve. 4.5.68
KC63
A1
C
U
A
C2 B KA61
A and
X
KA63
KC63
H
Safety information, installation and maintenance G

N
Installation note:
vertically below the pipeline. L
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 KA63 stainless steel control valve
having flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40.
TI-P078-08 CH Issue 6 KA61, KA63 and KC63 Stainless Steel Self-acting Control Valves Page 3 of 3
Control valves
TI-P073-11
CH Issue 2

ISO 9001
HL17
High Limit Cut-out
Description A
The HL17 high limit cut-out is a solenoid operated shut-off valve A1
which can be activated by any device capable of interrupting the
supply of current to the solenoid coil, such as a thermostat.

DN15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50 and 80
Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or API (DN15 to 25 only)
DN15 - 50 EN 1092 PN16 and PN25
Flanges DN25 - 50 BS 10 Table H and ANSI 300
DN80 - EN 1092 PN40 and ANSI 300 E
DN15 - 50 JIS 10 / 16 and ANSI 150
DN15 - 20 BS 10 Table F
Also available
4.5.69 DN15 - ANSI 300
DN80 - JIS 20, BS 10 Table J and ANSI 150
Limiting conditions D
DN15 - 50 PN25
DN80 PN40
Designed for a maximum DN15 - 50 38 bar g
cold hydraulic test pressure of: DN80 60 bar g F
Operating range

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
B

Pressure bar g
Technical data (Solenoid valve)

Capacities
Using the saturated steam sizing chart from TI-GCH-03, establish
220 / 240 10% Vac or 110 / 120 10% Vac the required Kv and then select the next highest valve Kv from the
Voltages available (others available on request). table below.
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80
Inrush 45 VA 4.0 6.2 9.5 16 22 30 75
Power consumption
Holding 23 VA For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Screwed BS 10 H PN16 / 25 ANSI 300 BS 10 F ANSI 150 JIS 10/16 Weight
DN15 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 301 171 130 11.0 11.8
DN20 160 - 150 - 133 139.4 142 185 301 171 130 11.0 12.7
DN25 180 160 160 160.0 - 160.0 152 207 325 177 148 12.0 15.0
DN32 - 180 180 180.0 - 176.0 176 207 325 177 148 16.0
DN40 - 200 200 200.0 - 199.0 196 255 369 191 178 28.0
DN50 - 230 230 230.0 - 228.0 222 255 369 191 178 30.5
PN40 BS 10 J
DN80 - - 310 319.0 325 310.0 - 350 473 215 259 - 100.0
Control valves
Materials
No. Part Material
SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
1 Body
Steel* DIN 17245 GSC 25
Upper diaphragm SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
2
chamber Steel* DIN 17245 GSC 25
Lower diaphragm SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
3
chamber Steel* DIN 17245 GSC 25 4
4 Body cap SG iron
Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
5 Diaphragm plate
Stainless steel* BS 970 431 S29 19
6 Push rod Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 9
7 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
8
Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S25 31
9 Return spring
Stainless steel* BS 2056 302 S16 7
10 Lock-nut Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
6
Phosphor bronze BS 2870 PB 102 1980
11 Diaphragms (2) 1
Stainless steel* BS 1449 316 S31
19 Gaskets (2) Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
Diaphragm Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 19
21 2
chamber bolts Steel* BS 4882 Gr. 2H
22
Diaphragm
chamber nuts
Steel
Steel*
BS 3692 Gr. 8
BS 3692 Gr. 2H
23, 24
4.5.70
Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
23 Body bolts
Steel* BS 4439 Gr. B7
Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
24 Body nuts
Steel* BS 3692 Gr. 2H
30 Solenoid valve Brass 1.4305
31 Internal strainer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 21, 22 3 5 10 11
Items marked * apply to the DN80 valve size only.
30
23, 24

Installation note:
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction
of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
Spare parts See IM-P073-10.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 HL17 high limit cut-out flanged
to EN 1092 PN25, fitted with a 110 Vac solenoid.
HL17 High Limit Cut-out TI-P073-11 CH Issue 2

Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing valves
4.6.1
Control valves
Pressure reducing/surplussing
Page 1 of 3
valves
TI-P045-14
CH Issue 5
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 BRV2S and BRV2B

ISO 9001
SG Iron
Pressure Reducing Valves
Description 18
The BRV2S and BRV2B are direct acting pressure reducing valves
2 20
designed for applications using steam or gases such as
compressed air. This range of pressure reducing valves have SG
iron bodies and are available with screwed or flanged * BRV2SP and
connections. BRV2BP only
3
Available types 17*
BRV2S Stainless steel bellows 1
7
BRV2B Phosphor bronze bellows
BRV2SP Stainless steel bellows With external pressure
sensing connection 16*
BRV2BP Phosphor bronze bellows
BRV2 pressure reducing valves are supplied with one of three
colour coded springs which are identified by the disc (18) located
on the adjustment handwheel; Note: Where control spring ranges
6
4
9
4.6.2
overlap always use the lower range to give better control:
5
Grey For downstream pressure control: 0.14 to 1.7 bar g
Green For downstream pressure control: 1.40 to 4.0 bar g 19
8
Orange For downstream pressure control: 3.50 to 8.6 bar g
10
Standards 12
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European 11
Certification 13
This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report.
the time of order placement. 15

", " and 1" screwed BSP (BS 21 Rp) or NPT.
DN15, DN20 and DN25 flanged EN 1092 PN25.
Materials
Pressure/temperature limits No.Part Materials
1 Spring housing Aluminium epoxy coated LM 24
Temperature C
2 Adjustment handwheel Polypropylene

3 Top spring plate Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20
Steam
saturation Pressure adjustment Silicon chrome BS 2803 685 A55
curve 4 spring spring steel Range 2

Stainless steel 316Ti/316L
5 Bellows assembly
Phosphor bronze/brass BS 2872 Cz 122
Pressure bar g Bellows assembly Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated
6
gasket graphite
The product must not be used in this region. 7 Hex. bolt (M8 x 25 mm) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Body design conditions PN25 8 Body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
Maximum design pressure 25 bar g @ 120C 10 Pushrod Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Maximum design temperature 210C @ 19 bar g 11 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Minimum allowable temperature -10C 12 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S11
Maximum operating pressure 13 Valve Stainless steel AISI 420
for saturated steam service 19 bar g @ 210C
14 Valve return spring Stainless steel BS 20056 316 S42
Maximum operating temperature 210C @ 19 bar g
15 Strainer screen Stainless steel BS 1449 316 SH
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 16 Blanking plug Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Maximum downstream reduced pressure 8.6 bar g 17 Compression fitting Brass
Maximum differential pressure 19 bar 18 Spring range ID disc Polypropylene
Maximum recommended turndown ratio 10:1 at maximum flow 19 Bulkhead plate Stainless steel 316L
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g 20 Tamper-proof pin Mild steel copper plated
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 19 bar g Note: Items 10, 11, 13, 14, 15 and 19 are all part of one assembly.
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Page 2 of 3
valves
Capacities for safety valve sizing

Size DN15 DN20 DN25
Full lift capacities for safety valve sizing purposes :
Kvs 1.5 2.5 3.0
For conversions: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156
Steam and compressed air capacities

Downstream pressure bar g (x 100 = kPa)

4.6.3
Upstream pressure bar g
(x 100 = kPa)
" - DN15
Steam " - DN20

capacity
kg /h
1" - DN25
" - DN15
Compressed air " - DN20

capacity dm3 /s*
free air
1" - DN25
* dm /s = I /s, 1 I /s 2 c.f.m.
3

The curved lines labelled 2, 3, 4, 5 etc., represent upstream pressures. Downstream pressures are read along the vertical line on the left
hand side of the chart.
How to use the chart is best described by an example:-
Required, a pressure reducing valve to pass 120 kg /h reducing from 8 to 6 bar. From the downstream pressure of 6 bar on the left
hand side of the chart extend out horizontally until the line meets the curved 8 bar upstream line. At this point read vertically downwards
where it will be seen that a " BRV2 will be required.
BRV2S and BRV2B SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valve TI-P045-14 CH Issue 5
Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Page 3 of 3
valves
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Spare parts

Weight in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Size A B C D E F Scr Flg
Available spares
DN15 - " 83 150 60 130 25 97 1.60 3.90
* Pressure Grey 0.14 to 1.7 bar g 4, 18
DN20 - " 96 150 60 130 25 107 1.70 4.25
adjustment Green 1.40 to 4.0 bar g 4, 18
DN25 - 1" 108 160 60 130 25 117 1.95 4.65 spring Orange 3.50 to 8.6 bar g 4, 18
Stainless steel or
E Withdrawal distance * Bellows assembly specify type 5, 6
phosphor bronze
* Spring housing hex. bolts (set of 4) 7
Valve and seat assembly 6, 11, 12, 19
* Gasket set 6, 12
D * Common to all sizes.
How to order spares
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and pressure range
F of the reducing valve.
Example: 1 off Pressure adjustment spring (orange), having a
C C downstream pressure range of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g for a Spirax Sarco
DN15 BRV2S pressure reducing valve.
A B 18

(IM-P045-10) supplied with the product. Spring housing
Installation note: hex. bolts
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the
direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
Pressure
4.6.4
BRV2SP and BRV2BP: When external pressure sensing is used,
remove the blanking plug (16) and fit the " / 6 mm O/D compression adjustment
fitting (17 supplied). The other end of the 6 mm sensing pipe should spring
be connected into the downstream pipework at least 1 m downstream
from the valve.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BRV2S pressure reducing
valve with SG iron body flanged EN 1092 PN25, stainless steel
bellows and fitted with an orange spring for downstream pressure
control of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g.
4
Bellows assembly
6 6
6
Valve 19
and seat
assembly Gasket set
11
12 12

Item or
No. Part Nm
mm
7 Hex. bolts M8 x 25 18 - 24
11 Valve seat 32 A / F 108 - 132
BRV2S and BRV2B SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valve TI-P045-14 CH Issue 5
Page 3 of 3
Control valves
4.6.5
Control valves
Page 1 of 3
valves
TI-P045-09
CH Issue 6
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 BRV2S5 and BRV2B5

ISO 9001
Gunmetal
Description 18
The BRV2S5 and BRV2B5 are direct acting pressure reducing 20
valves designed for applications using steam or gases such as 2
compressed air.
Available types
BRV2S5 Stainless steel bellows 3
BRV2B5 Phosphor bronze/brass bellows 7 4
1
BRV2S5 and BRVB5 pressure reducing valves are supplied with
one of three colour coded springs which are identified by the disc
(18) located on the adjustment handwheel; Note: where control
spring ranges overlap always use the lower range to give better
control:
4.6.6
6
10 5
Green For downstream pressure control: 1.40 to 4.0 bar g
Orange For downstream pressure control: 3.50 to 8.6 bar g 19
Standards
This product fully complies with requirements of the European 12
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. 11
Certification 13
14
8
17
", " and 1" screwed BSP (BS 21) or NPT 16
Pressure/temperature limits Materials

No. Part Materials
Temperature C
1 Spring housing Aluminium epoxy coated LM 24

2 Adjustment handwheel Polypropylene
Steam
saturation 3 Top spring plate Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20
curve
4 Pressure adjustment
Silicon chrome BS 2803 685 A55
spring spring steel Range 2

Stainless steel 316Ti / 316L
5 Bellows assembly
Pressure bar g Phosphor bronze BS 2872 CZ 122
Stainless steel reinforced
The product must not be used in this region. 6 Bellows assembly gasket exfoliated graphite
Body design conditions PN25 7 Hex. bolt (M8 x 25 mm) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 120C BS EN 1982 CC491K or
8 Body Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2
Maximum allowable temperature 210C @ 17 bar g
10 Pushrod Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
17 bar g @ 210C 12 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S11
13 Valve Stainless steel AISI 420
14 Valve return spring Stainless steel BS 20056 316 S42
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. 15 Strainer screen Stainless steel BS 1449 316 SH
Maximum downstream reduced pressure 8.6 bar g 16 Cap Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
Maximum differential pressure 17 bar 17 Cap gasket
exfoliated graphite
Maximum recommended turndown ratio 10:1 at maximum flow
18 Spring range ID disc Polypropylene
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g 19 Bulkhead plate Stainless steel 316L
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 17 bar g
20 Tamper-proof pin Mild steel copper plated
Note: Items 10, 11, 13, 14, 15 and 19 are all part of one assembly.
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Page 2 of 3
valves

Size DN15 DN20 DN25
Kvs 1.5 2.5 3.0


4.6.7
(x 100 = kPa)
" - DN15
Steam " - DN20

capacity
kg /h
1" - DN25
" - DN15

capacity dm3 /s*
free air
1" - DN25
* dm /s = I /s, 1 I /s 2 c.f.m.
3

The curved lines labelled 2, 3, 4, 5 etc., represent upstream pressures. Downstream pressures are read along the vertical line on the left
hand side of the chart.
where it will be seen that either a " BRV2S5 or BRV2B5 will be required.
BRV2S5 and BRV2B5 Gunmetal Pressure Reducing Valves TI-P045-09 CH Issue 6
Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Page 3 of 3
valves
Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg Spare parts

Size A B C D E F Weight The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn
" 83 32 62 130 25 40 2
Available spares
" 96 32 62 130 25 40 2
* Pressure Grey 0.14 to 1.7 bar g 4, 18
1" 108 32 62 130 25 40 2
spring Orange 3.50 to 8.6 bar g 4, 18
E Withdrawal Stainless steel or 5, 6
* Bellows assembly specify type phosphor bronze
distance
* Spring housing hex. bolts (set of 4) 7
Valve and seat assembly 6, 11, 12, 19
* Gasket set 6, 12, 17
* Common to all sizes.
How to order spares
D headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and pressure range
of the reducing valve.
downstream pressure range of 3.5 to 8.6 bar g for a Spirax Sarco
" BRV2S5 pressure reducing valve.
18
C Spring housing
7
hex. bolts
4.6.8
Pressure
adjustment
spring
B F Withdrawal
distance
A
4

Installation note: 5
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the Bellows assembly
6 6
How to order 6
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " BRV2S5 pressure reducing valve Valve
with gunmetal body, screwed BSP connections, stainless steel and seat 19
bellows and fitted with an orange spring for downstream pressure assembly
11
12 12
Gasket set
17

or
Item no. Part Nm
mm
7 Hex. bolts 13 A / F M8 x 25 18 - 24
11 Valve seat 32 A/F 108 - 132
16 Bottom cap 32 A/ F 65 - 75
BRV2S5 and BRV2B5 Gunmetal Pressure Reducing Valves TI-P045-09 CH Issue 6
Page 3 of 3
Control valves
4.6.9
Control valves
Page 1 of 3
valves
TI-P186-05
CH Issue 7
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 SRV2S

ISO 9001
Stainless Steel
Pressure Reducing Valve
Description 18
The SRV2S is a compact, stainless steel, direct acting pressure
reducing valve designed for applications using steam or gases 20
2
such as compressed air. All wetted parts are constructed in 316L
stainless steel. 22
SRV2S pressure reducing valves are supplied with one of three 3
colour coded springs which are identied by the disc (18) located 4
on the adjustment handwheel (2): 23
Grey For downstream pressure control: 0.14 to 1.7 bar g 7
Green For downstream pressure control: 1.40 to 4.0 bar g 1
Note: Where control spring ranges overlap always use the lower
range to give better control. 6
Standards 10 5
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC 19
9
4.6.10
Certication
This product is available with certication to EN 10204 3.1. 12
Note: All certication / inspection requirements must be stated
at the time of order placement. 11
13
15
", " and 1" screwed BSP ( BS 21 Rp ) or NPT.
DN15, DN20 and DN25 Flanged EN 1092 PN25 and ANSI 150. 8
17 16
No. Part Material
Temperature C
Pressure BS 2803 685 A55

4 adjustment Silicon chrome Range 2
Steam spring spring steel Electroless nickel nish
saturation
curve 5 Bellows assembly Stainless steel 316Ti / 316L

6 Bellows assembly gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
7 Hex. bolt (M8 x 25 mm) Stainless steel BS 6105 A 270
DIN 1.4404
Pressure bar g BS 3100 316 C12
8 Body Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF 3M
The product must not be used in this region. External electropolish nish
9 Guide bush Graphite lled PTFE
Body design conditions PN25 10 Pushrod Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Maximum design pressure 25 bar g @ 120C BS 3100 316 C 12
Maximum design temperature 212C @ 19 bar g 11 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF 3M
Minimum allowable temperature 0C DIN 1.4404
Maximum operating pressure 12 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S11
for saturated steam service 19 bar g 13 Valve Stainless steel 316L
Maximum operating temperature 212C @ 19 bar g 14 Valve return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42
Minimum operating temperature 0C 15 Strainer screen Stainless steel BS 1449 316 SH
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 16 Bottom cap Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Maximum downstream reduced pressure 8.6 bar g 17 Bottom 'O' ring PTFE
Maximum differential pressure 19 bar Spring range
18 identity disc Plastic Polypropylene
Maximum recommended turndown ratio 10:1 at maximum ow
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g BS 1449 316 S13
19 Bulkhead plate Stainless steel AISI 316L
Note: With internals tted, test pressure must not exceed 19 bar g
20 Tamper-proof pin Mild steel copper plated
Materials DIN 1.4404
BS 3100 316 C12
No. Part Material 21 Flanges (not shown) Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF 3M
LM6 Electropolish nish
1 Spring housing Aluminium Electroless nickel nish 22 Washer Stainless steel 316L
2 Adjustment handwheel Plastic Polypropylene BS 970 230 M07
23 Drive spindle Carbon steel Electroless nickel nish
DIN 1691 GG 20
3 Top spring plate Cast iron Electroless nickel nish Note: Items 9, 10, 11, 13, 14 and 15 are all part of one assembly.
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Page 2 of 3
valves

Size DN15 DN20 DN25
Kvs 1.5 2.5 3.0


4.6.11
(x 100 = kPa)
" - DN15
Steam " - DN20

capacity
kg /h
1" - DN25
" - DN15

capacity dm3 /s*
free air
1" - DN25
* dm /s = I /s, 1 I /s 2 c.f.m.
3

The curved lines labelled 2, 3, 4, 5 etc., represent upstream pressures. Downstream pressures are read along the vertical line on the
left hand side of the chart.
where it will be seen that a " SRV2S will be required.
SRV2S Stainless Steel Pressure Reducing Valve TI-P186-05 CH Issue 7
Page 2 of 3
Control valves
Page 3 of 3
valves
Dimensions (approximate) in mm and kg Spare parts

* * The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
Size A B B C D E1 E2 F in broken line are not supplied as spares.
" BSP /NPT 83 - - 62 130 25 15 - Available spares
PN25 - 150 - 62 130 25 15 97 Grey 0.14 to 1.7 bar g 4, 18
DN15 * Pressure
ANSI 150 - - 140 62 130 25 15 91 adjustment Green 1.40 to 4.0 bar g 4, 18
spring Orange 3.50 to 8.6 bar g 4, 18
" BSP /NPT 96 - - 62 130 25 15 -
PN25 - 150 - 62 130 25 15 107 * Bellows (Stainless steel) 5, 6
DN20 * Spring housing hex. bolts (set of 4) 7
ANSI 150 - - 140 62 130 25 15 100
Valve and seat assembly 6, 11, 12, 15, 19
1" BSP /NPT 108 - - 62 130 25 15 -
* Set of gaskets /'O' rings 6, 12, 17
PN25 - 160 - 62 130 25 15 117
DN25 * Common to all sizes.
ANSI 150 - - 153 62 130 25 15 110
How to order spares
* Note: E1 and E2 are withdrawal distances for maintenance. Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and pressure
range of the reducing valve.
* E1 Example: 1 off Pressure adjustment spring (orange), having a
DN15 SRV2S pressure reducing valve.
18
D
Spring housing
hexagon bolts
7
4.6.12
F
C C
Pressure
adjustment
spring
A * E2
B
Weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Weight
Size Screwed Flanged
" BSP /NPT 1.48 -
PN25 - 3.1
DN15
ANSI 150 - 2.4
" BSP /NPT 1.58 - 4
PN25 - 3.8
DN20
ANSI 150 - 2.8
1" BSP /NPT 1.70 -
PN25 - 4.4
DN25
ANSI 150 - 3.6 5
Bellows set
6 6
(IM-P186-03) supplied with the product. 19
Installation note: Valve
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the and seat
assembly 11
direction of ow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
12 12
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " screwed BSP SRV2S pressure 15
reducing valve with stainless steel body and bellows, tted with
an orange spring for a downstream pressure control of 3.5 to
8.6 bar g.
Gasket set
17
SRV2S Stainless Steel Pressure Reducing Valve TI-P186-05 CH Issue 7
Page 3 of 3
Control valves
Page 1 of 4
valves
TI-P210-01
CH Issue 4
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 BRV71 and BRV73

ISO 9001
SG Iron
Description
The BRV71 (screwed) and BRV73 (flanged) are SG iron bodied
direct acting pressure reducing valves designed for applications 13
using steam.
The BRV71 and BRV73 pressure reducing valves are supplied
with one of three colour coded springs which are identified by
the disc (13) located on the adjustment handwheel:

Note: Where control spring ranges overlap always use the lower
range to give better control.
4.6.13 Sizes and pipe connections

1", 1", 1" and 2" screwed BSP and NPT.
DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 flanged PN16, JIS 10 and ANSI 150.

Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g

Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120C
Maximum allowable temperature 184C @ 10 bar g
Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 10 bar g
Maximum downstream reduced pressure 9 bar g
Maximum differential pressure 10 bar
Maximum recommended turndown ratio 10:1 at maximum ow
Note: With internals tted, test pressure must not exceed16 bar g
Page 1 of 4
Control valves
Page 2 of 4
valves
15
13
6
5
4
7
2
21
8
9 3
11 1
12
17
4.6.14
16 25
10
26
19
20
24 23 18 22
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body assembly SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 ELNP coated
2 Pressure adjustment control spring Silicon chrome BS 2803 685 A55
3 Adjustment screw Carbon steel BS 970 230 M07
4 Plain washer Stainless steel Gr.18/10/3-4A
5 Adjustment knob Mineral filled nylon 66 10B 140
6 Spirol pin Chrome plated stainless steel AISI 420
7 Spring plate Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20
8 Spring housing Aluminium 2ELNP coated
9 Upper gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
10 Lower gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
11 Bellows assembly Stainless steel 316L
12 Bellows / pushrod assembly Stainless steel / PTFE 15% graphite fill 316L
13 Printed cap Polypropylene
15 Locking pin Copper
* 16 Head (incorporating seal Pt No.27) Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
17 Screen Stainless steel 316L
18 Lower pushrod Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
19 End cap SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 ELNP coated
20 Screw Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
21 Screw Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
22 Washer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 515
23 Guide bush PTFE 15% graphite filled
24 Return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42
25 PTFE washer Virgin PTFE BS 6564 Type 2 Gr. B
26 'O' ring seal EPDM E 0962-90
* 27 Head 'O' ring seal EDPM E 0962-90
* Note: Parts 16 and 27 are not shown.
BRV71 and BRV73 SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves TI-P210-01 CH Issue 4

Page 2 of 4
Control valves
Page 3 of 4
valves
Steam and compressed air capacity chart

10
9
9
8
8
7
7
6
5 6
5
4
4
3
3 Upstream pressure bar g
(x 100 = kPa)
4.6.15
2
2
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 1" - DN25
Steam 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 1" - DN32

capacity
kg /h 0 200 400 600 800 1 000 1" - DN40
0 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 2" - DN50
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 1" - DN25
Compressed air 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 1" - DN32
capacity dm3 /s*
free air 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 1" - DN40
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400 440 2" - DN50
* dm3 /s = I /s, 1 I /s 2 c.f.m.

The curved lines labelled 2, 3, 4, 5 etc., represent upstream pressures. Downstream pressures
are read along the vertical line on the left hand side of the chart.
Required, a pressure reducing valve to pass 350 kg/h reducing from 8 to 6 bar. From the
downstream pressure of 6 bar on the left hand side of the chart extend out horizontally until
the line meets the curved 8 bar upstream line. At this point read vertically downwards where
it will be seen that DN25 BRV71 or BRV73 will be required.
Kv values
Full lift capacity for safety valve sizing purposes are shown below:
Size 1" - DN25 1"- DN32 1"- DN40 2" - DN50

Kv 9.3 11.1 15.7 16.2
For conversion: Cvv(UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156
Page 3 of 4
Control valves
Page 4 of 4
valves

Scr. BSP/NPT PN16 ANSI 150 JIS 10 Weight
Size A B B B C D E F G Scr. *Flg
DN25 - 1" 134 174 170 170 67 153 90 25 84 4.40 5.90
DN32 - 1" 134 179 174 175 67 153 90 25 84 4.20 7.65
DN40 - 1" 134 186 183 180 67 153 90 25 84 4.95 8.55
DN50 - 2" 134 186 186 180 67 153 90 25 84 4.75 9.40
* Note: Flanged weights are typical of the BRV73 model and the gures quoted are based on the PN16 version.
E Withdrawal distance Q
K
4.6.16
G
A
B
F Withdrawal distance J

(IM-P210-04) supplied with the product. H
Installation note:
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the F
G
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" screwed BSP BRV71 pressure
reducing valve with SG iron body, stainless steel bellows and
fitted with an orange spring for a downstream pressure control
of 3.5 to 9.0 bar g.
Spare parts Gasket set

Available spares - Note the spares listed are common to all sizes
Pressure Grey 0.14 to 1.7 bar g K, Q
adjustment Green 1.40 to 4.0 bar g K, Q E
spring Orange 3.50 to 9.0 bar g K, Q
Control bellows - Stainless steel J D
Bellows pushrod assembly, E, C, H F
(Sub assembly, head, 'O' rings,
lower pushrod and balancing bellows)
Bottom cap B C
Strainer screen G
Return spring and gasket set F
Spring housing (Set of 4) L
Bolt set
Bottom cap (Set of 4) A F
Return spring D B
How to order spares
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and pressure A
range of the reducing valve.
1" BRV71 pressure reducing valve.

Page 4 of 4
Control valves
Local regulations may valves
TI-P001-07
CH Issue 5
LRV2B and LRV2S

Gunmetal
Description
The LRV2B and LRV2S are direct acting pressure reducing valves 19
suitable for liquid applications. 21
Available types
LRV2B Phosphor bronze / brass bellows 2
LRV2S Stainless steel (316 Ti / 316L) bellows
LRV2B and LRV2S pressure reducing valves are supplied with one
of three colour coded springs which are identified by the disc (19)
located on the adjustment handwheel:
3
4
Orange For downstream pressure control: 3.50 to 8.6 bar g 7
Note: where control spring ranges overlap always use the lower
4.6.17 range to give better control.
1
", " and 1" Screwed BSP (BS 21 Rp) or NPT.

6
Temperature C
9

5

20
10

Pressure bar g 8
12
This product must not be used in this region.
11
16
14
TMO Maximum operating temperature 75C @ 14 bar g 15
Minimum operating temperature 0C 13
18
DPMX Maximum differential pressure is limited to the PMO
Maximum recommended turndown ratio 10:1 at maximum flow
17
Materials No. Part Materials

No. Part Materials 10 Push rod Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
1 Spring housing Aluminium epoxy coated LM 24 11 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
2 Adjustment handwheel Polypropylene 12 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S11
3 Top spring plate Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20 13 Piston Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
4 Pressure adjustment Silicon chrome BS 2803 685 A55 14 Valve head Nitrile rubber
spring spring steel Range 2 15 Piston return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 Gr. 302 S26
Stainless steel 316Ti / 316L 16 Strainer screen Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S16
5 Bellows assembly
Phosphor bronze BS 2872 CZ 122 17 Cap Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
Stainless steel reinforced Stainless steel reinforced
6 Bellows assembly gasket 18 Cap gasket
exfoliated graphite exfoliated graphite
7 Hex. bolt (M8 x 25 mm) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 19 Spring range ID disc Polypropylene
8 Body Gunmetal BS 1400 LG2 20 Bulkhead plate Stainless steel 316L
9 Cone shaped washer Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L 21 Tamper-proof pin Mild steel copper plated
Control valves
Capacities Spare parts

Full lift capacity for safety valve sizing purposes are shown below: The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
Size " " 1" in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Kvs 2.1 3.6 4.3 Available spares

For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 * Pressure Grey 0.35 to 1.7 bar g 4, 19
Dimensions / weight (approximate) in mm and kg spring Orange 3.50 to 8.6 bar g 4, 19
Size A B C D E F Weight Stainless steel or
* Bellows assembly specify type 5, 6, 9
" 83 32 62 130 25 40 2.0 phosphor bronze
" 96 32 62 130 25 40 2.1 * Spring housing hex. bolts (set of 4) 7
Valve and seat assembly 6, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20
1" 108 32 62 130 25 40 2.4
* Gasket set 6, 12, 18
* Strainer screen 16
E Withdrawal * Common to all sizes.

distance How to order spares
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and pressure range
of the reducing valve.
" LRV2S pressure reducing valve.
19
D
Spring housing
7
hex. bolts
4.6.18
Pressure
adjustment
spring
B F Withdrawal
distance
9
A Bellows assembly
5
6 6
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the
direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. 12 12
Valve
How to order and seat
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " LRV2S pressure reducing valve assembly
with gunmetal body, screwed BSP connections, stainless steel Gasket set
bellows and fitted with an orange spring for downstream pressure
Please note that the only certification that is available for this
product is a manufacturer's Typical Test Report. Note: All 13, 14, 15
certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the
time of order placement. 18
16

or
Item no. Part Nm
mm
7 Hex. bolts 13 A/ F M8 x 25 13 - 15
11 Valve seat 32 A/ F 108 - 132
16 Bottom cap 32 A/ F 65 - 75
TI-P001-07 CH Issue 5 LRV2B and LRV2S Gunmetal Pressure Reducing Valves

Control valves
TI-P001-09
CH Issue 2
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 LRV2

ISO 9001
Capacities
Water capacities in metric units
12
14
11
10
11
9
4.6.19
8 9
7
6
5
4

3 (x 100 = kPa)
2
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 " - DN15
Capacity
litres /s 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 " - DN20
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 1" - DN25

The curved lines labelled 3, 5 and 7 etc. represent upstream pressure. Downstream pressure is read along the vertical line on the left hand
side of the chart.
Example
Required, a reducing valve to pass water at the rate of 1.6 litres /sec reducing from 7 bar to 3 bar. From the downstream pressure of 3 bar
on the left hand side of the chart extend out horizontally until the line meets the curved 7 bar upstream line. At the point read vertically
downwards where it will be seen that a " DN20 valve (with a 1.4 - 4.0 bar spring) will be required.
Control valves

TI-P203-01
CTLS Issue 17
DRV4 and DRV4G

Cast Steel
Description
The DRV4 is a cast steel direct acting bellows sealed pressure reducing valve. The standard version has an EPDM diaphragm and
is suitable for steam, water and air applications. The DRV4 is available with a Nitrile rubber diaphragm (suffix 'N') for oil applications.
A Nitrile rubber soft seated version (suffix 'G', limited to 90 C) is also available for applications that require tight shut-off. It is
recommended that for these applications, a maximum pressure turndown ratio of 10:1 is observed.
Note: To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure
signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details.
Available types
DRV4 and DRV4G are available in 6 pressure ranges (suffix 1-6).
Downstream pressure ranges:

Range Valve type Actuator
type
Spring
colour
Pressure
range
PN
rating 4.6.20
(bar)
1 DRV4(G)B1(N) 1 or 1N Yellow *0.1 - 0.6 2.5
2 DRV4(G)B2(N) 2 or 2N Yellow **0.2 - 1.2 2.5
3 DRV4(G)B3(N) 3 or 3N Blue 0.8 - 2.5 6.0
4 DRV4(G)B4(N) 4 or 4N Blue 2.0 - 5.0 16.0
5 DRV4(G)B5(N) 5 or 5N Blue 4.5 - 10.0 25.0
6 DRV4(G)B6(N) 5 or 5N Red 8.0 - 20.0 25.0
* DN32 to DN50 Range 0.15 - 0.6, DN65 to DN100 Range 0.3 - 0.6
** DN65 to DN100 Range 0.4 - 1.2.

Flanged EN 1092 PN40.
JIS and ASME 150 and ASME 300 flanges are also available on request.
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note : All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time
of order placement.
Kvs values
Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
Kvs 3.4 6.5 11.4 16.4 24 40 58 92 145
Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should be used
for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required.
Page 1 of 10
Control valves
A B C
Temperature C
Steam Maximum design pressure 40 bar g @ 50 C

saturation
curve DRV4 300 C @ 25.8 bar g
F F DRV4G 90 C @ 37.3 bar g
E D
Pressure bar g
DRV4 300 C @ 25.8 bar g
The product must not be used in this region. DRV4G 90 C @ 37.3 bar g
A-C-D Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME 300. Minimum operating temperature 0 C
A-B-E Flanged ASME 150.
DN15 - DN50 25 bar
F-F The DRV4G is limited to 90 C. DN65 - DN100 20 bar
4.6.21 Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast steel GP 240 GH
2 Bonnet Cast steel DIN 17425 GS C25
DN15 Stainless steel
4 Seat gasket DN20 and DN25 Mild steel
DN32 to DN50 Reinforced exfoiliated graphite
DRV4 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29

5 Valve head
DRV4G (soft seated) Stainless steel / Nitrile BS 970 431 S29
6 Valve head screw DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
7 Valve head seal Arlon 1555
8 Bush DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
9 Bush (part of item 10) DN25 to DN100 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
10 Balancing bellows assembly DN25 to DN100 Stainless steel AISI 316 (L)
11 Balancing bellows gasket DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoiliated graphite
12 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoiliated graphite
13 Bonnet nuts Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8
DN15 to DN40 M10
14 Bonnet studs DN50 and DN65 M12 Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8
DN80 and DN100 M16
15 Pillars Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
16 Pillars nuts Steel zinc plated BS 3693 Gr. 8
17 Spring adjuster Cast iron zinc plated DIN 1691 GG 25
For part numbers 18 to 46, please go to page 4
DRV4 and DRV4G Cast Steel Pressure Reducing Valves

Control valves
6 (DN15 and DN20 only)
3 4
5
7
11
9 8
12
2
10 13
(DN25 to DN100) 14
17 DN15 and DN20
4.6.22
12
16
15 11
DN65 to DN100
DN25 (parts 15 and 16 not shown)

Control valves
Materials
For part numbers 1 to 17, please go to page 2
No. Part Material
18 Spring(s) Chrome Vanadium
19 Bush (part of 20) PTFE / steel composite
20 Sealing bellows assembly Stainless steel AISI 316(L)
DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel 'S' type

21 Sealing bellows gasket
22 Clamp nut DN25 to DN100 Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
DN32 to DN50 Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07

25 Lock-nut
DN15 to DN25, DN65 to DN100 Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
26 Spring plate Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
27 Needle bearing Steel
28 Setting nut Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
29 Bearing plate DN32 to DN50 Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
30 Circlip DN32 to DN50 Steel zinc plated
4.6.23 31 Mounting plate Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
32 Housing Types 1(N) to 4(N) Steel DIN 1514 St W24
Type 5(N) Steel BS EN 10025 S355 J2G3
33 Housing screws Types 1(N) and 2(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5.6
Types 3(N), 4(N) and 5(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Types 1(N) and 2(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5

34 Housing nuts
Types 3(N), 4(N) and 5(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
Diaphragm EPDM fabric reinforced

35
Diaphragm suffix 'N' Nitrile fabric reinforced
36 Hex. headed bolt Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
37 Sealing washer Fibre
38 Diaphragm clamp Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
39 Piston Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
40 Spindle Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
41 Mounting nuts Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
42 Coupling Steel zinc plated
43 Thread insert DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel DTD 734
44 Self-locking nut DN25 to DN100 Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
45 Clamp plate DN65 to DN100 Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
46 Clamp plate gasket DN65 to DN100 Reinforced exfoliated graphite

Control valves
44
43
DN15 and DN20
18 20
4.6.24
22
21 19
25
27
26
28
31
40
41
32
39
34 DN65 to DN100
33
42
46
35 38 37 36
45
DN25 (parts 15 and 16 not shown)
30
29
25
28
DN32 to DN50

Control valves
Spare parts for the DN15 and DN20 valves
The spare parts available for sizes DN15 and DN20 valves are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
The listed parts are for the following valve types:
DRV4 Stainless steel seated

Valve assemblies
DRV4G Nitrile soft seated
Types 1 to 5 EPDM diaphragm

Actuator assemblies
Types 1N to 5N Nitrile diaphragm
Available spares
Coupling A
Diaphragm set Diaphragm and sealing washer. B, C
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows set Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket and bonnet gasket. E, F, G
Control spring(s) I
4.6.25 Seat/head set Seat, seat gasket, head, bonnet gasket and head seal. J, K, L, G, H
Gasket set Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and seat gasket. F, G, K
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of valve.
Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DRV4B1 pressure reducing valve.
How to fit spares

Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare(s).

Control valves
DN15 to DN20
K J
L H
F 4.6.26
C A

Control valves
Spare parts for the DN25 to DN100 valves
The spare parts available for sizes DN25 to DN100 valves are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.

Valve assemblies
Actuator assemblies Types 1 to 5 EPDM diaphragm
Available spares
Coupling A
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows set DN65 to DN100. Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket, and clamp plate gasket E, F, R
Control spring(s) I
Seat / head set DN25 to DN50 Seat, seat gasket, head, self-locking nut, head seal and bonnet gasket. J, K, L, W, H, G
4.6.27 Head set DN65 to DN100

Head, self-locking nut, head seal, bonnet gasket and balancing bellows
L, W, H, G, M
gasket.
Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket,

DN25 to DN50 N, M, G, H, W, F
head seal, self-locking nut, and sealing bellows gasket.
Balancing
bellows set
Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket,
DN65 to DN100 N, M, G, W, H
self-locking nut and head seal.
Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, seat gasket and balancing

DN25 to DN50 F, G, K, M
bellows gasket.
Gasket set
Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, balancing bellows gasket and
DN65 to DN100 F, G, M, R
clamp plate gasket.
How to order spares

Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 DRV4B1 pressure reducing valve.
How to fit spares


Control valves
DN25 to DN50 DN65 to DN100
J K W
W
L L
H
H
M
G N G
I
N I
4.6.28
E
D
D
C B A B C A
DN65 to DN100

Control valves
Flanged Actuator type
Size 1 2 3 4 5+6
EN 1092 PN40 ASME 300 ASME 150
A1 A1 A1 B C B C B C B C B C
DN15 130 130 127 537 305 511 250 426 208 426 168 411 143
DN20 150 150 143 537 305 511 250 426 208 426 168 411 143
DN25 160 162 153 546 305 520 250 435 208 435 168 420 143
DN32 180 181 176 608 305 582 250 497 208 497 168 482 143
DN40 200 203 198 608 305 582 250 497 208 497 168 482 143
DN50 230 233 229 611 305 585 250 500 208 500 168 485 143
DN65 290 297 295 633 305 607 250 522 208 522 168 507 143
DN80 310 319 314 639 305 613 250 528 208 528 168 513 143
DN100 350 366 350 744 305 718 250 633 208 633 168 618 143
A1
Valve weight (kg)
Yellow
11 12.4 14.6 19.8 21.2 25.2 35.5 41.3 58.3
spring
4.6.29 Blue
11 12.4 14.6 19.8 21.2 25.2 35.5 41.3 58.3
spring
Red
12 13.4 15.6 21.2 22.6 26.6 37.3 43.1 60.9
spring
DRV with
Type 1 / 1N or
Type 2 / 2N
Actuator weight (kg)
actuator B
Actuator type 1 or 1N 2 or 2N 3 or 3N 4 or 4N 5 or 5N
Weight 12.3 6.5 3.9 2.5 2.6
Note:
To calculate the total product weight add the valve and actuator weights together.

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S12-04)
Installation note:
Caution - To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 C
series water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure signal
line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details.
The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with
the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. For applications
with downstream temperatures below 125 C the valve can alternatively be
mounted vertically upwards.
How to order Type 3 / 3N and 4 / 4N actuator arrangement

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DRV4B3 direct acting pressure reducing
valve flanged PN40.
Note: Add suffix 'N' if the Nitrile rubber diaphragm is required. i.e. DRV4B3N.
Type 5 / 5N actuator arrangement

Control valves
TI-P204-01
CH Issue 14
DRV7 and DRV7G

SG Iron
Description
The DRV7 is an SG iron direct acting bellows sealed pressure reducing valve. The standard version has an EPDM diaphragm and is
suitable for steam, water and air applications. The DRV7 is available with a Nitrile rubber diaphragm (suffix 'N') for oil applications.
A Nitrile rubber soft seated version (suffix 'G', limited to 90C) is also available for applications that require tight shut-off. It is recommended
that for these applications a maximum pressure turndown ratio of 10:1 is observed.
Available types:
DRV7 and DRV7G are available in 6 pressure ranges (suffix 1-6).
Downstream pressure ranges: Screwed

Actuator Spring
Pressure
PN " to 2"
Range Valve type range
type colour Rating
(bar)
1
2
DRV7(G)B1(N)
DRV7(G)B2(N)
1 or 1N
2 or 2N
Yellow *0.1 - 0.6
Yellow **0.2 - 1.2
2.5
2.5
4.6.30
3 DRV7(G)B3(N) 3 or 3N Blue 0.8 - 2.5 6.0
4 DRV7(G)B4(N) 4 or 4N Blue 2.0 - 5.0 16.0
5 DRV7(G)B5(N) 5 or 5N Blue 4.5 - 10.0 25.0
6 DRV7(G)B6(N) 5 or 5N Red 8.0 - 20.0 25.0
* DN32 to DN50 Range 0.15 - 0.6, DN65 to DN100 Range 0.3 - 0.6
** DN65 to DN100 Range 0.4 - 1.2.

", " 1", 1", 1", and 2"
Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel), NPT also available on request.
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100.
Standard flanges: EN 1092 PN16 and PN25
Flanges available on request: ASME 150 and JIS

A B C D

Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve
Flanged
DN15 to DN100
H H
G F E

Pressure bar g
A-D-E Screwed and flanged EN 1092 PN25.
A-C-G Flanged EN 1092 PN16.
A-B-F Flanged ASME 150.
H-H The DRV7G is limited to 90C.
DRV7 300C @ 17.5 bar g
DRV7G 90C @ 25 bar g
Minimum design temperature 0C
DRV7 300C @ 17.5 bar g
DRV7G 90C @ 25 bar g
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Kvs values
DN15 - DN50 25 bar Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
DN65 - DN100 20 bar Kvs 3.4 6.5 11.4 16.4 24 40 58 92 145
Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g be used for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required.
Page 1 of 6
Control valves
Materials
No. Part Material
DN15 to DN50 SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
1 Body
DN65 to DN100 SG iron ENG JS 400-18-LT
2 Bonnet SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
4 Valve seat gasket DN20 and DN25 Mild steel
DRV7 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5 Valve head
DRV7G (soft seated) Stainless steel / Nitrile BS 970 431 S29
10 Balancing bellows assembly DN25 to DN100 Stainless steel AISI 316 (L)
11 Balancing bellows gasket DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoiliated graphite
12 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoiliated graphite
DN15 to DN40 M10
DN80 and DN100 M16
4.6.31 15 Pillars Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
17 Spring adjuster Cast iron zinc plated DIN 1691 GG25
18 Spring(s) Chrome Vanadium
19 Bush (part of 20) PTFE / steel composite
20 Sealing bellows assembly Stainless steel AISI 316(L)
22 Clamp nut DN25 to DN100 Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
DN32 to DN50 Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
25 Lock-nut
DN15 to DN25, DN65 to DN100 Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
26 Spring plate Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
29 Bearing plate DN32 to DN50 Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
30 Circlip DN32 to DN50 Steel zinc plated
31 Mounting plate DN25 to DN50 Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
Types 1(N) to 4(N) Steel DIN 1514 St W24
32 Housing
Types 1(N) and 2(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5.6
33 Housing screws
Types 3(N), 4(N) and 5(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Types 1(N) and 2(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5
34 Housing nuts
Types 3(N), 4(N) and 5(N) Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
Diaphragm EPDM fabric reinforced
35
Diaphragm suffix 'N' Nitrile fabric reinforced
36 Hex. headed bolt Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
39 Piston Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt1 HR14
40 Spindle Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
41 Mounting nuts Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
44 Self-locking nut DN25 to DN100 Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
TI-P204-01 CH Issue 14 DRV7 and DRV7G SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves Page 2 of 6
Control valves
6 (DN15 and DN20 only)
4
3
44
5
7 43
* 11
8
9
12
2
* 10 13
14
17 DN15 and DN20
18 20
4.6.32
12
22 16
21 19
11
25
27 15
26
28
31
40
41
32
39
34
33 DN65 to DN100
42
35 38 37 36
29
* Please note: Parts numbered 10 and 11 are for DN25 to DN100 only 30
28
DN25 25
DN32 to DN50
Control valves
Spare parts for the DN15 and DN20 (" and ") valves
The spare parts available for sizes DN15 and DN20 valves are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.

Valve assemblies
Types 1 to 5 EPDM diaphragm
Actuator assemblies
Available spares
Coupling A
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows set Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket and bonnet gasket. E, F, G
Control spring(s) I
Seat/head set Seat, seat gasket, head, bonnet gasket and head seal. J, K, L, G, H
How to order spares

Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax sarco DN15 DRV7B1 pressure reducing valve.
How to fit spares

4.6.33
K J
L H
C
A
DN15 and DN20
Control valves

The spare parts available for sizes DN25 to DN100 valves are
detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
W
Valve assemblies
Types 1 to 5 EPDM diaphragm L
Actuator assemblies H
Available spares
Coupling A G
Diaphragm set - Diaphragm and sealing washer. B, C
M
Needle bearing D
N
Sealing bellows set E, F
Sealing bellows assembly, and sealing bellows gasket.
Control spring(s) I
Seat / head set DN25 to DN50 (1 "to 2") J, K, L, W, H, G
Seat, seat gasket, head, self-locking nut, head seal and bonnet
gasket.
Head set DN65 to DN100 L, W, H, G, M I
Head, self-locking nut, head seal, bonnet gasket and balancing
bellows gasket.
E
Balancing bellows set DN25 to DN50 N, M, G, H, W, F
Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket,
bonnet gasket, head seal, self-locking nut, sealing bellows gasket.
Balancing bellows set DN65 to DN100 N, M, G, W, H
4.6.34
Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, F
bonnet gasket, self-locking nut and head seal.
Gasket set DN25 to DN50 (1 "to 2") F, G, K, M
Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, seat gasket and
balancing bellows gasket.
Gasket set DN65 to DN100 F, G, M
Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and
balancing bellows gasket. D
How to order spares
Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax sarco DN25 DRV7B1
pressure reducing valve.
J K
W
L
H
M B C A
G N
DN65 to DN100
How to fit spares

Instructions supplied with the spare(s).
E
I
D
DN25 to DN50
A
C
Control valves

Flanged Screwed Actuator type
Size EN 1092 ASME BSP / NPT 1 2 3 4 5+6
PN25 150
A1 A1 A2 E B C B C B C B C B C
DN15 130 127 88 38 537 305 511 250 426 208 426 168 411 143
DN20 150 143 102 38 537 305 511 250 426 208 426 168 411 143
DN25 160 153 134 51 546 305 520 250 435 208 435 168 420 143
DN32 180 176 144 51 608 305 582 250 497 208 497 168 482 143
DN40 200 198 150 62 608 305 582 250 497 208 497 168 482 143
DN50 230 229 180 71 611 305 585 250 500 208 500 168 485 143
DN65 290 295 - - 633 305 607 250 522 208 522 168 507 143
DN80 310 314 - - 639 305 613 250 528 208 528 168 513 143
DN100 350 350 - - 744 305 718 250 633 208 633 168 618 143
DRV with DRV with

screwed connections and flanged connections and
Type 1 / 1N or 2/2N actuator Type 1 / 1N or 2 / 2N actuator
A2
A1
4.6.35
B
B
Type 3 / 3N or 4 / 4N actuator Type 5 / 5N actuator
arrangement arrangement
C
Valve weight (kg)
Yellow spring 10.8 11.8 14 18.8 20.4 23.0 31.7 38.2 53.9
Weight Blue spring 10.8 11.8 14 18.8 20.4 23.0 31.7 38.2 53.9
Red spring 11.8 12.8 15 20.2 21.8 24.4 33.5 40.0 56.5
Reduction for
Screwed body -1.7 -2.2 -2.2 -3.6 -3.9 -5.5 - - -

Actuator type 1 or 1N 2 or 2N 3 or 3N 4 or 4N 5 or 5N Note:
To calculate the total product weight add the
Weight 12.3 6.5 3.9 2.5 2.6 valve and actuator weights together.

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S12-04) supplied with the product.
Installation note:
Caution - To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 series water seal pot must be installed in the downstream
pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details.
The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve
body. For applications with downstream temperatures below 125C the valve can alternatively be mounted vertically upwards.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DRV7B3 direct acting pressure reducing valve having flanged PN40 connections.
Note: Add suffix 'N' if the Nitrile rubber diaphragm is required. i.e. DRV7B3N.
Control valves

TI-P186-01
CH Issue 10
SRV461S and SRV463S

Stainless Steel
Direct Acting Pressure Reducing Valves
Description
Types SRV461S and SRV463S are direct acting pressure reducing valves with
all wetted parts in AISI 316L/1.4404, 1.4408 and 1.4462 stainless steel. For
steam, liquid or gas applications.
Typical applications include: Clean steam, gas and liquid supplies to centrifuges,
freeze dryers, sterilisers, autoclaves, process tanks, humidifiers and culinary
equipment.

Temperature C
A B

SRV461S

D
Steam E 4.6.36
saturation
curve C F

Pressure bar g

Temperature C
A B

D
SRV463S
Steam E
saturation Sizes and pipe connections
curve C F
", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2"
SRV461S
Screwed NPT, BSP
Pressure bar g DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40
and DN50
The product must not be used in this region. SRV463S
Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150, EN 1092
The product should not be used in this region or beyond its operating PN16
range as damage to the internals may occur.
A-B-C Maximum operating conditions for steam Pressure ranges
D-E-F Maximum operating conditions for liquids and gases T h e S RV4 61S a n d 0.02 - 0.12 bar g
SRV463S are available 0.10 - 0.50 bar g
for use within the
SRV461S PN40 0.30 - 1.10 bar g
Body design conditions downstream pressure
SRV463S PN16 ranges shown. 0.80 - 2.50 bar g
SRV461S 38 bar g @ 38C N o t e: T h e p r e s s u r e 2.00 - 5.00 bar g
Maximum design pressure range required needs to
SRV463S 15.2 bar g @ 50C be specified at the time 4.00 - 8.00 bar g
SRV461S 300C @ 23.2 bar g of order placement:- 6.00 - 12.00 bar g
SRV463S 300C @ 9 bar g
Permissible reduction ratio
Steam 190C @ 10.9 bar g
(maximum P1 / P2)
Maximum operating temperature Setting range Nominal diameter
Liquid and gases 130C @ 12 bar g
(bar g)
G" - 1" G1" - 2"
-10C DN15 - DN25 DN32 - DN50
Note: for lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
0.02 - 0.12 80:1 50:1
see the Permissable reduction ratio table
opposite 0.10 - 0.50 40:1 25:1
Designed for a maximum cold SRV461S 60 bar g 0.30 - 1.10 30:1 18:1
hydraulic test pressure of: SRV463S 24 bar g 0.80 - 12.00 20:1 12:1
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Materials
3
No. Part Material Werkstoff AISI
No. Equivalent 9
1 Body Stainless 1.4404 316L

steel
5
2 Spring Stainless 1.4404 316L 16
4
housing steel
3 Cap Stainless 1.4571 316Ti

steel
4 Valve seat Stainless 1.4404 316L

steel
1
5 Valve Stainless 1.4404 316L
steel
6 Diaphragm EPDM/PTFE 10
14
8
7 'O' ring EPDM 7
8 'O' ring EPDM

6
9 'O' ring EPDM 11
10 Piston Stainless 1.4571 316Ti

4.6.37 steel
11 Top spring Stainless 1.4571 316Ti

plate steel
2
12 Spring Stainless 1.4310 301*
steel
13 Adjustment Stainless 1.4404 316L

screw steel
12
14 V band Stainless AISI 300
clamp steel series 17
15 Flange (not Stainless 1.4404 316L

shown) steel
16 Soft seal Fluoraz

13
(FEPM) =
17 Spring clip Stainless 1.4301 304

steel
* Not a direct equivalent, nearest AISI specification is given.
= For hydrocarbon applications an optional soft seal is available in FPM (Viton) - please consult Spirax Sarco.
SRV461S and SRV463S Stainless Steel Direct Acting Pressure Reducing Valves
Control valves
A1 A1
A A
B B
Sensing pipe connection Sensing pipe connection

" BSPT " BSPT
C C
Leakage line connection Leakage line connection

" BSPT (option) " BSPT (option)
D D
Size All pressure Pressure range (bar) Pressure range (bar)

ranges
0.02 - 0.12 0.1 - 0.5 0.3 - 1.1 0.8 - 2.5 4-8
and and
2-5 8 - 12
4.6.38
A A1 B C D C D C D C D C D
DN15 " 85 130 76 300 360 300 264 300 200 235 138 235 138
DN20 " 91 150 76 300 360 300 264 300 200 235 138 235 138
DN25 1" 85 160 76 300 360 300 264 300 200 235 138 235 138
DN32 1" 130 180 80 300 360 300 264 300 200 235 138 235 138
DN40 1" 145 200 80 300 360 300 264 300 200 235 138 235 138
DN50 2" 185 230 80 300 360 300 264 300 200 235 138 235 138
" - 1" Screwed 13.5 7.1 6.1 3.1 3.1
DN15 - DN25 Flanged 15.3 8.9 7.9 4.9 4.9
1"- 2" Screwed 14.4 8.0 7.0 4.0 4.0
DN32 - DN50 Flanged 18.4 12.0 11.0 8.0 8.0
Kv values
Valve size " " 1" 1" 1" 2"
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
Kv at 20% offset 4.0 5.6 6.4 17.6 17.6 17.6
Maximum Kv 5.0 7.0 8.0 22.0 22.0 22.0
To maximise the control accuracy (especially for large load variations) use the Kv values given at 20% offset. For safety valve sizing
use the maximum Kv values. Leakage rate 0.05% of the maximum Kv value.
Control valves
The required Kv can be calculated from the following formulae,
Where:
= Steam mass flow (kg/h)
= Liquid volume flow (m 3 /h)
= Gas flow at standard conditions: 0C @ 1.013 bar a (m/h)
= Upstream pressure (bar absolute)
= Downstream pressure (bar absolute)
P1 - P 2
= (pressure drop factor)
P1
= Specific gravity
= Absolute average gas temperature (Kelvin = C + 273)
Selecting valve type and nominal diameter

Using the required maximum flowrate and smallest differential pressure P1 - P2 , calculate the required Kv from one of the adjacent
formulae. Select a valve whose Kv value is 30% greater than the calculated K v. The optimum working range of the selected valve should
4.6.39 ideally be within the range of 10 to 70% of its Kv.
You should also note the reduction ratio (inlet pressure P1 divided by outlet pressure P2). If this exceeds the quoted pressure reduction
ratio for the valve being considered the valve will not close.
Critical pressure drop: P2 0.58 P1
KV
P1
Steam
Non-critical pressure drop: P2 0.58 P1
KV
P1 2
KV
Gas P1 P2 P1 P2
KV
Liquid P1 P2
Steam Saturated 10 to 40 m / s Superheated 15 to 60 m / s
Recommended fluid velocities Gas up to 2 bar g 2 to 10 m / s above 2 bar g 5 to 40 m / s
Liquids 1 to 5 m / s
Control valves
Installation note:
Note that for use on steam, the spring housing must be below the pipework. A downstream pressure sensing pipe is also required.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " NPT SRV461S direct acting pressure reducing valve having a pressure range of 0.8 to 2.5 bar g.
Spare parts
Available spares
Diaphragm and 'O' ring kit 6, 7, 8, 9, 16
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model and pressure
range.
Example: 1 - Diaphragm and 'O' ring kit for a Spirax Sarco DN15 SRV463S direct acting pressure reducing valve with FEPM seat seal
and having a pressure range of 0.8 to 2.5 bar g.
9
4.6.40
16
8
7
Control valves
4.6.41
Control valves
TI-P205-01
CH Issue 10
DEP7
SG Iron
Excess Pressure Valve
Description
The DEP7 is an SG iron direct acting bellows sealed excess pressure valve. The standard version has an EPDM diaphragm limited to 125C
and is suitable for steam and water applications. Also available for oil applications is a Nitrile rubber diaphragm (suffix 'N' i.e. DEP7B1N
which is limited to 90C) .
signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for further details.
Standards
The products listed below comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark
when so required.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at
Available types:
DN15 to DN50 screwed connections and DN15 to DN100 flanged connections.
The DEP7 is also available in a choice of 6 pressure ranges (suffix 1 - 6): 4.6.42
Upstream pressure ranges:
Actuator Spring Pressure range (bar) PN
Range Valve type
type colour DN15 - DN40 DN50 - DN80 DN100 Rating
1 DEP7B1 11 or 11N Yellow 0.1 - 0.5 0.1 - 0.3 0.1 - 0.3 2.5
2 DEP7B2 12 or 12N Yellow 0.2 - 0.8 0.2 - 0.5 0.2 - 0.5 2.5
3 DEP7B3 13 or 13N Blue 0.5 - 1.7 0.4 - 1.3 0.4 - 1.0 6
4 DEP7B4 14 or 14N Blue 1.4 - 3.4 1.0 - 2.6 0.8 - 2.5 16
5 DEP7B5 15 or 15N Blue 3.2 - 7.5 2.3 - 5.5 2.3 - 5.0 25
6 DEP7B6 15 or 15N Red 7.0 - 16.0 5.0 - 15.0 4.0 - 10.0 25
Pressure / temperature limits Sizes and pipe connections

", ", 1", 1", 1" and 2"
Screwed: BSP (BS 21 parallel), NPT also available
A B C D DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100
Temperature C
Standard flanges: EN 1092 PN16 or PN25

Flanges available on request: ASME 150 and JIS
Steam
saturation
curve
Screwed Flanged
F " to 2" DN15 to DN100
G E

Pressure bar g

A-D-E Flanged EN 1092 PN25
A-C-G Flanged EN 1092 PN16
A-B-F Flanged ASME 150
Note: In the case of liquid service, this product is to be used only
on intermittent duty. Applications such as continuous pump
recirculation may cause valve and pipework damage due to
cavitation which is not covered under the terms of our warranty.
EPDM diaphragm 125C
Nitrile diaphragm 9 0C
Minimum operating temperature (ambient) 0C
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco Kvs values
DN15 - DN50 25 bar Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
DN65 - DN100 20 bar Kvs 3.4 6.5 11.4 16.4 24 40 58 92 145
Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should be
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g used for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required.
Page 1 of 8
Control valves
Materials
No. Part Material
DN15 to DN50 SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
1 Body
DN65 to DN100 SG iron ENG JS 400-18-LT
8 Bush DN25 to DN20 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
10 Balancing bellows assembly DN25 to DN100 AISI 316L
11 Balancing bellows gasket DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
DN15 to DN40 M10
DN80 and DN100 M16
15 Pillars Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
16 Pillars nuts Zinc plated steel BS 3693 Gr. 8
4.6.43 17
18
Spring adjuster
Spring(s)
Zinc plated cast iron
Chrome vanadium
DIN 1691 GG25
19 Bush (part of item 20) PTFE / steel composite

20 Sealing bellows assembly Stainless steel AISI 316L
22 Clamp nut DN25 to DN100 Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
25 Lock-nut Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
26 Spring plate Zinc plated steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
28 Setting nut Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
29 Bearing locator Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
30 Adjuster sleeve Zinc plated steel
31 Mounting plate (not shown) Zinc plated steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
32 Housing
Types 11(N) to 12(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 5.6
33 Housing screws
Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
34 Housing nuts
Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
35 Spindle guide Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
36 Diaphragm EPDM fabric reinforced or suffix 'N' Nitrile fabric reinforced
37 Hexagon headed bolt Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
40 Piston Zinc plated carbon steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
41 Spindle Zinc plated carbon steel BS 970 230 M07
42 Mounting nuts Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
43 Coupling Zinc plated steel
45 Self-locking nut DN25 to DN100 Zinc plated steel BS 1449 CR4
46 Washer Type 12(N) only Zinc plated steel BS 1449 CR4
47 Circlip Zinc plated steel
48 Spindle seal 'O' ring EPDM or suffix 'N' Nitrile
49 Bearing bush PTFE / steel composite
50 Housing seal 'O' ring EPDM or suffix 'N' Nitrile
51 Vent plug Plastic
52 Coupling clamp Zinc plated steel ASTM A216 Gr. WCB
53 Spring Spring steel BS 5216 Gr. M4
54 Clamp screw Zinc plated steel BS 4168 Gr. 12.9
TI-P205-01 CH Issue 10 DEP7 SG Iron Excess Pressure Valve Page 2 of 8

Control valves
6
44
8
4
16
3
45
5
7
15
11
12 9
16
DN15 to DN20
2
13
14
10
15
30
4.6.44
17
18 12
11
20
22
21 19
25
DN65 and DN100
28
54
53
52
27
26 29
31
41 49
47 39
50 43
35
34
48
33
40
36
38 51
37 32
DN25 to DN50
(Parts 42 and 46 are not shown)

Control valves
Sizing and selection for steam applications
The sizing chart below can be used to determine the Kv value of the valve for steam applications by
plotting:
- Upstream pressure.
- Maximum valve pressure drop.
- Maximum steam load.
Where the Kv value is known, the chart can be used to determine pressure drop across the valve for
any given flowrate.
Kv sizing example:
Maximum flowrate 1 500 kg/h
Upstream pressure 9 bar g (10 abs)
Maximum pressure drop 0.5 bar
Draw a horizontal line A - B at 10 abs.
At intersection with 0.5 pressure drop draw a vertical line C - D.
Draw a vertical line E - F at 1 500 kg/h.
At intersection G, read the required Kv = 28.
Valve size required DN50 having the next highest Kv of 40.
4.6.45 Example
line

A

Note: The sizing chart is empirical and should not be used for critical applications.

Control valves
Sizing and selection for water applications
The sizing chart below can be used to determine the Kv value of the valve for water applications by plotting:
- Maximum flowrate.
Where the Kv value is known, the chart can be used to determine pressure drop across the valve for any
given flowrate.
Kv sizing example:
Maximum flowrate 10 m 3/h.
Maximum allowable pressure drop 0.3 bar.
Draw a horizontal line A - B at 10 m 3/h.

Draw a vertical line C - D at 0.3 bar pressure drop.
At intersection E, read the required Kv = 19.
4.6.46
Example
line

A


Control valves
Spare parts for the DN15 and DN20 (" and ") valves
The spare parts available for sizes DN15 and DN20 valves are detailed below. No other parts for these sizes are supplied as spares.
Available spares
Coupling A
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows set Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and head seal. E, F, G, H
Control spring(s) I
Seat / head set Seat, seat gasket, head, bonnet gasket and head seal. J, K, L, G, H
Actuator spindle guide assembly Spindle guide, bearing bush, spindle seal 'O' ring, housing seal 'O' ring and circlip. P, R, S, T, V
How to order spares

Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DEP7B1 express pressure valve.
How to fit spares

K
4.6.47
J
L
H
G
F
P
R A
T
V
C B
DN15 and DN20

Control valves
Spare parts for the DN25 to DN100 (1" to 2") valves

Available spares
Coupling A
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows set Sealing bellows assembly and sealing bellows gasket E, F
Control spring(s) I
Seat/ head set DN25 to DN50 Seat, seat gasket, head, self-locking nut, head seal and bonnet gasket. J, K, L, W, H, G
Head set DN65 to DN100 Head, head seal, self-locking nut, bonnet gasket and balancing bellows gasket. L, H, W, G, M
Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, N, M, G, H, F
Balancing bellows set DN25 to DN50
bonnet gasket, head seal and sealing bellows gasket.
Balancing bellows assembly, balancing bellows gasket, N, M, G, H
Balancing bellows set DN65 to DN100
bonnet gasket and head seal.
Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, F, G, K, M
Gasket set DN25 to DN50
seat gasket and balancing bellows gasket.
Gasket set DN65 to DN100 Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and balancing bellows gasket. F, G, M
How to order spares

Example: 1 - Gasket set for a DN25 DEP7B1 excess pressure valve.

4.6.48
How to fit spares
W
L
H
R
V T
I
P A
E
S
D C B
DN25 to DN100

Control valves

Flanged Screwed Upstream pressure range
EN 1092 ASME BSP / NPT
Size PN25 150 1 2 3 4 5+6
A1 A1 A2 E B C B C B C B C B C
DN15 130 127 88 38 553 305 516 250 459 208 459 168 459 143
DN20 150 143 102 38 553 305 516 250 459 208 459 168 459 143
DN25 160 153 134 51 562 305 525 250 468 208 468 168 468 143
DN32 180 176 144 51 632 305 595 250 538 208 538 168 538 143
DN40 200 198 150 62 632 305 595 250 538 208 538 168 538 143
DN50 230 229 180 71 635 305 598 250 541 208 541 168 541 143
DN65 290 295 - - 635 305 598 250 541 208 541 168 541 143
DN80 310 314 - - 637 305 600 250 543 208 543 168 543 143
DN100 350 350 - - 744 305 707 250 650 208 650 168 650 143
DEP DEP
with flanged connections and with screwed connections and
Type 13 / 13N or 14 / 14N actuator Type 13 / 13N or 14 / 14N actuator
A1 A2 Type 11 / 11 or 12 / 12N
actuator arrangement
4.6.49
Type 15 / 15N
actuator arrangement

11 or 12 or 13 or 14 or 15 or
Actuator type
11N 12N 13N 14N 15N
Weight 12.6 6.5 4.0 2.6 2.7
Note: To calculate the total product weight add the valve and
C actuator weights together.

Valve weight (kg)

Yellow spring 12.1 12.8 15.7 20.3 22.3 25.5 33.7 38.3 62.3
Weight Blue spring 12.1 12.8 15.7 20.3 22.3 25.5 33.7 38.3 62.3
Red spring 13.6 14.3 17.2 21.8 23.8 27.0 35.4 40.0 64.9
Reduction for screwed body -1.7 -2.2 -2.2 -3.6 -3.9 -5.5 - - -

For full details see IM-S12-10 supplied with the product.
Installation note:
Caution: To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 series water seal pot must be installed in the upstream
pressure signal line to the actuator, refer to TI-S12-03 for details.
The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
For applications with upstream temperatures below 125C the valve can alternatively be mounted vertically upwards.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DEP7B3 direct acting pressure reducing valve having flanged PN25 connections.
Note: Add suffix 'N' if the Nitrile rubber diaphragm is required. i.e. DEP7B3N.

Control valves
4.6.50
Control valves
TI-P205-02
CH Issue 2
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 DEP7

ISO 9001
SG Iron Excess Pressure Valve
Materials of Construction
Technical information
For technical information see TI-P205-01.
6 12
44
8
1 11
DN15 and DN20 4 DN65 to DN100
3
45
5 7
4.6.51 11
9
12
16
2
13
14
10 15
30
20
17
18
24
23
22
21 19
25
28
53
54
52
27
26 29
31
41 49
47 39
50 43
35
34
48
33
40
36
DN25 to DN50 38 51
(Parts 42 and 46 not shown) 37 32
Control valves
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
6 Valve head screw Stainless steel BS 6105 A2
8,(9) Bush (Part No. 9, Bush; part of item 10) Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
11 Balancing bellows assembly gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Bonnet studs Steel DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8
14
DN15 to DN25 M10 x 30 mm, DN50 and DN65 M12 x 35 mm, DN32 and DN40 M10 x 35 mm, DN80 and DN100 M16 x 40 mm
15 Pillars Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
17 Spring adjuster Cast iron zinc plated DIN 1691 GG25
18 Spring(s) Chrome vanadium
19 Bearing (part of Item 20) PTFE / Steel composite
20 Sealing bellows assembly
DN15 and DN20
Stainless steel
Stainless steel 'S' type
AISI 316L
4.6.52
22 Clamp nut Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
23 Adaptor Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
24 Adaptor gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
25 Lock-nut Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
26 Spring plate Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
29 Bearing locator Steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
30 Adjuster sleeve Steel zinc plated
31 Mounting plate Steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
32 Housing
33 Housing bolts
Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Steel zinc plated DIN 267 Pt 13 Gr. 8.8
34 Housing nuts
Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Steel zinc plated DIN 267 Pt13 Gr. 8.8
36 Diaphragm EPDM fabric reinforced or sufx 'N' Nitrile fabric reinforced
40 Piston Carbon steel zinc plated BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
41 Spindle Carbon steel zinc plated BS 970 230 M07
42 Mounting nuts Steel zinc plated BS 3692 GR. 8
44 Thread insert (part of item 20) Stainless steel DTD 734
45 Self locking nut Steel zinc plated BS 1449 CR4
46 Washer Type 12 only Steel zinc plated BS 1449 CR4
47 Circlip Steel zinc plated
48 Spindle seal 'O' ring EPDM or Sufx 'N' Nitrile
49 Bearing PTFE /steel composite
50 Housing seal 'O' ring EPDM or sufx 'N' Nitrile
52 Coupling clamp Steel zinc plated ASTM A216 Gr. WCB
54 Clamp screw Steel zinc plated BS 4168 Gr. 12.9
DEP7 SG Iron Excess Pressure Valve Materials of Construction TI-P205-02 CH Issue 2

Control valves
4.6.53
Control valves
TI-P206-01
CH Issue 12
DEP4
Cast Steel
Excess Pressure Valve
Description
The DEP4 is a cast steel direct acting bellows sealed excess pressure valve. The standard version as an EPDM diaphragm (limited
to 125C) and is suitable for steam and water applications. Also available for oil applications is a Nitrile rubber diaphragm (suffix 'N'
i.e. DEP4B1N which is limited to 90C).
Note: To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 water seal pot must be installed in the downstream
pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 details.
Standards
The products listed below comply with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark
when so required.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report and a certifcate of conformity to EN 10204 3.1 as an optional extra.
Available types:
DN15 - DN100 flanged connections having 6 pressure ranges (suffix 1 - 6).
Upstream pressure ranges:
Actuator Spring Pressure range (bar) PN
4.6.54
Range Valve type
type colour DN15 - DN40 DN50 - DN80 DN100 Rating
1 DEP4B1 11 or 11N Yellow 0.1 - 0.5 0.1 - 0.3 0.1 - 0.3 2.5
2 DEP4B2 12 or 12N Yellow 0.2 - 0.8 0.2 - 0.5 0.2 - 0.5 2.5
3 DEP4B3 13 or 13N Blue 0.5 - 1.7 0.4 - 1.3 0.4 - 1.0 6
4 DEP4B4 14 or 14N Blue 1.4 - 3.4 1.0 - 2.6 0.8 - 2.5 16
5 DEP4B5 15 or 15N Blue 3.2 - 7.5 2.3 - 5.5 2.3 - 5.0 25
6 DEP4B6 15 or 15N Red 7.0 - 16.0 5.0 - 15.0 4.0 - 10.0 25

Standard flange: EN 1092 PN40
Flanges available on request: ASME 150, ASME 300 and JIS.

A B C
Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
E D

Pressure bar g
A-C-D Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME 300
A-B-E Flanged PN16
Note: In the case of liquid service, this product is to be used
only on intermittant duty. Applications such as continuous pump
recirculation may cause valve and pipework damage due to
cavitation which is not covered under the terms of our warranty.
EPDM diaphragm 125C
Nitrile diaphragm 90C
Minimum operating temperature (ambient) 0C
Kvs values
DN15 - DN50 25 bar
Maximum differential pressure Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
DN65 - DN100 20 bar
Kvs 3.4 6.5 11.4 16.4 24 40 58 92 145
Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 40 bar g be used for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required.
Page 1 of 8
Control valves
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast steel GP 240 GH
2 Bonnet Cast steel DIN 17245 GSC25
11 Balancing bellows gasket DN25 to DN100 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
DN15 to DN40 M10
DN80 and DN100 M16
15 Pillars Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
16 Pillar nuts Zinc plated steel BS 3693 Gr. 8
17 Spring adjuster Zinc plated cast iron DIN 1691 GG25
18 Spring(s) Chrome vanadium
4.6.55 19 Bearing bush (part of item 20) PTFE / steel composite
20 Sealing bellows assembly Stainless steel AISI 316L
22 Clamp nut DN25 to DN100 Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
25 Lock-nut Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
26 Spring plate Zinc plated steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
28 Setting nut Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
29 Bearing locator Zinc plated steel BS 970 230 M07
30 Adjuster sleeve Zinc plated steel
31 Mounting plate Zinc plated steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
32 Housing
33 Housing screws
Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Types 11(N) and 12(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 5.6
34 Housing nuts
Types 13(N), 14(N) and 15(N) Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
36 Diaphragm EPDM fabric reinforced or suffix 'N' Nitrile fabric reinforced
40 Piston Zinc plated carbon steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
41 Spindle Zinc plated carbon steel BS 970 230 M07
42 Mounting nuts Zinc plated steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
43 Coupling Zinc plated steel
45 Self-locking nut DN25 to DN100 Zinc plated steel BS 1449 CR4
46 Washer Type 12(N) only Zinc plated steel BS 1449 CR4
47 Cirlclip Zinc plated steel
48 Spindle seal 'O' ring EPDM or suffix 'N' Nitrile
49 Bearing bush PTFE / steel composite
50 Housing seal 'O' ring EPDM or suffix 'N' Nitrile
52 Coupling clamp Zinc plated steel ASTM A216 Gr. WCB
54 Clamp screw Zinc plated steel BS 4168 Gr. 12.9
55 Clamp plate DN65 to DN100 only Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
56 Clamp plate gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
TI-P206-01 CH Issue 12 DEP4 Cast Steel Excess Pressure Valve Page 2 of 8

Control valves
4
3 6
45
5 44
8
7
11 16
9
12 2
13 15
10 14
30
DN15 and DN20
17
18
20
4.6.56
22
21 19
25
28
52 53 12
54
11
27
41
26
29
49
47
31
42
43 50
35
48
34
33
51
DN65 to DN100
40 49 37 38 32 36
DN25 to DN50 (part 46 is not shown)

56
55

Control valves
Sizing and selection for steam applications
The sizing chart below can be used to determine the Kv value of the valve for steam applications by plotting:
- Upstream pressure.
- Maximum steam load.
given flowrate.
Kv sizing example:
Maximum flowrate 1 500 kg/h
Upstream pressure 9 bar g (10 abs)
Maximum pressure drop 0.5 bar
Draw a horizontal line A - B at 10 abs.
At intersection with 0.5 pressure drop draw a vertical line C - D.
Draw a vertical line E - F at 1 500 kg/h.
At intersection G, read the required Kv = 28.
4.6.57 Example
line

A


Control valves
Sizing and selection for water applications
The sizing chart below can be used to determine the Kv value of the valve for water applications by plotting:
- Maximum flowrate.
given flowrate.
Kv sizing example:
Maximum flowrate 10 m 3/h.
Maximum allowable pressure drop 0.3 bar.
Draw a horizontal line A - B at 10 m 3/h.

Draw a vertical line C - D at 0.3 bar pressure drop.
At intersection E, read the required Kv = 19.
4.6.58
Example
line

A


Control valves
Spare parts for the DN15 and DN20 valves

Available spares
Coupling A
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows set Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket and head seal. E, F, G, H
Control spring(s) I
Seat / head set Seat, seat gasket, head, bonnet gasket and head seal. J, K, L, G, H
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed Available spares and state the size and type of valve.
Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DEP4B1 express pressure valve.
How to fit spares

4.6.59 K J
L
H
G
I S R
A
Y V
T
F
C B
DN15 and DN20

Control valves

The spare parts available for sizes DN25 to DN100 valves are
detailed below. No other parts for these sizes are supplied as
spares. W
K
Available spares J
L
Coupling A H
Diaphragm set B, C G
Diaphragm and sealing washer.
Needle bearing D M
Sealing bellows set E, F, X
Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket: N
- Clamp plate gasket DN65 to DN100.
Control spring(s) I
Seat/head set DN25 to DN50 J, K, L, W, H, G
Seat, seat gasket, head, self-locking nut,
head seal and bonnet gasket.
Head set DN65 to DN100 L, H, W, G, M I
Head, head seal, self-locking nut, bonnet gasket E
and balancing bellows gasket.
Balancing bellows set DN25 to DN50 N, M, G, H, F
bonnet gasket, head seal, sealing bellows gasket. F
Balancing bellows set DN65 to DN100 N, M, G, H
bonnet gasket and head seal.
Gasket set DN25 to DN50
Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, seat gasket,
F, G, K, M 4.6.60
balancing bellows gasket.
Gasket set DN65 to DN100 F, G, M, X D
Sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket, R
balancing bellows gasket and clamp plate gasket.
P
Actuator spindle guide assembly P, R, S, T, V V T
Spindle guide, bearing bush, spindle seal 'O' ring, A
housing seal 'O' ring and circlip. S
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column C
headed Available spares and state the size and type of valve. B
Example: 1 - Gasket set for a DN25 DEP4B1 excess pressure valve.
DN25 to DN50
How to fit spares
For full fitting instructions see the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions supplied with the spare(s).
L W
H
G
I
E
X
F F
DN65 to DN100 R
V T
A
P S
C B
DN65 to DN100

Control valves

Flanged Downstream pressure range
EN 1092 ASME ASME
Size PN40 300 150 1 2 3 4 5+6
A1 A1 A1 B C B C B C B C B C
DN15 130 130 127 553 305 516 250 459 208 459 168 459 143
DN20 150 150 143 553 305 516 250 459 208 459 168 459 143
DN25 160 162 153 562 305 525 250 468 208 458 168 468 143
DN32 180 181 176 632 305 595 250 538 208 538 168 538 143
DN40 200 203 198 632 305 595 250 538 208 538 168 538 143
DN50 230 233 229 635 305 598 250 541 208 541 168 541 143
DN65 290 297 295 635 305 598 250 541 208 541 168 541 143
DN80 310 319 314 637 305 600 250 543 208 543 168 543 143
DN100 350 366 350 744 305 707 250 650 208 650 168 650 143
DEP with Type 13 / 13N or Type 14 / 14 actuator
A1
4.6.61
Type 11 / 11N and 12 / 12N Type 15 / 15N

actuator arrangement actuator arrangement
C
Valve weight (kg)
Yellow spring 11.6 13.3 16.7 21.4 23.7 26.3 37.7 46.0 69.8
Weight Blue spring 11.6 13.3 16.7 21.4 23.7 26.3 37.7 46.0 69.8
Red spring 13.6 14.8 18.2 22.9 25.2 27.8 39.4 47.7 72.5

Actuator type 1 or 1N 2 or 2N 3 or 3N 4 or 4N 5 or 5N Note:
To calculate the total product weight add the
Weight 12.3 6.5 4.0 2.6 2.7 valve and actuator weights together.
Installation note:
Caution - To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 series water seal pot must be installed in the upstream
pressure signal line to the actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details.
The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the
valve body. For applications with downstream temperatures below 125C the valve can alternatively be mounted vertically upwards.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 DEP4B3 direct acting excess pressure valve having flanged PN40 connections.
Note: Add suffix 'N' if the Nitrile rubber diaphragm is required. i.e. DEP4B3N.

Control valves
TI-S12-03
CH Issue 5

ISO 9001
WS4
Water Seal Pot
Description
To be used in conjunction with the DRV or DEP direct acting A
pressure control valves when process temperature exceeds the
maximum operating temperature of the actuator.
For applications where there is rapid fluctuation of pressures or 2
loads the WS4-3 is recommended.
Available types
WS4 The WS4 is for normal applications up to a volume of 1 litre.
The WS4-3 has a larger 3 litre volume and is recommended 4
WS4-3
where there is rapid fluctuation of pressure or load.
B
WS4
BSP Male BS 21
4.6.62
"
Screwed WS4 1
NPT Male "
Inlet " BSP Male BS 21 3

Screwed WS4-3
" NPT Male
WS4 DN10
Butt weld
WS4-3 DN15
"
BSP Female BS 21 with 8 mm
Outlet Screwed compression fitting.

Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve
B
WS4-3

Pressure bar g

for saturated steam service 21 bar g
Minimum operating temperature 0C A
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
A B Weight
Materials WS4 127 157 1.6
No. Part Material WS4-3 127 365 5.4
1 Housing Carbon steel DIN 1614 St W24

2 Connector Steel
Available spare
Part No. 3 - Coupling
4 Plug Steel How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " WS4 water seal pot having screwed
5 Tube Carbon steel DIN 1629 St 52 BSP connections.
Control valves
4.6.63
Control valves

TI-P006-01
CH Issue 13
DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y

Pilot Operated
Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies
Description
The DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y pilot operated pressure reducing valves have been manufactured using cast steel.
DP143 Suitable for steam applications
Is a soft seal version available for compressed air and inert industrial gases. Note: It is not recommended
DP143G
Available types for oxygen service.
DP143H Is a high temperature version for use up to 350 C.
DP143Y Having a lower rate pressure control spring, making it suitable for steriliser/autoclave applications

DN15LC - Low Capacity version, DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50 and DN80.
4.6.64
Standard flanges: EN 1092 PN40, BS 10 Table 'J' and ANSI 300.
Available on request: ANSI 150 and JIS 20.
Kv values
The Kv maximum values shown below are full capacities and should be used for safety
valve sizing purposes only.
DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80

1.0 2.8 5.5 8.1 12.0 17.0 28.0 64.0
For conversion:
C v (UK) = Kv x 0.963
C v (US) = Kv x 1.156
Note: Where the internal balance pipe is used the valve capacity will be reduced.
Page 1 of 9
Page 1 of 7
Control valves
A B D

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
F
C G E

bar g
Pressure
Due to the material strength of the main diaphragm chamber the product must not be used in this region.
Use the high temperature DP143H version in this region.
A-D-E Flanged EN 1092, PN40, ANSI 300 and BS 10 Table J.
A-B-C Flanged ANSI 150.
F-G DP143G limited to 120 C @ 26 bar g.
Note: Two colour coded pressure adjustment springs are available for the following downstream pressure ranges:
Red 0.2 bar g to 17 bar g
Grey 16.0 bar g to 24 bar g
4.6.65 Yellow 0.2 to 3.0 bar g (DP143Y only)
A-B-C 18.9 bar g @ 20 C

A-D-E Limited to 26 bar g
A-D-E 26 bar g
Maximum upstream pressure for saturated steam service
A-B-C 14 bar g
DP143 300 C @ 26 bar g
Maximum operating temperature DP143G 120 C @ 26 bar g
DP143H 350 C @ 24 bar g

0 C
A-D-E 26 bar
A-B-C 14 bar
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed: 40 bar g
DP143, DP143G, DP143H and DP143Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with Cast Steel Bodies
Control valves
DN15 to DN50 1
For DN15 to DN50, parts 22 to 30, see page 4
2 For DN80 parts, see page 4

3
4
5
12
8
7
9
10
11
19 21
13
15
14
16
17
18
20
4.6.66
Materials
1 Adjustment screw Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 Pilot valve and seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
13
2 Adjustment lock-nut Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 unit DP143G is stainless steel/nitrile
3 Washer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 14 Internal strainer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
4 Spring housing Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25 Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated
15 Body gasket
graphite
5 Top spring plate Stainless steel BS 970 220 Mo7
Main valve return
Pressure adjustment 16 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S16
6 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S25 spring
spring
Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
7 Bottom spring plate Steel BS 970 220 Mo7 17 Main valve
DP143G is stainless steel/nitrile
Securing
Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
nuts Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Spring 18 Main valve seat
8
housing Securing Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 DP143G is stainless steel/nitrile
studs DN15 to DN80 M10 x 30 mm Balance pipe
19 Stainless steel BS 3605 304 S14
assembly
9 Pilot diaphragm Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S31
20 Main valve body Cast steel DIN 172 45 GS C25
Steel
Securing
10 Pilot valve housing DN15 to DN50 DIN 17245 GS C25 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
nuts
DN80 GP 240 GH+N
Pilot valve
11 Pilot valve plunger Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 21
housing Securing DN15 and DN20 M10 x 25 mm
12 Spring housing cover Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S12 studs DN25 to DN50 M12 x 30 mm
DN80 M12 x 40 mm
Control valves
DN15 to DN50 DN80
45
4.6.67 46
26
27
30
25 23
24
22
28
Materials
Main diaphragm Body studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
22 Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25
chamber
45 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
Securing Body nuts
Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 DN15 to DN80 M12 x 40 mm
nuts
Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 Upper main diaphragm
46 Cast steel 1.0619+N
chamber
Main DN15 and DN20 M12 x 50 mm
23
diaphragm Securing
DN25 and DN32 M12 x 60 mm
bolts
DN80 M12 x 80 mm
Stainless
24 Main diaphragms BS 1449 316 S31
steel
Stainless
25 Main diaphragm plate BS 970 431 S29
steel
Stainless
26 Push rod BS 970 431 S29
steel
Stainless
27 Control pipe assembly BS 3605 304 S14
steel
28 Plug " BSP Steel
29 Pressure pipe union Steel
30 Lock-nut Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 For DN15 to DN50, parts 1 to 21, see page 3
Control valves
4.6.68
EN 1092 ANSI 300 ANSI 150 BS 10 Table J

PN40
Sizes A A A A B D E F Weight
DN15 LC 130 130 122 130 175 405 277 128 15
DN15 130 130 122 130 175 405 277 128 15
DN20 150 150 142 150 175 405 277 128 16
DN25 160 160 156 164 216 440 288 152 23
DN32 180 183 176 184 216 440 288 152 25
DN40 200 209 200 209 280 490 305 185 40
DN50 230 236 230 243 280 490 305 185 42
DN80 310 319 310 325 350 580 322 258 103
Control valves
Steam capacities chart

Downstream pressure bar

4.6.69

Upstream pressure bar
DN15LC
DN15
DN20

Capacity kg/h
DN25
DN32
DN40
DN50
DN80
Note
The capacities quoted above are based on valves fitted with an external pressure sensing pipe. Reliance on the internal balance pipe
will mean that capacities may be reduced. In the case of low downstream pressure this reduction could be up to 30% of the valve
capacity.

Saturated steam
A valve is required to pass 600 kg/h reducing from 6 bar to 4 bar. Find the point at which the curved 6 bar upstream pressure line
crosses the horizontal 4 bar downstream pressure line. A perpendicular dropped from this point gives the capacities of all DP sizes
under these conditions. A DN32 valve, is the smallest size which will carry the required load.
Superheated steam
Because of the higher specific volume of superheated steam a correction factor must be applied to the figure obtained from the chart
above. For 55 C of superheat the factor is 0.95 and for 100 C of superheat the factor is 0.9.
Using the example given for saturated steam, the DN32 valve would pass 740 x 0.95 = 703 kg/h if the steam had 55 C of superheat.
It is still big enough to pass the required load of 600 kg/h.
Control valves
Compressed air capacities chart


4.6.70

DN15LC
DN15

Capacity dm 3 /s free air
DN20
DN25
DN32
DN40
DN50
DN80

Capacities are given in cubic decimetres of free air per second (dm 3 /s). The use of the capacity chart can be best explained by an
example. Required, a valve to pass 100 dm 3 /s of free air reducing from 12 bar to 8 bar.
Find the point at which the curved 12 bar upstream pressure line crosses the horizontal 8 bar downstream pressure line. A perpendicular
dropped from this point shows that whereas a DN15LC valve will only pass 57 dm 3 /s and is therefore not large enough, a DN15 valve
will pass approximately 120 dm 3 /s under these conditions and is the correct valve size to choose.

Installation note:
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 DP143 pilot operated pressure reducing valve fitted with a red pressure adjustment spring and
Control valves
Spare parts
Available spares
Maintenance kit
A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked*
* Pilot diaphragm (2 off) B
Pilot valve seal assembly C
* Pilot valve and plunger assembly D, E
Main valve assembly F, H
* Main valve return spring G
Red DP143, DP143G, DP143H 0.2 to 17 bar
Pressure adjustment spring J
Grey DP143, DP143G, DP143H 16 to 24 bar
Control pipe assembly K
Balance pipe assembly M, N
* Body gasket (packet of 3) O
* Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) P
* Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) Q
(set of 10) DN15 and DN20
Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts R
4.6.71 Set of main body studs and nuts (DN80)

(set of 20)
(set of 6)
DN80
T
Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly V, W, X
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of pressure
reducing valve.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DP143 pressure reducing valve.
How to fit. See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the pressure reducing valve. Further copies are available
on request.
The following table shows how in certain sizes some parts are interchangeable. For example in the line headed 'Main diaphragm' the
diaphragm used in the following sizes: DN15LC, DN15 and DN20 is common to these sizes by the letter 'a'. The letter 'b' indicates that
sizes DN25 and DN32 use one common diaphragm.
Some parts, particularly pilot and main valve assemblies are specific to particular models e.g. DP143G Interchangeability is therefore
restricted to model type for some parts.
Please note for storage purposes: The spare parts marked are not the same material as those for the DP163, consequently they
may not be compatible for interchangeability.
**
Size DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80
Main diaphragm a a a b b c c d
Pilot diaphragm a a a a a a a a
Pilot valve seal assembly a a a a a a a a
Pilot valve and plunger assembly a a a a a a a a
Main valve assembly a b c d e f g h
Main valve return spring a a a b b c c d
Pressure adjustment spring a a a a a a a a
Control pipe assembly a a b c d e f g
Balance pipe assembly a a b c d e f g
Body gasket a a a b b c c d
Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts a a a a a a a a
Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts a a a b b c c d
Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts a a a b b c c d
Set of main body studs and nuts a
** Not available for the DP143G
Control valves
P
V
M
K
O
E W
X
P
G
A
4.6.72
F
B R
arrangement of main diaphragm chamber DN80 size only.
Control valves
4.6.73
Control valves
Page 1 of 7
valves
TI-P107-01
CH Issue 10
DP163, DP163G and DP163Y

Pilot Operated
ISO 9001
Pressure Reducing Valves with Stainless Steel Bodies

Description
The DP163, DP163G and DP163Y pilot operated pressure reducing valves have been manufactured using stainless steel.
Available types
DP163 Suitable for steam applications
DP163G Is a soft seal version available for compressed air and inert industrial gases. Note: It is not recommended for oxygen service.
DP163Y Having a lower rate pressure control spring is suitable for steriliser / autoclave applications
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when
so required.
Certification
order placement.

4.6.74
Standard flanges: EN 1092 PN25 and PN40, BS 10 Table 'J' and ASME (ANSI) 300.
Available on request: ASME (ANSI) 150 and JIS 20.
Pressure / temperature limits Kv values

D The Kv maximum values shown below are full capacities and
should be used for safety valve sizing purposes only.
A B
Temperature C
Steam DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80

saturation
curve 1.0 2.8 5.5 8.1 12.0 17.0 28.0 64.0
F
Note: Where the internal balance pipe is used the valve capacity
C G E will be reduced.

Pressure bar g

A-D-E Flanged EN 1092 PN40, BS 10 Table J and
ASME (ANSI) 300.
A-B-C Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150.
F-G DP163G limited to 120C @ 26 bar g.
Note: Two colour coded pressure adjustment springs are
available for the following downstream pressure ranges:
Yellow 0.2 bar g to 3.0 bar g (DP163Y only)
A-D-E
36.4 bar g @ 20C
A-B-C
18.9 bar g @ 20C
Maximum upstream pressure A-D-E 25 bar g
for saturated steam service A-B-C 14 bar g
A-D-E 250C @ 24 bar g
A-B-C 250C @ 12.1 bar g
A-D-E 25 bar g
A-B-C 14 bar g
Page 1 of 7
Control valves
Page 2 of 7
valves
Materials 1 DN15 to DN50

No. Part Material
2
1 Adjustment screw Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80
3
2 Adjustment lock-nut Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 4
3 Washer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 5
4 Spring housing Stainless steel DIN 3100 316 C12
5 Top spring plate Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 6
Pressure adjustment
6 Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S25 12
spring
7 Bottom spring plate Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Spring Securing nuts Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 8
8
housing Securing studs Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 7
DN15 to DN50 M10 x 30 mm 9
10
9 Pilot diaphragm Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S31 29
External 11
10 Pilot valve housing Stainless steel BS 3100 316 C12 downstream 21
11 Pilot valve plunger Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 pressure sensing
pipe union 13
12 Spring housing cover Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S12
15
13 Pilot valve and seat unit Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 14
14 Internal strainer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
19 16
15 Body gasket Internal 17
exfoliated graphite
balance 18
16 Main valve return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S25 pipe
17 Main valve Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 20
4.6.75 18 Main valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29

19 Balance pipe assembly Stainless steel BS 3605 304 S14 26
20 Main valve body Stainless steel BS 3100 316 C12
Securing nuts Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 27
21 Pilot valve
housing Securing studs Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80 30
DN25 to DN50 M12 x 30 mm 25 23
DN80 M12 x 40 mm 24
Main diaphragm Cast 22
22
chamber Stainless steel BS 3100 316 C12
Main Securing nuts Stainless steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
23 28
diaphragm Securing bolts Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80
DN25 and DN32 M12 x 60 mm DN80
DN80 M12 x 80 mm
24 Main diaphragms Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S31
25 Main diaphragm plate Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
26 Pushrod Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
27 Control pipe assembly Stainless steel BS 3605 304 S14
28 Plug " BSP Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
29 Pressure pipe union Stainless steel BS 970 316 S31
30 Lock-nut Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80
Body nuts Stainless steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
45
Body studs Stainless steel BS 6105 A4/80
DN80 only M12 x 40 mm
Upper main
46 Stainless steel BS 3100 316 C12
diaphragm chamber
45
46

Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valve with Stainless Steel Bodies TI-P107-01 CH Issue 10
Page 2 of 7
Control valves
Page 3 of 7
valves
4.6.76
EN 1092 PN40 ASME 300 ASME 150 BS 10 Table J

DN15 LC 130 130 122 130 175 405 277 128 15
DN15 130 130 122 130 175 405 277 128 15
DN20 150 150 142 150 175 405 277 128 16
DN25 160 160 156 164 216 440 288 152 23
DN32 180 183 176 184 216 440 288 152 25
DN40 200 209 200 209 280 490 305 185 40
DN50 230 236 230 243 280 490 305 185 42
DN80 310 319 310 325 350 580 322 258 103

Page 3 of 7
Control valves
Page 4 of 7
valves

4.6.77

DN15LC
DN15
DN20
Capacity kg / h
DN25
DN32
DN40
DN50
DN80
Note
will mean that capacities may be reduced. In the case of low downstream pressure this reduction could be up to 30% of the valve
capacity.

Saturated steam
Superheated steam
above. For 55C of superheat the factor is 0.95 and for 100C of superheat the factor is 0.9.
Using the example given for saturated steam, the DN32 valve would pass 740 x 0.95 = 703 kg/h if the steam had 55C of superheat.

Page 4 of 7
Control valves
Page 5 of 7
valves

4.6.78

DN15LC
DN15
Capacity dm3 /s free air
DN20
DN25
DN32
DN40
DN50
DN80

Capacities are given in cubic decimetres of free air per second (dm 3 /s). The use of the capacity chart can be best explained by an example.
Required, a valve to pass 100 dm 3 /s of free air reducing from 12 bar to 8 bar.
dropped from this point shows that whereas a DN15LC valve will only pass 57 dm 3 /s and is therefore not large enough, a DN15 valve will
pass approximately 120 dm 3 /s under these conditions and is the correct valve size to choose.

Installation note:
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 DP163 pilot operated pressure reducing valve fitted with a red pressure adjustment spring and

Page 5 of 7
Control valves
Page 6 of 7
valves
Spare parts
Available spares
Maintenance kit
Red DP163 and DP163G 0.2 to 17 bar
Pressure adjustment spring Grey DP163 and DP163G 16 to 21 bar J
Yellow DP163Y and DP163G 0.2 to 3 bar
* Control pipe assembly K
* Balance pipe assembly M, N
Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) P
Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) Q
Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts (set of 12) DN25 and DN32 R
4.6.79
(set of 20) DN80
Set of main body studs and nuts (DN80) (set of 6) T
Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly V
How to order spares

reducing valve.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DP163 pressure reducing valve.
How to fit - See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the pressure reducing valve. Further copies are available
on request.
diaphragm used in the following sizes: DN15LC, DN15 and DN20 is common to these sizes by the letter 'a'. The letter 'b' indicates that sizes
DN25 and DN32 use one common diaphragm.
Some parts, particularly pilot and main valve assemblies are specific to particular models e.g 'DP163G'. Interchangeability is therefore
Please note for storage purposes: The spare parts marked are not of the same material as those for the DP143, consequently they
are not compatible for interchangeability.
**
Size
Balance pipe assembly a a b c d e f g
** Not available for the DP163G

Page 6 of 7
Control valves
Page 7 of 7
valves
P
V
M
K
O
P 4.6.80
G
A
F
B R
Arrangement of main diaphragm chamber DN80 size only.

Page 7 of 7
Control valves
4.6.81
Control valves
Page 1 of 7
valves
TI-P004-01
CH Issue 6
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 SDP143

ISO 9001
Pilot Operated
Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body
Description
The SDP143 is a cast steel pilot operated pressure surplussing valve suitable for steam, air and industrial gasses (Note: It is not suitable
for oxygen service). The SDP143 controls by sensing the upstream pressure through a pressure sensing pipe taken from the union 29
which is clearly identified on page 2.

Flanged to EN 1092 PN40, BS 10 Table 'J', ANSI 300 and ANSI 150.
Pressure / temperature limits Kv values

The Kv maximum values shown below are full capacities and
A B D
should be used for safety valve sizing purposes only.
4.6.82
Temperature C

1.0 2.8 5.5 8.1 12.0 17.0 28.0 64.0
Steam
saturation For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156
curve
C E

Pressure bar g
Due to the material strength of the main diaphragm

chamber the product must not be used in this region.
A-D-E Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ANSI 300 and BS 10 Table J.

A-B-C Flanged ANSI 150.
Note: Two colour coded pressure adjustment springs are
available for the following downstream pressure ranges:
A-B-C
17.2 bar g @ 40C
A-D-E
Limited to 26 bar g
Maximum upstream pressure A-D-E 26 bar g
for saturated steam service A-B-C 14 bar g
A-D-E 26 bar
A-B-C 14 bar
Page 1 of 7
Control valves
Page 2 of 7
valves
1 DN15 to DN50
2
3
4
Arrangement of main valve
5 assembly as used in sizes
DN40 and DN50.
6
DN80
12
8
29 13
16
7
9 17
10
11
21
13
15
14
16
17
18
4.6.83
20
26
27
30 45
23 46
25
24
22
28
Materials
1 Adjustment screw Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8 20 Main valve body Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25
2 Adjustment lock-nut Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8 Securing nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
21 Pilot valve
3 'C' washer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 housing Securing studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
4 Spring housing Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25 DN15 and DN20 M10 x 25 mm
DN25 to DN50 M12 x 30 mm
5 Top spring plate Steel BS 970 220 Mo7
DN80 M12 x 40 mm
Pressure adjustment
6 Stainless steel BS 2056302 S25 22 Main diaphragm chamber Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25
spring
Securing nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr.8
7 Bottom spring plate Steel BS 970 220 Mo7 23 Main
diaphragm Securing bolts Steel BS 4882 Gr. 2H
Spring Securing nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
8 DN15 and DN20 M12 x 50 mm
housing Securing studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8 DN25 and DN32 M12 x 60 mm
DN15 to DN80 M10 x 30 mm DN40 and DN50 M12 x 65 mm
9 Pilot diaphragm Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S31 DN80 M12 x 80 mm
Steel DIN 17245 GS C25 24 Main diaphragms Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S31
10 Pilot valve housing
GP 240 GH + N 25 Main diaphragm plate Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
11 Pilot valve plunger Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 26 Pushrod Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
12 Spring housing cover Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S12 27 Control pipe assembly Stainless steel BS 3605 304 S14
13 Pilot valve and seat unit Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 28 Plug "BSP Steel
14 Internal strainer Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16 29 Pressure pipe union Steel
Stainless steel reinforced 30 Lock-nut Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
15 Body gasket
exfoliated graphite
Body studs Steel BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
16 Main valve return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S25 45
Body nuts M12 x 40 mm Steel BS 3692 Gr. 2H
17 Main valve Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Upper main
18 Main valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29 46 Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25
diaphragm chamber
SDP143 Pilot Operated Pressure Surplussing Valve with Cast Steel Body TI-P004-01 CH Issue 6
Page 2 of 7
Control valves
Page 3 of 7
valves
4.6.84
EN 1092 PN40 ANSI 300 ANSI 150 BS 10 Table J

DN15LC 130 130 122 130 175 405 277 128 15
DN15 130 130 122 130 175 405 277 128 15
DN20 150 150 142 150 175 405 277 128 16
DN25 160 160 156 164 216 440 288 152 23
DN32 180 183 176 184 216 440 288 152 25
DN40 200 209 200 209 280 490 305 185 40
DN50 230 236 230 243 280 490 305 185 42
DN80 310 319 310 325 350 580 322 258 103
Page 3 of 7
Control valves
Page 4 of 7
valves

4.6.85

DN15LC
DN15
DN20
DN25
Capacity kg / h
DN32
DN40
DN50
DN80

Saturated steam
Superheated steam
above. For 55C of superheat the factor is 0.95 and for 100C of superheat the factor is 0.9.
Using the example given for saturated steam, the DN32 valve would pass 740 x 0.95 = 703 kg/h if the steam had 55C of superheat.
Page 4 of 7
Control valves
Page 5 of 7
valves

4.6.86

DN15LC
DN15
DN20
Capacity dm3 /s free air
DN25
DN32
DN40
DN50
DN80

Capacities are given in cubic decimetres of free air per second (dm3/s). The use of the capacity chart can be best explained by an example.
Required, a valve to pass 100 dm3/s of free air reducing from 12 bar to 8 bar.
dropped from this point shows that whereas a DN15LC valve will only pass 57 dm3/s and is therefore not large enough, a DN15 valve will
pass approximately 120 dm3/s under these conditions and is the correct valve size to choose.

Installation note:
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 SDP143 pilot operated pressure surplussing valve fitted with a red pressure adjustment spring and
Page 5 of 7
Control valves
Page 6 of 7
valves
Spare parts
Available spares
Maintenance kit
Red 0.2 to 17 bar
Pressure adjustment spring J
Grey 16 to 24 bar
* Control pipe assembly K
Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) P
Set of pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) Q
Set of diaphragm chamber securing bolts and nuts (set of 12) DN25 and DN32 R
(set of 20) DN80
Set of main body studs and nuts (DN80) (set of 6) T
Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly V, W, X
4.6.87
How to order spares
reducing valve.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN15 SDP143 pilot operated pressure surplussing valve.
How to fit. See Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the pressure reducing valve. Further copies are available on request.
diaphragm used in the following sizes: DN15LC, DN15 and DN20 is common to these sizes by the letter 'a'. The letter 'b' indicates that
sizes DN25 and DN32 use one common diaphragm.
Some parts, particularly pilot and main valve assemblies are specific to particular models e.g 'SDP' 'G'. Interchangeability is therefore
Please note for storage purposes: The spare parts marked are not of the same material as those for the DP143 and DP163,
consequently, they are not compatible for interchangeability.
Size DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN80

Page 6 of 7
Control valves
Page 7 of 7
valves
P
V
K
O
E
W
P X
G 4.6.88
A
F
B R
Arrangement of main diaphragm chamber DN80 size only.
Page 7 of 7
Control valves
TI-P186-08
CH Issue 11
SRV66
Sanitary Pressure Reducing Valve
Description 4
The SRV66 is an angle pattern self-draining sanitary pressure
regulating valve of all 316 type stainless steel construction suitable
for use on steam, water and inert industrial gases. It is available
with hygienic sanitary clamp compatible connections to ISO 2852,
requires no external pressure sensing line and has clean in place (CIP)
and sterilise in place (SIP) capability.
6
Typical applications include: Clean steam, gas and liquid supplies
to bioreactors, centrifuges, freeze dryers, sterilisers, autoclaves,
process tanks, humidifiers and culinary equipment.
Valve tightness 5
Valve tightness is in accordance with VDI / VDE guideline 2174
(leakage rate < 0.5% of Kvs value).
4.6.89 Standard surface finish and cleaning

3
Internal wetted parts - Ra < 3.2 m ultrasonically cleaned.

Available options, supplied on request at extra cost: 10
For food, pharmaceutical and superclean 12 7
Polished version applications with surface roughness:
9
Ra 0.25, 0.4 or 0.8 m
Viton (FEPM) Elastomer soft seat
Aseptic 8
2 11
ASME BPE clamp
1
Special connections ASME or JIS flanges
NPT screwed
Welding spigots
Note: Other connections / constructions are available upon request
Oil and grease free
FDA approved diaphragm material
Certification options
The following are available at an additional cost :
- FDA approval for wetted parts.
- USP class IV approval for wetted parts.
- Surface roughness certificate for wetted surfaces.
- Confirmation that the parts in this product contain only
animal-free derivatives.
These items are subject to quotation and must be specified when Materials
ordering. No. Part Material
1 Body (integral seat) Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L)
DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 2 Main valve Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L)
ISO 2852 sanitary clamp compatible. 3 Spring housing Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L)
4 Adjustment screw Stainless steel BS 6105 A4 70
Pressure / temperature limits 5 Spring Stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
See overleaf 6 Spring clip Stainless steel 1.4301 (304)
7 Diaphragm nut Stainless steel BS 6105 A4 70
8 Diaphragm plate Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L)
9 'V' band clamp Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L)
10 Diaphragm FPM (Viton) / PTFE
11 'O' ring PTFE
12 'V' band clamp screw Stainless steel BS 6105 A4 70
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits Sizing

The required Kv can be calculated from the following formulae:

where:
Temperature C
= Steam mass flow (kg/h)

Steam
saturation = Gas flow at standard conditions: 0C @ 1.013 bar a (m 3 /h)
curve P1 = Upstream pressure (bar absolute)

P2 = Downstream pressure (bar absolute)

Pressure bar g P1 - P2
c = (pressure drop factor)
The product must not be used in this region. P1
S = Specific gravity
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. T = Absolute average gas temperature (Kelvin = C + 273)
Inlet PN10
Steam Critical pressure drop: P2 0.58 P1
Outlet see 'Pressure setting range' below
Maximum design pressure 9.5 bar @ 50C
Maximum design temperature 300C @ 5.8 bar
Non-critical pressure drop: P2 0.58 P1
Maximum operating temperature 180C
Maximum operating pressure (inlet) 8 bar g
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 15.2 bar g Gas
Pressure setting range
Size DN15 - DN50
4.6.90
Inlet / outlet rating PN10 / PN2.5 PN10 / PN6 PN10 / PN10 Liquid
Spring range 0.3 - 1.1 bar g 0.8 - 2.5 bar g 1.0 - 5.0 bar g
Maximum permitted outlet pressure = 1.5 times set pressure
Kv values Calculating the Kv and selecting a suitable valve

To maximise the control accuracy (especially for large load
variations) use the Kv values given at 20% offset. For safety valve Using your maximum flowrate and smallest differential pressure
sizing use the maximum Kv values. (P1 P2), calculate the required Kv from one of the above formulae.
Select a valve Kv that is 30% greater than the calculated Kv. The
Valve size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 optimum working range of the selected valve should ideally be
within the range of 10 to 70% of its Kv.
Kv at 20% offset 2.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.2
Maximum Kv 2.6 3.9 4.6 5.2 5.9 6.8 Recommended fluid velocities
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.93 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 Saturated 10 to 40 m/s

Steam
Superheated 15 to 60 m/s
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg up to 2 bar g 2 to 10 m/s
Gas
B above 2 bar g 5 to 40 m/s
Liquids 1 to 5 m/s

C Installation note:
The SRV66 should always be fitted with the inlet vertical and the
spring housing directly above the valve.

1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 SRV66 direct acting sanitary pressure
reducing valve having a pressure range of 1 5 bar g a
PN10 / PN6 rating, FPM diaphragm and ISO 2852 sanitary clamp
compatible connections.
A
Spare parts
supplied as spares.
A
Available spares
Pressure range Size A B C Weight Diaphragm and 'O' ring 10, 11
DN15 - DN25 90 138 200 2.0
1.0 to 5.0 bar
and DN32 - DN40 120 138 200 2.5 How to order spares
0.8 to 2.5 bar Always order spares by using the description given in the column
DN50 120 138 200 3.0 headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model and pressure
DN15 - DN25 120 200 200 3.0 range.
0.3 to 1.1 bar DN32 - DN40 120 200 200 3.5 Example: 1 - Diaphragm and 'O' ring for a Spirax Sarco DN25
SRV66 direct acting pressure reducing valve having a pressure
DN50 120 200 200 4.0 range of 1 - 5 bar, a PN10 / PN6 rating and an FPM diaphragm.
TI-P186-08 CH Issue 11 SRV66 Sanitary Pressure Reducing Valve

Control valves
TI-P186-10
CH Issue 3
SRV66HC
High Capacity
Sanitary Pressure Reducing Valve
Description
The SRV66HC all stainless steel sanitary pressure reducing valve
is a double seated, high capacity, spring loaded proportional 20
control valve which also benefits from having a quick release body
clamp ring. It is designed for hygienic applications in the food
processing, brewing/beverage and pharmaceutical industries. The
angle design allows for complete draining with no dead pockets
and is suitable for use in CIP and SIP systems. The valve does not 12
require an external pilot line.
Valve tightness 13
Valve tightness is in accordance with VDI / VDE guideline 2174
(leakage rate < 0.5% of Kvs value).
Standard surface finish
Internal wetted parts - standard surface finish of Ra < 3.2 m.
4.6.91 Available options
End connections; ASME BPE hygienic clamp, flanged ASME or
EN 1092, Aseptic thread, welding spigots.
PN10 rated inlet flange for DN65 DN100 sizes.
Internal surface finishes; Ra 1.6 m, 0.80 m, 0.40 m and 0.25 m,
electropolished.
EPDM diaphragm and 'O' ring seals for gas and liquid service.
Maximum operating temperature when this option is used: 130C.
Sealed bonnet with leakage line for toxic or hazardous media. 19
For sizes DN65 DN100 with PN16 / PN2.5 (0.3 1.1 bar g), 8
PN16 / PN6 (0.8 2.5 bar g) and PN10 (2.0 5.0 bar g).

DN25, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100 7
ISO 2852 sanitary clamp compatible.
6
See overleaf 15, 16
3, 5
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless steel 1.4404 18
2 Seat Stainless steel 1.4404 17
4
3 Spacer, upper Stainless steel 1.4404
14
4 Spacer, lower Stainless steel 1.4404
5 Diaphragm disc Stainless steel 1.4404
6 Spring Stainless steel 1.4310
11
7 Spring cap Stainless steel CrNiMo
9
8 Adjusting screw Stainless steel A4-70
9 Lower stem Stainless steel 1.4404 10
10 'O' ring Elastomer FEPM 75
2
12 Diaphragm Elastomer FPM
13 Protective film PTFE PTFE 1
14 Upper stem Stainless steel 1.4404
15 Spring washer Stainless steel A2
16 Nut Stainless steel A4-70
18 Clamp Stainless steel 1.4404
19 Screw Stainless steel 1.4404
20 Gasket Composite Nova-Uni
Control valves
Pressure / temperature limits Sizing

The required Kv can be calculated from the following formulae,
Temperature C
where:
A B

D = Steam mass flow (kg/h)
E s
Steam
saturation g = Gas flow at standard conditions: 0C @ 1.013 bar a (m/h)
curve C
P1 = Upstream pressure (bar absolute)
P2 = Downstream pressure (bar absolute)
Pressure bar g P1 - P2
c
The product must not be used in this region. = (pressure drop factor)
P1
The product should not be used in this region or beyond S = Specific gravity
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. T = Absolute average gas temperature (Kelvin = C + 273)
A - B - C Maximum operating conditions for steam
D - E - C Maximum operating conditions for liquids and gases Steam Critical pressure drop: P2 0.58 P1
Inlet PN16
Outlet see 'Pressure setting range' below
Maximum design pressure 15.2 bar @ 50C
Maximum design temperature 300C @ 9 bar g Non-critical pressure drop: P2 0.58 P1
EPDM diaphragm 130C
FPM diaphragm 180C
Maximum operating pressure (inlet) 8 bar g
Gas
4.6.92
Pressure setting range
Liquid
Size DN40 - DN100 DN25 - DN100 DN25 - DN100
Inlet / outlet PN16 / PN2.5 PN16 / PN6 PN16 / PN10
Spring range 0.3 - 1.1 bar g 0.8 - 2.5 bar g 2.0 - 5.0 bar g
Kv values Calculating the Kv and selecting a suitable valve

To maximise the control accuracy (especially for large load Using your maximum flowrate and smallest differential pressure
variations) use the Kv values given at 20% offset. For safety valve (P1 P2), calculate the required Kv from one of the above formulae.
sizing use the maximum Kv values. Select a valve Kv that is 30% greater than the calculated Kv. The
optimum working range of the selected valve should ideally be
within the range of 10 to 70% of its Kv.
Kv at 20% offset 3.1 16.9 16.9 46.2 53.9 61.6
Maximum Kv 4.0 22.0 22.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 Recommended fluid velocities
For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.93 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156 Saturated 10 to 40 m/s

Steam
Superheated 15 to 60 m/s
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg up to 2 bar g 2 to 10 m/s
Gas
above 2 bar g 5 to 40 m/s
B
Liquids 1 to 5 m/s
Leakage line,
" BSP Safety information, installation and maintenance
C How to order
Example: 1 off, Spirax Sarco DN40 SRV66HC direct acting
pressure reducing valve having a pressure range of 0.8 2.5 bar g
and a PN16 / PN6 rating and FPM diaphragm.
A
Spare parts
A supplied as spares.
Available spares
Size A B C Weight Diaphragm, 'O' ring and gasket kit 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 20
DN25 100 138 305 2.5 How to order spares
DN40 115 200 345 6.5 Always order spares by using the description given in the column
DN50 125 200 355 6.5 headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model, pressure range
and PN rating.
DN65 175 240 690 26.0 Example: 1 - Diaphragm, 'O' ring and gasket kit for a Spirax Sarco
DN80 175 240 690 26.0 DN40 SRV66HC direct acting pressure reducing valve having a
DN100 175 240 690 26.0 pressure range of 0.8 2.5 bar g and a PN16 / PN6 rating and
FPM diaphragm.
TI-P186-10 CH Issue 3 SRV66HC High Capacity Sanitary Pressure Reducing Valve

Control valves
4.6.93
Control valves

TI-P470-08
CH Issue 3
DP27T and DP27TE

Pilot Operated Pressure /
Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Description
The DP27T and DP27TE are combined pressure / temperature
control valves for use on steam applications. They are DP27T shown
designed to be used in conjunction with a 2 m length of
capillary which is available separately (other lengths are
available on request - see 'Optional extras', page 4). They
combine a temperature and pressure pilot valve in one unit.
This controls the main valve so that the temperature is
maintained while the maximum steam pressure is limited.
A variable rate conical pressure adjustment spring is fitted
providing a downstream pressure range of 0.2 - 17 bar g.
Notes:
4.6.94
1. The valve can be supplied with a blank undrilled flange
if required.
2. The sensor of the control system will need to be mounted

by either a union kit, pocket or wall mounting bracket - see
Technical data
'Optional extras, page 4' (Solenoid valve)
230 10% Vac or 115
Available types of valve Voltages 10% Vac
available (others available on
DP27T Pressure / temperature control request).
Optional
Pressure / temperature control extras Frequency 50/60 Hz
DT27TE with elec tr ic ally operated See page 4. Inrush 45 VA
solenoid valve Power
consumption Holding 23 VA
Temperature ranges
Range A 16 C to 49 C Range B 38 C to 71 C Range C 49 C to 82 C Range D 71 C to 104 C Range E 93 C to 127 C

DN15LC - Low Capacity version, DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50 screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT (DN15 to DN25 only).
Standard flanges: DN15 - DN50 EN 1092 PN25 DN25 - DN50 BS 10 Table H and ANSI 300
Available on request: DN15 - DN50 JIS 10, JIS 16 and ANSI 150 DN15 - DN20 BS 10 Table F DN15 ANSI 300

D Body design conditions PN25
A
B A-D-E 25 bar g @ 120 C
Temperature C
G Maximum design pressure

A-B-C 17.2 bar g @ 40 C

Steam Maximum design temperature 232 C @ 21 bar g

saturation Minimum design temperature -10 C
curve DP27T 17 bar g
Maximum upstream pressure
G C E
for saturated steam service DP27TE 10 bar g

Pressure bar g DP27T 232 C @ 17 bar g
DP27TE 190 C @ 10 bar g
The product must not be used in this region. Minimum operating temperature 0 C
Screwed and flanged EN 1092 PN25, ANSI 300, and Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
A-D-E
BS 10 Table H. DP27T 17 bar
A-B-C Flanged ANSI 150. DP27TE 10 bar
G-G The DP27TE is limited to 10 bar g @ 190 C. Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed 25 bar g
Page 1 of 9
Control valves
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Adjustment screw Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
2 Adjustment lock-nut Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
3 Spring housing SG iron DIN1693 GGG 40.3
4 Top spring plate Stainless steel ASTM A351/A351M CF8M
5 Pressure adjustment spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 25
6 Bottom spring plate Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
Securing nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
Steel
7 Spring housing
Securing studs DN15 to DN32 M10 x 95 mm BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
8 Pilot diaphragms Phosphor bronze BS 2870 PB102 1980
9 Pilot valve chamber SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
10 Pilot valve plunger Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
11 Pilot valve seat with integral seal Stainless steel + PTFE BS 970 431 S 29
12 Pilot valve ball Stainless steel AISI 420
13 Pilot valve spring Stainless steel BS 2057 302 S 25
14 Pilot valve clip Stainless steel BS 1449 301 S 21
15 Pilot filter cap gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S 11
16 Pilot filter cap Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
17 Pilot filter element Brass
4.6.95 18
19
Main valve return spring
Main valve
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
BS 2056 302 S 25
BS 970 431 S 29
20 Main valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
21 Balance pipe assembly Copper BS 2871 C 106 H
22 Main valve body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
Steel
23 Main body
Securing studs DN15 to DN32 M10 x 25 mm BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
24 Main diaphragm chamber SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
25 Main diaphragm
Securing studs DN15 to DN32 M12 x 50 mm
26 Main diaphragms Phosphor bronze BS 2870 PB 102
27 Main diaphragm plate Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
28 Pushrod Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
29 Control pipe assembly Brass and copper
30 Plug " BSP Steel
33 Solenoid valve
34 Packless gland housing Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
35 Pilot valve plunger Phenolic resin ISO (BS) PF2C3
36 Pilot valve seat ring Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
37 Pilot valve closure member Stainless steel AISI 440 B
38 Pilot valve housing SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
39 Pilot valve housing Steel
Securing studs BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
DN15 to DN50 M10 x 25 mm
40 Locking ring Brass BS 2874 CZ 122
41 Adjustment head Phenolic resin ISO (BS) PF2C3
42 Adjustment head securing screws Cadium plated 2 BA x "
43 Capillary tube Copper PVC covered
44 Sensor Brass EN 12451 CW707R H130/170
DP27T and DP27TE Pilot Operated Pressure / Temperature Control Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
15
16
17
Please note that the pilot valve chamber (9) has

been shown out of position to identify items 15, 16
and 17.
DP27T
1
6
Exploded view of item 11 2 43
3
10
4
45 5 40
46 41
47 7 35
42
4.6.96
48
8 34
11
39
37
12 9
38
13 21 36
44
18
14 29
19
20 22
28
24
23
32
25
26
DP27TE
27 30
33
Materials - DP27T/TE
See DP27 items list on page 2 for common components
No. Part Material
43 Pilot valve assembly with integral seal
45 Circlip Stainless steel 1.4116
46 Retainer Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
47 Variseal Composite elastomer / stainless steel Turcon T40 / AQISI 302
48 Pilot seat Stainless steel + PTFE BS 970 431 S 29
Control valves
Optional extras
Capillary tubes: Available in multiples of 2 m up to a maximum of 14 m.
Conversion kit: Comprising of a solenoid valve and the necessary pipe and fittings for converting an existing DP27T to DP27TE.
Union kit: Comprising of union nipple (U), compression ring (V) and a gland nut (W). The union nipple is screwed " BSP.
Pockets: Are available in copper with brass union nipple, mild steel or stainless steel. Union nipple U forms the top of the pocket and
carries compression ring V and gland nut W. The union nipple is screwed " BSP.
Special long pockets are available having minimum length of 0.5 m and a maximum of 1 m. They are sealed at the top by a rubber bung.
Glass pockets are also available complete with bracket and sealed by a rubber bung.
Wall mounting bracket: inclusive of cover.
Pressure sensing pipe

The DP27 controls by sensing the downstream pressure through a pressure sensing pipe taken from the union (31) or through the internal
balance pipe (21) provided. Fitting is described in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the valve.
4.6.97
DP27T
31 (not visible)
Union kit Pocket Glass pocket

W
V
21
U
Control valves
Size Flanged Weight
Screwed BS 10 H PN25 ANSI 300 BS 10 F ANSI 150 JIS 10/16
A A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 B D F G Screwed Flanged
DN15LC 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 404 130 130 15.7 16.5
DN15 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 404 130 130 15.7 16.5
DN20 160 - 150 - 133 139.4 142 185 404 130 130 15.7 17.4
DN25 180 160 160 160.0 - 160.0 152 207 428 148 130 17.2 19.7
DN32 - 180 180 180.0 - 176.0 176 207 428 148 130 - 20.7
DN40 - 200 200 200.0 - 199.0 196 255 473 178 139 - 32.2
DN50 - 230 230 230.0 - 228.0 222 255 473 178 139 - 35.2
A
A1
4.6.98
D
Union Metal Wall Glass

kit pocket mounting pocket
W
V
O
K M
L N P
Union kit Metal pocket Wall mounting Glass pocket

K L M N O P V W
142 17.5 150 22.3 195 35 575 117
Control valves


4.6.99

DN15LC
DN15
DN20

Capacity kg / h
DN25
DN32
DN40
DN50
DN80
Note
will mean that capacities may be reduced. In the case of low downstream pressure this reduction could be up to 30% of the valve capacity.

Saturated steam
A valve is required to pass 600 kg/h reducing from 6 bar to 4 bar. Find the point at which the curved 6 bar upstream pressure line crosses
the horizontal 4 bar downstream pressure line. A perpendicular dropped from this point gives the capacities of all DP sizes under these
conditions. A DN32 valve, is the smallest size which will carry the required load.
Superheated steam
Control valves


4.6.100

DN15LC
DN15

Capacity dm3/s free air
DN20
DN25
DN32
DN40
DN50
DN80


Installation note:
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 DP27T pilot operated pressure/temperature control valve having flanged EN 1092 PN25 connections
and a temperature range A.
Control valves
Spare parts - Available spares
Maintenance kit: A stand-by set of spares for general maintenance purposes and covers all spares marked *
* Pilot diaphragms (2 off) B
* Pilot valve assembly C, C1
Pilot valve filter and gasket (packet of 3 of each) E, F
Pilot valve assembly for temperature control unit B2, C2, D2, E2
* Pilot valve packless gland set H2, J2
Main valve assembly DN15 to DN50 K, L
Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly G
* Main valve return spring N
Pressure adjustment spring 0.2 - 17 bar O
Control head (3 pieces) Y, Z
When ordering state range and length of capillary tube. Normally stocked in capillary lengths of 2 m.
Available in multiples of 2 m up to a maximum of 14 m (at extra cost).
Range A 16 C 49 C Range B 28 C 71 C Range C 49 C 82 C Range D 71 C 104 C Range E 93 C 127 C
Union sub assembly (3 pieces) U
Balance pipe assembly Q
* Body gasket set (3 off) R
* Pilot valve block gasket temperature control unit (3 pieces) R1
Set of spring housing/actuating chamber cover securing studs and nuts (set of 4) S
Set of main body studs and nuts (set of 4) T
DN15 to DN32 (set of 10)
Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts Valve sizes: V
DN40 to DN50 (set of 12)
4.6.101
Set of temperature pilot valve housing securing studs and nuts (set of 4) S1
Set of adjustment head securing screws (set of 3) Y
Solenoid valve complete W
Type DP27TE only Replacement coil X1
Valve seat and core assembly X2
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of the pilot
operated pressure / temperature control valve.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN15 Type DP27T pilot operated pressure/temperature control valve.
How to fit: See the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product. Further copies are available on request.
diaphragm used in the screwed valves " and " is common to these sizes by the letter 'a', the letter 'c' indicates that one diaphragm is
common to the DN40 and DN50 valves. Spares which are marked are interchangeable with the DP17 and DP27 pressure reducing
valves. Spares marked 'o' are interchangeable with the 37D temperature control valve.
Screwed Flanged
Size DN "LC " " 1" 15LC 15 20 25 32 40 50
o Main diaphragm a a a b a a a b b c c
Pilot diaphragm a a a a a a a a a a a
Pilot valve assembly for pressure control unit a a a a a a a a a a a
Pilot valve filter and gasket a a a a a a a a a a a
o Pilot valve assembly for temperature control unit a a a a a a a a a a a
o Pilot valve packless gland set a a a a a a a a a a a
o Main valve assembly a b c d a b c d e f g
o Internal strainer a a a b f f a b c d e
o Main valve return spring a a a b a a a b b c c
Pressure adjustment spring a a a a a a a a a a a
o Control head a a a a a a a a a a a
o 'O' ring for sensor bulb adaptor a a a a a a a a a a a
Control pipe assembly a a a b f f a b d e f
Balance pipe assembly a a a b f f a b c d e
Gasket set a a a a a a a a a b b
Pilot valve block gasket a a a a a a a a a a a
Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
o Set of main body studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
o Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
Set of temperature pilot valve housing
securing studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a a a
o Set of adjustment head securing screws a a a a a a a a a a a
Control valves
packless gland set

Pilot valve
H2
Z J2
O
S E2
D2
Y C2
S B2
Q S1
B U
Shown 180 out of
position for clarity
C1
4.6.102
Pilot valve chamber
R
F E
assembly
R1
P
Main valve assembly
N R
K
L T
Coil
V X1
G W
assembly
Core
X2
A
Control valves
4.6.103
Control valves

TI-P470-01
CH Issue 10
DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY,

DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated
Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Description
DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y pilot operated pressure reducing valves have bodies manufactured using SG iron.
These products are not suitable for oxygen service.
DP27 Suitable for steam or compressed air applications.
Suitable for steam applications. It incorporates an electrical solenoid valve in the pipe assembly allowing
DP27E
remote closure by means of a switching or timer device.
Suitable for compressed air and inert industrial gas applications. Its design incorporates a nitrile soft seal
DP27G
pilot and main valve. Note: it is not available with a solenoid valve.
Available types Suitable for compressed air, inert industrial gas and critical low pressure control applications. Its design
incorporates a nitrile soft seal pilot and main valve, and uses a lower rate control spring with a downstream
DP27GY
pressure range of 0.2 - 3.0 bar. Note: it is not available with a solenoid valve.
DP27R
This can be remotely adjusted by varying a pressure signal to the pilot diaphragm. This is usually achieved
4.6.104
using a Spirax-Monnier pressure regulator and an instrument air supply.
Suitable for steriliser or critical low pressure control applications. It uses a lower rate control spring with a
DP27Y
downstream pressure range of 0.2 - 3.0 bar.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark
when so required.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report.

DN15LC - Low Capacity version (not available for DP27G or DP27GY)
Screwed
BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT (DN15 to DN25 only).
Standard flanges:
DN15 - DN50 EN 1092 PN16 and PN25
DN25 - DN50 BS 10 Table H and ASME 300
Flanges available on request:
DN15 - DN15 to DN40 JIS 10/16
- DN50 JIS10 and JIS16
- DN15 to 50 ASME 150.
DN15 - DN20 BS 10 Table F
DN15 - ASME 300
DP27 shown
Page 1 of 11
Control valves
DP27, DP27E, DP27R and DP27Y DP27G and DP27GY
A B D

Temperature C
Temperature C

G
F F

F Steam F
saturation

curve
G C E E


A-D-E Screwed and flanged EN 1092 PN25, ASME 300 and BS 10 Table H
A-B-C Flanged ASME 150.
F-F-E The DP27G and DP27GY are limited to 120 C.
G-G The DP27E is limited to 10 bar g @ 190 C.
Note: A variable rate conical pressure adjustment spring is fitted providing a downstream pressure range of 0.2 - 17 bar g. For the DP27Y
downstream pressure range is 0.2 - 3 bar g.

4.6.105 A-D-E 25 bar g @ 120 C
A-B-C 17.2 bar g @ 40 C
DP27, DP27R and DP27Y 17 bar g

Maximum upstream pressure for saturated steam service
DP27G and DP27GY 25 bar g
For ASME 150, see A-B-C above
DP27E 10 bar g
DP27, DP27Y 232 C @ 21 bar g

DP27E 190 C @ 10 bar g
For ASME 150, see A-B-C above
DP27G, DP27GY 120 C @ 25 bar g

0 C
DP27, DP27R and DP27Y 17 bar
Maximum differential pressure DP27G and DP27GY 25 bar g
DP27E 10 bar
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed : 25 bar g
DP27, DP27E, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27R and DP27Y Pilot Operated Pressure Reducing Valves with SG Iron Bodies
Control valves
Exploded view of DP27 and DP27Y 1
item 11
*10 2
3
4
11
5
*12
*13 7
6
*14
9
8
11
15
16
17
19
18
4.6.106
19
* Note: Items 10, 12, 13 and 14 are shown on the

exploded view, as they are hidden by the pilot filter on
the main illustration.
Materials - DP27 and DP27Y (Parts 1 to 19)

No. Part Material
1 Adjustment screw Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
2 Adjustment lock-nut Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
3 Spring housing SG iron DIN1693 GGG 40.3
4 Top spring plate Stainless steel ASTM A351/A351M CF8M
5 Pressure adjustment spring Stainless steel BS EN 10270-3:2001 302 S 26
6 Bottom spring plate Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
7 Spring housing
8 Pilot diaphragms Phosphor bronze BS 2870 PB102 1980
9 Pilot valve chamber SG iron EN JS 1025
* 10 Pilot valve plunger Stainless steel BS 970 321 S 31
11 Pilot valve seat with integral seal Stainless steel + PTFE BS 970 431 S 29
* 12 Pilot valve ball Stainless steel AISI 420
* 13 Pilot valve spring Stainless steel BS 2057 302 S 26
* 14 Pilot valve clip Stainless steel BS EN 10088-2 1995 1.4310
15 Pilot filter cap gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 316 S 11
16 Pilot filter cap Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
17 Pilot filter element Brass
18 Internal strainer Stainless steel ASTM A240 TP 304
19 Body gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
Control valves
DP27 and DP27Y
23
33
20
24 21
22
4.6.107 31
25
32 28
26
30
29
27
Materials - DP27 and DP27Y (Parts 20 to 34)

No. Part Material
20 Main valve return spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S 26
21 Main valve Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
22 Main valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
23 Balance pipe assembly Copper BS 2871 C 106 H
24 Main valve body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
25 Main body
26 Main diaphragm chamber - upper SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
27 Main diaphragm chamber - lower SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
28 Main diaphragm
Securing bolts DN15 to DN32 M12 x 50 mm
29 Main diaphragms Phosphor bronze BS 2870 PB 102 1980
30 Main diaphragm plate Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
31 Pushrod Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
33 Control pipe assembly Brass and copper
34 Plug " BSP Steel Note: This item is hidden from view
Control valves
Exploded view of item 43
10
DP27E
45
46
47
48
12
13
49
14
43
44 4.6.108
Materials - DP27E
See DP27 items list on pages 3 and 4 for common components
No. Part Material
43 Pilot valve assembly with integral seal
45 Circlip Stainless steel 1.4116
46 Retainer Stainless steel BS 970 431 S 29
47 Variseal Composite elastomer / stainless steel Turcon T40 / AQISI 302
48 Pilot seat Stainless steel + PTFE BS 970 431 S 29
49 Solenoid assembly
Control valves
Materials - DP27G and DP27GY Materials - DP27R
See DP27 items list on pages 3 and 4 for common See DP27 items list on pages 3 and 4 for common
components components
35 Pilot valve chamber SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3 Actuating
38 SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
chamber cover
36 Pilot valve assembly Brass / PTFE / Nitrile
Actuating air
Stainless steel / 39 Brass
37 Main valve assembly BS 970 431 S29 supply union
Nitrile
Diaphragm
40 Stainless steel BS 2056 Gr. 302 S26
DP27G spring
1 Actuating Stainless steel reinforced

41 BS 2815 Gr. A
chamber gasket exfoliated graphite
42 Spring plate Brass BS 2872 CZ 122
2
3 DP27R
4
7
38 40
5
39 42
8, 41
33 9
7
15
6 16 23
8
4.6.109 33
35
36
17 11
19
19
18 18
20
20
37 21
22 22
31 31
23
24
24
19 19
25 25
28 32 28
32
26 30 26
30
27 27
29 29
Technical data (Solenoid valve)

Voltages available 220 / 240 10% Vac or 110 / 220 10% Vac (others available on request)
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Power consumption Inrush 45 VA Holding 23 VA
Notes for DP17R only: 1. Maximum downstream reduced pressure 15 bar g.
2. The control pressure signal to the pilot diaphragm must be approximately 0.7 bar above the required
reduced downstream pressure.
Kv values
The Kv maximum values shown below are full capacities and should be used for safety valve sizing purposes only.
DN15LC DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
1.0 2.8 5.5 8.1 12.0 17.0 28.0

Note: Where the internal balance pipe is used the valve capacity will be reduced.
Control valves
DP27, DP27E and DP27Y
Screwed Flanged Weight
BS 10 H PN16/25 ASME 300 BS 10 F ASME 150 JIS 10/16
DN15LC 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 406 276 130 13.2 14.0
DN15 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 406 276 130 13.2 14.0
DN20 160 - 150 - 133 139.4 142 185 406 276 130 13.2 14.9
DN25 180 160 160 160.0 - 160.0 152 207 430 282 148 14.2 17.2
DN32 - 180 180 180.0 - 176.0 176 207 430 282 148 - 18.2
DN40 - 200 200 200.0 - 199.0 196 255 475 297 178 - 30.2
DN50 - 230 230 230.0 - 228.0 222 255 475 297 178 - 32.2
DP27, DP27E and DP27Y

A
A1
DP27G and DP27GY
A
A1
DP27R
A
A1
E
E 4.6.110
E
D
D
F
F F
B B
B
DP27G and DP27GY

DN15 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 364 234 130 12.0 12.8
DN20 160 - 150 - 133 139.4 142 185 364 234 130 12.0 13.7
DN25 180 160 160 160.0 - 160.0 152 207 388 240 148 13.0 16.0
DN32 - 180 180 180.0 - 176.0 176 207 388 240 148 - 17.0
DN40 - 200 200 200.0 - 199.0 196 255 433 255 178 - 29.0
DN50 - 230 230 230.0 - 228.0 222 255 433 255 178 - 31.5
DP27R
DN15LC 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 296 166 130 12.2 13.0
DN15 160 - 130 126.6 117 120.2 122 185 296 166 130 12.2 13.0
DN20 160 - 150 - 133 139.4 142 185 296 166 130 12.2 13.9
DN25 180 160 160 160.0 - 160.0 152 207 320 172 148 13.2 16.2
DN32 - 180 180 180.0 - 176.0 176 207 320 172 148 - 16.2
DN40 - 200 200 200.0 - 199.0 196 255 364 186 178 - 29.2
DN50 - 230 230 230.0 - 228.0 222 255 364 186 178 - 31.7
Control valves


* * Note: The DP27E
4.6.111 Upstream pressure bar
is limited to 10 bar.
DN15LC
DN15
DN20

Capacity kg / h
DN25
DN32
DN40
DN50
Note
The capacities quoted above are based on valves fitted with an external pressure sensing pipe. Reliance on the internal pressure sensing
pipe will mean that capacities may be reduced. In the case of low downstream pressure this reduction could be up to 30% of the valve
capacity.

Saturated steam
Superheated steam
Control valves



4.6.112
DN15LC
DN15

Capacity dm3/s free air
DN20
DN25
DN32
DN40
DN50


For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P100-05 for the DP27G and DP27GY, or IM-P470-03 for the DP27E,
DP27R and DP27Y) supplied with the product.
Installation note:
The pilot operated pressure reducing valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline, protected by a strainer and a separator, with the

1 off Spirax Sarco DN32 DP27 pilot operated pressure reducing valve having a 0.2 - 17 bar spring and flanged EN 1092 PN25 connections.
Control valves
Spare parts
Available spares
Maintenance kit
* Pilot valve assembly inclusive of filter element (Pilot valve chamber assembly for the DP27G and DP27GY) C
* Pilot filter element and cap gasket (packet of 3 off each) E, F
(Not required for the DP27G and DP27GY) DP27G and DP27GY only - PTFE seals (packet of 6) E
Main valve assembly K, L
Main valve return spring N
DP27, DP27E and DP27G 0.2 to 17 bar O
Pressure adjustment spring (Not required for DP27R)
DP27Y and DP27GY 0.2 to 3 bar
* Balance pipe assembly Q
* Body gasket (3 off) R
Pilot valve block gasket (DP27R only) R1
Set of spring housing / actuating chamber cover securing studs and nuts (set of 4) S
Set of main body studs and nuts (set of 4) T
" - DN32 (set of 10) V
Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts Valve sizes
DN40 and DN50 (set of 12)
Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly Y
Type DP27E only
4.6.113 Solenoid valve complete
Replacement coil
W
X1
Valve seat and core assembly X2
How to order spares

reducing valve.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a 1" Spirax Sarco Type DP27 pressure reducing valve.
How to fit. See Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the pressure reducing valve. Further copies are available on
request.
diaphragm used in the screwed valves " and " is common to these sizes by the letter 'a', the letter 'c' indicates that one diaphragm is
common to the DN40 and DN50 valves. All spares are interchangeable with the DP27T and where marked are interchangeable with
the 37D temperature control.**
** Note: This does not apply to the DP27G and DP27GY soft seat pilot valve or main valve assemblies.
Screwed Flanged
Size DN "LC " " 1" 15LC 15 20 25 32 40 50
Main diaphragm a a a b a a a b b c c
Pilot diaphragms a a a a a a a a a a a
Pilot valve chamber assembly a a a a a a a a a b b
Pilot filter element a a a a a a a a a a a
Pilot filter cap gaskets a a a a a a a a a a a
PTFE seals a a a a a a a a a a a
Main valve assembly a b c d a b c d e f g
Internal strainer a a a b f f a b c d e
Main valve return spring a a a a a a a a a c c
Pressure adjustment spring a a a a a a a a a a a
Control pipe assembly a a a b f f a b c d e
Balance pipe assembly a a a b f f a b c d e
Body gasket a a a a a a a a a b b
Set of spring housing securing studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
Set of main body studs and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
Set of diaphragm securing bolts and nuts a a a a a a a a a b b
Pushrod and main diaphragm plate assembly a a a b a a a b b c c
Not available for the DP27G or the DP27GY
Control valves
DP27, DP27G, DP27GY, DP27Y
S S
DP27E R1
DP27R
O
X1
W DP27E
B
DP27G, DP27GY
4.6.114
C
X2
C
E
P C
E S
Q
R
N
Main valve assembly
R
K T
L T
V
M
A Y
Control valves
4.6.115
Control valves
TI-P204-04
CH Issue 7
DLV7
SG Iron
The DLV7 is an SG iron direct acting bellows sealed pressure DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80 and DN100.
reducing valve. The standard version has an EPDM diaphragm Flanged EN 1092 PN16 and PN25.
and is suitable for steam.
Note: To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a
WS4 water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure
Available types:
The DLV7 is available with the following pressure ranges:
Pressure range Actuator
Valve + Actuator and Size
(bar) PN rating
DLV71 DN100 0.5 - 1.5 2.5
DLV72
DN15 to DN50
DN65 to DN80
0.2 - 1.8
0.4 - 1.8
2.5 4.6.116
DLV73 DN100 1.0 - 4.0 6.0
DN15 to DN80 1.0 - 5.5 16.0
DLV74
DN100 3.5 - 13 16.0
DLV75 DN15 to DN80 4.0 - 13 25.0
Standards and approvals

Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the CE mark
when so required.
Certification
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated
at the time of order placement.

A B D

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

C E

Pressure bar g
A - B - C Flanged EN 1092 PN16.
A - D - E Flanged EN 1092 PN25.
Body design conditions PN25 PN16
Maximum design 25 bar g @ 100C 16 bar g @ 100C
pressure
Maximum design
250C @ 21.8 bar g 250C @ 13.9 bar g
temperature
Minimum design 0C 0C
temperature
Maximum operating 250C @ 21.8 bar g 250C @ 13.9 bar g
temperature
Minimum operating temperature 0C 0C
Kvs values
Maximum differential pressure 19 bar g 16 bar g
Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
Designed for a maximum cold 38 bar g 24 bar g
hydraulic test pressure of K vs 3.0 5.8 10.2 14.7 21.6 36 52 83 130
Note: With internals fitted, 25 bar g 16 bar g Note: The Kvs values shown above are full capacities and should
test pressure must not exceed be used for safety valve sizing purposes where they are required.
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body SG iron EN-JS1025
2 Bonnet SG iron EN-JS1025
3 Valve head assembly (including snap ring) Stainless steel BS 970 431S29 A276 431
DN15 - DN32 Stainless steel 420A UGIMA
4 Valve seat
DN40 - DN100 Stainless steel BS 970 431S29 A276 431
Balancing bellows assembly Stainless steel 316L
Guide bush PTFE / Steel composite
5 Except components Ball bearing DN15 - DN20 Stainless steel AISI 440B or 440C
Spirol pin DN25 - DN100 Stainless steel SAE 51420
DN15 - DN65 Stainless steel BS 970 304S11
6 Spindle guide plate
DN80 - DN100 Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
7 Clamp nut Carbon steel BS 970 230 M07
8 Pillar Carbon steel BS 970 230 M07
DN15 - DN50 Steel zinc plate BS EN 10111 1.0335
9 Actuator mounting plate
DN65 - DN100 Steel zinc plate BS 1449 HR14
10 Bonnet spring plate Steel zinc plate BS EN 10111 1.0335
11 Spring Steel BS EN 10270-1 SM or DM
12 Spring plate Steel zinc plate BS EN 10111 1.0335
4.6.117 13 Axial needle bearing Steel
14 Adjustment nut Steel BS 970 606 M36
DN15 - DN32 M10 DIN 17240-CrMo5
* Cap screw
DN40 - DN50 M12 DIN 17240-CrMo5
15
DN65 M12 DIN 17240-CrMo5
Stud
DN80 - DN100 M16 DIN 17240-Gr. CK35
Nut (Bonnet) DN65 M12 DIN 17240-Gr. CK35
16 *
Nut DN80 - DN100 M16 DIN 17240-Gr. CK35
17 Nut (Pillars) M12 BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
18 Lock-nut M14 x 1.5 Steel BS 970 230 M07
19 Gasket (Bonnet / Body) Semi-rigid graphite Klingersil SLS or Geegraf SSR
20 Gasket (Bonnet / Bellows clamp) Semi-rigid graphite Klingersil SLS or Geegraf SSR
21 Snap ring (Retain spindle guide) DN65 - DN100 Stainless steel DIN 7993 St.St. (Austenitic)
Type 1, 2, 3 and 4 Carbon steel DIN 1614 PT2 Gr StW 24
Actuator upper
Type 5 Low carbon steel BS EN 10025 Gr. S355J2G3
Type 1, 2, 3 and 4 Carbon steel DIN 1614 PT2 Gr StW 24
Actuator lower
Type 5 Low carbon steel BS EN 10025 Gr. S355J2G3
Types 1 and 2 Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5.6
Housing screw
Type 3, 4 and 5 Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Types 1 and 2 Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 5
Housing nuts
Type 3, 4 and 5 Steel zinc plated BS 3692 Gr. 8
22 Actuator assembly
Diaphragm Polyester fibre fabric EPDM coated
Hex headed bolt Stainless steel BS 6105
Sealing washer Fibre
Diaphragm clamp Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Piston Carbon steel BS 1449 Pt 1 HR14
Actuator spindle Carbon steel BS 970 Pt3 230M07 PB
Mounting nuts Carbon steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
Coupling Steel zinc plated
23 * Name-plate PN25 DN50 Stainless steel
Hammer drive screw Stainless steel 18-8
24 *
* Name-plate arrow Stainless steel
* Not shown
TI-P204-04 CH Issue 7 DLV7 SG Iron Pressure Reducing Valves Page 2 of 5

Control valves
DN65 - DN100 DN15 and DN20
3
4
21
19
2
16
15 10
20
7
DN40 and DN50 4.6.118
8 11
13
12
18 14
22
View illustrating the pillars

Types 3 and 4 actuator
22
17
Type 5 actuator
22
Types 1 and 2 actuator

Control valves

A Actuator type
Flanged Valve
Size 1 2 3 4 5
EN 1092 weight
PN16 and PN25 B C B C B C B C B C
DN15 130 488 250 423 168 408 143 9.4
DN20 150 488 250 423 168 408 143 10.2
DN25 160 497 250 432 168 417 143 12.0
DN32 180 497 250 432 168 417 143 16.2
DN40 200 511 250 446 168 431 143 17.4
DN50 230 511 250 446 168 431 143 19.5
DN65 290 588 250 523 168 508 143 26.8
DN80 310 600 250 535 168 520 143 32.0
DN100 350 740 304 668 208 638 168 45.2
Actuator weight 12.3 6.5 3.9 2.5 2.6
Note: To calculate the total weight of the unit add the valve and actuator weights together.

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P204-03) supplied
with the product.
Installation note:
Caution - To protect the actuator diaphragm on steam applications a WS4 series
4.6.119 water seal pot must be installed in the downstream pressure signal line to the
actuator. Refer to TI-S12-03 for details.
The valve should be mounted vertically downwards in a horizontal pipeline with the direction
of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. For applications with downstream
temperatures below 125C the valve can alternatively be mounted vertically upwards.
How to select a DLV direct acting pressure reducing valve:

Connection type DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50,
DN25
DN65, DN80 and DN100
Valve type DLV DLV

B
Body material 7 = SG iron 7
1 = DN100 0.5 - 1.5 bar g
DN15 to DN50 0.2 - 1.8 bar g
2=
DN65 to DN80 0.4 - 1.8 bar g
Spring setting range 3 = DN100 1.0 - 4.0 bar g 2
DN15 to DN80 1.0 - 5.5 bar g
4=
DN100 3.5 - 13 bar g
5 = DN15 to DN80 4.0 - 13 bar g
Option Blank = EPDM diaphragm
PN16
Flange rating PN25
PN25 C
WS4 or WS4-3 (see Safety information,
Water seal pot WS4
installation and maintenance above)
Connections BSP, NPT or butt weld (BW) BSP
Selection example: DN25 DLV 7 2 flanged PN25 plus WS4 water seal pot having screwed BSP connections.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 DLV72 direct acting pressure reducing valve having flanged PN25 connections plus WS4 water
seal pot having screwed BSP connections.

Control valves
Spare parts
Available spares
Coupling A
Diaphragm set Diaphragm and sealing washer B, C
Needle bearing D
Sealing bellows assembly, sealing bellows gasket, bonnet gasket
Sealing bellows set E, F, G, K
and (DN65 - DN100) snap ring
Control spring(s) I
Head assembly and bonnet gaskets
Head set (DN15 - DN100) L, G, F
Note - The seat cannot be replaced
Gasket set Sealing bellows gasket and bonnet gasket F, G
How to order spares

Example: 1 - Gasket set for a Spirax Sarco DN15 DLV72 pressure reducing valve.
H L
K 4.6.120
B C A

Control valves
Safety valves
4.7.1
Control valves
Safety
Local regulations may restrict valves
TI-P257-01
CH Issue 8
SV405, SV405P, SV405X and SV406

Safety Valves
Description
The SV405, SV405P, SV405X and SV406 are full nozzle safety
valves for steam and air service in non-critical industrial processes
requiring low flow, low pressure and low temperature.
Available types and applications

The SV405 has a brass body, 304 stainless steel
nozzle and Viton 'O' ring seat seal as standard.
SV405
The SV406 has a stainless steel body, 316 stainless
and
steel nozzle and Viton 'O' ring seat seal as standard.
SV406 Both units have been designed to protect against
overpressure in general process applications such as
sterilisers, small compressors and pressure vessels.
SV405
The SV405X has a brass body, 316 stainless steel
nozzle and Viton 'O' ring seat seal as standard.
SV406
and 4.7.2
SV405X This unit has been designed for applications where
SV405P SV405X
enhanced corrosion resistance is required.
The SV405P has a brass body, 304 stainless steel
nozzle and Viton 'O' ring seat seal as standard. It is
available with screwed BSP connections only and
pressure ranges starting from 1.65 bar g. The SV405P
SV405P safety valve is not available unset.
This unit has a ring-pull device in place of a lever and
is recommended for installations where space is
limited.

Seat tightness complies with API standard 527.
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC, fall within Category 4 for
Group 2 gases and carries the mark.
Certification
The product is available with a maunfacturers Typical Test Report.

Temperature C
Steam
saturation
Inlet Screwed " or " BSP taper male BS 21 R or NPT* curve

Outlet Screwed " BSP parallel female BS 21 Rp or NPT*

* Please note that the SV405P is only available with BSP connections.

Pressure bar g
Maximum 10 bar g
Set pressure range
Minimum 1 bar g (1.65 bar g for the SV405P)
Backpressure Maximum 10% of set pressure
Minimum -20C
Temperature Viton seat
Maximum +184C
Steam 10%
Overpressure
Gas 10%
Performance data Blowdown limits Steam, gas 10%
Derated coefficient
of discharge values Steam, gas 0.78
Page 1 of 3
Control valves
Safety valves
Materials
No. Part Material SV405 SV405P SV405X SV406
Stainless steel 304
1 Nozzle
Stainless steel 316
2 Body
Stainless steel 1.4409
3 Screw Stainless steel, A4
4 Cap
Brass EN 121640 CW617N, ELNP *
5 Gasket PTFE
6 Stem/disc holder Stainless steel, X20 Cr Ni 17
7 Oring Viton, FPM 75
10 Spring plate Stainless steel, ASTM A276 304
13 Adjusting screw Stainless steel, ASTM A276 304
15 Spring Stainless steel, 1.4310
17 Lever Stainless steel, 304
29 Joint
Brass EN 121640 CW617N, ELNP *
33 Ring-pull Spring steel
* ELNP = Electroless nickel plated
4.7.3 29
33 4
13
15
17 15
D
10 10 C
D
2 2
C
6 6
7 7
3 3
5
5
B
1 B
1
A A
SV405P SV405, SV406 and SV405X
Dimensions, orifice, lift and weight

(approximate) in mm and kg
Unit A B C D Orifice Lift Weight
SV405, SV405X and SV406 37 50.7 137.7 152.7 8 2 0.75
SV405P 37 50.7 116.7 126.0 8 2 0.70
TI-P257-01 CH Issue 8 SV405, SV405X and SV406 Safety Valves Page 2 of 3

Control valves
Safety valves
Sizing
For the majority of applications, the valve capacity can be selected from the flow capacity table below, alternatively it can be sized using the
online safety valve sizing and selection software at http://www.spiraxsarco.com/prs/product-sizing.asp
Flow capacity (in accordance with EN ISO 4126)

Saturated steam and air with 10% overpressure
Set pressure Dry saturated steam Air (0C @ 1013 mbar)

bar g kg/h Nm/h
1.0 42 61
1.5 53 75
2.0 63 88
2.5 74 103
3.0 84 119
3.5 95 134
4.0 105 149
4.5 115 164
5.0 126 179
5.5 136 194
6.0 146 209
6.5 156 224
7.0
7.5
167
177
239
255
4.7.4
8.0 187 270
8.5 197 285
9.0 208 300
9.5 218 315
10.0 228 330

Installation note: The SV405 and SV406 should always be installed with the centre line of the spring housing vertically above the valve.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SV405 safety valve having " BSP inlet x " BSP outlet connections, with a set pressure of 5 bar.
TI-P257-01 CH Issue 8 SV405, SV405X and SV406 Safety Valves Page 3 of 3

Control valves
Safety valves
4.7.5
Control valves
Safety
TI-P316-01
CH Issue 16
SV615
Safety Valve
Description Sizes and end connections
The SV615 full lift, full nozzle safety valve is suitable for steam, DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40 and DN50.
air, inert industrial gas and non-hazardous liquid service. Inlet connections
Applications Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT female connections.
The SV615 is suitable for the protection of steam or hot water boilers, 1" Sanitary clamp compatible (DN15, DN20 and DN25 sizes only)
generators, vessels, receivers and air compressors, autoclaves, BS 4825 / ISO 2852 / DIN 32676 - Safety valves with these connections
downstream of pressure reducing valves and for general pressure have a surface finish of 0.8 m on primary wetted parts.
relief applications. Outlet connections
Screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT female connection.
Available types
Valves are available in sizes ranging from DN15 to DN50 and have
a bronze body with female screwed connections and a stainless
steel nozzle. There is also the option of a 1" sanitary clamp inlet
connection on the smaller sizes. All valves have a closed bonnet with
either a lifting lever or closed cap (gas tight cap option). An optional
soft seal is available in Nitrile, EPDM or Viton. Where frequent
4.7.6
washdown occurs or aesthetic appearance is a consideration,
this product can also be supplied with an electroless nickel plated
(ELNP) finish to the body, lever housing (or sealed cap) and lever.
A mechanically fastened stainless steel name-plate can also be
provided - For full details contact Spirax Sarco.

The SV615 complies with the requirements of EN ISO 4126:2004
and carries the mark indicating full compliance with the
requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive
97 / 23 / EC. The Approval Authority and Notified Body is
the Royal and Sun Alliance. Seat tightness complies with
ASME / API STD 527- Revision 2002.
Certification
A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard
for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test
pressure. Also available on request is material certification in
accordance with EN 10204 3.1.
Screwed 1" Sanitary
Pressure / temperature limits female version clamp version
230 Body design conditions PN25

200 " to 1" 18 bar g
Maximum
Set pressure range 1" and 2"14 bar g
150
Minimum 0.3 bar g
Temperature C
120
100 Minimum -90C
Steam Metal seat
Maximum +230C
50 saturation
curve Minimum -30C
Nitrile seat *
0 Maximum +120C
Temperature
-90 Minimum -50C
0 5 10 15 20 25 EPDM seat *
Maximum +150C
Pressure bar g 14 18 Minimum -20C
Maximum Maximum Viton seat *
set pressure for set pressure for Maximum +200C
1" and 2" " to 1" Steam 5%
SV615 SV615 Overpressure Gas 10%
Liquid 10%
The product must not be used in this region. Steam, gas 10%
Performance data Blowdown limits
Liquids 20%
A-A Maximum operating temperature with metal seat. Derated coefficient Steam, gas 0.71
B-B Maximum operating temperature with Viton seat. of discharge values Liquid 0.52
C-C Maximum operating temperature with EPDM seat. Maximum permitted backpressure 10% of set pressure
D-D Maximum operating temperature with Nitrile seat. Tested at a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of 37.5 bar g
* Note: Soft seal inserts are not suitable for steam applications.
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
4
Gas tight cap option
15 11
9
16
18
13
10
7
5
8
4.7.7 12
Soft seal disc 6
version
17
19
3
1
14
2
1" Sanitary clamp

inlet
Screwed female inlet

Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491KM
DN15 and DN20 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
2 Nozzle DN25 to DN50 Stainless steel BS 3146 Pt2 Gr. ANC2
Sanitary connections Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
3 Disc Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
4 Lever housing Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491KM
5 Spring Chrome-vanadium alloy steel BS 2803 735 A50 HS
6 Stem guide Brass BS 2872 CZ 121
7 Spring end plate Brass BS 2872 CZ 121
8 Stem Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
9 Adjustment screw Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
10 Lever SG iron Zinc plated
11 Pivot pin Stainless steel AISI 304
12 Circlip Stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42
13 Adjuster lock-nut Brass BS 2872 CZ 121
Stainless steel / Nitrile insert ASTM A276 316 / bonded Nitrile 4490 (90 IRHD)
14 Soft seal disc Stainless steel / EPDM insert ASTM A276 316 / bonded EPDM 2064 (75 IRHD)
Stainless steel / Viton insert ASTM A276 316 / bonded Viton F81 (85 IRHD)
15 Sealed cap Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491KM
16 Cap seal Nitrile
17 Skirt Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
18 Grub screw Steel
19 Ball Stainless steel
TI-P316-01 CH Issue 16 SV615 Safety Valve Page 2 of 5

Control valves
Safety valves
Table 1 - SV615 flow capacity for saturated steam in kilogrammes per hour (kg /h)
(calculated in accordance with EN ISO 4126 : 2004 at 5% overpressure)
Derated coefficient of discharge (Kdr) = 0.71
Valve size DN in / out 15 /20 20 /32 25 /40 32 /50 40 /65 50 /80

Flow area (mm2) 113 314 452 661 1 075 1 662
Set pressure (bar g) Flow capacity for dry saturated steam kg /h

0.5 71 198 285 417 678 1 049
1.0 95 263 379 554 901 1 393
1.5 118 328 472 690 1 122 1 734
2.0 141 392 564 824 1 341 2 073
2.5 164 455 655 959 1 559 2 410
3.0 187 519 747 1 092 1 776 2 746
3.5 209 582 838 1 225 1 993 3 081
4.0 232 645 929 1 358 2 008 3 414
4.5 255 708 1 019 1 490 2 424 3 747
5.0 277 771 1 109 1 622 2 638 4 079
5.5 300 833 1 199 1 754 2 853 4 410
6.0 322 896 1 289 1 886 3 067 4 741
6.5 345 958 1 379 2 017 3 280 5 071
7.0 367 1020 1 469 2 148 3 494 5 401
7.5 390 1083 1 559 2 279 3 707 5 731
8.0 412 1145 1 648 2 410 3 920 6 060
8.5
9.0
434
457
1 207
1 269
1 737
1 827
2 541
2 672
4 132
4 345
6 389
6 717 4.7.8
9.5 479 1 331 1 916 2 802 4 557 7 046
10.0 501 1 393 2 005 2 933 4 769 7 374
11.0 546 1 517 2 184 3 194 5 194 8 030
12.0 591 1 641 2 362 3 454 5 618 8 685
13.0 635 1 765 2 540 3 715 6 042 9 340
14.0 680 1 888 2 718 3 975 - -
15.0 724 2 012 2 897 4 236 - -
16.0 769 2 136 3 075 4 496 - -
17.0 813 2 260 3 253 4 757 - -
18.0 858 2 384 3 431 5 018 - -
Table 2 - SV615 flow capacity for air in litres per second (normal I /s) at 0C and 1.013 bar a

Flow area (mm2) 113 314 452 661 1 075 1 662
Set pressure (bar g) Flow capacity for air I /s

0.5 24 67 97 142 230 356
1.0 33 91 131 191 311 481
1.5 41 115 165 241 392 606
2.0 50 138 199 291 473 732
3.0 67 186 267 391 635 982
4.0 84 233 335 490 797 1 233
5.0 101 280 403 590 959 1 483
6.0 118 328 472 690 1 121 1 734
7.0 135 375 540 789 1 283 1 984
8.0 152 422 608 889 1 446 2 235
9.0 169 470 676 988 1 608 2 485
10.0 186 517 744 1 088 1 770 2 736
11.0 203 564 812 1 188 1 932 2 986
12.0 220 612 880 1 287 2 094 3 237
13.0 237 659 948 1 387 2 256 3 487
14.0 254 706 1 017 1 487 2 418 3 738
16.0 288 801 1 153 1 686 - -
18.0 322 896 1 289 1 885 - -

Control valves
Safety valves
Table 3 - SV615 flow capacity for water in kilogrammes per hour (kg /h) at 20C

Flow area (mm2) 113 314 452 661 1 075 1 662
Set pressure (bar g) Flow capacity for water kg /h

0.5 2 216 6 159 8 866 12 965 21 086 32 599
1.0 3 135 8 710 12 538 18 335 29 819 46 102
1.5 3 839 10 668 15 356 22 456 36 521 56 463
2.0 4 433 12 318 17 731 25 930 42 171 65 198
3.0 5 429 15 086 21 717 31 758 51 649 79 851
4.0 6 269 17 420 25 076 36 671 59 639 92 204
5.0 7 009 19 476 28 036 40 999 66 678 103 088
6.0 7 678 21 335 30 712 44 913 73 042 112 927
7.0 8 293 23 045 33 173 48 511 78 895 121 975
8.0 8 866 24 636 35 463 51 861 84 342 130 397
9.0 9 404 26 130 37 614 55 006 89 458 138 307
10.0 9 912 27 544 39 649 57 982 94 297 145 788
11.0 10 396 28 888 41 584 60 812 98 900 152 904
12.0 10 858 30 172 43 433 63 516 103 298 159 703
13.0 11 302 31 405 45 207 66 110 107 515 166 224
4.7.9 14.0
16.0
11 728
12 538
32 590
34 840
46 913
50 152
68 605
73 342
111 574
-
172 499
-
18.0 13 299 36 954 53 194 77 791 - -
Table 4 - SV615 flow capacities for hot water in kilowatts (kW) at or above 100C
(calculated in accordance with EN ISO 4126 : 2004)

Flow area (mm2) 113 314 452 661 1 075 1 662
Set pressure (bar g) Flow capacity for hot water kW

0.5 29.96 83.26 119.86 175.27 285.06 440.71
1.0 40.60 112.81 162.39 237.47 386.21 597.09
1.5 51.23 142.36 204.92 299.66 487.36 753.47
2.0 61.86 171.96 247.45 361.86 588.51 909.86
3.0 83.13 230.99 332.51 486.24 790.81 1 222.62
4.0 104.39 290.08 417.57 610.63 993.11 1 535.38
5.0 125.66 349.17 502.63 735.02 1 195.42 1 848.15
6.0 146.92 408.26 587.69 859.41 1 397.72 2 160.91
7.0 168.19 467.36 672.75 983.80 1 600.12 2 473.67
8.0 189.45 526.45 757.81 1 108.18 1 802.32 2 786.43
9.0 210.72 585.54 842.88 1 232.57 2 004.62 3 099.20
10.0 231.98 644.63 927.94 1 356.96 2 206.92 3 411.96
11.0 253.25 703.72 1 013.00 1 481.35 2 409.22 3 724.72
12.0 274.51 762.81 1 098.06 1 605.74 2 611.52 4 037.49
13.0 295.78 821.90 1 183.12 1 730.12 2 813.82 4 350.25
14.0 317.04 880.99 1 268.18 1 854.51 3 016.12 4 663.01
16.0 359.58 999.17 1 438.30 2 103.29 - -
18.0 402.11 1 117.36 1 608.42 2 352.06 - -

Control valves
Safety valves

Refer to:- http://www.spiraxsarco.com/prs/product-sizing.asp

Connection Flow
Size Inlet Outlet A B C* E D Weight
DN15 " " 40 40 194 - 12 1.3
Screwed DN20 " 1" 55 44 229 - 20 2.4
BSPF x BSPF DN25 1" 1" 60 48 242 - 24 2.9
or DN32 1" 2" 70 58 279 - 29 4.2
NPTF x NPTF DN40 1" 2" 81 67 365 - 37 8.8
DN50 2" 3" 96 80 420 - 46 13.0
DN15 1" " 40 55 209 50.5 12 1.4
Sanitary
DN20 1" 1" 55 60 245 50.5 20 2.6
clamp
DN25 1" 1" 60 64 258 50.5 24 3.1
* Applies to sealed cap and lever designs.

Installation note:
The safety valve should always be fitted with the centre line of the
spring housing vertically above the valve. Ensure the discharge
pipework system is sized correctly.
SV615 safety valve selection guide: 4.7.10

Model type SV615 SV615
C A = Closed bonnet /easing lever
Configuration A
B = Closed bonnet /sealed cap
S= Stainless steel
N= Nitrile
Seal material N
E= EPDM
V= Viton
P= Electroless nickel plated (ELNP)
Finish Q= ELNP and stainless steel
B name-plate
Screwed version DN15, DN20, DN25, DN32,
Size DN15
DN40 and DN50
D
BSPF x BSPF BSPF
A Connections NPTF x NPTF x
(Inlet x Outlet) Clamp x BSPF BSPF
Selection example
SV615 A N DN15 BSPF x BSPF
If ELNP finish is required, add 'P'.

1 off Spirax Sarco SV615AN safety valve having DN15 screwed
BSPF x BSPF connections, set at 6 bar g.
Sanitary clamp version B
E
D
A

Control valves
Safety valves
4.7.11
Control valves
Safety
TI-S13-27
CH Issue 13
SV60
Safety Valve
4.7.12
Description
The SV60 is a range of full lift flanged safety valves suitable for use on steam, inert industrial gas and water services. Please contact
Spirax Sarco for suitability of any other media.
Available types
Model and material Bonnet and cap configuration
Open type easing lever
SV604 Carbon steel Closed bonnet Sealed cap
SV607 SG iron Packed easing lever - DN20 to DN100 only
Open bonnet Open type easing lever
Applications
The SV60 is suitable for the protection of steam boilers, pipelines, pressure vessels, compressors and receivers and most general process
industry applications.
Certification
A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test pressure. Also
available on request is material certification in accordance with EN 10204 3.1.
The SV60 carries the mark and complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC falling within
Category 4 for Group 2 gases.
Seat tightness to ASME / API Standard 527-1992.
Lloyds Register (LR) type approval - Certificate number 01 / 00125 (E2).
The SV604 (PN flanged) is approved by the TV to AD-Merkblatt A2, AD-Merkblatt A4, TRD 421, Vd TV 100, 100 / 4.
Sizes and end connections Inlet sizes: DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125 and DN150.
Valve type Inlet connection Outlet connection
PN16 (DN65 to DN150 only) PN16
SV607
PN25 PN16
PN40 PN16
SV604
ASME 300 ASME 150
Standard PN flanges are to EN 1092 and ASME 300 flanges to EN 1759-1.
Page 1 of 7
Control valves
Safety valves

Temperature C

SV604 PN40 inlet

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g

This product must not be
Temperature C
used in this region.

SV607 PN25 inlet Steam
saturation A tungsten alloy spring must
curve be used in this region.
Consult Spirax Sarco for
further information.

Pressure bar g
Temperature C
SV607 PN16 inlet Steam

saturation
curve
4.7.13
Pressure bar g
SV604 PN40
SV607 PN16 or PN25
Size Saturated steam Air Water
DN20 x DN32 29 bar g 40 bar g 40 bar g
SV604 PN40 DN50 x DN80 29 bar g 40 bar g 40 bar g
Set pressure range maximum
DN20 x DN32 22.5 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
PN25 DN50 x DN80 22.5 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
SV607 DN100 x DN150 22.5 bar g 25 bar g 25 bar g
PN16 DN100 x DN150 14.6 bar g 16 bar g 16 bar g
Set pressure range minimum SV604 and SV607 0.2 bar g
SV604 400C
Maximum
Temperature SV607 350C
Minimum SV604 and SV607 -10C
Steam 5%
Performance data Overpressure
Liquids and gas 10%
Steam and gas 10%
Blowdown limit
Liquids 20%
Backpressure limit 10% of set pressure
SV604 60 bar g
Designed for a maximum inlet
PN25 38 bar g
cold hydraulic test pressure of: SV607
PN16 24 bar g
TI-S13-27 CH Issue 13 SV60 Safety Valve Page 2 of 7

Control valves
Safety valves
32 31 30
4 26, 27 4
17 19, 20
4 29
14 28
15
18 16
18
34
6 35
Sealed cap
9
3
Packed easing lever
12 (DN20 to DN100 only)
11
7
22 10
33
13
21
23 5
8
36 2
4.7.14
1
Materials
No. Part Material SV607 / SV604
1 Body SG iron / carbon steel GJS-400-18LT / 1.0619 + N
2 Seat Stainless steel DN20 - DN100 1.4057 or for DN125 - DN150 ANC2
3 Bonnet SG iron / carbon steel GJS-400-18LT / 1.0619 + N
4 Cap SG iron GJS-400-15
Stainless steel, DN20 - DN100 1.4021 or for
5 Disc
hardened 47-52 HRC (Hardened Rockwell 'C' Scale) DN125 - DN150 CA15
Standard Chrome-vanadium alloy steel
6 Spring
For temperatures above 230C Tungsten alloy steel
7 Guide plate SG iron GJS-400-15
8 Skirt Stainless steel DN20 - DN100 1.4301 or for DN125 - DN150 1.4308
9 Stem Stainless steel 1.4021
10 Body bolts Steel CK35
* 11 Spring plate Carbon steel C45E
* 12 Bearing ring (DN80 to DN150 only) Stainless steel 1.4021
13 Spacer Stainless steel 1.4021
14 Adjustment screw Stainless steel 1.4021
15 Lock-nut Zinc plated carbon steel
16 Screw Zinc plated steel
17 Collar Zinc plated carbon steel
18 Lever SG iron GJS-400-15
19 Cross pin Zinc plated carbon steel
20 Circlip Spring steel
21 Disc pin Spring steel DIN 7343, A304
22 Collets Stainless steel 1.4021
23 Stem ball Stainless steel
26 Collar pin Zinc plated carbon steel
27 Collar circlip Spring stainless steel
28 Packed lever spindle Stainless steel ASTM A276 431
29 Lifting fork Carbon steel
30 Gland packing Graphite
31 Gland Stainless steel ASTM A276 304
32 Gland nut Carbon steel
33 Guide plate gaskets (2 off) Reinforced exfoliated graphite
34 Sealed cap gasket Universal SA
35 Packed lever cap gasket Universal SA
36 Body drain plug BSP Steel
* Note: The spring plate (11) and bearing ring design (12) varies according to the valve size and set pressure.

Control valves
Safety valves
Table 1 - SV60 flow capacity for dry saturated steam in kilogrammes per hour (kg / h)
(calculated at 10% overpressure. In accordance with EN ISO 4126)
Valve size DN in /out 20 / 32 25 / 40 32 / 50 40 / 65 50 / 80 65 / 100 80 / 125 100 / 150 125 / 200 150 / 250
Flow area (mm) 230 445 740 1140 1979 2734 4185 6504 8659 12272
Set pressure (bar g) Dry saturated steam, kg/h

0.5 129 269 401 525 875 1 357 1 889 3 053 4 299 6 203
1.0 192 403 608 812 1 315 2 014 2 831 4 635 6 380 9 190
1.5 254 538 816 1 102 1 764 2 726 3 793 6 190 8 502 12 235
2.0 312 661 1 005 1 363 2 187 3 367 4 775 7 775 10 665 15 337
2.5 369 789 1 187 1 636 2 631 3 981 5 652 9 162 12 791 18 388
3.0 427 911 1 354 1 867 3 002 4 609 6 551 10 651 14 805 21 278
3.5 485 1 023 1 521 2 097 3 372 5 251 7 471 12 139 16 864 24 233
4.0 538 1 148 1 688 2 326 3 801 5 825 8 289 13 662 18 709 26 883
4.5 591 1 261 1 854 2 555 4 175 6 398 9 104 15 006 20 549 29 527
5.0 644 1 374 2 019 2 783 4 548 6 970 9 917 16 347 22 385 32 165
5.5 697 1 487 2 185 3 011 4 920 7 540 10 729 17 685 24 217 34 798
6.0 750 1 599 2 350 3 239 5 291 8 110 11 539 19 021 26 046 37 427
6.5 802 1 711 2 514 3 466 5 662 8 678 12 349 20 354 27 873 40 052
4.7.15 7.0 855 1 823 2 679 3 693 6 033 9 246 13 157 21 687 29 697 42 673
7.5 907 1 935 2 843 3 919 6 403 9 814 13 964 23 017 31 519 45 291
8.0 959 2 047 3 007 4 145 6 773 10 380 14 771 24 346 33 339 47 907
8.5 1 012 2 158 3 172 4 372 7 143 10 947 15 577 25 675 35 159 50521
9.0 1 064 2 270 3 336 4 598 7 512 11 513 16 382 27 003 36 976 53133
9.5 1 116 2 381 3 499 4 824 7 881 12 078 17 187 28 329 38 793 55 743
10.0 1 169 2 493 3 663 5 049 8 250 12 644 17 991 29 655 40 608 58 352
11.0 1 273 2 715 3 991 5 501 8 987 13 774 19 599 32 305 44 237 63 566
12.0 1 377 2 938 4 318 5 952 9 724 14 903 21 206 34 955 47 866 68 780
13.0 1 482 3 161 4 645 6 402 10 460 16 032 22 812 37 601 51 490 73 989
14.0 1 586 3 383 4 972 6 853 11 197 17 161 24 419 40 250 55 117 79 199
15.0 1 690 3 606 5 299 7 304 11 934 18 290 26 025 42 898 58 743 84 410
16.0 1 795 3 829 5 626 7 755 12 671 19 420 27 633 45 547 62 371 89 623
17.0 1 899 4 051 5 954 8 206 13 408 20 549 29 240 48 196 65 999 -
18.0 2 004 4 274 6 281 8 658 14 146 21 680 30 849 50 847 69 630 -
19.0 2 108 4 497 6 609 9 110 14 884 22 812 32 460 53 504 73 267 -
20.0 2 213 4 721 6 937 9 562 15 623 23 944 34 070 56 158 76 902 -
21.0 2 318 4 944 7 266 10 015 16 363 25 078 35 684 58 818 - -
22.0 2 423 5 168 7 594 10 468 17 103 26 212 37 298 61 479 - -
23.0 2 528 5 392 7 924 10 922 17 844 27 348 38 915 64 144 - -
24.0 2 633 5 616 8 253 11 376 18 587 28 487 40 535 66 814 - -
25.0 2 738 5 841 8 584 11 831 19 331 29 626 42 156 69 487 - -
26.0 2 844 6 065 8 914 12 286 20 074 30 766 43 777 - - -
27.0 2 949 6 291 9 245 12 743 20 820 31 909 45 404 - - -
28.0 3 058 6 524 9 587 13 214 21 590 33 089 47 083 - - -
29.0 3 163 6 748 9 917 13 669 22 333 34 228 48 704 - - -

Control valves
Safety valves
Table 2 - SV60 flow capacity for air - normal m3/ h at 0C and 1013 mbar
(calculated in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2 and TRD 421)
Valve size DN in /out 20 /32 25/40 32 /50 40 /65 50 /80 65 /100 80 /125 100 /150 125 /200 150 /250
Orifice (mm) 17.0 23.8 30.6 38.0 50.1 59.0 73.0 91.0 105 125
Flow area (mm) 230 445 740 1 140 1 979 2 734 4 185 6 504 8 659 12 272
w (P > 4 bar) 0.78 0.86 0.76 0.68 0.64 0.71 0.66 0.70 0.72 0.73
Set pressure (bar g) Flow capacity for air m /h

0.5 145 304 456 472 996 1 521 2 115 3 466 4 809 6 955
1.0 227 480 728 973 1 578 2 419 3 383 5 514 7 621 10 975
1.5 303 643 975 1 323 2 125 3 251 4 572 7 434 10 267 14 753
2.0 377 802 1 211 1 657 2 657 4 062 5 742 9 328 12 885 18 509
2.5 450 956 1 438 1 978 3 171 4 853 6 892 11 195 15 467 22 232
3.0 522 1 107 1 656 2 289 3 672 5 627 8 026 13 015 18 018 25 924
3.5 593 1 255 1 868 2 591 4 161 6 388 9 146 14 837 20 542 29 590
4.0 660 1 411 2 074 2 858 4 670 7 157 10 184 16 785 22 986 33 029
4.5 728 1 554 2 285 3 149 5 145 7 884 11 219 18 491 25 321 36 385
5.0 795 1 697 2 496 3 439 5 619 8 611 12 254 20 196 27 657 39 741
5.5 862 1 841 2 706 3 730 6 094 9 338 13 289 21 902 29 992 43 097
6.0 929 1 984 2 917 4 020 6 568 10 065 14 324 23 607 32 328 46 452
6.5 996 2 127 3 128 4 310 7 043 10 793 15 359 25 313 34 663 49 808
7.0 1 063 2 271 3 339 4 601 7 517 11 520 16 393 27 018 36 999 53 164
7.5 1 130 2 414 3 549 4 891 7 992 12 247 17 428 28 724 39 334 56 520 4.7.16
8.0 1 197 2 557 3 760 5 182 8 466 12 974 18 463 30 429 41 670 59 876
8.5 1 264 2 701 3 971 5 472 8 941 13 701 19 498 32 135 44 005 63 232
9.0 1 332 2 844 4 182 5 763 9 415 14 428 20 533 33 840 46 341 66 588
9.5 1 399 2 987 4 392 6 053 9 890 15 156 21 567 35 546 48 677 69 944
10.0 1 466 3 131 4 603 6 343 10 365 15 883 22 602 37 251 51 012 73 300
11.0 1 600 3 417 5 025 6 924 11 314 17 337 24 672 40 662 55 683 80 012
12.0 1 734 3 704 5 446 7 505 12 263 18 791 26 741 44 073 60 354 86 724
13.0 1 868 3 990 5 868 8 086 13 212 20 246 28 811 47 484 65 025 93 436
14.0 2 003 4 277 6 289 8 667 14 161 21 700 30 881 50 895 69 696 100 148
15.0 2 137 4 564 6 711 9 248 15 110 23 154 32 950 54 306 74 367 106 860
16.0 2 271 4 850 7 132 9 828 16 059 24 609 35 020 57 717 79 038 113 572
17.0 2 405 5 137 7 554 10 409 17 008 26 063 37 090 61 129 83 709 -
18.0 2 539 5 424 7 975 10 990 17 957 27 517 39 159 64 540 88 380 -
19.0 2 674 5 710 8 397 11 571 18 906 28 972 41 229 67 951 93 051 -
20.0 2 808 5 997 8 818 12 152 19 855 30 426 43 299 71 362 97 723 -
21.0 2 942 6 284 9 240 12 733 20 804 31 880 45 368 74 773 - -
22.0 3 076 6 570 9 661 13 314 21 753 33 335 47 438 78 184 - -
23.0 3 210 6 857 10 083 13 894 22 702 34 789 49 507 81 595 - -
24.0 3 345 7 144 10 504 14 475 23 651 36 243 51 577 85 006 - -
25.0 3 479 7 430 10 926 15 056 24 600 37 698 53 647 88 417 - -
26.0 3 613 7 717 11 347 15 637 25 549 39 152 55 716 - - -
27.0 3 747 8 004 11 769 16 218 26 498 40 606 57 786 - - -
28.0 3 882 8 290 12 190 16 799 27 447 42 061 59 856 - - -
29.0 4 016 8 577 12 612 17 379 28 397 43 515 61 925 - - -
30.0 4 150 8 864 13 033 17 960 29 346 44 969 63 995 - - -
31.0 4 284 9 150 13 455 18 541 30 295 46 424 66 064 - - -
32.0 4 418 9 437 13 876 19 122 31 244 47 878 68 134 - - -
33.0 4 553 9 724 14 298 19 703 31 907 - - - - -
34.0 4 687 10 010 14 719 20 284 32 865 - - - - -
35.0 4 821 10 297 15 141 20 865 33 809 - - - - -
36.0 4 955 10 583 15 562 21 445 34 749 - - - - -
37.0 5 089 10 870 15 984 22 026 35 690 - - - - -
38.0 5 224 11 157 16 405 22 607 36 631 - - - - -
39.0 5 358 11 443 16 826 23 188 37 572 - - - - -
40.0 5 492 11 730 17 248 23 769 38 514 - - - - -

Control valves
Safety valves
Table 3 - SV60 flow capacity for water in tonnes / h at 25% overpressure

Valve size DN in / out 20 /32 25/40 32 /50 40 /65 50 /80 65 /100 80 /125 100 /150 125 /200 150 /250
Orifice (mm) 17.0 23.8 30.6 38.0 50.1 59.0 73.0 91.0 105 125
Flow area (mm) 230 445 740 1140 1979 2734 4185 6504 8659 12272
w 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Set pressure (bar g) Flow capacity for water tonnes / h

0.5 4.6 8.9 14.9 22.9 39.8 55.0 84.1 130.8 174.1 246.7
1.0 6.5 12.6 21.0 32.4 56.3 77.7 119.0 184.9 246.2 348.9
2.0 9.2 17.9 29.8 45.8 79.6 109.9 168.3 261.5 348.2 493.5
3.0 11.3 21.9 36.5 56.1 97.5 134.6 206.1 320.3 426.4 604.4
4.0 13.1 25.3 42.1 64.8 112.6 155.5 238.0 369.9 492.4 697.9
5.0 14.6 28.3 47.1 72.5 125.8 173.8 266.1 413.5 550.5 780.2
6.0 16.0 31.0 51.6 79.4 137.8 190.4 291.5 453.0 603.1 854.7
7.0 17.3 33.5 55.7 85.8 148.9 205.7 314.9 489.3 651.4 923.2
8.0 18.5 35.8 59.5 91.7 159.2 219.9 336.6 523.1 696.4 986.9
9.0 19.6 37.9 63.1 97.2 168.8 233.2 357.0 554.8 738.6 1 046.8
10.0 20.6 40.0 66.6 102.5 178.0 245.8 376.3 584.8 778.6 1 103.4
11.0 21.7 42.0 69.8 107.5 186.6 257.8 394.7 613.3 816.6 1 157.3
12.0 22.6 43.8 72.9 112.3 194.9 269.3 412.2 640.6 852.9 1 208.7
13.0 23.5 45.6 75.9 116.9 202.9 280.3 429.1 666.8 887.7 1 258.1
14.0 24.4 47.3 78.8 121.3 210.6 290.9 445.3 691.9 921.2 1 305.6
15.0 25.3 49.0 81.5 125.5 218.0 301.1 460.9 716.2 953.5 1 351.4
4.7.17 16.0
17.0
26.1
26.9
50.6
52.2
84.2
86.8
129.7
133.7
225.1
232.0
310.9
320.5
476.0
490.7
739.7
762.5
984.8
1 015.1
1 395.7
-
18.0 27.7 53.7 89.3 137.5 238.8 329.8 504.9 784.6 1 044.6 -
19.0 28.5 55.1 91.7 141.3 245.3 338.8 518.7 806.1 1 073.2 -
20.0 29.2 56.6 94.1 145.0 251.7 347.6 532.2 827.0 1 101.1 -
21.0 29.9 58.0 96.5 148.6 257.9 356.2 545.3 847.4 - -
22.0 30.6 59.3 98.7 152.0 264.0 364.6 558.2 867.4 - -
23.0 31.3 60.7 100.9 155.5 269.9 372.8 570.7 886.9 - -
24.0 32.0 62.0 103.1 158.8 275.7 380.8 583.0 906.0 - -
25.0 32.6 63.2 105.2 162.1 281.4 388.7 595.0 940.0 - -
26.0 33.3 64.5 107.3 165.3 287.0 396.4 606.8 - - -
27.0 33.9 65.7 109.4 168.4 292.4 403.9 618.4 - - -
28.0 34.6 66.9 111.4 171.5 297.8 411.3 629.7 - - -
29.0 35.2 68.1 113.3 174.6 303.1 418.6 640.9 - - -
30.0 35.8 69.3 115.3 177.6 308.2 425.8 651.8 - - -
31.0 36.4 70.4 117.2 180.5 313.3 432.8 662.6 - - -
32.0 36.9 71.6 119.1 183.4 318.3 439.7 673.2 - - -
33.0 37.5 72.7 120.9 186.2 323.3 - - - - -
34.0 38.1 73.8 122.7 189.0 328.1 - - - - -
35.0 38.6 74.8 124.5 191.8 332.9 - - - - -
36.0 39.2 75.9 126.3 194.5 337.7 - - - - -
37.0 39.7 76.9 128.0 197.2 342.3 - - - - -
38.0 40.3 78.0 129.7 199.8 346.9 - - - - -
39.0 40.8 79.0 131.4 202.4 351.4 - - - - -
40.0 41.3 80.0 133.1 205.0 355.9 - - - - -
Table 4 w / Kdr values for SV60 safety valves

Set pressure (bar g)
Size 0.2 - 0.49 0.5 - 0.99 1.0 - 1.49 1.5 - 1.99 2.0 - 2.49 2.5 - 2.99 3.0 - 3.49 3.5 - 3.99 Above 4.0
DN20 x DN32 0.56 0.62 0.69 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.77 0.78 0.78
DN25 x DN40 0.62 0.67 0.75 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.85 0.86
DN32 x DN50 0.56 0.60 0.68 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76
DN40 x DN65 0.45 0.51 0.59 0.64 0.66 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68
DN50 x DN80 0.47 0.49 0.55 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.64
DN65 x DN100 0.50 0.55 0.61 0.66 0.68 0.69 0.70 0.71 0.71
DN80 x DN125 0.45 0.50 0.56 0.60 0.63 0.64 0.65 0.66 0.66
DN100 x DN150 0.48 0.52 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.70
DN125 x DN200 0.50 0.55 0.61 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.71 0.72 0.72
DN150 x DN250 0.51 0.56 0.62 0.66 0.69 0.71 0.72 0.73 0.73

Control valves
Safety valves

Refer to:- http://www.spiraxsarco.com /prs/product-sizing.asp

Size Dimensions Weight
Inlet / Outlet Flow SV604 SV607
A B C D
DN20 - DN32 85 95 385 17.0 10.5 10.5
DN25 - DN40 100 105 435 23.8 12.5 11.5
DN32 - DN50 110 115 450 30.6 16.0 15.0
DN40 - DN65 115 140 520 38.0 18.0 18.0
DN50 - DN80 120 150 535 50.1 20.0 22.0
DN65 - DN100 140 170 710 59.0 40.0 38.0
DN80 - DN125 160 195 790 73.0 56.0 53.0
DN100 - DN150 180 220 835 91.0 77.0 75.0
DN125 - DN200 200 250 1 042 105.0 120.0 115.0
DN150 - DN250 225 285 1 165 125.0 190.0 180.0

Installation note:
The safety valve should always be fitted with the centre line of
the spring housing vertically above the valve.
4.7.18
Open bonnet valves are recommended for all steam boiler
applications and for valves fitted with Tungsten alloy springs.
SV60 safety valve selection guide:

Body material 4 = Carbon steel C

4
7 = SG iron
A = Closed bonnet / easing lever

B = Closed bonnet / sealed cap
A
Configuration C = Closed bonnet / packed lever
(DN20 to DN100 only)
D = Open bonnet / easing lever
S = Stainless steel with

chrome-vanadium alloy B
Seal material steel spring S
T = Stainless steel with
tungsten alloy steel spring
Size DN20 to DN150 DN20
D
Inlet PN16 (DN65 to DN150 only), PN25,
PN40 A
connection PN40 or ASME (ANSI) 300
Selection example SV60 4 A S DN20 PN40

1 off Spirax Sarco SV604AS, DN20 flanged PN40 safety valve with
a set pressure of 6 bar g.

Control valves
Safety valves
4.7.19
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 1 of 5
TI-P317-02
CH Issue 4

ISO 9001
SV60H
Safety Valve
4.7.20
Description
The SV60H is a range of full lift safety valves suitable for the protection of hot water generators. The construction is characterised by an
EPDM bellows and elastomer seat seal to ensure leak free operation.
Available types
Set pressure range 1 to 10 bar g (in 0.5 bar increments)
SV604H Carbon steel
Body materials
SV607H SG iron
'O' ring seat seals in accordance with Vd TV-Merkblatt SV100/4 EPDM, Viton
Applications
The SV60H is designed to protect hot water generators from overpressure in accordance with DIN 4751, Side 2, for temperatures up
to 120C.
Certication
A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test pressure.
Also available on request is material certication in accordance with EN 10204 3.1.
The SV60H carries the mark and complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23/EC and falls
within Category 4 for Group 2 gases.
The SV60H is approved by the TV to TRD 421, TRD 721 and Vd TV Merkblatt SV100 and 100 / 4.
Size and end connections Inlet sizes DN20, DN25, DN32, DN40, DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125 and DN150
Valve type Inlet connection Outlet connection
PN16 (DN65 to DN150 only) PN16
SV607H
PN25 PN16
SV604H PN40 PN16
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 2 of 5

Please contact Spirax Sarco, when so required, for relevant details regarding the maximum allowable limits that the shell can withstand.
Temperature C

The product must not

SV604H PN40 inlet be used in this region.

Pressure bar g

Temperature C
SV607H PN25 inlet

Pressure bar g
4.7.21

Temperature C
SV607H PN16 inlet

Pressure bar g
SV604H PN40
SV607H PN16 or PN25
Maximum 10 bar g
Set pressure range
Minimum 1 bar g
Minimum 5C
EPDM seat
Maximum 120C
Temperature
Minimum 5C
Viton seat
Maximum 120C
Overpressure 10%
Blowdown limit 10% of set pressure
Performance data
Derated coefcient of discharge values 0.5
Backpressure limit Up to 10% of set pressure
PN40 60 bar g
Designed for a maximum inlet
PN25 38 bar g
PN16 24 bar g
SV60H Safety Valve TI-P317-02 CH Issue 4
Page 2 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 3 of 5
Materials
No. Part Material 17 26 19, 20
1 Body SV604H Carbon steel 1.0619 + N
SV607H SG iron GJS-400-18 LT
DN20 - DN100 Stainless steel 1.4057 4
2 Seat
DN125 - DN150 Stainless steel ANC2 39
SV604H Carbon steel 1.0619 + N
3 Bonnet
SV607H SG iron GJS-400-18 LT
13
4 Cap SG iron GJS-400-15
5 Disc
DN150 Stainless steel CA15
3
6 Spring Chrome-vanadium alloy steel
10
7 Skirt
DN125 - DN150 Stainless steel 1.4308
8 Stem Stainless steel 1.4021 6
9 Body bolts Steel CK35
10 Spring plate Carbon steel C45E 8
11 Collets Steel 1.4021
13 Adjustment screw Stainless steel 1.4021 10
14 Lock-nut Zinc plated carbon steel 11
15
17
Guide plate
Collar
SG iron GJS-400-15
Zinc plated carbon steel
4.7.22
18 Lever SG iron GJS-400-15 35 9
19 Lever cross pin Zinc plated carbon steel
44
20 Circlip Spring steel 35
43
21 Disc pin Spring steel 15
21
22 Body drain plug " BSP Steel DIN 7343, A304 16
23
23 Stem ball Stainless steel 45 7
26 Collar pin Zinc plated carbon steel 2 32
46
32 'O' ring washer Stainless steel 1.4021
35 Guide plate gasket (2 off) Reinforced exfoliated graphite 22
39 Collar circlip Spring steel
43 Bellows EPDM
1
44 Hose clamp Stainless steel
45 'O' ring EPDM / Viton
46 Nut Stainless steel
Page 3 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 4 of 5
Table 1 - SV60H ow capacities for hot water in kilowatts (kW) at or above 100C
(calculated in accordance with TRD 721)
Valve size DN 20 /32 25/40 32 /50 40 /65 50 /80 65 /100 80 /125 100 /150 125 /200 150 /250
Orice (mm) 17.0 23.8 30.6 38.0 50.1 59.0 73.0 91.0 105 125
Area (mm) 230 445 740 1140 1979 2734 4185 6504 8659 12272
Set pressure (bar g) Flow capacity for hot water kW

1.0 122 236 327 504 875 1 172 1 795 3 050 4 061 5 756
1.5 149 288 437 673 1 168 1 569 2 402 3 733 4 970 7 044
2.0 176 341 531 818 1 421 1 883 2 882 4 416 5 879 8 333
2.5 204 394 580 894 1 552 2 143 3 281 5 099 6 789 9 621
3.0 229 443 653 1 005 1 745 2 411 3 691 5 737 7 637 10 824
3.5 256 496 730 1 125 1 953 2 698 4 131 6 419 8 546 12 112
4.0 282 545 803 1 237 2 147 2 966 4 541 7 057 9 395 13 315
4.5 307 594 875 1 349 2 341 3 234 4 951 7 694 10 244 14 518
5.0 333 643 948 1 460 2 535 3 502 5 361 8 332 11 092 15 720
5.5 358 693 1 020 1 572 2 729 3 770 5 771 8 969 11 941 16 923
6.0 382 738 1 088 1 676 2 909 4 019 6 152 9 561 12 729 18 040
6.5 414 802 1 181 1 819 3 158 4 363 6 679 10 380 13 820 19 586
7.0 431 833 1 228 1 891 3 283 4 536 6 943 10 790 14 365 20 359
7.5 456 882 1 300 2 003 3 477 4 804 7 353 11 428 15 214 21 562
8.0 480 928 1 368 2 107 3 657 5 052 7 734 12 019 16 002 22 679
4.7.23 8.5
9.0
500
529
967
1 023
1 425
1 507
2 195
2 322
3 810
4 031
5 263
5 569
8 056
8 525
12 520
13 249
16 669
17 638
23 624
24 998
9.5 556 1 076 1 585 2 442 4 239 5 856 8 964 13 932 18 548 26 287
10.0 574 1 111 1 637 2 522 4 378 6 048 9 257 14 387 19 154 27 146
Table 2 - TRD 721 sizing

The safety valve discharge capacity expressed as heat output p of the heat generator in kW is calculated according to the following
formula:
P = Ao . w . K
Valve size DN 20 /32 25/40 32 /50 40 /65 50 /80 65 /100 80 /125 100 /150 125 /200 150 /250
Orice (mm) do 17.0 23.8 30.6 38.0 50.1 59.0 73.0 91.0 105 125
Area (mm) Ao 230 445 740 1140 1979 2734 4185 6504 8659 12272
Set pressure bar g w values

1.0 0.79 0.79 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.64 0.64 0.70 0.70 0.70
1.5 0.79 0.79 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70
2.0 0.79 0.79 0.74 0.74 0.74 0.71 0.71 0.70 0.70 0.70
2.5 to 10 0.79 0.79 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70
Constant K depending on the set pressure (bar g)

Set pressure bar g K
1.0 0.67
1.5 0.82
2.0 0.97
2.5 1.12
3.0 1.26
3.5 1.41
4.0 1.55
4.5 1.69
5.0 1.83
6.0 2.10
7.0 2.37
8.0 2.64
9.0 2.91
10.0 3.16
Page 4 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 5 of 5

Dimensions Weight
Size
Flow SV604H SV607H
Inlet / Outlet
A B C D
DN20 - DN32 85 95 385 17.0 10.5 10.5
DN25 - DN40 100 105 435 23.8 12.5 11.5
DN32 - DN50 110 115 450 30.6 16.0 15.0
DN40 - DN65 115 140 520 38.0 18.0 18.0
DN50 - DN80 120 150 535 50.1 20.0 22.0
DN65 - DN100 140 170 710 59.0 40.0 38.0
DN80 - DN125 160 195 790 73.0 56.0 53.0
DN100 - DN150 180 220 835 91.0 77.0 75.0
DN125 - DN200 200 250 1 042 105.0 120.0 115.0
DN150 - DN250 225 285 1 165 125.0 190.0 180.0

Installation note: The safety valve should always be tted with the
centre line of the spring housing vertically above the valve.

In accordance with TRD 721. See Tables 1 and 2, page 4. 4.7.24
SV60H safety valve selection guide:
4H = Carbon steel
Body material 4H
7H = SG iron
C
Conguration A = Closed bonnet / easing lever A
E = EPDM
Seal material E
V = Viton
Size DN20 to DN150 DN20
Inlet PN16 (DN65 to DN150 only) PN40

connection PN25, PN40 B
Selection example SV60 4H A E DN20 PN40
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SV604HAE, DN20 anged PN40 D
safety valve with a set pressure of 6 bar g.
A
Page 5 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
4.7.25
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 1 of 4
TI-P315-04
CH Issue 3
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 SVL606

ISO 9001
Stainless Steel
Safety Valve
Description
The SVL606 is a stainless steel, full lift TV approved anged safety
valve suitable for use with steam, gas and liquids. 9
Available types
Two main variations of the valve are available:
SVL606-B with a sealed cap for liquid service. 11
SVL606-C with a packed easing lever for steam (or other services
where a lever is specied).
Note: Both designs have closed bonnets.
Applications 8
The SVL606 is suitable for the overpressure protection of steam
boilers, pipelines, pressure vessels and most general process
industry applications, particularly where a valve of all stainless steel
construction is required to minimise contamination of the process
media or where hygienic considerations and aesthetic qualities are
prerequisites. This valve is also suitable for cryogenic service. 4.7.26
Standards and approvals 7
Approved by the TV to AD Merkblatt A2, TRD 421.
The requirements of the European Pressure Equipment
Directive, 97/23/EC have been satised and the valve belongs to
Category 4, having been designed for use with uids in Group 1
and 2 (gases and liquids). Always consult Spirax Sarco for uid 5
compatibility.

Flanged
Inlet
DN 25 32 40
50 65 80 100 125 150 EN 1092
size
PN40 10
Flanged
Outlet
DN 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 EN 1092
size
PN16
12
Optional extras 13
Flanges: ANSI B 16.5 anges are available on request.
Soft seals are available (contact Spirax Sarco for pressure/
14
temperature limitations).
Special springs to extend the set pressure range on certain sizes
can be provided. 4
3
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless steel 1.4408 2
2 Seat Stainless steel 1.4404
Disc Stainless steel 1.4404
3 Disc with 'O' ring
EPDM (FDA approved)
(when specied)
4 Guide Stainless steel 1.4404 1
5 Bonnet Stainless steel 1.4408
6 Spindle Stainless steel 1.4404
7 Spring plate Stainless steel 1.4404
Adjustment screw Stainless steel 1.4404
8
with bush PTFE
Optional
9 Cap Stainless steel 1.4404 EPDM soft seat seal
11 Easing lever Stainless steel 1.4408
12 Bolt Stainless steel 1.4401
13 Nut Stainless steel 1.4401
14 Body gasket Laminated graphite
Page 1 of 4
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 2 of 4

A
Temperature C
Steam saturation
curve The product must not be used in this region.
C

A - B Metal seat
C - B EPDM seat seal is limited to a maximum operating
B temperature of 130C.

Pressure bar g

Maximum 40 bar g
DN25 to DN40
Minimum 0.1 bar g
Maximum 33 bar g
DN50
Minimum 0.1 bar g
Set pressure
Maximum 28 bar g
Please note: That DN65
Minimum 0.1 bar g
higher set pressures
are available with Maximum 13.6 bar g
special springs. DN80
Minimum 0.1 bar g
Consult Spirax Sarco.
Maximum 15 bar g
DN100 and DN125
Minimum 0.1 bar g
Maximum 7 bar g
DN150
Minimum 0.1 bar g
4.7.27 Metal seat
Maximum +300C
Minimum -270C
Temperature
Maximum +130C
EPDM seat
Minimum -45C
Overpressure Steam, gas, liquid Maximum 10%
Blowdown limits Steam, gas, liquid Maximum 10%
Performance data
Derated coefcient of Steam, gas 0.70
discharge values Liquid 0.45
Designed for a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of: 60 bar g
Table 1 - SVL606 ow capacity for dry saturated steam in kilogrammes per hour (kg / h)
(calculated at 10% overpressure in accordance with EN ISO 4126)
Valve size DN in / out 25 / 40 32 / 50 40 / 65 50 / 80 65 / 100 80 / 125 100 / 150 125 / 200 150 / 250
mm2 416 661 1 075 1 662 2 827 4 301 6 648 7 543 12 272
Flow area
in2 0.645 1.024 1.666 2.576 4.382 6.667 10.3 11.69 19.02
Set pressure (bar g) Dry saturated steam, kg / h

0.2 151 240 390 604 1 027 1 562 2 415 2 740 4 457
0.5 214 341 554 857 1 457 2 217 3 427 3 888 6 325
1.0 319 507 825 1 275 2 169 3 300 5 100 5 787 9 415
2.0 504 801 1 303 2 015 3 427 5 213 8 058 9 143 14 875
3.0 678 1 077 1 751 2 707 4 605 7 006 10 829 12 297 19 991
4.0 843 1 339 2 177 3 366 5 726 8 711 13 465 15 277 24 855
5.0 1 007 1 599 2 601 4 022 6 840 10 407 16 086 18 252 29 694
6.0 1 170 1 859 3 023 4 674 7 951 12 096 18 697 21 214 34 514
7.0 1 333 2 118 3 444 5 325 9 058 13 781 21 300 24 168 39 320
8.0 1 495 2 376 3 864 5 975 10 162 15 461 23 898 27 115
9.0 1 658 2 634 4 284 6 623 11 265 17 138 26 491 30 057
10.0 1 820 2 891 4 702 7 270 12 366 18 813 29 080 32 995
12.0 2 143 3 406 5 539 8 563 14 565 22 160 43 252 38 863
13.6 2 402 3 817 6 207 9 596 16 323 24 834 38 385 43 553
15.0 1 628 4 176 6 792 10 501 17 861 42 003 47 657
16.0 2 790 4 433 7 210 11 147 18 960
18.0 3 114 4 947 8 046 12 440 21 159
20.0 3 438 5 462 8 883 13 733 23 360
22.0 3 762 5 978 9 722 15 030 25 565
SVL606 Stainless Steel Safety Valve TI-P315-04 CH Issue 3
Page 2 of 4
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 3 of 4
Table 2 - SVL606 ow capacity for air - normal m3 / h at 0C and 1013 mbar

(calculated in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2)
mm2 416 661 1 075 1 662 2 827 4 301 6 648 7 543 12 272
Flow area
in2 0.645 1.024 1.666 2.576 4.382 6.667 10.3 11.69 19.02
Set pressure (bar g) Flow capacity for air m3/h

0.2 162 258 420 649 1 105 1 680 2 597 2 947 4 794
0.5 263 418 680 1 051 1 789 2 721 4 206 4 772 7 764
1.0 388 617 1 004 1 552 2 641 4 017 6 209 7 045 11 461
3.0 854 1 357 2 209 3 414 5 809 8 836 13 657 15 497 25 212
5.0 1 289 2 050 3 337 5 157 8 774 13 346 20 629 23 407 38 082
7.0 1 725 2 742 4 464 6 900 11 739 17 857 27 600 31 317 50 951
10.0 2 379 3 781 6 155 9 514 16 187 24 622 38 057 43 183
12.0 2 814 4 474 7 283 11 257 19 152 29 152 45 028 51 093
13.6 3 163 5 028 8 185 12 651 21 524 32 747 50 617 57 431
15.0 3 468 5 305 8 974 13 872 23 600 55 498 62 970
16.0 3 686 5 859 9 538 14 743 25 082
18.0 4121 6 552 10 666 16 486 28 047
20.0 4 557 7 245 11 793 18 228 31 012
22.0 4 993 7 938 12 921 19 971 33 977
26.0 5 864 9 323 15 176 23 457 39 908
28.0 6 300 10 016 16 304 25 200 42 873 4.7.28
30.0 6 736 10 708 17 431 26 942
32.0 7 171 11 401 18 559 28 685
33.0 7 389 11 747 19 123 29 565
36.0 8 043 12 786 20 814
40.0 8 914 14 172 23 069
Table 3 - SVL606 ow capacity for water in kilogrammes per hour (kg/h) at 20C
(calculated in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2 at 10% overpressure)
mm2 416 661 1 075 1 662 2 827 4 301 6 648 7 543 12 272
Flow area
in2 0.645 1.024 1.666 2.576 4.382 6.667 10.3 11.69 19.02
Set pressure (bar g) Flow capacity for water kg/h

0.2 5 210 8 280 13 500 20 800 15 500 53 000 85 300 94 600 154 000
0.5 7 370 11 700 19 100 29 500 50 100 76 300 118 000 134 000 218 000
1.0 9 970 15 900 25 800 39 900 67 900 103 000 160 000 181 000 295 000
3.0 17 300 27 500 44 700 69 100 118 000 179 000 276 000 314 000 510 000
5.0 22 300 35 500 57 700 89 200 152 000 231 000 357 000 405 000 659 000
7.0 19 900 42 000 68 300 106 000 180 000 273 000 422 000 479 000 779 000
10.0 31 500 50 100 81 600 126 000 215 000 326 000 505 000 573 000
12.0 34 600 54 900 89 400 138 000 235 000 358 000 553 000 627 000
13.6 36 700 58 300 94 800 147 000 249 000 379 000 586 000 665 000
15.0 38 600 61 300 99 700 154 000 262 000 616 000 699 000
16.0 39 900 63 400 103 000 160 000 272 000
18.0 42 300 67 300 110 000 169 000 288 000
20.0 44 600 70 900 115 000 178 000 304 000
22.0 46 800 74 400 121 000 187 000 318 000
26.0 50 900 80 900 132 000 203 000 346 000
28.0 52 800 83 900 137 000 211 000 359 000
30.0 54 600 86 800 141 000 219 000
32.0 56 400 89 700 146 000 226 000
33.0 57 300 91 100 148 000 229 000
36.0 59 800 95 100 155 000
40.0 63 100 100 000 163 000
Page 3 of 4
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 4 of 4

Valve size A B C
SVL606B SVL606C
Centreline at Centreline at Overall height, Overall height, Additional height Weight
Inlet Outlet inlet to outlet outlet to inlet Gas tight cap packed lever with bellows
ange face ange face design design
DN25 DN40 100 105 337 339 39 9
DN32 DN50 110 115 430 437 42 12
DN40 DN65 115 140 496 503 38 16
DN50 DN80 120 150 553 560 46 22
DN65 DN100 140 170 651 699 70 32
DN80 DN125 160 195 753 801 59 56
DN100 DN150 180 220 835 883 56 75
DN125 DN200 200 250 865 913 56 85
DN150 DN250 225 285 1 020 1 020 58 131
Installation
SVL606 safety valve selection guide
4.7.29
Model type SVL60 SVL60
B = Closed bonnet / gas tight cap

Conguration B
C = Closed bonnet / packed easing lever
S = Stainless steel S
Seal material
E = EPDM
Inlet PN40
PN40 = Flanged
connection
SVL606 - B - S - PN40
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 x 40 SVL606-B-S-PN40 safety
valve with a set pressure of 15.5 bar g.
C
Page 4 of 4
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 1 of 5
TI-S13-25
CH Issue 11
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 SV73

ISO 9001
Cast Iron
Safety Valve
Description
The SV73 cast iron series valves are built in conformance to Section I and VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. They are
primarily intended for use on power boilers and unred pressure vessels where ASME Section I and VIII stamped valves are required.
Applications
Protection of steam systems downstream of pressure regulating stations, on inlet to such equipment as air coils, heat exchangers and
process vessels. Also for use on ash recovery vessels on condensate return systems to protect vessels. Air systems to protect accumulation
vessels and air equipment from overpressurisation. Steam boilers and generators.
Available types
The SV73 is available with cast iron body and stainless steel trim in orice sizes from 'J' to 'R'. It has an open bonnet and easing lever and is
available with screwed or anged connections.
Certication
A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test pressure. Also
available on request is material certication in accordance with EN 10204 3.1.
Approved by National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Sections I and VIII.
Seat tightness is in accordance with ANSI/API STD 527-1992.
4.7.30
If National Board 'V' or 'UV' stamp is required, then this must be specied at the time of ordering.
Important note: SV73 safety valves are not marked and therefore not to be used within the EEA.

1" x 2" to 3" x 4" Inlet /outlet screwed female NPT.
1" x 2" to 3" x 4" Inlet anged ANSI class 250 RF, Outlet screwed female NPT.
3" x 4" to 6" x 8" Inlet anged ANSI class 250 RF, Outlet anged ANSI class 125 FF.

A

C
Temperature F

Steam
saturation
curve

D B

Pressure psi g
A - B Limit for valves with a anged inlet.
C - D Limit for valves with a screwed inlet.
Body design conditions ANSI 250

Set pressure Maximum 250 psi g
range Minimum 5 psi g
Screwed inlet 406F
Maximum
Temperature Flanged inlet 446F
Minimum -20F
ASME I Steam 3%
Overpressure Steam 10%
ASME VIII
Air/gas 10%
Performance ASME I Steam 2 - 6%
data Blowdown limits Steam 7%
ASME VIII
Air /gas 7%
Derated coefcient Steam 0.955
of discharge values Air /gas 0.955
Maximum permitted backpressure up to: 10% of set pressure
Tested at a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of 600 psi g
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 2 of 5
4
26
16
24, 25
14
15
18 20
10
12
13
11
27
40
4.7.31
9 5
7
21
17 23
22 8
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast iron ASTM A126 Class B
2 Seat Stainless steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8
3 Bonnet Cast iron ASTM A126 Class B
4 Cap Cast iron ASTM A126 Class B
5 Disc Stainless steel ASTM A217 CA15
7 Upper adjusting ring Stainless steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8
8 Lower adjusting ring Stainless steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8
9 Stem (lower) Stainless steel ASTM A479 Type 410
10 Stem (upper) Stainless steel ASTM A479 Type 410
11 Spring washers (2 off) Steel ASTM A105
12 Bonnet stud Steel ASTM A193 Grade B7
13 Bonnet nut Steel ASTM A194 Grade 2H
14 Adjusting screw Stainless steel ASTM A479 Type 410
15 Adjusting screw nut Carbon steel
16 Release ring Carbon steel
17 Lock-nut (2 off) Carbon steel
18 Lever Grey iron
20 Cap set screw Carbon steel
21 Upper adjusting ring pin Stainless steel
22 Lower adjusting ring pin Stainless steel
23 Disc ball Stainless steel
24 Pin washer Carbon steel
25 Lever pin Carbon steel
26 Lock-nut Carbon steel
27 Guide plate Carbon steel
40 Stem pin Carbon steel
SV73 Cast Iron Safety Valve TI-S13-25 CH Issue 11
Page 2 of 5
Orice J K L M N P Q R
Area Sq. In. 1.374 1.968 3.054 3.846 4.633 6.830 11.811 17.123
Steam Real ow Real ow Real ow Real ow Real ow Real ow Real ow Real ow

Set
saturation lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h
Capacities
pressure
temperature
psi g 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10%
F
250 15 1 833 1 897 2 625 2 717 4 074 4 216 5 131 5 308 6 181 6 395 9 111 9 427 15 756 16 302 22 842 23 634
259 20 2 146 2 231 3 074 3 196 4 770 4 959 6 007 6 244 7 236 7 522 10 668 11 089 18 447 19 176 26 744 27 800
267 25 2 459 2 566 3 522 3 675 5 466 5 702 6 883 7 180 8 292 8 649 12 224 12 751 21 139 22 050 30 646 31 966
274 30 2 772 2 900 3 971 4 153 6 162 6 446 7 760 8 116 9 348 9 776 13 780 14 413 23830 24 923 34 548 36 133
281 35 3 085 3 234 4 419 4 632 6 858 7 189 8 636 9 052 10 403 10 904 15 337 16 074 26 521 27 797 38 449 40 299
287 40 3 398 3 569 4 868 5 111 7 554 7 932 9 513 9 987 11 459 12 031 16 893 17 736 29 213 30 671 42 351 44 465
292 45 3 711 3 903 5 316 5 590 8 250 8 675 10 389 10 923 12 515 13 158 18 449 19 398 31 904 33 545 46 253 48 631
298 50 4 025 4 237 5 764 6 069 8 945 9 418 11 265 11 859 13 570 14 286 20 006 21 060 34 595 36 418 50 155 52 797
303 55 4 338 4 572 6 213 6 548 9 641 10 162 12 142 12 795 14 626 15 413 21 562 22 722 37 287 39 292 54 057 56 964
307 60 4 651 4 906 6 661 7 027 10 337 10 905 13 018 13 730 15 682 16 540 23 118 24 383 39 978 42 166 57 958 61 130
312 65 4 964 5 240 7 110 7 506 11 033 11 648 13 894 14 666 16 738 17 667 24 675 26 045 42 670 45 040 61 860 65 296
316 70 5 277 5 575 7 558 7 985 11 729 12 391 14 771 15 602 17 793 18 795 26 231 27 707 45 361 47 913 65 762 69 462
320 75 5 590 5 909 8 007 8 464 12 425 13 134 15 647 16 538 18 849 19 922 27 567 29 369 48 052 50 787 69 664 73 629
324 80 5 903 6 244 8 455 8 943 13 121 13 878 16 524 17 474 19 905 21 049 29 344 31 031 50 744 53 661 73 565 77 795
328 85 6 216 6 578 8 904 9 422 13 817 14 261 17 400 18 409 20 960 22 176 30 900 32 693 53 435 56 535 77 467 81 961
331 90 6 529 6 912 9 352 9 901 14 513 15 364 18 276 19 345 22 016 23 304 32 456 34 354 56 126 59 408 81 369 86 127
335 95 6 842 7 247 9 800 10 379 15 209 16 107 19 153 20 281 23 072 24 431 34 013 36 016 58 818 62 282 85 271 90 294
338 100 7 155 7 581 10 249 10 858 15 905 16 850 20 029 21 217 24 128 25 558 35 569 37 678 61 509 65 156 89 173 94 460
341 105 7 469 7 915 10 697 11 337 16 600 17 594 20 905 22 152 25 183 26 685 37 125 39 340 64 200 68 030 93 074 98 626
Safety
344 110 7 782 8 250 11 146 11 816 17 296 18 337 21 782 23 088 26 239 27 813 38 682 41 002 66 892 70 903 96 976 102 792
347 115 8 293 8 584 11 594 12 295 17 992 19 080 22 658 24 024 27 295 28 940 40 238 42 663 69 583 73 777 100 878 106 958
350 120 8 408 8 918 12 043 12 774 18 688 19 823 23 535 24 960 28 350 30 067 41 001 44 325 72 274 76 651 104 780 111 125
Page 3 of 5
Page 3 of 5
353 125 8 721 9 253 12 491 13 253 19 384 20 566 24 411 25 896 29 406 31 194 43 351 45 987 74 966 79 525 108 681 115 291
356 130 9 034 9 587 12 940 13 732 20 080 21 310 25 287 26 831 30 462 32 322 44 907 47 649 77 657 82 398 112 583 119 457
358 135 9 347 9 922 13 388 14 211 20 776 22 053 26 164 27 767 31 518 33 449 46 463 49 311 80 348 85 272 116 485 123 623
valves
Control valves
361 140 9 660 10 256 13 836 14 690 21 472 22 796 27 040 28 703 32 573 34 576 48 020 50 973 83 040 88 146 120 387 127 790
SV73 Cast Iron Safety Valve

363 145 9 973 10 590 14 285 15 169 22 168 23 539 27 916 29 639 33 629 35 704 49576 52 634 85 731 91 020 124 288 131 956
366 150 10 286 10 925 14 733 15 648 22 864 24 282 28 793 30 574 34 685 36 831 51 132 54 296 88 422 93 893 128 190 136 122
368 155 10 599 11 259 15 182 16 127 23 559 25 026 29 669 31 510 35 740 37 958 52 689 55 958 91 114 96 767 132 092 140 288
371 160 10 913 11 593 15 630 16 605 24 255 25 769 30 546 32 446 36 796 39 085 54 245 57 620 93 805 99 641 135 994 144 454
373 165 11 226 11 928 16 079 17 084 24 951 26 512 31 422 33 382 37 852 40 212 55 801 59 282 96 496 102 515 139 896 148 621
375 170 11 539 12 262 16 527 17 563 25 647 27 255 32 298 34 317 38 907 41 340 57 358 60 943 99 188 105 388 143 797 152 787
377 175 11 852 12 597 16 976 18 042 26343 27 998 33 175 35 253 39 963 42 467 58 914 62 605 101 879 108 262 147 699 156 953
1. lb /h steam, 90% of actual capacity at 3% accumulation in accordance with ASME Code, Section I.
380 180 12 165 12 931 17 424 18 521 27 039 28 742 34 051 36 189 41 019 43 594 60 470 64 267 104 570 111 136 151 601 161 119
2. lb /h steam, 90% of actual capacity at 10% accumulation in accordance with ASME Code, Section VIII.
382 185 12 478 13 265 17 872 19 000 27 735 29 485 34 927 37 125 42 075 44 722 62 027 65 929 107 262 114 010 155 503 165 286
384 190 12 791 13 600 18 321 19 479 28 431 30 228 35 804 38 061 43 130 45 849 63 583 67 591 109 953 116 883 159 404 169 452
386 195 13 104 13 934 18 769 19 958 29 127 30 971 36 680 38 996 44 186 46 976 65 139 69 253 112 644 119 757 163 306 173 618
388 200 13 417 14 268 19 218 20 437 29 823 31 714 37 557 39 932 45 242 48 103 66 696 70 914 115 336 122 631 167 208 177 784
390 205 13 728 14 600 19 663 20 912 30 513 32 452 38 426 40 868 46 290 49 231 68 240 72 576 118 007 125 505 171 080 181 951
392 210 14 043 14 937 20 115 21 395 31 214 33 201 39 309 41 804 47 353 50 358 69 808 74 238 120 718 128 378 175 012 186 117
394 215 14 354 15 269 20 560 21 870 31 905 33 938 40 179 42 739 48 401 51 485 71 352 75 900 123 389 131 252 178 883 190 283
396 220 14 670 15 606 21 008 22 352 32 606 34 687 41 062 43 675 49 465 52 612 72 921 77 562 126 101 134 126 182 815 194 449
398 225 14 980 15 937 21 456 22 827 33 296 35 424 41 931 44 611 50 512 53 740 74 465 79 223 128 770 137 000 18 685 198 615
399 230 15 296 16 275 21 908 23 310 33 998 36 174 42 815 45 547 51 576 54 867 76 034 80 885 131 484 139 874 190 619 202 782
401 235 15 606 16 606 22 353 23 785 34 688 36 911 43 684 46 483 52 623 55 994 77 577 82 547 134 152 142 747 194 487 206 948
403 240 15 922 16 943 22 805 24 268 35 390 37 660 44 568 47 418 53 687 57 122 79 146 84 209 136 866 145 621 198 422 211 114
404 245 16 232 17 275 23 250 24 743 36 080 38 397 45 436 48 354 54 734 58 249 80 689 85 871 139 534 148 495 202 289 215 280
406 250 16 548 17 612 23 702 25 226 36 782 39 146 46 320 49 290 55 799 59 376 82 259 87 533 142 249 151 369 206 226 219 447
TI-S13-25 CH Issue 11
4.7.32
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 4 of 5
Safety valve sizing information

Formulas:
For steam service: For organic uid vaporizers - lb / h:
Where:
A = Required orice area in square inches
P = Relieving pressure in pounds per square inch absolute = set pressure (psi g) + overpressure + 14.7 where the overpressure is
3% or 2 psi, whichever is the greater. P = 1.03 x set pressure + 14.7 or P = set pressure + 2 psi + 14.7.
T = Inlet temperature, F. Absolute (F plus 460).
= Required steam capacity in pounds per hour.
= Required vapor capacity in pounds per hour.
Kd = Coefcient of discharge, 0.955 for steam, air and vapour service.
Ksh = Steam superheat correction factor. See Table 1 below.
M = Average molecular weight of vapour. See Table 2, page 5.
C = Gas or vapour ow constant. See Table 3, page 5.
Z = Compressibility factor corresponding to T and P. If this factor is not available, compressibility correction can be safely ignored using
a value of Z = 1.0.
Table 1 Ksh superheat correction factor

Set pressure psi g
Total steam
temperature 15 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 250
F Saturated steam temperature F
4.7.33 250 259 287 308 324 338 350 361 371 380 388 395 403 406
280 1.00 1.00 - - - - - - - - - - - -
300 1.00 1.00 1.00 - - - - - - - - - - -
320 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 - - - - - - - - - -
340 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 - - - - - - - - -
360 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 - - - - - - -
380 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 - - - - -
400 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 - -
420 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00
Page 4 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
Page 5 of 5

Refer to:- http: // www.spiraxsarco.com / resources / steam-engineering-tutorials / safety-valves / safety-valve-sizing.asp
Dimensions, weights and orice sizes (approximate) in inches and lbs

Valve inlet Valve outlet Orice A A1 B C Weight
Size Connection Size Connection letter ins ins ins ins lbs
1" NPT 2" NPT J 3.5 - 4.3 15.8 33
2" NPT 3" NPT K 4.0 - 4.6 17.1 46
2" NPT 4" NPT L 4.6 - 5.5 18.5 66
3" NPT 4" NPT M 5.1 - 5.6 24.3 93
1" ANSI 250 2" NPT J 3.5 - 4.3 15.8 38
2" ANSI 250 2" NPT J 3.5 - 4.3 15.8 40
2" ANSI 250 3" NPT K 4.0 - 4.6 17.1 49
2" ANSI 250 3" NPT K 4.0 - 4.6 17.1 51
2" ANSI 250 4" NPT L 4.6 - 5.5 19.5 71
3" ANSI 250 4" NPT L 4.6 - 5.5 19.5 73
3" ANSI 250 4" NPT M 5.1 - 5.4 24.3 101
3" ANSI 250 4" ANSI 125 L - 5.5 5.5 19.5 82
3" ANSI 250 4" ANSI 125 M - 5.5 5.4 24.3 110
4" ANSI 250 6" ANSI 125 N - 7.1 6.8 26.5 187
4" ANSI 250 6" ANSI 125 P - 7.1 6.8 28.5 196
6" ANSI 250 8" ANSI 125 Q - 9.3 9.3 34.5 355
6" ANSI 250 8" ANSI 125 R - 10.0 10.9 43.9 595
Safety information, installation and maintenance 4.7.34

Installation note:
The safety valve should always be tted with the centre line of the
spring housing vertically above the valve.
SV7 safety valve selection guide

Series number SV7 SV7
Construction 3 = Cast iron 3

C
V = ASME Code Section I
ASME section U = ASME Code Section VIII V
Blank = Valve without code stamp
A = 1" NPT x 2" NPT
B = 2" NPT x 3" NPT
C = 2" NPT x 4" NPT
D = 3" NPT x 4" NPT
B E = 1" ANSI 250 x 2" NPT
F = 2" ANSI 250 x 2 NPT
Size and
connection G = 2" ANSI 250 x 3" NPT A
A1
H = 2" ANSI 250 x 3" NPT
I = 2" ANSI 250 x 4" NPT
J = 3" ANSI 250 x 4 NPT
L = 3" ANSI 250 x 4 ANSI 125
N = 4" ANSI 250 x 6" ANSI 125
Q = 6" ANSI 250 x 8" ANSI 125
J = 1.374
K = 1.968
L = 3.054
Actual
M = 3.846
orice area J
Sq. In. N = 4.633
C
P = 6.830
Q = 11.811
R = 17.123
Specify set pressure from
Set pressure 180
5 psi g to 250 psi g
SV7 3 - V - A J - 180
B
How to order
A Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco SV73-V-AJ-180 safety valve having
a set pressure of 180 psi g.
Page 5 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
4.7.35
Control valves
Safety
TI-S13-30
CH Issue 13
SV74
Carbon Steel
Safety Valve
Description
The SV74 steel series safety valves are built in conformance to Section I and VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. They
are primarily intended for use on power boilers and unfired pressure vessels where ASME Section I and VIII stamped valves are required.
Applications
Protection of steam systems downstream of pressure regulating stations, on inlet to such equipment as air coils, heat exchangers and
process vessels. Also for use on flash recovery vessels on condensate return systems to protect vessels. Air systems to protect accumulation
vessels and air equipment from overpressurisation. Steam boilers and generators.
Available types
The SV74 is available with carbon steel body and stainless steel trim in orifice sizes from 'F' to 'R'. It has an open bonnet and easing
lever and flanged connections.
Certification
A manufacturers' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for each valve which will include valve set and hydraulic test pressure.
Also available on request is material certification in accordance with EN 10204 3.1.
Standards and approvals 4.7.36
Approved by National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Cvode Sections I and VIII.
Seat tightness is in accordance with ASME/API STD 527-1992.
If National Board 'V' or 'UV' stamp is required, then this must be specified at the time of ordering.
The SV74 fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark when so required.

Inlet Flanged ASME class 300 RF
1" x 2" to 6" x 8"
Outlet Flanged ASME class 150 RF

Temperature F

A B
Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure psi g
A - B To avoid spring damage, do not exceed an operating
temperature of 446F.

Maximum 300 psi g
Set pressure range
Minimum 5 psi g
Maximum 750F
Design temperature
Minimum -20F
Operating temperature Maximum 446F
ASME I Steam 3%
Overpressure Steam 10%
ASME VIII
Air/gas 10%
Performance ASME I Steam 2 - 6%
data Blowdown limits Steam 7%
ASME VIII
Air/gas 7%
Derated coefficient Steam 0.955
of discharge values Air /gas 0.955
Maximum permitted backpressure up to: 10% of set pressure
Tested at a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of 1 015 psi g
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
4
26
16
24, 25
18
14
15
20
10
12
13
11
27
40
9
7
4.7.37 21
5
17 23
22 8
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Carbon steel ASME SA 216 Gr. WCB
F to H orifice Stainless steel ASTM A479 304
2 Seat
J to R orifice Stainless steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8
3 Bonnet Carbon steel ASME SA 216 Gr. WCB
4 Cap Cast iron ASTM A126 Class B
F to H orifice Stainless steel ASTM A479 304
5 Disc
J to R orifice Stainless steel ASTM A217 CA15
7 Upper adjusting ring Stainless steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8
8 Lower adjusting ring Stainless steel ASTM A351 Grade CF8
9 Stem (lower) Stainless steel ASTM A479 Type 410
10 Stem (upper) Stainless steel ASTM A479 Type 410
11 Spring washers (2 off) Steel ASTM A105
12 Bonnet stud Steel ASTM A193 Grade B7
13 Bonnet nut Steel ASTM A194 Grade 2H
14 Adjusting screw Stainless steel ASTM A479 Type 410
15 Adjusting screw nut Carbon steel
16 Release ring Carbon steel
17 Lock-nuts (2 off) Carbon steel
18 Lever Grey iron
20 Cap set screw Carbon steel
21 Upper adjusting ring pin Stainless steel
22 Lower adjusting ring pin Stainless steel
23 Disc ball Stainless steel
24 Pin washer Carbon steel
25 Lever pin Carbon steel
26 Lock-nut Carbon steel
27 Guide plate Carbon steel
40 Stem pin Carbon steel
TI-S13-30 CH Issue 13 SV74 Carbon Steel Safety Valve Page 2 of 5

Orifice F G H J K L M N P Q R
Area
0.328 0.537 0.841 1.374 1.968 3.054 3.846 4.633 6.830 11.811 17.123
Sq. In.
Steam Set Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow Real flow
Capacities
saturation pressure
lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h lb/h
temperature psi g
F 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10% 3% 10%
TI-S13-30 CH Issue 13
250 15 438 453 716 741 1 122 1 161 1 833 1 897 2 625 2 717 4 074 4 216 5 131 5 308 6 181 6 395 9 111 9 427 15 756 16 302 22 842 23 634
259 20 512 533 839 872 1 314 1 366 2 146 2 231 3 074 3 196 4 770 4 959 6 007 6 244 7 236 7 522 10 668 11 089 18 447 19 176 26 744 27 800
267 25 587 612 961 1 003 1 505 1 570 2 459 2 566 3 522 3 675 5 466 5 702 6 883 7 180 8 292 8 649 12 224 12 751 21 139 22 050 30 646 31 966
274 30 662 692 1 083 1 133 1 697 1 775 2 772 2 900 3 971 4 153 6 162 6 446 7 760 8 116 9 348 9 776 13 780 14 413 23 830 24 923 34 548 36 133
281 35 737 772 1 206 1 264 1 888 1 980 3 085 3 234 4 419 4 632 6 858 7 189 8 636 9 052 10 403 10 904 15 337 16 074 26 521 27 797 38 449 40 299
287 40 811 852 1 328 1 395 2 080 2 184 3 398 3 569 4 868 5 111 7 554 7 932 9 513 9 987 11 459 12 031 16 893 17 736 29 213 30 671 42 351 44 465
292 45 886 932 1 451 1 525 2 272 2 389 3 711 3 903 5 316 5 590 8 250 8 675 10 389 10 923 12 515 13 158 18 449 19 398 31 904 33 545 46 253 48 631
298 50 961 1 012 1 573 1 656 2 463 2 594 4 025 4 237 5 764 6 069 8 945 9 418 11 265 11 859 13 570 14 286 20 006 21 060 34 595 36 418 50 155 52 797
303 55 1 035 1 091 1 695 1 787 2 655 2 798 4 338 4 572 6 213 6 548 9 641 10 162 12 142 12 795 14 626 15 413 21 562 22 722 37 287 39 292 54 057 56 964
307 60 1 110 1171 1 818 1 917 2 847 3 003 4 651 4 906 6 661 7 027 10 337 10 905 13 018 13 730 15 682 16 540 23 118 24 383 39 978 42 166 57 958 61 130
312 65 1 185 1 251 1 940 2 048 3 038 3 208 4 964 5 240 7 110 7 506 11 033 11 648 13 894 14 666 16 738 17 667 24 675 26 045 42 670 45 040 61 860 65 296
316 70 1 260 1 331 2 062 2 179 3 230 3 412 5 277 5 575 7 558 7 985 11 729 12 391 14 771 15 602 17 793 18 795 26 231 27 707 45 361 47 913 65 762 69 462
320 75 1 334 1 411 2 185 2 309 3 422 3 617 5 590 5 909 8 007 8 464 12 425 13 134 15 647 16 538 18 849 19 922 27 567 29 369 48 052 50 787 69 664 73 629
324 80 1 409 1 490 2 307 2 440 3 613 3 822 5 903 6 244 8 455 8 943 13 121 1 3878 16 524 17 474 19 905 21 049 29 344 31 031 50 744 53 661 73 565 77 795
328 85 1 484 1 570 2 429 2 571 3 805 4 026 6 216 6 578 8 904 9 422 13 817 14 261 17 400 18 409 20 960 22 176 30 900 32 693 53 435 56 535 77 467 81 961
331 90 1 559 1 650 2 552 2 702 3 996 4 231 6 529 6 912 9 352 9 901 14 513 15 364 18 276 19 345 22 016 23 304 32 456 34 354 56 126 59 408 81 369 86 127
335 95 1 633 1 730 2 674 2 832 4 188 4 436 6 842 7 247 9 800 10 379 15 209 16 107 19 153 20 281 23 072 24 431 34 013 36 016 58 818 62 282 85 271 90 294
338 100 1 708 1 810 2 797 2 963 4 380 4 640 7 155 7 581 10 249 10 858 15 905 16 850 20 029 21 217 24 128 25 558 35 569 37 678 61 509 65 156 89 173 94 460
341 105 1 783 1 890 2 919 3 094 4 571 4 845 7 469 7 915 10 697 11 337 16 600 17 594 20 905 22 152 25 183 26 685 37 125 39 340 64 200 68 030 93 074 98 626
344 110 1 858 1 969 3 041 3 224 4 763 5 050 7 782 8 250 11 146 11 816 17 296 18 337 21 782 23 088 26 239 27 813 38 682 41 002 66 892 70 903 96 976 102 792
347 115 1 932 2 049 3 164 3 355 4 955 5 254 8 293 8 584 11 594 12 295 17 992 19 080 22 658 24 024 27 295 28 940 40 238 42 663 69 583 73 777 100 878 106 958
350 120 2 007 2 129 3 286 3 486 5 146 5 459 8 408 8 918 12 043 12 774 18 688 19 823 23 535 24 960 28 350 30 067 41 001 44 325 72 274 76 651 104 780 111 125
353 125 2 082 2 209 3 408 3 616 5 338 5 663 8 721 9 253 12 491 13 253 19 384 20 566 24 411 25 896 29 406 31 194 43 351 45 987 74 966 79 525 108 681 115 291
356 130 2 157 2 289 3 531 3 747 5 530 5 868 9 034 9 587 12 940 13 732 20 080 21 310 25 287 26 831 30 462 32 322 44 907 47 649 77 657 82 398 112 583 119 457
Safety valves
358 135 2 231 2 368 3 652 3 878 5 721 6 073 9 347 9 922 13 388 14 211 20 776 22 053 26 164 27 767 31 518 33 449 46 463 49 311 80 348 85 272 116 485 123 623
Control valves
361 140 2 306 2 448 3 775 4 008 5 913 6 277 9 660 10 256 13 836 14 690 21 472 22 796 27 040 28 703 32 573 34 576 48 020 50 973 83 040 88 146 120 387 127 790
363 145 2 381 2 528 3 898 4 139 6 104 6 482 9 973 10 590 14 285 15 169 22 168 23 539 27 916 29 639 33 629 35 704 49 576 52 634 85 731 91 020 124 288 131 956
366 150 2 456 2 608 4 020 4 270 6 296 6 687 10 286 10 925 14 733 15 648 22 864 24 282 28 793 30 574 34 685 36 831 51 132 54 296 88 422 93 893 128 190 136 122
368 155 2 530 2 688 4 143 4 400 6 488 6 891 10 599 11 259 15 182 16 127 23 559 25 026 29 669 31 510 35 740 37 958 52 689 55 958 91 114 96 767 132 092 140 288
SV74 Carbon Steel Safety Valve

371 160 2 605 2 768 4 265 4 531 6 679 7 096 10 913 11 593 15 630 16 605 24 255 25 769 30 546 32 446 36 796 39 085 54 245 57 620 93 805 99 641 135 994 144 454
373 165 2 680 2 847 4 387 4 662 6 871 7 301 11 226 11 928 16 079 17 084 24 951 26 512 31 422 33 382 37 852 40 212 55 801 59 282 96 496 102 515 139 896 148 621
1. lb /h steam, 90% of actual capacity at 3% accumulation in accordance with ASME Code, Section I.
375 170 2 755 2 927 4 510 4 792 7 063 7 505 11 539 12 262 16 527 17 563 25 647 27 255 32 298 34 317 38 907 41 340 57 358 60 943 99 188 105 388 143 797 152 787
377 175 2 829 3 007 4 632 4 923 7 254 7 710 11 852 12 597 16 976 18 042 26 343 27 998 33 175 35 253 39 963 42 467 58 914 62 605 101 879 108 262 147 699 156 953
2. lb /h steam, 90% of actual capacity at 10% accumulation in accordance with ASME Code, Section VIII.
380 180 2 904 3 087 4 754 5 054 7 446 7 915 12 165 12 931 17 424 18 521 27 039 28 742 34 051 36 189 41 019 43 594 60 470 64 267 104 570 111 136 151 601 161 119
382 185 2 979 3 167 4 877 5 184 7 638 8 119 12 478 13 265 17 872 19 000 27 735 29 485 34 927 37 125 42 075 44 722 62 027 65 929 107 262 114 010 155 503 165 286
384 190 3 053 3 246 4 999 5 315 7 829 8 324 12 791 13 600 18 321 19 479 28 431 30 228 35 804 38 061 43 130 45 849 63 583 67 591 109 953 116 883 159 404 169 452
386 195 3 128 3 326 5 122 5 446 8 021 8 529 13 104 13 934 18 769 19 958 29 127 30 971 36 680 38 996 44 186 46 976 65 139 69 253 112 644 119 757 163 306 173 618
388 200 3 203 3406 5 244 5 577 8 212 8 733 13 417 14 268 19 218 20 437 29 823 31 714 37 557 39 932 45 242 48 103 66 696 70 914 115 336 122 631 167 208 177 784
392 210 3 352 3 566 5 489 5 838 8 816 9 143 14 043 14 937 20 115 21 395 31 214 33 201 39 309 41 804 47 353 50 358 69 808 74 238 120 718 128 378 175 012 186 117
396 220 3 502 3 725 5 733 6 099 8 979 9 552 14 670 15 606 20 416 22 352 32 606 34 687 41062 43 675 49 465 52 612 72 921 77 562 126 101 134 126 182 815 194 449
399 230 3 651 3 885 5 978 6 361 9 362 9 961 15 296 16 275 21 908 23 310 33 998 36 174 42 815 45 547 51 576 54 867 76 034 80 885 131 484 139 874 190 619 202 782
403 240 3 801 4 045 6 223 6 622 9 746 10 371 15 922 16 943 22 805 24 268 35 390 37 660 44 568 47 418 53 687 57 122 79 146 84 209 136 866 145 621 198 422 211 114
406 250 3 950 4 204 6 468 6 883 10 129 10 780 16 548 17 612 23 702 25 226 36 782 39 146 46 320 49 290 55 799 59 376 82 259 87 533 142 249 151 369 206 226 219 447
409 260 4 100 4 364 6 712 7 145 10 512 11 189 17 174 18 281 24 599 26 184 38 174 40 633 48 073 51 161 57 910 61 631 85 372 90 856 147 632 157 116 214 029 227 779
413 270 4 249 4 524 6 957 7 406 10 895 11 599 17 801 18 950 25 496 27 142 39 565 42 119 49 826 53 033 60 022 63 885 88 484 94 180 153 014 162 864 221 833 236 111
416 280 4 399 4 683 7 202 7 667 11 279 12 008 18 427 19 618 26 393 28 100 40 957 43 606 51 579 54 905 62 133 66 140 91 597 97 503 158 397 168 611 229 636 244 444
417 290 4 548 4 843 7 446 7 929 11 662 12 417 19 053 20 287 27 290 29 057 42 349 45 092 53 331 56 776 64 245 68 394 94 710 100 827 163 780 174 359 237 440 252 776
4 698 5 003 7 691 8 190 12 045 12 827 19 679 20 956 28 187 30 015 43 741 46 578 55 084 58 648 66 356 70 649 97 822 104 151 169 163 180 106 245 243 261 109
Page 3 of 5
422 300
4.7.38
Control valves
Safety valves
Safety valve sizing information

Formulas:
For steam service: For organic fluid vaporizers - lb / h:
Where:
A = Required orifice area in square inches
P = Relieving pressure in pounds per square inch absolute = set pressure (psi g) + overpressure + 14.7 where the overpressure is
3% or 2 psi, whichever is the greater. P = 1.03 x set pressure + 14.7 or P = set pressure + 2 psi + 14.7.
T = Inlet temperature, F. Absolute (F plus 460).
s = Required steam capacity in pounds per hour.
= Required vapor capacity in pounds per hour.
Kd = Coefficient of discharge, 0.955 for steam, air and vapour service.
Ksh = Steam superheat correction factor. See Table 1 below.
M = Average molecular weight of vapour. See Table 3, page 5.
C = Gas or vapour flow constant. See Table 2, page 5.
Z = Compressibility factor corresponding to T and P. If this factor is not available, compressibility correction can be safely ignored using
a value of Z = 1.0.
Table 1 Ksh superheat correction factor

4.7.39 Set pressure psi g
Total steam 15 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
temperature
F Saturated steam temperature F
250 259 287 308 324 338 350 361 371 380 388 395 403 409 416 422
280 1.00 1.00 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

300 1.00 1.00 1.00 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
320 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 - - - - - - - - - - - -
340 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 - - - - - - - - - - -
360 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 - - - - - - - - -
380 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 - - - - - - -
400 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 - - - -
420 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 -
440 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.00 1.00
460 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99
Do not exceed the maximum operating temperature of 446F.

Control valves
Safety valves

Refer to:- http://www.spiraxsarco.com/prs/product-sizing.asp
Dimensions, weights and orifice sizes (approximate) in inches and lbs

Valve inlet Valve outlet Orifice A B C Weight
Size Connection Size Connection letter ins ins ins Ibs
1" ASME 300 2" ASME 150 F 4.25 4.5 15.7 31
1" ASME 300 2" ASME 150 G 4.25 4.5 15.7 31
1" ASME 300 2" ASME 150 H 4.90 4.8 16.2 46
1" ASME 300 2" ASME 150 J 4.90 4.8 16.2 46
2" ASME 300 3" ASME 150 K 5.60 5.1 18.5 62
2" ASME 300 4" ASME 150 L 6.40 6.1 20.1 90
3" ASME 300 4" ASME 150 M 6.50 6.5 25.0 117
4" ASME 300 6" ASME 150 N 7.50 7.2 26.7 198
4" ASME 300 6" ASME 150 P 8.30 7.1 28.7 212
6" ASME 300 8" ASME 150 Q 9.40 9.9 34.8 384
6" ASME 300 8" ASME 150 R 10.00 10.9 43.9 633

Installation note:
spring housing vertically above the valve.
4.7.40
SV7 safety valve selection guide
Series number SV7 SV7
Construction 4 = Cast steel 4

V = ASME Code Section I
ASME section U = ASME Code Section VIII V
Blank = Valve without code stamp
S = 1" ASME 300 x 2" ASME 150
T = 1" ASME 300 x 2" ASME 150
U = 2" ASME 300 x 3" ASME 150
C Size and
V = 2" ASME 300 x 4" ASME 150 X
connection
W = 3" ASME 300 x 4" ASME 150
X = 4" ASME 300 x 6" ASME 150
Y = 6" ASME 300 x 8" ASME 150
F = 0.328
G = 0.537
H = 0.841
J = 1.374
Actual K = 1.968
orifice area L = 3.054 P
Sq. In. M = 3.846
N = 4.633
B
P = 6.830
Q = 11.811
R = 17.123
Specify set pressure from
Set pressure 180
5 psi g to 250 psi g
A SV7 4 - V - X P - 180
How to order
Example 1: 1 off Spirax Sarco SV74-V-XP-180 safety valve having
a set pressure of 180 psi g.

Control valves
Safety valves
4.7.41
Control valves
Safety
TI-P315-03
CH Issue 7
SVL488
Stainless Steel
Safety Valve for Clean Service Applications
Description
The SVL488 is a soft seated stainless steel, full lift, TV approved
safety valve suitable for steam, gas and liquid applications.
Applications
The SVL488 is suitable for the overpressure protection of low
pressure steam equipment, pipelines and pressure vessels,
particularly within the brewing and beverage industries where
extremely high standards of hygiene and cleanliness are required
to maintain product quality and to minimise contamination of the
process media.
Available types
Two main variations of the valve are available:
SVL488-B with a sealed cap for liquid service.
SVL488-C with a packed easing lever for steam (or other services
4.7.42
where a lever is specified).
Note: Both designs have a closed bonnet and EPDM soft seat seal
and bellows as standard.
Certification
A manufactures' Typical Test Report is provided as standard for
each valve including valve set and hydraulic pressure. Also
available on request is material certification in accordance with
EN 10204 3.1.

Approved by the TV to AD Merkblatt A2, TRD 421 and Vd TV
SV100.
The requirements of the European Pressure Equipment
Directive, 97 / 23 / EC have been satisfied and the valve belongs
to Category 4, having been designed for use with fluids in
Group 1 and 2 (gases and liquids). Always consult Spirax Sarco for
fluid compatibility.

Nominal inlet size DN 25 40 50 65 80 100
Nominal outlet size DN 40 65 80 100 125 150
Inlet clamp inch 1 2 2 3 4 4
Outlet clamp inch 2 3 4 4 5 6
Pipe connections: Valves are available with flanged DIN 2633
PN16 or sanitary clamp ISO 2852 (ISO 2037 pipe standard)
connections. Please state connection required when placing an
order.
Optional extras
The standard inlet wetted surface finish is 0.75 m Ra. Other finishes
are available on request - Please contact Spirax Sarco.
Page 1 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves
11
EPDM soft seat seal
4.7.43 10
12
4
14
13
3
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Stainless steel 1.4404
2 Seat Stainless steel 1.4404
Disc Stainless steel 1.4404
3
Disc 'O' ring EPDM (FDA approved)
4 Guide/bush Stainless steel 1.4404/PTFE + 15% Glass
5 Bonnet Stainless steel 1.4404
6 Stem Stainless steel 1.4404
7 Spring plates (2) Stainless steel 1.4404
Adjustment screw Stainless steel 1.4404
8
with bush PTFE + 15% glass
9 Cap Stainless steel 1.4404
11 Packed lever Stainless steel 1.4404
12 Clamp Stainless steel 1.4401
13 Bellows EPDM (FDA approved)
14 Body gasket Laminated graphite
TI-P315-03 CH Issue 7 SVL488 Stainless Steel Safety Valve for Clean Service Applications Page 2 of 5
Control valves
Safety valves

Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g

Maximum 16 bar g
DN25 and DN40
Minimum 0.1 bar g
Maximum 15 bar g
DN50
Minimum 0.2 bar g
Set pressure range
Maximum 10.34 bar g
DN65 and DN80
Minimum 0.1 bar g
Maximum 8.2 bar g
DN100
Minimum 0.1 bar g
With EPDM soft seat Maximum 150C
Temperature
All versions Minimum -45C 4.7.44
Steam, gas Maximum 10%
Overpressure
Liquid Maximum 10%
Steam, gas Maximum 10%
Performance data Blowdown limits
Liquids Maximum 20%
Derated coefficient of Steam, gas 0.70
discharge values d Liquid 0.45
Maximum permitted backpressure 10% of set pressure
Designed for a maximum inlet cold hydraulic test pressure of: 24 bar g
Table 1 - SVL488 flow capacity for dry saturated steam in kilogrammes per hour (kg / h)
(calculated at 10% overpressure. In accordance with EN ISO 4126)
Valve size DN in / out DN25/40 DN40/65 DN50/80 DN65/100 DN80/125 DN100/150

Flow diameter (mm) 23 37 46 60 74 92
Flow area (mm) 416 1 075 1 662 2 827 4 301 6 648
Set pressure (bar g) Dry saturated steam, kg / h

0.2 151 390 604 1027 1562 2415
0.5 214 554 857 1457 2217 3427
1.0 319 825 1 275 2 169 3 300 5 100
2.0 504 1 303 2 015 3 427 5 213 8 058
3.0 678 1 751 2 707 4 605 7 006 10 829
4.0 843 2 177 3 366 5 726 8 711 13 465
Control valves
Safety valves
Table 2
SVL488 flow capacity for air or normal cubic meters per hour (Nm3/h) at 0C and 1013 mbar
Valve size DN in/out 25/40 40/65 50/80 65/100 80/125 100/150

Flow area (mm) 416 1 075 1 662 2 827 4 301 6 648
Set pressure (bar g) Flow capacity for air Nm3 /h

1.0 386 999 1 545 2 628 3 998 6 179
2.0 625 1 617 2 499 4 251 6 467 9 995
3.0 852 2 204 3 406 5 795 8 816 13 626
4.0 1 069 2 768 4 278 7 278 11 071 17 111
5.0 1 287 3 331 5 149 8 761 13 326 20 597
6.0 1 505 3 895 6 021 10 243 15 581 24 083
7.0 1 723 4 459 6 892 11 726 17 836 27 568
8.0 1 941 5 023 7 763 13 208 20 091 31 054
8.2 1 985 5 136 7 937 13 505 20 542 31 752
9.0 2 159 5 587 8 635 14 691 22 346
10.0 2 377 6 150 9 506 16 173 24 601
10.34 2 451 6 334 9 793 16 658 25 343
12.0 2 812 7 278 11 249
14.0 3 248 8 405 12 992
15.0 3 466 8 957 14 735
4.7.45 16.0 3 684 9 533
Table 3 - SVL488 flow capacity for water in kilogrammes per hour (kg/h) at 20C
(calcualted in accordance with AD-MERKBLATT A2 and TRD 421 at 10% overpressure)
Valve size DN in/out 25/40 40/65 50/80 65/100 80/125 100/150

Flow area (mm) 416 1 075 1 662 2 827 4 301 6 648
Set pressure (bar g) Flow capacity for water kg/h

1.0 9 970 25 800 39 900 67 900 103 000 160 000
2.0 14 100 36 500 56 400 96 000 126 000 226 000
3.0 17 300 44 700 69 100 118000 179 000 276 000
4.0 19 900 51 600 79 800 136 000 206 000 319 000
5.0 22 300 57 700 89 200 152 000 231 000 357 000
6.0 24 400 63 200 97 700 166 000 253 000 391 000
7.0 26 400 68 300 106 000 180 000 273 000 422 000
8.0 28 200 73 000 113 000 192 000 292 000 451 000
8.2 28 500 73 900 114 000 194 000 292 000 458 000
9.0 29 900 77 400 120 000 204 000 310 000
10.0 31 500 81 600 126 000 215 000 326 000
10.34 32 000 82 700 128 000 218 000 334 000
12.0 34 600 89 400 138 000
14.0 37 300 96 600 149 000
15.0 38 600 99 700 154 000
16.0 39 900 103 000
Control valves
Safety valves

Valve size A B C
DIN 2633 ISO 2852 DIN 2633 ISO 2852 SVL488B SVL488C
Inlet Outlet Flanged Sanitary Flanged Sanitary sealed Packed lever Weight
PN16 clamp PN16 clamp cap design design
DN25 DN40 134 112 99 75 264 332 9.0
DN40 DN65 170 147 114 92 398 518 20.0
DN50 DN80 170 147 123 99 406 534 21.7
DN65 DN100 170 153 132 109 415 552 26.5
DN80 DN125 195 178 148 124 496 640 47.0
DN100 DN150 198 181 166 149 514 684 56.0

Installation note:
housing vertically above the line.
SVL488 safety valve selection guide

Model type SVL488 SVL488
Configuration B = Closed bonnet /sealed cap

4.7.46
B
C = Closed bonnet /packed easing lever
Seal material E = EPDM (FDA) 'O' ring and bellows E
Inlet PN16 = Flanged PN16

PN16 C
connection T = Sanitary clamp, ISO 2582
SVL488 - B - E - PN16
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 SVL488-B-E-PN16 safety
valve with a set pressure of 10 bar g. (If the bellows is not required,
please add 'without bellows').
Control valves
Desuperheaters
4.8.1
Control valves
Desuperheaters
TI-P475-01
CH Issue 3
Direct Contact Desuperheaters
Description
Spirax Sarco direct contact desuperheaters reduce the temperature of superheated steam to produce steam temperatures approaching
saturation temperature. To cool the superheated steam, water is entrained and flashed into vapour by absorbing heat from the steam.
Typical applications:
- To reduce the temperature of steam
discharged from turbine by-pass systems
on power plants for heat exchangers, dump
stations etc.
- To improve heat transfer of indirect contact
heat exchangers - shell and tube , plate
4.8.2
type, reactor heating jackets etc.
- To reduce the temperature of steam on
direct contact applications - food cooking
kettles, in-line steam heaters, tobacco
drying plant and paper mills.
S e n d u s yo u r r e q u i r e m e nt s u s i n g o u r
Desuperheater Enquiry Form available from
our website.
Features:
- Low cost simple, robust design.
- No moving parts to wear.
- Minimal steam pressure drop.
- Flexible design options.

Spirax Sarco desuperheaters are available built to ASME B 31.3 design code. Also available are ASME III Division 1.
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive and carries the mark when
so required.
Welding is in accordance with ASME IX.

Connections (EN 1092 or ASME B16.5) are sized to suit the process conditions.
Standard ASTM materials of construction include: Carbon steel, Stainless steel, Chrome molybdenum steel etc.,
Certification (included as standard):

1. Desuperheater general arrangement drawing.
2. Installation, operation and maintenance instructions.
3. Hydrostatic test certificate.
4. Letter of conformity.
The following certificates / documents can be supplied at an additional cost.
5. Material certificates to EN 10204 3.1 with a corresponding material location diagram.
6. NDT reports.

Spirax Sarco desuperheaters are bespoke products, individually designed to meet user defined process conditions.
Mechanical design pressure and mechanical design temperature limitations are stated on the desuperheater data sheet available from
our online sizing software. These limits are also stated on the product nameplate.
Pressure / temperature ratings for these products will be in accordance with ASME B16.5-1996 or EN 1092-1:2013 as appropriate.
Page 1 of 9
Control valves
Desuperheaters
Available types
Spray type desuperheaters

A simple type of in-line desuperheater with cooling water injected into the centre of the unit via an atomizing nozzle sprayed in the
direction of the steam flow. Spirax Sarco spray type desuperheaters are available in two options:-
1. Spray nozzle desuperheater (SND)

The assembly is designed for mounting on a suitable flanged branch on the steam pipework. A thermal sleeve installed downstream
of the unit is recommended.
Steam flow
4.8.3
Simple spray nozzle type desuperheater (SND)
Applications:
- Relatively constant load handling duties.
- Retrofitting a desuperheater to an existing steam line (steam line and thermal sleeve by others).
- Large steam lines where an STD could be cost prohibitive.
Mechanical design temperature and flange rating

<374 C ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600, ASME 900, ASME 1500 + PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63 and PN100 Slip-on
374 - 425 C ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600, ASME 900, ASME 1500 + PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63 and PN100 Weld neck
375 - 570 C ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600, ASME 900, ASME 1500 Weld neck (Slip-on N/A)
Materials
Mechanical design temperature Mechanical design temperature
Component
up to and including 425 C above 425 C up to and including 570 C
Pipe ASTM A106 Grade B ASTM A335 P11
Flanges ASTM A105N ASTM A182 F11
Spray nozzle ASTM A182 F316L ASTM A182 F11
Nozzle holder ASTM A350 LF2N ASTM A182 F11

Control valves
Desuperheaters
2. Spray type desuperheater (STD)

A complete Desuperheater ready for installation, including spray nozzle, nozzle housing, thermal sleeve and flanged shell.
Thermal sleeve
Superheated Desuperheated
steam steam
Spray nozzle assembly
4.8.4
Cooling water
Standard STD has welded spray nozzle assembly. Item shown above is STD with removable spray nozzle.
Applications:
- Relatively constant load handling duties.
- Dumping steam application.
- Control of downstream temperature not critical.

<374 C ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600 + PN16, PN25, PN40 Slip-on (Weld neck optional)
374 - 525 C ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600 + PN16, PN25, PN40 Weld neck (Slip-on N/A)
375 - 570 C ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600, ASME 900, ASME 1500 Weld neck (Slip-on N/A)
Materials
Component
Shell ASTM A106 Grade B ASTM A335 P11
Water branch ASTM A106 Grade B ASTM A335 P11
Spray nozzle ASTM A182 F316L ASTM A182 F11
Nozzle holder ASTM A350 LF2N ASTM A182 F11
Thermal sleeve ASTM A312 TP316L ASTM A335 P11

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Venturi type desuperheaters (VTD)
The venturi principle is used to create regions of high velocity and turbulence which produces intimate contact between the steam and
cooling water.
Internal diffuser Main diffuser
Internal nozzle
Steam flow
Seals
Cooling water
Application
- Suitable for most general plant applications, except where high turndowns on cooling water are required.
- Flow turndowns between 3:1 and 10:1 depending on conditions.
4.8.5
375 - 570 C ASME 300, ASME 600, ASME 900, ASME 1500 + PN10, PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63 and PN100 Weld neck (Slip-on N/A)
Materials
Component
Sizes 1 to 2: ASTM A350 LF2N Sizes 1 to 2: ASTM A182 F11

Shell
Size 3 and above: ASTM A106 Grade B Size 3 and above: ASTM A335 P11

Water branch
Size 3 and above: ASTM A106 Grade B Size 3 and above: ASTM A335 P11
Sizes 1 to 2: ASTM A350 LF2N ASTM A182 F11

Flanges
Size 3 and above: ASTM A105N
Nozzle ASTM A182 F316L ASTM A182 F11
Sizes 1 to 2: Not applicable Sizes 1 to 2: Not applicable

Internal diffuser
Size 3 and above: ASTM A182 F316L Size 3 and above: ASTM A182 F11
Sizes 1 to 2: Not applicable Sizes 1 to 2: Not applicable

Internal housing
Size 3 and above: ASTM A350 LF2N Size 3 and above: ASTM A182 F11

Sizes 6 and 8: ASTM A240 / ASTM A312 316L Sizes 6 and above: ASTM A387 Gr11
Main diffuser
Size 10: BS EN 10130:2006 DC01
Size 12 and above: ASTM A516 Gr70
Internal seals Soft copper Soft copper

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Steam atomizing desuperheaters (SAD)
A high pressure auxiliary steam supply is used to atomize the incoming water within the diffuser of the unit.
The auxiliary steam pressure needs to be at least 1.5 times the desuperheater inlet pressure with a minimum pressure of 3 bar g.
Internal
nozzle
Internal diffuser
Steam flow
Steam flow
Seals
Atomising steam Cooling water
Application
- High turndown applications where auxiliary steam is available, eg ;combined pressure reducing/desuperheating stations.
4.8.6

Materials
Component
Shell ASTM A106 Grade B ASTM A335 P11
Atomising steam branch ASTM A106 Grade B ASTM A335 P11
Water branch ASTM A106 Grade B ASTM A335 P11
Nozzle ASTM A182 F316L ASTM A182 F11
Diffuser ASTM A182 F316L ASTM A182 F11
Internal housing ASTM A350 LF2N ASTM A182 F11
Internal seals Soft copper Soft copper

Control valves
Desuperheaters
There are a number of factors which must be considered in determining the best type of desuperheater for each application. Such
factors are:-
1. Residual superheat.
2. Turndown.
3. Accuracy of final temperature.
4. Available pressure drop.
5. Cooling water pressure.
6. Auxiliary higher pressure steam available for atomising.
7. Cost.
With so many factors, it is not an easy task to develop a decision tree to aid selection, but the charts below have been developed to
assist engineers in desuperheater selection.
Please read this first chart in conjunction with the note at the bottom of the page.
Desuperheater selection chart
Turndown 1:1 2:1 3:1 4:1 5:1 7:1 10:1 20:1 50:1
Approach
Spray type desuperheater (STD) to
Spray nozzle type desuperheater (SND) saturation
4.8.7
Tsat +5 C Tsat +5 C Tsat +7 C
'Cost effective option for turndown duties'

Minimum water pressure: Steam +0.5 bar Max. W.P: Max. W.P: Max. W.P:
Steam +4.5 bar Steam +8 bar St +12.5 bar
Vertical
Venturi type desuperheater (VTD) installations
only
Tsat +3 C Tsat +3 C Tsat +5 C Tsat +7 C
'Our most popular desuperheater, ideal for most duties'

Minimum water pressure: Steam +0.1 bar
Max. W.P: Max. W.P: Max. W.P: Max. W.P:
Steam +0.9 bar Steam +2.5 bar St +4.9 bar St +10 bar
Steam atomising type desuperheater (SAD)
Atomising steam required at 1.5 x SAD

Tsat +3 C Tsat +3 C
Desuperheater inlet steam pressure or 3 bar g minimum (with recycle)
'Special desuperheater for high turndown duties'
Required water pressure: Same as steam pressure
Note: For VTDs, turndowns above 7:1 must not be offered until design checks have been made by Spirax Sarco.

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Which desuperheater is right for my application?
This is a general guide and does not represent every option available.
Please contact us if you have any queries regarding selection for your specific application.
Start
Are process parameters Yes

relatively fixed?
SND or STD
Turndown < 2:1
No
Is residual superheat? Yes

> 75 C
No
Is turndown? Yes
VTD or SAD
without recycle
< 4:1
4.8.8
No
Is turndown? Yes Yes

Is application part of a
pressure reducing station?
< 5:1
No No
Yes Is turndown? Yes

Is it a vertical installation?
< 50:1
No No
Yes Yes
Is application part of a Is auxillary steam available SAD
pressure reducing station? as an atomising source? without recycle
No
Yes
Is auxillary steam available SAD
as an atomising source? with recycle
No Consider a number of
appropriate units in
parallel
Sizing and selection software

It is necessary to use our online sizing and selection software so that the desuperheater can be correctly specified and ordered.
The software will generate a desuperheater data sheet and general assembly detail drawing of the resulting product. Please refer
to TI-P475-06 'Desuperheater Online Programme Sizing Guidance' for further information.

Control valves
Desuperheaters
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instruction that are supplied with the product.
Installation note
Desuperheaters may be installed either horizontally or vertically with the steam flowing upwards.
Spirax Sarco strongly advises against installations in which the steam flow is vertically downwards.
In the case of a horizontal installation the cooling water connection (and the atomising steam connection on a steam atomising
desuperheater) should ideally point downwards, as this gives the best orientation for drainage of fluids in a shutdown situation. Other
orientations are acceptable for satisfactory operation, but drainage is not as effective.
In a vertical installation we recommend that, the cooling water pipework (and atomising steam pipework, if applicable) should be brought
to the Desuperheater from below the corresponding connections on the desuperheater. This will provide the best layout for drainage
of fluids on shutdown.
Desuperheating and pressure reducing stations

Spirax Sarco can provide complete desuperheating and pressure reducing stations including control valves, temperature sensors,
pressure transmitters, instrumentation and pipework, all mounted on a support skid.
Pressure
4.8.9
controller
Pressure regulating control valve
Desuperheater
TS PT
Steam supply
Temperature regulating control valve
Temperature
Cooling water controller
Combined desuperheating and pressure reducing station for venturi and spray type desuperheaters

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Sizes
Spirax Sarco desuperheaters are specified by their nominal inlet and outlet size in inches. For example an 80 mm connection is referred
to as Size 3, a 250 mm would be Size 10.
Dimensions and weights

Please refer to the general assembly detail drawing generated by the sizing and selection software for details of specific desuperheaters.
Selection guide
Example
Desuperheater type STD, SND, VTD and SAD VTD
Steam inlet / outlet size, mm 20 mm - 450 mm 080
CS - Carbon steel A106 Grade B. For VTD sizes 1 to 2, CS = A350 LF2N material
Shell / pipe material CS
CM - Chrome molybdenum A182 F11
ASME 150, ASME 300, ASME 600, ASME 900, ASME 1500
Steam end connections A600
PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63 and PN100
Flange style Weld neck or slip-on WN
How to order 4.8.10

1 off Spirax Sarco Size 3 desuperheater model VTD080CS having ASME 600 RF weld neck flanged connections. (Attach the
desuperheater Data Sheet with your order).
Spare parts
For units with fixed internals, spare parts are not available.
Spare parts and internal diffuser removal tools are available for units fitted with removable internals.
For guidance ;
SAD of 6" and larger and VTD of 10" and larger are of a fully welded construction, hence spare parts are not available. There are no
spares available for SND or STD with fixed nozzle assembly.
Please quote the equipment model number and serial number from the nameplate when requesting parts.

Control valves
Desuperheaters
4.8.11
Control valves
Desuperheaters
TI-P475-06
CH Issue 3
Desuperheater
Online Program Sizing Guidance
Desuperheater overview
In typical process plants, process steam is usually superheated,
or heated to a temperature above saturation. The difference
between the saturation temperature and the actual temperature
of the steam is called 'superheat'.
Desuperheated steam is more efficient in the transfer of thermal

energy, consequently desuperheaters are used to bring the outlet
degree of superheat closer to that of saturation.
Desuperheaters reduce the temperature of superheated process

steam by introducing finely atomized cooling water droplets into
the steam flow. As the droplets evaporate, sensible heat from
the superheated steam is conver ted into latent heat of
4.8.12
vaporization.
A typical desuperheater installation is shown below:
Combined pressure reducing / desuperheating station for venturi and spray type desuperheaters
Pressure controller
Steam supply Desuperheater
Pressure regulating
control valve
Non return valve

Cooling water Temperature controller
Temperature regulating
control valve
Page 1 of 12
Control valves
Desuperheaters
Desuperheater selection
There are various types of desuperheater available so evaluation of the process duty is crucial to ensure selection of the right equipment.
Turndown capability, pressure drop and outlet superheat play lead roles in desuperheater design and selection:
Turndown: (Maximum steam flowrate Minimum steam flowrate)

Turndown represents the variability of the steam flowrate. For many processes, turndown is very small or fixed. Generally, the higher
the turndown, the more complicated the Desuperheater design.
Outlet superheat:
Although desuperheaters are capable of desuperheating to the saturation temperature of the steam, typically, desuperheaters
are designed to produce steam temperatures at 3C to 5C above saturation. This is because it becomes increasingly difficult to control
the process (and there is very little advantage) at lower temperatures.
Steam pressure drop (for venturi type desuperheaters):

For most pressure systems, a 0.4 to 0.7 bar g drop is considered reasonable. It should be noted that as the required turndown increases,
so does the pressure drop. This is because there is a minimum acceptable pressure drop at the minimum flowrate case that ensures
sufficient velocity to atomise the water droplets. Therefore, as the maximum steam flowrate increases, so does the velocity and hence
the maximum pressure drop.
Water pressure drop (for spray type desuperheaters):

It should be noted that as the required turndown increases, the required cooling water pressure also increases.
General 'Rule-of-thumb':
Over-specifying the thermal load or process requirements is detrimental to efficient operation and will increase the cost
of the desuperheater (and its controls). Under specifying the operating range can result in a unit that cannot handle all
operating cases.
4.8.13 Each type of Spirax Sarco desuperheater, employs a different method to create water droplets. The process by which the water droplets
are created is usually referred to as 'atomisation'.
It must be remembered that the evaporation of the water droplets (and hence cooling of the steam) is a time dependent process and
does not occur instantaneously. Consequently, most of the desuperheating does not occur in the desuperheater itself, but in the pipework
immediately downstream. Thus, the design of the downstream pipework is a crucial factor in a successful desuperheater installation.
It is important that the water droplets remain suspended in the downstream pipework for as long as possible. To ensure this, it is
necessary to maintain sufficient turbulence in the downstream piping by keeping the velocity relatively high higher than is usually
encountered in steam distribution systems (up to 60 m/s). This is the reason why desuperheaters and their associated pipework are
often (not always) smaller than the distribution system in which they are being installed.

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Types of desuperheater
From the foregoing paragraphs, it is easy to understand why there has to be a period of good contact between the droplets of cooling
water the superheated steam. If good contact is lost, the water can no longer absorb heat effectively from the steam, evaporation stops
and the desuperheating process comes to a halt.
When the steam velocity is too low, 'water droplet fall-out' occurs and a pool of water is formed which runs along the bottom of pipe.
At this point good contact between cooling water and the steam is lost and effective desuperheating will not occur. By following the
guidelines presented in this document or using the Spirax Sarco online sizing software, problems due to droplet fall-out can be avoided.
There are three basic types of Spirax Sarco desuperheater (shown below) which all use a different method to atomise the cooling water
droplets. Each one has its own merits and the desuperheater selection chart shown on the following page determines which type should
be selected.
Complete spray type Thermal sleeve

desuperheater (STD)
Superheated
steam Desuperheated steam
Spray nozzle assembly

4.8.14
Cooling water
Main
Venturi type Internal Internal diffuser
desuperheater (VTD) nozzle diffuser
Steam
flow
Seal Seal
Cooling water
Steam atomising Seal Internal Seal Internal

desuperheater (SAD) nozzle diffuser
Steam
flow
Steam
flow
Finer droplets, therefore

smaller absorbtion length
and / or better turndown and
approach to saturation
Atomising Cooling
steam water
Desuperheater Online Program Sizing Guidance

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Desuperheater selection chart
Turndown 1:1 2:1 3:1 4:1 5:1 7:1 10:1 20:1 50:1
Spray type desuperheater (STD)

Spray nozzle type desuperheater (SND)
Approach to
saturation
'Cost effective option for turndown duties' Tsat +5 C Tsat +5 C Tsat +7 C
Max. W.P: Max. W.P: Max. W.P:
Steam +4.5 bar Steam +8 bar St +12.5 bar
Venturi type desuperheater (VTD)

Vertical
installations
only
'Our most popular desuperheater, ideal for most duties' Tsat +3 C Tsat +3 C Tsat +5 C Tsat +7 C
4.8.15
Max. W.P: Max. W.P: Max. W.P: Max. W.P:
Steam +0.9 bar Steam +2.5 bar St +4.9 bar St +10 bar
Steam atomising type desuperheater (SAD)

Atomising steam required at 1.5 x SAD
Desuperheater inlet steam pressure or 3 bar g minimum Tsat +3 C (with recycle) Tsat +3 C
'Special desuperheater for high turndown duties'
Required water pressure: Same as steam pressure
Other considerations
Desuperheater orientation
Desuperheaters may be installed either horizontally or vertically (with the steam flowing upwards). In a vertical installation, increased
turndown can be achieved; as the steam and water are countered by gravity, the water is less likely to fall out of suspension. Spirax
Sarco strongly advises against installations in which the steam flow is vertically downwards, as the opposite would occur.
In the case of a horizontal installation the cooling water connection (and the atomising steam connection on a SAD (steam atomising
desuperheater) should ideally point downwards, as this gives the best orientation for drainage of fluids in a shutdown situation. Other
orientations are acceptable for satisfactory operation, but drainage is not as effective.
In a vertical installation we recommend that, the cooling water pipework (and atomising steam pipework, if applicable) should be brought
to the desuperheater from below the corresponding connections on the desuperheater. This will provide the best layout for drainage of
fluids on shutdown.

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Distances
The diagram below indicates the recommended straight length distances between the desuperheater and upstream / downstream
equipment. The distances are represented by length 'A' and 'B'.
Combined pressure reducing / desuperheating station
Pressure controller
Pressure
B
regulating
control valve
4.8.16
Non return valve

Cooling water Temperature
controller
control valve
Recommended distances for location of pressure and temperature sensors and equipment:
Residual superheat 100 C 50 C 30 C 15 C 10 C 5 C
B Downstream distance required (straight) 2.5 m 3.7 m 5.0 m 6.25 m 6.8 m 7.5 m
A Upstream distance required (straight) The greater of 5 pipe diameters or 1.5 m
'The greater the residual superheat, the faster the water droplets are absorbed'

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Other considerations (continued)
Cooling water supply

Typical cooling water supply options are as follows:
- Boiler feedwater (BFW) (taken from the pressure side of the boiler feedpump).
- Demineralised water.
- De-ionised water.
- Condensate.
Towns water or process water may also be used, but depending on hardness, salts may be deposited on the inside of downstream
pipework and the face of valve seats and plugs.
Cooling water quality

The quality of the injected water is important. The TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) of the injection water should be as low as possible
since all these solids will come out of solution and be deposited on the faces of valves and could block up the small orifices in the
desuperheater nozzles.
Cooling water temperature

Generally, the hotter the better. This is because hot droplets need to absorb less heat to reach their flash temperature than cold ones.
Hence, hot droplets will evaporate more quickly, producing a more efficient desuperheating process. Using hot water also has the
additional advantage that smaller amounts of water will fall onto the inside walls of the pipework.
Because of the benefits of using hot water, it is logical to insulate the water supply pipes to minimise heat loss.
Cooling water pressure and flowrate

In order to inject the cooling water, its pressure at the desuperheater nozzle must be equal to or greater than the operating steam
pressure in the pipe. The requirement varies from one type of desuperheater to another, but typical minimum values are:
- Spray type desuperheater steam pressure + 0.5 bar

4.8.17 - Venturi type desuperheater steam pressure + 0.1 bar
- Steam atomising type desuperheater equal to steam pressure
For the spray and Venturi type desuperheaters, the highest water inlet pressure required will be at the highest cooling water flowrate.
It should be noted that the water flowrate is a function of the square of the pressure difference between cooling water and the steam.
So if the water flowrate is to be increased by a factor of 4 for example, then the pressure difference must increase by a factor of 4 2 =
16. This is the reason why it is important not to over-specify the turndown as high cooling water pressures are quickly reached (especially
with spray type desuperheaters).
If an independent or booster pump is used, a spill-back will be required to ensure that there is always flow through the pump.
Cooling water control valve

A pressure drop will be required over the water control valve. We have already said that ideally the water should be as hot as possible
so care is needed to ensure that flashing conditions do not exist across the control valve.
Superheated steam pressure control

It is desirable that a constant steam supply pressure be maintained.
The temperature of the steam after the desuperheater controls the amount of water added. The higher the temperature, the more the
control valve will open and the greater the amount of water that is added. Usually the target is to reduce the steam temperature to within
a small margin of saturation temperature. In virtually all applications the upstream pressure will be controlled and constant, however,
if the superheated steam supply pressure is increased, the saturation temperature will also increase. The set value on the Controller
will not change, and an excessive amount of water will be added as the control system tries to achieve the set temperature. This would
result in very wet saturated steam with its attendant problems.
Control
In this document we have frequently used the term 'turndown' to describe the performance of the different types of desuperheater.
However, as far as an installation is concerned, it should remembered that the desuperheater is only one element of a desuperheating
station. Obviously, if the controls that are fitted have lower turndown than the desuperheater, then the turndown of the desuperheater
station will be reduced.
For example, in a particular pressure reducing / desuperheating station, the rangability of the cooling water valve may not be as high
as the desuperheater. In this case it will be the rangability of the water control valve that limits the turndown of the desuperheating
station.
Separator station
In applications where there must be no moisture present in the resulting steam (such as prior to a turbine for example) it is recommended
that a separator is installed downstream of the desuperheater. This will protect downstream pipework and equipment from the effects
of moisture in the event of a control system failure or abnormal operating conditions, for example at start-up.
The separator must be located after the temperature sensor thereby giving the water droplets as much time as possible to evaporate.

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Strainer
Spirax Sarco recommend that a strainer is incorporated in the cooling water supply line to protect both the cooling water control valve
and the small bores within the desuperheater from becoming blocked.
Isolation valves
To allow maintenance to be safely carried out, isolation valves are recommended upstream of:
- The superheated steam pressure control valve.
- The cooling water control valve.
Safety valve
In applications involving simultaneous pressure reduction, a safety relief valve may be needed to protect both the desuperheater and
downstream equipment from the effects of:
- Excess pressure in the event of pressure control system failure.
- Excess temperature in the event of temperature control system failure.
It is essential that the desuperheater and downstream equipment are suitable for the maximum temperature of the superheated steam.
This is to protect these items in the event of a failure of both the pressure and temperature control systems.
Recycle loop
For SAD steam atomising desuperheaters with a very high turndown a 'catchpot and recycle loop' are often installed as shown on the
diagram below. The recycled condensate is hot which leads to faster absorption.
The desuperheater generates a small suction effect to draw the recycle water back to the desuperheater ensuring that the water doesnt
'by-pass' the desuperheater.
Combined pressure reducing / desuperheating station for steam atomising type desuperheaters 4.8.18
Pressure controller
Pressure
regulating
control B
valve
3m
On / off control
Non return
Cooling water valve
Temperature controller
control valve

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Detailed example
Steam is required to heat a vessel jacket at 2 bar g and 133.7C. A low pressure steam supply is available at 10 bar g and 200 C
for this purpose.
Condensate at 95 C and 5 bar g is available as the cooling medium.

Minimum steam flow required is 1000 kg / h, maximum flow 5000 kg / h.
Pressure controller
Desuperheater
Steam supply
1 2 3
Pressure regulating
control valve
4.8.19
Non return valve
Cooling water Temperature controller
4
control valve
Method
As the turndown required equals 5:1 and the application
involves simultaneous pressure reduction, this would
seem to be a good application for a venturi type
desuperheater (VTD). Please note that a steam atomising
desuperheater (SAD) could also be used for this duty, but
the overall installation cost would be higher due to the
greater complexity of the installation.
As already stated, it is not possible to control at the

saturated temperature of the steam so any associated 1
temperature controller should have a set point of 3 C
above the saturation temperature (which is 136.7C in this
example).
2
We can use the Spirax Sarco Online Sizing Program to
calculate the unit size (available at www.spiraxsarco.com/
uk with password). The form would be completed as
follows:
The steam temperature at the inlet to the desuperheater 3

is calculated by the program automatically and is shown
on the datasheet.
Once the calculation button is pressed the software will

calculate the required cooling water pressure and
flowrate. It will also calculate the pressure drop across
the unit. The user will see a summary screen, at which
point the desired flange rating can be selected and then
the 'Save & Email' button can be pressed. You will then
receive an e-mail with a drawing and datasheet to your
chosen e-mail address.

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Detailed example (continued)
The datasheet generated by the program for this example is as follows:
Spirax Sarco Venturi Type Desuperheater Data Sheet

v 1.4
1 Client : Spirax-Sarco Limited Client Project Ref :
2 Client's Ref : EXAMPLE CALCULATION Plant Location :
3 Spirax Sarco Ref : VTD01582 Equip. Item No. :
4 Description : Size 6 Venturi Type Desuperheater No. OFF : 1
5 Unit Ref : VTD150 CS6F0 Operation :
6 Drawing No. : DE-VTDSDSO Serial No. :
7 Unit Size : 6
8 INLET CONDITIONS Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 CONDITIONS UPSTREAM OF LET-DOWN VALVE
9 Flowrate (kg/hr) 5000 3000 1000 Case 1 Case 2 Case 3
2 10 Pressure (bar g) 2.302 2.108 2.012 10 10 10
1
11 Temperature ( C) 179.7 179.2 178.9 200 200 200
12
13 COOLING MEDIUM Case 1 Case 2 Case 3
14 Flowrate (kg/hr) 193.5 116.1 38.7
4 15 Pressure (bar g) 5.34 3.2 2.13
16 Temperature ( C) 95 95 95
17 Medium - Water
18
19 DISCHARGE CONDITIONS Case 1 Case 2 Case 3
4.8.20
20 Pressure (bar g) 2 2 2
3 21 Temperature ( C) 136.7 136.7 136.7
22 Flowrate (kg/hr) 5193.5 3116.1 1038.7
23
24 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Flanges Carbon Steel ASTM A 105
25 Main Body Carbon Steel ASTM A 106 Grade B Gaskets Soft Copper
26 Inner Nozzle Stainless Steel BS 970 S11/13 Inner Body Carbon Steel ASTM A350 LF2
27 Inner Venturi Stainless Steel BS 970 S11/13 Main Venturi C.Steel BS 1501-151/161-430A/B
28
29 MECHANICAL DESIGN Steam Water CONNECTION DETAILS
30 Side Side Size Rating
31 Max.Design Pressure (bar g) 15 15 Inlet Steam 6 300 LB
32 Max. Design Temperature ( C) 220 220 Discharge Steam 6 300 LB
33 Internal Corrosion Allowance (mm) 1.5 1.5 Cooling Medium 1 300 LB
34 Mechanical Design Code ASME B31.3 Flange Type ASME B16.5 Slip-On
35 Welding Standard To Code
36 External Surface Finish High Temp. Silicone Aluminium
37 Weight (kg) 68
38
39 DIMENSIONS
40 A (" 6
NB)
41 B (mm) 178
42 C (mm) 127
43 D (mm) 533
44 E (mm) 660 Note: Letters refer to Drawing
0 Issued for sizing only PDA 08/01/2010

Rev Description By Date Checked Date
A Spirax Sarco Size 6 venturi type desuperheater has been selected. It can be seen from the 'Cooling Medium' section that the maximum
cooling water pressure required is 5.34 bar g consequently a water booster pump should also be installed (as the cooling water is only
available at 5 bar g.
The program has calculated a steam pressure drop across the desuperheater of 0.302 bar g (maximum). As there is a pressure reducing
valve installed, the program has automatically added this pressure drop to the desuperheater inlet pressure to 'compensate' for the
pressure drop. This will ensure that the outlet pressure from the desuperheater is 2 bar g. The datasheet therefore shows the correct
pressures and flowrates for sizing both the pressure reducing valve and the water control valve.

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Detailed example 2
Steam is required at 5 bar g (saturated) for use in a Shell & Tube Heat Exchanger. The Client has steam available at 5 bar g, 350 C.
Minimum steam flow is 8 500 kg / h, maximum is 25 000 kg / h. Boiler feedwater at 20 C is available as the cooling medium.
2 3
Non return
valve
Cooling water
4.8.21 Temperature
controller
4
control valve
Method
This section
As the turndown is approximately 3:1 we can select
does not
any type of Desuperheater. There are 3 options:
need to be
completed
SAD - Steam atomising desuperheater
This would require atomising steam at 7.5 bar g
(min).
VTD - Venturi type desuperheater

This could be selected, however, this desuperheater
is not part of a pressure reducing station,
consequently if we select a VTD venturi type
desuperheater, the discharge steam pressure will
be reduced by the pressure drop across the unit.
The steam could be desuperheated to Tsat+3 C.
STD - Spray type desuperheater

The unit is capable of handling the turndown with
no steam-side pressure drop and can desuperheat
to Tsat+5 C.
In this case the client states that Tsat+5 C is

acceptable so we will select an STD.
The Spirax Sarco Online Spray Type Desuperheater

Sizing Program would be completed as shown
opposite:

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Detailed example 2 (continued)
A Spirax Sarco Size 10 spray type desuperheater has been selected. The maximum cooling water pressure required is 9.79 bar g and
there is a negligible steam-side pressure drop.
Spirax Sarco Spray Type Desuperheater Data Sheet

v2.0
1 Client : Spirax-Sarco Limited Client Project Ref :
2 Client's Ref : DETAILED EXAMPLE 2 Plant Location :
3 Spirax Sarco Ref : STD00519 Equip. Item No. :
4 Description : Size 10 Spray Type Desuperheater No. OFF : 1
5 Unit Ref : Size STD250CS6F0 Operation :
6 Drawing No. : DESTD00519-1 Serial No. :
7 Unit Size : 10
8 INLET CONDITIONS Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 CONDITIONS UPSTREAM OF LET-DOWN VALVE
9 Flowrate (kg/hr) 25000 18000 8500 Case 1 Case 2 Case 3
2 10 Pressure (bar g) 5 5 5
11 Temperature ( C) 350 350 350
12
13 COOLING MEDIUM Case 1 Case 2 Case 3
14 Flowrate (kg/hr) 3733 2678.8 1269.2
4 15 Pressure (bar g) 9.79 7.48 5.55
16 Temperature ( C) 25 25 25
17
18
Medium - Water
4.8.22
19 DISCHARGE CONDITIONS Case 1 Case 2 Case 3
20 Pressure (bar g) 5 5 5
3 21 Temperature ( C) 163.9 163.9 163.9
22 Flowrate (kg/hr) 28733 20687.8 9769.2
23
Carbon Steel ASTM A 350
24 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION Nozzle Housing
LF2
25 Main Body Carbon Steel ASTM A 106 Grade B Flanges Carbon Steel ASTM A 105
26 Water Branch Carbon Steel ASTM A 106 Grade B Gaskets Soft Copper
27 Thermal Sleeve Stainless Steel ASTM A312 TP316L Spray Nozzle Stainless Steel
28
29 MECHANICAL DESIGN Steam Water CONNECTION DETAILS
30 Side Side Size Rating
31 Max.Design Pressure (bar g) 10 30 Inlet Steam 10 300 LB
32 Max. Design Temperature ( C) 374 374 Discharge Steam 10 300 LB
Internal Corrosion Allowance
33 1.5 1.5 Cooling Medium 2 300 LB
(mm)
34 Mechanical Design Code - ASME B31.3 Flange Type ASME B16.5 Slip-On
35 Welding Standard - To Code
36 External Surface Finish - High Temp. Silicone Aluminium
37 Weight (kg) 180
38
39 DIMENSIONS
40 A (" NB) 10
41 B (mm) 430
42 C (mm) 250
43 D (mm) 800
44 E (mm) 1050 Note: Letters refer to Drawing
0 Issued for sizing only PDA 22/01/2010

Rev Description By Date Checked Date

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Typical applications
The following is a list of applications where desuperheaters have been supplied:
Power generation
To reduce the temperature of steam discharged from turbine bypass
systems to that required for other parts of the plant.
Turbine washing
Process industries
In process industries, desuperheaters are used as part of a system for
reducing the temperature and pressure of steam from boilers to economic
levels of operation.
Paper and board industry
Paper drying machines
Food industry
Steam cooking kettles
Evaporator heat exchanger
4.8.23 Product conditioning
Textile industry
Fabric finishing autoclaves
Tobacco industry
Tobacco leaf drying plants
Chemical and pharmaceutical industry
Reactor heater jackets and coils
Steam supply to process heaters
Oil and petrochemical industry
Vacuum distillation start-up heaters
Steam supply to process heaters
Let-down station and turbine bypass
Thermocompressor discharge
Mechanical vapour re-compression
Brewing and distilling industry
Steam heating system
Boiler and turbine installations
Power generation
Ship building
Coffee
Chemical

Control valves
Desuperheaters
TI-P451-01
CH Issue 3
VAD
Variable Area Desuperheaters
Desuperheater overview
Steam used in process plants can be superheated, that is, heated to a temperature above
saturation. The excess of temperature above its saturation is called 'superheat'.
Desuperheated steam is more efficient in the transfer of thermal energy, consequently
desuperheaters are used to bring the outlet steam temperature closer to that of saturation
for the steam pressure.
Desuperheaters reduce the temperature of superheated process steam by introducing
finely atomised cooling water droplets into the steam flow. As the droplets evaporate,
sensible heat from the superheated steam is converted into latent heat of vaporisation.
As standard the VAD is supplied with an actuator. The following optional extras can
be supplied if requested when placing an order: Positioner, Regulator and Limit switch.
A typical desuperheater installation is shown below:

1st stop valve Required to isolate the system from inlet water.
Required with 100 mesh screen to maintain the water supply in a
4.8.24
Strainer
condition that wont block the desuperheater nozzles.
Required to prevent steam from flowing back into the water inlet -
Check valve The prefered selection would be an LCV lift check valve as it will give
optimum performance in this application.
2nd stop valve Required to isolate the system for maintenance. PN9400
series
actuator
Note: These anciliaries are not
delivered with VAD and should be
purchased separately
Strainer VAD in
conjunction
Check PN9000 series actuator
with a PN9400
valve series actuator
Water
VAD in
conjunction
with a PN9000
series actuator
VAD
1st 2nd VAD b :
Stop valve Stop valve 70 mm travel for
VAD applications that
VAD a : require a higher
30 mm travel Kv Kv of between:
0.1 to Kv 1.4 For Kv 1.8 to Kv 4.0
applications that
require a higher
Kv use a VAD b
VAD
+
PN9000 series actuator
Temperature sensor
Position of nozzles
Steam 6m
flow
A typical installation illustrating a VAD variable area desuperheater in conjunction with a PN9000 series actuator
Page 1 of 7
Control valves
Desuperheaters
General description
Spirax Sarco VAD variable area desuperheaters reduce the temperature of superheated steam by spraying atomised water through a
variable area nozzle, producing near-saturated steam for a wide steam turndown ratio (max 50:1). There are two VAD options available
depending on the Kv value and control rangeability required for the application.
VAD a VAD b
in conjunction with a PN9000 series actuator in conjunction with a PN9400 series actuator
30 mm travel Kv 0.1 to Kv 1.4 70 mm travel Kv 1.8 to Kv 4.0
4.8.25
Description
The VAD a variable area desuperheater has been designed to
perform between a Kv of 0.1 to Kv 1.4
The main advantages of the Spirax Sarco VAD is its full
modularity, as the components can be adjusted to meet each
individual application needs; on site if needed. The nozzle can
also be replaced to accommodate a change in flow requirement.
The cooling water is atomised through a number of nozzles which
are successively opened by the linear movement of a plug
controlled by the actuator.
As standard, it is designed and coupled with the PN9000 Series
actuator 30 mm travel.
The steam branch line connection is DN80 as standard, but could
be customised at the required dimension. Description
The water connection is DN25 as standard, but could be As standard, the VAD b is designed to and coupled with the
customised. PN9400 Series actuator. The water atomisation is done through
The standard dimensional lengths of the top and bottom pipe up to 18 nozzles which are successively opened with the linear
extensions of the desuperheater, as well as the position of the move of the plug.
water connection are shown on page 5, but please note that The steam branch line connection is DN80 as standard, but could
theses can be customised to meet any specific application to be customised at the required dimension.
meet your needs. The water connection is DN25 as standard, but could be
customised or increased for a higher Kv than 4.
The standard dimensional lengths of the top and bottom pipe
extensions of the desuperheater, as well as the position of the
water connection are shown on page 5, but please note that
theses can be customised to meet any specific application to
meet your needs.
VAD Variable Area Desuperheaters

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Typical applications:
- To reduce the temperature of steam discharged from turbine by-pass systems on power plants for heat exchangers, dump stations
etc.
- To improve heat transfer of indirect contact heat exchangers - shell and tube , plate type, reactor heating jackets etc.
- To reduce the temperature of steam on direct contact applications - food cooking kettles, in-line steam heaters, tobacco drying
plant and paper mills.
Features:
- Low cost simple, robust design.
- Minimal steam pressure drop.
- Flexible design options.
Spirax Sarco desuperheaters are available built to ASME B 16.34
design code. Also available are ASME VIII Division 1.
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the CE
mark when so required.
Welding is in accordance with ASME IX.
Connections (EN 1092 or ASME B16.5) are sized to suit the
process conditions.
Standard ASTM materials of construction include: Carbon steel,
Stainless steel, Chrome molybdenum steel etc.,
Certification
The following certificates / documents can be supplied at an 12
additional cost:
- Material certificates to EN 10204 3.1 with a corresponding 4.8.26
material location diagram. 11
- NDT reports.
10
Air signal 15
The VAD lift should be controlled by use of a positioner, the
maximum air pressure on the actuator should be limited to
4 bar g.
8
The fail safe position of the standard VAD unit is in the shut
off position, spring-retact and will shut off water when retracted.
Optionally, if request at the point of order, the unit can be
supplied in the fail safe open position and the unit nomenclature
will be denoted by an 'E' (for spring-extend) in the description i.e.
VAD a E. 9
Positioners
Compatible with PP5, EP5, ISP5, SP400 and SP500 positioners.
7
Material
No. Part Material
1 Nozzle Stainless steel AISI 431
2 Seat Stainless steel AISI 431 6
3 Plug Stainless steel
4 Lock-nut Stainless steel
5 Stem Stainless steel AISI 431 5
6 Bottom pipe extension Carbon steel
7 Main steam flange Carbon steel ASTM A105N
8 Water flange Carbon steel ASTM A105N
4
9 Top pipe extension Carbon steel ASTM A105N 3
10 Packing Graphite 14
11 Packing bolting Stainless steel 13
12 Nut Stainless steel 2
13 Setting nut Stainless steel
14 Seat gasket Graphite 1
15 Stem bearing Stellite Grade 6
Alternative material: Depending of the condition of use, Spirax Please note:

Sarco can could change the carbon steel body material to alloy The parts identified in the illustration above are exactly the
steel or stainless steel. same for both the VAD a and the VAD b

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Pressure / temperature limits:
The Spirax Sarco VAD variable area desuperheater has a carbon steel body as standard but can be produced in any material grade to
special order.
'4' denotes a carbon steel desuperheater
'6' denotes an austenitic stainless steel desuperheater
'8' denotes an alloy steel desuperheater
Please note that the pressure and temperature limits for the VAD product range is governed by the flange connection of choice:
PMA TMA
Flanges
bar g @ C C @ bar g
ASME 150 19.6 @ 38 C 425 C @ 5.5
ASME 300 51.5 @ 38 C 425 C @ 28.8
ASME 600 102.1 @ 38 C 425 C @ 57.5
ASME 900 153.2 @ 38 C 425 C @ 86.3
ASME 1500 255.3 @ 38 C 425 C @ 143.8
ASME 2500 425.5 @ 38 C 425 C @ 239.7
VAD4 PN40 40.0 @ 50 C 400 C @ 23.8
PN63 63.0 @ 50 C 400 C @ 37.5
PN100 100.0 @ 50 C 400 C @ 59.5
PN160 160.0 @ 50 C 400 C @ 95.2
PN250 250.0 @ 50 C 400 C @ 148.8
PN320 320.0 @ 50 C 400 C @ 190.4
4.8.27 PN400 400.0 @ 50 C 400 C @ 238.0
ASME 150 19.0 @ 38 C 538 C @ 1.4
ASME 300 49.6 @ 38 C 538 C @ 25.2
ASME 600 99.3 @ 38 C 538 C @ 50.0
ASME 900 148.9 @ 38 C 538 C @ 75.2
ASME 1500 248.2 @ 38 C 538 C @ 125.5
ASME 2500 413.7 @ 38 C 538 C @ 208.9
VAD6
PN40 40.0 @ 100 C 580 C @ 25.0
(316)
PN63 63.0 @ 100 C 580 C @ 39.5
PN100 100.0 @ 100 C 580 C @ 62.7
PN160 160.0 @ 100 C 580 C @ 100.3
PN250 250.0 @ 100 C 580 C @ 156.7
PN320 320.0 @ 100 C 580 C @ 200.6
PN400 400.0 @ 100 C 580 C @ 250.8
ASME 150 19.8 @ 38 C 538 C @ 1.4
ASME 300 51.7 @ 38 C 538 C @ 14.9
ASME 600 103.4 @ 50 C 538 C @ 29.8
ASME 900 155.1 @ 50 C 538 C @ 44.7
ASME 1500 258.6 @ 50 C 538 C @ 74.5
ASME 2500 430.9 @ 50 C 538 C @ 124.1
VAD8
PN40 40.0 @ 300 C 490 C @ 27.2
(A182 F11 Cl.2)
PN63 63.0 @ 300 C 490 C @ 42.8
PN100 100.0 @ 300 C 490 C @ 68.0
PN160 160.0 @ 300 C 490 C @ 108.8
PN250 250.0 @ 300 C 490 C @ 170.0
PN320 320.0 @ 300 C 490 C @ 217.6
PN400 400.0 @ 300 C 490 C @ 272.0

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Dimensionally there are two versions available the 'Standard' and the 'L' version for use on larger pipelines of 300 mm.
Please note that the dimensions in brackets ( ) are for the 'L' version.
Weights
465
VAD a 35 kg
VAD b 70 kg
390
742
332
*
80 * Please note: *
This dimension becomes 80
100 mm when the flange
281 is greater than 25 mm or 281
158 the pressure is greater
158
t h a n A 6 0 0 / P N10 0 .
4.8.28
332 352
372 412
(540) (590)
(580) (650)
33.5 33.5
60 60
VAD a VAD b
Please note - Nozzles

When installing the VAD into its application the nozzles must face towards the direction of the steam flow. To suit the layout of the
water pipeline, the inlet water flange is available in 4 different locations, please see the orientation diagram below:
Orientation
Left Upstream Right Downstream
Steam line
Water
connection
orientation by
default

Control valves
Desuperheaters
Safety information, installation and maintainance
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions that are supplied with the product.
Installation note:
Desuperheaters may be installed either horizontally or vertically with the steam flowing upwards.
Spirax Sarco strongly advises against installations in which the steam flow is vertically downwards.
In the case of a horizontal installation the cooling water connection should ideally point downstream, as this gives the best orientation
for drainage of fluids in a shutdown situation. Other orientations are acceptable for satisfactory operation, but drainage is not as effective.
In a vertical installation we recommend that, the cooling water pipework should be brought to the desuperheater from below the
corresponding connections on the desuperheater. This will provide the best layout for drainage of fluids on shutdown.
The VAD must be sited in location on the pipeline that offers a stable flow - An unstable flow will affect the mixing efficiency of the VAD.
VAD
+
Temperature sensor
PN9000 series actuator
Installation depends on the application
Position of nozzles
Steam 6m
flow
A typical installation illustrating a VAD variable area desuperheater in conjunction with a PN9000 series actuator
The temperature sensor should be located a minimum distance of calculated on the sizing sheet (and typically more them 12m) after
the VAD, however for optimum temperature control it is recommended that it be installed at the point of use.
A minimum length of 5 metres should be present before a pipe elbow. A thermal sleeve is recommended to protect the elbow from
4.8.29 corrosion and erosion.
The steam pipeline should be of at least DN150. At steam line sizes up to and including 20" NB, we recommend the thermal sleeve is
manufactured from pipe which is one size smaller than the steam line. Above 20" NB steam line size, we recommend the thermal sleeve
is two sizes smaller.
Pipe size should ensure a minimum 5m/s velocity in each flowrate, in case of lower value please contact Spirax Sarco
Water must be supplied with more than 3 bar differential pressure to the steam.
Disposal
The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.
The location of the VAD in the pipeline must be such that it offers a stabilised flow. Unstabilised flow will affect the mixing efficiency.
The VAD must be sited in location on the pipeline that offers a stable flow - Unstabilised flow will affect the mixing efficiency.

Control valves
Desuperheaters
How to order
Please send the following process data to Spirax Sarco so that we can select the optimum solution for your application.
Minimum information required to size the desuperheater:

- Maximum and minimum superheated steam condition (Pressure, temperature and flowrate).
- Required outlet steam temperature.
- Available water condition (Pressure and temperature).
Minimum Nominal Maximum

Pressure
Superheated steam Temperature
Flow
Steam outlet Temperature
Pressure
Water
Temperature
Please state if you Positioner(s) Air regulator(s) Limit switch(s)

require any of the
Additional information following, the number(s)
required and
nomenclature if known:
Further information, that if supplied, will help in selecting the optimal solution for your application: 4.8.30
Design pressure
Design temperature
Superheated steam size
Required flanged desuperheaters flange
Required flanged water flange
Fail safe position - Specify either Open or Closed
Selection chart
Turndown 1:1 2:1 3:1 4:1 5:1 7:1 10:1 30:1 50:1
VAD: Variable desuperheater
TSAT + 5 C
Minimum water pressure : Steam + 3 bar
Kv table
Desuperheater VAD a VAD b
Travel 30 mm 70 mm
Rangeability 1 : 20 1 : 40
Maximum turndown 50 : 1 50 : 1
1.40 4.0
1.00 3.7
0.60 3.3
0.54 2.9
Kv standard
0.45 2.5
0.40 2.1
0.20 1.8
0.10
Note: For lower or higher Kv please contact Spirax Sarco

Control valves
Level indicators
4.9.1
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
1 of 8
TI-P329-01
CH Issue 1
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 Colima Visco

ISO 9001
and Colima Viscorol
Magnetic Level Indicators
Description Colima Colima
Colima Visco and Colima Viscorol magnetic level indicators have Visco Viscorol
been designed for optical viewing of liquid levels in most industrial
applications. They are also suitable for high pressure and high
temperature applications and the range is complemented by 1
having a pharmaceutical grade option available when requested. 1
The indicators can be equipped with electrical contacts or
with a potentiometer transmitter for full automation of process
management, including pressurised tanks, vats, boilers, for the
control of pumps, valves and alarm systems.
Mounting
The Colima Visco and Colima Viscorol magnetic level indicators 2
are installed on the side of the tank (bypass system) or vertically 2
on the top of the tank.
4.9.2
Available types 3 3
LL Side / side mounted
LF Side / base mounted
LT Side / top mounted 4 5
TF Top / base mounted

R Top insertion only
GV Side / side mounted
GDV Specifically designed to control methane-gas odorant
Options
Electrical bistable reed switch contacts, placed at the required
levels, thus allowing control of several operating points with a
single instrument.
When equipped with a potentiometer transmitter, they allow
continuous reading of liquid level.
Standards and certification

Colima Visco and Colima Viscorol magnetic level indicators comply
with the following European Directives:
- PED 97 / 23 / EC - up to Class IV.
- ATEX 94 / 9 / EC (for electrical equipment only).
- 73 / 23 CEE (for electrical equipment only).
- Products intended for use in the Naval and Marine sectors are
RINA and M.M.I (Italian navy) approved.
Indicator body sizes Materials

25 tube 25 - R type only No. Part Material
50 tube 48 - Maximum pressure 12 bar g 1 Indicator body 304 / 316L / 316Ti / PVC / PP / PVDF
Steel
60 tube 60 2 Scale Graduated or neutral
70 tube 76 3 Glass tube Polycarbonate or Pyrex
Plastic 70 tube 76 - Maximum pressure 16 bar g 4 Two colour indicator Plastic or alnico
5 Two colour rollers Plastic or aluminium
Body sizes and end connections 316L / 316Ti / Titanio / Hastelloy PVC /
Flanged: DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50, DN65 and DN80 6 Float (not shown)
PP / PVDF / Buna N
Screwed, socket weld and butt weld: ", ", 1", 1", 2", 2" and 3"
Please note: See page 2 for the full data regarding the range of
connections available.
Page 1 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
2 of 8
Body sizes and end connections

Flanged, screwed, socket weld and butt weld
", ", 1", 1", 2", 2" and 3"
Side process connections (types LL, LF, LT)

Please note that other screwed and flanged connections are available on request.
Flanged (FL) EN 1092 and ASME (ANSI)

UA DN20 PN16 AA " Class 150
UB DN20 PN40 AB " Class 300
UC DN20 PN64 AC " Class 600
UD DN20 PN100 AD " Class 1500
UE DN25 PN16 AE 1" Class 150
UF DN25 PN40 AF 1" Class 300
EN 1092 UG DN25 PN64 ASME AG 1" Class 600
UH DN25 PN100 AJ 1" Class 1500
UI DN40 PN16 AK 1" Class 150
UL DN40 PN40 AH 1" Class 300
UM DN40 PN64 AI 1" Class 600
UN DN40 PN100 AL 1" Class 1500
Screwed (TH) Socket weld (SW) or Butt weld (BW)
4.9.3 GA
GB
"
"
SA
SB
"
"
GK M SW
GC 1" SC 1"
GD 1" SD 1"
NA " BA "
NB " BB "
NPT-M BW
NC 1" BC 1"
ND 1" BD 1"
Top and bottom process connections (types TF, LF, LT)

Please note that other screwed and flanged connections are available on request.
Flanged (FL) EN 1092 and ASME (ANSI)

UA DN50 PN16 AA 2" Class 150
UB DN50 PN40 AB 2" Class 300
UC DN50 PN64 AC 2" Class 600
UD DN50 PN100 AD 2" Class 1500
UE DN65 PN16 AE 2" Class 150
UF DN65 PN40 AF 2" Class 300
EN 1092 ASME
UG DN65 PN64 AG 2" Class 600
UH DN65 PN100 AH 2" Class 1500
UI DN80 PN16 AI 3" Class 150
UL DN80 PN40 AJ 3" Class 300
UM DN80 PN64 AK 3" Class 600
UN DN80 PN100 AL 3" Class 1500
Screwed (TH) on the counterflange Socket weld (SW) or Butt weld (BW) on the counterflange
GA " SA "
GK M GB " SW SB "
GC 1" SC 1"
NA " BA "
NPT-M NB " BW BB "
NC 1" BC 1"
Connection type R
External diameter flange: minimum 100 mm
Colima Visco and Viscorol Magnetic level indicators TI-P329-01 CH Issue 1
Page 2 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
3 of 8
Design conditions Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Steel -25 to +350C Minimum len gth 200
A
Maximum PVC -20 to +70C Maximum length 5700
TMA allowable
temperature Plastic PP -20 to +105C B Minimum 100
PVDF -20 to +130C Depending on fluid specific
C Starting from 250
gravity and pressure
Maximum Steel < 125 bar g Depending on fluid specific
PMA allowable D Starting from 80
gravity and pressure
pressure Plastic < 16 bar g
Depending on fluid specific
E Starting from 85
Steel and plastic > 0.8 kg/l gravity and pressure
Specific gravity
of fluid Buna N / Titanium > 0.5 kg/l Weights Dependent on dimension A
Two-colour line marker Polycarbonate T < 180C

material and rollers Aluminium T < 350C
Side process connection
4.9.4
Side process connection
Page 3 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
4 of 8
Accessories Characteristics Colima Viscorol contact

Contacts
Bistable SPDT or DPDT contacts, fixed onto the guide system fitted DPDT bistable
outside of the indicator body. reed switch
Also available in explosion-proof type, ATEX II 1/2 G EEx d IIC contact
(two SPDT
T6, T5 resp. T4 certified. Protection degree IP67.
contacts
Operation points are always field adjustable. alongside
each other).
SPDT execution The position
DPDT execution (two simultaneous SPDT contacts) of the contacts
is always field
adjustable
Reed switch contact
Ermetically sealed in inert gas
Contact data Tungsten, Rhodio coated.
60 W/VA 1A 250 V @
Shock and vibratrion resistance: 30 g 11 ms
Transmitter
Potentiometer transmitter with 5, 10, 20 mm resolution for the SPDT
continuous evaluation of the liquid level inside the tank. bistable
reed switch
contact.
Valves
The position
The indicators are supplied with a hole and ss plug or with a " of the
drainage valve. A vent can also be supplied on request. contact is
4.9.5 Isolation or check valves between the indicator attachments and the
tank should be installed to aid maintenance work.
always field
adjustable
Characteristics Colima Visco contact
Page 4 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
5 of 8
Potentiometer transmitter characteristics

A potentiometer is placed in the vertical weather-proof tube
outside the level indicator.
The total resistance of a known value is measured at the ends of
this potentiometer.
The float, following the liquid level trend, activates the potentiometers
reed contact chain through its own magnetic field, locally closing
the signal.
The total value of the resistance is measured 100% at its maximum
level and 0% at its minimum level.
The end poles of the potentiometer are connected to a converter
that transforms the input value into Ohm and the output into mA.
5 mm
Reading resolution available 10 mm
20 mm
Resistance input 1 k 100 k Ohm
4.9.6
Converter's housings Converter types
Converter for safe area

Field set using two trimmers
Housing for safe area
[for the Z (zero) gauging and G
Weather-proof IP65, plastic. (gain) gauging],
without resorting to
interconnecting systems.
Housing for safe area, low / high temperature
Special type suitable to low temperatures or Converter for inbuilt safe area
installation in high Field set using two trimmers
concentration saline environments and for use [for the Z (zero) gauging and
in the food industry. G (gain) gauging], without
Entirely in stainless steel. resorting to interconnecting
Protection degree IP67. systems.
On request IP68.
Up to two cable entrances.
Housing for hazardous area, ATEX certified

ATEX certified II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T6, T5 Converter HART protocol
resp. T4 for use in hazardous areas.
In pressure die-cast aluminium with a Converter regulated with an
polyamide paint. interconnection cable.
Protection degree IP67.
Up to two cable entrances.
Resistance input 1 k 100 k Ohm

Current output 420 mA
Page 5 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
6 of 8
Typical vessel installations
4.9.7
Page 6 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
7 of 8
Product selection and order placement

Each unit is identified by a unique alphanumeric code that defines the manufacturing characteristics that best suites the application.
Range Colima Colima

V Visco
Model V
R Viscorol
LL Side / side mounted
LF Side / base mounted
LT Side / top mounted
Type TF Top / base mounted LL
R Top insertion only
GV only Colima Visco type
GDV only Colima Visco type
25 (only R type)
50
Body diameter 60
60
70
Steel
1 304L stainless steel
2 316L stainless steel
3 316Ti stainless steel
Indicator body material 2
Plastic
4 PVC
4.9.8
5 PP
6 PVDF
Centre-to-centre measurement Insert required distance 700
FL Flanged
TH Screwed
Connection type FL
SW Socket weld
BW Butt weld
Attachment rating UA UA
A 316L stainless steel
B 316Ti stainless steel
C Titanium
D Hastelloy
Float material A
E PVC
F PP
G PVDF
H Buna N
A Drain valve
Valves VA
B Vent valve
R1 Colima Viscorol SPDT contact
R2 Colima Viscorol DPDT contact
Electrical equipment contact R1
V1 Colima Visco SPDT contact
V2 Colima Visco DPDT contact
T5 5 mm
T10 10 mm
T20 20 mm
A Housing for safe area
Electrical equipment transmitter C Housing for safe area, low / high temperature T10-A-C3
B Housing for hazardous area
C3 Converter for safe area
C4 Converter for in built safe area
C5 Converter HART protocol
How to order example: 1 off Spirax Sarco Colima Visco V-LL-60-2-700-FL-UA-A-VA-R1-T10-A-C3.
Page 7 of 8
Control valves
LevelPage
indicators
8 of 8
Spare parts
The available spare parts are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
Available spares
Float 5
Tube with rollers / indicator 2, 3 and 4
Scale 1
Electric components 6 and 7
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and serial number of the
unit which is indicated on the name-plate.
Example: 1 Float for a Spirax Sarco Colima Visco having the following serial number: ..........................................
7 6
4.9.9
4
Page 8 of 8
Steam traps
Section 5
5.1 Steam trap management
5.2 Balanced pressure
5.3 Bimetallic
5.4 Fixed temperature discharge
5.5 Ball float
5.6 Inverted bucket

5
5.7 Thermodynamic
5.8 Sealed
5.9 Swivel connectors and traps
5.10 Manifolds and insulation jackets

Steam traps
Steam trap management
5.1.1
Steam traps
Page 1 of 4
TI-P086-17
MI Issue 1
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 Spiratec

ISO 9001
ST14, ST16 and ST17
Sensor Chambers and Sensors
Spiratec sensor chamber description
The Spiratec trap fault detection system is designed to operate on
saturated steam systems only, to indicate whether a steam trap is
leaking steam. When combined with the R1C or R16C automatic
trap monitor and WLS1 waterlogging sensor assembly, it will
detect if a steam trap has failed closed or is blocked.
As standard - The sensor chamber has the sensor connection
on the right hand side of the chamber when viewed from the SS1 Standard sensor plus
direction of flow. If required - Chambers can be supplied with gasket (supplied fitted)
the sensor connections on the left hand side 'L', but must be
requested when placing an order, i.e. " ST141L.
Chambers are available in two configurations:
1. Fitted with an SS1 standard sensor for steam leak detection only. Sensor
PT1 chamber
2. Without a sensor fitted. A WLS1 waterlogging sensor assembly is
available separately for steam leak and waterlogging applications.
Spiratec sensor description PT2

Spiratec sensors are designed to fit into Spiratec sensor chambers
as part of the Spiratec trap fault detection system.
Available types: PT3
SS1 standard sensor: For the detection of steam leaks when
used in conjunction with a sensor chamber and a Type 30 or
5.1.2
Type 40 hand held indicator, R1C or R16C automatic trap monitor.
SS1's are normally supplied already fitted into the sensor chamber.
WLS1 waterlogging sensor assembly: For the detection of
steam leaks or traps that have failed closed or are blocked when
used in conjunction with an R1C or R16C automatic trap monitor. WLS1 Waterlogging sensor assembly
WLS1's are normally supplied as separate items for fitting into a (supplied separately)
sensor chamber on site.
Note: sensor chambers without sensors are available from stock. Diode pack
Optional extras
A sensor blanking plug is available at extra cost, to protect the
external connection of the SS1 standard sensor chamber from dirt.
Sensor chambers and sensor - Available types, sizes and pipe connections
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN40 DN50
Type Body material Connection
" " 1" 1" 2"
ST141 Steel body Screwed BSP or NPT
ST142 Steel body Socket weld ends to BS 3799
Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ANSI 150, ANSI 300,
Spiratec ST143 Steel body
BS 10 Table H and Table J

sensor
chamber ST161 Stainless steel body Screwed BSP or NPT - -
ST162 Stainless steel body Socket weld ends to BS 3799 - -
Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ANSI 150, ANSI 300,
ST163 Stainless steel body BS 10 Table H and Table J - -
Note: JIS 20 connections are available on request.
ST171 SG iron body Screwed BSP or NPT - -
The SS1 standard sensor is threaded " parallel BSP for assembly into the Spiratec sensor chamber. An external
Spiratec
SS1 screw thread (M22 x 1.5) is provided to allow permanent installation using the PT2 or PT3 connector. Three
sensor
standard types of connector are available for use with the SS1 standard sensor:
Waterlogging sensor assembly is supplied complete with 1 m of high temperature three core cable for connection to
WLS1
an R1C automatic trap monitor. It can also be connected to an R16C automatic trap monitor using a special diode pack.
A plug in connector for use with SS1 standard sensors. Supplied with Type 30 or Type 40 hand held indicators
PT1
Spiratec complete with 1 m of high temperature cable and male plug.
sensor
A threaded in-line connector for use with SS1 standard sensors for permanent installations for use with the R1C or
connections PT2
R16C automatic trap monitors (non waterlogging applications only).
A right angled connector for use with SS1 standard sensors for permanent installations for use with R1C or R16C
PT3
automatic trap monitors (non waterlogging applications only).
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Page 2 of 4
* CRN approved ST14 DN40
Temperature C
and DN50 units must not be
Steam used in this region.
ST14 saturation
curve

Pressure bar g

Temperature C

Steam
ST16 saturation
curve

Pressure bar g

Temperature C

Steam
ST17 saturation
curve
5.1.3

Pressure bar g

32 bar g
ST14
*CRN approved DN40 and DN50 30 bar g
PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service
ST16 25 bar g
ST17 32 bar g
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure: 60 bar g
Note: With sensor fitted, test pressure must not exceed: 32 bar g
Spiratec ST14, ST16 and ST17 Sensor Chambers and Sensors TI-P086-17 MI Issue 1
Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Page 3 of 4
Materials
No. Part Material
ST14 Steel DIN 17425 GS C 25
1 Sensor chamber ST16 Stainless steel AISI 316L
ST17 SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
SS1 standard sensor Stainless steel BS 970, 303, S31 and PEEK plastic
2
WLS1 waterlogging sensor assembly Stainless steel BS 970, 303, S31 and PEEK plastic
3 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
4 Diode pack Polyamide 6-6
ST14 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5 Plug ST16 Stainless steel AISI 316L
6 Plug gasket ST16 Stainless steel AISI 316L
DN15 to DN25 Steel Mat No. 1.0460
ST14
7 Flanges DN40 and DN50 Steel BS 1501 151 430
ST16 Stainless steel AISI 316L
PT1 connector RYTON plastic
8 PT2 connector RYTON plastic and brass (nickel plated)
PT3 connector RYTON plastic and brass (nickel plated)
2 SS1 Standard sensor

5.1.4
3 Gasket (supplied fitted)
1
8 PT1
5, 6
8 PT2
8 PT3
4
2, 3
WLS1 Waterlogging sensor assembly
(supplied separately)
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Page 4 of 4
Withdrawal distance
WLS1 PT1 PT2 PT3 Weight
Type Size A A1 B C D E F G H J K K K Scr. Flg.
DN15 - " 75 130 101 23 " 33 46 85 88 127 119 129 97 0.82 2.3
DN20 - " 75 150 101 23 " 33 46 85 88 127 119 129 97 0.82 2.8
ST14 DN25 - 1" 120 185 120 28 " 40 53 91 95 134 126 136 104 2.20 4.6
DN40 - 1" 252 393 215 45 1" 82 95 133 137 176 167 177 145 22.00 27.5
DN50 - 2" 252 393 215 45 1" 82 95 133 137 176 167 177 145 22.00 29.0
DN15 - " 75 130 101 23 " 33 46 85 88 127 119 129 97 1.20 2.5
ST16 DN20 - " 75 150 101 23 " 33 46 85 88 127 119 129 97 1.20 3.0
DN25 - 1" 120 185 120 28 " 40 53 91 95 134 126 136 104 2.20 4.6
" 72 - 89 23 - 34.5 47 87 88 127 119 129 97 1.20 -

ST17 " 72 - 89 23 - 34.5 47 87 88 127 119 129 97 1.20 -
1" 120 - 120 28 " 40.0 54 93 95 134 126 136 104 1.20 -
A A1 K (PT1)
Screwed, Flanged K (PT2)
socket weld
2+3
C
5.1.5 B 2+3 2+3
5 5
5
D E F
G
Recommended tightening torques K (PT3)
Item Part Size mm Nm

2
2 Sensor 24 A /F 50 - 56
" and " 27 A /F 54 - 60
5 4
5 Plug 1" 33 A /F 84 - 93
1" and 2" 40 A /F 130 - 145
H
J (WLS1)
Installation note:
The sensor chamber should be installed immediately upstream of the steam trap (i.e. close coupled) in a horizontal pipeline with the direction
of flow in accordance with the flow arrow on the body.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 Spiratec ST143 (ST143L if a left hand sensor fitting is required) sensor chamber assembly with end
connections flanged EN 1092 PN40 fitted with SS1 standard sensor or Spiratec WLS1 waterlogging sensor. Note: State if the WLS1 is to
be supplied with or without a diode pack.
Spare parts
Available spares
SS1 standard sensor and gasket 2, 3
WLS1 waterlogging sensor assembly and gasket 2, 3
WLS1 diode pack 4
Sensor gaskets (packs of 10) 3
Sensor blanking plug (optional extra - not shown)
How to order spares
Always order the spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size of model of the sensor chamber.
Example: 1 - Sensor blanking plug for a " Spirax Sarco Spiratec ST141 sensor chamber.
Page 4 of 4
Steam traps
5.1.6
Steam traps
Steam
Local regulations may restricttrap
the use of management
TI-P087-32
MI Issue 4
R1C
Steam Trap Failure Monitor
Description
The R1C steam trap failure monitor will monitor the performance of a single steam trap when used in conjunction with a Spiratec sensor
chamber and sensor or a steam trap with integral sensor. It will indicate whether a trap is operating correctly, passing live steam or has failed
closed by means of coloured trap status lights on the unit. Analogue and digital outputs allow it to be connected directly to BEMS / EMS to
indicate steam trap status remotely.
System components
To detect a steam trap that is leaking steam, a standard SS1 Spiratec sensor is installed in a sensor chamber or steam trap. To detect a steam
trap that is leaking steam or is waterlogged, a WLS1 Spiratec waterlogging sensor assembly is installed in a sensor chamber or steam trap.
R1C system installation
The R1C must be installed in a steel conduit system within 10 m of the Spiratec sensor.
Connections
The R1C enclosure is a circular conduit box with M20 threaded entry holes. To maintain resistance to moisture, use a suitable cable gland
between the R1C and the Spiratec sensor (Type SS1 or WLS1). If the cable to the BEMS / EMS passes through a conduit, make sure that the
threaded connection to the R1C is water-tight to maintain the IP65 enclosure rating. Details of electrical connection are supplied with the product.
Materials
5.1.7 Body Cast malleable iron with a black enamel finish.
Enclosure rating
IP65 (when fitted with correct cable glands)
Electromagnetic compatibility directive (EMC)

89 /336 /EEC:
EN 61326: 1997 A1 and A2 Emmissions - Class B equipment, Table 4
EN 61326: 1997 A1 and A2 Immunity for Industrial Locations, Annex A
R1C supply voltage Trap leaking steam detection period

The required supply voltage for the R1C depends on the output signal Internal switches in the R1C allow the trap leaking detection
configuration as described below. To remain compliant the R1C needs period to be set to 2, 22, 44 or 88 minutes.
to be connected to a marked BEMS /EMS system or power supply
and must be earthed. Condensate conductivity levels
R1C configuration Supply voltage required Internal switches in the R1C allow the condensate conductivity
detection level to be set to 17, 4.8 or 1.2 microsiemens depending
4 - 20 mA output not used separate 9-30 Vdc, < 35 mA on local conditions. In addition it can be disabled if required.
4 - 20 mA output used separate 22-30 Vdc, < 35 mA
Trap waterlogging temperature levels
Internal switches in the R1C allow the waterlogging temperature
R1C operation level to be set to 48C, 63C, 85C, 111C, 140C, 169C or 191C.
Trap status Status lights In addition it can be disabled if required.
As supplied, the R1C comes factory set as follows:
Red and orange lights OFF
Trap operating correctly Channel Failure detection Notes
Green light FLASHING
The trap must leak steam
Red light ON Leak detection
Trap leaking steam 22 minutes for 22 minutes before the
Green light FLASHING period
R1C signals a fault.
Orange light ON The conductivity of the
Trap blocked or waterlogged
Green light FLASHING condensate in the sensor
Leak detection
Trap cold but free of condensate 4.8 S chamber must be greater
level
(this is a common state during Red and orange lights ON than 4.8 microsiemens
system start-up or when the Green light FLASHING for correct operation.
system is shutdown). The condensate in the
Waterlogging sensor chamber must
Note: During normal operation, the green light flashes ON every detection 85C cool below this temperature
second to show that electrical power is connected to the R1C and temperature before the R1C signals
that it is operating correctly. a waterlogging fault.
Steam traps
Output signals for remote indication of trap status

Digital outputs
R1C digital outputs
PNP open collector output - use this output to connect the R1C Trap status
Waterlogged Steam leak
to a BEMS / EMS whose digital inputs are pulled down to 0 volts.
The pnp outputs act like switches connected to the R1C's power Trap operating correctly On On
supply. During normal trap operation, the pnp outputs will switch Trap leaking steam On Off
ON and give out a voltage equal to the R1C's power supply minus
0.4 V. Their output resistance in this state is 220 ohms. If the trap Trap blocked or waterlogged Off On
fails, one of the pnp digital outputs will switch OFF. Trap cold, but free of condensate
Off Off
(or R1C failure)
NPN open collector outputs - use this output option to connect
the R1C to a BEMS / EMS whose digital inputs are pulled up to a
Analogue output:
positive voltage. The npn outputs act like switches connected to
0 volts. During normal trap operation, the npn outputs will switch An analogue output is available as standard for use with BEMS / EMS's
ON, giving out 0 volts with an output resistance of 220 ohms. that operate on an analogue input signal. Setting details are given
If the trap fails, one of the npn digital outputs will switch OFF. below:
Nominal output Recommended BEMS / EMS

Trap status
current from R1C alarm threshold settings
Trap operating correctly 20 mA 23.0 mA > set point > 17.5 mA
Trap leaking steam 15 mA 17.5 mA > set point > 12.5 mA
Trap blocked or waterlogged 10 mA 12.5 mA > set point > 7.5 mA
Trap cold, but free of condensate
4 mA 7.5 mA > set point > 0 mA
(or R1C failure)
The current output from the R1C is derived from an internally powered Maintenance
loop and is capable of driving into an impedance of at least 550 ohms.
5.1.8
There are no user serviceable parts in the R1C.
In practice, this means that the maximum permissible distance between
the R1C and the BEMS / EMS will be governed by the type of How to order example
connecting cable used. 1 - Spirax Sarco R1C Steam trap failure monitor (pnp digital outputs),
or
Dimensions (approximate) in millimetres 1 - Spirax Sarco R1C Steam trap failure monitor (npn digital outputs)
109 35
M20 x 1.5 - 6 H 25.4
66
TI-P087-32 MI Issue 4 R1C Steam Trap Failure Monitor

Steam traps
TI-P087-02
MI Issue 5

ISO 9001
Spiratec R1 and R12
Remote Test Point
Description R12
The Spiratec trap fault detection system indicates if a steam trap is Remote test point
leaking steam. The Spiratec R1 provides a remote test point for one
Spiratec sensor. The Spiratec R12 provides the same facility for up
to twelve Spiratec sensors.
A PT2 or PT3 plug tail is used to connect the SS1 sensor in the
sensor chamber or steam trap to the R1 or R12 remote test point at
any convenient location. Trap checking is then carried out by plugging
a Spiratec Type 30 indicator into the R1 or R12.
Note: The R1 and R12 remote test points can only be used with
sensors for steam leak applications. They are not suitable for use
with WLS1 waterlogging sensors.
WARNING
The R1 and R12 are not suitable for use in hazardous areas in the EC.
Available types
R1 Test point, suitable for a single steam trap.
Test point has a selection switch which can be used for
R12 checking up to twelve steam traps.
Plug tail with screw on connection and brass straight pattern
5.1.9 PT2 housing. Provides protection to IP67
Plug tail is available with screw-on connection and brass
PT3 90 housing. Provides protection to IP67.
The plug tail is supplied with 1.25 m of cable. Any additional cable
must be provided by the installer in accordance with the Installation
and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.
By removing the nut (1) a conduit adaptor can be connected to the
M16 conduit thread on the housing, if cable protection is required.
How to use the R1 and R12 remote test point:
R1 Plug the indicator cable into the socket provided and use the
Type 30 or Type 40 indicator in accordance with its instructions.
R12 Use the rotary switch to select the sensor to be checked.
R1
Remote test point
Typical application
SS1 sensor Sensor chamber

(or steam trap with PT2
integral sensor)
Plug tail PT2
PT3
Steam traps

A C D
Withdrawal distance
R1
Type A B C Weight
R1 82 80 55 0.2
PT2
R12 80 120 55 0.3
A C

PT3

Sensor Chamber

B Sensor D D
chamber size (PT2) (PT3)
" 135 110
" 135 110
1"
1"
140
185
115
155 5.1.10
R2 2" 185 155
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco R1 remote test point.
Spiratec R1 and R12 Remote Test Point TI-P087-02 MI Issue 5

Steam traps
5.1.11
Steam traps
TI-P087-04
MI Issue 3

ISO 9001
Type 30 and Type 40
Trap Failure Indicators
Description
The Spiratec Type 30 and Type 40 trap failure indicators are used
for the detection of steam leaks through steam traps.
They are used with:
- a sensor chamber and sensor, installed immediately upstream
of a steam trap.
- a steam trap with a built-in sensor.
A remote test point (Spirax Sarco R1 or R12) can be used where
access to the trap or chamber is difficult.
Three versions of the indicator are available:
Spiratec Type 30
Spiratec Type 30 UL approved (described in separate literature)
Spiratec Type 40
The Type 40 is similar to the Type 30, but the Type 40 has
an electronic filter to give a steady response where fluctuating
pipeline conditions may cause a less stable signal.
Type 30 and Type 40 indicators are battery powered, and
are connected to the sensor using the 1.25 m cable provided.
5.1.12
The trap status is indicated with red and / or green LEDs. A test
circuit indicates low battery or a faulty unit.
Limiting conditions
Maximum ambient temperature 40C
Minimum ambient temperature 0C
Enclosure protection rating IP20
WARNING:
The Spiratec Type 30 and Type 40 are not approved for use
in hazardous areas. The Spiratec Type 30 (UL Approved) is
not approved for use in hazardous areas in the EU.
Dimensions /weight (approximate) in mm and g Materials

Weight Enclosure Polypropylene /Polyamide
A B C (without battery)
Cable sheathing /insulation Hytrel /Teflon
157 62 25 130
Battery
B C Not supplied. One 9 V PP3 (MN1604) battery is required.
Operation
Full operating instructions are provided with each unit. The cable
is plugged into the indicator (3.5 mm jack plug) and into the sensor
to be tested. On pressing the upper button, LEDs will indicate the
trap status - green LED - working correctly, i.e. closing to steam, or
red LED - trap allowing steam to pass.
Available spares
Indicator cable
Specify whether for a Type 30, a Type 30 (UL) or a Type 40 trap
failure indicator.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco Spiratec Type 40 trap failure indicator
A and cable.
Steam traps
TI-P087-20
MI Issue 4

ISO 9001
R16C
Automatic Steam Trap Monitor
Description
The Spiratec R16C is an automatic steam trap monitor for up to 16
steam traps. Remotely mounted, it continuously scans electronically
up to 16 Spiratec sensors and indicates when steam wastage or
waterlogging occurs at any of the traps being monitored.
A sensor is screwed into each sensor chamber or steam trap and
is connected by wiring to the R16C which is sited at a convenient
point.
When all the steam traps being monitored are working correctly a
single green light will be illuminated. If one or more of the steam
traps is failing, then the corresponding 'fail' lights (of which there are
thirty two) are illuminated and the green light is extinguished.
The R16C, which operates continuously, will indicate that either all
the traps are operating correctly, or that there is a failure of any
particular identified trap or traps. The unit can be interfaced with
most computer controlled Building Management Systems, through
a pair of volt free contacts, which will open on trap failure.
Available types
R16C steam trap monitor is available as standard for use with
mains supplies at 96 -240 Vac or 24 Vac. The monitor is supplied
5.1.13
for wall or panel mounting.
Materials
Enclosure ABS
Front panel Polyester
Technical data
Supply voltage 96 -240 Vac + 10% or 24 Vac +10%
Supply frequency 50 - 60 Hz
Supply current
consumption 50 mA
Operating temperature 0C to 50C
range
Maximum 80% up to 31C
Environmental operating decreasing linearly
limits relative humidity to 34% at 50C
PT1
Maximum
altitude 2 000 m above sea level
Maximum voltage 24 Vac /dc
Relay rating Maximum current 0.5 A
Maximum power 10 W
IP65 with correct cable glands
Enclosure rating (wall mounting unit only)
PT2
Electrical connections Screw terminals
Accessories
Connectors for use with SS1 sensors
PT1 plug tail with push fit connection. PT3
PT2 plug tail with screw on connection and straight pattern brass
housing.
PT3 plug tail with screw on connection and angle pattern brass
housing.
If cable protection is required, a conduit adaptor can be 1
connected to the M16 conduit thread on the housing after
removing the nut (1).
The plug tail is supplied with 1.25 m of cable. Any additional
cable must be provided by the installer in accordance with the 1
Installation and Maintenance Instructions.
Note: The type of cable is not critical, but a lightweight cable
with 20 gauge conductors or 7/0.2 (0.22 mm) multi-strand
cable is suitable.
WLS1 combined steam leak and waterlog sensors.
The combined steam leak and waterlog sensor has an
integral cable connected to it. This cable is connected via the
customers wiring back to the R16C monitor.
Steam traps
Wall mounting
A C F
B G
H K
E
D J
Panel mounting
Front Back
A C F E
B D
5.1.14
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Installation

Wall mounting WARNING: This document does not give sufficient
A B C D E F G H J K Weight information to install the R16C safely. For further information
see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions provided
201 138 169 50 130 170 100 30 92 52 1.80 with the product (see IM-P087-22).
Panel mounting Use as master box
A B C D E F Weight The R16C can be installed on a cascade basis. One 'master'
box will monitor up to 16 x R16C 'local' boxes. A red light on the
192 145 105 140 186 40 1.53 master box will indicate which 'local' box is registering a leaking
trap. Inspection of that local box will then identify the specific
trap which is failing.
Master Box
Up to 16 local boxes
To steam traps
Spiratec R16C Automatic Steam Trap Monitor TI-P087-20 MI Issue 4

Steam traps
Steam
Local regulations may restricttrap
the use of management
TI-P087-35
MI Issue 3
UP100
Ultrasonic Trap Tester
Description
The UP100 is a portable battery powered instrument which gives
visible and audible indication of ultrasonic frequencies. It is intended
for use as a diagnostic tool in the analysis of steam trap operation
and can also be used to detect leaks in steam and compressed air
systems. Some experience, together with a working knowledge of
steam trap operation, is required to correctly interpret the signals.
The UP100 consists of 4 components:
1. The pistol housing.
2. The stethoscope probe module with extension rods.
3. The headset with extension cable.
4. The flexible carrying case.
Limiting conditions
Ambient temperature operating range 0 to 50C
Ambient temperature storage range -18 to 54C
5.1.15 Technical specifications Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
Circuitry SMD / solid state heterodyne receiver Weight
A B C D including battery
Frequency response 20 - 100 kHz (centred on 38 - 42 kHz)
Sensitivity selection 8 position precision attenuation UP100 instrument 114 200 48 292 0.35
and probe
Ultrasonic level display 10 segment red LED bargraph
UP100 in 250 x 160 x 90 0.70
Battery 9 volt alkaline carrying case
Sony 'Walkman' type model MDR 24
Headset (non standard male plug)
C D
Stethoscope / contact module type
(STM-1) stainless steel plug in type
Probes with 140 mm stainless steel waveguide. A
Extension rods to 788 mm for
inaccessible steam traps.
Operation
Full operating instructions are included with each UP100. Please
note that the UP100 is not suitable for use in hazardous areas.
Materials B
Pistol housing ABS plastic
Probe module Stainless steel
Extension rods Aluminium alloy
Carrying case Black soft cordura
Spares
The following spares are available:
- 9 volt alkaline battery
- Sony MDR 24 headset (non standard male plug)
- STM-1 probe
- 788 mm extension rods
How to order
1 off Spirax Sarco UP100 ultrasonic trap tester.
Steam traps

TI-P014-02
EMM Issue 4
STAPS
Wireless Steam Trap Monitoring System
Description
The STAPS wireless steam trap monitoring system has been designed to efficiently monitor and evaluate steam trap operation. It
surveys the operation of the steam trap at regular intervals and identifies poor performance that can cause reduced plant efficiency
and increased energy consumption. It can diagnose both failed-open steam traps that leak live steam and those that have failed-closed
or are blocked that result in waterlogging leading to plant damage, product spoilage and health and safety concerns. Using non-intrusive
installation technology combined with a 2.4 GHz wireless network, it is an ideal solution for steam trap monitoring. It is suitable for use
with all types of steam trap and can be connected to pipework up to 100 mm (4"), via an adjustable clamp.
Benefits include: Associated equipment:

- Continuously monitoring of all steam traps. - Repeater.
- Reduces energy and emissions loss significantly. - Laptop / PC software.
- Immediate identification of failure location for quick - Receiver.

response / action.
- Access to the company's LAN network is preferred, giving
- Ability to validate losses via integrated software. improved network coverage.
- Non-intrusive no need to break into the steam pipeline to

install.
- For st and alone PC systems, it is rec ommended that
a network switch device is used between the PC and 5.1.16
receiver.
- A range of clamps to suit pipework ranging up to 100 mm (4").
- No need for height access equipment to check trap operation. PC application:

- Typically 3 years battery life. - Allows quick and easy viewing of whole steam trap population.
- Alerts the user to any issues with traps.
Certification and Approvals
- Historical view of data and maintenance on each trap.
EMC Emissions and immunity:Emissions class B and Industrial
immunity. Complies with FCC
- EN 61326-2-1: 2006 rules CFR 47 (1st October 2011). Sizes and pipe connections
Safety to IEC / EN 61010-1 2001 The STAPS wireless monitoring system is suitable for connecting
- EN 61326-2-3: 2006 (second edition). CSA 22.2 to pipework up to 100 mm (4"), via an adjustable clamp. The head
can be directly mounted to the sensor or fitted remotely.
Wireless steam trap

monitoring system +
wing nut clamp that Wireless steam trap monitoring system + 'U' bolt and wing
is used on pipelines nuts for use on STS17 or STS17.2 compact pipeline steam
up to 32 mm. trapping stations.
Receiver
Wireless steam trap monitoring system + jubilee clamp that is used on pipelines from 40 mm to 100 mm.
Page 1 of 5
Steam traps
Materials
Head casing PA12 glass filled
Sensor housing Stainless steel 316 / 304
Sensor PZT
Clamp Stainless steel 430 / 304
Winged nut Stainless steel 316

Head unit
LED enclosure PA12
Sensor cable FEP / PTFE insulation
Probe Stainless steel
Mounting Bracket Stainless steel 430
Sensor guide Stainless steel 304
Receiver / Repeater Casing ABS
Integral battery Lithium Thionyl Chloride
Maximum altitude 3 000 m (0.7 bar atmospheric)
Ambient temperature range -29 to +70 C
Maximum pipe temperature 425 C
Maximum relative humidity 95%

5.1.17 Head unit:
Available with post or Output Wireless 2.4 GHz (frequency range 2.405 GHz to 2.480 GHz)
tethered head mountings.
Display LED
Operating modes Trap monitoring unit - end device or repeater / end device
Maximum output transmitting power 6.3 mW
Modulation type QPSK
Channel space 5 MHz
Antenna gain 0 dBi
Windows XP .NET 3.5
System requirements PC Windows 7 .NET 4.5
Network switch or access to company LAN network
Power Mains powered 100 250 Vac, 50 60 Hz
ac 0.5 A 100 Vac

Current
dc 1.5 A 12 V
ac 2 pin IEC 320-C8
Connector 3 pin UK, US and European mains plug
dc 2 pin IP65 connector
Receiver / Repeater Maximum altitude 3 000 m (0.7 bar atmospheric)
Enclosure rating IP65 (Excluding external power supply)
Display LED
Output Wireless 2.4 GHz (frequency range 2.405 to 2.480 GHz), Ethernet.
Operating modes Receiver or repeater
STAPS Wireless Steam Trap Monitoring System

Steam traps
How does it work?
A head unit assembly mounted on the pipe upstream of the trap to be monitored 'listens' to the sound signature of the trap in operation.
This sound signature is categorised and transmitted via 2.4 GHz wireless network to a central PC. The PC determines the trap condition
and calculates any steam loss.
Each STAPS head unit assembly is powered by a long life Lithium battery (typical battery life of over 3 years). It can communicate
directly to a receiver that is connected to the PC software via a LAN connection or via another intelligent head or repeater. The PC
software can be installed onto a PC on the sites internal network, or onto a standalone local PC.
The STAPS head, repeater and receiver create a network and can communicate with each other, passing on the steam trap data to the
supervisory PC. The illustration below illustrates a typical network.
Building 2 Building 1
PC
Head unit
Intelligent
head unit
Steam trap
Receiver
Repeater
5.1.18
Control room
LAN
Building 2 Building 1
PC
Head unit
Intelligent
head unit
Building 3 Steam trap
Router / Repeater
Control room Network switch

Steam traps
Wireless steam trap monitoring system + wing-nut clamp
B C
Receiver
47
E 90 97
125
145
5.1.19
F G
Size A B C D E F G Weight
DN15 - " 234 117 126 44 - 69 36 55 50 1 kg
DN20 - " 234 117 126 44 - 69 36 55 50 1 kg
DN25 - 1" 234 117 126 44 - 69 36 55 50 1 kg
DN32 - 1" 234 117 126 44 - 69 36 55 50 1 kg
DN40 - 1" 234 117 126 44 - 69 36 55 50 1 kg
DN50 - 2" 234 117 126 50 30 1 kg
DN65 - 2" 234 117 126 50 30 1 kg
DN80 - 3" 234 117 126 50 30 1 kg
DN100 - 4" 234 117 126 50 30 1 kg

Disposal:
- The Lithium Thionyl Chloride battery must be disposed of in line with local legislation. It must be remembered that battery hazards
remain even when the cells are discharged.
- The Piezo sensor should be disposed of in line with local lead disposal guidelines.
No other ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product. It should be disposed of within the local recycling procedures.
How to order
Please contact your local Spirax Sarco representative to arrange a site survey and installations.
A preliminary site survey of the plant must be conducted by trained personnel, the survey will identify the optimum
number of Receivers and Repeaters together with their most effective location, to give the most robust wireless network.
It will also establish the requirements for the IT network.

Steam traps
Spare parts
Only the parts listed below are available
for the STAPS system. No other parts are
supplied as spares.
Available spares
Battery 3 1
1
(SAFT LS 33600 3.6 V battery)
'O' ring spares kit 2
Head mounting bracket, 10
8, 9, 10 and 19
'U' bolt and wing nuts
Ethernet cable spares kit 15
9
'T' bolt and wing
5, 6 and 7 8
nut
19
'U' bolt and
Clamp wing nuts for
20, 21 and 22
STS17 or
STS17.2
(UK) spares kit 11 and 14
Power
(US) spares kit 12 and 14 4 17 16 18 2
supply
(EU) spares kit 13 and 14
Front cover spares kit 3 and 4
Spare receiver mounting
6, 17 and 18
kit
How to order spares

Always order spare parts by using the
description given in the column headed
'Available spares' and state the size and 5.1.20
unit nomenclature that they are intended
for.
5 6
Example:
1 off Battery spares kit (SAFT LS
33600 3.6 V battery) 22
and
1 off Wall mounting spares kit 21

or
1 off Clamp for use with an STS17.2

pipeline trapping station.
14 15
These spares are for STAPS up to DN32
pipe size wireless steam trap monitoring 20
system.
UK US
11 12
EU
13

Steam traps

TI-P014-06
MI Issue 1
STAPS
Wireless Receiver / Repeater version for use
with a STAPS Steam Trap Monitoring System
The STAPS wireless receiver / repeater version is specifically
designed for use withthe STAPS wireless steam trap monitoring
system, within hazardous areas.
In conjunction with the STAPS head units and PC software, the
STAPS receiver / repeater, monitors steam trap operation to help
ensure optimum plant performance.

EMC Emissions and immunity:
- Emissions class B and Industrial immunity.
- EN 61326-2-1: 2006
- EN 61326-2-3: 2006
Hazardous area approvals
IECEx certification and ATEX intrinsic safety certification.
5.1.21 Complies with FCC rules CFR 47 (1st October 2011).

Safety to IEC / EN 61010-1 2001 (second edition).
CSA 22.2
IECEX certification and equipment protection level

Gas Ex d IIC T4 Gb
Dust Ex tb IIIC T135C Db
Tamb -20C to +70C
Enclosure -
Standards used IEC 60079-0, IEC 60079-1 and IEC 60079-31 Copper free aluminium alloy
Certificate number IECEx SIR 14.0070X
Antenna - RPTFE
Euopean certification
ATEX Flame proof II 2 GD
Gas Ex d IIC T4 Gb
Dust Ex tb IIIC T135C Db
Tamb -20C to +70C
EN 60079-0,
Standards used
EN 60079-1 and
are flame proof to:
EN 60079-31
Mains powered 60 to 264 Vac, 47 to 63 Hz
Current 0.7 A, 115 Vac
Maximum altitude 3 000 m (0.7 bar atmospheric)
Ambient
-20 to +70C
temperature range
Maximum relative
95%
humidity
Enclosure rating IP66 (Excluding external power supply)
Input / Output ( I / O) IEE 802.15 2.4 GHz RJ45 port
Operating modes Receiver or repeater
Steam traps
A A1 B C D E E1 F G H J K L M N Weight
210 195 174 20 110 174 150 140 111 36 81 141.5 66.5 33 71.5 4.5 kg
E F Safety information, installation and maintenance

E1 For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
C
Disposal
with the disposal of this product, provided due care is taken.
A A1 B
Spare parts
Available spare
D Enclosure 'O' ring 1
How to order spares

G headed 'Available spare'.
H Example: 1 - Enclosure 'O' ring for a STAPS receiver / repeater
Ex version.
L N
M 1
J
K 5.1.22
How to order
Example: 1 - STAPS receiver / repeater Ex version for use with
a STAPS wireless steam trap monitoring system.
STAPS Wireless Receiver / Repeater version for use with a STAPS Steam Trap Monitoring System
Steam traps
5.1.23
Steam traps

TI-P014-22
MI Issue 3
STAPS Wireless Head Unit for

ISA100.11a applications
Description
The STAPS ISA100 wireless steam trap monitoring system has been designed to efficiently monitor and evaluate steam trap operation. It
surveys the operation of the steam trap at regular intervals and identifies poor performance that can cause reduced plant efficiency and
increased energy consumption. It can diagnose both failed-open steam traps that leak live steam, and those that have failed-closed or are
blocked, resulting in waterlogging, leading to plant damage, product spoilage and health and safety concerns.
Using non-intrusive installation technology combined with an ISA100 wireless network makes it an ideal solution for steam trap monitoring.
It is suitable for use with all types of steam trap and can be connected to pipework up to 100 mm (4"), via an adjustable clamp.
Benefits include:
- Fully ISA100.11a compliant.
- Continuous monitoring of all steam traps.
- Reduces energy and emissions loss significantly.
- Immediate identification of failure location for quick response / action.
- Non-intrusive no need to break into the steam line to install. 5.1.24

- A range of clamps to suit pipework ranging up to 100 mm (4").
- No need for height access equipment to check trap operation.
- Typically 3 years battery life.
- Security assured wireless network certified to ISA100.11a.
- Intrinsically safe for hazardous zones

Radio:
Complies to EN 300 328 V1.8.1
FCC CFR 47 part 15.247
EMC Emissions and immunity:
- EN 61326 -1: 2013
- EN 61326-2-1: 2013
Wireless steam trap
- EN 61326-2-3: 2013
monitoring system
+
Safety: Wing nut clamp
- Complies with IEC / EN 61010 1 2010 (third edition) CSA 22.2.
Hazard area approvals:
- IECEx certification and ATEX intrinsic safety certification.
- IECEx certificate : IECEx SIR 15.0070X
- ATEX certificate : Sira 15ATEX2197X
Associated equipment:
- ISA100.11a compliant gateway (not supplied).
- Infrared network configuration tool (not supplied).
Page 1 of 5
Steam traps
The STAPS wireless monitoring system is suitable for connecting to pipework up to 100 mm (4"), via an adjustable clamp.
Options
- +4 dBi Antenna with 3 m RF cable. Contact Spirax Sarco for model reference.
- Heat Shield Kit
Materials
Head casing Epoxy coated copper free aluminium (less than 0.4% copper)
Sensor housing Stainless steel 316
Sensor PZT
Clamp Stainless steel 316
Head unit Winged nut Stainless steel 316
Probe Stainless steel
Antenna Stainless steel 316
Antenna casing ABS
'O' ring Oil proof TPE rubber
Wireless steam trap Wireless steam trap Wireless steam trap

monitoring system monitoring system monitoring system
5.1.25 +
Jubilee clamp that is
+
Wing nut clamp that is
+
Wing nut clamp that is
designed for use on designed for use on designed for use with
pipelines from 40 mm pipelines up to 32 mm. STS17.
to 100 mm.
STAPS Wireless Head Unit for ISA100.11a applications

Steam traps
Head unit:
Available with remote +4 dBi antenna.
Integral battery Lithium Thionyl Chloride
Maximum altitude 3 000 m
Maximum pipe temperature 427 C
Enclosure ingress rating IP66 / NEMA4X
Protocol ISA100 11a
Data rate 250 kbps
Frequency 2400 2483.5 MHz free ISM band
Output
Radio security AES 128 bit codified
Output power 10 dBm (fixed)
Antenna +2 dBi Omni directional monopole type (4dBi option)
Process pipe surface temperature
Sensor temperature
ISA100.11a analog inputs
Trap condition (good, leak, cold)
Steam loss
Trap type
Polling rate
Configuration Orifice diameter
Pressure
5.1.26
Return line type
Battery status
Diagnostics Signal strength
DIAG_STATUS
Equipment protection level IECEx certificate : IECEx SIR 15.0070X
Gas Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga
Dust Ex ia IIIC op is T135 C Da
IECEx Tamb -20 to +70 C
Certification
The certification and T process -20 to +427 C
approvals are only valid if
For use with Tadiran SL 2880 3.6 V Lithium Thionyl Chloride Battery only.
the product is installed using
the genuine supplied Standards used IEC 60079-0, IEC 60079-11 and IEC 60079-28
component parts and
accessories, including ATEX intrinsic safety ATEX certificate : Sira 15ATEX2197X
consumable items such as
batteries and power leads. Gas Ex ia op is IIC T4 Ga
Dust Ex ia IIIC op is T135 C Da
European Tamb -20 to +70 C
T process -20 to +427 C
For use with Tadiran SL 2880 3.6 V Lithium Thionyl Chloride Battery only.
Standards used IEC 60079-0, IEC 60079-11 and IEC 60079-28
How does the STAPS ISA100 wireless steam trap monitoring system work?
A head unit assembly mounted on the pipe upstream of the trap to be monitored 'listens' to the sound signature of the trap in operation.
This sound signature is categorized and a steam loss value is calculated and transmitted via an ISA100, 2.4 GHz wireless network to
an ISA100 wireless compliant gateway (Not Supplied).
Each STAPS head unit is powered by a long life Lithium battery (typical battery life of over 3 years).

Steam traps
A G
C
F
J
K
E
F L
5.1.27 Size A B C D E F G H I J K L Weight
DN15 - " 180 110 150 50 42 87 110 154 284 154 29 50 2.3 kg
DN20 - " 180 110 150 56 42 87 110 154 284 154 29 50 2.3 kg
DN25 - 1" 180 110 150 64 42 87 110 154 284 154 29 50 2.3 kg
DN32 - 1" 180 110 150 74 42 87 110 154 284 154 29 50 2.3 kg
DN40 - 1" 180 110 150 42 110 154 284 154 46 2.3 kg
DN50 - 2" 180 110 150 42 110 154 284 154 46 2.3 kg
DN65 - 2" 180 110 150 42 110 154 284 154 46 2.3 kg
DN80 - 3" 180 110 150 42 110 154 284 154 46 2.3 kg
DN100 - 4" 180 110 150 42 110 154 284 154 46 2.3 kg
STS17.2 85 90

Disposal:
- The Lithium Thionyl Chloride battery must be disposed of in line with local legislation. It must be remembered that battery hazards
remain even when the cells are discharged.
- The Piezo sensor should be disposed of in line with local lead disposal guidelines.
No other ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product. It should be disposed of within the local recycling procedures.
How to order
Contact your local Spirax Sarco representative to arrange a site survey and installations.

Steam traps
Spare parts
Only the parts listed below are available for the STAPS ISA100 wireless steam trap monitoring system. No other parts are supplied as spares.
Available spares
Battery (Tadiran SL 2880 3.6 V battery) 11
Enclosure 'O' ring spares kit 10
Clamp, 'T' bolt and wing nut for pipe sizes " to 1" 4 and 5
Clamp for pipe size 1"
Clamp for pipe size 2" - 2" 12
Clamp for pipe size 3" - 4"
Clamp for STS17 (trap station) 13
Antenna (standard)
9
Antenna +4 dBi
Heat Shield Kit 14
How to order spares

Always order spare parts by using the description given in the
column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and unit
nomenclature that they are intended for.
Example:
9
1 off Battery spares kit (Tadiran SL 2880 3.6 V battery)
and
1 off Enclosure 'O' ring spares kit.
These spares are for a STAPS ISA100 wireless steam trap
monitoring system.
5.1.28
10
11 14
12 13 4 5

Steam traps
Balanced
Local regulations may restrict the use of thispressure
TI-P122-01
ST Issue 6
BPT13
Brass
Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap
Description BPT13A
The BPT13 is a readily maintainable brass bodied, balanced
pressure thermostatic steam trap.
The standard trap is designated BPT13A and has angled 2
connections.
5 3
Available types
4
BPT13A Angled connections (standard trap)
6
BPT13AX Angled connections with strainer screen
8
BPT13S Straight connections
BPT13SX Straight connections with strainer screen 7
BPT13UA Angled connections, union inlet
BPT13UAX Angled connections, union inlet with strainer screen 1
BPT13US Straight connections, union inlet
BPT13USX Straight connections, union inlet with strainer screen
Capsule fill and operation - When placing an order always state

the capsule fill:
5.2.1 Standard capsule - Is marked with 'STD' for operation at
approximately 12C below steam saturation temperature.
Optionally - The capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled 'SUB'
operation at approximately 24C below steam saturation
temperature.
For critical applications the 'NTS' fill capsule should be selected
which operates at approximately 4C below steam saturation
temperature.
Standards
Certification
BPT13UA

", " and " screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.
Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)

The product should not be used in this region or beyond its
operating range as damage to the internals may occur.
10

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
Pressure bar g 2 Cap Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
The product must not be used in this region. 3 'O' ring Synthetic rubber high fluorine fluorocarbon
4 Capsule Stainless steel
Body design conditions PN16 5 Spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120C 6 Spacer plate Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250C @ 7 bar g 7 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Minimum allowable temperature -20C 8 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
*9 Strainer screen Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L
TMO Maximum operating temperature 250C @ 7 bar g Union nut
10 Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
Minimum operating temperature 0C and tailpiece
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g * Note: Item 9 is shown clearly overleaf.
Steam traps
Balanced pressure

Type Size A B C D E Weight in broken line are not supplied as spares.
" 20 38 53 25 55 0.40 Available spares
BPT13A
" 27 40 62 25 55 0.45 Maintenance kit 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
" 14 76 47 38 55 0.45 Earlier models (packet of 3) 3
BPT13S Cap gasket
" 20 80 53 40 55 0.50 Current models (packet of 3 'O' rings) 3
" 20 67 53 25 55 0.50 Note: Earlier models were fitted with conventional gaskets.
BPT13UA
" 27 75 62 25 55 0.55 Current models are fitted with an 'O' ring to seal the cap.
" 19 105 52 38 55 0.55 Screen (packet of 3) 3, 9
BPT13US
" 22 115 57 40 55 0.60
How to order spares
D E headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and
D E capsule reference.
Example: 1 - Capsule and seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco "
BPT13S balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap with screwed
BSP connections. Brass body with internal strainer screen and
C C 'STD' fill capsule for operation approximately 12C below steam
BPT13UA BPT13S saturation temperature.
A A
B B 2
(not an available
spare)
D E D E
C C
BPT13US BPT13A 3
A A
B B 5
5.2.2
Capacities
4
6
Condensate kg /h
7

9

8

Hot water capacity Cold water capacity

(IM-P122-02) which is supplied with the product.
Installation note:
The trap is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal
plane with the cap at the top, preferably with a drop leg immediately
proceding the trap.
Disposal
the disposal of this product provided due care is taken. However,
if the recycling process involves a temperature approaching Recommended tightening torques
315C, caution is advised regarding decomposition of the or
fluorocarbon rubber component. Item Part Nm
mm
How to order 'O' ring 50 A /F 50 - 60
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " BPT13AX balanced pressure 2 Cap
thermostatic steam trap with screwed BSP connections. Brass body Gasket 50 A /F 90 - 110
with internal strainer screen and 'STD' fill capsule for operation 7 Seat 17 A /F 35 - 40
TI-P122-01 ST Issue 6 BPT13 Brass Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

Steam traps
Balanced
TI-P126-03
ST Issue 6
BPT13T and BPT13TGX

Thermostatic Steam Traps
BPT13T BPT13TGX
3 with view glass
17
18 19
16 12
15
1 11
2
13
10
5
14
7
6 8
5.2.3
6 21
4 9 22 20
Description
The BPT13T is a brass bodied maintainable balanced pressure steam trap with horizontal in-line connections. It has a unique bypass
and stop valve feature built into the trap which simplifies and reduces the cost of installation. The bypass can be used simply to handle
high start-up loads or to avoid debris collecting in the steam trap, on the commissioning of new systems. The BPT13TGX has an integral
sight tube for indication of operation.
Note: When placing an order always state capsule fill.
Capsule fill and operation
Standard capsules are marked with the letter 'STD' for operation
at approximately 10C below steam saturation temperature.
Materials
Optionally the capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled 'SUB'
operation at approximately 22C below steam saturation No. Part Material
temperature or a 'NTS' fill capsule for near-to-steam operation 1 Body Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
at approximately 4C below steam saturation temperature.
2 End connection Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
Sizes and pipe connections 3 Cap Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
", " and 1" screwed BSP 4 Actuator Stainless steel BS 3146 Pt2 ANC 4B
5 Spindle Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
6 Stem seal 25% carbon filled PTFE

Temperature C
7 Gland nut Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31

Steam 8 Spring washer Stainless steel BS 6105 Gr. A4
saturation 9 Lock-nut Stainless steel ISO 3506-2: A2-70
curve
10 Ball plug Brass (ELNP Finish) BS 2874 CZ 121
11 Seat 'O' ring Synthetic rubber high fluorine fluorocarbon


13 Main seal 25% carbon filled PTFE
Pressure bar g End connection
14 'O' ring Synthetic rubber high fluorine fluorocarbon
15 Screen Stainless steel ASTM A240 TP 304
Body design conditions PN16 16 Spacer plate Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120C 17 Capsule Stainless steel
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 200C @ 7 bar g 18 Spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
Minimum allowable temperature -20C 19 Cap 'O' ring Synthetic rubber high fluorine fluorocarbon
PMO Maximum operating pressure 13 bar g @ 220C Sight tube
20 housing Brass BS 2874 CZ 121
Minimum operating temperature 0C 21 Sight tube gasket Virgin PTF E / Flurocarbon
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 22 Sight tube Borosilicate glass
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg Capacities

Weight
Size A B B1 C D E BPT13T BPT13TGX
" 92 97 133 45 50 55 1.1 1.35

" 92 117 153 45 50 55 1.2 1.45

1" 92 127 163 45 50 55 1.5 1.75
Capacities kg / h
E Withdrawal distance
B1
D
B

C
A
Indicator

Installation
The trap is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal Spare parts
plane and the cap at the top, preferably with a drop leg immediately The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
preceding the trap. See IM-P126-05 for full installation details. in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Warning:
Under certain conditions corrosive elements in condensate Available spares
can effect the inside face of the sight tube, particularly where Capsule assembly 16, 17*, 18, 19
caustic alkali and hydrofluoric acid are present. It is
recommended that the sight tube is periodically checked for Maintenance kit 6 (2 off), 11, 12, 13 (2 off), 14 (2 off),
thinning. If there is evidence of thinning or erosion damage 15, 16, 17*, 18, 19
5.2.4
then the sight tube should be replaced immediately. Always Sight tube assembly 21 (2 off), 22
wear eye protection when viewing the contents of the
sight tube. *Note: The capsule can be identified from the letter stamped on
Reasonable steps should be taken to protect personnel from the name-plate on the cap (e.g. STD, SUB or NTS). A standard
injury in the unlikely event that the sight tube breaks. capsule (STD) will be supplied, unless specified otherwise on
the order.
Operation How to order spares
The trap is supplied in the 'Bypass' position (1). To move it to Always order spares by using the description given in the column
'Trap' (2) or 'Stop' (3) position the actuator should be moved until headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.
the indicator aligns with the marking on the body. Example: 1 - Capsule assembly, marked STD, for a Spirax Sarco
BPT13T balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap.
BPT13T
1 2 3 19
Maintenance 18
See IM-P126-05 for full maintenance details
Replacement of capsule assembly: 17
Before any maintenance is undertaken, suitable independent isolation 16
valves should be closed and the trap positioned in the 'bypass' mode.
Allow the trap to cool. Remove the cap and lift out the old capsule, 12
spring and spacer plate. Drop in a new spacer plate,
capsule and spring. Screw on the cap using a new 'O' ring assembled 15
into the groove in the top of the cap. Always fit a completely new 11
assembly when replacing the capsule. BPT13GX only
or Sight tube
Item Size Nm assembly
mm
6 20 21 22 21 2
2 and 20 DN15 32 35 - 40
2 and 20 DN20 36 35 - 40 2 14 13 13 14
2 and 20 DN25 46 35 - 40
3 DN15 - 25 50 50 - 60
4 DN15 - 25 30 -
7 DN15 - 25 13 7- 10
9 DN15 - 25 13 12 - 15 6
12 DN15 - 25 17 12 - 15 7
How to order 4
Example: 1 off " Spirax Sarco BPT13 balanced pressure
thermostatic steam trap with a capsule marked 'SUB' for
sub-cooled operation. 9
TI-P126-03 ST Issue 6 BPT13T and BPT13TGX Thermostatic Steam Traps

Steam traps
Balanced
TI-P125-08
ST Issue 9
MST21
Stainless Steel
Description
The MST21 is a maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic
steam trap designed for relatively small condensate loads usually
associated with instrument tracing applications. It is manufactured
in stainless steel and is corrosion resistant and easily maintainable.
Available types
MST21 Standard capacity for tracing loads (standard unit)
MST21H High capacity for special applications
Note: When placing an order always state the capsule fill.
Capsule fill and operation
6
Standard capsules are marked with the letter 'STD' for operation at
approximately 10C below steam saturation temperature. 4
Optionally the capsule can be supplied for sub cooled 'SUB' 3
temperature or a 'NTS' fill capsule for operation at approximately 4C
below steam saturation temperature.
5.2.5 Standards
5

Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC.
7
Certification
Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at the
2
MST21 " " and " screwed BSP, EN ISO 228-1, or NPT.
MST21H ", " and 1" screwed BSP, EN ISO 228-1, or NPT.
Pressure /temperature limits (ISO 6552)

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region as damage Materials

to internals may occur. No. Part Material
Austenitic ASTM A743 CF16Fa
Body design conditions PN25 1 Body
stainless steel (303)
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 300C 2 Cap Stainless steel 420A UGIMA AISI 420
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400C @ 23 bar g 3 Capsule Stainless steel
Minimum allowable temperature 0C 4 Spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
PMO Maximum operating pressure 21 bar g @ 235C 5 Spacer plate Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S15
TMO Maximum operating temperature 235C @ 21 bar g Strainer screen
6 Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L
Minimum operating temperature 0C (0.8 mm perforations)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g 7 Gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S15
Note: Material grades shown in brackets are nearest equivalents.
Steam traps
Balanced pressure

The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in
broken line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares

Internals set for MST21 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

How to order spares
Condensate kg /h
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and

capsule reference.

Example: 1 off Internals set for a Spirax Sarco " MST21 balanced
pressure thermostatic steam trap having a 'STD' fill capsule for
operation at 10C below steam saturation temperature.

1

Cold water capacity Hot water capacity

Size A B C D Weight
" 50.5 8.5 10 45 0.34
" 61.0 12.5 14 45 0.48
" 68.0 14.0 14 45 0.48
" 68.0 14.0 14 45 0.48
1" 75.0 14.0 14 45 0.48 6
5.2.6
B
4
A 3
5
C
7

Installation note:
The MST21 is designed for installation with the capsule in a vertical
line with the inlet at the top and the outlet at the bottom. This will
ensure it is self-draining. If fitted in a horizontal line the trap should 2
be proceded by a short drop-leg.
Caution:
The body /cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring,
which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of Recommended tightening torques
carefully.
or
Disposal: Item Size Nm
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with mm
the disposal of this product, providing due care is taken.
" 22 100 - 110
How to order " 32 100 - 110
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " MST21 balanced pressure 1 and 2 " 32 100 - 110
thermostatic steam trap having a 'STD' fill capsule for operation " 36 100 - 110
approximately at 10C below steam saturation temperature. The
connections are to be screwed NPT. 1" 41 100 - 110
TI-P125-08 ST Issue 9 MST21 Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
5.2.7
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
TI-P126-06
ST Issue 5
BPW32
Balanced Pressure Wafer Steam Trap
Description
The BPW32 is a compact wafer pattern stainless steel balanced pressure steam trap for pressures up to 21 bar g. It has an internal
strainer, is maintainable and is suitable for installation between two pipeline flanges. It offers both weight and space savings over
conventional traps.
Capsule filling and operation

Standard capsules are marked with the letters 'STD' for
operation at approximately 13 C below steam saturation
temperature. 6
Optionally, the capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled operation 1

with a 'SUB' fill which operates at approximately 24 C below
steam saturation temperature or for near-to-steam a 'NTS' fill
which operates at approximately 6 C below steam saturation
temperature.
Standards
This product fully complies with requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/ EC. 5.2.8
Certification
Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at

DN15, DN20 and DN25 to fit between standard flanges PN40,
ANSI 150, ANSI 300, JIS 10, JIS 16 and JIS 20.
2 4 5 3 7
Pressure/temperature limits (ISO 6552)
Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product must not be used in this region. Materials

The product should not be used in this region or beyond No. Part Material
DIN 17445 1.4408/
1 Body Stainless steel
Body design conditions PN50/ANSI 300 ASTM A351 CF8M
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 38 C EN10088 1.4057/

2 Cap Stainless steel
ASTM A479 431
Minimum allowable temperature 0 C
PMO Maximum operating pressure 21 bar g @ 260 C 4 Spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
TMO Maximum operating temperature 260 C @ 21 bar g 5 Spacer plate Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum operating temperature 0 C Strainer screen

6 Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 0.8 mm perforations
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g 7 'O' ring EPDM
Page 1 of 3
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
ANSI 300 ANSI 300
PN40 ANSI 150 ANSI 300 JIS ANSI 150 PN40/JIS ANSI 150 PN40/JIS
Size A A A A B B C C Weight
DN15 53 - 55 58 47 53 25.5 25.5 0.30
DN20 63 53 67 63 53 63 25.5 31.5 0.57
DN25 72 53 72 74 62 72 31.5 35.5 0.83
Capacities

5.2.9
Condensate kg/h


Installation note:
The trap is intended for installation in a vertical line with flow from top to bottom, this will ensure that it is self-draining. It can also be
installed in other planes if required. Standard flange gaskets are to be used - supplied by customer.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 BPW32 maintainable wafer pattern balanced pressure steam trap for installation between DIN PN40
flanges. To be supplied with an 'STD' fill capsule. The outer diameter to provide positive location inside flange bolts for ease of installation.
Page 2 of 3 TI-P126-06 ST Issue 5
BPW32 Balanced Pressure Wafer Steam Trap

Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a solid grey line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Internal set 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
End cap 2
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model no. and capsule
option required.
Example: 1 - Internal set for a DN20 BPW32 balanced pressure wafer steam trap with 'STD' fill capsule.
Note: The capsule can be identiified from the letter stamped on the name-plate of the cap (e.g. STD, SUB or NTS).
A standard capsule (STD) will be supplied, unless specified otherwise on the order.
4 5.2.10
or
Item Connections Sizes Nm
mm
ANSI 150 All sizes 10 - 15
PN40 DN15 10 - 15
1 and 2 ANSI 300
JIS 10 DN20 15 - 20
JIS 16
JIS 20 DN25 20 - 25
TI-P126-06 ST Issue 5 Page 3 of 3
BPW32 Balanced Pressure Wafer Steam Trap

Steam traps
Balanced pressure
5.2.11
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
TI-P180-11
CMGT Issue 12
BTM7
Stainless Steel
Thermostatic Clean Steam Trap
Description BTM7
The Spirax Sarco BTM7 is a maintainable thermostatic steam with butt weld ends
trap designed to remove condensate from clean steam systems
with minimal backing up. Applications include sterile steam
barriers, process vessels and CIP/SIP systems. Manufactured
in 316L stainless steel with minimal crevises and a typical internal
surface finish of 1.6 - 3.2 Ra, it is self-draining and operates close
to steam temperature. Traps are individually packaged with
protective end caps and sealed in a polythene bag.
Options available at extra cost -

Contact Spirax Sarco for further information
Fixed bleed to ensure fail open operation
Special connections to suit most piping systems.
Standards
5.2.12
The BTM7 has been designed and built in general accordance
with ASME BPE. It also complies with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive.
All wetted parts of this trap are manufactured from FDA approved
materials.
Part 3, 'O' ring - Complies with USP Class VI and FDA CFR title 21,
Paragraph 177, Section 2600.
Certification

", ", ", 1" screwed BSP or NPT.
", ", 1" O / D x 16 swg (0.065") wall thickness tube butt weld.
", ", 1" sanitary clamp compatible hygienic connection.
DIN 11850 (Series 1) tube butt weld ends

12 mm O / D x 1.0 mm wall thickness tube butt weld (DN10-D)
BTM7
ISO 1127 (Series 1) tube butt weld ends with sanitary clamp compatible hygienic connections
13.5 mm O / D x 1.6 mm wall thickness tube butt weld (DN8-I)
Note: On request other connection options are available at extra

cost. Please note that seat end spares for specially requested
connections will require a minimum order quantity - Please
consult Spirax Sarco for further information.
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Balanced pressure

Temperature C
Steam
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 7 bar g @ 170 C
saturation
curve TMA Maximum allowable temperature 170 C @ 7 bar g

Pressure bar g PMO 7 bar g
saturated steam service
TMO Maximum operating temperature 170 C

The product should not be used in this region as damage
to the internals may occur. Minimum operating temperature 0 C
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 10.7 bar g
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body (inlet) Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)
2 Body with seal (outlet) Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)
3 'O' ring FKM
4 Element Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)
5.2.13 5
Nuts and bolts Stainless steel BS 6105 Gr. A4 80
Washers Austenitic stainless steel
BTM7 BTM7
with butt weld ends with sanitary clamp compatible hygienic connections
3
2 4
Page 2 of 4 TI-P180-11 CMGT Issue 12
BTM7 Stainless Steel Thermostatic Clean Steam Trap

Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Size A B C D E F Weight
Tube Screwed Screwed Sanitary clamp Tube Screwed Sanitary clamp
" 70 - - 27 58 - - 0.53 -
" 70 106 40 27 74 49 0.62 0.66 0.62
" 70 106 40 32 81 49 0.68 0.77 0.62
1" 70 106 40 41 95 53 0.77 0.90 0.90
DN8* 70 106 40 - - - 0.53 - -
DN10 70 106 40 - - - 0.53 - -
DN15 70 106 40 - - - 0.62 - -
*DN8 only available for ISO 1127 tube ends.

Tube
Capacities

B

C
Condensate kg/h

A
5.2.14

Sanitary clamp

F
Screwed
D
(across flats)
TI-P180-11 CMGT Issue 12 Page 3 of 4

Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Installation note:
The trap is designed for installation in vertical lines with the flow downward to ensure self-draining operation. Do not expose element
to superheat conditions since over-expansion may result.
Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance/replacement.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BTM7 maintainable thermostatic clean steam trap with tube ends to ISO 1127, Series 1. (21.3 mm
O/D x 1.6 mm wall thickness). Tangent length of tube ends to be 40 mm for ease of orbital welding. Body to be self-draining. Suitable
for pressures up to 7 bar g.
Spare parts
Available parts are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not available as spares.
Available spares
Element assembly 4
'O' ring (packet of 3) 3
Body with seat (outlet) - state connections 2
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type and end connection
of the trap.
Example: 1 off Element assembly for a Spirax Sarco " BTM7 thermostatic clean steam trap having screwed NPT connections.
5.2.15 5
or
Item Part Nm
mm
5 Nuts and bolts 8 A/F M5 3-4

Steam traps
Balanced pressure
TI-P180-30
CMGT Issue 8
BT6-B
Sanitary
", ", 1" and 1" sanitary clamp ends to ASME BPE.
For other connections please consult Spirax Sarco.
5.2.16
Description
The Spirax Sarco BT6-B sanitary balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap is designed to remove condensate from clean and
pure steam applications with minimal condensate retention. Applications include sterile steam barriers, block and bleed installations,
mains drainage and CIP / SIP of vessels and reactors and process lines. Manufactured in 316L, the crevice free body design of the
BT6-B incorporates a 15 angled seat to ensure full drainability. The standard element is extremely sensitive to changes in
condensate temperature and is designed to open with a minimum of sub-cooling, less than 2 C from steam saturation temperature
at pressures below 2.5 bar g for typical operating conditions. Exact operating performance may be affected by operating pressure,
installation and ambient conditions. Each trap is individually packaged within a 'clean' environment with protective end caps and
sealed in a protective plastic bag.
Available types
BT6-BL Low capacity and BT6-BH High capacity
Body surface finish (measured to ISO 4287-1997 and ISO 4288-1997):
- Internal surfaces have a finish of 0.6 m (25 micro-inch Ra, ASME BPE SFV2).
- External surfaces have a finish of 1.0 m (40 micro-inch Ra).
Options:
- Mechanical and electropolishing to 0.375 m (15 micro-inch Ra,ASME BPE SFV4).
- For applications requiring closer to steam saturation temperatures, for example, critical SIP applications, please consult
Spirax Sarco.
Standard
The BT6-B has been designed and built in general accordance to ASME BPE and complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU. All seals comply with FDA CFR title 21, part 177, section 1550 and USP class VI
sections 87 and 88, ADI (Animal Derived Ingredient free).
Certification
This product is available with the following certification:
- EN 10204 3.1 material certificates.
- Typical internal surface finish certificates.
- Certificate of conformity of the seal for FDA, USP and ADI.
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body (inlet) Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
2 Body (outlet) Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
3 Capsule element Stainless steel AISI 316L
4 Body clamp Stainless steel AISI 316
5 Seal Tuf-steel PTFE + AISI 316
1
4
5
3
5.2.17 Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)

Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur.
Note: For hygienic / sanitary clamp ends the maximum pressure / temperature may be restricted by the gasket or sanitary clamp used.
Please consult Spirax Sarco.
Body design condition PN10
PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 6 bar g
Note: Refer to IM-P180-31 for instruction on how to perform hydraulic testing.
BT6-B Sanitary Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)

High capacity

Condensate kg/h

Low capacity

Cold water capacity
Hot water capacity

Installation note
The BT6-B is designed to be installed in vertical lines with the flow downwards so that the body is self-draining. Check the flow arrow
on the body for correct orientation. Fittings and pipe clamps are not supplied.
5.2.18
Installation should include a suitable cooling leg to avoid condensate back-up into process equipment under normal operating
conditions.
Do not expose the capsule element to superheat conditions. Handle all components carefully to avoid damage to surfaces.
Operation
The operation relies on a stainless steel capsule that is filled with a temperature sensing fluid. During cold or start-up conditions the
capsule will be fully open allowing large volumes of air, condensate and / or CIP fluid to be drained. As the system approaches steam
temperature the fluid in the capsule expands and the valve closes the trap to prevent live steam loss. This closure occurs very close
to steam temperature to ensure efficient drainage of the system.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " BT6-BH sanitary balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap with self-draining body. Connections to
be sanitary clamp ends to meet the requirements of ASME BPE. Suitable for pressure up to 6 bar g. Internal surface finish to be
electropolished to 0.375 m (15 micro-inch Ra, ASME BPE SFV4). Material certification to EN 10204 3.1 for pressure containing parts.
TI-P180-30 CMGT Issue 8 Page 3 of 4

Steam traps
Balanced pressure
" 65 64 71.5 77 61 0.70
" 65 64 71.5 77 61 0.71
1" 65 64 71.5 77 61 0.94
1" 65 64 71.5 77 61 0.86
5.2.19
D
Spare parts
The available spare parts are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
Available spares
Capsule element assembly 3, 5
Seal 5
Body (outlet) including seat 2
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.
Example: 1 - Capsule element assembly for a " BT6-BH sanitary balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap.
5
3

Steam traps
Balanced pressure
5.2.20
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
TI-P180-03
CMGT Issue 8
BTS7
Stainless Steel
Clean Steam Trap
Description
The Spirax Sarco BTS7 is a sealed thermostatic steam trap designed to remove condensate from clean steam systems with minimal
backing up. Applications include sterile steam barriers, process vessels and CIP / SIP systems. Manufactured in 316L stainless steel
with minimal crevises, it is self-draining and operates close to steam temperature. Traps are individually packaged with protective end
caps and sealed in a polythene bag.
Options
Fixed bleed to ensure fail open operation.
Special connections to suit most piping systems.
Standards
The BTS7 has been designed and built in general accordance with ASME BPE. It also complies with the requirements of the European
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. All wetted parts of this trap are manufactured from FDA approved materials.
Certification
Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time of order placement.

5.2.21 ", ", ", 1" screwed BSP or NPT.
", ", 1" O / D x 16 swg (0.065") wall thickness tube butt weld.
DIN 11850 (Series 1) tube butt weld ends
ISO 1127 (Series 1) tube butt weld ends
21.3 mm O / D x 1.6 mm wall thickness tube butt weld (DN15-I) 1

Temperature C
2
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
to the internals may occur.

BTS7
Minimum allowable temperature -254 C with screwed connection

PMO 7 bar g @ 170 C
saturated steam service Materials
TMO Maximum operating temperature 170 C @ 7 bar g No. Part Material
Minimum operating temperature 0 C 1 Body Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 10.5 bar g 2 Element Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Capacities

A B C D Weight
Size Tube Screwed Tube Screwed

" 40 - - 58 - 0.53

" 40 106 40 74 0.44 0.49
Condensate kg/h

" 40 106 40 81 0.51 0.60

1" 40 106 40 95 0.60 0.73

DN8* 40 106 40 - 0.35 -
DN10 40 106 40 - 0.35 -

DN15 40 106 40 - 0.42 -

*DN8 only available for ISO 1127 tube ends.

5.2.22
Tube B D Screwed

Installation note:
The trap is designed for installation in vertical lines with the flow downward to ensure self-draining operation. Do not expose the element
to superheat conditions since over-expansion may result.
Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance/replacement.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco non-maintainable DN15 BTS7 clean steam trap with tube ends to ISO 1127, Series 1. (21.3 mm O / D x 1.6 mm
wall thickness). Tangent length of tube ends to be 40 mm for ease of orbital welding. Body to be self-draining. Suitable for pressures
up to 7 bar g.
Spare parts
There are no spare parts for the BTS7.
TI-P180-03 CMGT Issue 8
BTS7 Stainless Steel Clean Steam Trap

Steam traps
Balanced
TI-P180-40
ST Issue 4
BTS7.1
Stainless Steel
Clean Steam Trap
Description
The Spirax Sarco BTS7.1 is a sealed thermostatic steam trap
designed to remove condensate from clean steam systems with
minimal back up. Applications include sterile steam barriers,
process vessels and CIP / SIP systems. Manufactured in 316L
stainless steel with minimal crevices, it is self-draining and
operates close to steam temperature. The BTS7.1 has an internal
finish of 0.5 Ra whilst the external finish is 0.75 Ra. When supplied,
the BTS7.1 is individually packaged with protective end caps and
sealed in a polythene bag.
Options
Fixed bleed to ensure fail-open operation.
Standards
The BTS7.1 has been designed and built in general accordance
with ASME BPE. It also complies with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. All wetted
parts of this trap are manufactured from FDA approved material.
5.2.23 Certification
Certification to EN 10204 3.1 is available for the body of this
product. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be

" and " with sanitary clamp connections.

Temperature C
BTS7.1
Steam with sanitary clamp connections

saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
to the internals may occur.

PMO 7 bar g @ 170C
for saturated steam service Materials
TMO Maximum operating temperature 170C @ 7 bar g No. Part Material
Minimum operating temperature 0C 1 Body Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 10.5 bar g 2 Element Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4404)
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Capacities Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg

Size A B Weight
" 40 49 0.15 kg

" 40 49 0.15 kg

Condensate kg /h

B

Cold water capacity Hot water capacity A

Installation note: The trap is designed for installation in vertical lines with the flow downward to ensure self-draining operation. Do not
expose the element to superheat conditions since over-expansion may result. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe
maintenance / replacement.

5.2.24
1 off Spirax Sarco non-maintainable " BTS7.1 clean steam trap suitable for pressures up to 7 bar g with a body that is self-draining.
Spare parts
There are no spare parts for the BTS7.1.
TI-P180-40 ST Issue 4 BTS7.1 Stainless Steel Clean Steam Trap

Steam traps
Balanced pressure
TI-P124-08
ST Issue 2
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 BPM21L

ISO 9001
Carbon Steel
Description
The BPM21L is a compact, carbon steel, balanced pressure steam
trap, having an internal strainer. It is ideally suited for applications 1
where space is important such as OEM machinery.
7
Options
Capsule ll and operation - As standard, the capsule tted
will operate at approximately 13C below steam saturation
temperature (STD). Alternatively, a near-to-steam capsule (NTS) 2
can be tted that will operate at approximately 6C below steam 5
saturation temperature or a sub-cooling capsule (SUB) can 9
be tted that will operate at approximately 24C below steam 8 4
saturation temperature.
3
Non-return / check valve - All versions can be supplied with
an integral check valve and are designated BPM21LCV.
5.2.25
Standards
The product fully complies with the requirements of the European
Certification
The product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report.
" and " screwed BSP (BS 21 parallel) or NPT.
Socket weld ends (" only).

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g Materials
The product must not be used in this region. No. Part Material
The product should not be used in this region or beyond 1 Cover Steel 1.0460 (C22.8)
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. 2 Capsule Stainless steel
Body design conditions PN25 3 Valve seat Stainless steel
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 120C 4 Strainer screen Stainless steel
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 242C @ 20 bar g 5 Cover gasket Nickel reinforced exfoliated graphite
Minimum allowable temperature -10C 6 Body Steel 1.0460 (C22.8)
PMO Maximum operating pressure 21 bar g @ 217C 7 Cover bolts Steel M8 x 25 mm BS 1506 - 621 A B7M
TMO Maximum operating temperature 242C @ 20 bar g 8 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel
Minimum operating temperature 0C 9 Spacer plate Stainless steel
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 38 bar g 10 Spring Stainless steel
Steam traps
Balanced pressure



Available spares
Capsule and seat assembly set 2, 3, 5, 8, 9, 10
Gasket set 5, 8
Strainer screen (packet of 3) 4
Condensate kg/h
How to order spares

headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.
Example: 1 off Capsule and seat assembly for Spirax Sarco "
BPM21L balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap having STD
fill operation at 13C below steam saturation temperature.
7
(Not an
available
spare)


" 70 62 35 15 20 0.9
" 70 62 35 15 20 0.9
Withdrawal distance E
10 5.2.26
C 2
B 3

Installation note:
The trap is designed for installation with the capsule in a horizontal
plane and the cover at the top, preferably with a drop leg
immediately preceding the trap. Installation in a vertical plane is
also acceptable. When welding the trap into the pipeline, there is
no need to remove the capsule, providing the welding is done by
the electric arc method. Suitable isolation valves must be installed
to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement.
Disposal:
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with Recommended tightening torques
or
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " BPM21L balanced pressure Item Part Nm
thermostatic steam trap having screwed BSP connections. The mm
unit is to be supplied with a steel body with internal strainer screen 3 Valve seat 17 A / F 50 - 55
and STD capsule for operation approximately 13C below steam
saturation temperature. 7 Cover bolts M8 x 25 14 - 18
BPM21L Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap TI-P124-08 ST Issue 2

Steam traps
Balanced pressure
5.2.27
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
TI-P005-01
ST Issue 6
BPC32 and BPC32Y

Carbon Steel
Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps
Description BPC32
The BPC32 and BPC32Y are carbon steel maintainable balanced
pressure thermostatic steam traps with straight connections.
The BPC32 has an integral flat strainer screen and the BPC32Y
an integral cylindrical Y-type strainer. All pressure bearing
components are produced by TV approved suppliers in
accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/TRD100. Both traps are
unaffected by waterhammer and are available as follows:-
Standard units BPC32 and BPC32Y having 'STD' fill capsule

BPC32CV and having 'STD' fill capsule
Also available
BPC32YCV and check valve.
Capsule fill and operation:

Standard capsule - Is marked with 'STD' for operation at
5.2.28
approximately 12 C below steam saturation temperature.
BPC32CV
operation at approximately 24 C below steam saturation Check BPC32YCV
temperature or near-to-steam 'NTS' operation at approximately valve
6 C below steam temperature.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European BPC32Y
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Certification

", ", and 1" screwed BSP or NPT.
", ", and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799.
", ", and 1" butt weld ends to EN 12 627.
DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard flange to EN 1092 PN40,
ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS/KS 10K and JIS/KS 20K.

Temperature C

Steam
saturation TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400 C @ 35 bar g
curve

Pressure bar g Maximum operating pressure
PMO 32 bar g @ 281 C
The product must not be used in this region. for saturated steam service
The product should not be used in this region or beyond TMO Maximum operating temperature 281 C @ 32 bar g
A-B Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ANSI 300.
A-C Flanged EN 1092 PN40.
A-D Flanged JIS/KS 20K. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 75 bar g
A-E Flanged ANSI 150.
F-G Flanged JIS/KS 10K.
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
BPC32
1
9
2
17
3
18
7
5
BPC32CV
Check BPC32YCV
valve
BPC32Y
5.2.29
5
11 10
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Cover Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
5 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304
7 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
8 Body / flanges Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2-70
10 Strainer cap Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
11 Strainer cap gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
18 Spacer plate Stainless steel
BPC32 and BPC32Y Carbon Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
BPC32
Weight
Size A A1 B C D E F G Scrd/SW/BW Flgd
" DN15 95 150 94 64 17 37 - - 1.4 2.9 E Withdrawal distance B

" DN20 95 150 94 64 19 37 - - 1.4 3.5
1" DN25 95 160 94 64 23 37 - - 1.5 4.1 C
BPC32Y
D
Weight F
Size A A1 B C D E F G Scrd/SW/BW Flgd
A
" DN15 95 150 94 64 - 37 54 28 1.6 3.1 A1
" DN20 95 150 94 64 - 37 54 28 1.6 3.7 G Withdrawal distance
1" DN25 95 160 94 64 - 37 54 28 1.8 4.4
Capacities

5.2.30
Condensate kg/h


Installation note:
The BPC32 and BPC32Y are designed for installation in any position, horizontal or vertical.
It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced.
It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere.
For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap.
Disposal
These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products, providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " BPC32 carbon steel bodied maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap. Screwed BSP with
'STD' fill capsule for operation at approximately 12 C below steam saturation temperature.
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Spare parts
Available spares
Capsule and seat assembly set 2, 3, 17, 18
Strainer screen BPC32 (3 off) 5
Strainer screen and gasket BPC32Y (1 off each) 5, 11
Set of cover gaskets (packet of 3) 7
Strainer cap gasket (packet of 3) 11
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and capsule
reference.
Example: 1 - Capsule and seat assembly set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 BPC32 - 'STD' fill capsule for operation at 12 C below steam
9*
17
2
5.2.31 18
BPC32 3
5 7
BPC32Y
5
11
* Note: Items 9 and 10 are not available as spares. 10*
or
Item Part Nm
mm
3 Valve seat 24 A/F 115 - 125
9 Cover bolts 16 A/F M10 x 30 23 - 27
10 Strainer cap 27 A/F 120 - 135
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
5.2.32
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
TI-P005-06
ST Issue 4
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008IBPC32

Carbon Steel Balanced Pressure
ISO 9001
Thermostatic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

Description IBPC32 1
The IBPC32 is a carbon steel maintainable balanced pressure
thermostatic steam trap tted with an integral Spiratec sensor
and straight connections and has an integral cylindrical Y-type
strainer. 9
It can be supplied with a sensor to detect waterlogging and steam
leakage (WLS1) or for steam leakage only (SS1). 17
The IBPC32 can be easily integrated into all existing Spiratec 2
monitoring systems. 18
All pressure bearing components are produced by TV approved 3
suppliers in accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/ TRD100.
Standard unit IBPC32 having 'STD' ll capsule 7
Also available IBPC32CV having 'STD' ll capsule and check valve
Note: When placing an order always state capsule ll.
Capsule ll and operation:
Optionally - The capsule can be supplied for sub-cooled 'SUB' 16
operation at approximately 24C below steam saturation temperature
5.2.33 or near-to-steam 'NTS' operation at approximately 6C below steam

temperature.
8
Standards
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. 5 12 13 14
Certication
This product is available with certication to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certication /inspection requirements must be stated at Check
the time of order placement. valve
", ", and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. IBPC32CV
DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard ange to EN 1092 PN40,
ANSI B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS /KS 10K and JIS /KS 20K.

Temperature C

Steam
saturation

curve
Materials
No. Part Material

Pressure bar g DIN 17243 C22.8
1 Cover Carbon steel (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
operating range as damage to the internals may occur. 3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
A-B Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and anged ANSI 300. 5 Strainer screen
Stainless steel AISI 304
A-C Flanged EN 1092 PN40.
A-D Flanged JIS / KS 20K. 7 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
A-E Flanged ANSI 150. DIN 17243 C22.8
F-G Flanged JIS/KS 10K. 8 Body / anges Carbon steel (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
Maximum body design conditions PN40 9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2-70
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50C 12 Sensor adaptor Stainless steel BS 970 416 S37
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400C @ 35 bar g 13 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum allowable temperature -60C 14 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
PMO for saturated steam service Blanking plug
15 (not shown) Steel
16 Adaptor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 17 Spring Stainless steel
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g 18 Spacer plate Stainless steel
Steam traps
Balanced pressure

Weight The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn
Size A A1 B C E F G Scrd / SW/ BW Flgd
Available spares
" DN15 95 150 94 64 37 63 28 1.65 3.15
" DN20 95 150 94 64 37 64 28 1.65 3.75
Strainer screen Y-type cylindrical (1 off) 5
1" DN25 95 160 94 64 37 66 28 1.85 4.45
Sensor and sensor gasket 13, 14
E Withdrawal distance B Adaptor gasket (packet of 3) 16
How to order spares
C capsule reference.
Example: 1 - Capsule and seat assembly set for a Spirax Sarco
DN25 IBPC32 having 'STD' ll capsule for operation at 12C
below steam saturation temperature with integral Spiratec sensor.
A 9*
A1
G Withdrawal distance
Capacities

17

2
5.2.34
Condensate kg / h
18

3

7


(IM-F01-30) supplied with the product.
The IBPC32 is designed for installation with the capsule in a
horizontal plane with the cover at the top. 16
It is recommended that a non-return valve is tted when discharging
condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It 12*
is also recommended that a diffuser is tted when discharging to
atmosphere.
For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to tting * Note 13
isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap. Items 9 and 12
are not available as spares 14
Disposal
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " IBPC32 carbon steel bodied Recommended tightening torques
maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap. Screwed
BSP with 'STD' ll capsule for operation at approximately 12C below or
steam saturation temperature. Item Part Nm
The trap will be supplied with an integral sensor to identify
waterlogging and steam wastage (WLS1 sensor) or for steam leakage mm
only (SS1 sensor). Sensors to be compatible with Spiratec indicators, 3 Valve seat 24 A /F 115 - 125
automatic monitors and test points:
R1 (single trap) remote test point, R12 (12 trap) remote test point, 9 Cover bolts 16 A /F M10 x 30 23 - 27
Type 30 hand held indicator, R16C (16 traps) automatic steam 12 Sensor adaptor 27 A /F 120 - 135
trap monitor or R1C (single trap) automatic steam trap monitor
with PNP / NPN output where appropriate. 14 Sensor 24 A /F 50 - 56
IBPC32 Carbon Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

with Integral Spiratec Sensor TI-P005-06 ST Issue 4
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
5.2.35
Steam traps
Balanced
TI-P005-10
ST Issue 2
BPC32F and BPC32YF

Carbon Steel Integrally Flanged
Description BPC32F
The BPC32F and BPC32YF are carbon steel maintainable
balanced pressure thermostatic steam traps having integrally
flanged straight connections.
The BPC32F has an integral flat strainer screen and the BPC32YF
has an integral cylindrical Y-type strainer. All pressure bearing
accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/TRD100. Both traps are
unaffected by waterhammer and are available as follows:-
Standard units BPC32F and BPC32YF having 'STD' fill capsule
BPC32CVF and having 'STD' fill capsule

Also available
BPC32YCVF and check valve.
BPC32CVF
Note: When placing an order always state capsule fill. BPC32YCVF
Check
valve
5.2.36
temperature or near-to-steam 'NTS' operation at approximately
6C below steam temperature. BPC32YF
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Certification
Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated

DN15, DN20 and DN25
Standard flanges: EN 1092 PN40, ASME (ANSI) B 16.5 Class 150
or ASME (ANSI) B 16.5 Class 300.

A

Temperature C
Body design conditions ASME (ANSI) 300

Steam
saturation TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400C @ 35 bar g
curve
D C B Minimum allowable temperature -60C

Pressure bar g PMO 32 bar g @ 281C
The product should not be used in this region or beyond TMO Maximum operating temperature 281C @ 32 bar g
A - B Flanged ASME (ANSI) 300. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g
A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN40.
A - D Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150.
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
BPC32F
1
9
2
17
3
18
7
5
BPC32CVF
Check
BPC32YCVF
valve
BPC32YF
5.2.37
11 10
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Cover Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
7 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
8 Body Carbon steel 1.0619+N ASTM A216 WCB
10 Strainer cap Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
18 Spacer plate Stainless steel
TI-P005-10 ST Issue 2 BPC32F and BPC32YF Carbon Steel Integrally Flanged Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Balanced pressure

BPC32F
Size A B C D E F G Weight E Withdrawal distance B
DN15 150 94 64 17 37 - - 2.9
DN20 150 94 64 19 37 - - 3.5 C

DN25 160 94 64 23 37 - - 4.1
BPC32YF F D
A
DN15 150 94 64 - 37 55 28 3.1
DN20 150 94 64 - 37 56 28 3.7 G Withdrawal distance
DN25 160 94 64 - 37 58 28 4.4
Capacities

Condensate kg / h

5.2.38


Installation note:
The BPC32F and BPC32YF are designed for installation in any position, horizontal or vertical.
It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced.
It is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere.
Disposal
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 BPC32F carbon steel bodied maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap having flanged
EN 1092 PN40 connections and an integral strainer screen. The trap is to be fitted with an 'STD' fill capsule for operation at approximately
12C below steam saturation temperature.
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
Spare parts
Available spares
Strainer screen BPC32F (3 off) 5
Strainer screen and gasket BPC32YF (1 off each) 5, 11
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number and capsule
reference.
Example: 1 - Capsule and seat assembly set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 BPC32F - 'STD' fill capsule for operation at 12C below steam
9*
17
5.2.39 2
18
3
BPC32YF
BPC32F
* Note: 5
Items 9 and 10 are
not available as spares.
11
Recommended tightening torques 10*
or
Item Part Nm
mm
3 Valve seat 24 A/F 115 - 125
9 Cover bolts 16 A/F M10 x 30 23 - 27
10 Strainer cap 27 A/F 120 - 135
Steam traps
Balanced pressure
5.2.40
Steam traps
Balanced
TI-P005-03
ST Issue 5
BPS32 and BPS32Y

Stainless Steel
Description BPS32
The BPS32 and BPS32Y are stainless steel maintainable balanced 1
pressure thermostatic steam traps with straight connections. 9
The BPS32 has an integral flat strainer screen and the BPS32Y
an integral cylindrical Y-type strainer. All pressure bearing 2
components are produced by TV approved suppliers in accordance 17
with AD-Merkblatt WO/ TRD100. Both traps are unaffected by
waterhammer and are available as follows:- 3
18
7
Standard units BPS32 and BPS32Y having 'STD' fill capsule 5
Also available BPS32CV and having 'STD' fill capsule
BPS32YCV and check valve.
Standard capsule - Is marked with 'STD' for operation at 8
operation at approximately 24C below steam saturation temperature
or near-to-steam 'NTS' operation at approximately 6C below steam
temperature.
5.2.41 Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Check
BPS32CV
BPS32YCV
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. valve
Certification
Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated at
Sizes and pipe connections BPS32Y

ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS / KS 10K and JIS / KS 20K.

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
5

11 10
Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region or beyond its No. Part Material
1 Cover Austenitic EN 10222-5 1.4571
A-B Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ASME 300 stainless steel or ASTM A182 F316 Ti
A-C Flanged EN 1092 PN40
A-D Flanged JIS / KS 20K 2 Capsule Stainless steel
A-E Flanged ASME 150 3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
F-G Flanged JIS / KS 10K
Body design conditions PN40 7 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
8 Body / flanges Austenitic EN 10222-5 1.4571
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400C @ 30 bar g stainless steel or ASTM A182 F316 Ti
Minimum allowable temperature -200C 9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2-70
Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g Austenitic
PMO for saturated steam service 10 Strainer cap stainless steel DIN 17440 (W/S 1.4404) 316L
TMO Maximum operating temperature 281C @ 32 bar g Strainer cap
11 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum operating temperature 0C gasket
Steam traps
Balanced pressure

BPS32 in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Weight Available spares
Size A A1 B C D E F G Scrd / SW/ BW Flgd Capsule and seat assembly set 2, 3, 17, 18
" DN15 95 150 94 64 17 37 - - 1.4 2.9 Strainer screen BPS32 (3 off) 5
" DN20 95 150 94 64 19 37 - - 1.4 3.5 Strainer screen and gasket BPS32Y (1 off each) 5, 11
1" DN25 95 160 94 64 23 37 - - 1.5 4.1 Set of cover gaskets (packet of 3) 7
E Withdrawal distance Strainer cap gasket (packet of 3) 11
B
How to order spares
DN25 BPS32 - 'STD' fill capsule for operation at 12C below steam
D saturation temperature.
F
9*
A
A1
BPS32Y
Weight
Size A A1 B C D E F G Scrd / SW/ BW Flgd
17
" DN15 95 150 94 64 - 37 55 28 1.6 3.1
" DN20 95 150 94 64 - 37 56 28 1.6 3.7 2
1" DN25 95 160 94 64 - 37 58 28 1.8 4.4
18
Capacities
3 000 BPS32 3
5.2.42
2 000 7
5
1000 BPS32Y
2Y V
S3
Condensate kg / h
BP YC
n d 32
500 3 2a B PS
S d
400 BP an
CV 2Y
300 3 2 P S3 YCV
S B 2
BP nd S3
200 3 2 a d BP
S an
BP
2 CV
S3
100 BP
5
50 11
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 10 20 32
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) * Note: 10*
Items 9 and 10 are
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity not available as spares.
Safety information, installation and maintenance Recommended tightening torques

(IM-P005-04) supplied with the product. or
Item Part Nm
Installation note:
The BPS32 and BPS32Y are designed for installation in any mm
position, horizontal or vertical.
It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging 3 Valve seat 24 A /F 115 - 125
condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It 9 Cover bolts 16 A /F M10 x 30 23 - 27
is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to
atmosphere. 10 Strainer cap 27 A /F 120 - 135
For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting
isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap.
Disposal
These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated
with the disposal of these products, providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off DN20 Spirax Sarco BPS32Y balanced pressure
thermostatic steam trap manufactured in corrosion resistant stainless
steel. Having a Y-type strainer and 'STD' fill capsule for operation at
approximately 12C below steam saturation temperature. Flanged
connections to EN 1092 PN40.
TI-P005-03 ST Issue 5 BPS32 and BPS32Y Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Traps
Steam traps
Balanced
TI-P005-05
ST Issue 5
IBPS32
Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure
Thermostatic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor
Description IBPS32 1
The IBPS32 is a stainless steel maintainable balanced pressure
thermostatic steam trap fitted with an integral Spiratec sensor and
straight connections. It also has an integral 'Y' type strainer.
It can be supplied with a sensor to detect waterlogging and steam 9
leakage (WLS1) or for steam leakage only (SS1).
The IBPS32 can be easily integrated into all existing Spiratec 17
monitoring systems. 2
suppliers in accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/ TRD100. 3
Standard unit IBPS32 having 'STD' fill capsule
7
Also available IBPS32CV having 'STD' fill capsule and check valve
operation at approximately 24C below steam saturation temperature 16
or near-to-steam 'NTS' operation at approximately 6C below steam
5.2.43
temperature.
8
Standards
Certification 5 12 13 14
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1
Check
valve
", ", and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799. IBPS32CV
ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS / KS 10K and JIS / KS 20K.

Temperature C

Steam
saturation Materials
curve No. Part Material

Austenitic EN 10222-5 1.4571
1 Cover
Pressure bar g stainless steel or ASTM A182 F316 Ti
The product must not be used in this region. 2 Capsule Stainless steel
The product should not be used in this region or beyond 3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. 5 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304
A-B Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ASME 300 7 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
A-C Flanged EN 1092 PN40
A-D Flanged JIS / KS 20K Austenitic EN 10222-5 1.457
8 Body / flanges
A-E Flanged ASME 150 stainless steel or ASTM A182 F316 Ti
F-G Flanged JIS / KS 10K
Maximum body design conditions PN40 DIN 17440
12 Sensor adaptor Stainless steel
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50C (W/S 1.4404) 316L
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400C @ 30 bar g 13 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum allowable temperature -200C 14 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g Blanking plug
PMO for saturated steam service
15 (not shown) Stainless steel
16 Adaptor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Steam traps
Balanced pressure

Size A A1 B C E F G Scrd / SW/ BW Flgd Available spares
" DN15 95 150 94 64 37 63 28 1.65 3.15 Capsule and seat assembly set 2, 3, 17, 18
" DN20 95 150 94 64 37 64 28 1.65 3.75 Strainer screen Y-type cylindrical (1 off) 5
1" DN25 95 160 94 64 37 66 28 1.85 4.45 Set of cover gaskets (packet of 3) 7
E Withdrawal distance B Adaptor gasket (packet of 3) 16
How to order spares
DN25 IBPS32 having 'STD' fill capsule for operation at 12C
below steam saturation temperature with integral Spiratec sensor.
A 9*
A1
Capacities

17
2
5.2.44
Condensate kg / h
18

3

7


The IBPS32 is designed for installation with the capsule in a
horizontal plane with the cover at the top. 16
It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging
condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It 12*
atmosphere.
For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting * Note 13
isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap. Items 9 and 12
Disposal are not available as spares 14
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " IBPS32 stainless steel bodied Recommended tightening torques
maintainable balanced pressure thermostatic steam trap. Screwed
BSP with 'STD' fill capsule for operation at approximately 12C below or
steam saturation temperature. Item Part Nm
Type 30 hand held indicator, R16C (16 traps) automatic steam trap 12 Sensor adaptor 27 A /F 120 - 135
monitor or R1C (single trap) automatic steam trap monitor with
PNP / NPN output where appropriate. 14 Sensor 24 A /F 50 - 56
TI-P005-05 ST Issue 5 IBPS32 Stainless Steel Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor
Steam traps
Local regulations may restrict Bimetallic
TI-P076-10
ST Issue 6
SMC32 and SMC32Y

Carbon Steel
Bimetallic Steam Traps
Description SMC32
The SMC32 and SMC32Y are carbon steel maintainable bimetallic
steam traps with straight connections. The SMC32 has an integral 1
flat strainer screen and the SM32Y an integral, cylindrical Y-type
strainer. All pressure bearing components are produced by TV
approved suppliers in accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO / TRD 100. 4
9 2
Standards
5
3
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 1024 3.1. 6

5.3.1 ", ", and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799.

ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS / KS 10K and JIS / KS 20 K.

SMC32Y
Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
5
A-B Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and flanged ASME 300.
A-C Flanged EN 1092 PN40. 11 10
A-D Flanged JIS / KS 20K.
A-E Flanged ASME 150. Materials
F-G Flanged JIS / KS 10K.
No. Part Material
Body design conditions PN40 1 Cover Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8
(W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
Bimetallic Corrosion resistant bimetal Rau
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400C @ 35 bar g 2 element and stainless steel Type H46
Minimum allowable temperature -60C 3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
PMO Maximum operating pressure 32 bar g 4 Locking nut Stainless steel
5 Strainer screen Stainless steel AIS 304
6 Valve Stainless steel
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 7 Cover gasket Stainless steel
reinforced exfoliated graphite
8 Body / flanges Carbon steel (W/S 1.0460)DIN 17243 C22.8
ASTM A105N
9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2 70
10 Strainer cap Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.B
(W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
Steam traps
Bimetallic

SMC32 The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in
broken line are not supplied as spares.
Weight
Size A A1 B C D E F G Scrd / SW / BW Flgd Available spares
" DN15 95 150 94 92 17 51 - - 1.7 3.1 Element set 2, 3, 4, 6
" DN20 95 150 94 92 19 51 - - 1.7 3.7 Strainer screen SMC32 (3 off) 5
1" DN25 95 160 94 92 23 51 - - 1.8 4.4 Strainer screen and gasket SMC32Y (1 off) 5, 11
E Withdrawal distance B
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the descripition given in the column
C Warning: Do not dismantle the element set by removing the
locking nut (4) or the setting of the trap will be affected.
Example: 1 - Element set for a Spirax Sarco " SMC32 bimetallic
steam trap.
D
F
A 9*
A1
SMC32Y
Weight
Size A A1 B C D E F G Scrd / SW / BW Flgd
" DN15 95 150 94 92 - 51 54 28 1.7 3.1
" DN20 95 150 94 92 - 51 54 28 1.7 3.7 6
4
1" DN25 95 160 94 92 - 51 54 28 1.8 4.4
2 Element set
Capacities SMC32
3
5.3.2

7
5

SMC32Y

Condensate kg/h

5
11

* Note: 10*
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Items 9 and 10 are
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity not available as spares.
Safety information, installation and maintenance Recommended tightening torques

(IM-P076-09) supplied with the product. or
Item Part Nm
Installation note:
The SMC32 and SMC32Y are designed for installation in any position, mm
horizontal or vertical.
It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging 3 Valve seat 24 A / F 115 - 125
condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It 9 Cover bolts 16 A / F 10 x 30 23 - 27
atmosphere. 10 Strainer cap 27 A / F 120 - 135
Increased backpressure will reduce the temperature of condensate
discharge. For further information consult Spirax Sarco.
For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to fitting
isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap.
Disposal
These products are recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated
with the disposal of these products, providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " SMC32 carbon steel bodied
maintainable bimetallic steam trap with an integral strainer screen
and screwed BSP connections.
TI-P076-10 ST Issue 6 SMC32 and SMC32Y Carbon Steel Bimetallic Steam Traps
Steam traps
Bimetallic
TI-P076-11
ST Issue 4
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 ISMC32

Carbon Steel
ISO 9001
Bimetallic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor

Description
The ISMC32 is a carbon steel maintainable bimetallic steam trap
tted with an integral Spiratec sensor and straight connections and 1
has an integral cylindrical Y-type strainer.
It can be supplied with a sensor to detect waterlogging and steam
leakage (WLS1) or for steam leakage only (SS1). 4
The ISMC32 can be easily integrated into all existing Spiratec 9
monitoring systems.
suppliers in accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/ TRD100.
6
Standards 3
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. 7
Certication

", ", and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. 16
5.3.3 ", ", and 1" socket weld ends to BS 3799.
DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard ange to EN 1092 PN40, 8
ANSI B 16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS /KS 10K and JIS /KS 20K. 5
Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) 12

13
14

Temperature C

Pressure bar g
Materials
The product must not be used in this region. No. Part Material
DIN 17243 C22.8
The product should not be used in this region or beyond its 1 Cover Carbon steel
(W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
Corrosion resistant bimetal (Rau Type H46)
A-B Screwed, socket weld, butt weld and anged ANSI 300. 2 Bimetallic element and stainless steel
A-C Flanged EN 1092 PN40. 3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
A-D Flanged JIS /KS 20K.
4 Locking nut Stainless steel
A-E Flanged ANSI 150.
F-G Flanged JIS /KS 10K. 5 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304
6 Valve Stainless steel
Body design conditions PN40 7 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50C DIN 17243 C22.8
8 Body / anges Carbon steel (W/S 1.0460) ASTM A105N
Minimum allowable temperature -60C 9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2-70
Maximum operating pressure 12 Sensor adaptor Stainless steel BS 970 416 S37
PMO 32 bar g
for saturated steam service 13 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
TMO Maximum operating temperature 240C @ 32 bar g 14 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum operating temperature 0C Blanking plug
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 15 (not shown) Steel
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g 16 Adaptor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Steam traps
Bimetallic

Size A A1 B C E F G Scrd / SW/ BW Flgd
Available spares
" DN15 95 150 94 92 51 63 28 1.95 3.35
Element set 2, 3, 4, 6
" DN20 95 150 94 92 51 64 28 1.95 4.05
Strainer screen Y-type cylindrical (1 off) 5
1" DN25 95 160 94 92 51 66 28 2.05 4.75
E Withdrawal distance B
Adaptor gasket (packet of 3) 16
How to order spares

C headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.
Warning: Do not dismantle the element set by removing the
Example: 1 - Element set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 ISMC32
bimetallic steam trap with integral Spiratec sensor.
A 9*
A1
Capacities

6
5.3.4
Condensate kg / h
4
2 Element set

3

Differential pressure bar (x 100 =kPa)

The ISMC32 is designed for installation with the bimetal element in 16
a horizontal plane with the cover at the top.
It is recommended that a non-return valve is tted when discharging 12*
condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It
is also recommended that a diffuser is tted when discharging to
atmosphere. 13
For ease and maintenance, consideration should be given to tting
isolation valves upstream and downstream of the steam trap. 14
* Note:
Disposal Items 9 and 12 are not
The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with available as spares.
How to order Recommended tightening torques

Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " ISMC32 carbon steel bodied
maintainable bimetallic steam trap having screwed BSP or
connecitons. Item Part Nm
Type 30 hand held indicator, R16C (16 traps) automatic steam trap 12 Sensor adaptor 27 A /F 120 - 135
monitor or R1C (single trap) automatic steam trap monitor with
PNP /NPN output where appropriate. 14 Sensor 24 A /F 50 - 56
ISMC32 Carbon Steel Bimetallic Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor TI-P076-11 ST Issue 4
Steam traps
Bimetallic
TI-P076-17
ST Issue 2
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 SMC32F and SMC32YF

ISO 9001
Carbon Steel
Integrally Flanged Bimetallic Steam Traps
Description SMC32F
The SMC32F and SMC32YF are carbon steel maintainable 1
bimetallic steam traps having integrally flanged straight
connections.
4
The SMC32F has an integral flat strainer screen and the SMC32YF 2
has an integral, cylindrical Y-type strainer. All pressure bearing
9
accordance with AD-Merkblatt WO/TRD100.
Standards 3 5
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. 7 6
Certification

DN15, DN20 and DN25
5.3.5 Standard flanges: EN 1092 PN40, ASME (ANSI) B16.5 Class 150
or ASME (ANSI) B16.5 Class 300.

A
SMC32YF

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve D C B

Pressure bar g

5
A - B Flanged ASME (ANSI) 300. 11 10
A - C Flanged EN 1092 PN40.
A - D Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150. Materials
Body design conditions ASME (ANSI) 300 No. Part Material
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 50 bar g @ 50C 1 Cover Carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460)
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400C @ 35 bar g ASTM A105N
Minimum allowable temperature -60C Bimetallic Corrosion resistant bimetal Rau
2
element and stainless steel Type H46
PMO 32 bar g @ 350C 3 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
TMO Maximum operating temperature 350C @ 32 bar g 4 Locking nut Stainless steel
Minimum operating temperature 0C 5 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 6 Valve Stainless steel
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g 7 Cover gasket Stainless steel reinforced exfoliated graphite
8 Body Carbon steel 1.0619+N / ASTM A216 WCB
9 Cover bolts Stainless steel (M10 x 30) A2 - 70
DIN 17243 C22.8 (W/S 1.0460)
10 Strainer cap Carbon steel
ASTM A105N
Strainer cap
11 gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Steam traps
Bimetallic

SMC32F in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Size A B C E F G Weight Available spares
DN15 150 94 92 51 - - 3.1 Element set 2, 3, 4, 6
DN20 150 94 92 51 - - 3.7 Strainer screen SMC32F (3 off) 5
DN25 160 94 92 51 - - 4.4 Strainer screen and gasket SMC32YF (1 off) 5, 11
E Withdrawal distance B How to order spares
Warning: Do not dismantle the element set by removing the
C Example: 1 - Element set for a Spirax Sarco DN25 SMC32F
bimetallic steam trap.
9*
F
A
6
G Withdrawal distance 4
Element set
2
3
SMC32YF
Size A B C E F G Weight SMC32F 7
5.3.6
DN15 150 94 92 51 55 28 3.3
DN20 150 94 92 51 56 28 4.0 5 SMC32YF
DN25 160 94 92 51 58 28 4.7
Capacities

Condensate kg / h
5
* Note: 11
Items 9 and 10 are
not available as spares.
10*


or
Item Part Nm
mm

3 Valve seat 24 A /F 115 - 125
9 Cover bolts 16 A /F M10 x 30 23 - 27
Hot water capacity Cold water capacity 10 Strainer cap 27 A /F 120 - 135

Installation note: The SMC32F and SMC32YF are designed for installation in any position, horizontal or vertical.
It is recommended that a non-return valve is fitted when discharging condensate into return lines where backpressure is experienced. It
is also recommended that a diffuser is fitted when discharging to atmosphere.
Increased backpressure will reduce the temperature of condensate discharge. For further information consult Spirax Sarco.
Disposal
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 SMC32F carbon steel bodied maintainable bimetallic steam trap having flanged EN 1092 PN40
connections and an integral strainer screen.
SMC32F and SMC32YF Carbon Steel Integrally Flanged Bimetallic Steam Traps TI-P076-17 ST Issue 2
Steam traps
Bimetallic
TI-P623-02
ST Issue 7

ISO 9001
HP45
Bimetallic Steam Trap
Description
The Spirax Sarco HP45 bimetallic steam trap is made of forged steel,
and designed for draining high pressure, high temperature steam 9
lines and processes.
This steam trap is specially designed for HP steam and has a
reinforced stainless steel insert within the body and can be repaired 10
inline. It operates with no loss of steam, and quickly drains air,
non-condensable gases and large quantities of cold water on start-up. 7
Normally open in the event of failure, it has a built-in strainer screen 8
and an external device for adjusting the discharge temperature of
the condensate.
Standards
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23 / EC.
6 5
Certication
Note: All certication / inspection requirements must be stated at 3
5.3.7 ", " and 1" screwed BSP /NPT, socket weld ends to ANSI B 16.11
and butt weld ends to ANSI B 16.25.
DN15, DN20 and DN25 Flanged PN63, PN100 and ANSI 600.
1

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
A-B Screwed BSP/NPT, socket weld and butt weld ends.
A-C Flanged ANSI 600.
A-D Flanged PN100. Materials
A-E Flanged PN63. No. Part Material
1 Body Steel ASTM A105N
Body design conditions PN150, Class 900 to ANSI B 16.34
2 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel AISI 304
3 Bimetallic element Stainless steel
4 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304L
Spiral wound stainless steel
PMO Maximum operating pressure 45 bar g @ 425C 5 Cover gasket
and graphite (asbestos free)
6 Cover Steel ASTM A105N
Cover stud Steel ASTM A193 Gr. B7
Note: For lower temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. 7
Cover nut Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 2H
Minimum inlet pressure for satisfactory operation 15 bar g
8 Blind nut gasket Stainless steel tanged reinforced graphite
PMX The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed
90% of the upstream pressure. 9 Blind nut Steel ASTM A105
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 229 bar g 10 Lock-nut Steel
Steam traps
Bimetallic

Size A A1 B C D Weight The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are
supplied as spares.
" " 1" - 160 124 58 150 6.5
Available spare
PN63 /PN100 235 - 124 58 150 11.0
DN15 Bimetallic assembly kit 2, 3, 4, 5, 8
ANSI 600 235 - 124 58 150 9.5
PN63 /PN100 235 - 124 58 150 11.5 Cover gasket (pack of 3) 5
DN20 Gasket set 2, 5, 8
ANSI 600 235 - 124 58 150 10.0
PN63 /PN100 235 - 124 58 150 12.0 Strainer screen 4
DN25
ANSI 600 235 - 124 58 150 10.5
How to order spares
headed 'Available spare' and state the size and model of the
D Withdrawal distance for bimetallic element Example: 1 - Bimetallic assembly kit for a Spirax Sarco 1" HP45
*9
*10
B
*7
8
4
5
C
3
A1
2
5.3.8
A
Capacities

* Items 7, 9 and 10 are not available spares.


Item or Nm
Condensate kg / h
3 36 A/F 120 - 132

7 22 A/F 70 - 77
9 29 A/F 80 - 88
10 13 A/F 5


Disposal
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " HP45 bimetallic steam trap with
socket weld end connections.
HP45 Bimetallic Steam Trap TI-P623-02 ST Issue 7

Steam traps
Bimetallic
TI-P623-07
ST Issue 3
ABL Series
12
10 11
Description
The ABL range of bimetallic steam traps are made 8
of forged steel. They have a check valve, a built 9
in strainer screen and an external device for
adjusting the discharge temperature of the
condensate. They are designed for high capacity 13
constant pressure process applications. 4
These steam traps operate with no loss of steam 7
and quickly drain air, non-condensable gases and 2
large quantities of cold water on start-up.
3
5 1
5.3.9 Materials
6
No. Part Material Sizes and pipe connections

1" and 2" screwed BSP/NPT and socket weld ends (ANSI B 16.11)
1 Body sub assembly Steel ASTM A105 N DN40 and DN50 with PN40, PN64, ANSI 150, ANSI 300 and
2 Gland packing Graphite ANSI 600 flanges
3 Gland nut Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L

Limiting conditions
4 Adjustment pin Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Body design conditions Class 600
ABL405/ABL505 Copper/graphite
Cap ABL414/ABL514 Copper/graphite ABL405/ABL505 5 bar g
5
gasket ABL425/ABL525 Copper/graphite ABL414/ABL514 14 bar g
ABL440/ABL540 Stainless steel/graphite PMO Maximum operating pressure
ABL425/ABL525 25 bar g
6 Cap Steel ASTM A105
ABL440/ABL540 40 bar g
7 Element gasket Graphite/stainless steel
8 Bimetallic element Stainless steel TMO Maximum operating temperature 400 C
9 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304L Minimum operating pressure 0.1 bar g
ABL405/ABL505 Copper/graphite
The back pressure for correct operation must not exceed
PMX
Cover ABL414/ABL514 Copper/graphite 90% of the upstream pressure.
10
gasket ABL425/ABL525 Copper/graphite
ABL440/ABL540 Stainless steel/graphite
11 Cover Steel ASTM A105 Certification
12 Cover bolt Steel ASTM A193 B7 This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.B.
13 Element screw Steel the time of order placement.
Operating range
A

Temperature C

Steam *PMO Maximum operating pressure (see Limiting conditions).
saturation
A - B Flanged ANSI 150
curve
A - C Flanged PN40
B C D E F
A - D Flanged ANSI 300

A - E Flanged PN64
Pressure bar g
Steam traps
Bimetallic
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in mm and kg Capacities

D Withdrawal distance for bimetallic element

Condensate kg/h

C

A

E Withdrawal distance for gland packing.
Size Connections A B C D E Weight
1"-2" BSP/NPT/SW 270 75 100 150 100 13.0
Spare parts
PN40 270 75 100 150 100 17.0 The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are
supplied as spares.
PN64 290 75 100 150 100 20.0
Available spare
DN40 ANSI 150 270 75 100 150 100 15.0
ANSI 300 270 75 100 150 100 18.0 Bimetallic assembly kit 5, 7, 8, 9, 10
ANSI 600 290 75 100 150 100 19.0 How to order spares
PN40
PN64
270
290
75
75
100
100
150
150
100
100
17.0
20.0
headed 'Available spare' and state the size and model of the 5.3.10
DN50 ANSI 150 270 75 100 150 100 15.0 Example: 1 - Bimetallic assembly kit for a 1" Spirax Sarco
ANSI 300 270 75 100 150 100 18.0 ABL405 bimetallic steam trap.
ANSI 600 290 75 100 150 100 19.0
Safety information, installation and
maintenance or
Item Nm
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions mm
4 5 A/F
How to order 6 36 A/F 100 - 110
Example: 1 off DN40 Spirax Sarco ABL405 bimetallic steam trap
with PN40 flanges. 405, 414, 425
24 A/F 70 - 77
12 505, 514, 525
440, 540 24 A/F 120 - 132
13 8 mm socket 10.8 - 13.2
12
10
8
9
13
4 7
TI-P623-07 ST Issue 3
ABL Series Bimetallic Steam Traps

Steam traps
TI-P624-02
ST Issue 6
SP80 and SP100

Description
The SP80 and SP100 are pilot operated bimetallic steam traps made 16 22
of cast steel. They have a built-in strainer screen to protect the pilot
valve and an external device for adjusting the discharge temperature 15 13
of the condensate. They are specially designed for high capacity 14 11
process applications.
They are not sensitive to overheating and have a bimetallic pilot 8
device which controls a main valve via a large diameter piston. These 7
steam traps can be repaired inline and operate with no loss of steam. 10
12
They quickly drain air, non-condensable gases and large quantities 21
of cold water on start-up. 9
Available types 6
5 4
SP80N and SP100N For use at low pressures
2
SP80E and SP100E For use at medium pressure
Standards
3
19
DN80 SP80 or DN100 SP100 with 20
Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ASME 150 or ASME 300 connections.
Pressure / temperature limits Materials

No. Part Material
A
Temperature C
1 Body sub assembly Steel ASTM A216 WCB4 and A105

Steam
saturation 2 Piston casing Stainless steel
curve
3 Main valve Stainless steel AISI 304L
B C D 4 Piston Stainless steel

5 Piston ring Stainless steel
Pressure bar g 6 Upper cover gasket Graphite (asbestos-free)
The product must not be used in this region. 7 Upper cover Steel ASTM A105N
A-B Flanged ASME 150 Upper cover
8 Steel ASTM A193 B7 and A194 2H
A-C Flanged PN40 bolt and nut
A-D Flanged ASME 300
9 Plug Steel
SP80N and SP100N
10 Bimetallic pilot element Stainless steel
11 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304L
* PMO Maximum operating pressure 3 bar g
TMO Maximum operating temperature 300C 12 Cap gasket Metal - copper /graphite (asbestos-free)
Minimum operating pressure 0.5 bar g 13 Cap Steel ASTM A105
The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed 14 Cap bolt Steel ASTM A193 B7
PMX 90% of the upstream pressure.
15 Blind nut gasket Metal - copper/graphite
16 Blind nut Steel ASTM A105
SP80E and SP100E 17 Main valve spring Stainless steel
18 Lower cover gasket Graphite (asbestos-free)
* PMO Maximum operating pressure 21 bar g
19 Lower cover Steel ASTM A105N
Minimum operating pressure 1.5 bar g 20 Lower cover bolt Steel ASTM A193 B7
The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed Pilot device
PMX 90% of the upstream pressure. 21 Stainless steel AISI 304
seating gasket
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 76 bar g 22 Adjustment screw Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Steam traps
Bimetallic
Capacities
(0 to 3 bar g) N type pilot valve E type pilot valve (>3 to 21 bar g)

Condensate kg / h

How to size the SP80 and SP100 Spare parts

Both the SP80 and SP100 bimetallic steam traps are available with The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are
2 different pilot valve assemblies (N type) or (E type) and 4 different supplied as spares.
seat types to achieve the rated capacities. Available spares
To work out the appropriate bimetallic pilot valve and seat size Pilot valve assembly N type 10, 11, 12, 15, 21
for your application, follow the sizing procedure listed below:
1. The trap inlet pressure must be known: Pilot valve assembly E type 10, 11, 12, 15, 21
If the inlet pressure is below 3 bar g then select an N type pilot Gasket kit 6, 12, 15, 18, 21
valve. If the inlet pressure is above 3 bar g then select an E type
pilot valve. How to order spares
2. The outlet pressure must be known to determine the differential
pressure across the trap.
headed 'Available spares' and state the size and model of the
5.3.12
3. Depending on the desired capacity and differential pressure bimetallic steam trap.
required, use the capacity chart above to choose the seat Example: 1 - Gasket kit for a DN80 Spirax Sarco SP80 bimetallic
diameter which is closest to the seats mid range capacity. steam trap.
Sizing example:
1. If the trap inlet pressure is 10 bar g - select E type pilot valve.
2. If the outlet pressure is 6 bar g then: 10 bar g (inlet pressure) 16
- 6 bar g (outlet pressure) means 4 bar g differential pressure exists.
3. If the trap is required to drain 25 000 kg / h then select either an
SP80E or SP100E with a 46 mm seat, as this is closest to 15
the mid-range capacity for a 46 mm seat. Although the capacity 14 11
is also within the lower range of a 54 mm seat, trap performance 8
would not be optimised.
10
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg 12
21
Withdrawal distance
for bimetallic element D 6
18
Withdrawal distance E A 20
for main valve assembly
Weight
Size A B C D E PN40 ASME 300
ASME 150 Recommended tightening torques
DN80 350 210 132 150 100 43 48
DN100 400 210 132 150 100 52 60 Item or Nm
8 22 A/F 72 - 78
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions 10 36 A/F 120 - 132
(IM-P624-01) supplied with the product. 14 17 A/F 45 - 55
16 29 A/F 72 - 88
How to order 20 19 A/F 54 - 66
Example: 1 off DN80 Spirax Sarco SP80E bimetallic steam trap with
46 mm seat and flanged EN 1092 PN40 end connections
TI-P624-02 ST Issue 6 SP80 and SP100 Bimetallic Steam Traps

Steam traps
TI-P025-01
ST Issue 9
SM45
Bimetallic Steam Trap
Description SM45
The SM45 is a medium pressure, temperature sensitive, Butt weld version 13
maintainable steam trap. The operating element shown illustrating the
comprises a stack of bimetal discs which control the flow valve arrangement 1
of condensate, air and other incondensible gases at a for the " and 1"
preset temperature below steam saturation. The body and sizes.
cover are forged and is available with integral flanges.
Standards 2
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and
carries the mark when so required. 3
Certification
The product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be
5.3.13 Sizes and pipe connections

", ", 1" and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. 5
", ", 1" and 1" butt weld to suit schedule 80 pipe and 4
socket weld to BS 3799 Class 3000.
DN15, DN20, DN25 and DN40 standard flange to :
EN1092 PN64, ASME 300 and JIS / KS 30K. 10
11
See page 2.
9
7 12 6
5
Valve arrangement for the " sizes

9
12
7
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Cover Alloy steel DIN 17243 13Cr Mo44 (W/S 1.7335)
2 Locking nut Stainless steel BS 970 303 S21
" - Rau Type RR
3 Thermostatic element Corrosive resistant bimetal and stainless steel " - 1" Type 100
4 Strainer screen Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L
6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S12
7 Valve Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
8 Spring Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
9 Body Alloy steel DIN 17245 CS 22 Mo4
10 Cover gasket Spirally wound stainless steel graphite filled gasket
Cover stud Alloy steel ASTM A193 Gr. B7
11 Cover nut Carbon steel BS 4882 Gr. 2H
Cover washer Carbon steel BS 4320 Table 1 Form A
12 Seat insert Stainless steel BS 970 321 S20
13 Name-plate Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Bimetallic
Kv values For conversion: Cv (UK) = Kv x 0.963 Cv (US) = Kv x 1.156

Size DN15 - " DN20 - " DN25 - 1" DN40 - 1"
Kv value 0.25 0.6 0.6 0.6

A
450
400 The product must not be used in
Temperature C
this region or beyond the parameter

300 of the PMA or TMA of the relative
end connection.
200
Steam
100 saturation curve
B The product should not be used in this
0 region as damage to the internals
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 63 may occur.
Pressure bar g
A-B Screwed Body design condition PN64
Socket weld PMA Maximum allowable pressure 63 bar g @ 200C

TMA Maximum allowable temperature 450C @ 43.5 bar g
Butt weld
Flanged:
PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 45 bar g @ 259C
EN 1092 PN64
TMO Maximum operating temperature 450C @ 43.5 bar g
A
450
The product must not be used in
5.3.14
Temperature C
400
end connection.
200
Steam
C The product should not be used in this
0 10 20 30 40 51 may occur.
Pressure bar g
A-C Flanged: Body design condition ASME 300

ASME 300 PMA Maximum allowable pressure 51 bar g @ 120C
A
450 The product must not be used in
400
Temperature C

end connection.
200
Steam
D The product should not be used in this
0 10 20 30 40 48 may occur.
Pressure bar g
A-D Flanged: Body design condition JIS / KS 30K

JIS / KS 30K PMA Maximum allowable pressure 48 bar g @ 0C
TI-P025-01 ST Issue 9 SM45 Bimetallic Steam Trap Page 2 of 4

Steam traps
Bimetallic
Capacities
5.3.15
Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Bimetallic

Screwed, butt weld and socket weld in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Size A C D E H Weight Available spares
" 130 102 138 24 108 5.4 Complete with valve, valve seat
Element set 2, 3, 6
and valve seat gasket
" 130 102 138 24 108 5.4
Strainer screen (3 off) 4
1" 130 102 138 24 108 5.4
Set of gaskets (packet of 3 of each) 6, 10
Important note
H Withdrawal C
The earlier design of the SM45 incorporated 4 off long cover studs
distance and 8 off washers and nuts for assembling the body and cover.
The current design of the SM45 incorporates a threaded cover and
4 off shorter studs and 4 off washers and nuts.
How to order spares
headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of steam trap.
Example: 1 - Element set for a DN25 Spirax Sarco SM45 bimetallic
D steam trap.
A1 5.3.16
11
Flanged
Size A1 C D E H Weight
DN15 210 102 138 24 108 7.2
2
Element set " - 1", DN20 - DN40

DN20 230 102 138 24 108 8.6
DN25 230 102 138 24 108 9.5
DN40 260 102 146 30 114 13.6 2
Element set " DN15
3 3
Installation note:
The SM45 is designed for installation with the element in a horizontal 6
6
plane with the cover at the top. When welding the the trap into the
line there is no need to remove the element providing that welding
is done by the electric arc method. 10 10
Disposal
disposal of this product providing care is taken.
11
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " SM45 bimetallic steam trap having 11
screwed BSP connections.
or
Item Nm
mm
5 27 A /F 120 - 132
11 19 A /F M12 110 - 120

Steam traps
TI-P626-02
ST Issue 4
PBX20 and PBX30

Quick Fit Connector
Description
Spirax Sarco's PBX bimetallic steam traps comprise of a stainless
steel trap assembly coupled to a carbon steel body connector.
Pre-set and maintenance free, these steam traps can be mounted
in any position. When the connector has been installed, the
bimetallic trap assembly can be fitted within a few minutes without
having to disturb the pipework.
PBX steam traps are particularly suitable for food, pharmaceutical
and oil industries, and are designed for a wide range of applications
such as tracing, drips and draining collectors.
3
PBX20 0.1 bar to 21 bar
Available types
PBX30 10 bar to 32 bar 5
Standards
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. 4
Certification
6
5.3.17 This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.

", " and 1" screwed BSP / NPT and socket weld. 1

Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g

Materials
Body design conditions PN110, Class 600 to ASME B 16.34 No. Part Material
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 102 bar g @ 37.8C 1 Connector body Carbon steel ASTM A105N
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 425C @ 60 bar g 2 Strainer screen Stainless steel AISI 304L
Minimum allowable temperature -10C 3 Bimetallic trap assembly Stainless steel AISI 316L
Maximum operating PBX20 21.0 bar g @ 400C
4 Flange Stainless steel AISI 316L A105
PMO
pressure PBX30 32.0 bar g @ 400C or steel
TMO Maximum operating temperature 400C 5 Bolt Stainless steel A4 - 80
Minimum operating temperature 0C 6 Gasket Graphite - stainless steel
Minimum operating pressure PBX20 0.1 bar g
for satisfactory operation PBX30 10.0 bar g
The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed
DPMX
90% of the upstream pressure.
Steam traps
Bimetallic

PBX20 and PBX30 supplied as spares.
Size A B C D Weight
Available spares
" 70 100 19 10 1.95
Bimetallic trap assembly with gasket and strainer screen 2, 3, 6
" 70 100 19 10 1.95
1" 80 100 24 10 2.10 How to order spares
headed 'Available spares' and state the size and model of the
Example: 1 - Bimetallic trap assembly with gasket and strainer
D Withdrawal distance for bimetallic element screen for Spirax Sarco " PBX20 bimetallic steam trap.
B
3
C 6
2
5.3.18
A
Capacities
Condensate kg / h
Item Nm
5 16 A / F 45 - 55

How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " PBX30 bimetallic steam trap with
carbon steel quick fit connector having socket weld connections.
TI-P626-02 ST Issue 4 PBX Series Quick Fit Connector Bimetallic Steam Traps
Steam traps
TI-P625-04
ST Issue 2
USM21
Sealed Bimetallic Steam Trap
for use with Pipeline Connectors
Description Pipeline connector options
The USM21 is a pre-set and maintenance free sealed bimetallic The USM can be fitted to a variety of pipeline connectors including:
steam trap manufactured in stainless steel. It is designed for steam PC10HP Straight connector ASME 600 (TI-P128-10)
pressures up to 21 bar and applications such as steam tracing
PC20 + 'Y' type strainer ASME 300 (TI-P128-15)
and mains drips. When installed in any position with a suitable
pipeline connector the USM21 can easily and simply be removed IPC2 _ + 'Y' type strainer and Spiratec sensor (TI-P128-17)
without breaking into the pipeline, thus speeding up trap PC3 _ + 1 piston isolation valve ASME 600 (TI-P128-02)
replacement with minimal system downtime. Pipeline connectors PC4 _ + 2 piston isolation valves ASME 600 (TI-P128-03)
are available with screwed, socket weld and flanged connections.
See the relevant Technical Information sheet as listed above for
Standards details of the connections available for each pipeline connector.
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark 11 1 5 6
when so required.
Note: The body/cover weld joint complies with ASME section IX.
Certification
Note: All certification /inspection requirements must be stated
5.3.19 at the time of order placement.

Temperature C
Steam
saturation
curve
4
USM21 fitted to a
PC10HP connector 10 9 8 7 3 2

Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region or beyond USM21 fitted to a
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. PC4 _ connector
Note: The model of pipeline connector and connections selected
will dictate the maximum operating pressure and temperature of the
complete assembly. Consult the specified Technical Information sheet
as listed in 'Sizes and pipe connections' for relevant data. USM21 fitted to a
PC3 _ connector
Materials
PMO for saturated steam service 21 bar g No. Part Material
TMO Maximum operating temperature 400C @ 21 bar g 1 Body Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8
2 Cover Stainless steel AISI 316L
* Minimum operating temperature 0C
DPMX Maximum differential pressure 21 bar 3 Seat Stainless steel AISI 316L
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 75 bar g 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 410
5 Bimetal Nickel alloy G. Rau H46
* Traps are available in a range of subcooled temperature settings.
Except for start-up and shutdown, they must operate above the 6 Lock-nuts Stainless steel AISI 304L
minimum differential pressure values shown in the table below: 7 Body / seat gasket Stainless steel AISI 316L
Nominal subcooled External Threshold 8 Screen Stainless steel AISI 304L
temperature identification differential pressure Stainless steel Spirally wound
9 Inner gasket
-10C '-1' 5 bar / Graphite filler AISI 304 strip
-30C '-3' 2 bar Stainless steel Spirally wound
10 Outer gasket
-50C '-5' 0.5 bar / Graphite filler AISI 304 strip
-70C '-7' 0.1 bar 11 Connector screws Carbon steel ASTM A193 B7
Steam traps
Bimetallic
Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842) Safety information, installation and maintenance
(IM-P625-03) supplied with the product. The USM21 can be installed
on any Spirax Sarco pipeline connector. See separate Installation
and Maintenance Instructions for Spirax Sarco pipeline connectors
(IM-P128-06, IM-P128-11 and IM-P128-13).
Disposal
Condensate kg / h
The USM21 trap unit is manufactured from stainless steel and is
therefore totally recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with
the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.

Spare parts
The USM21 is a sealed non-maintainable trap unit. No internal
spares are available. The spares which are available are shown in
heavy outline. Parts shown in a broken line are not available as
spares.

Available spares
Connector screws (2 off) 11

Complete USM21 trap unit
Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) inclusive of gaskets (9 and 10) and connector screws (11)
Hot water Cold water
Note: The gaskets contain sharp metal reinforcement, please
handle with care.
How to order spares
Model A B C D Weight
(Trap only) Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spares' and state if ordering a complete trap the
USM21 35 78 68 40 0.6 nominal operating temperature of the steam trap.
Example: 2 off Connector screws for a USM21 sealed bimetallic
steam trap.
A D
Gaskets
5.3.20
10 9 Trap unit
11
B C
How to specify
Steam traps shall be of the sealed bimetal thermostatic USM21 type
manufactured in stainless steel and be suitable for operating
pressures up to 21 bar. Traps to be zero maintenance and to be
connected to separate pipeline connectors by two screws for quick
and simple installation / replacement. The thermostatic element is to
nominally operate at 10C, 30C, 50C or 70C below steam
temperature. Traps can be installed in any plane.
How to order The USM21 is supplied in two parts:- Recommended tightening torques
PC10HP Standard connection or
Item Part Nm
PC20 + 'Y' type strainer
No.
1. The swivel IPC2 _ + 'Y' type strainer and mm
pipeline connector Spiratec sensor
11 Connector screws " 33
PC3 _ + 1 integral ISO valve
PC4 _ + 2 integral ISO valves
2. The USM21 trap complete with inner and outer gaskets and
two connector screws.
Notes:
1. State the nominal subcooling temperature required.
2. Any optional extras need to be specified at the time of order
placement.

1 off " PC10HP swivel connector having screwed NPT
connections for use with a USM21 sealed bimetallic steam trap.
1 off Spirax Sarco USM21 sealed bimetallic steam trap, set to
operate nominally at 30C below steam temperature.
TI-P625-04 ST Issue 2 USM21 Sealed Bimetallic Steam Trap for use with Pipeline Connectors
Steam traps
Bimetallic
TI-P018-01
ST Issue 3
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 No.8

ISO 9001
Fixed Temperature Liquid
Expansion Steam Trap
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
5.3.21
Description
The No.8 fixed temperature liquid expansion thermostatic steam trap has an oil filled element set to operate at a fixed temperature.
It is easily adjusted to discharge at any temperature between 60C and 100C.
Sizes and pipe connections " screwed BSP or NPT.
Limiting conditions Materials

Body design conditions PN25 No. Part Material
PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g 1 Adjustment nut Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 250C 2 Overload spring Stainless steel BS 970 302 S31
PMO - Maximum operating pressure 17 bar g
3 Element nut Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
TMO - Maximum operating temperature 232C
4 Washer Brass BS 2870 CZ 108
5 Adjustment lock-nut Brass BS EN 12165 CW 617N
Operating range 6 Guide screw Brass BS 2872 CZ 108

7 Body Gunmetal BS EN CC 491K
Temperature C

8 Element Brass
Steam
saturation 9 Valve head Stainless steel AISI 440B
curve
10 Valve seat gasket Copper BS 2870 C102

Pressure bar g Certification
The product must not be used in this region. The product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2.
*PMO Maximum operating pressure recommended for saturated the time of order placement.
steam (17 bar g)
Steam traps
Bimetallic

Size A B C Weight in broken line are not supplied as spares.
" 215 137 32 1.2
Available spares
B Element set 2, 8, 10, 11
How to order spares

C headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.
Example: 1 - Element set for a " Spirax Sarco No.8 fixed temperature
liquid expansion steam trap.
Capacities (5)
Adjustment
2
The capacity graph shown is based on a trap with the adjustment lock-nut
3 turns open and handling condensate at 80C. 7/ 8" Whit.

Round-head
screw
Adjustment
Condensate kg / h
nut

8

5.3.22
Element set


The trap should be installed with the inlet below the equipment being
drained. The outlet should always be above the trap.
Adjustment
The position of the valve head relative to the seat and, therefore, the
operating temperature, can be altered by turning the adjustment
which serves one end of the element.
How to order 10
Example: 1 off " BSP Spirax Sarco No.8 fixed temperature liquid
expansion steam trap.
11

or
Item Nm
mm
5 115/ 32 A / F 80 - 85
11 " UNF 30 - 35
No.8 Fixed Temperature Liquid Expansion Steam Trap TI-P018-01 ST Issue 3

Steam traps
Fixed temperature discharge
5.4.1
Steam traps
TI-P670-02
ST Issue 2

ISO 9001
Bydrain
Frost Protection Liquid Expansion Trap
Description

The Spirax Sarco bydrain frost protection liquid expansion trap is
made of stainless steel. It has been specifically designed for protecting
water systems from frost damage. This fixed temperature discharge
trap continuously monitors the water temperature in the pipes; the
trap is firmly closed at 7C, but as the temperature of the water cools
to 2C the trap opens, discharging any water in the pipe.
Standards
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1.B.

" and " screwed BSP or NPT 2
Limiting conditions
PMA - Maximum allowable pressure
PN50, Class 300 to ANSI B 16.34
41.4 bar g 5.4.2
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 450C
TMO - Maximum operating temperature 70C 1
Minimum operating pressure for satisfactory operation is 0.1 bar g
3
PMX - The backpressure for correct operation must not exceed
90% of the upstream pressure.
Note: The trap seat is completely open at a water circuit temperature
of 2C and closed at 7C.
Materials
No. Part Material Capacities
2 Thermostat Brass

Valve head PTFE
3
Internal parts Stainless steel

Size Connections A B Weight
Water m3/ h
" BSP, NPT 42.4 110 0.65

" BSP, NPT 42.4 115 0.70

B

How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " bydrain frost protection liquid
A expansion trap with screwed NPT end connections.
Steam traps
TI-P084-01
ST Issue 7
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 FT12

ISO 9001
Cast Iron
Float /Orifice Trap for High Capacity Applications
Description 1 2 7 3 1
The FT12 is a unique steam trap which combines a large fixed orifice
to handle very high condensate loads up to differential pressures of
4 bar. An integral float trap mechanism provides a variable capacity
in addition to the orifce. Minimum flowrates are required to avoid
blowthrough and these depend on the orifice selected A, B, C or D.
The FT12 is manufactured in cast iron with DN150 (6") flanged
connections. It is designed specifically for the sugar industry, which
has inherently low pressure, high load steam systems.
Standards
Certification
Size and pipe connections

DN150, flanged PN16 and ANSI 125
(Flanges to BS 10 Table D can be supplied to special order).
5.4.3 Limiting conditions
PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g 9
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 220C 6
TMO - Maximum operating temperature 220C Capacities
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g Minimum flow
FT12-A - 44% of graph 5
FT12-B - 55% of graph
Operating range FT12-C - 62% of graph
4
220 FT12-D - 68% of graph
200
Temperature C
How to select /size the trap

150 The FT12 has a fixed orifice combined with a float mechanism.
Steam There is a minimum flowrate which must be present to ensure that
100 saturation the orifice does not waste steam. This minimum flow is indicated as
curve a percentage flow of the maximum hot condensate flow as shown on
50 the capacity graph.
0 Example: Maximum condensate load from a process is 85 000 kg /h
0 2 4* 6 8 10 12 14 16 at 3 bar pressure differential. The minimum load is 57 000 kg /h.
Pressure bar g Whilst the B, C or D models will pass the maximum load the B model
The product must not be used in this region. has a minimum flow at 49 000 kg /h where as the C and D models
require a higher minimum load of 62 000 kg /h and 85 000 kg /h
* PMO Maximum operating pressure. respectively. In this example an FT12-B would be selected as the
Note: The trap is available with a choice of four orifice plates suitable minimum flowrate of the trap is 49 000 kg /h.
for various capacities: FT12-A, B, C and D. Each orifice option has a Orifice option
maximum and minimum flowrate. See the capacity chart opposite. 150 000
DD
CC
Materials 100 000 BB
No. Part Material 90 000 Maximum load
80 000
AA
1 Body Cast iron GG25 70 000
60 000 Minimum load
Condensate kg /h
Cover bolts Steel (M22 x 90) BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

2 50 000
Cover nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
3 Body gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite 40 000
Main valve 30 000
4 assembly Stainless steel BS 3146 Pt2 ANC2
Main valve
5 assembly gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite 20 000
Main valve
6 assembly bolts Stainless steel (M8 x 20)
7 Ball float Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
8 Orifice plate Stainless steel 304 10 000
0.07 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 1 2 3 4
9 Orifice plate studs and nuts Stainless steel Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Steam traps
Dimensions /weight (approximate) in mm and kg Safety information, installation and maintenance

Trap A B C Weight For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
FT12 340 240 240 82 The FT12 is designed for installation in a horizontal plane. Suitable
isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and
trap replacement. A typical installation is shown on the left.
BSA1 BSA1 Warning: The body /cover gasket contains a thin stainless
steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if it is not
Typical installation handled and disposed of carefully.
Fig 33 SDCV3
Disposal
A How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN150 FT12-B cast iron float /orifice
trap having PN16 flanged connections.
B C
FT12 Spare parts
Trap operation Available spares
It is important that the FT12 is sized correctly to the running load of
the plant being drained. See 'Capacities - How to select / size the Main valve assembly with float 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
trap' for full details. Orifice plate (state A, B, C or D) 8, 9
The fixed orifice (available in four different cross sectional areas A,
B, C, or D) will pass a set amount of condensate at any given Set of body gaskets (packet of 3) 3
differential pressure consquently it is important that loads are constant. Set of body nuts and bolts 2
If the condensate load drops below the minimum value shown then
steam will also pass through the trap. A separate float trap mechanism How to order spares
provides additional capacity should the condensate level increase Always order spares by using the description given in the column
up to the maximum values shown on the graph. Correct sizing will headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap.
ensure that the plant condensate flow is between the minimum and Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN150 FT12-D cast iron
maximum flowrates shown. float /orifice trap.
9 8 2
5.4.4
2 3
7 4 6 5
Main valve assembly

or
Item Nm
mm
2 32 A /F M22 x 90 160 - 180
6 M8 x 20 20 - 24
9 M8 x 20 20 - 24
FT12 Cast Iron Float /Orifice Trap for High Capacity Applications TI-P084-01 ST Issue 7
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.1
Steam traps
Ball
Local regulations may restrict the float
use of this product to below the conditions quoted.
TI-S02-03
ST Issue 10
FT14
Ball Float Steam Trap
(Screwed)
Description
The FT14 is an SG iron bodied ball float steam trap having stainless
steel working internals and integral automatic air venting facility. FT14-C (R-L) 20
The FT14 can be maintained without disturbing the pipework.
19
Available types 21
FT14 (R-L) Horizontal connections with flow from right to left
FT14 (L-R) Horizontal connections with flow from left to right
FT14V Vertical connections with flow downwards
Capsule 8 4 17 6 3
The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FT14 is suitable for use
on 150C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the
nomenclature i.e. FT14-C) can be fitted to the trap. This option
provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to 2
the standard air vent. For further information please consult
Spirax Sarco.
The FT14 has the option of an integral strainer screen
1 5.5.2
(designated 'X' on the nomenclature i.e. FT14-X).
Standards
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. 7
Certification
5
This product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report.

", " and 1" screwed BSP or NPT. 28 12
11 10 FT14 (R-L)

Main valve assembly 1"
Temperature C

Materials
Steam No. Part Material
saturation
curve * 1 Body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
2 Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr.8.8
3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Pressure bar g
4 Cover SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
The product must not be used in this region. 5 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
7 Pivot frame assembly screws Stainless steel BS 6105 Cl A2-70
8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
10 Pivot frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
PMO Maximum operating pressure 14 bar g
for saturated steam service * 12 Erosion deflector (1" only) Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
TMO Maximum operating temperature 250C @ 13 bar g 17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
Minimum operating temperature 0C 18 Air vent gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19
Maximum FT14-4.5 4.5 bar 19 SLR assembly Stainless steel BS 970 303 S21
PMX differential FT14-10 10 bar 20 SLR gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
pressure FT14-14 14 bar 21 SLR seal Graphite
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g 28 Valve spring (1" only) Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
* Note: Item 12 is pressed into item 1 (1" only).
Page 1 of 3
Steam traps
Ball float
Capacities

Condensate kg /h

5.5.3

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent provides
extra capacity. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional
capacity to the main valve. On 4.5 bar units this will provide a minimum of 50% increased capacity above the hot condensate figures shown.
On 10 and 14 bar units this will be a minimum increase of 100% on the published capacity. The following table gives the minimum additional
cold water capacities from the air vent.
P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg / h)
" and " 70 140 250 380 560 870 1 130 1 500
1" 120 240 360 500 640 920 1 220 1 500
TI-S02-03 ST Issue 10 FT14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Screwed) Page 2 of 3

Steam traps
Ball float

E
Size A B B1 C D F Weight
Withdrawal distance
" 121 107 96 67 147 105 30 2.9
" 121 107 96 67 147 105 30 2.9
1" 145 107 117 75 166 110 23 4.0
A D
C
F
FT14-C
B B1

Installation note:
The FT14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it rises and
falls vertically. If required the flow orientation can be changed on site.
Disposal
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " FT14-4.5 (R-L) ball float steam trap with screwed BSP connections and integral air vent.
Spare parts
5.5.4
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 28 (1" only)
Air vent assembly 3, 17, 18
Steam lock release and air vent assembly 3, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
Cover gasket (packet of 3) 3
Maintenance kit 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 17, 18, 28 (1" only)
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and
pressure range.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco " FT14-10 ball float steam trap.
Steam lock
release assembly Air vent assembly Recommended tightening torques
19 + 21 20 18 17 3 or
Item Nm
mm
2 17 A / F M10 x 30 47 - 50
5 17 A / F 50 - 55
7 Pozidrive M4 x 6 2.5 - 3.0
17 17 A / F 50 - 55
19 and 21 19 A / F 50 - 55
2 6 5 11 10 7 28 8 3
Main valve assembly

Note: Item 28 is required for 1" size only
TI-S02-03 ST Issue 10 FT14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Screwed) Page 3 of 3

Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.5
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 3
TI-P615-01
ST Issue 6
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 IFT14

ISO 9001
with Integral Spiratec Sensor
Description 2
The IFT14 is an SG iron bodied ball float steam trap having
stainless steel working internals, integral Spiratec sensor and
automatic air venting facility. It can be supplied with either a 1
WLS1 sensor to detect waterlogging and steam leakage or a
SS1 sensor for steam leakage only. The IFT14 is supplied with
horizontal connections, having flow from right to left (R L), and
can be simply integrated into all existing Spiratec monitoring
systems. 3
4
Capsule 17
The BP99 / 32 capsule which is used in the FT14 is suitable for use
Standards
Certification

" and " screwed BSP or NPT.
5.5.6
25 8
The product should not be used in this region due to the 24
limitations of the sensor.

Temperature C

Materials
Steam
saturation curve No. Part Material
1 Body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
2 Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Stainless steel
Pressure bar g 3 Cover gasket
reinforced exfoliated graphite
The product must not be used in this region. 4 Cover SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
*5 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
Body design conditions PN16 *6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 100C Pivot frame
*7 assembly screws
Stainless steel BS 6105 CI A2-70
Minimum allowable temperature -10C 8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Maximum operating pressure * 10 Pivot frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
PMO 14 bar g
for saturated steam service * 11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
TMO Maximum operating temperature 240C @ 13 bar g 17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
* 18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
Maximum IFT14-4.5 4.5 bar 24 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
PMX differential IFT14-10 10 bar 25 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
pressure IFT14-14 14 bar Blanking plug
27 Steel
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g (not shown)
* Note: Items 5, 6, 7, 10, 11 and 18 are shown more clearly overleaf.
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 3
Capacities

Condensate kg /h
5.5.7

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent
provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides
additional capacity to the main valve. On the IFT14-4.5 units, this will provide a minimum of 50% increased capacity above the hot
condensate figures shown. On the IFT14-10 and IFT14-14 units there will be a minimum increase of 100% on the published capacity.
The following table gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg/h)
" and " 70 140 250 380 560 870 1130 1500
IFT14 Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor TI-P615-01 ST Issue 6
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 3

Size A B B1 C D E F G Weight
" 122.5 107 96 67 147 105 66 33 2.9
" 122.5 107 96 67 147 105 66 33 2.9
D A
C
B1 B
Withdrawal distance E
Safety information, installation and maintenance Spare parts

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown
(IM-F01-30) supplied with the product. in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Installation note: Available spares
The IFT14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated
on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it Main valve assembly with float 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11
rises and falls vertically. It is recommended that a strainer, with a
screen having 0.8 mm perforations, is installed upstream of the unit Air vent assembly 3, 17, 18
to ensure adequate removal of dirt from the steam system. Cover gasket (packet of 3) 3
Disposal Sensor and sensor gasket 24, 25
with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken. How to order spares
Always order spare parts by using the description given in the 5.5.8
How to order column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model no.
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " IFT14-4.5 ball float steam trap and pressure rating of the trap.
with screwed BSP connections having either an integral sensor to Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco " IFT14-4.5
identify waterlogging and steam wastage (WLSI sensor) or for ball float steam trap with integral Spiratec sensor.
steam leakage only (SSI sensor). Sensors to be compatible with Note: The pressure range is either 4.5, 10 or 14 bar.
Spiratec indicators, automatic monitors and test points:
- R1 (single trap) remote test point,
- R12 (12 trap) remote test point,
- Type 30 hand held indicator,
- R16C (16 traps) automatic steam trap monitor with PNP / NPN
output where appropriate.
Air vent assembly

18 17
3
2
(not an available spare)
6 5 10 7 11 8
Main valve assembly

or
Item mm Nm
25
2 17 A /F M10 x 30 45 - 55
5 17 A /F 50 - 55
7 Pozidrive M4 x 6 2.5 - 3.0
24
17 17 A /F 50 - 55
24 24 A /F 50 - 55
IFT14 Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor TI-P615-01 ST Issue 6
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.9
Steam traps
Ball
TI-S02-26
ST Issue 8
FT14
(Flanged)
Description 20
The FT14 is an SG iron bodied ball float steam trap having stainless
steel working internals and integral automatic air venting facility.
The FT14 can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. FT14-C (R-L)
19
Available types
FT14 (R-L) Horizontal connections with flow from right to left 21
FT14 (L-R) Horizontal connections with flow from left to right
Please note: On the cover of both of these traps, the orientation 11
of the connections can be adjusted on site in preparation of
downward vertical flow applications. 10
Capsule 8 4 17 18 3
Optional extras
FT14 (R-L)
nomenclature i.e. FT14-C) can be fitted to the trap. This option
provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to
the standard air vent. For further information please consult
Spirax Sarco.
2
5.5.10
The FT14 has the option of an integral strainer screen
(designated 'X' on the nomenclature i.e. FT14-X).
1
Standards
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
Certification 7

DN15, DN20 and DN25 28 12
Flanged EN 1092 PN16, ASME 150 and JIS/KS 20.

Main valve assembly DN25
Temperature C

Materials

No. Part Material
Steam
saturation * 1 Body SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
curve 2 Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8

Pressure bar g 4 Cover SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
Body design conditions PN16 7 Pivot frame assembly screws Stainless steel BS 6105 Cl A2-70
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 100C 8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250C @ 13 bar g 10 Pivot frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Minimum allowable temperature -10C 11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
Maximum operating pressure * 12 Erosion deflector (DN25 only) Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
PMO 14 bar g
for saturated steam service 17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S19
TMO Maximum operating temperature 250C @ 13 bar g 18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 409 S19
Minimum operating temperature 0 C 19 SLR assembly Stainless steel BS 970 303 S21
FT14-4.5 4.5 bar 20 SLR gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Maximum
PMX differential FT14-10 10 bar 21 SLR seal Graphite
pressure FT14-14 14 bar 28 Valve spring (DN25 only) Stainless steel BS 2056 302 S26
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g * Note: Item 12 is pressed into item 1 (DN25 only).
Page 1 of 3
Steam traps
Ball float
Capacities

Condensate kg /h

5.5.11

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent
provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides
additional capacity to the main valve. On 4.5 bar units this will provide a minimum of 50% increased capacity above the hot condensate
figures shown. On 10 and 14 bar units this will be a minimum increase of 100% on the published capacity. The following table gives the
minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14

DN15 and DN20 70 140 250 380 560 870 1 130 1 500
DN25 120 240 360 500 640 920 1 220 1 500
TI-S02-26 ST Issue 8 FT14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Flanged) Page 2 of 3

Steam traps
Ball float

Size A A B C D E F G Weight
PN /ASME JIS / KS Withdrawal distance
DN15 150 150 107 101 51 47 26.5 115 4.5
DN20 150 150 107 101 51 47 26.5 115 5.0
DN25 160 170 117 70 100 10 21.0 120 6.5
DN15 and DN20 DN25
A D E D E
C G FT14-C F
C G

Installation note:
The FT14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it rises and
falls vertically. If required the flow orientation can be changed on site.
Disposal
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT14-4.5 (R-L) ball float steam trap with flanged PN16 connections and integral air vent.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in broken line are not supplied as spares. 5.5.12
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 28 (DN25 only)
Air vent assembly 3, 17, 18
Steam lock release and air vent assembly 3, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
Maintenance kit 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 17, 18, 28 (DN25 only)
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and
pressure range.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN25 FT14-10 ball float steam trap.
Steam lock Air vent assembly Recommended tightening torques

release assembly
18 17 3 or
19 + 21 20 Item Nm
mm
2 17 A / F M10 x 30 47 - 50
5 17 A/F 50 - 55
7 Pozidrive M4 x 6 2.5 - 3.0
17 17 A / F 50 - 55
19 and 21 19 A / F 50 - 55
2 6 5 11 10 7 28 8 3
Main valve assembly

Note: Item 28 is required for DN25 size only
TI-S02-26 ST Issue 8 FT14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Flanged) Page 3 of 3

Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.13
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 5
TI-S02-27
ST Issue 8
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 FT14 and FT14HC

ISO 9001
SG Iron
Ball Float Steam Traps (1" HC, 1", 1" and 2")
FT14HC
1"
FT14
1"
5.5.14
FT14-C
FT14
1" and 2"
Description
The FT14 and FT14HC are iron bodied ball oat steam traps having stainless steel working internals and integral automatic air venting
facility. These traps are supplied with horizontal screwed connections only and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. The
ow direction is as indicated on the valve body.
Available types
FT14 Standard 1", 1" and 2"
High capacity (1" only) - As standard the FT14HC is available Note: These ball float steam traps are available with
FT14HC with flow direction in either left-to-right or right-to-left direction. either 4.5, 10 or 14 bar internals (PMX).
Please state preference when placing an order.
Capsule
The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FT14 and FT14HC ball oat steam traps is suitable for use on 150C superheat @ 0 bar g
and 50C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras will only be supplied if specied at the point of order
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FT14-C) can be tted to the trap. This option provides a
steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent. For further information please consult Spirax Sarco.
The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped up to " BSP or NPT for the purpose of tting a balance line.
The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of tting a drain cock.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report. Note: All certication/inspection requirements must be stated at the
Sizes and pipe connections 1" (FT14HC only), 1", 1" and 2" screwed BSP and NPT.
Pressure / temperature limits See page 2 for the pressure / temperature limitations.
Materials See page 3 for the materials list.
Capacities See page 4 for full capacity details.
Page 1 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 5
Temperature C
FT14HC 1"

PN25 Steam and
saturation
curve FT14 1"

Pressure bar g

Temperature C
PN16 Steam FT14 1" and 2"

saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
The product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur.
Size 1" HC and 1" 1" and 2"

5.5.15 Body design conditions PN25 PN16
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 100C 16 bar g @ 100C
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300C @ 18 bar g 220C @ 13.5 bar g
Minimum allowable temperature -10C -10C
PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 21 bar g 14 bar g
TMO Maximum operating temperature 275C @ 19 bar g 220C @ 13.5 bar g

Note: For lower temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 0C 0C
Size 1" HC 1" 1" and 2"
4.5 bar FT14HC-4.5 FT14-4.5 FT14-4.5
PMX Maximum differential pressure
10 bar FT14HC-10 FT14-10 FT14-10
14 bar FT14HC-14 FT14-14 FT14-14
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 38 bar g 24 bar g
FT14 and FT14HC SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (1" HC, 1", 1" and 2") TI-S02-27 ST Issue 8
Page 2 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 5
FT14HC
1"
4 FT14
1"
2
8
1
17
10 18
7
9
11 6 2 3 17 18 8 4
12
5
7 26
6
5
12
17 18 20 21 19
FT14-C FT14 5.5.16

1" and 2"
Materials
No. Part Material
1" and 1" SG iron BS EN 1563 JS 1030
1 Body
1" and 2" Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 25
Cover bolts 1" Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
2 Cover bolts 1" Steel ASTM A193 B7
Cover bolts & nuts 1" and 2" Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
1" and 1" SG iron BS EN 1563 JS 1030
4 Cover
1" and 2" Cast iron DIN 1961 GG 25
Valve seat 1" and 1" Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector 1" and 2" Stainless steel BS 3146 Part 2 ANC 2
Valve seat gasket 1" and 1" Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
6
Main valve assembly gasket 1" and 2" Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Pivot frame assembly set screws 1" and 1" Stainless steel BS 4183 18/8
7 Bolts 1" Stainless steel ISO 3506-2: A2-70
Main valve assembly bolts
Studs and nuts 2" Stainless steel BS 6105 A4-80
9 Support frame 1" and 1" Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
10 Pivot frame 1" and 1" Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
11 Pivot pin 1" and 1" Stainless steel
12 Erosion deflector Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
19 SLR assembly Stainless steel BS 970 303 S21
20 SLR gasket Mild steel BS 1449 CS4
21 SLR seal Graphite
26 Inlet plate 1" and 2" only Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Page 3 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 4 of 5
Capacities

Condensate kg / h

5.5.17
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold
the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum
additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14

1" HC 580 600 650 670 700 1 000 1 300 1 600
1, 1" and 2" 580 600 650 670 700 1 000 1 300 1 600
Page 4 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 5 of 5

The spare parts available are shown in solid outlines. Parts drawn
Size A B C D E F G Weight in broken lines are not supplied as spares.
1" HC 120 110 80 195 160 220 115 6.8 Available spares
1" 120 110 80 195 160 220 115 6.9 with float (1" and 1") 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
1" 270 130 108 248 200 270 115 17.5 Main valve assembly
with erosion deflector (1" and 2") 5, 6, 7, 26
2" 300 138 125 250 200 288 140 22.0 Ball float (1" and 2") 8
Air vent assembly 17, 18
1" and 2" shown
F Manually adjustable needle valve (SLR) 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
and air vent assembly
Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets) 3, 6, 18, 20
B Note: The erosion deflector on the 1" and 1" is pressed into the
body during manufacture and is not available as a spare.
How to order spares
C Always order spares by using the description given in the column
Example: 1 - Air vent assembly for a Spirax Sarco 2" FT14-4.5
ball float steam trap.
G
A D E Recommended tightening torques
Withdrawal
distance or
Item Size Nm
mm
For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions 1" 17 M10 x 30 29 - 33
(IM-S02-30) supplied with the product. 1" 14* M10 x 30 29 - 33
1" 19 M12 x 60 60 - 66
The FT14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated
on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it 2" 24 M16 x 70 80 - 88
rises and falls vertically.
5 1" and 1" 17 - 40 - 45
Disposal
the disposal of this product providing due care is taken. 7
1" and 1"
1"
-
10
M5 x 20
M6 x 20
10 - 12
10 - 12
5.5.18
2" 13 M8 x 20 20 - 24
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" screwed BSP FT14HC-14 ball 17 - 17 - 50 - 55
float steam trap having an SG iron body and cover, with
thermostatic air vent - flow direction left-to-right. The cover is to 19 - 21 - 40 - 45
be suitable for tapping " for drain/balance pipe connection. *Note: Reduced A/F bolt head required
Steam lock
release assembly 2 Dowel 3 18 Air vent assembly
17
19 + 21
20
6 5 10 8
11 9 7 6 26 5 7 8
Main valve assembly Main valve assembly
with float (1" and 2")
(1" and 1") (horizontal assembly shown)
Page 4 of 5
Steam traps
Ball
TI-P145-01
ST Issue 4
FTS14
Austenitic Stainless Steel
Description FTS14X 4
The FTS14 is an austenitic stainless steel ball float steam trap with (Vertical down)
an integral automatic air vent.
It provides efficient condensate drainage and prompt air removal to
ensure process equipment operates to its maximum potential.
As standard the FTS14 has horizontal connections with flow from
right to left (R-L). However its unique design allows the cover to be 2
simply rotated to provide horizontal left to right (L-R) and vertical up
or vertical down configurations. 6
Standards
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC. 18
Certification optional extra
Sizes and pipe connections 12 3

Screwed BSP (BS 21 and DIN 2999)
", " and 1" or NPT (ASME B 1.20.1).
FTS14X-C (R-L)
5.5.19 ", " and 1"
Socket weld ends to ASME B 16.11,
BS 3799 Class 3000 and DIN 3239
(Horizontal) 9
Flanged ends to ASME B 16.5 Class 150 and 300
DN15, 20 and 25 or EN 1092-1 PN16 or PN25.
", " and 1" Tri-clamp ends (FTS14-4.5 only).
Note: For alternative connections please consult Spirax Sarco. 11
optional extra
Optional extras
Internal strainer (FTS14X). A manually adjustable needle valve can
be added for use as a steam lock release mechanism (FTS14-C). 10 and 13
The cover can be tapped " BSP for installation of a temperature optional extra
sensor. Note: All options are available at extra cost.

A
Temperature C
8 14 7 15
Materials

Steam No. Part Material

saturation Austenitic EN 10213 -4 (1.4408)
curve 1 Body stainless steel (316) ASTM A351 CF8M
C B

2 Cover bolts Stainless steel BS EN 3506 A2 -70
Pressure bar g 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
The product must not be used in this region. Austenitic EN 10213-4 (1.4408)
4 Cover stainless steel (316) ASTM A351 CF8M
The product should not be used in this region as damage to 5 Main valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
the internals may occur.
Main valve /air vent Stainless steel
A - B Flanged PN16, PN25, ASME 300, screwed and socket weld. 6 seat gasket
Note: Tri-clamp compatible end connections, used for hygienic / Main valve
7 assembly screws Stainless steel
sanitary applications, are only available on the FTS14-4.5.
Body design conditions PN25 8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 25 bar g @ 50C 9 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300C 10 SLR assembly Stainless steel
Minimum allowable temperature -20C 11 SLR gasket Stainless steel
Maximum operating pressure A-B 19 bar g 12 Pivot frame Stainless steel
* PMO for saturated steam service A - C 13.5 bar g 13 SLR seal Graphite
TMO Maximum operating temperature 225C @ 19 bar g 14 Pivot Stainless steel
Minimum operating temperature 0C Grey Viton complies with FDA CFR
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 15 'O' ring Title 21, Para 177, Section 2600
Maximum FTS14-4.5 4.5 bar 16 Valve spring (1" only) Stainless steel
PMX differential FTS14-10 10 bar 17 Sensor blanking plug Stainless steel (optional extra)
pressure FTS14-14 14 bar 18 Strainer screen Stainless steel (optional extra)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 37.5 bar g Note: Items 16 and 17 cannot be shown.
Steam traps
Ball float

A A1 E F Weight
Size Screwed /SW Tri-clamp PN16 /25 ASME 150 ASME 300 B C D Withdrawal distance FTS14-C Screwed / SW Flanged
" 135 180 - - - 97 48 162 135 22 3.75 -
" 135 180 - - - 97 48 162 135 22 3.75 -
1" 139 200 - - - 113 51 179 145 22 4.25 -
DN15 - - 150 147 194 97 77 162 135 22 - 5.00
DN20 - - 150 147 194 102 77 162 135 22 - 5.00
DN25 - - 160 160 204 113 62 179 145 22 - 6.25
Screwed, Socket weld and Tri-clamp ends (all sizes) Flanged DN25 Flanged DN15, 20 and FTS14-C
A D A1 D D F
B B
C E C E C E
Capacities Safety information, installation and maintenance
Note. Capacities shown are based on discharge at saturation For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate the air vent (IM-P145-02) supplied with the product.
provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions the thermostatic air
vent will be open, and will provide additional condensate capacity to Spare parts
the main valve assembly. On 4.5 bar units this will provide a minimum The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
of 50% increased capacity above the hot condensate figures shown. in broken line are not supplied as spares.
On 10 and 14 bar units this will be a minimum increase of 100% on
the published capacity. Available spares
Maintenance kit 3, 5, 6 (2 off), 7 (2 off), 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16 (1" only), 18
Gasket set (packet of 3) 3, 15

How to order spares

headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and
pressure range i.e. 4.5, 10 or 14 bar. 5.5.20
Example: 1 - Maintenance kit for a Spirax Sarco " FTS14-4.5
steam trap.
Condensate kg /h


or
Item Nm
mm

2 M10 x 30 20 - 25
5 17 A /F 50 - 55
7 Pozidrive M4 x 6 2.5 - 3.0
9 17 A /F 50 - 55
10 19 A /F 35 - 40
17 sensor blanking plug 11 A /F 15 - 20

Air vent assembly

15 6 9
10 + 13 11
Steam lock
release assembly
18 3
2 6 5 14 12 7 16 8
Main valve assembly
Note: Item 16 is required for the 1" size only
Optional extra
How to order At extra cost the cover
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " FTS14X -4.5 R-L (right to left) can be tapped " BSP
stainless steel float trap fitted with screwed BSP connections. Trap for installation of a
is maintainable in line. Fitted with integral air vent and strainer screen. temperature sensor.
TI-P145-01 ST Issue 4 FTS14 Austenitic Stainless Steel Ball Float Steam Trap
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 4
TI-P145-11
ST Issue 5
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 FTGS14

ISO 9001
(Screwed)
Description
The FTGS14 ball oat steam trap has an austenitic stainless
steel body, stainless steel working internals and integral
automatic air venting facility. The SG iron cover is electroless
nickel-plated offering increased resistance to erosion. This trap is
supplied with horizontal screwed connections and can be
maintained without disturbing the pipework.
Available options
FTGS14 (R-L) Horizontal connections with ow from right to left
FTGS14 (L-R) Horizontal connections with ow from left to right
Capsule
The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FTGS14 is suitable for
use on 150C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on
the nomenclature i.e. FTGS14-C) can be tted to the trap. This
option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition
5.5.21 to the standard air vent. For further information please consult
Spirax Sarco.
An integral strainer screen (designated 'X' on the nomenclature
i.e. FTGS14X) can be tted to the trap. For further information
please consult Spirax Sarco.
Standards
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. FTGS14 (R-L)
Certification

", " and 1" screwed BSP and NPT.

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g

PMO 14.6 bar g
Minimum operating temperature 0C FTGS14-C (R-L)
Maximum FTGS14-4.5 4.5 bar (with optional SLR)
PMX differential FTGS14-10 10 bar
pressure FTGS14-14 14 bar
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 4
17 18
4
3
8
2
1
20
29
7
FTGS14 (R-L) 11 10
Main valve assembly 1"

5.5.22
28
20
21
19
FTGS14-C (R-L)
(with optional SLR)
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Austenitic stainless steel EN 10213-4 (1.4308) ASTM A351 CF8
2 Cover bolts Steel
4 Cover Electroless nickel plated SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
5 Valve seat Stainless steel
6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel
7 Pivot frame assembly screws Stainless steel
8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel
10 Pivot frame Stainless steel
18 Air vent seat gasket Stainless steel
19 SLR assembly Stainless steel
20 SLR gasket Stainless steel
28 Valve spring (1" only) Stainless steel
29 Body plug Stainless steel
FTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Screwed) TI-P145-11 ST Issue 5
Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 4

E
Size A B B1 C D F Weight
Withdrawal distance
" and " 123 107 96 80 160 120 38 3.4
1" 145 117 117 70 162 120 38 4.6
FTGS14
A D
C FTGS14-C
B1
Capacities

5.5.23

Condensate kg /h

Capacities shown above are based on condensate at saturation temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the
internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum additional
P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14

" and " 70 140 250 380 560 870 1 130 1 500
1" 120 240 360 500 640 920 1 220 1 500
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 4 of 4

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn
(IM-P145-12) supplied with the product. in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Installation note:
The FTGS14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated Available spares
on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11
it rises and falls vertically. If required the flow orientation can Maintenance kit
17, 18, 28 (1" only)
be changed on site by simply rotating the cover through 180,
therefore the arrow on the name-plate must point downwards. 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off),
Main valve assembly with float
Disposal 8, 10, 11, 28 (1" only)
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with Air vent assembly 3, 17, 18
Manually adjustable needle valve (FTGS14-C only) 19 + 21, 20
How to order Cover gasket (packet of 3) 3
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " FTGS14-4.5 (L-R) ball oat steam
trap with screwed BSP connections and integral air vent. Gasket and plug 20, 29
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the
column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap
and pressure range.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco " FTGS14-10
ball float steam trap.

or
Item Nm
mm
2 17 A / F M10 x 30 47 - 50
5 17 A / F 50 - 55
7 Pozidrive M4 x 6 2.5 - 3.0
17 17 A / F 50 - 55
SLR body 19 A / F 57 - 63
19
SLR gland nut 13 A / F 3-5
29 19 A / F M14 x 1.5 57 - 63 5.5.24
Manually adjustable
needle valve Air vent assembly
19 + 21 20 18 17 3
SLR
gland
nut SLR
body
2 6 5 11 10 7 28 8 3
Main valve assembly

Note: Item 28 is required for the 1" size only
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-P615-11
ST Issue 3
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 IFTGS14

ISO 9001
with Integral Spiratec Sensor
Description 2
The IFTGS14 is a maintainable ball oat steam trap with integral
automatic air venting facility. It is available with horizontal
connections and has a stainless steel body and an electroless 1
nickel plated SG iron cover offering increased resistance to
erosion.
The IFTGS14 can be simply integrated into all existing Spiratec 3
monitoring systems.
Available options: 4
17
SS1 Sensor to detect steam leakage only.
WLS1 Sensor to detect waterlogging and steam leakage.
WLS1 and Sensor to detect waterlogging and steam leakage
Diode pack for use with R16C steam trap monitor.
Standards
Certication
5.5.25 Note: All certication /inspection requirements must be stated at
8

" and " screwed BSP or NPT.
24 25

Temperature C

Note: The IFTGS14 is supplied with a steel plug (27, not shown) in
the sensor adaptor, remove and t sensor on site.
Steam
saturation
curve
Materials
No. Part Material
Pressure bar g
Austenitic EN 10213-4 (1.4308)
1 Body
The product must not be used in this region. stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8
2 Cover bolts Steel
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 250C Electroless nickel plated
4 Cover SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40
*5 Valve seat Stainless steel
PMO Maximum operating pressure 14.6 bar g
for saturated steam service *6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel
TMO Maximum operating temperature 250C @ 13.8 bar g Pivot frame
*7 assembly screws Stainless steel
IFTGS14-4.5 4.5 bar 8 Ball oat and lever Stainless steel
Maximum
PMX differential IFTGS14-10 10 bar * 10 Pivot frame Stainless steel
pressure IFTGS14-14 14 bar * 11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g 17 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
* 20 Gasket Stainless steel
24 Sensor Stainless steel
25 Sensor gasket Stainless steel
Blanking plug
27 Steel
(not shown)
* 29 Body plug Stainless steel
* Note: Items 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 20 and 29 are shown more clearly overleaf.
Steam traps
Ball float
Dimensions /weights (approximate) in mm and kg Safety information, installation and maintenance

Size A B B1 C D E F G Weight For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions
" 121 107 96 70 151 105 60 130 3.6
" 121 107 96 70 151 105 60 130 3.6 Installation note - The IFTGS14 is supplied with a blanking plug in
the sensor adaptor: The sensor is to be fitted on site.
D A The IFTGS14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated
on the cover, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it
rises and falls vertically. The IFTGS14 has been designed for use
in a right to left flow direction when viewed from the name-plate
end, however, it can also be installed in a left to right orientation,
B1 B by simply rotating the complete trap through 180. Caution: Ensure
that adequate distance is allowed for removal of the body and
internals in the event of maintenance. See 'Dimensions / weights'
F for withdrawal distances.
Disposal - This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is
anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care
C is taken.
G
E
Withdrawal distance Withdrawal distance Spare parts
Capacities in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Note: Capacities shown are based on discharge at steam Available spares
saturation temperature. When discharging sub-cooled condensate
the air vent provides extra capacity. Under start-up conditions Maintenance kit 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11, 17, 18
the thermostatic air vent will be open, and will provide additional Main valve assembly 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11
condensate capacity to the main valve assembly. On 4.5 bar units
this will provide a minimum of 50% increased capacity above Air vent assembly 3, 17, 18
the hot condensate figures shown. On 10 and 14 bar units this Sensor and sensor gasket 24, 25
will be a minimum increase of 100% on the published capacity.
For full details see TI-S02-28. Cover gasket (packet of 3) 3
Gasket and plug 20, 29
How to order spares
and pressure range.

Example: 1 - Maintenance kit for a Spirax Sarco " IFTGS14-10

ball oat steam trap.
5.5.26
Condensate kg /h

or
Item Nm
mm
2 17 A / F M10 x 30 47 - 50
5 17 A / F 50 - 55
7 Pozidrive M4 x 6 2.5 - 3.0
9 17 A / F 50 - 55
24 24 A / F 50 - 56
27 22 A / F 50 - 56
29 19 A/F M14 x 1.5 57 - 63

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Air vent assembly
20 18 17 3
29
2 (not an available spare)
6 5 11 10 7 8
Main valve assembly
25
How to order Blanking plug 27 not shown 24
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " IFTGS14-4.5 ball float steam
trap with screwed BSP connections and integral air vent.
IFTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec Sensor TI-P615-11 ST Issue 3
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.27
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 4
TI-P145-18
ST Issue 2
FTGS14
(Flanged)
Description
The FTGS14 ball float steam trap has an austenitic stainless
nickel-plated offering increased resistance to erosion. This trap is
supplied with horizontal flanged connections and can be
Available options
FTGS14 (R-L) Horizontal connections with flow from right to left
FTGS14 (L-R) Horizontal connections with flow from left to right
Capsule
The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FTGS14 is suitable for
use on 150C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on
the nomenclature i.e. FTGS14-C) can be fitted to the trap. This
to the standard air vent. For further information please consult
Spirax Sarco. 5.5.28
An integral strainer screen (designated 'X' on the nomenclature
i.e. FTGS14X) can be fitted to the trap. For further information
Standards
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. FTGS14 (R-L)
Certification

DN15, DN20 and DN25
Flanged EN 1092 PN16, ASME (ANSI) 150 and JIS / KS 10.

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g

FTGS14-C (R-L)
(with optional SLR)
PMO 14.6 bar g
Maximum FTGS14-4.5 4.5 bar
PMX differential FTGS14-10 10 bar
pressure FTGS14-14 14 bar
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 4
17 18
3
8
2
1
20
29
7
FTGS14 (R-L)
11 10 6
5.5.29 Main valve assembly DN25
28
20
19
21
FTGS14-C (R-L)
(with optional SLR)
Materials
No. Part Material
2 Cover bolts Steel
5 Valve seat Stainless steel
6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel
7 Pivot frame assembly screws Stainless steel
8 Ball float and lever Stainless steel
10 Pivot frame Stainless steel
19 SLR assembly Stainless steel
20 SLR gasket Stainless steel
28 Valve spring (DN25 only) Stainless steel
29 Body plug Stainless steel
FTGS14 Ball Float Steam Trap (Flanged) TI-P145-18 ST Issue 2
Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 4

Size A A B C D E F G Weight
PN/ASME JIS/KS Withdrawal distance
DN15 150 150 107 102 51 47 38 105 4.7
DN20 150 150 107 102 53 47 38 105 5.2
DN25 160 170 125 65 100 10 38 120 6.8
FTGS14 DN15 and DN20 DN25 FTGS14-C
F
D E D E
A C G C G
Capacities

5.5.30

Condensate kg /h

P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14

DN15 and DN20 70 140 250 380 560 870 1 130 1 500
DN25 120 240 360 500 640 920 1 220 1 500
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 4 of 4

Installation note:
The FTGS14 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated Available spares
on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 10, 11
it rises and falls vertically. If required the flow orientation can Maintenance kit
17, 18, 28 (DN25 only)
be changed on site by simply rotating the cover through 180,
therefore the arrow on the name-plate must point downwards. 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off),
Disposal 8, 10, 11, 28 (DN25 only)
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with Air vent assembly 3, 17, 18
Manually adjustable needle valve (FTGS14-C only) 19 + 21, 20
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FTGS14-4.5 (L-R) ball float steam
trap with flanged EN 1092 PN16 connections and integral air vent. Gasket and plug 20, 29
How to order spares

and pressure range.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN25
FTGS14-10 ball float steam trap.

or
Item Nm
mm
2 17 A / F M10 x 30 47 - 50
5 17 A / F 50 - 55
7 Pozidrive M4 x 6 2.5 - 3.0
17 17 A / F 50 - 55
19 19 A / F 57 - 63
21 13 A / F 3-5
5.5.31 29 19 A/F M14 x 1.5 57 - 63
Steam lock Air vent assembly

release assembly
18 17 3
21 19 29 20
2 6 5 11 10 7 28 8 3
Main valve assembly

Note: Item 28 is required for DN25 size only
Page 4 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 4
TI-P145-19
ST Issue 1
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 FTGS14HC

ISO 9001
(1" Screwed)
Description
The FTGS14HC ball oat steam trap has an austenitic stainless
nickel-plated offering increased resistance to erosion. This trap
is supplied with horizontal screwed connections and can be
Available options FTGS14HC (L-R)
FTGS14HC (R-L) Horizontal connections with ow from right to left
FTGS14HC (L-R) Horizontal connections with flow from left to right
Note: If the orientation has to be changed on site - consult

Spirax Sarco
Capsule
The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FTGS14HC ball oat
steam trap is suitable for use on 150C superheat @ 0 bar g and
50C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the 5.5.32
nomenclature i.e. FTGS14HC-C) can be fitted to the trap.
This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature
in addition to the standard air vent. For further information
The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT
for the purpose of tting a balance line if requested at the point
of order.
The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP
or NPT for the purpose of tting a drain cock if requested at the
point of order.
Standards
European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
Certification
at the time of order placement. FTGS14HC-C
1" screwed BSP and NPT.

Temperature C

Steam
saturation Minimum allowable temperature -10C
curve Maximum operating pressure
PMO 17 bar g
Pressure bar g
Maximum FTGS14HC-4.5 4.5 bar
PMX differential FTGS14HC-10 10 bar
pressure FTGS14HC-14 14 bar
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 37.5 bar g
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 4
17
18
10
3
5.5.33 17 18 20 21 19
FTGS14HC (L-R)
FTGS14HC-C
Materials
No. Part Material
2 Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
*5 Valve seat Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
*6 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
*7 Pivot frame assembly screws Stainless steel BS 4183 18 /8
*9 Support frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
* 11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
20 SLR gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
* Note: For clarity items 5, 6, 7, 9 and 11 are shown more clearly on the spares drawing on page 4.
FTGS14HC Ball Float Steam Trap (1" Screwed) TI-P145-19 ST Issue 1
Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 4
Dimensions /weight (approximate) in mm and kg

E
Size A B1 B2 C D1 D2 F Weight
Withdrawal distance
1" 120 111 80 115 203 230 160 35 7.0
FTGS14HC D2
FTGS14HC-C
B1
F
B2
C
A E D1
Withdrawal
distance
Capacities
5.5.34

Condensate kg /h

P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14

1" 580 600 650 670 700 1000 1300 1600
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 4 of 4

Installation note:
The FTGS14HC must be installed with the direction of flow as Available spares
indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain 3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off), 8, 9, 10, 11
so that it rises and falls vertically, therefore the arrow on the Maintenance kit
17, 18
name-plate must point downwards.
3, 5, 6, 7 (2 off),
Disposal Main valve assembly with float
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with 8, 9, 10, 11
the disposal of this product providing due care is taken. Air vent assembly 3, 17, 18
Manually adjustable needle valve (FTGS14HC-C only) 19 + 21, 20
Example 1: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" FTGS14HC-4.5 (L-R) ball oat
steam trap with screwed BSP connections and integral air vent. How to order spares
Cover to be supplied with " tappings ready for both drain and Always order spares by using the description given in the
balance pipe connections. column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap
Note: If the optional manually adjustable needle valve is required and pressure range.
you would need to write your order as follows:
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly with float for a Spirax Sarco 1"
Example 2: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" FTGS14HC-4.5C (L-R) ball oat FTGS14HC-10 ball float steam trap.
steam trap with screwed BSP connections and integral air vent
complete with manually adjustable needle valve supplied tted. Recommended tightening torques
or
Item Nm
mm
2 17 A / F M10 x 30 29 - 33
5 17 A / F 40 - 45
7 Pozidrive M5 x 20 10 - 12
17 17 A / F 50 - 55
19 21 A / F 40 - 45
5.5.35 Manually adjustable

needle valve
19 + 21 20
Air vent assembly

3 18 17
3 6 5 9 11 10 7 8
Main valve assembly
Page 4 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.36
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-S02-28
ST Issue 4
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 Capacity Charts for

ISO 9001
FT14, FT14HC, FTGS14 and
FTGS14HC Ball Float Steam Traps
", " and 1" FT14 and FTGS14 (DN15, DN20 and DN25)

5.5.37

Condensate kg /h

P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14

", " (DN15, DN20) 70 140 250 380 560 870 1 130 1 500
1" (DN25) 120 240 360 500 640 920 1 220 1 500
See TI-S02-03, TI-S02-26, TI-P145-11 and TI-P14518 for further details of these ball oat steam traps.
Note: See overleaf for higher capacity models.
Steam traps
Ball float
1" FT14HC and FTGS14HC (DN25 HC)

1, 1" and 2" FT14 (DN40 and DN50)

Condensate kg / h
5.5.38

P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14

1" HC (DN25 HC) 580 600 650 670 700 1 000 1 300 1 600
1, 1", 2" (DN40, DN50) 580 600 650 670 700 1 000 1 300 1 600
See TI-P066-01 and TI-P145-19 for further details of these ball oat steam traps.
Capacity Charts for FT14, FT14HC, FTGS14 and FTGS14HC Ball Float Steam Traps TI-S02-28 ST Issue 4
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-S02-46
ST Issue 3
Capacity Charts for the FT14,

FT14HC, FTGS14 and FTGS14HC

ISO 9001
Ball Float Steam Traps at Low Differential Pressure
", ", 1" FT14 and FTGS14 (DN15, DN20, DN25)

5.5.39

Condensate

Differential pressure mm
Note: For differential pressures above 1 000 mm w.g. please see TI-S02-28
Steam traps
Ball float
1" FT14HC and FTGS14HC

1", 1" and 2" FT14 (DN40 and DN50)

5.5.40
Condensate kg/h

Differential pressure mm w.g
Note: For differential pressures above 1 000 mm w.g. please see TI-S02-28
Capacity Charts for the FT14, FT14HC, FTGS14 and FTGS14HC

Ball Float Steam Traps at Low Differential Pressure TI-S02-46 ST Issue 3
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.41
Steam traps
Ball
TI-P605-01
ST Issue 1
FTS23 Stainless Steel Body and Cover

FTC23 Carbon Steel Body with Stainless Steel Cover
Ball Float Steam Traps
Description * Please note
FT_23 ball float steam traps are suitable for use with saturated and For clarity see the spares illustration
superheated steam, on process equipment, and the first choice for on page 5 for items 7, 13 + 14
drainage of temperature controlled systems.
They are the perfect choice in solving problems caused by steam
that is carrying solid and incondensable contaminants such as salts 1
and gasses; These quickly lead to fouling and the accumulation of
sediment and debris, resulting in failure of the internal mechanism.
They are typically used on geothermal steam.
The main design feature is the innovative self-cleaning float
closing mechanism, which allows automatic safe operation even 2a + 2b
5
in cases of severe steam contamination. Furthermore, the position
and size of the main valve and seat makes it easier for the discharge
of condensate and solid contaminant. The trap is able to modulate 3 11 8 6
the condensate flow adapting immediately to sudden and large
variations of flow and pressure.
9
Another key feature of the unit is the external manual lever that
allows the valve ball to be fully opened regardless of the presence
or absence of condensate in the unit - This facilitates the fast 5.5.42
removal of any sediment / condensate that may be in the unit and
* 16, 17, 18 + 20
easier inspection in maintaining optimum performance of the For clarity see the
internal mechanism. spares illustration
on page 5
Available types
FTS23-07 PMO 7 bar g
Stainless steel body, cover and internals Manual lever 19
FTS23-23 PMO 23 bar g
FTC23-07 Carbon steel body with PMO 7 bar g 10 15 4 5 12
FTC23-23 Stainless steel cover and internals PMO 23 bar g Materials
No. Part Material
Standards Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
These products fully comply with the requirements of the European 1 Body ASTM A351 CF8
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carry the mark Stainless steel (on request)
when so required.
Carbon steel ASTM A193 B7
2a Cover studs
Approvals Stainless steel ASTM A193 B8 Cl.1
These products are available with a manufacture's Typical Test Report Carbon steel ASTM A 194 Gr. 2H
or Certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection 2b Cover nuts
Stainless steel ASTM A194 Gr.8
3 Cover gasket Exfoliated graphite reinforced steel
4 Cover Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8
Sizes and pipe connections 5 Cover plug (") Carbon steel ASTM A105
6 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A479 316
DN25, DN40 and DN50 Flanged EN 1092 PN40
Flanged ASME B16.5 Class 150 *7 Valve seat gasket Exfoliated graphite reinforced steel
1" and 2" 8 Valve assembly screws Stainless steel AISI 304
Flanged ASME B16.5 Class 300
9 Valve ball Stainless steel AISI 316
10 Float lever Stainless steel ASTM A240 316
11 Float lever pin Stainless steel ASTM A479 316
12 Float Stainless steel AISI 316
* 13 Washer Stainless steel AISI 304
* 14 Screw Stainless steel AISI 304
15 Internal lever Stainless steel AISI 316
* 16 Graphite packing seals Graphite Graphite
* 17 Spacer Stainless steel AISI 316
* 18 Gland nut Stainless steel AISI 316
19 Manual lever Stainless steel ASTM A240 304
* 20 Nut and lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 304
Page 1 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float

FTS23 A The product must
not be used in this
Temperature C
Stainless steel region.
body and cover
Steam
saturation
Flanged PN40 curve

A

Pressure bar g
A - A Flanged PN40

FTS23-07 7 bar g @ 425C
FTS23-23 23 bar g @ 350C
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 0C
FTS23-07 7 bar
DPMX Maximum differential pressure
FTS23-23 23 bar
Please note that the trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to pressures greater
than 40 bar g as damage to the internals may occur.
5.5.43
Pressure psi g

FTS23
The product must
B not be used in this
Temperature C
Temperature F
r e g i o n o r b eyo n d
Stainless steel the parameter of
body and cover the PMA or TMA of
the relative end
Steam
Flanged ASME 150 saturation
connection.
and curve
C B
Flanged ASME 300

Pressure bar g
B - B Flanged ASME 300

B - C Flanged ASME 150
Body design conditions ASME 150 or ASME 300

ASME 300 49.6 bar g @ 38C 719 psi g @ 100F
ASME 150 19 bar g @ 38C 275 psi g @ 100F
ASME 300 425C @ 28 bar g 797F @ 406 psi g
ASME 150 425C @ 5.5 bar g 797F @ 79 psi g
Minimum allowable temperature -10C 14C
FTS23-07 7 bar g @ 425C 101 psi g @ 797F
ASME 300
FTS23-23 23 bar g @ 425C 333 psi g @ 797F
FTS23-07 7 bar g @ 386C 101 psi g @ 726F
ASME 150
FTS23-23 13 bar g @ 194C 188 psi g @ 381F
ASME 300 425C @ 28 bar g 797F @ 406 psi g
ASME 150 425C @ 5.5 bar g 797F @ 79 psi g
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 0C 32F
FTS23-07 7 bar 101.5 psi
FTS23-23 23 bar 333.5 psi
ASME 300 75 bar g 1 087.5 psi g
ASME 150 28.5 bar g 413 psi g
Please note that the trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to pressures greater than 40 bar g (580 psi g) as
damage to the internals may occur.
TI-P605-01 ST Issue 1 FTC23 Carbon Steel Body with Stainless Steel Cover Ball Float Steam Traps Page 2 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float

FTC23 A The product must
not be used in this
Temperature C
Carbon steel body with region.
Stainless steel cover
Steam
saturation
Flanged PN40 curve

A

Pressure bar g
A - A Flanged PN40

FTC23-07 7 bar g @ 425C
FTC23-23 23 bar g @ 425C
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 0C
FTC23-07 7 bar
FTC23-23 23 bar
Please note that the trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to pressures greater
than 40 bar g as damage to the internals may occur.
5.5.44
Pressure psi g

FTC23
The product must
B not be used in this
Temperature C
Temperature F
r e g i o n o r b eyo n d
Carbon steel body with the parameter of
Stainless steel cover the PMA or TMA of
the relative end
Steam
Flanged ASME 150 saturation
connection.
and curve
Flanged ASME 300 C B

Pressure bar g
B - B Flanged ASME 300

B - C Flanged ASME 150
Body design conditions ASME 150 or ASME 300

ASME 300 50 bar g @ 50C 725 psi g @ 122F
ASME 150 19.6 bar g @ 38C 284 psi g @ 100F
ASME 300 425C @ 28.8 bar g 797F @ 417 psi g
ASME 150 425C @ 5.5 bar g 797F @ 79 psi g
Minimum allowable temperature -10C 14C
FTC23-07 7 bar g @ 425C 101 psi g @ 797F
ASME 300
FTC23-23 23 bar g @ 425C 333 psi g @ 797F
FTC23-07 7 bar g @ 386C 101 psi g @ 726F
ASME 150
FTC23-23 13 bar g @ 194C 188 psi g @ 381F
ASME 300 425C @ 28.8 bar g 797F @ 417 psi g
ASME 150 425C @ 5.5 bar g 797F @ 79 psi g
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 0C 32F
FTC23-07 7 bar 101.5 psi
FTC23-23 23 bar 333.5 psi
ASME 300 75 bar g 1 087.5 psi g
ASME 150 30 bar g 435 psi g
Please note that the trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to pressures greater than 40 bar g (580 psi g) as
damage to the internals may occur.
Steam traps
Ball float

Size A B C D E* Weight
DN25, DN40 and DN50 P N 4 0 flanged
320 220 305 310 560 40.0
1" and 2" ASME flanged
* Withdrawal distance for cover removal
A
C
B
D
E*
* Withdrawal distance for cover removal

5.5.45

Capacities
The condensate discharge capacities are based
on the actual temperature of operation.
Condensate kg

The choice of trap should be based on the

following data:

- Hourly amount of condensate to be discharged

- Effective differential pressure

Safety factors:
- 1.25 1.5 with continuous duty
- 2 3 with intermittent duty


Installation note:
FT_23 ball float steam traps must be installed below the draining point with the direction of flow as indicated on the body and with the
float lever positioned in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls freely. For optimum working conditions and protection of the unit it is
recommended that a strainer be installed upstream to prevent possible damage to the internal mechanism and to ensure peak operation
within your plant.
In order to allow simple and safe inspection for cleaning or maintenance purposes install suitable isolation valves. If the trap is to
discharge to atmosphere ensure that it is to a safe place, the discharged medium may be at a temperature of 100C. In order to ensure
an efficient discharge of incondensable medium, it is recommended that a balance line be connected to a drain system (reference the
Installation and Maintenance Instructions that are supplied with the unit).
Disposal
The product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
In the event that, during the operation, the trap comes into contact with harmful substances, you will need to dispose of it in accordance
with regulations under the current legislation.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN50 FTC23-23 carbon steel ball float steam trap with flanged EN 1092 PN40 connections.

Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
Available spares
Valve seat assembly 6, 8
Valve ball 9
Ball float lever and pin assembly 10, 11
Float assembly 12, 13, 14
Manual lever kit 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20
Stuffing box and manual lever spacer assembly 16, 17
Gasket set (3 + 3 units) 3, 7
How to order spares

Always order spare parts by using the description given in the table above and state the size and type of ball float steam trap, including its
pressure range and type of connections.
Example: 1 off Ball float lever and pin assembly for a DN50 Spirax Sarco FTC23-07 ball float steam trap having EN 1092 PN40 connections.
11 12
5.5.46
2a 3 7 6 8 9 10 14 13 13
18 17
20 19 16 15 2b
Manual lever kit
mm
Model Item no. Quantity Part Nm
or
2a 8 Cover studs M16 x 70
FTC23 2b 8 Cover nuts 24 80
8 4 Valve assembly screws 13 M8 x 20 19
2a 12 Cover studs M16 x 70
FTS23 2b 12 Cover nuts 24 40
8 4 Valve assembly screws 13 M8 x 20 19

Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.47
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 4
TI-P602-01
ST Issue 4
FTC32
Carbon Steel
Ball Float Steam Trap (DN15 and DN20)
FTC32-C
5.5.48
FTC32CV shown
Description Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552)

The FTC32 is a carbon steel ball float steam trap with integral D C, B A
automatic thermostatic air vent. It is ideal for all process drainage
Temperature C
applications as condensate is always removed efficiently and

quickly over a wide range of fluctuating pressure and load
conditions. Standard connections are horizontal from right to left Steam
(R-L) when viewed from the base. saturation
curve
Capsule
The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FTC32 ball float steam D C B A

trap is suitable for use on 150C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50C
superheat @ 32 bar g. Pressure bar g
Standards This product must not be used in this region.
This product should not be used in this region as damage
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the CE mark to the internals will occur.
when so required.
A-A Flanged ASME 300, JIS/KS 30K, screwed and socket weld.
Certification B-B Flanged PN40.
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. C-C Flanged JIS/KS 20K.
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at D-D Flanged ASME 150.
Body design conditions PN40 / ASME (ANSI) 300
PN 40 bar g
Sizes and pipe connections PMA Maximum allowable pressure
" and " screwed BSP and NPT. ASME 50 bar g
" and " socket weld to BS 3799 Class 3000 and TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400C
ASME (ANSI) B16.11 Class 3000. Minimum allowable temperature 0C
DN15 and DN20 flanged to EN 1092 PN40, PMO Maximum operating pressure (recommended) 32 bar g
ASME (ANSI) B16.5 Class 150 and 300, JIS/KS 20K and 30K. TMO Maximum operating temperature 300C
Optional extras Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
The FTC32 is also available with horizontal connections having FTC32-4.5 4.5 bar
flow from left to right - FTC32 (L-R), and vertical flow both FTC32-10 10 bar
downwards and upwards - FTC32V. DPMX Maximum differential pressure FTC32-14 14 bar
The trap is available with either ASTM or DIN body material. FTC32-21 21 bar
FTC32-32 32 bar
An optional manually adjustable needle valve can be fitted to all
versions which provides a steam lock release feature in addition Designed for a maximum PN 60 bar g
to the air vent - FTC32-C. cold hydraulic test pressure of: ASME 75 bar g
An optional internal strainer screen is available - FTC32X. The trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected
to pressures greater than 48 bar as damage to the internals
An internal non-return valve is available - FTC32CV. may occur.
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 4
8 2 14 4 1 3
11 12
10
9
11
7
13
5
6
15
FT32CV shown FTC32-C
Materials
No Part Material No Part Material
ASTM A216 WCB/ 9 Air vent assembly Stainless steel
1 Body Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25N
ASTM A216 WCB/
2 Cover Cast steel DIN 17245 GS C25N 11 Air vent / SLR gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
3 Cover bolts M12 x 35 Steel ASTM A193 B7 / A 2.70 12 SLR seal Graphite
4 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite 13 Pivot Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5.5.49 5 Main valve seat Stainless steel BS 3146 ANC 2 Strainer screen
14 (FTC32X only) Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L
6 'O' ring EPDM
Check valve assembly
Main valve assembly 15 (FTC32CV only) Stainless steel
7 screws M3 x 6 Stainless steel BS 6105 CI A2 70
Note: For clarity some items are not identified on the drawing.

Screwed / socket weld
" and " 150 135 74 169 120 26 5.8

B B

C F C F
A D E A1 D E
Withdrawal Withdrawal
distance distance
Flanged
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
Size PN40 ASME 150 ASME 300 JIS 20K JIS 30K B C D E F G Weight
DN15 and DN20 150 144 150 150 150 135 121 180 120 26 47 7.4
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN15 FTC32-10-C-X-CV (R-L) carbon steel ball float steam trap having flanged EN 1092 PN40
connections and material certification to EN 10204 3.1.
FTC32 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap (DN15 and DN20) TI-P602-01 ST Issue 4
Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 4
Capacities

Condensate kg / h

5.5.50

Differential pressure bar ( x 100 = kPa )
Additional cold water capacities from thermostatic air vent (TV) under start-up conditions.
internal thermostatic air vent (TV) will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum
DP (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14 21 32

Minimum additional cold water capacity (kg /h)
DN15 and DN20 70 140 250 380 560 870 1 130 1 500 2 300 3 200
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 4 of 4
Spare parts 8 2 14 4 1 3
Spare parts are available as indicated. No other parts are supplied as
spares.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float 5, 6, 7 (3 off), 8, 13
Manually adjustable needle valve and air vent assembly 9, 10, 11
Check valve assembly 15
Strainer screen 14
How to order spares 13

column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, model number
and pressure rating of the trap.
Example: 1 off Main valve assembly with float for a Spirax Sarco 15
DN15 FTC32-10-C-X-CV (R-L) ball float steam trap.
Safety information, installation and maintenance FT32CV shown

Installation note: FTC32-C
The FTC32 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated 17
on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it 11 12
16
Disposal 10
This product is recyclable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with 9
5.5.51 the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
Recommended tightening torques 11

mm 7
Item no Nm
or 5
3 19 M12 x 35 65 - 70 6
7 Posidrive M3 x 6 1 - 1.5
16 17 50 - 55
17 19 40 - 45
Page 4 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-S02-21
ST Issue 12
FT43
Cast Iron
Ball Float Steam Trap DN25 to DN50
Description
The FT43 is a cast iron bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and automatic air venting facility. The trap is
supplied with integrally flanged connections and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Vertical flanged connections, designated
FT44V, are available for all sizes. Flow direction for the horizontal trap is clearly illustrated below. For vertically orientated traps the flow
is downwards only.
Available options: FT43 Horizontal flow FT43V Vertical flow
Capsule
on 150 C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50 C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Standards
Pressure Equipment Directive and carries the mark when
FT43 DN25
so required.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers Typical Test Report. 5.5.52
Optional extras
nomenclature i.e. FT43-C) can be fitted to the FT43. This
to the standard air vent. For further information please consult
Spirax Sarco.
The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT
for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point
of order. FT43-C
The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or
NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the point
of order.

DN25, DN40 and DN50
Note: Flow direction, for FT43 horizontal orientated traps, when
facing the body:
- DN25 is left to right (L-R).
(R-L versions are available for DN25 FT43TV PN16 only)
- DN40 and DN50 is right to left (R-L).
Flow direction, for FT43V ver tically orientated traps is
downwards only.
Only the one size, DN25, is available with JIS/KS flange
connections with flow vertically downward FT43V.
Standard flanges are EN 1092 PN16 with face-to-face dimensions
in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1).
On request - ASME B 16.5 Class 125 and JIS / KS 10 flanges are FT43 DN40 and DN50
also available.
Note: ASME flanges are supplied with tapped holes to receive
flange bolts. JIS / KS flanges will be supplied drilled as normal with
plain bolts holes.
Page 1 of 6
Steam traps
Ball float

A
Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
D C B

Pressure bar g

A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN16.
A - D Flanged JIS/KS 10
Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service

Note: The DN40 and DN50 traps are limited to a PMO equal to PMX
TMO Maximum operating temperature 220 C @ 12.1 bar g

0 C
5.5.53
FT43-4.5 4.5 bar
PMX Maximum differential pressure FT43-10 10 bar
FT43-14 13 bar

24 bar g
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed PMX
Page 2 of 6 TI-S02-21 ST Issue 12
FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap DN25 to DN50

Steam traps
Ball float
FT43 DN25 2 3 1 18 17 4 8
2 1 18 17 8 4
10
9 12 6 5 7 11
FT43-C 19 21 20 18 17
FT43 DN40 and DN50

12 6 26 5 3 5.5.54
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast iron EN-JL 1040
Cover bolts DN25 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
2 Cover stud Steel BS 4882 - B7M
Cover nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
4 Cover Cast iron EN-JL 1040
Valve seat DN25 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5 BS 3146 Part 2
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector DN40, DN50 Stainless steel
Anc 2
Valve seat gasket DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
6
Main valve assembly gasket DN40, DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Pivot frame assembly bolts DN25 Stainless steel BS 4183 18/8
7 Main valve assembly bolts DN40 BS 970 304 S16
Studs and nuts DN50 BS 6105 A4.80
Ball float and lever DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
8
Ball float DN40, DN50 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
9 Support frame Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
20 SLR gasket Mild steel BS 1449 CS4
26 Inlet plate DN40, DN50 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S15
TI-S02-21 ST Issue 12 Page 3 of 6

Steam traps
Ball float
Capacities

Condensate kg/h

5.5.55

internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum
P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14
DN25, DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 1 300 1 600 1 980 2 050

Steam traps
Ball float
FT43 DN40 and DN50 shown
F
A
D E Withdrawal distance

A*
Size PN16 ASME 125 B C D E F Weight

JIS / KS 10
DN25 160 148 110 80 245 160 215 8.3
DN40 230 221 128 110 330 200 200 21.5
DN50 230 220 140 126 340 200 225 30.5
* The face-to-face dimensions for the PN16 are in accordance with ISO 6554; for other flange variants, please contact Spirax Sarco.

Installation note:
The FT43 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises 5.5.56
and falls vertically.
Disposal
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT43-4.5 ball float steam trap, flanged to EN 1092 PN16 with cast iron body and cover with thermostatic
air vent.

Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts drawn in grey line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Main valve assembly complete with ball float (DN25 horizontal traps)* 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector (DN40 and DN50) (specify horizontal or vertical trap) ** 5, 6, 7, 12, 26
Ball float (DN40 and DN50) 8
Manually adjustable needle valve and air vent assembly 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3) 3, 6, 20
* On horizontal traps the erosion deflector on the DN25 is pressed into the body during manufacture and not available as a spare.
** There is no erosion deflector on vertical traps.
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of trap, including
pressure range and orientation i.e. horizontal or vertical connections.
Example: 1 - Air vent assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN25 FT43-4.5 ball float steam trap, with horizontal connections.
Steam lock 2 Dowel 3 18 Air vent assembly

release assembly 17
19 + 21
20
5.5.57
6 5 10 8 12
11 9 7
Main valve assembly with float (DN25)
6 26 5 7 8
Main valve assembly (DN40 and 50)
(horizontal assembly shown)
or
Item Part Nm
mm
DN25 17 A/F M10 x 30 29 - 33

2 DN40 19 A/F M12 x 60 60 - 66
DN50 24 A/F M16 x 70 80 - 88
5 DN25 50 - 50
DN25 M5 x 20 2.5 - 2.8
7 DN40 10 A/F M6 x 20 10 - 12
DN50 13 A/F M8 x 20 20 - 24
17 17 A/F 50 - 55
19 22 A/F 50 - 55

Steam traps
Ball float
TI-S02-22
ST Issue 9
FT43
Cast Iron
Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100
1 10 9 Sizes and pipe connections
DN80 and DN100
Standard flange: EN 1092 PN16.
Flanges available on request: JIS 10, KS 10
and ASME 125.
5
5.5.58
6 7 3 2
Description
The FT43 is a cast iron bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and automatic air venting facility. It is
available with horizontal flanged connections only. If required, the covers can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of
fitting drain cocks.
Standards
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive and carries the mark when so
required.
Certification
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be specified at the time of order placement.
Materials
No. Part Material
BS 4439 Gr. 8.8
2 Cover studs and nuts Steel
BS 3692 Gr. 8
4 Cover Cast iron EN JL 1040
5 Main valve assembly Stainless steel BS 3146 Pt. 2 ANC 2
6 Main valve assembly gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
7 Main valve assembly studs and nuts Stainless steel BS 6105 A4-80
Page 1 of 3
Steam traps
Ball float

A
Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
C B

Pressure bar g

PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service limited to DPMX
Minimum operating temperature Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco 0 C
FT43-4.5 4.5 bar
DPMX Maximum different pressure FT43-10 10 bar

FT43-14 13 bar
Capacities - DN80 and DN100

Additonal cold water capacities from the thermostatic air
5.5.59 vent under start-up conditions
Capacities shown above are based on condensate at satutation
temperature. Under start-up conditions when the condensate is
cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides
additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives

the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
Condensate kg/h

Dp (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 13

Size Minimum additonal cold water capacity (kg/h)
DN80

1 080 1 200 1 240 1 340 1 400 2 000 2 600 3 200
DN100


PN16 JIS/KS 10 ASME
Size A A A B C D E F Weight
DN80 350 350 343 140 123 387 200 310 72
DN100 352 350 350 140 123 387 200 310 74
F
A D D E Withdrawal distance
FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100
Steam traps
Ball float
Safety information and maintenance
Installation note: The FT43 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal
plane so that it rises and falls vertically.
Disposal: This procuct is recyclable. Providing due care is taken no ecological hazard is anticipated with its disposal.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco CDN100 FT43-4.5 ball float steam trap flanged to EN 1092 PN16, with cast iron body and cover with
thermostatic air vent.
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in a grey line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Main valve assembly 5, 6, 7
Ball float and lever 8
Set of gaskets 3, 6, 10
Note: For a complete overhaul 2 x each spare is required, with the exception of the gaskets and main valve assembly kit.
How to order spares

Example: 1 - Air vent assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN80 FT43-4.5 ball float steam trap.
Air vent assembly

5.5.60
Dowel
10 9
3 6 7 5
Main valve
Recommended tightening torques assembly 2 8
or
Item Nm
mm
2 24 A/F M16 x 45 80 - 88
7 13 A/F M8 x 20 20 - 24
9 17 A/F 50 - 55
FT43 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.61
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-S02-14
ST Issue 14
FT44
Carbon Steel
Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)
FT44 FT44
DN15, DN20 and DN25
DN40 and DN50
DN15 shown DN50 shown
5.5.62
FT44-C
Description
The FT44 is a carbon steel bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and automatic air venting facility. The
body and cover castings are produced by a TV approved foundry. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections and can be
maintained without disturbing the pipework. Vertical flanged connections, designated FT44V, are available for all sizes. Flow direction for
the horizontal trap is clearly illustrated above. For vertically orientated traps the flow is downwards only.
Available options: FT44 Horizontal flow FT44V Vertical flow
Capsule
The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FT44 is suitable for use on 150C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras
A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FT44-C) can be fitted to the FT44 horizontal version only.
This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent. For further information please consult
Spirax Sarco.
The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point of order.
The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the point of order.
Standards
when so required.
Certification
order placement.

DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40 and DN50.
Horizontal traps: Note the flow direction when facing the body: - DN15 to DN25 is left to right. - DN40 and DN50 is right to left.
Standard flanges are EN 1092 PN40 with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1), ASME B 16.5 Class 150,
ASME B 16.5 Class 300 and JIS /KS 20 flanges are also available with extended face-to-face dimensions.
Vertical traps: Note that the flow direction is vertically downwards only.
Standard flanges are EN 1092 PN40 with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1). ASME B 16.5 Class 150,
ASME B 16.5 Class 300 and JIS/KS 20 are also available with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1).
ASME / JIS / KS flanges are supplied with tapped holes to receive flange bolts. ASME flanges have UNC threads and JIS / KS have metric
threads.
Page 1 of 5
Steam traps
Ball float
FT44 2 1 3 18 17 8 4
DN15, DN20 and DN25
DN15 shown
10
11
2 1 3 18 17 8 4
9 12 6 5 7
FT44-C
19 21 20 18 17
5.5.63 FT44
DN40 and DN50
DN50 shown 7 6 26 5
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Carbon steel 1.0619+N / WCB
Cover studs Steel BS 4882 B7M
DN15, DN20 and DN25 Steel EN 10269 25 Cr Mo 4
2 Cover nuts
DN40 and DN50 Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
4 Cover Carbon steel 1.0619+N / WCB
Valve seat DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5 BS 3146 Pt2 ANC2
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector DN40 and DN50 Stainless steel
BS 970 416 S37
Valve seat gasket DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
6 Main valve assembly gasket DN40 and DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Pivot frame assembly screws DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 4183 18/8
7 Bolts DN40 Stainless steel BS 970 302 S25
Main valve assembly
Studs and nuts DN50 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
9 Support frame DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
10 Pivot frame DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
11 Pivot pin DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel
20 SLR gasket Steel BS 1449 CS4
26 Inlet plate DN40 and DN50 only Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
FT44 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps
Ball float

Temperature C
A
This product should not be used in this region as damage
Steam to the internals may occur.
saturation A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME 300
curve
D C B
A - C Flanged JIS /KS 2

Pressure bar g A - D Flanged ASME 150.

PMO 32 bar g @ 239C
Note: The DN40 and DN50 traps are limited to a PMO equal to DPMX

0C
Size DN15, DN20, DN25 DN40, DN50
FT44-4.5 4.5 bar 4.5 bar
FT44-10 10 bar 10 bar

5.5.64
FT44-14 14 bar -
FT44-21 21 bar 21 bar
FT44-32 32 bar 32 bar
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure:

60 bar g
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed DPMX
Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to a pressure greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to the
internal mechanism may result.

Notes:
1. Dimensions in brackets relate to vertical connections only.
2. PN40 face-to-face dimensions are in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1).
PN40 ASME 300 ASME 150 JIS / KS 20K
Size B C D E F Weight
A (A) A (A) A (A) A (A)
DN15 150 (150) 209 (150) 203 (150) 206 (150) 80 80 215 120 155 10.8
DN20 150 (150) 209 (150) 205 (150) 210 (150) 80 80 225 120 165 10.8
DN25 160 (160) 212 (160) 208 (160) 210 (160) 115 85 282 170 215 15.0
DN40 230 (230) 327 (230) 321 (230) 322 (230) 130 115 337 200 200 33.0
DN50 230 (230) 320 (230) 313 (230) 311 (230) 141 123 347 200 225 34.0
FT44 FT44 FT44V FT44V

DN15 and DN20 DN25, DN40 and DN50 DN15 and DN20 DN25, DN40 and DN50
B B
(A) (A)
C C
A
F
D E F E

Steam traps
Ball float
Capacities

Condensate kg/h

5.5.65

DP (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14 21 32
DN15 and up to 21 bar 450 600 780 1 040 1 140 1 350 1 530 1 750 2 300 -
DN20 32 bar only 170 250 380 520 600 780 860 1 140 1 170 1 200
DN25, DN40 up to 21 bar 460 680 900 1 080 1 300 1 600 1 980 2 050 2 600 -
and DN50 32 bar only 90 120 350 460 600 850 900 1 020 1 200 1 300

Steam traps
Ball float
Installation note:
The FT44 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and
falls vertically.
Disposal
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT44-14 ball float steam trap, flanged to EN 1092 PN40 with carbon steel body and cover and thermostatic
air vent.
Spare parts
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25 horizontal traps)* 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
Main valve assembly with integral erosion deflector (DN40 and 50) ** (specify horizontal or vertical trap) 5, 6, 7, 12, 26
Main valve assembly with float and erosion deflector (DN15 and DN20 vertical traps only) 5, 6, 7, 8
Manually adjustable needle valve (SLR - Steam lock assembly) and air vent assembly (FT44-C) 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets) 3, 6, 18, 20
* On horizontal traps the erosion deflector on the DN15, DN20 and DN25 is pressed into the body during manufacture and not available as
a spare.
** There is no erosion deflector on vertical traps.
How to order spares Recommended tightening torques

column headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type
Item Size or Nm
5.5.66
of trap, including pressure range and orientation i.e.: mm
horizontal or vertical connections.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN40
FT44-4.5V ball float steam trap, with vertical connections. DN15, DN20 and DN25 17 A / F M10 x 60 19 - 22
2 DN40 24 A / F M16 x 85 60 - 66
DN50 24 A / F M16 x 85 80 - 88
5 DN15, DN20 and DN25 17 A / F 50 - 55
DN15, DN20 and DN25 M5 x 20 2.5 - 2.8
7 DN40 10 A / F M6 x 20 10 - 12
Manually adjustable
needle valve DN50 13 A / F M8 x 20 20 - 24
19 + 21 20 2 Dowel 3 17 17 A / F 50 - 55
18 19 22 A / F 50 - 55
Air vent assembly

17
6 5 10 8
11 9 7
(DN15, DN20 and DN25)
12 6 26 5 7 8
Main valve assembly (DN40 and DN50)
(horizontal assembly shown)

Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.67
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-S02-23
CMGT Issue 13
FT44
Cast Steel
Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100
Description
The FT44 is a carbon steel ball float steam trap with integral automatic air venting facility. It is available with horizontal flanged
connections only. If required the covers can be drilled and tapped, " when bottom drilled and " when top drilled - with either BSP or
NPT connections for the purpose of fitting drain cocks.
Standards
when so required.
Certification

DN80 and DN100 standard flange is EN 1092 PN40, EN 1759-1 or ASME Class 150 or 300, and JIS/KS 20K.
1 10 9
5.5.68
5
7
3
6
2
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast steel 1.0619 + N / WCB
BS 4882 B7M
2 Cover studs and nuts Steel
EN 10269 25 Cr Mo 4
4 Cover Cast steel 1.0619 + N / WCB
5 Main valve assembly Stainless steel BS 3146 Pt. 2 ANC 2
6 Main valve assembly gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
7 Main valve assembly studs and nuts Stainless steel BS 6105 A4-80
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
A The product must not be used in this region.
Temperature C
A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40, ASME 300.

Steam
saturation
curve A - D Flanged ASME 150.
D C B
Pressure bar g
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300 C
PMO Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 32 bar g @ 239 C

-10 C
Note: for lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
FT44-4.5 4.5 bar
FT44-10 10 bar
FT44-21 21 bar
FT44-32 32 bar
5.5.69 Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of :
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed :

60 bar g
48 bar g

Size ASME 150 ASME 300 PN40 JIS/KS 20K B C D E F Weight
A A A A
DN80 343 362 353 350 140 123 390 200 310 95
DN100 350 366 350 350 140 123 390 200 310 97
A D D E
Withdrawal
distance
Page 2 of 4 TI-S02-23 CMGT Issue 13
FT44 Cast Steel Ball Float Steam Traps DN80 and DN100
Steam traps
Ball float
Capacities - DN80 and DN100

Condensate kg/h

Additonal cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
Minimum additonal cold water capacity (kg/h)
Dp (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14 21 32
Size Minimum additonal cold water capacity (kg/h)
DN80, DN100 (up to 21 bar) 920 1 360 1 800 2 160 2 600 3 200 3 960 4 100 5 200 -
DN80, DN100 (32 bar only) 160 240 700 920 1 200 1 700 1 800 2 040 2 400 2 600
5.5.70

Installation note:
The FT44 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it
Disposal:
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN100 FT44-4.5 ball float steam trap flanged to EN 1092 PN40, with cast steel body and cover with
thermostatic air vent.
TI-S02-23 CMGT Issue 13 Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
Available spares
Main valve assembly 5, 6, 7
Ball float and lever 8 Note: For a complete overhaul 2 x each spare
Air vent assembly 9, 10 is required, with the exception of the gaskets.
Set of gaskets 3, 6, 10
How to order spares

Example: 1 - Air vent assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN100 FT44-4.5 ball float steam trap.
Dowel Air vent assembly

10 9
5.5.71
Recommended tightening torques 3 6 7 5 2 8

Main valve assembly
or
Item Nm
mm
2 24 A/F M16 x 45 80 - 88
7 13 A/F M8 x 20 20 - 24
9 17 A/F 50 - 55
Page 4 of 4 TI-S02-23 CMGT Issue 13
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-P143-01
ST Issue 11
FT46
Stainless Steel
FT46 FT46
4.5 bar - 21 bar DN15 to DN50
DN15, DN20 and DN25
32 bar
DN15 shown
FT46
4.5, 10 and 21 bar
DN40 and DN50
DN50 shown
5.5.72
FT46-C
4.5-21 bar
Description
The FT46 is an austenitic stainless steel bodied ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals and automatic air venting
facility. The body and cover castings are produced by a TV approved foundry. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections
and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Flow direction for the horizontal trap is clearly illustrated above.
Air vent: The BP99/32 capsule which is used in the FT46 is suitable for use on 150 C superheat @ 0 bar g. This value reduces with
elevated pressure.
The bimetallic element is fitted as standard to the 32 bar variants to provide additional superheat resistance. It is also available on other
variants on request. Please refer to the Pressure/temperature limits graph on page 2.
Standards: This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive and carries the
mark when so required.
Certification: This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be
Optional extras: A manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the nomenclature i.e. FT46-C) can be fitted to the trap.
This option provides a steam lock release (SLR) feature in addition to the standard air vent.
Note: The SLR and bimetallic air vent cannot be used in conjunction with each other. Alternative arrangements may be available. For
further information please consult Spirax Sarco.
The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point of
order.
The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the point
of order.
Page 1 of 6
Steam traps
Ball float
Sizes and pipe connections Materials
No. Part Material
Note: Flow direction when facing the body: - DN15 to DN25 is left to
right. - DN40 and DN50 is right to left. Austenitic
1 Body stainless steel 1.4408 / CF8M
Standard flanges are EN 1092 PN40 with face-to-face dimensions (316)
in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1).
On request - ASME (ANSI) B 16.5 Class 150 and 300 flanges are Cover studs Austenitic stainless steel A2.70
2
available with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 Cover nuts Austenitic stainless steel A4
(Series 1).
Note: ASME (ANSI) flanges are supplied with tapped (UNC) holes for 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
flange bolts.
Austenitic
4 Cover stainless steel 1.4408 / CF8M
(316)
DN15,
Pressure / temperature limits DN20 Stainless
Valve seat BS 970 431 S29
A and steel

DN25
Temperature C
5

DN40
Main valve Stainless BS 3146 Pt2 ANC2
and
Steam assembly steel BS 970 416 S37
DN50
saturation

curve DN15,
C B
Valve seat DN20 Stainless
BS 1449 304 S11
gasket and steel
Pressure bar g 6 DN25
Main valve DN40
Reinforced exfoliated
The product must not be used in this region. assembly and
graphite
gasket DN50
This product should not be used in this region as damage to
the air vent may occur. DN15,
Pivot frame
DN20 Stainless
A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ASME (ANSI) 300. assembly set BS 4183 18/8
and steel
5.5.73 A - C Flanged ASME (ANSI) 150.
screws
DN25
7 Stainless
Bolts DN40 BS 970 304 S15
Note: The use of the bimetallic element extends the superheat Main steel
resistance to in excess of 400 C. valve Studs
assembly and Stainless
DN50 BS 6105 A4.80
Body design conditions PN40 steel
nuts
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 100 C Stainless
8 Ball float and lever BS 1449 304 S16
steel
DN15,
DN20 Stainless
9 Support frame BS 1449 304 S16
Maximum operating pressure for and steel
PMO 32 bar g @ 239 C DN25
saturated steam service
When fitted with a DN15,

Maximum 285 C @ 30.3 bar g DN20 Stainless
capsule 10 Pivot frame BS 1449 304 S16
TMO operating and steel
temperature When fitted with a DN25
400 C @ 27.4 bar g
bimetallic air vent
DN15,
Minimum operating temperature DN20
0 C 11 Pivot pin Stainless steel
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco and
DN25
DN15
DN40 Stainless
Size DN20 12 Erosion deflector BS 970 431 S29
DN50 steel
DN25
Air vent assembly for
FT46-4.5 4.5 bar 4.5 bar 17 Stainless steel
all pressure ratings
Maximum differential
PMX FT46-10 10 bar 10 bar
pressure Stainless
18 Air vent seat gasket BS 1449 409 S19
FT46-14 14 bar - steel
FT46-21 21 bar 21 bar Stainless

19 SLR assembly BS 970 303 S31
steel
FT46-32 32 bar 32 bar
Stainless
20 SLR gasket BS 1449 304 S11
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure: 60 bar g steel
Note: With internals fitted, test pressure must not exceed: 48 bar g 21 SLR seal Graphite
DN40
Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be and Stainless
subjected to a pressure greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to the 26 Inlet plate BS 1449 304 S16
DN50 steel
internal mechanism may result. only
FT46 Stainless Steel Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps
Ball float
FT46
4.5 bar - 21 bar
DN15, DN20 and DN25 FT46
DN15 to DN50
DN15 shown
2 1 3 18 17 8 4 32 bar
17
11
5
10 9 6 7
5.5.74
FT46-C
4.5-21 bar
19 21 20 18 17 2 1 3 18 17 8 4
FT46
4.5, 10 and 21 bar
DN40 and DN50
DN50 shown
7 12 6 26 5

Steam traps
Ball float
Capacities

Condensate kg/h

5.5.75

P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14 21 32
up to 21 bar 450 600 780 1 040 1 140 1 350 1 530 1 750 2 300 -
DN15 and DN20
32 bar only 170 250 380 520 600 780 860 1 140 1 170 1 200
up to 21 bar 460 680 900 1 080 1 300 1 600 1 980 2 050 2 600 -
DN25, DN40 and DN50
32 bar only 90 120 350 460 600 850 900 1 020 1 200 1 300

Steam traps
Ball float
DN15 150 80 80 215 120 155 10.8
DN20 150 80 80 225 120 165 10.8
DN25 160 115 85 276 170 215 15.0
DN40 230 130 115 326 200 200 33.0
DN50 230 141 123 332 200 225 43.0
Face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1)
FT46
DN15 and DN20
D E
5.5.76
B
FT46
DN25, DN40 and DN50
C
D E

Installation note:
The FT46 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it
Disposal
How to order
Note: Although FT46 4.5 bar - 21 bar versions are fitted with a capsule air vent assembly as standard, they can be fitted with a bimetallic
air vent assembly upon request.
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT46-21 ball float steam trap, having an austenitic stainless steel body and cover with a bimetallic
air vent assembly. Connections are to be flanged to EN1092 PN40.
Note: Although the FT46 32 bar is fitted with a bimetallic air vent assembly as standard, it can be fitted with a capsule air vent assembly
and steam lock release feature upon request.
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT46-21 ball float steam trap, having an austenitic stainless steel body and cover with a capsule
air vent assembly. Connections are to be flanged to EN1092 PN40.

Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20, and DN25) 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
Main valve assembly (DN40 and DN50) 5, 6, 7, 12, 26
Bimetallic air vent assembly
Capsule air vent assembly
Steam lock release and capsule air vent assembly (FT46-C) 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets) 3, 6, 18, 20, 21
Note: Item 12 (Erosion deflector) is only used in DN40 and DN50.
How to order spares

pressure range.
Example: 1 - Capsule air vent assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN20 FT46-4.5 ball float steam trap.
Capsule air vent assembly

Steam lock
17
release assembly
19 + 21 2 Dowel 3 18
5.5.77 20
5 11 6 9 10 7 8
Bimetallic air vent assembly

17 2
Main valve assembly
12 26 6 5 8 7 (DN40 and DN50)
or or
Item Size Nm Item Size Nm
mm mm
DN15, 20 and 25 17 A/F M10 x 60 19 - 22 DN15, 20 and 25 M5 x 20 2.5 - 2.8

2 DN40 19 A/F M16 x 85 60 - 66 7 DN40 10 A/F M6 x 20 10 - 12
DN50 24 A/F M16 x 85 80 - 88 DN50 13 A/F M8 x 20 20 - 24
5 DN15, 20 and 25 17 A/F 50 - 55 17 17 A/F 50 - 55
19 22 A/F 50 - 55

Steam traps
Ball float
TI-P142-01
ST Issue 12
FT47
SG Iron
Description
The FT47 is an SG iron ball float steam trap with integral automatic air venting facility. It is available with horizontal flanged connections
as well as vertical flanged connections, designated FT47V. As an option in the horizontal version up to 21 bar g, a manually adjustable
needle valve can be added for use as a steam lock release designated FT47-C. If required, the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP
or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock. Body and cover castings are produced by a TV approved foundry.
Standards
when so required.
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturers' Typical Test Report. As an available option certification to EN 10204 3.1 can be supplied.

Note: Flow direction, for horizontal orientated traps, when facing the body: - DN15 to DN25 is left to right. - DN40 and DN50 is right to left.
For vertically orientated traps the flow is downwards only.
Standard flanges are EN 1092 PN40 and PN25 with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1).
On request ASME B 16.5 Class 150 flanges are also available with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1).
5.5.78
ASME flanges are supplied with tapped (UNC) holes for flanged bolts.
FT47
DN15, DN20 and DN25
DN15 shown
FT47-C
FT47
DN40 and DN50
DN50 shown
Page 1 of 6
Steam traps
Ball float
Temperature C
A
Steam
saturation
curve C B
Pressure bar g
This product should not be used in this region as damage to the internals may occur.
A - C Flanged ASME (ANSI) A150
A - B Flanged EN 1092 PN25/PN40

Note: The DN40 and DN50 traps are limited to a PMO equal to PMX

0 C
5.5.79 Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco
Size DN15, 20, 25 DN40, 50
FT47-4.5 4.5 bar 4.5 bar
FT47-10 10 bar 10 bar

FT47-14 14 bar -
FT47-21 21 bar 21 bar
FT47-32 32 bar 32 bar
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of :

60 bar g
Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be subjected to a pressure greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to the
internal mechanism may result.
FT47 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Traps (DN15 to DN50)

Steam traps
Ball float
FT47 2 1 3 18 17 8 4
DN15, DN20 and DN25
DN15 shown
10
11 2 1 3 18 17 8 4
9 12 6 5 7
FT47-C
19 21 20 18 17
FT47
DN40 and DN50 5.5.80
DN50 shown 7 6 26 5
Materials
No. Part Material
DN15, DN20, DN25 and DN40 SG iron EN JS1025
Body
1 DN50 SG iron EN JS1049
Cover stud Steel DIN 17420 21 Cr Mo V57
DN15, DN20 and DN25 Steel EN 10269 25 Cr Mo 4
2 Cover nuts
DN40 and DN50 Steel DIN 17420 24 Cr Mo 5
4 Cover SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40.3
Valve seat DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
5 DN40 and DN50 Stainless steel BS 3146 Pt2 ANC2
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector
BS 970 416 S37
Valve seat gasket DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
6 Main valve assembly gasket DN40 and DN50 Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Pivot frame assembly set screws DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 4183 18/8
Bolts DN40 Stainless steel BS 970 302 S25
7 Main valve assembly
Studs and nuts DN50 Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
9 Support frame DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
10 Pivot frame DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
11 Pivot pin DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stainless steel
12 Erosion deflector DN15, DN20 and DN25 for horizontal installations only Stainless steel BS 970 431 S29
20 SLR gasket Steel BS 1449 CS 4
26 Inlet plate DN40 and DN50 for horizontal installations only Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16

Steam traps
Ball float
Capacities

5
-4.

F
T47
0
N
D 5

10
47-

0 FT

N
D 5 4.5
T
47-
0 F

N
D 4

-10

F T47
0

D N4

5
-4.

F T47
5
N2

Condensate kg / h

D
10
47-
5 FT

N2

D
-14 4 .5
F T47
47-
2 5 F T

DN
0
N 2
n
dD
5a 10
5.5.81
D 1
N
N 2
0 FT47-
ndD
a
1
5 14
DN 47-
0 FT
2
DN
a
nd
15
DN

21
47-
0 FT
2
DN
a
nd
15 -32
DN T47

0 F

DN2
a nd

N
D 15

internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the main valve. The following table gives the minimum
0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14 21 32
P (bar)
DN15 and up to 21 bar 450 600 780 1 040 1 140 1 350 1 530 1 750 2 300 -
DN20 32 bar only 170 250 380 520 600 780 860 1 140 1 170 1 200
DN25, DN40 up to 21 bar 460 680 900 1 080 1 300 1 600 1 980 2 050 2 600 -
and DN50 32 bar only 90 120 350 460 600 850 900 1 020 1 200 1 300

Steam traps
Ball float
FT47 FT47 FT47V FT47V
DN15 and DN20 DN25, DN40 and DN50 DN15 and DN20 DN25, DN40 and DN50
B
B
A A
C C
A
F
D E F E

DN15 150 80 80 215 120 155 10.8
DN20 150 80 80 225 120 165 10.8
DN25 160 115 85 276 170 215 15.0
DN40 230 130 115 326 200 200 33.0
DN50 230 141 123 332 200 236 34.0
Face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (Series 1)

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-S02-30) supplied with the product. 5.5.82
Installation note:
The FT47 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises
and falls vertically.
Disposal
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN25 FT47-14 ball float steam trap, having an SG iron body and cover with thermostatic air vent. Connections
are to be flanged to EN 1092 PN40.

Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25 horizontal traps)* 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
Main valve assembly with integral erosion deflector (DN40 and 50) ** (specify horizontal or vertical trap) 5, 6, 7, 12, 26
Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25 vertical traps only) 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
Ball float (DN40 and 50) 8
Steam lock release and air vent assembly (FT47-C) 17, 18, 19, 20, 21
Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3 sets) 3, 6, 18, 20, 21
* On horizontal traps the erosion deflector on the DN15, DN20 and DN25 is pressed into the body during manufacture and not available
as a spare.
** There is no erosion deflector on vertical traps in sizes DN40 and DN50.
How to order spares

pressure range and orientation i.e.: horizontal or vertical connections.
Example: 1 - Air vent assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN20 FT47-21 ball float steam trap, with horizontal connections.
Steam lock
release assembly 2 Dowel 3 18
Air vent assembly
17
19
20
5.5.83
6 5 10 8
11 9 7
Recommended tightening torques 12 6 26 5 7 8

Main valve assembly
or (DN40 and DN50)
Item Part Nm (horizontal assembly
mm
shown)
DN15, 20 and 25 17 A/F M10 x 60 19 - 22
2 DN40 19 A/F M16 x 85 60 - 66
DN50 24 A/F M16 x 85 80 - 88
5 DN15, 20 and 25 17 A/F 50 - 55
DN15, 20 and 25 M5 x 20 2.5 - 2.8
7 DN40 10 A/F M6 x 20 10 - 12
DN50 13 A/F M8 x 20 20 - 24
17 17 A/F 50 - 55
19 22 A/F 50 - 55

Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.84
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-S02-36
ST Issue 3

ISO 9001
Capacity Charts for
FT44, FT46 and FT47 Ball Float Steam Traps
DN15, DN20, DN25 FT44 (formally FT20) - Cast steel GS C25N (TI-S02-14)
DN15, DN20, DN25 FT46 - Austenitic stainless steel 1.4581 (TI-P143-01)
DN15, DN20, DN25 FT47 - SG iron GGG 40.3 (TI-P142-01)
Note: All capacities shown are for the FT44, FT46, and FT47 unless otherwise indicated.
Capacities for the DN40 - DN100 are shown overleaf
5.5.85

Condensate kg/h

P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14 21 32

up to 21 bar 450 600 780 1 040 1 140 1 350 1 530 1 750 2 300 -
DN15, DN20
32 bar only 170 250 380 520 600 780 860 1 140 1 170 1 200
up to 21 bar 460 680 900 1 080 1 300 1 600 1 980 2 050 2 600 -
DN25
32 bar only 90 120 350 460 600 850 900 1 020 1 200 1 300
Steam traps
Ball float
DN40, DN50, DN80, DN100 FT44 (formally FT20) - Cast steel GS-C25N (TI-S02-23)
DN40, DN50 FT46 - Austenitic stainless steel 1.4581 (TI-P143-01)
DN40, DN50 FT47 - SG iron GGG 40.3 (TI-P142-01)
Note: All capacities shown are for the FT44, FT46, and FT47 unless otherwise indicated.
Capacities for the DN15 - DN25 are shown overleaf

Condensate kg/h

5.5.86

P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 7 10 14 21 32

up to 21 bar 460 680 900 1 080 1 300 1 600 1 980 2 050 2 600 -
DN40, DN50
32 bar only 90 120 350 460 600 850 900 1 020 1 200 1 300
up to 21 bar 920 1 360 1 800 2 160 2 600 3 200 2 960 4 100 5 200 -
DN80, DN100
32 bar only 180 240 700 920 1 200 1 700 1 800 2 040 2 400 2 600
Capacity Charts for FT44, FT46 and FT47 Ball Float Steam Traps TI-S02-36 ST Issue 3
Steam traps
Ball
TI-P603-07
ST Issue 4
FT53
Cast Iron
Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections
Description FT53V
The FT53 is a cast iron ball float steam trap with internal thermostatic 2
air vent for the prompt removal of large condensate loads from steam 4
systems. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged connections (for
horizontal or vertical installation) and can be maintained without
disturbing the pipework. For further information see TI-P603-08. 1 8
Available options: FT53H - Horizontal flow. FT53V - Vertical flow.
Standards
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark
when so required.
6
Certification
This product is available with a manufacturer's Typical Test Report. 7 5

DN40 and DN50.
Standard flange EN 1092 PN40 (formerly DIN 2501).
5.5.87 Face-to-face dimensions to BS EN 26554 Series 1.
Optional extras
Manually adjustable needle valve (designated 'C' on the
nomenclature can be fitted to all versions. This option provides a
steam lock release feature in addition to the standard air vent. Optional
The cover can be drilled and tapped for the purpose of fitting a Steam lock release
balance line and drain cock if requested at the point of order.
FT53H
2
Temperature C

8
Steam
saturation
curve

1
Pressure bar g
6
The product must not be used in this region. 5
7
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. 3

PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120C 4
Minimum allowable temperature -10C Materials
Maximum operating pressure No. Part Material
PMO 13 bar g
for saturated steam service 1 Body Cast iron EN-GJL-250
TMO Maximum operating temperature 265C @ 11 bar g 2 Cover Cast iron EN-GJL-250
Minimum operating temperature 0C 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Cover bolts FT53H Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
FT53H-4.5
4.5 bar 4 Cover studs FT53V Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
FT53V-4.5
Cover nuts FT53V Steel CK 35 (1.1181)
DPMX Maximum differential pressure FT53H-10 10 bar
FT53V-10 5 Valve seat Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057)
FT53H-13 6 Valve Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057)
13 bar
FT53V-13 7 Main valve gasket Exfoliated graphite
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g 8 Ball float Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)
Note: All other internals are manufactured in stainless steel.
Steam traps
Ball float

FT53H FT53V
Size A B C D E Weight Size A B D E F G Weight
DN40 230 75.5 192 208 168 27.0 DN40 230 75.5 312 168 151 255 29.0
DN50 230 83.0 192 208 168 28.0 DN50 230 83.0 312 168 166 255 30.0
FT53H FT53V
D E A B D E F
A G
C

Note: Capacities shown are based on condensate at boiling temperature.

Condensate kg /h

5.5.88

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions:
Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to
the main valve. The table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg /h):
Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 8 10 13
DN40 and 50 460 680 900 1 080 1300 1700 1900 2150
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 FT53H-4.5 ball float steam trap with cast iron body and cover. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN16.
Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections.
Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the nomenclature would be FT53H-4.5-C.
Spare parts
See TI-P603-08 for the relevant information.
TI-P603-07 ST Issue 4 FT53 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-P603-08
ST Issue 1
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 FT53 Cast Iron

ISO 9001
with Flanged Connections - DIN (Spares)
FT53V (vertical) shown
FT53H (horizontal) shown
5.5.89
Traps having the optional steam lock release

will have the nomenclature
FT53V-C or FT53H-C
General safety information

Pressure
Before attempting any maintenance on the trap, consider what is or may have been in the pipeline. Ensure that any pressure is isolated and
safely vented to atmospheric pressure before attempting to maintain the steam trap. This is easily achieved by fitting Spirax Sarco
depressurisation valves type DV (see separate literature for details). Do not assume that the system is depressurised even when a pressure
gauge indicates zero.
Temperature
Allow time for temperature to normalise after isolation to avoid the danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing (including
safety glasses) is required.
Caution: The cover gasket and main valve assembly gasket may contain a thin stainless steel support ring which may cause physical injury
if it is not handled and disposed of carefully.
Installation
The trap is designed for installation with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically, ideally with a drop leg immediately
preceding the trap. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance /replacement. Remove all protective caps prior to
installation. Open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks. Where steam traps are fitted in exposed conditions, the possibility of freezing
damage may be reduced by thermal insulation /draining /isolation.
Maintenance
Maintenance can be completed with the trap in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is recommended that new
gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Ensure that the correct tools and necessary protective equipment are used
at all times. When maintenance is complete open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks. See IM-P603-03 for further details.
Disposal
No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products provided due care is taken.
Note: For further information regarding Installation, Maintenance and Safety see IM-P603-03
Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown
in a broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical
information see TI-P603-07.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector 5, 7, 10, 16
Ball float 8
Air vent assembly 17, 18, 24, 25, 26
Complete set of gaskets (packet of 3) 3, 7, 18, 20
22 23
Steam lock release and air vent assembly 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 23, 24, 25, 26 Steam lock release
assembly
How to order spares 20 19 21
column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No.,
orientation i.e. horizontal (H) or vertical (V) and pressure rating of
the trap.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN40 FT53H-4.5 ball float
steam trap. For operating pressures up to 4.5 bar.
Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the
nomenclature would be FT53H-4.5-C
FT53H shown Air vent assembly
3 26 25 24 17 18
5.5.90
8 5 16 10 7
Main valve assembly
with erosion deflector

or
Item No. Nm
mm
FT53H Bolt 24 A /F M16 x 55 150 - 165
4 Stud M16 70 - 80
FT5
Nut 24 A /F M16 150 - 165
5 Valve seat 17 A /F M12 50 - 55
16 Erosion deflector bolts 10 A /F M6 x 10 10 - 12
17 Air vent seat 17 A /F 50 - 55
19 (SLR sub-assembly) 19 A /F 40 - 45
21 (SLR retaining nut) 13 A /F 4-5
FT53 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap

with Flanged Connections - DIN (Spares) TI-P603-08 ST Issue 1
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-P615-07
ST Issue 3
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 IFT53 Cast Iron Ball Float

ISO 9001
Steam Trap with Integral Spiratec
Sensor and Flanged Connections
Description IFT53V
The IFT53 is a cast iron ball float steam trap fitted with an integral
Spiratec sensor (SSI) for steam leakage detection and integral 2
thermostatic air vent for the prompt removal of large condensate 3
loads from steam systems. The trap is supplied with integrally
flanged connections (for horizontal or vertical installation) and can 1
be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Body and cover are 10
produced by TV approved foundries.
8
Available options: IFT53H - Horizontal flow. IFT53V - Vertical flow.
24
Sensors are compatible with Spiratec indicators, automatic monitors 25
and test points:
R1 (single trap) remote test point, 7
R12 (12 trap) remote test point,
Type 30 hand held indicator,
R16C (16 trap) automatic steam trap moniter with PNP /NPN output
where appropriate.
Standards 4
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 /EC and carries the mark
when so required. IFT53H
This product is available with a Typical Test Report.

DN40 and DN50.
Face-to-face dimensions to BS EN 26554 Series 1.
Optional extras
If requested at the point of order the cover can be drilled and tapped
for the purpose of fitting a balance line and drain cock.

Temperature C

8
11
Steam 9 24

saturation 7
curve 25
3

Pressure bar g 4
2
The product should not be used in this region due to the Materials
limitations of the sensor. No. Part Material
Body design conditions PN16 1 Body Cast iron EN-GJL-250
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g @ 120C 2 Cover Cast iron EN-GJL-250
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300C @ 9.5 bar g 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Minimum allowable temperature -10C Cover bolts IFT53H Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
Maximum operating pressure 4 Cover studs IFT53V Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
PMO for saturated steam service 13 bar g Cover nuts IFT53V Steel CK 35 (1.1181)
TMO Maximum operating temperature 240C @ 11.5 bar g 7 Valve seat Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057)
Minimum operating temperature 0C 8 Valve Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057)
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco. 9 Main valve gasket Exfoliated graphite
Maximum IFT53H-4.5, IFT53V- 4.5 4.5 bar 10 Ball float Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)
PMX differential IFT53H-10, IFT53V-10 10 bar 11 Ball float Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)
pressure IFT53H-13, IFT53V-13 13 bar 24 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g 25 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
Steam traps
Ball float

IFT53H IFT53V
DN40 230 75.5 192 208 168 27.0 DN40 230 75.5 312 168 151 255 29.0
DN50 230 83.0 192 208 168 28.0 DN50 230 83.0 312 168 166 255 30.0
IFT53H IFT53V
D E A B D E F
A G
C

Note: Capacities shown are based on boiling hot condensate.

Condensate kg /h

5.5.92

Additional cold water capacities from the thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions:
Under start-up conditions when the condensate is cold the internal thermostatic air vent will be open and provides additional capacity to the
main valve. The table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg /h):
Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4.5 8 10 13
DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 1 300 1 700 1 900 2 150
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 IFT53H-4.5 ball float steam trap with cast iron body and cover having an integral sensor (SS1) to
identify steam leakage. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN16. Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections.
Spare parts
See TI-P615-08 for the relevant information.
IFT53 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap

with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections TI-P615-07 ST Issue 3
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-P615-08
ST Issue 2
IFT53 Cast Iron Ball Float

ISO 9001
Sensor and Flanged Connections - (Spares)
IFT53V (vertical) shown
IFT53H (horizontal) shown
5.5.93

Installation note:
preceding the trap. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance /replacement. Where steam traps are fitted in
exposed conditions, the possibility of freezing damage may be reduced by thermal insulation /draining /isolation.
Maintenance note:
gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken.
Caution: The cover gasket and main valve assembly gasket may contain a thin stainless steel support ring which may cause physical injury if
it is not handled and disposed of carefully.
Disposal
No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.
Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown in a broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical information
see TI-P615-07.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector 7, 8, 9, 16
Ball float 11
Sensor and gasket 24, 25
How to order spares
Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No., orientation i.e.
horizontal (H) or vertical (V) and pressure rating of the trap.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN40 IFT53H-4.5 ball float steam trap. For operating pressures up to 4.5 bar.
IFT53H shown Air vent assembly
3 17 18
5.5.94
4
(Not an available spare)
11 7 16 8 9
Main valve assembly
with erosion deflector
25 24

or
Item No. Nm
mm
IFT53H Bolt 24 A / F M16 x 55 150 - 165
4 Stud M16 70 - 80
IFT53V
Nut 24 A / F M16 150 - 165
16 Erosion deflector bolts 10 A / F M6 x 10 10 - 12
17 Air vent seat 17 A / F 50 - 55
25 Sensor 24 A / F 50 - 55
IFT53 Cast Iron Ball Float Steam Trap

with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections - (Spares) TI-P615-08 ST Issue 2
Steam traps
Ball
TI-P603-01
ST Issue 4
FT54
Carbon Steel
Description DN15 FT54V
The FT54 is a carbon steel ball float steam trap with internal 2
thermostatic air vent for the prompt removal of large condensate
loads from steam systems. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged
connections (for horizontal or vertical installation) and can be 1
maintained without disturbing the pipework. Body and cover
are produced by TV approved foundries. For further information
see TI-P603-04. 10
Standards 6
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23/EC and carries the mark
when so required. 3
Certification
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at the

5.5.95 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40 and DN50.
4
Face-to-face dimensions to BS EN 26554 Series 1. Optional

Steam lock release
Optional extras
nomenclature) can be fitted to all versions. This option provides
a steam lock release feature in addition to the standard air vent.
2
The cover can be drilled and tapped for the purpose of fitting a

11
Temperature C
1

8
9
Steam 7
saturation 3
curve

Pressure bar g 4 DN40 FT54H
The product should not be used in this region or beyond No. Part Material
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. 1 Body Carbon steel 1.0619+N
Body design conditions PN40 2 Cover Carbon steel 1.0619+N
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 50C 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400C @ 24 bar g Cover bolts FT54H Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
Minimum allowable temperature -10C 4 Cover studs FT54V Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
Maximum operating pressure Cover nuts FT54V Steel CK 35 (1.1181)
PMO 31 bar g
for saturated steam service X 22 CrNi 17 2
5 Valve seat DN15-DN25 Stainless steel (1.4057)
Minimum operating temperature 0C X 105 CrMo 17
6 Valve DN15-DN25 Stainless steel (1.4125)
X 22 CrNi 17 2
DPMX Maximum differential pressures See overleaf 7 Valve seat DN40 - DN50 Stainless steel (1.4057)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g X 22 CrNi 17 2
8 Valve DN40 - DN50 Stainless steel (1.4057)
Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be
subjected to a pressure of greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to 9 Main valve gasket Exfoliated graphite
the internal mechanism may result.
10 X 5 CrNi 18 10
Ball float Stainless steel
11 (1.4301)
Steam traps
Ball float

FT54H FT54V
DN15 150 48 126 151 119 7.5 DN15 150 48 214 119 96 175 7.5
DN20 150 53 126 151 119 8.0 DN20 150 53 214 119 106 175 8.0
DN25 160 58 126 151 119 8.5 DN25 160 58 221 119 116 175 8.5
DN40 230 75.5 192 208 168 27.0 DN40 230 75.5 312 168 151 255 29.0
DN50 230 83 192 208 168 28.0 DN50 230 83 312 168 166 255 30.0
FT54H DN15 - DN50 FT54V DN15 - DN50
D E A B D E F
A G
C
DPMX - Maximum differential pressures

FT54H-4 FT54H-4.5 FT54H-8 FT54H-10 FT54H-12 FT54H-20 FT54H-28 FT54H-32
Size and model FT54V-4 FT54V-4.5 FT54V-8 FT54V-10 FT54V-12 FT54V-20 FT54V-28 FT54V-32
DN15, DN20 and DN25 4 bar - 8 bar - 12 bar 20 bar - 32 bar
DN40 and DN50 - 4.5 bar - 10 bar - - 28 bar -
5.5.96
Capacities shown are based on boiling hot condensate.
DN15, DN20 and DN25 DN40 and DN50

Condensate kg /h
Condensate kg /h

DDifferential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) DDifferential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Additional cold water capacities from thermostatic air vent under start-up conditions
the main valve. The Table below gives the minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent.
Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg /h)
Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4 4.5 8 10 12 16 20 28 32
DN15, DN20 and DN25 460 680 900 1 080 1250 - 1700 - 2000 2250 2550 - 3000
DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 - 1300 1700 1900 - 2250 2550 2900 -
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 FT54H-4.5 ball float steam trap with carbon steel body and cover. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40.
Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the nomenclature would be FT54-4.5-C.
Spare parts See TI-P603-04 for relevant information.
TI-P603-01 ST Issue 4 FT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-P603-04
ST Issue 2

ISO 9001
Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap
with Flanged Connections - DIN (Spares)
DN15 FT54V (vertical) shown
DN40 FT54H (horizontal) shown
5.5.97

will have the nomenclature:-
FT54V-C or FT54H-C
Safety information
Pressure
Before attempting any maintenance on the trap, consider what is or may have been in the pipeline. Ensure that any pressure is isolated and
safely vented to atmospheric pressure before attempting to maintain the steam trap. This is easily achieved by fitting Spirax Sarco depressurisation
valves type DV (see separate literature for details). Do not assume that the system is depressurised even when a pressure gauge indicates zero.
Temperature
Allow time for temperature to normalise after isolation to avoid the danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing (including safety
glasses) is required.
Installation
preceding the trap. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance /replacement. Remove all protective caps prior to
installation. Open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks. Where steam traps are fitted in exposed conditions, the possibility of freezing
damage may be reduced by thermal insulation /draining /isolation.
Maintenance
gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Ensure that the correct tools and necessary protective equipment are used
at all times. When maintenance is complete open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks. See IM-P603-03 for further details.
Disposal
Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown in
broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical
Available spares
(DN15, DN20 and DN25) 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15
(DN40 and DN50) 7, 8, 9, 16
Ball float (DN40 and DN50 only) 11
22 23
Steam lock release and air vent assembly 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23
How to order spares Steam lock release

Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column assembly
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No., orientation
i.e. horizontal (H) or vertical (V) and pressure rating of the trap.
20 19 21
nomenclature would be FT54H-4.5-C.
3 17 18
5.5.98
15 5 12
11 7 16 8 9
Main valve assembly

for DN40 and DN50
size traps with
erosion deflector
10 13 6 14
Main valve assembly with

float for DN15, DN20 and
DN25 size traps

or
Item Nm
mm
FT54H Bolt 10 (socket) M12 x 35 70-75
DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stud M12 35-40
FT54V
Nut 19 M12 70-75
4
FT54H Bolt 24 M16 x 55 150-165
DN40 and DN50 Stud M16 70-80
FT54V
Nut 24 M16 150-165
5 17 M12 50-55
14 10 M6 x 10 10-12
16 10 M6 x 10 10-12
17 17 50-55
19 (SLR sub-assembly) 19 40-45
21 (SLR retaining nut) 13 4-5
FT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections - DIN (Spares) TI-P603-04 ST Issue 2
Steam traps
Ball
TI-P615-06
ST Issue 3
IFT54 Carbon Steel

Ball Float Steam Trapwith Integral
Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections
Description IFT54V DN15
The IFT54 is a carbon steel ball float steam trap fitted with an 2
integral Spiratec sensor (SSI) for steam leakage detection and 3 1
integral thermostatic air vent for the prompt removal of large
condensate loads from steam systems. The trap is supplied with 10
integrally flanged connections (for horizontal or vertical installation)
and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Body and 25
cover are produced by TV approved foundries. 24
Available options: IFT54H - Horizontal flow. IFT54V - Vertical flow. 6
Sensors are compatible with Spiratec indicators, automatic monitors 5
and test points:
R1 (single trap) remote test point,
R16C (16 trap) automatic steam trap monitor with PNP/NPN output 4
where appropriate.
Standards
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark IFT54H DN40
when so required.

Optional extras
If requested at the point of order the cover can be drilled and tapped
for the purpose of fitting a balance line and drain cock.
Pressure / temperature limits 8 11

9 24
Temperature C
7
25
3
Steam
saturation 4

curve 2

Pressure bar g
No. Part Material
The product should not be used in this region due to the 1 Body Carbon steel 1.0619+N
2 Cover Carbon steel 1.0619+N
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 50C Cover bolts FT54H Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 400C @ 24 bar g 4 Cover studs FT54V Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
Minimum allowable temperature -10C Cover nuts FT54V Steel CK 35 (1.1181)
Maximum operating pressure 5 Valve seat (DN15 -25) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057)
PMO 31 bar g
for saturated steam service 6 Valve (DN15-25) Stainless steel X 105 CrMo 17 (1.4125)
TMO Maximum operating temperature 240C @ 31 bar g 7 Valve seat (DN40 -50) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057)
Minimum operating temperature 0C 8 Valve (DN40 -50) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 17 2 (1.4057)
9 Main valve gasket Exfoliated graphite
DPMX Maximum differential pressure See overleaf 10 Ball float Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g 11 Ball float Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)
Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be 24 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
subjected to a pressure of greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to 25 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
the internal mechanism may result.
Steam traps
Ball float

IFT54H IFT54V
DN15 150 48 126 151 119 7.5 DN15 150 48 214 119 96 175 7.5
DN20 150 53 126 151 119 8.0 DN20 150 53 214 119 106 175 8.0
DN25 160 58 126 151 119 8.5 DN25 160 58 221 119 116 175 8.5
DN40 230 75.5 192 208 168 27.0 DN40 230 75.5 312 168 151 255 29.0
DN50 230 83 192 208 168 28.0 DN50 230 83 312 168 166 255 30.0
IFT54H DN15 - DN50 IFT54V DN15 - DN50

D E A B D E F
A G
C

IFT54H-4 IFT54H-4.5 IFT54H-8 IFT54H-10 IFT54H-12 IFT54H-20 IFT54H-28 IFT54H-32
Size and model
IFT54V-4 IFT54V-4.5 IFT54V-8 IFT54V-10 IFT54V-12 IFT54V-20 IFT54V-28 IFT54V-32

5.5.100

Condensate kg /h
Condensate kg /h

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4 4.5 8 10 12 16 20 28 32
DN15, DN20 and DN25 460 680 900 1 080 1250 - 1700 - 2000 2250 2550 - 3000
DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 - 1300 1700 1900 - 2250 2550 2900 -
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 IFT54H-4.5 ball float steam trap with a carbon steel body and cover having an integral sensor (SS1)
to identify steam leakage. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40. Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections.
Spare parts
See TI-P615-05 for relevant information.
IFT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap

TI-P615-06 ST Issue 3 with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-P615-05
ST Issue 2
IFT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float

ISO 9001
Sensor and Flanged Connections - (Spares)
DN15 IFT54V (vertical) shown
DN40 IFT54H (horizontal) shown
5.5.101

Installation note:
Caution: The cover gasket and main valve assembly gasket may contain a thin stainless steel support ring which may cause physical injury
if it is not handled and disposed of carefully.
Maintenance note:
Disposal
No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of these products provided due care is taken.
Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown in broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical information
see TI-P615-06.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25) 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector (DN40 and DN50) 7, 8, 9, 16
How to order spares

Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No., orientation i.e.
horizontal (H) or vertical (V) and pressure rating of the trap.
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN40 IFT54H-4.5 ball float steam trap. For operating pressures up to 4.5 bar.
IFT54H shown Air vent assembly
3 17 18
4
5.5.102
11 7 16 8 9
Main valve assembly
for DN40 and DN50
size traps with
erosion deflector
15 5 12
25 24
10 13 6 14
Main valve
assembly with
float for DN15,
DN20
and DN25 size traps
or
Item No. Nm
mm
IFT54H Bolt 10 (socket) M12 x 35 70 - 75
DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stud M12 35 - 40
IFT54V
Nut 19 A / F M12 70 - 75
4
IFT54H Bolt 24 A / F M16 x 55 150 - 165
DN40 and DN50 Stud M16 70 - 80
IFT54V
Nut 24 A / F M16 150 - 165
5 Valve seat 17 A / F M12 50 - 55
14 Valve bolts 10 A / F M6 x 10 10 - 12
17 Air vent seat 17 A / F 50 - 55
25 Sensor 24 A / F 50 - 55
IFT54 Carbon Steel Ball Float Steam Trap

with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections - (Spares) TI-P615-05 ST Issue 2
Steam traps
Ball
TI-P603-02
ST Issue 4
FT57
SG Iron
Description DN15 FT57V
The FT57 is an SG iron ball float steam trap with internal thermostatic 2
air vent for the prompt removal of large condensate loads from
steam systems. The trap is supplied with integrally flanged
connections (for horizontal or vertical installation) and can be 1
maintained without disturbing the pipework. Body and cover
are produced by TV approved foundries. For further information
see TI-P603-05. 10
Standards
These products fully compy with the requirements of the European 6
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 /23 /EC and carries the mark 5
when so required.
3
Certification

5.5.103 DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40 and DN50.
4
Optional
Steam lock release
Optional extras
nomenclature) can be fitted to all versions. This option provides
a steam lock release feature in addition to the standard air vent.
The cover can be drilled and tapped for the purpose of fitting a 2

11
Temperature C
1

8

Steam 9
7
saturation
curve 3

Pressure bar g 4 DN40 FT57H
No. Part Material
its operating range as damage to the internals may occur. 1 Body SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
2 Cover SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
Body design conditions PN40 3 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 40 bar g @ 120C Cover bolts FT57H Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 350C @ 28 bar g 4 Cover studs FT57V Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
Minimum allowable temperature -10C Cover nuts FT57V Steel CK 35 (1.1181)
Maximum operating pressure X 22 CrNi 17 2
PMO for saturated steam service 32 bar g 5 Valve seat DN15-DN25 Stainless steel (1.4057)
TMO Maximum operating temperature 287C @ 32 bar g X 105 CrMo 17
6 Valve DN15-DN25 Stainless steel (1.4125)
Note: For lower operating temperatures consult Spirax Sarco X 22 CrNi 17 2
7 Valve seat DN40 - DN50 Stainless steel (1.4057)
DPMX Maximum differential pressures See overleaf
X 22 CrNi 17 2
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 60 bar g 8 Valve DN40 - DN50 Stainless steel (1.4057)
Caution: The trap in its complete operational form must not be 9 Main valve gasket Exfoliated graphite
subjected to a pressure of greater than 48 bar otherwise damage to
the internal mechanism may result. 10 X 5 CrNi 18 10
11 Ball float Stainless steel (1.4301)
Steam traps
Ball float

FT57H FT57V
DN15 150 48 126 151 119 7.5 DN15 150 48 214 119 96 175 7.5
DN20 150 53 126 151 119 8.0 DN20 150 53 214 119 106 175 8.0
DN25 160 58 126 151 119 8.5 DN25 160 58 221 119 116 175 8.5
DN40 230 75.5 192 208 168 27.0 DN40 230 75.5 312 168 151 255 29.0
DN50 230 83 192 208 168 28.0 DN50 230 83 312 168 166 255 30.0
FT57H DN15 - DN50 FT57V DN15 - DN50
D E A B D E F
A G
C

FT57H-4 FT57H-4.5 FT57H-8 FT57H-10 FT57H-12 FT57H-20 FT57H-28 FT57H-32
Size and model FT57V-4 FT57V-4.5 FT57V-8 FT57V-10 FT57V-12 FT57V-20 FT57V-28 FT57V-32
5.5.104

Condensate kg /h
Condensate kg /h

DDifferential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) DDifferential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Pressure (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4 4.5 8 10 12 16 20 28 32
DN15, DN20 and DN25 460 680 900 1 080 1250 - 1700 - 2000 2250 2550 - 3000
DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1 080 - 1300 1700 1900 - 2250 2550 2900 -
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 FT57H-4.5 ball float steam trap with SG iron body and cover. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40.
Note: If the product has the optional steam lock release fitted the nomenclature would be FT57-4.5-C.
Spare parts See TI-P603-05 for relevant information.
TI-P603-02 ST Issue 4 FT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections
Steam traps
Ball float
TI-P603-05
ST Issue 2

ISO 9001
SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap
with Flanged Connections - (Spares)
DN15 FT57V (vertical) shown
DN40 FT57H (horizontal) shown
5.5.105

will have the nomenclature:-
FT57V-C or FT57H-C

Installation note:
Maintenance note:
Disposal
Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown
in broken line are not supplied as spares. For further technical
Available spares
(DN15, 20 and 25) 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15
(DN40 and 50) 7, 8, 9, 16
Ball float (DN40 and 50 only) 11
22 23
Steam lock release and air vent assembly 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23
How to order spares Steam lock release

Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column assembly
headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No., orientation
20 19 21
nomenclature would be FT57H-4.5-C.
3 17 18
4
(Not an
available
spare) 5.5.106
15 5 12
11 7 16 8 9
Main valve assembly

for DN40 and DN50
size traps with
erosion deflector
10 13 6 14
Main valve assembly with

float for DN15, DN20 and
DN25 size traps

or
Item No. Nm
mm
FT57H Bolt 10 (socket) M12 x 35 70 - 75
DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stud M12 35 - 40
FT57V
Nut 19 A / F M12 70 - 75
4
FT57H Bolt 24 A / F M16 x 55 150 - 165
DN40 and DN50 Stud M16 70 - 80
FT57V
Nut 24 A / F M16 150 - 165
5 Valve seat 17 A / F M12 50 - 55
14 Valve bolts 10 A / F M6 x 10 10 - 12
17 Air vent seat 17 A / F 50 - 55
19 (SLR sub-assembly) 19 A / F 40 - 45
21 (SLR retaining nut) 13 A / F 4 - 5
FT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap with Flanged Connections - (Spares) TI-P603-05 ST Issue 2
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.107
Steam traps
Ball
TI-P615-03
ST Issue 5
IFT57 SG Iron
Ball Float Steam Trap with
Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections
IFT57H
DN40
(horizontal shown)
5.5.108
IFT57V
DN15
(vertical shown)
Description
The IFT57 is an SG iron ball float steam trap having stainless steel working internals, an integral Spiratec sensor (SSI) for steam leakage
detection and built-in automatic air venting facility for the prompt removal of large condensate loads from steam systems. The trap is
supplied with integrally flanged connections and can be maintained without disturbing the pipework. Vertical flanged connections, designated
IFT57V are available. Flow direction for the horizontal trap is from right to left only when facing the body. For vertically orientated traps
the flow is downwards only. The body and cover are produced by TV approved foundries.
Available options: IFT57H - Horizontal flow. IFT57V - Vertical flow.
Sensors are compatible with Spiratec indicators, automatic monitors and test points:
R1 (single trap) remote set point,
R16C (16 trap) automatic steam trap monitor with PNP/NPN output where applicable.
Capsule - The BP99 /32 capsule used in the air vent assembly is suitable for 150C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50C superheat @ 32 bar g.
Optional extras
The top of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a balance line if requested at the point of order.
The bottom of the cover can be drilled and tapped " BSP or NPT for the purpose of fitting a drain cock if requested at the point of order.
Standards - This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC and carries
Certification - This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1. Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated

Standard flanges are EN 1092 PN40 (formerly DIN 2501) with face-to-face dimensions in accordance with EN 26554 (series 1).
Page 1 of 6
Steam traps
Ball float
2
3 1
10
25
24
6
5
IFT57H DN40
4
IFT57V DN15
5.5.109
11
8
9 24
7
25
3
4
2
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
2 Cover SG iron EN-GJS-400-18U-LT
Cover bolts FT57H Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
4 Cover studs FT57V Steel 24 CrMo 5 (1.7258)
Cover nuts FT57V Steel CK 35 (1.1181)
5 Valve seat (DN15-25) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi172(1.4057)
6 Valve (DN15-25) Stainless steel X 105CrMo17(1.4125)
7 Valve seat (DN40-50) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 172(1.4057)
8 Valve (DN40-50) Stainless steel X 22 CrNi 172(1.4057)
9 Main valve gasket Exfoliated graphite
10 Ball float Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)
11 Ball float Stainless steel X 5 CrNi 18 10 (1.4301)
24 Sensor gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
25 Sensor Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
TI-P615-03 ST Issue 5 IFT57 SG Iron Ball Float Steam Trap Page 2 of 6

with Integral Spiratec Sensor and Flanged Connections
Steam traps
Ball float

Temperature C
The product should not be used in this region due to the

Steam
saturation
curve
Pressure bar g
Capsule - The BP99 /32 capsule used in the air vent assembly is suitable for 150C superheat @ 0 bar g and 50C superheat @ 32 bar g.
IFT57H-4 IFTH-4.5 IFT57H-8 IFTH-10 IFT57H-12 IFT57H-20 IFTH-28 IFT57H-32

Size Model
Maximum IFT57V-4 IFTV-4.5 IFT57V-8 IFTV-10 IFT57V-12 IFT57V-20 IFTV-28 IFT57V-32
PMX differential
pressures DN15, DN20 and DN25 4 bar - 8 bar - 12 bar 20 bar - 32 bar 5.5.110
IFT57H IFT57V
DN15 150 48 126 151 119 7.5 DN15 150 48 214 119 96 175 7.5
DN20 150 53 126 151 119 8.0 DN20 150 53 214 119 106 175 8.0
DN25 160 58 126 151 119 8.5 DN25 160 58 221 119 116 175 8.5
DN40 230 75.5 192 208 168 27.0 DN40 230 75.5 312 168 151 255 29.0
DN50 230 83 192 208 168 28.0 DN50 230 83 312 168 166 255 30.0
IFT57H DN15 to DN50 IFT57V DN15 to DN50

D A B D F
A G
C
E Withdrawal distance E Withdrawal distance

Steam traps
Ball float


Condensate kg/h
Condensate kg/h

5.5.111

Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa) Differential pressure bar (x 100 = kPa)
Minimum additional cold water capacities from the air vent (kg/h)
P (bar) 0.5 1 2 3 4 4.5 8 10 12 16 20 28 32
DN15, DN20 and DN25 460 680 900 1080 1 250 - 1 700 - 2 000 2 250 2 550 - 3 000
DN40 and DN50 460 680 900 1080 - 1 300 1 700 1 900 - 2 250 2 550 2 900 -

Installation note:
The trap is designed for installation with the float arm in a horizontal plane so that it rises and falls vertically, ideally with a drop leg
immediately preceding the trap. Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance / replacement. Where steam
traps are fitted in exposed conditions, the possibility of freezing damage may be reduced by thermal insulation / draining / isolation.
For DN15 DN25 sizes : It is recommended that a strainer, with a screen having 0.8 mm perforations, is installed upstream of the unit
to ensure adequate removal of dirt from the steam system.
For DN40 DN50 sizes : It is recommended that a strainer, with a 40 mesh screen, is installed upstream of the unit to ensure adequate
removal of dirt from the steam system.
Maintenance note : Maintenance can be completed with the trap in the pipeline, once the safety procedures have been observed. It is
recommended that new gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken.
Caution : The cover gasket and main valve assembly gasket may contain a thin stainless steel support ring which may cause physical
injury if it is not handled and disposed of carefully.
Disposal : No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product provided due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 IFT57H-16 ball float steam trap with SG iron body and cover having an integral sensor (SSI) to identify
steam leakage. Flanged connections to EN 1092 PN40. Trap to be fitted with the optional balance and drain connections.

Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown in a broken line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Main valve assembly with float (DN15, DN20 and DN25) 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15
Main valve assembly with erosion deflector (DN40 and DN50) 7, 8, 9, 16
How to order spares

Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No., orientation
Example: 1 - Main valve assembly for a DN40 IFT54H-16 ball float steam trap. For operating pressures up to 16 bar.
IFT57H shown 3 Air vent assembly

17
18 5.5.112
4
11 7 16 8 9
Main valve assembly
for DN40 and DN50
size traps with
erosion deflector 15 5 12
25 24
Integral
Spiratec
sensor
10 13 6 14
Main valve assembly with float for
DN15, DN20 and DN25 size traps

Steam traps
Ball float
IFT57H shown 3 Air vent assembly

17
11 7
15 5
24
5.5.113
or
Item No. and part Nm
mm
IFT57H Bolt 10 A/F (socket) M12 x 35 70 - 75
DN15, DN20 and DN25 Stud M12 35 - 40

IFT57V
Nut 19 A/F M12 70 - 75
2
IFT57H Bolt 24 A/F M16 x 55 150 - 165
DN40 and DN50
Stud M16 70 - 80
IFT57V
Nut 24 A/F M16 150 - 165
5 DN15, DN20 and DN25 Valve seat 17 A/F M12 50 - 55
7 DN15, DN20 and DN25 Pivot frame assembly screws 10 A/F M6 x 10 10 - 12
15 DN40 and DN50 Servo-mechanism screws 10 A/F M6 x 10 10 - 12
17 Air vent assembly 17 A/F 50 - 55
24 Sensor 24 A/F 50 - 55

Steam traps
Ball
TI-P179-02
ST Issue 4
FTC80
Cast Steel
1" and 2" Ball Float Steam Trap with ASTM Body
2" FTC80 SW (R-L) shown
5.5.114
Description
As standard, the FTC80 ball float steam trap is supplied with a right to left (R-L) flow configuration having horizontal
connections and has provision for adding an air venting option; Please note that the unit is supplied with a " socket weld
connection in the cover with a plug screwed into the fitting. It has been designed for floor mounting and is suitable for most
high-pressure process and drainage applications. Its simple robust ball float mechanism ensures excellent resistance
to waterhammer. All internals are easily accessible for in-line maintenance and a drain port allows full body drainage.
It has a large maintainable strainer screen that extends service intervals and is located in an accessible flanged chamber.
Available options
Factory fitted external BDV2 air vent having a " NPT screwed connection (a " BSP screwed connection is used on the PN100 version)
Factory fitted internal fixed bleed for continuous discharge of air and other incondensable gasses
Note: As standard the unit is supplied with a " socket weld connection in the cover with a " BSP screwed plug fitted.
Standard
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 for the body, cover, fasteners, screen flange and BDV2 air vent.

1" and 2" ASME B 16.11 Class 6000 socket weld.
1" and 2" ASME B 16.5 Class 600 flanges.
Note: Other connections are available upon request but may limit the operating range Please consult Spirax Sarco for further
information.
Drain plug connection is " screwed NPT as standard (a " screwed BSP connection is used on the PN100 version).
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
32 (optional) 12 (optional)
Please note that items 33 to 42 make
up the fixed bleed assembly
29
4, 5
1 19 18 15, 26 6 13 14 3 27 9 10, 11
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
5.5.115 2 Cover Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
3 Cover gasket Tanged graphite SST100
4 Cover stud Steel ASTM A193 B16
5 Cover nuts Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 4
6 Valve head and retainer Stainless steel
7 Strainer flange Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
8 Strainer screen Stainless steel
9 Strainer gasket Tanged graphite SST100
10 Strainer studs Steel ASTM A193 B16
11 Strainer nuts Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 4
12 Air vent (optional) Stainless steel (See BDV2 in TI-P600-01)
13 Mechanism assembly Stainless steel
14 Float Stainless steel
15 Valve seat Titanium
18a
Assembly bolts Stainless steel A4-80
18b
19 Assembly gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
26 Gasket Stainless steel
27 Drain plug Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
28 Air vent plug (not shown) Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
29 Name-plate Stainless steel
* 30 Flange pipe Steel ASTM A335 P11
* 31 Flange Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
33 Bleed orifice Stainless steel ASTM A276 431
34 Pipe support Stainless steel 304 or 316
35 Washer Stainless steel
36 Lock-nut Stainless steel A2-70
32 Fixed bleed assembly
38 Ferrule Stainless steel 316L
39 Bleed pipe Stainless steel ASTM A269 304
40 Stud Stainless steel 316 S11 or S13
41 Twin ferrule Stainless steel 316 S11 or S13
42 Nut Stainless steel 316 S11 or S13
* Note: Items 30 and 31 the flange and flange pipe are not shown.
TI-P179-02 ST Issue 4 FTC80 Cast Steel 1" and 2" Ball Float Steam Trap with ASTM Body Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Pressure / temperature limits Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)

Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g

Condensate kg/h


PMO 80 bar g



FTC80-45 45 bar
PMX FTC80-62 62 bar
pressure
FTC80-80 80 bar

5.5.116
A B Withdrawal distance Weight
Size Socket Flanged BDV2 Plug C D E F Socket Flanged
weld ASME 600 Cover Screen weld ASME 600
DN40 (1") 555 755 430 390 324 110.5 55 260 112 118
DN50 (2") 555 785 430 390 324 110.5 55 260 112 118
E C
A (SW)
F
A (ASME100)

Installation note:
The FTC80 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it rises
and falls vertically. Integral legs assist stable floor mounting. Please note that appropriate high temperature jointing compound must be
used on the drain plug and air vent plug threads.
Disposal
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1" FTC80-45 (R-L) ball float steam trap with ASME Class 6000 weld connections and screwed
BDV2 manual air vent complete with 3.1 certification for the FTC80 and BDV2.
Steam traps
Ball float
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are
16
not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Mechanism maintenance kit, including float 3, 13, 18a,18b, 19
Seat and ball head 3, 15, 16, 17, 19, 26
Cover gasket (3 off) 3 15
Strainer screen 8, 9
Strainer gasket (3 off) 9
Mechanism and fixed bleed maintenance kit including float 3, 13, 18a, 18b, 19, 32
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed Available
spares and state the size and type of trap, including pressure range.
Example: 1 off Seat and ball head set for a Spirax Sarco 1" FTC80-45 ball float 26
steam trap.
Item 12 The BDV2 air vent is an optional extra. 17

For ordering this unit see TI-P600-01.
5.5.117
18b
32
(Optional - fixed
bleed assembly)
18a 19 13
8 9
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 1 of 4
TI-P179-03
ST Issue 3
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008FTC80

ISO 9001
Cast Steel
DN40 and DN50 Ball Float Steam Trap with EN Body
5.5.118
Description
As standard, the FTC80 ball float steam trap is supplied with a right to left (R-L) flow configuration having horizontal
connections and has provision for adding an air venting option; Please note that the unit is supplied with a " socket weld
connection in the cover with a plug screwed into the fitting. It has been designed for floor mounting and is suitable for most
high-pressure process and drainage applications. Its simple robust ball float mechanism ensures excellent resistance to
waterhammer. All internals are easily accessible for in-line maintenance and a drain port allows full body drainage. It has a large
maintainable strainer screen that extends service intervals and is located in an accessible flanged chamber.
Available options
Factory fitted external BDV2 air vent having a " BSP screwed connection
Factory fitted internal fixed bleed for continuous discharge of air and other incondensable gasses
Note: As standard the unit is supplied with a " socket weld connection in the cover with a " BSP screwed plug fitted.
Standard
This product fully complies with the requirements of the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC.
Certification
This product is available with certification to EN 10204 3.1 for the body, cover, fasteners, screen flange and BDV2 air vent.

DN40 and DN50 socket weld BS 3799.
DN40 and DN50 flanged EN 1092 PN100.
Note: Other connections are available upon request but may limit the operating range Please consult Spirax Sarco for further
information.
Drain plug connection is " screwed BSP as standard.
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 2 of 4
32 (optional) 12 (optional)
Please note that items 33 to 42 make
up the fixed bleed assembly
29
4, 5
1 19 18 15, 26 6 13 14 3 27 9 10, 11
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast steel GP240GH 1.0619
5.5.119 2 Cover Cast steel GP240GH 1.0619
3 Cover gasket Tanged graphite SST100
4 Cover stud Steel ASTM A193 B16
5 Cover nuts Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 4
6 Valve head and retainer Stainless steel
7 Strainer flange Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
8 Strainer screen Stainless steel
9 Strainer gasket Tanged graphite SST100
10 Strainer studs Steel ASTM A193 B16
11 Strainer nuts Steel ASTM A194 Gr. 4
12 Air vent (optional) Stainless steel (See BDV2 in TI-P600-01)
13 Mechanism assembly Stainless steel
14 Float Stainless steel
15 Valve seat Titanium
18a
Assembly bolts and nuts Stainless steel A4-80
18b
19 Assembly gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
26 Gasket Stainless steel
27 Drain plug Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
28 Air vent plug (not shown) Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
29 Name-plate Stainless steel
* 30 Flange pipe Steel ASTM A335 P11
* 31 Flange Steel ASTM A182 F11 CL2
33 Bleed orifice Stainless steel ASTM A276 431
34 Pipe support Stainless steel 304 or 316
35 Washer Stainless steel
36 Lock-nut Stainless steel A2-70
32 Fixed bleed assembly
38 Ferrule Stainless steel 316L
39 Bleed pipe Stainless steel ASTM A269 304
40 Stud Stainless steel 316 S11 or S13
41 Twin ferrule Stainless steel 316 S11 or S13
42 Nut Stainless steel 316 S11 or S13
* Note: Items 30 and 31 the flange and flange pipe are not shown.
FTC80 Cast Steel DN40 and DN50 Ball Float Steam Trap with EN Body TI-P179-03 ST Issue 3
Page 2 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 3 of 4
Pressure / temperature limits Capacities (in accordance with ISO 7842)

Temperature C

Steam

saturation

curve

Pressure bar g

Condensate kg/h


PMO 70 bar g



FTC80-45 45 bar
PMX FTC80-62 62 bar
pressure
FTC80-80 70 bar

5.5.120
A B Withdrawal distance Weight
Size Socket Flanged BDV2 Plug C D E F Socket Flanged
weld PN100 Cover Screen weld PN100
DN40 (1") 555 755 430 390 324 110.5 55 260 112 118
DN50 (2") 555 785 430 390 324 110.5 55 260 112 118
E C
A (SW)
F
A (PN100)

Installation note:
The FTC80 must be installed with the direction of flow as indicated on the body, and with the float arm in a horizontal plain so that it rises
and falls vertically. Integral legs assist stable floor mounting. Please note that appropriate high temperature jointing compound must be
used on the drain plug and air vent plug threads.
Disposal
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN40 FTC80-45 (R-L) ball float steam trap with flanged EN 1092 PN100 connections and screwed
BDV2 manual air vent complete with 3.1 certification for the FTC80 and BDV2.
Page 3 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
Page 4 of 4
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken line are
not supplied as spares.
16
Available spares
Mechanism maintenance kit, including float 3, 13, 18a,18b, 19
Seat and ball head 3, 15, 16, 17, 19, 26
Cover gasket (3 off) 3
Strainer screen 8, 9 15
Strainer gasket (3 off) 9
Mechanism and fixed bleed maintenance kit including float 3, 13, 18a, 18b, 19, 32
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed Available
spares and state the size and type of trap, including pressure range.
Example: 1 off Seat and ball head set for a Spirax Sarco DN40 FTC80-45 ball float
steam trap. 26
Item 12 The BDV2 air vent is an optional extra. 17

For ordering this unit see TI-P600-01.
5.5.121
18b
32
(Optional - fixed
bleed assembly)
18a 13
8 9
Page 4 of 4
Steam traps
Ball float
5.5.122
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
5.6.1
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
TI-S03-02
ST Issue 6
HM Series
Cast Iron
Inverted Bucket Steam Traps
Description
The Spirax Sarco HM Series of cast iron inverted bucket steam
traps are designed for installation in horizontal pipework. They are
available in screwed and flanged connections, with an optional
blowdown valve.

" - HM00, " - HM10 and 1" - HM12
Screwed BSP or NPT
DN15 - HM003, DN20 - HM103 and DN25 - HM123.
Standard flange: BS 4504 and DIN PN16
Optional extras
Integral blowdown valve:- The HM Series inverted bucket steam
traps can be supplied with integral blowdown valves to remove
debris from the inlet strainer. For further details see the relevant
Technical Information Sheet.
External air vents:- When required, HM Series inverted bucket

5.6.2
steam traps can be supplied with separate thermostatic air vents
to provide the efficient and quick release of air. Various models,
both balanced pressure and bimetallic, are available. Details for
the range up to 30 bar g are shown in the relevant sales brochure.
Diffusers:- Where steam traps discharge to atmosphere a diffuser

should be fitted to reduce the effect of the blast discharge. The
diffuser not only reduces the risk of groundwork erosion and
condensate splashback, but also reduces sound pressure levels
as well. Available models are detailed in the relevant sales
brochure.
Pressure / temperature limits Capacities

See TI-P072-02 for capacities

Temperature C


DPMX - Maximum differential pressure
Pressure bar g
DPMX - Maximum differential pressure bar
The product must not be used in this region. Size
4 8.5 10 12.5 14
Body design conditions PN16 " HM00/8 HM00/7 HM00/6 - -

Screwed
PMA Maximum allowable pressure 16 bar g " HM10/10 HM10/8 - HM10/7 -
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300 C 1" HM12/12 HM12/10 - - HM12/7
PMO Maximum operating pressure 16 bar g DN15 HM003/8 HM003/7 HM003/6 - -

Flanged
TMO Maximum operating temperature 300 C DN20 HM103/10 HM103/8 - HM103/7 -
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressue of 24 bar g DN25 HM123/12 HM123/10 - - HM123/7
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
HM 1" only 15 5 6 2 1
8
7
11
9
10
HM
" & "
4
3
HM 1" only
13
12 14
5.6.3
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Cover Cast Iron DIN 1691 GG 20
Cover bolts ", " Steel BS 3692 Gr.10
Cover nuts ", " Steel BS 3692 Gr.10.9

2
Cover bolts 1" Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Cover nuts 1" Steel BS 692 Gr. 8
4 Bucket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S16
5 Valve guide plate screw Stainless steel M4.5 x 10 BS 4183 18/8
6 Valve guide plate Stainless steel BS 1449 304 S11
8 Valve seat Stainless steel AISI 440B
9 Valve Stainless steel AISI 440B
10 Valve lever Stainless steel BS 1449 321 S31
HM00/10 Stainless steel BS 970 321 S31

11 Ferrule
HM12 Stainless steel BS 3605 (CFS) 304 S14
12 Strainer screen HM00 Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L
" and "SG iron DIN 1693 GGG 40

13 Strainer cap
1" Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 25
14 Strainer gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
15 Plug Stainless steel BS 970 416-537
HM Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Size A A1 B C F G H J Weight
DN15 " 120 210 100 100 73.5 89 65 M28 2.6
DN20 " 120 210 100 140 94.5 107 65 M28 3.2
DN25 1" 180 230 160 160 145.0 120 85 M32 8.8
A1
A C Withdrawal
B distance
G
J
H Withdrawal distance

Pressure
Before attempting any maintenance of the steam trap, consider what is or may have been in the pipeline. Ensure that any pressure
is isolated and safely vented to atmospheric pressure before attempting to maintain the steam trap. This is easily achieved by fitting
Spirax Sarco depressurisation valves type DV (see separate literature for details). Do not assume that the system is depressurised
even when a pressure gauge indicates zero.
Temperature
Allow time for temperature to normalise after isolation to avoid the danger of burns and consider whether protective clothing (including
5.6.4
safety glasses) is required.
Warning
The body/cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring, which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed of
carefully.
Installation
The trap must be installed with the body upright so that the bucket is rising and falling vertically. The inlet and outlet connections should
be in a horizontal plane, with the trap installed below the drain point so that a water seal can be maintained around the open end of the
bucket.
Suitable isolation valves must be installed to allow for safe maintenance and trap replacement. Remove all protective caps prior to
installation. Open isolation valves slowly until normal operating conditions are achieved. Check for leaks and correct operation.
Maintenance
gaskets and spares are used whenever maintenance is undertaken. Ensure that the correct tools and necessary protective equipment are
used at all times. When maintenance is complete open isolation valves slowly and check for leaks.
How to fit the valve and seat assembly
Isolate the trap, remove the cover by undoing the cover nuts.
Unhook the bucket from the valve lever. Remove the valve seat.
Remove the valve guide plate by undoing the two screws. Screw in a new valve seat, using a little jointing paste on the threads and making
sure the joint faces are clean. Fix a new valve guide plate in position by using the new screws which are supplied, hook the new valve
lever over the pins on the valve guide plate and centralise the valve to the orifice and tighten the screws.
Note: Due to adoption of metric threads the spares for the HM series, other than buckets, are not interchangeable with the spares for the
previous H series.
How to clean or replace the strainer screen
Undo the strainer cap and remove the screen. Clean or replace as required and reassemble the strainer cap into the body, ensuring the
screen is located centrally and a new gasket is used. Using a little anti-seize compound on the threads tighten to the recommended torque.
Disposal
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " HM10/7 inverted bucket steam trap with screwed BSP connections.

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Spare parts
Available spares
Valve and seat assembly 5 (2 off), 6, 8, 10
Bucket 4
Cover gasket and ferrule (packet of 3 each) 7, 11
Strainer screen 12
Strainer screen gasket (packet of 3 each) 14
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed
'Available spares' and state the size and series of the trap.
2
Example: 1 - Valve and seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco " HM00/7
inverted bucket steam trap.
6
5 Valve seat
8 assembly
10
11
5.6.5 7
or
Item Part Nm
mm
", " M6 x 25 15 - 16
2 12
1" M12 x 45 85 - 95
14
", " 13 50 - 55
8
1" 13 80 - 88
13
", " 22 M28 90 - 100
13
1" 27 M32 125 - 145 2

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
5.6.6
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
TI-S03-03
ST Issue 2
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 200 Series

ISO 9001
Cast Iron
Description
The Spirax Sarco 200 Series of inverted bucket steam traps are
designed for installation in vertical pipework. With cast iron bodies
and bolted cover they are maintainable and offer a very wide range
of capacities, in applications up to 17 bar g.
1
" - 2" screwed BSP or NPT
DN15 - 50 flanged*
*Flanges meet the requirements of BS 4504 DIN PN16, PN10, PN6
and ANSI 125 and ANSI 150.
In some sizes the inlet and outlet flanges are formed from the body
casting and have tapped holes to receive studs.
The stud holes are tapped UNC in ANSI flanges and metric in
BS 4504 DIN flanges.
Limiting conditions
Note: Maximum operating conditions depend on the orifice size. 2
PMO - Maximum operating pressure 22 bar g @ 210C
5.6.7 TMO - Maximum operating temperature 210C @ 22 bar g

9 7
10 11
PMX - Maximum differential pressure
Screwed valves 4
PMX - Maximum differential pressure bar
Size 2 2.5 4 8.5 12.5 13.8 17
5
" 211/12 - 211/10 211/8 - 211/7 211/6
" 212/16 - 212/12 212/10 - 212/8 212/7
12
1" 213/24 - 213/20 213/16 213/14 - 213/12
1" 215/36 - 215/28 215/22 215/20 - 215/18
2" - 216/48 216/40 216/32 216/28 - 216/24
Flanged valves
PMX - Maximum differential pressure bar
Size 2 2.5 4 8.5 12.5 13.8 17
DN15 221/12 - 221/10 221/8 - 221/7 221/6
DN20 222/16 - 222/12 222/10 - 222/8 222/7
DN25 223/24 - 223/20 223/16 223/14 - 223/12
DN40 225/36 - 225/28 225/22 225/20 - 225/18
DN50 - 226/48 226/40 226/32 226/28 - 226/24
Screwed version shown
Materials (for details of the flanged version see overleaf)
No. Part Material
1 Cover Cast iron DIN 1691 GG 20
Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
2
Cover nuts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8
6 Valve guide plate screws Stainless steel BS 4183 (18 /8)
10 Valve Stainless steel AISI 440B Certification
11 Valve lever Stainless steel BS 1449 321 S31 This product is available with certification to EN 10204 2.2.
12 Internal tube Steel BS 1387 (MED) the time of order placement.
Steam traps
Inverted bucket

For capacities see Technical Information Sheet TI-S03-04. The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
Dimensions /weight (approximate) in mm and kg Available spares
Screwed Valve and seat assembly (state pressure range) 6 (2 off), 7, 9, 11
Type Size A B C D Weight Bucket 5
Type 211 " 163 108 178 67 2.8 Internal tube 12
Type 212 " 200 135 229 93 5.2 Cover gasket (packet of 3) 8
Type 213 1" 269 188 280 114 12.2
Type 215 1" 365 238 380 140 27.0 How to order spares
Type 216 2" 432 286 470 185 43.5 headed 'Available spares' and state the size and full definition of the
trap e.g. 212 /10.
B C B C B Example: 1 - Valve and seat assembly for a " Spirax Sarco
C inverted bucket steam trap Series 212 /10.
A Type Type Type

211 A 221 A 223
212 222 225
213 226
215 7
216
6 Valve
and seat
D 9 assembly
D 11
Flanged
Type Size A B C D Weight
Type 221 DN15 215 108 254 - 4.9
Type 222 DN20 286 135 280 - 9.1
5
Type 223 DN25 305 188 305 121 16.3
Type 225
Type 226
DN40
DN50
370
450
238
286
380
457
140
165
30.8
49.4
5.6.8
The trap must be installed with the body upright so that the bucket is 8
rising and falling vertically. The inlet should be at the bottom with the
trap installed below the drain point so that a water seal can be
maintained around the end of the bucket.
Disposal
disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off DN40 225 /18 Spirax Sarco inverted bucket steam
trap with flanged PN16 connections.

or
Item Size of trap Nm
mm
2 (6 off) " - DN15 M8 x 35 18 - 22
2 (8 off) " - DN20 M10 x 40 16 - 20
2 (10 off) 1" - DN25 M12 x 60 24 - 28
2 (12 off) 1" - DN40 M16 x 75 60 - 66
2 (12 off) 2" - DN50 M16 x 75 64 - 70
" - DN15 2BA x 5
/16" 4-5
"- DN20 2BA x 5
/16" 4-5
6 1" - DN25 " WHIT x " 10 - 12
1"- DN40 " WHIT x " 10 - 12
2" - DN50 5
/16" WHIT x " 14 - 16
"- DN15 "AF 23 - 27
"- DN20 5
/8"AF 40 - 44
9 1"- DN25 7
/8"AF 80 - 88
1"- DN40 1"AF 175 - 190
2"- DN50 1"AF 270 - 300
" - 2"
12 DN15 - DN50 1"AF 60 - 70
200 Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps TI-S03-03 ST Issue 2
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
TI-S03-04
ST Issue 3

ISO 9001
HM Series and 200 Series
Capacities for the HM Series
1000
900 12 10
800
700
600
7
3
12
M
,H
500 12
HM
8
10
5.6.9 400
7
7
300
0 3 8
M1
Condensate kg /h
,H 6
10
HM
200
3
00
, HM
00
HM
100
90
80
70
60
50
0.5 0.7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12.5 14
Note: Traps should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load.
For further technical information for this product see TI-S03-02
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities for the 200 Series
10000
9000
48 40 32 28 24
8000
7000 6
, 22
6000 216
5000
22 20 18
36
28
4000
5
, 22
215
3000
2000
24
3 20 16
, 22 14
213 12
16
1000
900 2 12 10
, 22
800 212
700 8
Condensate kg/h
5.6.10
600
500
12 8
10 7
400
1
, 22 6
211
300
200
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
0.5 0.7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 17
For further technical information for this product see TI-S03-03
Capacity Charts for HM Series and 200 Series Inverted Bucket Steam Traps TI-S03-04 ST Issue 3
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
5.6.11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Page 1 of 3
TI-P077-01
ST Issue 5
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 S and SF Series

ISO 9001
Cast Iron
Description 21
15
The S and SF series are a range of inverted bucket steam traps.
The body and cover are constructed from cast iron and the complete
unit is readily maintainable. 17
Available options 12 2
S series In-line connections and integral strainer
SF series Integral anged connections and integral strainer 1
Standards
Pressure Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC. 7
Certication
Note: All certication / inspection requirements must be stated at
" - SA, " - SB, 1" - SC, 1" - SD screwed BSP, BS EN 10226
DN15 - SFA, DN20 - SFB, DN25 - SFC, DN40 - SFD
Standard ange EN 1092 PN16 (UNI 2237 / 2229)

11
5.6.12
10
Temperature C
Screwed "

9
Steam
saturation
curve

Pressure bar g
PMO 13 bar g @ 195C
Screwed 4 bar 8 bar 12 bar Flanged 4 bar 8 bar 12 bar
" SA4 SA8 SA12 DN15 SFA4 SFA8 SFA12
Flanged DN15
" SB4 SB8 SB12 DN20 SFB4 SFB8 SFB12
1" SC4 SC8 SC12 DN25 SFC4 SFC8 SFC12
1" SD4 SD8 SD12 DN40 SFD4 SFD8 SFD12 No. Part Material
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 24 bar g 10 Strainer cap Cast iron DIN 1691 GG25
Materials 12 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
No. Part Material * 13 Valve seat gasket Stainless steel BS 1449 304
1 Body Cast iron DIN 1691 GG25 * 14 Pivot pin Stainless steel BS 970 304 S15
2 Cover Cast iron DIN 1691 GG25 15 Top plug Malleable iron
*3 Valve seat Stainless steel X30 Cr 13 * 16 Valve screw Stainless steel BS 6105 CI A2 70
*4 Valve head Stainless steel X30 Cr 13 17 Cover bolts Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
*5 Valve lever Stainless steel BS 1449 304 18 Inlet tube ", 1", 1" Steel BS 1387
*6 Lever pivot Stainless steel BS 1449 304 * 19 Starlock washer Stainless steel
7 Ferrule Stainless steel BS 3605 CF5 304 S14 * 20 Washer Stainless steel
8 Bucket Stainless steel BS 1449 304 21 Name-plate Stainless steel BS 1449 304
9 Strainer screen Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L * Parts 3, 4, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 19 and 20 have been shown overleaf.
Page 1 of 3
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Page 2 of 3
Capacities
4000
8
4 12
3000
1" SD
2000
4 8
12
C
1" S
1000
8 12
900
4
800
SB
700 "
5.6.13 600
Condensate kg /h
500
8
400
4 12
SA
"
300
200
100
90
80
70
60
50
0.5 0.7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14
S and SF Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps TI-P077-01 ST Issue 5
Page 2 of 3
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Page 3 of 3

Screwed connections The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts shown
Available spares
" 130 105 75 95 170 70 66 3.4
Valve and seat assembly *(2 off) 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14*
" 175 145 110 105 215 90 80 7.3 (supplied pre-assembled) 16*, 19, 20*
1" 205 155 130 120 250 105 90 10.5 Bucket assembly 8
1" 245 180 195 150 345 165 105 19.0 Strainer screen 9, 11
Packet of all gaskets 7, 11, 12, 13
How to order spares
F Withdrawal distance Always order spare parts by using the description given in the
column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, Model No.
B and pressure rating of the trap.
A1 Example: 1 off Valve and seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN20
A SFB8 inverted bucket steam trap for differential pressures up
to 8 bar.
D
E
C 17
G
Withdrawal distance
Flanged connections
Size A1 B C D E F G Weight
12
5.6.14
DN15 175 105 85 95 180 70 66 4.7
13
DN20 225 145 110 105 215 90 80 9.3
3
DN25 255 155 135 120 255 105 90 12.8
4, 19
DN40 295 180 195 155 350 165 105 22.3
6
5
The trap must be installed with the body upright with the strainer cap
at the bottom so that the internal bucket is rising and falling vertically. 20
Disposal:
This product is recycable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with 8
7
or
Item
No. Trap size Nm
mm
" - DN15 15 - 25 - 30
" - DN20 17 - 25 - 40
3 1" - DN25 22 - 50 - 60
1" - DN40 30 - 80 - 90
" - DN15 - M28 x 30 50 - 60
10 " - DN20 - M32 x 36 50 - 60
1" - DN25 - M42 x 46 70 - 80
1" - DN40 - M42 x 50 90 - 110
" - DN15 - M4 x 8 2.5 - 3
" - DN20 - M5 x 10 3 - 4
16 1" - DN25 - M5 x 10 3 - 4
1" - DN40 - M6 x 10 5 - 6
" - DN15 - M8 x 20 20 - 25
17 " - DN20 - M12 x 25 60 - 70
1" - DN25 - M10 x 30 40 - 45 9
1" - DN40 - M12 x 35 60 - 70
11
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 SFB4 inverted bucket steam 10
trap having anged EN 1092 PN16 connections.
S and SF Series Cast Iron Inverted Bucket Steam Traps TI-P077-01 ST Issue 5
Page 3 of 3
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
TI-P077-05
ST Issue 3
Cert. No. LRQ 0963008 SCA Series

ISO 9001
Steel
Description 1
The Spirax Sarco SCA series is a maintainable carbon steel inverted
bucket steam trap with in-line connections. They are suitable for a
wide range of pressures and incorporate an integral strainer.

", " and 1" screwed BSP or NPT.
DN15, DN20 and DN25 socket weld ends (ANSI B 16.11),
flanged PN40, ANSI 150 and ANSI 300.
8 9
Limiting conditions (ISO 6552) 10 12,16
Maximum operating conditions depend on the orifice size. 14 13
Body design conditions ANSI / ASME 300 (PN50) 7 17
PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 51 bar g 15
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 400C
2
Operating range
5.6.15 400 A
Temperature C
300
200 Steam 4
saturation
100 curve
D C B 5
0
0 10 14.1* 20 30 36.1* 40 41.5*
41.6* 51
Pressure bar g
* PMO Maximum operating pressure recommended.
A - B Flanged ANSI 300, screwed and socket weld
A - C Flanged BS 4504 PN40 (ISO 7005.1) 18
6
A - D Flanged ANSI 150
Differential pressure limitations Materials

PMX - Maximum differential pressure bar No Part Material
Size
3 5 11 15 30 40 1 Body Carbon steel ASTM A105
DN15 " SCA3 SCA5 SCA11 SCA15 SCA30 SCA40 2 Cover Carbon steel A216 WCB
DN20 " SCA3 SCA5 SCA11 SCA15 SCA30 SCA40 *3 Cover bolts Steel ASTM A193 Gr. B7
DN25 1" SCA3 SCA5 SCA11 SCA15 SCA30 SCA40 4 Bucket Stainless steel AISI 304-2B
The SCA15, SCA30 and SCA40 are available as standard and the 5 Screen Stainless steel AISI 304
SCA3, SCA5 and SCA11 to special request.
6 Strainer cap Stainless steel AISI 416
Note: The pressure limit on the flange specified should be greater
than the pressure limit of the internal mechanism. The table below 7 Inlet tube Stainless steel AISI 304
offers guidance. 8 Cover gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
9 Valve seat Stainless steel AISI 440C
Pressure
Flange (at saturation) Mechanism available 10 Valve guide plate Stainless steel AISI 304-2B
ANSI 150 14.1 bar g 3, 5, 11 (15 limited to 14.1 bar g) * 11 Valve guide plate screws Stainless steel BS 6105 CI A2-70
ANSI 300 41.6 bar g all versions 12 Hinge pin Stainless steel AISI 304
PN40 36.1 bar g 3, 5, 11, 15, 30 (40 limited to 36.1 bar g) 13 Valve lever Stainless steel AISI 304-2B
14 Valve head Stainless steel AISI 420
15 Spring pin Stainless steel AISI 304
16 Washer Stainless steel AISI 304
17 Starlock washer Stainless steel AISI 301
18 'S' type gasket Stainless steel AISI 304
* Note: Items 3 and 11 not illustrated.
Certification
The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1.B
as standard. Certification must be specified at the time of order.
Steam traps
Inverted bucket

Screwed PN40 ANSI ANSI Withdrawal Weight
Size SW 150 300 distance Screwed ANSI ANSI
A A1 A1 A1 B C D SW PN40 150 300
DN15 " 90 150 150 150 167 100 110 3.0 4.7 4.6 5.0
DN20 " 90 150 150 150 167 100 110 3.0 5.3 5.0 5.8
DN25 1" 165 160 160 160 167 100 110 3.5 6.0 5.7 6.5
A1 Spare parts
A The spare parts that are available are detailed below.
Available spare
Internal set 4, 8, 9, 10, 11 (2 off)*, 12, 13, 14,
(state pressure range) 15, 16 (2 off), 17

Strainer set 5, 18

Cover and strainer gasket (packet of three) 8, 18
D D
* Note: Item 11 (valve guide plate screws) are not shown.

B How to order spares
column headed 'Available spare' and state the size, model number
and pressure rating of the trap.
Example: 1 - Internal set for a Spirax Sarco DN20 SCA15 inverted
bucket steam trap.


700
500
SC
A3
5.6.16
400 8 9
A5
SC 10 12,16
300 1 14 13
A1
Capacity kg / h
SC 15 17
A
SC
200 15
0
A3
SC
0
A4
SC
100
60
0.5 1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 40
Pressure bar g 4
Installation
The trap must be installed with the body upright so that the bucket
is rising and falling vertically. The inlet and outlet connections 5
should be in a horizontal plane, with the trap installed below the
drain point so that a water seal can be maintained around the
open end of the bucket.
Maintenance
Before undertaking any maintenance on the inverted bucket steam
trap it must be isolated from both supply line and return line and any
pressure allowed to safely normalise to atmosphere. The trap should
then be allowed to cool. It is recommended that new gaskets are
used whenever maintenance is undertaken. 18
The cover gasket contains a thin stainless steel support ring 6
which may cause physical injury if it is not handled and disposed (not an available spare)
of carefully.
How to fit valve and seat assembly Recommended tightening torques
Isolate the inverted bucket steam trap, remove body by undoing mm
cover bolts. Remove complete bucket assembly by undoing the two Item No Part Nm
screws. Remove valve seat. Screw in new valve seat to torque
figures shown, using a little jointing paste on the threads and or
making sure that joint faces are clean. Fix new bucket assembly in
position by using new screws which are supplied, centralise valve to *3 Cover bolts 14 M10 40 - 45
the orifice and tighten screws to torque figures shown. Using new 6 Strainer cap 5 M28 170 - 190
gaskets, refit body to torque figures shown. 9 Valve seat 17 M16 35 - 40
How to order Valve guide
* 11 plate screws Posidrive M4 x 6 2.5 - 3.0
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco DN20 SCA15 inverted bucket steam
trap with steel body, and flanged to PN40. * Note: Items 3 and 11 are not illustrated.
SCA Series Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Traps TI-P077-05 ST Issue 3

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
5.6.17
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
TI-P072-01
ST Issue 5
HM34 Series
Carbon Steel
Description
The HM34 is an inverted bucket steam trap manufactured in carbon steel Size " and "
with an internal strainer fitted as standard.
It is designed for use on horizontal installations and will operate on steam
pressures up to 32 bar g.
Standards
Certification
Note: All certification/inspection requirements must be stated at the time
of order placement.

", " and 1" screwed BSP or NPT.
DN25 socket weld ends BS 3799 Class 3000.
DN15, DN20 and DN25 standard flange EN 1092 PN40. 5.6.18
Available on request: Flanged ANSI 150 and ANSI 300 connections.

A
Temperature C

Steam
saturation
curve
C B

Pressure bar g

A - B Screwed, socket weld, flanged EN 1092 PN40 and ANSI 300.
Size 1"
A - C Flanged ANSI 150

PMA Maximum allowable pressure @ 120 C 40 bar g
TMA Maximum allowable temperature 300 C
TMO Maximum operating temperature 300 C
Size 4 bar 8.5 bar 12 bar 20 bar 32 bar

DN15 - " HM34/8 HM34/7 HM34/6 HM34/5 HM34/4
DN20 - " HM34/10 HM34/8 HM34/7 HM34/6 HM34/5
DN25 - 1" HM34/12 HM34/10 HM34/8 HM34/6 HM34/5
Page 1 of 4
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Size " and "
1
2
7
6 8
5 11
10
9
12
13
14
5.6.19
Size 1"
Materials
No. Part Material
", " Forged steel 1.0460 (C22.8)
1 Cover
1" Cast steel 1.0619 +N
Cover screws ", " Steel BS 4168 Gr. 8.8
2 Cover bolts 1" Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
Cover nuts ", ", 1" Steel BS 3692 Gr. 8.8
3 Body Cast steel 1.0619 +N
Stainless steel
5 Valve guide plate screw BS 4183 18/8
M 4.5 x 10
9 Valve Stainless steel AISI 440B
10 Valve lever Stainless steel BS 1449 321 S31
"," Stainless steel BS 970 321 S31
11 Ferrule
1" Stainless steel BS 3605 (CFS) 304 S14
12 Strainer screen Stainless steel ASTM A240 316L
13 Strainer cap Steel 1.0460 (C22.8)
HM34 Series Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Steam Traps

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities
See TI-P072-02 for full details of capacities.
Screwed and socket weld connections
" 120 210 105 100 67 89 65 M28 2.6
" 120 210 105 100 88 107 65 M28 4.0
1" 180 230 160 160 145 120 85 M32 10.4
Flanged connections
DN15 120 210 105 100 67 89 65 M28 4.5
DN20 120 210 105 100 88 107 65 M28 7.0
DN25 180 230 160 160 145 120 85 M32 12.0
A1
C A
Withdrawal
distance B
F 5.6.20
Withdrawal
distance
H
Thread J
for
strainer screen

Installation note:
The trap must be installed with the body upright so that the bucket is rising and falling vertically. The inlet and outlet connections should
be in a horizontal plane, with the trap installed below the drain point so that a water seal can be maintained around the open end of the
bucket.
Disposal:
This product is recycable. No ecological hazard is anticipated with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco " HM34/8 inverted bucket steam trap with screwed BSP connections.

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in solid outline. Parts shown in a grey line are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Valve and seat assembly 5 (2 off), 6, 8, 10
Bucket 4
Cover gasket and ferrule (packet of 3 each) 7, 11
Strainer screen 12
Strainer screen gasket (packet of 3 each) 14
Set of cover bolts and nuts (set of 6) 2
How to order spares

Always order spare parts by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the size, type of trap and
pressure range.
Example: 1 off Valve and seat assembly for a Spirax Sarco DN25 HM34/7 inverted bucket steam trap.
Valve and seat

assembly
6
5
5.6.21 8
10
11
or
Item Size Nm
mm
", " M8 x 30 25 - 28
2
1 M12 x 45 25 - 28
12
", " 13 - 50 - 55 14
8
1" 13 - 80 - 88
13
", " 22 M28 90 - 100
13
1" 27 M32 125 - 145
2

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
5.6.22
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
TI-P072-02
ST Issue 2

ISO 9001
HM34
Capacities
Condensate kg / h
" / DN15
5.6.23

For selection see overleaf
Capacities
Condensate kg / h
" / DN20

For selection see overleaf
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities
Condensate kg / h
1" / DN25
Selection note: Traps should be selected for the most appropriate working pressure differential and not on the basis of load, For example;
DN25 HM34 with a load of 80 kg / h at 7 bar differential should be handled by an HM34/10 and not an HM34/5.
5.6.24
Capacity Charts for HM34 Inverted Bucket Steam Traps TI-P027-02 ST Issue 2
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
5.6.25
Steam traps
Inverted
Local regulations may restrict the use of this bucket
TI-P067-10
ST Issue 1
IBV Series C
Carbon Steel
Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap
Description
The IBV series C inverted bucket steam trap is manufactured
using carbon steel for the body and cover; with internal
components being made of stainless steel. It is suitable for
use with saturated and superheated steam and in high pressure
and high temperature applications. The IBV is fully automatic
and has been designed in such a way that there is minimal
friction from mechanism movement; valve closure is immediate, 3 For items
without any steam loss and the discharge action is positive with 9, 10, 11, 12
no equivocal phases. 2 and 13
On the cover of the IBV there in a " hole, threaded and see 'Spare
4
plugged, to eliminate any water discharge after being hydraulically parts' for
tested before leaving the factory. This hole can be reopened on specific part

site for the customer to perform periodic hydro testing. 7 identification
8
Available types 6
The following
Series C Carbon steel body and cover
Inbuilt will be
5.6.26
Carbon steel body and cover check valve supplied,
with a material specification of Supplied as an if specified,
Series C-LF2 See TI-P067-13 Optional extra at the time of
A350 LF2 for low temperature
applications down to -46C order
placement:
Series Z Alloy steel body and cover See TI-P067-15 5
1. A special
Standards name-plate
1 when a
This steam trap is designed following the ASME VIII Directive
and complies with the requirements of the European Pressure U-STAMP has
Equipment Directive 97 / 23 / EC and carries the mark when been specified.
so required.
2. A support
Certification bracket. The
The product is available with material certification to EN 10204 3.1. support bracket
Note: All certification / inspection requirements must be stated at will be bolted
the time of order placement. where
indicated '' on
Optional extras the adjacent
On request the IBV steam trap can be equipped with the following: illustration.
An inbuilt stainless steel check valve
Please note that this option is only available for units that have Materials
a DP maximum differential pressure of 40 bar and above - See No. Part Material
the IBV product nomenclature and selection guide on page 10
for clarification. Carbon PED ASTM A266 CL.2
1 Body
steel U-STAMP ASME SA266 CL.2
A Stellite plug and seat.
2 Cover Carbon steel ASTM A105
Cover bolts Carbon steel A193 B7
Please note that all standard flanges (as noted below) will be NACE version (external only) ASTM A479 XM-19
slip-on type. Weld-neck type flanges can be supplied to special 4 Cover gasket Reinforced graphite
order and must be specified at the time of order placement. 5 Channelling pipe Stainless steel AISI 316
", ", 1", 1", 2" and 3" 6 Bucket Stainless steel AISI 316
Screwed BSP or NPT
7 Bracket Stainless steel AISI 316
Socket weld, according to ASME B 16.11
8 Bracket screw Stainless steel AISI 316
", ", 1", 1", 2" and 3"
Flanged ASME B 16.5 ASME class 150, 300, 600, 900 and 1500* 9 Lever pin Stainless steel AISI 316
10 Split pin Stainless steel AISI 316
Flanged EN 1092 PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100 and PN160* 11 Valve seat Stainless steel 400 series
12 Valve head Stainless steel 400 series
* Note: that the flanged ASME class 1500 and EN 1092 PN160
13 Valve lever Stainless steel AISI 316
units are limited to a body rating of ASME class 900.
Page 1 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Screwed, Socket weld and Flanged ASME
Pressure psi g
B
A F E D C
be used in this region or
TemperatureC
TemperatureF
beyond the parameter of
the PMA or TMA of the
Steam
saturation relative end connection.
curve
* Please note that the PMO
is limited to the maximum
F E D B, C
DP of the selected IBV.

Pressure bar g
Body design conditions ASME class 900

Screwed
PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 153.2 bar g @ 38C 2 222 psi g @ 100F
A-B-B and
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 425C @ 86.3 bar g 797F @ 1 251 psi g
Socket weld
Minimum allowable temperature -29C -20F
* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 116.3 bar g 1 687 psi g
TMO - Maximum operating temperature 425C @ 86.3 bar g 797F @ 1 251 psi g
A-C-C ASME class 900
Minimum operating temperature 0C 32F
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 229.8 bar g 3 333 psi g
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 425C @ 57.5 bar g 797F @ 834 psi g
5.6.27
A-D-D ASME class 600
TMO - Maximum operating temperature 425C @ 57.5 bar g 797F @ 834 psi g
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 150 bar g 2 175 psi g
PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 51.1 bar g @ 38C 741 psi g @ 100F
A-E-E ASME class 300
* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 41.7 bar g 605 psi g
A-F-F ASME class 150
* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 14 bar g 203 psi g
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 29.4 bar g 426 psi g
TI-P067-10 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 2 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Pressure / temperature limits (ISO 6552) - Flanged DIN
L K J H G
A The product must not
TemperatureC

Steam
saturation relative end connection.
curve
L K J H G DP of the selected IBV.

Pressure bar g

PMA - Maximum allowable pressure 100 bar g @ 38C
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 425C @ 44.9 bar g
A-G-G PN100
* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 66 bar g
TMO - Maximum operating temperature 425C @ 44.9 bar g
5.6.28
A-H-H PN63
A-J-J PN40
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 57.2 bar g
A-K-K PN25
A-L-L PN16
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN15
Note: IBV inverted bucket steam traps should be selected for use at the most Working example:
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 500 kg /h
Condensate discharge capacities (kg / h) - The discharge capacities in the table are Effective differential pressure = 30 bar
referring to the operating temperature of the saturated steam and the PMO of the steam Upstream pressure = 45 bar g
trap shall be the relevant DP maximum differential pressure of each specific model. Backpressure = 15 bar g
The unit of choice would have a DP max.
For optimum trap selection you need to know the following criteria: differential pressure of 70 bar which is
a) The hourly amount of condensate to be discharged, inclusive of the safety factor: greater than the upstream pressure.
x 1.5 for continuous use, x 2 to x 3 for intermittent use. For full product selection and nomenclature
b) The effective differential pressure. follow the guide on page 10.

5.6.29

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN20
appropriate working differential pressure and not on the basis of load. Condensate discharge = 1 050 kg /h

5.6.30

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN25

5.6.31

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN40

5.6.32

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN50

5.6.33

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN80

5.6.34

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket

Dimensions Weights
IBV size
BSP Socket Flanged ASME class: Flanged EN 1092:
A B C D E + weld 150 300 600 900 1500 PN16 PN25 PN40 PN63 PN100 PN160
NPT
DN15 " 260 488 420 25 165 20 18 20 20 20 22 22 20 20 20 20 22 22
DN20 " 260 488 420 25 165 26 24 26 28 28 30 30 28 28 28 28 30 30
DN25 1" 345 616 530 40 210 42 39 42 44 44 48 48 42 42 42 42 46 46
DN40 1" 411 774 650 39 265 68 65 70 72 72 78 78 70 70 70 70 74 74
DN50 2" 411 782 650 39 265 68 65 72 74 76 88 88 72 72 72 74 78 78
DN80 3" 532 1 026 850 36 305 125 120 132 136 138 152 162 130 130 130 134 138 142
The following E E E
will be D D D
supplied,
if specified,
at the time of
order
placement:
1. A special
name-plate
when a
U-STAMP has
been specified.
2. A support A B C
bracket. The
support bracket
will be bolted
5.6.35 where
indicated '' on
the adjacent
illustration. Socket weld
Flanged
Screwed
IBV product nomenclature and selection guide:

Please note that other units are available on request to suit the specifics of a particular process application.
Series C = Carbon steel C
PMO @ 116 bar g = ASME class 900 body

Saturated steam
Carbon steel 62 bar g = ASME class 600 body 116
temperature for
the body rating 43 bar g = ASME class 300 body
DP maximum differential pressure DP = 6, 10, 15, 20, 40, 55, 70, 90, 110 bar 110
Size = ", ", 1", 1", 2", 3" or DN15, DN20, DN25, DN40, DN50, DN80 3"
Screwed = BSP or NPT
Connections Socket weld = According to ASME B 16.11 ASME
ASME = ASME class 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 class 300
Flanged
EN 1092 = PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100, PN160
Blank = Standard
NACE = NACE compliancy
Optional extras
Check valve
CV = Please note that this option is only available for units that have a
DP maximum differential pressure of 40 bar and above - See above.
IBV product selection example: IBV - C - 116 - 110 - 3" - ASME class 300 -
How to order
1 off Spirax Sarco IBV - C - 116 - 110 - 3" - Flanged ASME class 300 inverted bucket vertical steam trap having a carbon steel
body and cover with stainless steel internals.
Steam traps
Inverted bucket

Installation note:
The trap must be installed below the drain point with the body
upright in a vertical position, the cover at the top and the inlet
connection at the bottom; this orientation will ensure that the
bucket mechanism will rise and fall vertically without any friction.
It is recommended that a strainer is installed upstream of the IBV
to protect it from contamination.
To permit safe inspection for cleaning or maintenance purpose it
is again recommended that suitable shut-off valves are installed
upstream and downstream of the IBV application.
It needs to be appreciated that there is blast discharge with this
device, consequently the downstream accessories, if any, should
be installed at a minimum distance of 1 m from the IBV.
11
Disposal
with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
7
10 8
Spare parts 12
in broken line are not supplied as spares. 9
Available spares 13
Valve assembly 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13
Bucket assembly 4, 6, 9, 10
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column 5.6.36
headed 'Available spares' and state the type of trap, pressure rating 6
and size and type of the connections.
Example: 1 - Valve assembly for a
Spirax Sarco IBV - C - 116 - 110 - 3" - Flanged ASME class 300
inverted bucket vertical steam trap.
Optional extra
4
Inbuilt
stainless steel
check valve
Please note that this option is

only available for units that have
a DP m a x i m u m d i f f e r e n t i a l
pressure of 40 bar and above -
See the IBV product nomenclature
and selection guide on page 10
for clarification.
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
5.6.37
Steam traps
Inverted
TI-P067-13
ST Issue 1
IBV Series C-LF2

Carbon Steel
Description
The IBV series C-LF2 inverted bucket steam trap is manufactured
using carbon steel (A350 LF2) for the body and cover; with
internal components being made of stainless steel. It is suitable
for use with saturated and superheated steam and in high
pressure and high temperature applications. The IBV is fully
automatic and has been designed in such a way that there is
minimal friction from mechanism movement; valve closure is 3 For items
immediate, without any steam loss and the discharge action is 9, 10, 11, 12
positive with no equivocal phases. 2 and 13
4

8
Available types 6
The following
Series C Carbon steel body and cover See TI-P067-10
Inbuilt will be
5.6.38
Series C-LF2 Optional extra at the time of
placement:
Series Z Alloy steel body and cover See TI-P067-15 5
1. A special
1 when a
so required.
2. A support
indicated '' on
for clarification. Carbon PED ASTM A350 LF2
1 Body
steel U-STAMP ASME SA350 LF2
2 Cover Carbon steel ASTM A350 LF2
Cover bolts Stainless steel ASTM A193 Grade B8
Screwed BSP or NPT
", ", 1", 1", 2" and 3"
Page 1 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Pressure psi g
B
A F E D C

TemperatureC
TemperatureF
Steam the PMA or TMA of the
saturation
curve relative end connection.

F E D B, C DP of the selected IBV.

Pressure bar g

Screwed
A-B-B and
Socket weld
5.6.39
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: 150 bar g 2 175 psi g
TI-P067-13 ST Issue 1 IBV Series C-LF2 Carbon Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 2 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
L K J H G
A
TemperatureC
Steam beyond the parameter of

saturation the PMA or TMA of the
curve
relative end connection.


Pressure bar g

A-G-G PN100
5.6.40
A-H-H PN63
A-J-J PN40
A-K-K PN25
A-L-L PN16
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN15

5.6.41

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN20

5.6.42

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN25

5.6.43

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN40

5.6.44

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN50

5.6.45

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN80

5.6.46

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket

Dimensions Weights
IBV size
NPT
DN15 " 260 488 420 25 165 20 18 20 20 20 22 22 20 20 20 20 22 22
DN20 " 260 488 420 25 165 26 24 26 28 28 30 30 28 28 28 28 30 30
DN25 1" 345 616 530 40 210 42 39 42 44 44 48 48 42 42 42 42 46 46
DN40 1" 411 774 650 39 265 68 65 70 72 72 78 78 70 70 70 70 74 74
DN50 2" 411 782 650 39 265 68 65 72 74 76 88 88 72 72 72 74 78 78
DN80 3" 532 1 026 850 36 305 125 120 132 136 138 152 162 130 130 130 134 138 142
The following E E E
will be D D D
supplied,
if specified,
at the time of
order
placement:
1. A special
name-plate
when a
U-STAMP has
been specified.
2. A support A B C
bracket. The
support bracket
will be bolted
5.6.47 where
indicated '' on
the adjacent
Flanged
Screwed

Series C-LF2 = Carbon steel with a material specification of A350 LF2 C-LF2

Saturated steam
Carbon steel 62 bar g = ASME class 600 body 116
temperature for
Flanged
EN 1092 = PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100, PN160
Blank = Standard
Optional extras
Check valve
IBV product selection example: IBV - C-LF2 - 116 - 110 - 3" - ASME class 300 -
How to order
1 off Spirax Sarco IBV - C-LF2 - 116 - 110 - 3" - Flanged ASME class 300 inverted bucket vertical steam trap having a carbon steel
body and cover with stainless steel internals.
Steam traps
Inverted bucket

Installation note:
The trap must be installed below the drain point with the body
upright in a vertical position, the cover at the top and the inlet
connection at the bottom; this orientation will ensure that the
bucket mechanism will rise and fall vertically without any friction.
It is recommended that a strainer is installed upstream of the IBV
to protect it from contamination.
To permit safe inspection for cleaning or maintenance purpose it
is again recommended that suitable shut-off valves are installed
upstream and downstream of the IBV application.
It needs to be appreciated that there is blast discharge with this
device, consequently the downstream accessories, if any, should
be installed at a minimum distance of 1 m from the IBV.
11
Disposal
with the disposal of this product providing due care is taken.
7
10 8
Spare parts 12
in broken line are not supplied as spares. 9
Available spares 13
Valve assembly 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13
Bucket assembly 4, 6, 9, 10
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column 5.6.48
headed 'Available spares' and state the type of trap, pressure rating 6
and size and type of the connections.
Example: 1 - Valve assembly for a
Spirax Sarco IBV - C-LF2 - 116 - 110 - 3" - Flanged ASME class 300
inverted bucket vertical steam trap.
Optional extra
4
Inbuilt
stainless steel
check valve
Please note that this option is

only available for units that have
a DP m a x i m u m d i f f e r e n t i a l
pressure of 40 bar and above -
See the IBV product nomenclature
and selection guide on page 10
for clarification.
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
5.6.49
Steam traps
Inverted
TI-P067-15
ST Issue 1
IBV Series Z
Alloy Steel
Description
The IBV series Z inverted bucket steam trap is manufactured
using alloy steel for the body and cover; with internal components
being made of stainless steel. It is suitable for use with saturated
and superheated steam and in high pressure and high
temperature applications. The IBV is fully automatic and has been
designed in such a way that there is minimal friction from
mechanism movement; valve closure is immediate, without any 3 For items
steam loss and the discharge action is positive with no equivocal 9, 10, 11, 12
phases. 2 and 13
4

8
Available types 6
The following
Series C Carbon steel body and cover See TI-P067-10
Inbuilt will be
5.6.50
Series C-LF2 See TI-P067-13 Optional extra at the time of
placement:
Series Z Alloy steel body and cover 5
1. A special
1 when a
so required.
2. A support
indicated '' on
for clarification. Alloy PED ASTM A182 F22 CL.3
1 Body
steel U-STAMP ASME SA182 F22 CL.3
2 Cover Alloy steel ASTM A182 F11
Cover bolts Alloy steel A193 B16
Screwed BSP or NPT
", ", 1", 1", 2" and 3"
Page 1 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Pressure psi g
B
A E D C

TemperatureC
TemperatureF
Steam
saturation
curve * Please note that the PMO
F E D B, C DP of the selected IBV.

Pressure bar g

Screwed
A-B-B and
TMA - Maximum allowable temperature 538C @ 55.3 bar g 1 000F @ 802 psi g
Socket weld
TMO - Maximum operating temperature 538C @ 55.3 bar g 1 000F @ 802 psi g
5.6.51
TI-P067-15 ST Issue 1 IBV Series Z Alloy Steel Inverted Bucket Vertical Steam Trap Page 2 of 11
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
L K J H G
A
TemperatureC

Steam
saturation
curve * Please note that the PMO

Pressure bar g

A-G-G PN100
* PMO - Maximum operating pressure for saturated steam service 99.4 bar g
5.6.52
A-H-H PN63
A-J-J PN40
A-K-K PN25
A-L-L PN16
Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN15

5.6.53

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN20

5.6.54

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN25

5.6.55

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN40

5.6.56

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN50

5.6.57

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket
Capacities - DN80

5.6.58

Condensate kg / h

Steam traps
Inverted bucket

Dimensions Weights
IBV size
NPT
DN15 " 260 488 420 25 165 20 18 20 20 20 22 22 20 20 20 20 22 22
DN20 " 260 488 420 25 165 26 24 26 28 28 30 30 28 28 28 28 30 30
DN25 1" 345 616 530 40 210 42 39 42 44 44 48 48 42 42 42 42 46 46
DN40 1" 411 774 650 39 265 68 65 70 72 72 78 78 70 70 70 70 74 74
DN50 2" 411 782 650 39 265 68 65 72 74 76 88 88 72 72 72 74 78 78
DN80 3" 532 1 026 850 36 305 125 120 132 136 138 152 162 130 130 130 134 138 142
The following E E E
will be D D D
supplied,
if specified,
at the time of
order
placement:
1. A special
name-plate
when a
U-STAMP has
been specified.
2. A support A B C
bracket. The
support bracket
will be bolted
5.6.59 where
indicated '' on
the adjacent
Flanged
Screwed

Series Z = Alloy steel Z

Saturated steam
Alloy steel 85 bar g = ASME class 600 body 123
temperature for
Flanged
EN 1092 = PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, PN100, PN160
Blank = Standard
Optional extras
Check valve
IBV product selection example: IBV - Z - 123 - 110 - 3" - ASME class 300 -
How to order
1 off Spirax Sarco IBV - Z -

Spirax Sarco - PRODUCT HANDBOOK AUGUST 2017 PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Spirax Sarco - PRODUCT HANDBOOK AUGUST 2017 PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

PRODUCT HANDBOOK

Click here for the contents

How to use the 2017 digital product handbook

Product overview sales brochure

Product highlight videos

Our capability videos

There are various options to look through the handbook:

- Use the buttons below

4 Download This option allows you to download single pages

Spirax-Sarco Limited, Charlton House, Cheltenham,

Copyright 2017 Spirax Sarco is a registered trademark of Spirax-Sarco Limited

At Spirax Sarco, we aim to be the rst choice

We aim to be the rst choice provider through use of our

We aim to be the rst choice provider by having a comprehensive

We aim to be the rst choice provider by oering the right solution

It is the combination of expertise, comprehensive product oering and

Condensate pumps and energy recovery 18

High purity products 20

Return to product handbook contents page

Complete integrated solutions

These services include:

Installation of new and replacement products

Heat transfer solutions Packaged products

1.13 pure steam or WFI (water for injection) conforming to

heat source. Condensate pump / steam trap assemblies

Bespoke heat transfer solutions

Pressure reducing valve system

Boiler control and systems

1. Feedtanks 4. Steam injection systems

1.15 constructed in stainless steel - no rusting, no linings, coatings

3. Sample coolers 6. Feedpump check valves

7. Heat recovery systems 10. Blowdown vessels

1.17 1.TheGilflo ILVA Flowmeters

They can be interfaced with flow computers to give

1. Electrically actuated control valves 3. Positioners

Pneumatic actuators are low profile to NAMUR standard, 5. Pneumatic controllers

6. High specification control valves 9. Safety valves

1. Thermodynamic steam traps 3. Balanced pressure thermostatic steam traps

6. Bimetallic thermostatic steam traps 8. Quickfit steam traps

Condensate pumps and energy recovery

They are ideal for use in hazardous areas where electrical

1. Direct steam injection humidifiers 2. Hygromatik self-generative humidifiers

Models are available for use with mains or fully

High purity products

1.25 1. Generation 3. Pure and clean steam trapping

2. Sanitary control and instrumentation 4. Sanitary ancillary products

1. Manifolds 3. Check valves

Pipeline sizes up to DN350.

5. Diffusers 10. Air vents and vacuum breakers

6. Strainers Pipeline sizes up to DN25.

Did you know...

For more information, please visit our website at www.spiraxsarco.com

Section 2 Boiler house 1.30

Section 4 Control valves

Section 5 Steam traps

Section 6 Condensate pumps

Section 7 Pipeline ancillaries

Section 8 Humidication products

Section 9 Compressed air products

Section 10 Heat transfer solutions

Section 11 General information

To view these videos, an internet connection is required

Spirax Steam Trapping Solutions Spirax EasiHeat